diff --git a/MANUAL.html b/MANUAL.html
index c87d9782e..5a1bde26c 100644
--- a/MANUAL.html
+++ b/MANUAL.html
@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@
   <meta name="generator" content="pandoc" />
   <meta name="viewport" content="width=device-width, initial-scale=1.0, user-scalable=yes" />
   <meta name="author" content="Nick Craig-Wood" />
+  <meta name="dcterms.date" content="2020-05-27" />
   <title>rclone(1) User Manual</title>
   <style type="text/css">
       code{white-space: pre-wrap;}
@@ -17,14 +18,64 @@
 <header id="title-block-header">
 <h1 class="title">rclone(1) User Manual</h1>
 <p class="author">Nick Craig-Wood</p>
-<p class="date">Feb 01, 2020</p>
+<p class="date">May 27, 2020</p>
 </header>
-<h1 id="rclone---rsync-for-cloud-storage">Rclone - rsync for cloud storage</h1>
-<p>Rclone is a command line program to sync files and directories to and from:</p>
+<h1 id="rclone-syncs-your-files-to-cloud-storage">Rclone syncs your files to cloud storage</h1>
+<p><img width="50%" src="https://rclone.org/img/logo_on_light__horizontal_color.svg" alt="rclone logo" style="float:right; padding: 5px;" ></p>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="#about">About rclone</a></li>
+<li><a href="#what">What can rclone do for you</a></li>
+<li><a href="#features">What features does rclone have</a></li>
+<li><a href="#providers">What providers does rclone support</a></li>
+<li><a href="https://rclone.org/downloads/">Download</a></li>
+<li><a href="https://rclone.org/install/">Install</a></li>
+<li><a href="https://rclone.org/donate/">Donate.</a></li>
+</ul>
+<h2 id="about">About rclone</h2>
+<p>Rclone is a command line program to manage files on cloud storage. It is a feature rich alternative to cloud vendors’ web storage interfaces. <a href="#providers">Over 40 cloud storage products</a> support rclone including S3 object stores, business &amp; consumer file storage services, as well as standard transfer protocols.</p>
+<p>Rclone has powerful cloud equivalents to the unix commands rsync, cp, mv, mount, ls, ncdu, tree, rm, and cat. Rclone’s familiar syntax includes shell pipeline support, and <code>--dry-run</code> protection. It can be used at the command line, in scripts or via its <a href="/rc">API</a>.</p>
+<p>Users have called rclone <em>“The Swiss army knife of cloud storage”</em> and <em>“Technology indistinguishable from magic”</em>.</p>
+<p>Rclone really looks after your data. It preserves timestamps and verifies your data at all times. Transfers over limited bandwidth; intermittent connections, or subject to quota can be restarted, from the last good file transferred. You can <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_check/">check</a> the integrity of your files. Where possible, rclone employs server side transfers to minimise local bandwidth use and transfers from one provider to another without using your local disk.</p>
+<p>Virtual backends wrap local and cloud file systems to apply <a href="https://rclone.org/crypt/">encryption</a>, <a href="https://rclone.org/cache/">caching</a>, <a href="https://rclone.org/chunker/">chunking</a> and <a href="https://rclone.org/union/">joining</a>.</p>
+<p>Rclone can <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/">mount</a> any local, cloud or virtual filesystem as a disk on Windows, macOS, linux and FreeBSD, and also serve these over <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_sftp/">SFTP</a>, <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_http/">HTTP</a>, <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_webdav/">WebDAV</a>, <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_ftp/">FTP</a> and <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_dlna/">DLNA</a>.</p>
+<p>Rclone is mature, open source software originally inspired by rsync and written in <a href="https://golang.org">Go</a>. The friendly support community are familiar with varied use cases. Official Ubuntu, Debian, Fedora, Brew and Chocolatey repos. include rclone. For the latest version <a href="https://rclone.org/downloads/">downloading from rclone.org</a> is recommended.</p>
+<p>Rclone is widely used on Linux, Windows and Mac. Third party developers have built innovative backup, restore, GUI and business process solutions using the rclone command line or API.</p>
+<p>Let rclone do the heavy lifting of communicating with cloud storage.</p>
+<h2 id="what">What can rclone do for you</h2>
+<p>Rclone can help you:</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Backup (and encrypt) files to cloud storage</li>
+<li>Restore (and decrypt) files from cloud storage</li>
+<li>Mirror cloud data to other cloud services or locally</li>
+<li>Migrate data to cloud, or between cloud storage vendors</li>
+<li>Mount multiple, encrypted, cached or diverse cloud storage as a disk</li>
+<li>Analyse and account for data held on cloud storage using <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_lsf/">lsf</a>, <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_lsjson/">ljson</a>, <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_size/">size</a>, <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_ncdu/">ncdu</a></li>
+<li><a href="https://rclone.org/union/">Union</a> file systems together to present multiple local and/or cloud file systems as one</li>
+</ul>
+<h2 id="features">Features</h2>
+<ul>
+<li>Transfers
+<ul>
+<li>MD5, SHA1 hashes are checked at all times for file integrity</li>
+<li>Timestamps are preserved on files</li>
+<li>Operations can be restarted at any time</li>
+<li>Can be to and from network, eg two different cloud providers</li>
+<li>Can use multi-threaded downloads to local disk</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copy/">Copy</a> new or changed files to cloud storage</li>
+<li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_sync/">Sync</a> (one way) to make a directory identical</li>
+<li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_move/">Move</a> files to cloud storage deleting the local after verification</li>
+<li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_check/">Check</a> hashes and for missing/extra files</li>
+<li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/">Mount</a> your cloud storage as a network disk</li>
+<li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/">Serve</a> local or remote files over <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_http/">HTTP</a>/<a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_webdav/">WebDav</a>/<a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_ftp/">FTP</a>/<a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_sftp/">SFTP</a>/<a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_dlna/">dlna</a></li>
+<li>Experimental <a href="https://rclone.org/gui/">Web based GUI</a></li>
+</ul>
+<h2 id="providers">Supported providers</h2>
+<p>(There are many other providers, built on standard protocols such as WebDAV or S3, that work out of the box.)</p>
 <ul>
 <li>1Fichier</li>
 <li>Alibaba Cloud (Aliyun) Object Storage System (OSS)</li>
-<li>Amazon Drive (<a href="/amazonclouddrive/#status">See note</a>)</li>
+<li>Amazon Drive</li>
 <li>Amazon S3</li>
 <li>Backblaze B2</li>
 <li>Box</li>
@@ -53,7 +104,7 @@
 <li>Nextcloud</li>
 <li>OVH</li>
 <li>OpenDrive</li>
-<li>Openstack Swift</li>
+<li>OpenStack Swift</li>
 <li>Oracle Cloud Storage</li>
 <li>ownCloud</li>
 <li>pCloud</li>
@@ -63,31 +114,16 @@
 <li>Rackspace Cloud Files</li>
 <li>rsync.net</li>
 <li>Scaleway</li>
+<li>Seafile</li>
 <li>SFTP</li>
+<li>StackPath</li>
 <li>SugarSync</li>
+<li>Tardigrade</li>
 <li>Wasabi</li>
 <li>WebDAV</li>
 <li>Yandex Disk</li>
 <li>The local filesystem</li>
 </ul>
-<p>Features</p>
-<ul>
-<li>MD5/SHA1 hashes checked at all times for file integrity</li>
-<li>Timestamps preserved on files</li>
-<li>Partial syncs supported on a whole file basis</li>
-<li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copy/">Copy</a> mode to just copy new/changed files</li>
-<li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_sync/">Sync</a> (one way) mode to make a directory identical</li>
-<li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_check/">Check</a> mode to check for file hash equality</li>
-<li>Can sync to and from network, eg two different cloud accounts</li>
-<li><a href="https://rclone.org/crypt/">Encryption</a> backend</li>
-<li><a href="https://rclone.org/cache/">Cache</a> backend</li>
-<li><a href="https://rclone.org/chunker/">Chunking</a> backend</li>
-<li><a href="https://rclone.org/union/">Union</a> backend</li>
-<li>Optional FUSE mount (<a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/">rclone mount</a>)</li>
-<li>Multi-threaded downloads to local disk</li>
-<li>Can <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/">serve</a> local or remote files over <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_http/">HTTP</a>/<a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_webdav/">WebDav</a>/<a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_ftp/">FTP</a>/<a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_sftp/">SFTP</a>/<a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_dlna/">dlna</a></li>
-<li>Experimental <a href="https://rclone.org/gui/">Web based GUI</a></li>
-</ul>
 <p>Links</p>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/">Home page</a></li>
@@ -104,7 +140,7 @@
 <li>Run <code>rclone config</code> to setup. See <a href="https://rclone.org/docs/">rclone config docs</a> for more details.</li>
 </ul>
 <p>See below for some expanded Linux / macOS instructions.</p>
-<p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/docs/">Usage section</a> of the docs for how to use rclone, or run <code>rclone -h</code>.</p>
+<p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/docs/#usage">Usage section</a> of the docs for how to use rclone, or run <code>rclone -h</code>.</p>
 <h2 id="script-installation">Script installation</h2>
 <p>To install rclone on Linux/macOS/BSD systems, run:</p>
 <pre><code>curl https://rclone.org/install.sh | sudo bash</code></pre>
@@ -226,7 +262,7 @@ go build
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/chunker/">Chunker</a> - transparently splits large files for other remotes</li>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/sharefile/">Citrix ShareFile</a></li>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/crypt/">Crypt</a> - to encrypt other remotes</li>
-<li><a href="/s3/#digitalocean-spaces">DigitalOcean Spaces</a></li>
+<li><a href="https://rclone.org/s3/#digitalocean-spaces">DigitalOcean Spaces</a></li>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/dropbox/">Dropbox</a></li>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/ftp/">FTP</a></li>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/googlecloudstorage/">Google Cloud Storage</a></li>
@@ -241,14 +277,16 @@ go build
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/memory/">Memory</a></li>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/azureblob/">Microsoft Azure Blob Storage</a></li>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/onedrive/">Microsoft OneDrive</a></li>
-<li><a href="https://rclone.org/swift/">Openstack Swift / Rackspace Cloudfiles / Memset Memstore</a></li>
+<li><a href="https://rclone.org/swift/">OpenStack Swift / Rackspace Cloudfiles / Memset Memstore</a></li>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/opendrive/">OpenDrive</a></li>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/pcloud/">Pcloud</a></li>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/premiumizeme/">premiumize.me</a></li>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/putio/">put.io</a></li>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/qingstor/">QingStor</a></li>
+<li><a href="https://rclone.org/seafile/">Seafile</a></li>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/sftp/">SFTP</a></li>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/sugarsync/">SugarSync</a></li>
+<li><a href="https://rclone.org/tardigrade/">Tardigrade</a></li>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/union/">Union</a></li>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/webdav/">WebDAV</a></li>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/yandex/">Yandex Disk</a></li>
@@ -265,19 +303,19 @@ go build
 <pre><code>rclone ls remote:path # lists a remote
 rclone copy /local/path remote:path # copies /local/path to the remote
 rclone sync /local/path remote:path # syncs /local/path to the remote</code></pre>
-<h2 id="rclone-config">rclone config</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-config">rclone config</h1>
 <p>Enter an interactive configuration session.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>Enter an interactive configuration session where you can setup new remotes and manage existing ones. You may also set or remove a password to protect your configuration.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone config [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help   help for config</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_create/">rclone config create</a> - Create a new remote with name, type and options.</li>
-<li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_delete/">rclone config delete</a> - Delete an existing remote <name>.</li>
+<li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_delete/">rclone config delete</a> - Delete an existing remote <code>name</code>.</li>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_disconnect/">rclone config disconnect</a> - Disconnects user from remote</li>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_dump/">rclone config dump</a> - Dump the config file as JSON.</li>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_edit/">rclone config edit</a> - Enter an interactive configuration session.</li>
@@ -289,9 +327,9 @@ rclone sync /local/path remote:path # syncs /local/path to the remote</code></pr
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_update/">rclone config update</a> - Update options in an existing remote.</li>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_userinfo/">rclone config userinfo</a> - Prints info about logged in user of remote.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-copy">rclone copy</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-copy">rclone copy</h1>
 <p>Copy files from source to dest, skipping already copied</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-1">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-1">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>Copy the source to the destination. Doesn’t transfer unchanged files, testing by size and modification time or MD5SUM. Doesn’t delete files from the destination.</p>
 <p>Note that it is always the contents of the directory that is synced, not the directory so when source:path is a directory, it’s the contents of source:path that are copied, not the directory name and contents.</p>
 <p>If dest:path doesn’t exist, it is created and the source:path contents go there.</p>
@@ -307,22 +345,22 @@ destpath/two.txt</code></pre>
 <pre><code>destpath/sourcepath/one.txt
 destpath/sourcepath/two.txt</code></pre>
 <p>If you are familiar with <code>rsync</code>, rclone always works as if you had written a trailing / - meaning “copy the contents of this directory”. This applies to all commands and whether you are talking about the source or destination.</p>
-<p>See the <a href="/docs/#no-traverse">–no-traverse</a> option for controlling whether rclone lists the destination directory or not. Supplying this option when copying a small number of files into a large destination can speed transfers up greatly.</p>
-<p>For example, if you have many files in /path/to/src but only a few of them change every day, you can to copy all the files which have changed recently very efficiently like this:</p>
+<p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/docs/#no-traverse">–no-traverse</a> option for controlling whether rclone lists the destination directory or not. Supplying this option when copying a small number of files into a large destination can speed transfers up greatly.</p>
+<p>For example, if you have many files in /path/to/src but only a few of them change every day, you can copy all the files which have changed recently very efficiently like this:</p>
 <pre><code>rclone copy --max-age 24h --no-traverse /path/to/src remote:</code></pre>
 <p><strong>Note</strong>: Use the <code>-P</code>/<code>--progress</code> flag to view real-time transfer statistics</p>
 <pre><code>rclone copy source:path dest:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-1">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-1">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>      --create-empty-src-dirs   Create empty source dirs on destination after copy
   -h, --help                    help for copy</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-1">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-1">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-sync">rclone sync</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-sync">rclone sync</h1>
 <p>Make source and dest identical, modifying destination only.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-2">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-2">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>Sync the source to the destination, changing the destination only. Doesn’t transfer unchanged files, testing by size and modification time or MD5SUM. Destination is updated to match source, including deleting files if necessary.</p>
 <p><strong>Important</strong>: Since this can cause data loss, test first with the <code>--dry-run</code> flag to see exactly what would be copied and deleted.</p>
 <p>Note that files in the destination won’t be deleted if there were any errors at any point.</p>
@@ -330,39 +368,40 @@ destpath/sourcepath/two.txt</code></pre>
 <p>If dest:path doesn’t exist, it is created and the source:path contents go there.</p>
 <p><strong>Note</strong>: Use the <code>-P</code>/<code>--progress</code> flag to view real-time transfer statistics</p>
 <pre><code>rclone sync source:path dest:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-2">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-2">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>      --create-empty-src-dirs   Create empty source dirs on destination after sync
   -h, --help                    help for sync</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-2">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-2">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-move">rclone move</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-move">rclone move</h1>
 <p>Move files from source to dest.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-3">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-3">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>Moves the contents of the source directory to the destination directory. Rclone will error if the source and destination overlap and the remote does not support a server side directory move operation.</p>
-<p>If no filters are in use and if possible this will server side move <code>source:path</code> into <code>dest:path</code>. After this <code>source:path</code> will no longer longer exist.</p>
+<p>If no filters are in use and if possible this will server side move <code>source:path</code> into <code>dest:path</code>. After this <code>source:path</code> will no longer exist.</p>
 <p>Otherwise for each file in <code>source:path</code> selected by the filters (if any) this will move it into <code>dest:path</code>. If possible a server side move will be used, otherwise it will copy it (server side if possible) into <code>dest:path</code> then delete the original (if no errors on copy) in <code>source:path</code>.</p>
 <p>If you want to delete empty source directories after move, use the –delete-empty-src-dirs flag.</p>
-<p>See the <a href="/docs/#no-traverse">–no-traverse</a> option for controlling whether rclone lists the destination directory or not. Supplying this option when moving a small number of files into a large destination can speed transfers up greatly.</p>
+<p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/docs/#no-traverse">–no-traverse</a> option for controlling whether rclone lists the destination directory or not. Supplying this option when moving a small number of files into a large destination can speed transfers up greatly.</p>
 <p><strong>Important</strong>: Since this can cause data loss, test first with the –dry-run flag.</p>
 <p><strong>Note</strong>: Use the <code>-P</code>/<code>--progress</code> flag to view real-time transfer statistics.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone move source:path dest:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-3">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-3">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>      --create-empty-src-dirs   Create empty source dirs on destination after move
       --delete-empty-src-dirs   Delete empty source dirs after move
   -h, --help                    help for move</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-3">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-3">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-delete">rclone delete</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-delete">rclone delete</h1>
 <p>Remove the contents of path.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-4">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-4">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>Remove the files in path. Unlike <code>purge</code> it obeys include/exclude filters so can be used to selectively delete files.</p>
 <p><code>rclone delete</code> only deletes objects but leaves the directory structure alone. If you want to delete a directory and all of its contents use <code>rclone purge</code></p>
+<p>If you supply the –rmdirs flag, it will remove all empty directories along with it.</p>
 <p>Eg delete all files bigger than 100MBytes</p>
 <p>Check what would be deleted first (use either)</p>
 <pre><code>rclone --min-size 100M lsl remote:path
@@ -371,69 +410,70 @@ rclone --dry-run --min-size 100M delete remote:path</code></pre>
 <pre><code>rclone --min-size 100M delete remote:path</code></pre>
 <p>That reads “delete everything with a minimum size of 100 MB”, hence delete all files bigger than 100MBytes.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone delete remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-4">Options</h3>
-<pre><code>  -h, --help   help for delete</code></pre>
+<h2 id="options-4">Options</h2>
+<pre><code>  -h, --help     help for delete
+      --rmdirs   rmdirs removes empty directories but leaves root intact</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-4">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-4">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-purge">rclone purge</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-purge">rclone purge</h1>
 <p>Remove the path and all of its contents.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-5">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-5">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>Remove the path and all of its contents. Note that this does not obey include/exclude filters - everything will be removed. Use <code>delete</code> if you want to selectively delete files.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone purge remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-5">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-5">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help   help for purge</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-5">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-5">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-mkdir">rclone mkdir</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-mkdir">rclone mkdir</h1>
 <p>Make the path if it doesn’t already exist.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-6">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-6">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>Make the path if it doesn’t already exist.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone mkdir remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-6">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-6">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help   help for mkdir</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-6">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-6">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-rmdir">rclone rmdir</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-rmdir">rclone rmdir</h1>
 <p>Remove the path if empty.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-7">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-7">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>Remove the path. Note that you can’t remove a path with objects in it, use purge for that.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone rmdir remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-7">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-7">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help   help for rmdir</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-7">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-7">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-check">rclone check</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-check">rclone check</h1>
 <p>Checks the files in the source and destination match.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-8">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-8">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>Checks the files in the source and destination match. It compares sizes and hashes (MD5 or SHA1) and logs a report of files which don’t match. It doesn’t alter the source or destination.</p>
 <p>If you supply the –size-only flag, it will only compare the sizes not the hashes as well. Use this for a quick check.</p>
 <p>If you supply the –download flag, it will download the data from both remotes and check them against each other on the fly. This can be useful for remotes that don’t support hashes or if you really want to check all the data.</p>
 <p>If you supply the –one-way flag, it will only check that files in source match the files in destination, not the other way around. Meaning extra files in destination that are not in the source will not trigger an error.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone check source:path dest:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-8">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-8">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>      --download   Check by downloading rather than with hash.
   -h, --help       help for check
       --one-way    Check one way only, source files must exist on remote</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-8">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-8">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-ls">rclone ls</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-ls">rclone ls</h1>
 <p>List the objects in the path with size and path.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-9">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-9">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>Lists the objects in the source path to standard output in a human readable format with size and path. Recurses by default.</p>
 <p>Eg</p>
 <pre><code>$ rclone ls swift:bucket
@@ -455,16 +495,16 @@ rclone --dry-run --min-size 100M delete remote:path</code></pre>
 <p>The other list commands <code>lsd</code>,<code>lsf</code>,<code>lsjson</code> do not recurse by default - use “-R” to make them recurse.</p>
 <p>Listing a non existent directory will produce an error except for remotes which can’t have empty directories (eg s3, swift, gcs, etc - the bucket based remotes).</p>
 <pre><code>rclone ls remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-9">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-9">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help   help for ls</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-9">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-9">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-lsd">rclone lsd</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-lsd">rclone lsd</h1>
 <p>List all directories/containers/buckets in the path.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-10">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-10">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>Lists the directories in the source path to standard output. Does not recurse by default. Use the -R flag to recurse.</p>
 <p>This command lists the total size of the directory (if known, -1 if not), the modification time (if known, the current time if not), the number of objects in the directory (if known, -1 if not) and the name of the directory, Eg</p>
 <pre><code>$ rclone lsd swift:
@@ -490,17 +530,17 @@ rclone --dry-run --min-size 100M delete remote:path</code></pre>
 <p>The other list commands <code>lsd</code>,<code>lsf</code>,<code>lsjson</code> do not recurse by default - use “-R” to make them recurse.</p>
 <p>Listing a non existent directory will produce an error except for remotes which can’t have empty directories (eg s3, swift, gcs, etc - the bucket based remotes).</p>
 <pre><code>rclone lsd remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-10">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-10">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help        help for lsd
   -R, --recursive   Recurse into the listing.</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-10">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-10">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-lsl">rclone lsl</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-lsl">rclone lsl</h1>
 <p>List the objects in path with modification time, size and path.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-11">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-11">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>Lists the objects in the source path to standard output in a human readable format with modification time, size and path. Recurses by default.</p>
 <p>Eg</p>
 <pre><code>$ rclone lsl swift:bucket
@@ -522,53 +562,53 @@ rclone --dry-run --min-size 100M delete remote:path</code></pre>
 <p>The other list commands <code>lsd</code>,<code>lsf</code>,<code>lsjson</code> do not recurse by default - use “-R” to make them recurse.</p>
 <p>Listing a non existent directory will produce an error except for remotes which can’t have empty directories (eg s3, swift, gcs, etc - the bucket based remotes).</p>
 <pre><code>rclone lsl remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-11">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-11">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help   help for lsl</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-11">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-11">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-md5sum">rclone md5sum</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-md5sum">rclone md5sum</h1>
 <p>Produces an md5sum file for all the objects in the path.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-12">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-12">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>Produces an md5sum file for all the objects in the path. This is in the same format as the standard md5sum tool produces.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone md5sum remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-12">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-12">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help   help for md5sum</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-12">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-12">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-sha1sum">rclone sha1sum</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-sha1sum">rclone sha1sum</h1>
 <p>Produces an sha1sum file for all the objects in the path.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-13">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-13">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>Produces an sha1sum file for all the objects in the path. This is in the same format as the standard sha1sum tool produces.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone sha1sum remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-13">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-13">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help   help for sha1sum</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-13">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-13">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-size">rclone size</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-size">rclone size</h1>
 <p>Prints the total size and number of objects in remote:path.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-14">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-14">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>Prints the total size and number of objects in remote:path.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone size remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-14">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-14">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help   help for size
       --json   format output as JSON</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-14">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-14">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-version">rclone version</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-version">rclone version</h1>
 <p>Show the version number.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-15">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-15">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>Show the version number, the go version and the architecture.</p>
 <p>Eg</p>
 <pre><code>$ rclone version
@@ -588,29 +628,29 @@ latest: 1.42          (released 2018-06-16)
 beta:   1.42.0.5      (released 2018-06-17)
   upgrade: https://beta.rclone.org/v1.42-005-g56e1e820</code></pre>
 <pre><code>rclone version [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-15">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-15">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>      --check   Check for new version.
   -h, --help    help for version</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-15">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-15">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-cleanup">rclone cleanup</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-cleanup">rclone cleanup</h1>
 <p>Clean up the remote if possible</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-16">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-16">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>Clean up the remote if possible. Empty the trash or delete old file versions. Not supported by all remotes.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone cleanup remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-16">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-16">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help   help for cleanup</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-16">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-16">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-dedupe">rclone dedupe</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-dedupe">rclone dedupe</h1>
 <p>Interactively find duplicate files and delete/rename them.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-17">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-17">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>By default <code>dedupe</code> interactively finds duplicate files and offers to delete all but one or rename them to be different. Only useful with Google Drive which can have duplicate file names.</p>
 <p>In the first pass it will merge directories with the same name. It will do this iteratively until all the identical directories have been merged.</p>
 <p>The <code>dedupe</code> command will delete all but one of any identical (same md5sum) files it finds without confirmation. This means that for most duplicated files the <code>dedupe</code> command will not be interactive. You can use <code>--dry-run</code> to see what would happen without doing anything.</p>
@@ -672,17 +712,17 @@ two-3.txt: renamed from: two.txt</code></pre>
 <p>Or</p>
 <pre><code>rclone dedupe rename &quot;drive:Google Photos&quot;</code></pre>
 <pre><code>rclone dedupe [mode] remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-17">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-17">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>      --dedupe-mode string   Dedupe mode interactive|skip|first|newest|oldest|largest|smallest|rename. (default &quot;interactive&quot;)
   -h, --help                 help for dedupe</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-17">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-17">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-about">rclone about</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-about">rclone about</h1>
 <p>Get quota information from the remote.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-18">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-18">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>Get quota information from the remote, like bytes used/free/quota and bytes used in the trash. Not supported by all remotes.</p>
 <p>This will print to stdout something like this:</p>
 <pre><code>Total:   17G
@@ -715,54 +755,66 @@ Other:   8849156022</code></pre>
     &quot;free&quot;: 1411001220
 }</code></pre>
 <pre><code>rclone about remote: [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-18">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-18">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>      --full   Full numbers instead of SI units
   -h, --help   help for about
       --json   Format output as JSON</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-18">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-18">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-authorize">rclone authorize</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-authorize">rclone authorize</h1>
 <p>Remote authorization.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-19">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-19">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>Remote authorization. Used to authorize a remote or headless rclone from a machine with a browser - use as instructed by rclone config.</p>
 <p>Use the –auth-no-open-browser to prevent rclone to open auth link in default browser automatically.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone authorize [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-19">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-19">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>      --auth-no-open-browser   Do not automatically open auth link in default browser
   -h, --help                   help for authorize</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-19">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-19">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-cachestats">rclone cachestats</h2>
-<p>Print cache stats for a remote</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-20">Synopsis</h3>
-<p>Print cache stats for a remote in JSON format</p>
-<pre><code>rclone cachestats source: [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-20">Options</h3>
-<pre><code>  -h, --help   help for cachestats</code></pre>
+<h1 id="rclone-backend">rclone backend</h1>
+<p>Run a backend specific command.</p>
+<h2 id="synopsis-20">Synopsis</h2>
+<p>This runs a backend specific command. The commands themselves (except for “help” and “features”) are defined by the backends and you should see the backend docs for definitions.</p>
+<p>You can discover what commands a backend implements by using</p>
+<pre><code>rclone backend help remote:
+rclone backend help &lt;backendname&gt;</code></pre>
+<p>You can also discover information about the backend using (see <a href="https://rclone.org/rc/#operations/fsinfo">operations/fsinfo</a> in the remote control docs for more info).</p>
+<pre><code>rclone backend features remote:</code></pre>
+<p>Pass options to the backend command with -o. This should be key=value or key, eg:</p>
+<pre><code>rclone backend stats remote:path stats -o format=json -o long</code></pre>
+<p>Pass arguments to the backend by placing them on the end of the line</p>
+<pre><code>rclone backend cleanup remote:path file1 file2 file3</code></pre>
+<p>Note to run these commands on a running backend then see <a href="https://rclone.org/rc/#backend/command">backend/command</a> in the rc docs.</p>
+<pre><code>rclone backend &lt;command&gt; remote:path [opts] &lt;args&gt; [flags]</code></pre>
+<h2 id="options-20">Options</h2>
+<pre><code>  -h, --help                 help for backend
+      --json                 Always output in JSON format.
+  -o, --option stringArray   Option in the form name=value or name.</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-20">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-20">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-cat">rclone cat</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-cat">rclone cat</h1>
 <p>Concatenates any files and sends them to stdout.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-21">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-21">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>rclone cat sends any files to standard output.</p>
 <p>You can use it like this to output a single file</p>
 <pre><code>rclone cat remote:path/to/file</code></pre>
-<p>Or like this to output any file in dir or subdirectories.</p>
+<p>Or like this to output any file in dir or its subdirectories.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone cat remote:path/to/dir</code></pre>
-<p>Or like this to output any .txt files in dir or subdirectories.</p>
+<p>Or like this to output any .txt files in dir or its subdirectories.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone --include &quot;*.txt&quot; cat remote:path/to/dir</code></pre>
 <p>Use the –head flag to print characters only at the start, –tail for the end and –offset and –count to print a section in the middle. Note that if offset is negative it will count from the end, so –offset -1 –count 1 is equivalent to –tail 1.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone cat remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-21">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-21">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>      --count int    Only print N characters. (default -1)
       --discard      Discard the output instead of printing.
       --head int     Only print the first N characters.
@@ -770,176 +822,182 @@ Other:   8849156022</code></pre>
       --offset int   Start printing at offset N (or from end if -ve).
       --tail int     Only print the last N characters.</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-21">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-21">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-config-create">rclone config create</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-config-create">rclone config create</h1>
 <p>Create a new remote with name, type and options.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-22">Synopsis</h3>
-<p>Create a new remote of <name> with <type> and options. The options should be passed in in pairs of <key> <value>.</p>
+<h2 id="synopsis-22">Synopsis</h2>
+<p>Create a new remote of <code>name</code> with <code>type</code> and options. The options should be passed in pairs of <code>key</code> <code>value</code>.</p>
 <p>For example to make a swift remote of name myremote using auto config you would do:</p>
 <pre><code>rclone config create myremote swift env_auth true</code></pre>
 <p>Note that if the config process would normally ask a question the default is taken. Each time that happens rclone will print a message saying how to affect the value taken.</p>
-<p>If any of the parameters passed is a password field, then rclone will automatically obscure them before putting them in the config file.</p>
+<p>If any of the parameters passed is a password field, then rclone will automatically obscure them if they aren’t already obscured before putting them in the config file.</p>
+<p><strong>NB</strong> If the password parameter is 22 characters or longer and consists only of base64 characters then rclone can get confused about whether the password is already obscured or not and put unobscured passwords into the config file. If you want to be 100% certain that the passwords get obscured then use the “–obscure” flag, or if you are 100% certain you are already passing obscured passwords then use “–no-obscure”. You can also set osbscured passwords using the “rclone config password” command.</p>
 <p>So for example if you wanted to configure a Google Drive remote but using remote authorization you would do this:</p>
 <pre><code>rclone config create mydrive drive config_is_local false</code></pre>
-<pre><code>rclone config create &lt;name&gt; &lt;type&gt; [&lt;key&gt; &lt;value&gt;]* [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-22">Options</h3>
-<pre><code>  -h, --help   help for create</code></pre>
+<pre><code>rclone config create `name` `type` [`key` `value`]* [flags]</code></pre>
+<h2 id="options-22">Options</h2>
+<pre><code>  -h, --help         help for create
+      --no-obscure   Force any passwords not to be obscured.
+      --obscure      Force any passwords to be obscured.</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-22">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-22">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/">rclone config</a> - Enter an interactive configuration session.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-config-delete">rclone config delete</h2>
-<p>Delete an existing remote <name>.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-23">Synopsis</h3>
-<p>Delete an existing remote <name>.</p>
-<pre><code>rclone config delete &lt;name&gt; [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-23">Options</h3>
+<h1 id="rclone-config-delete">rclone config delete</h1>
+<p>Delete an existing remote <code>name</code>.</p>
+<h2 id="synopsis-23">Synopsis</h2>
+<p>Delete an existing remote <code>name</code>.</p>
+<pre><code>rclone config delete `name` [flags]</code></pre>
+<h2 id="options-23">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help   help for delete</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-23">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-23">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/">rclone config</a> - Enter an interactive configuration session.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-config-disconnect">rclone config disconnect</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-config-disconnect">rclone config disconnect</h1>
 <p>Disconnects user from remote</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-24">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-24">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>This disconnects the remote: passed in to the cloud storage system.</p>
 <p>This normally means revoking the oauth token.</p>
 <p>To reconnect use “rclone config reconnect”.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone config disconnect remote: [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-24">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-24">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help   help for disconnect</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-24">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-24">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/">rclone config</a> - Enter an interactive configuration session.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-config-dump">rclone config dump</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-config-dump">rclone config dump</h1>
 <p>Dump the config file as JSON.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-25">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-25">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>Dump the config file as JSON.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone config dump [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-25">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-25">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help   help for dump</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-25">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-25">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/">rclone config</a> - Enter an interactive configuration session.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-config-edit">rclone config edit</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-config-edit">rclone config edit</h1>
 <p>Enter an interactive configuration session.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-26">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-26">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>Enter an interactive configuration session where you can setup new remotes and manage existing ones. You may also set or remove a password to protect your configuration.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone config edit [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-26">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-26">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help   help for edit</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-26">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-26">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/">rclone config</a> - Enter an interactive configuration session.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-config-file">rclone config file</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-config-file">rclone config file</h1>
 <p>Show path of configuration file in use.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-27">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-27">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>Show path of configuration file in use.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone config file [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-27">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-27">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help   help for file</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-27">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-27">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/">rclone config</a> - Enter an interactive configuration session.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-config-password">rclone config password</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-config-password">rclone config password</h1>
 <p>Update password in an existing remote.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-28">Synopsis</h3>
-<p>Update an existing remote’s password. The password should be passed in in pairs of <key> <value>.</p>
+<h2 id="synopsis-28">Synopsis</h2>
+<p>Update an existing remote’s password. The password should be passed in pairs of <code>key</code> <code>value</code>.</p>
 <p>For example to set password of a remote of name myremote you would do:</p>
 <pre><code>rclone config password myremote fieldname mypassword</code></pre>
 <p>This command is obsolete now that “config update” and “config create” both support obscuring passwords directly.</p>
-<pre><code>rclone config password &lt;name&gt; [&lt;key&gt; &lt;value&gt;]+ [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-28">Options</h3>
+<pre><code>rclone config password `name` [`key` `value`]+ [flags]</code></pre>
+<h2 id="options-28">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help   help for password</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-28">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-28">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/">rclone config</a> - Enter an interactive configuration session.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-config-providers">rclone config providers</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-config-providers">rclone config providers</h1>
 <p>List in JSON format all the providers and options.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-29">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-29">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>List in JSON format all the providers and options.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone config providers [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-29">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-29">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help   help for providers</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-29">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-29">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/">rclone config</a> - Enter an interactive configuration session.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-config-reconnect">rclone config reconnect</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-config-reconnect">rclone config reconnect</h1>
 <p>Re-authenticates user with remote.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-30">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-30">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>This reconnects remote: passed in to the cloud storage system.</p>
 <p>To disconnect the remote use “rclone config disconnect”.</p>
 <p>This normally means going through the interactive oauth flow again.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone config reconnect remote: [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-30">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-30">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help   help for reconnect</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-30">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-30">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/">rclone config</a> - Enter an interactive configuration session.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-config-show">rclone config show</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-config-show">rclone config show</h1>
 <p>Print (decrypted) config file, or the config for a single remote.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-31">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-31">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>Print (decrypted) config file, or the config for a single remote.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone config show [&lt;remote&gt;] [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-31">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-31">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help   help for show</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-31">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-31">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/">rclone config</a> - Enter an interactive configuration session.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-config-update">rclone config update</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-config-update">rclone config update</h1>
 <p>Update options in an existing remote.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-32">Synopsis</h3>
-<p>Update an existing remote’s options. The options should be passed in in pairs of <key> <value>.</p>
+<h2 id="synopsis-32">Synopsis</h2>
+<p>Update an existing remote’s options. The options should be passed in in pairs of <code>key</code> <code>value</code>.</p>
 <p>For example to update the env_auth field of a remote of name myremote you would do:</p>
 <pre><code>rclone config update myremote swift env_auth true</code></pre>
-<p>If any of the parameters passed is a password field, then rclone will automatically obscure them before putting them in the config file.</p>
-<p>If the remote uses oauth the token will be updated, if you don’t require this add an extra parameter thus:</p>
+<p>If any of the parameters passed is a password field, then rclone will automatically obscure them if they aren’t already obscured before putting them in the config file.</p>
+<p><strong>NB</strong> If the password parameter is 22 characters or longer and consists only of base64 characters then rclone can get confused about whether the password is already obscured or not and put unobscured passwords into the config file. If you want to be 100% certain that the passwords get obscured then use the “–obscure” flag, or if you are 100% certain you are already passing obscured passwords then use “–no-obscure”. You can also set osbscured passwords using the “rclone config password” command.</p>
+<p>If the remote uses OAuth the token will be updated, if you don’t require this add an extra parameter thus:</p>
 <pre><code>rclone config update myremote swift env_auth true config_refresh_token false</code></pre>
-<pre><code>rclone config update &lt;name&gt; [&lt;key&gt; &lt;value&gt;]+ [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-32">Options</h3>
-<pre><code>  -h, --help   help for update</code></pre>
+<pre><code>rclone config update `name` [`key` `value`]+ [flags]</code></pre>
+<h2 id="options-32">Options</h2>
+<pre><code>  -h, --help         help for update
+      --no-obscure   Force any passwords not to be obscured.
+      --obscure      Force any passwords to be obscured.</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-32">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-32">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/">rclone config</a> - Enter an interactive configuration session.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-config-userinfo">rclone config userinfo</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-config-userinfo">rclone config userinfo</h1>
 <p>Prints info about logged in user of remote.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-33">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-33">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>This prints the details of the person logged in to the cloud storage system.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone config userinfo remote: [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-33">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-33">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help   help for userinfo
       --json   Format output as JSON</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-33">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-33">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/">rclone config</a> - Enter an interactive configuration session.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-copyto">rclone copyto</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-copyto">rclone copyto</h1>
 <p>Copy files from source to dest, skipping already copied</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-34">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-34">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>If source:path is a file or directory then it copies it to a file or directory named dest:path.</p>
 <p>This can be used to upload single files to other than their current name. If the source is a directory then it acts exactly like the copy command.</p>
 <p>So</p>
@@ -954,32 +1012,34 @@ if src is directory
 <p>This doesn’t transfer unchanged files, testing by size and modification time or MD5SUM. It doesn’t delete files from the destination.</p>
 <p><strong>Note</strong>: Use the <code>-P</code>/<code>--progress</code> flag to view real-time transfer statistics</p>
 <pre><code>rclone copyto source:path dest:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-34">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-34">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help   help for copyto</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-34">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-34">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-copyurl">rclone copyurl</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-copyurl">rclone copyurl</h1>
 <p>Copy url content to dest.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-35">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-35">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>Download a URL’s content and copy it to the destination without saving it in temporary storage.</p>
-<p>Setting –auto-filename will cause the file name to be retreived from the from URL (after any redirections) and used in the destination path.</p>
+<p>Setting –auto-filename will cause the file name to be retrieved from the from URL (after any redirections) and used in the destination path.</p>
+<p>Setting –no-clobber will prevent overwriting file on the destination if there is one with the same name.</p>
 <p>Setting –stdout or making the output file name “-” will cause the output to be written to standard output.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone copyurl https://example.com dest:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-35">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-35">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -a, --auto-filename   Get the file name from the URL and use it for destination file path
   -h, --help            help for copyurl
+      --no-clobber      Prevent overwriting file with same name
       --stdout          Write the output to stdout rather than a file</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-35">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-35">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-cryptcheck">rclone cryptcheck</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-cryptcheck">rclone cryptcheck</h1>
 <p>Cryptcheck checks the integrity of a crypted remote.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-36">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-36">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>rclone cryptcheck checks a remote against a crypted remote. This is the equivalent of running rclone check, but able to check the checksums of the crypted remote.</p>
 <p>For it to work the underlying remote of the cryptedremote must support some kind of checksum.</p>
 <p>It works by reading the nonce from each file on the cryptedremote: and using that to encrypt each file on the remote:. It then checks the checksum of the underlying file on the cryptedremote: against the checksum of the file it has just encrypted.</p>
@@ -990,17 +1050,17 @@ if src is directory
 <p>After it has run it will log the status of the encryptedremote:.</p>
 <p>If you supply the –one-way flag, it will only check that files in source match the files in destination, not the other way around. Meaning extra files in destination that are not in the source will not trigger an error.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone cryptcheck remote:path cryptedremote:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-36">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-36">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help      help for cryptcheck
       --one-way   Check one way only, source files must exist on destination</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-36">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-36">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-cryptdecode">rclone cryptdecode</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-cryptdecode">rclone cryptdecode</h1>
 <p>Cryptdecode returns unencrypted file names.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-37">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-37">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>rclone cryptdecode returns unencrypted file names when provided with a list of encrypted file names. List limit is 10 items.</p>
 <p>If you supply the –reverse flag, it will return encrypted file names.</p>
 <p>use it like this</p>
@@ -1008,54 +1068,43 @@ if src is directory
 
 rclone cryptdecode --reverse encryptedremote: filename1 filename2</code></pre>
 <pre><code>rclone cryptdecode encryptedremote: encryptedfilename [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-37">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-37">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help      help for cryptdecode
       --reverse   Reverse cryptdecode, encrypts filenames</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-37">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-37">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-dbhashsum">rclone dbhashsum</h2>
-<p>Produces a Dropbox hash file for all the objects in the path.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-38">Synopsis</h3>
-<p>Produces a Dropbox hash file for all the objects in the path. The hashes are calculated according to <a href="https://www.dropbox.com/developers/reference/content-hash">Dropbox content hash rules</a>. The output is in the same format as md5sum and sha1sum.</p>
-<pre><code>rclone dbhashsum remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-38">Options</h3>
-<pre><code>  -h, --help   help for dbhashsum</code></pre>
-<p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-38">SEE ALSO</h3>
-<ul>
-<li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
-</ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-deletefile">rclone deletefile</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-deletefile">rclone deletefile</h1>
 <p>Remove a single file from remote.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-39">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-38">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>Remove a single file from remote. Unlike <code>delete</code> it cannot be used to remove a directory and it doesn’t obey include/exclude filters - if the specified file exists, it will always be removed.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone deletefile remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-39">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-38">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help   help for deletefile</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-39">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-38">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-genautocomplete">rclone genautocomplete</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-genautocomplete">rclone genautocomplete</h1>
 <p>Output completion script for a given shell.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-40">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-39">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>Generates a shell completion script for rclone. Run with –help to list the supported shells.</p>
-<h3 id="options-40">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-39">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help   help for genautocomplete</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-40">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-39">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_genautocomplete_bash/">rclone genautocomplete bash</a> - Output bash completion script for rclone.</li>
+<li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_genautocomplete_fish/">rclone genautocomplete fish</a> - Output fish completion script for rclone.</li>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_genautocomplete_zsh/">rclone genautocomplete zsh</a> - Output zsh completion script for rclone.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-genautocomplete-bash">rclone genautocomplete bash</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-genautocomplete-bash">rclone genautocomplete bash</h1>
 <p>Output bash completion script for rclone.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-41">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-40">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>Generates a bash shell autocompletion script for rclone.</p>
 <p>This writes to /etc/bash_completion.d/rclone by default so will probably need to be run with sudo or as root, eg</p>
 <pre><code>sudo rclone genautocomplete bash</code></pre>
@@ -1063,16 +1112,33 @@ rclone cryptdecode --reverse encryptedremote: filename1 filename2</code></pre>
 <pre><code>. /etc/bash_completion</code></pre>
 <p>If you supply a command line argument the script will be written there.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone genautocomplete bash [output_file] [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-41">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-40">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help   help for bash</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-41">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-40">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_genautocomplete/">rclone genautocomplete</a> - Output completion script for a given shell.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-genautocomplete-zsh">rclone genautocomplete zsh</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-genautocomplete-fish">rclone genautocomplete fish</h1>
+<p>Output fish completion script for rclone.</p>
+<h2 id="synopsis-41">Synopsis</h2>
+<p>Generates a fish autocompletion script for rclone.</p>
+<p>This writes to /etc/fish/completions/rclone.fish by default so will probably need to be run with sudo or as root, eg</p>
+<pre><code>sudo rclone genautocomplete fish</code></pre>
+<p>Logout and login again to use the autocompletion scripts, or source them directly</p>
+<pre><code>. /etc/fish/completions/rclone.fish</code></pre>
+<p>If you supply a command line argument the script will be written there.</p>
+<pre><code>rclone genautocomplete fish [output_file] [flags]</code></pre>
+<h2 id="options-41">Options</h2>
+<pre><code>  -h, --help   help for fish</code></pre>
+<p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
+<h2 id="see-also-41">SEE ALSO</h2>
+<ul>
+<li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_genautocomplete/">rclone genautocomplete</a> - Output completion script for a given shell.</li>
+</ul>
+<h1 id="rclone-genautocomplete-zsh">rclone genautocomplete zsh</h1>
 <p>Output zsh completion script for rclone.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-42">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-42">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>Generates a zsh autocompletion script for rclone.</p>
 <p>This writes to /usr/share/zsh/vendor-completions/_rclone by default so will probably need to be run with sudo or as root, eg</p>
 <pre><code>sudo rclone genautocomplete zsh</code></pre>
@@ -1080,28 +1146,28 @@ rclone cryptdecode --reverse encryptedremote: filename1 filename2</code></pre>
 <pre><code>autoload -U compinit &amp;&amp; compinit</code></pre>
 <p>If you supply a command line argument the script will be written there.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone genautocomplete zsh [output_file] [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-42">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-42">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help   help for zsh</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-42">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-42">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_genautocomplete/">rclone genautocomplete</a> - Output completion script for a given shell.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-gendocs">rclone gendocs</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-gendocs">rclone gendocs</h1>
 <p>Output markdown docs for rclone to the directory supplied.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-43">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-43">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>This produces markdown docs for the rclone commands to the directory supplied. These are in a format suitable for hugo to render into the rclone.org website.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone gendocs output_directory [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-43">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-43">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help   help for gendocs</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-43">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-43">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-hashsum">rclone hashsum</h2>
-<p>Produces an hashsum file for all the objects in the path.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-44">Synopsis</h3>
+<h1 id="rclone-hashsum">rclone hashsum</h1>
+<p>Produces a hashsum file for all the objects in the path.</p>
+<h2 id="synopsis-44">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>Produces a hash file for all the objects in the path using the hash named. The output is in the same format as the standard md5sum/sha1sum tool.</p>
 <p>Run without a hash to see the list of supported hashes, eg</p>
 <pre><code>$ rclone hashsum
@@ -1113,46 +1179,46 @@ Supported hashes are:
 <p>Then</p>
 <pre><code>$ rclone hashsum MD5 remote:path</code></pre>
 <pre><code>rclone hashsum &lt;hash&gt; remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-44">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-44">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>      --base64   Output base64 encoded hashsum
   -h, --help     help for hashsum</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-44">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-44">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-link">rclone link</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-link">rclone link</h1>
 <p>Generate public link to file/folder.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-45">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-45">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>rclone link will create or retrieve a public link to the given file or folder.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone link remote:path/to/file
 rclone link remote:path/to/folder/</code></pre>
 <p>If successful, the last line of the output will contain the link. Exact capabilities depend on the remote, but the link will always be created with the least constraints – e.g. no expiry, no password protection, accessible without account.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone link remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-45">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-45">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help   help for link</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-45">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-45">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-listremotes">rclone listremotes</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-listremotes">rclone listremotes</h1>
 <p>List all the remotes in the config file.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-46">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-46">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>rclone listremotes lists all the available remotes from the config file.</p>
 <p>When uses with the -l flag it lists the types too.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone listremotes [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-46">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-46">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help   help for listremotes
       --long   Show the type as well as names.</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-46">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-46">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-lsf">rclone lsf</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-lsf">rclone lsf</h1>
 <p>List directories and objects in remote:path formatted for parsing</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-47">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-47">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>List the contents of the source path (directories and objects) to standard output in a form which is easy to parse by scripts. By default this will just be the names of the objects and directories, one per line. The directories will have a / suffix.</p>
 <p>Eg</p>
 <pre><code>$ rclone lsf swift:bucket
@@ -1204,10 +1270,10 @@ cd65ac234e6fea5925974a51cdd865cc  canole
 test.log,22355
 test.sh,449
 &quot;this file contains a comma, in the file name.txt&quot;,6</code></pre>
-<p>Note that the –absolute parameter is useful for making lists of files to pass to an rclone copy with the –files-from flag.</p>
+<p>Note that the –absolute parameter is useful for making lists of files to pass to an rclone copy with the –files-from-raw flag.</p>
 <p>For example to find all the files modified within one day and copy those only (without traversing the whole directory structure):</p>
 <pre><code>rclone lsf --absolute --files-only --max-age 1d /path/to/local &gt; new_files
-rclone copy --files-from new_files /path/to/local remote:path</code></pre>
+rclone copy --files-from-raw new_files /path/to/local remote:path</code></pre>
 <p>Any of the filtering options can be applied to this command.</p>
 <p>There are several related list commands</p>
 <ul>
@@ -1222,7 +1288,7 @@ rclone copy --files-from new_files /path/to/local remote:path</code></pre>
 <p>The other list commands <code>lsd</code>,<code>lsf</code>,<code>lsjson</code> do not recurse by default - use “-R” to make them recurse.</p>
 <p>Listing a non existent directory will produce an error except for remotes which can’t have empty directories (eg s3, swift, gcs, etc - the bucket based remotes).</p>
 <pre><code>rclone lsf remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-47">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-47">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>      --absolute           Put a leading / in front of path names.
       --csv                Output in CSV format.
   -d, --dir-slash          Append a slash to directory names. (default true)
@@ -1234,17 +1300,17 @@ rclone copy --files-from new_files /path/to/local remote:path</code></pre>
   -R, --recursive          Recurse into the listing.
   -s, --separator string   Separator for the items in the format. (default &quot;;&quot;)</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-47">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-47">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-lsjson">rclone lsjson</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-lsjson">rclone lsjson</h1>
 <p>List directories and objects in the path in JSON format.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-48">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-48">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>List directories and objects in the path in JSON format.</p>
 <p>The output is an array of Items, where each Item looks like this</p>
 <p>{ “Hashes” : { “SHA-1” : “f572d396fae9206628714fb2ce00f72e94f2258f”, “MD5” : “b1946ac92492d2347c6235b4d2611184”, “DropboxHash” : “ecb65bb98f9d905b70458986c39fcbad7715e5f2fcc3b1f07767d7c83e2438cc” }, “ID”: “y2djkhiujf83u33”, “OrigID”: “UYOJVTUW00Q1RzTDA”, “IsBucket” : false, “IsDir” : false, “MimeType” : “application/octet-stream”, “ModTime” : “2017-05-31T16:15:57.034468261+01:00”, “Name” : “file.txt”, “Encrypted” : “v0qpsdq8anpci8n929v3uu9338”, “EncryptedPath” : “kja9098349023498/v0qpsdq8anpci8n929v3uu9338”, “Path” : “full/path/goes/here/file.txt”, “Size” : 6, “Tier” : “hot”, }</p>
-<p>If –hash is not specified the Hashes property won’t be emitted.</p>
+<p>If –hash is not specified the Hashes property won’t be emitted. The types of hash can be specified with the –hash-type parameter (which may be repeated). If –hash-type is set then it implies –hash.</p>
 <p>If –no-modtime is specified then ModTime will be blank. This can speed things up on remotes where reading the ModTime takes an extra request (eg s3, swift).</p>
 <p>If –no-mimetype is specified then MimeType will be blank. This can speed things up on remotes where reading the MimeType takes an extra request (eg s3, swift).</p>
 <p>If –encrypted is not specified the Encrypted won’t be emitted.</p>
@@ -1268,49 +1334,60 @@ rclone copy --files-from new_files /path/to/local remote:path</code></pre>
 <p>The other list commands <code>lsd</code>,<code>lsf</code>,<code>lsjson</code> do not recurse by default - use “-R” to make them recurse.</p>
 <p>Listing a non existent directory will produce an error except for remotes which can’t have empty directories (eg s3, swift, gcs, etc - the bucket based remotes).</p>
 <pre><code>rclone lsjson remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-48">Options</h3>
-<pre><code>      --dirs-only     Show only directories in the listing.
-  -M, --encrypted     Show the encrypted names.
-      --files-only    Show only files in the listing.
-      --hash          Include hashes in the output (may take longer).
-  -h, --help          help for lsjson
-      --no-mimetype   Don&#39;t read the mime type (can speed things up).
-      --no-modtime    Don&#39;t read the modification time (can speed things up).
-      --original      Show the ID of the underlying Object.
-  -R, --recursive     Recurse into the listing.</code></pre>
+<h2 id="options-48">Options</h2>
+<pre><code>      --dirs-only               Show only directories in the listing.
+  -M, --encrypted               Show the encrypted names.
+      --files-only              Show only files in the listing.
+      --hash                    Include hashes in the output (may take longer).
+      --hash-type stringArray   Show only this hash type (may be repeated).
+  -h, --help                    help for lsjson
+      --no-mimetype             Don&#39;t read the mime type (can speed things up).
+      --no-modtime              Don&#39;t read the modification time (can speed things up).
+      --original                Show the ID of the underlying Object.
+  -R, --recursive               Recurse into the listing.</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-48">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-48">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-mount">rclone mount</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-mount">rclone mount</h1>
 <p>Mount the remote as file system on a mountpoint.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-49">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-49">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>rclone mount allows Linux, FreeBSD, macOS and Windows to mount any of Rclone’s cloud storage systems as a file system with FUSE.</p>
 <p>First set up your remote using <code>rclone config</code>. Check it works with <code>rclone ls</code> etc.</p>
-<p>Start the mount like this</p>
+<p>You can either run mount in foreground mode or background (daemon) mode. Mount runs in foreground mode by default, use the –daemon flag to specify background mode mode. Background mode is only supported on Linux and OSX, you can only run mount in foreground mode on Windows.</p>
+<p>On Linux/macOS/FreeBSD Start the mount like this where <code>/path/to/local/mount</code> is an <strong>empty</strong> <strong>existing</strong> directory.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone mount remote:path/to/files /path/to/local/mount</code></pre>
-<p>Or on Windows like this where X: is an unused drive letter</p>
-<pre><code>rclone mount remote:path/to/files X:</code></pre>
-<p>When the program ends, either via Ctrl+C or receiving a SIGINT or SIGTERM signal, the mount is automatically stopped.</p>
-<p>The umount operation can fail, for example when the mountpoint is busy. When that happens, it is the user’s responsibility to stop the mount manually with</p>
+<p>Or on Windows like this where <code>X:</code> is an unused drive letter or use a path to <strong>non-existent</strong> directory.</p>
+<pre><code>rclone mount remote:path/to/files X:
+rclone mount remote:path/to/files C:\path\to\nonexistent\directory</code></pre>
+<p>When running in background mode the user will have to stop the mount manually (specified below).</p>
+<p>When the program ends while in foreground mode, either via Ctrl+C or receiving a SIGINT or SIGTERM signal, the mount is automatically stopped.</p>
+<p>The umount operation can fail, for example when the mountpoint is busy. When that happens, it is the user’s responsibility to stop the mount manually.</p>
+<p>Stopping the mount manually:</p>
 <pre><code># Linux
 fusermount -u /path/to/local/mount
 # OS X
 umount /path/to/local/mount</code></pre>
-<h3 id="installing-on-windows">Installing on Windows</h3>
+<h2 id="installing-on-windows">Installing on Windows</h2>
 <p>To run rclone mount on Windows, you will need to download and install <a href="http://www.secfs.net/winfsp/">WinFsp</a>.</p>
-<p>WinFsp is an <a href="https://github.com/billziss-gh/winfsp">open source</a> Windows File System Proxy which makes it easy to write user space file systems for Windows. It provides a FUSE emulation layer which rclone uses combination with <a href="https://github.com/billziss-gh/cgofuse">cgofuse</a>. Both of these packages are by Bill Zissimopoulos who was very helpful during the implementation of rclone mount for Windows.</p>
-<h4 id="windows-caveats">Windows caveats</h4>
+<p><a href="https://github.com/billziss-gh/winfsp">WinFsp</a> is an open source Windows File System Proxy which makes it easy to write user space file systems for Windows. It provides a FUSE emulation layer which rclone uses combination with <a href="https://github.com/billziss-gh/cgofuse">cgofuse</a>. Both of these packages are by Bill Zissimopoulos who was very helpful during the implementation of rclone mount for Windows.</p>
+<h3 id="windows-caveats">Windows caveats</h3>
 <p>Note that drives created as Administrator are not visible by other accounts (including the account that was elevated as Administrator). So if you start a Windows drive from an Administrative Command Prompt and then try to access the same drive from Explorer (which does not run as Administrator), you will not be able to see the new drive.</p>
 <p>The easiest way around this is to start the drive from a normal command prompt. It is also possible to start a drive from the SYSTEM account (using <a href="https://github.com/billziss-gh/winfsp/wiki/WinFsp-Service-Architecture">the WinFsp.Launcher infrastructure</a>) which creates drives accessible for everyone on the system or alternatively using <a href="https://nssm.cc/usage">the nssm service manager</a>.</p>
-<h3 id="limitations">Limitations</h3>
+<h3 id="mount-as-a-network-drive">Mount as a network drive</h3>
+<p>By default, rclone will mount the remote as a normal drive. However, you can also mount it as a <strong>Network Drive</strong> (or <strong>Network Share</strong>, as mentioned in some places)</p>
+<p>Unlike other systems, Windows provides a different filesystem type for network drives. Windows and other programs treat the network drives and fixed/removable drives differently: In network drives, many I/O operations are optimized, as the high latency and low reliability (compared to a normal drive) of a network is expected.</p>
+<p>Although many people prefer network shares to be mounted as normal system drives, this might cause some issues, such as programs not working as expected or freezes and errors while operating with the mounted remote in Windows Explorer. If you experience any of those, consider mounting rclone remotes as network shares, as Windows expects normal drives to be fast and reliable, while cloud storage is far from that. See also <a href="#limitations">Limitations</a> section below for more info</p>
+<p>Add “–fuse-flag –VolumePrefix=” to your “mount” command, <strong>replacing “share” with any other name of your choice if you are mounting more than one remote</strong>. Otherwise, the mountpoints will conflict and your mounted filesystems will overlap.</p>
+<p><a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Drive_mapping">Read more about drive mapping</a></p>
+<h2 id="limitations">Limitations</h2>
 <p>Without the use of “–vfs-cache-mode” this can only write files sequentially, it can only seek when reading. This means that many applications won’t work with their files on an rclone mount without “–vfs-cache-mode writes” or “–vfs-cache-mode full”. See the <a href="#file-caching">File Caching</a> section for more info.</p>
 <p>The bucket based remotes (eg Swift, S3, Google Compute Storage, B2, Hubic) do not support the concept of empty directories, so empty directories will have a tendency to disappear once they fall out of the directory cache.</p>
 <p>Only supported on Linux, FreeBSD, OS X and Windows at the moment.</p>
-<h3 id="rclone-mount-vs-rclone-synccopy">rclone mount vs rclone sync/copy</h3>
+<h2 id="rclone-mount-vs-rclone-synccopy">rclone mount vs rclone sync/copy</h2>
 <p>File systems expect things to be 100% reliable, whereas cloud storage systems are a long way from 100% reliable. The rclone sync/copy commands cope with this with lots of retries. However rclone mount can’t use retries in the same way without making local copies of the uploads. Look at the <a href="#file-caching">file caching</a> for solutions to make mount more reliable.</p>
-<h3 id="attribute-caching">Attribute caching</h3>
+<h2 id="attribute-caching">Attribute caching</h2>
 <p>You can use the flag –attr-timeout to set the time the kernel caches the attributes (size, modification time etc) for directory entries.</p>
 <p>The default is “1s” which caches files just long enough to avoid too many callbacks to rclone from the kernel.</p>
 <p>In theory 0s should be the correct value for filesystems which can change outside the control of the kernel. However this causes quite a few problems such as <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2157">rclone using too much memory</a>, <a href="https://forum.rclone.org/t/rclone-1-39-vs-1-40-mount-issue/5112">rclone not serving files to samba</a> and <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2095#issuecomment-371141147">excessive time listing directories</a>.</p>
@@ -1318,28 +1395,28 @@ umount /path/to/local/mount</code></pre>
 <p>If you set it higher (‘10s’ or ‘1m’ say) then the kernel will call back to rclone less often making it more efficient, however there is more chance of the corruption issue above.</p>
 <p>If files don’t change on the remote outside of the control of rclone then there is no chance of corruption.</p>
 <p>This is the same as setting the attr_timeout option in mount.fuse.</p>
-<h3 id="filters">Filters</h3>
+<h2 id="filters">Filters</h2>
 <p>Note that all the rclone filters can be used to select a subset of the files to be visible in the mount.</p>
-<h3 id="systemd">systemd</h3>
+<h2 id="systemd">systemd</h2>
 <p>When running rclone mount as a systemd service, it is possible to use Type=notify. In this case the service will enter the started state after the mountpoint has been successfully set up. Units having the rclone mount service specified as a requirement will see all files and folders immediately in this mode.</p>
-<h3 id="chunked-reading">chunked reading</h3>
+<h2 id="chunked-reading">chunked reading</h2>
 <p>–vfs-read-chunk-size will enable reading the source objects in parts. This can reduce the used download quota for some remotes by requesting only chunks from the remote that are actually read at the cost of an increased number of requests.</p>
 <p>When –vfs-read-chunk-size-limit is also specified and greater than –vfs-read-chunk-size, the chunk size for each open file will get doubled for each chunk read, until the specified value is reached. A value of -1 will disable the limit and the chunk size will grow indefinitely.</p>
 <p>With –vfs-read-chunk-size 100M and –vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 0 the following parts will be downloaded: 0-100M, 100M-200M, 200M-300M, 300M-400M and so on. When –vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 500M is specified, the result would be 0-100M, 100M-300M, 300M-700M, 700M-1200M, 1200M-1700M and so on.</p>
 <p>Chunked reading will only work with –vfs-cache-mode &lt; full, as the file will always be copied to the vfs cache before opening with –vfs-cache-mode full.</p>
-<h3 id="directory-cache">Directory Cache</h3>
-<p>Using the <code>--dir-cache-time</code> flag, you can set how long a directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once the cache expires.</p>
+<h2 id="directory-cache">Directory Cache</h2>
+<p>Using the <code>--dir-cache-time</code> flag, you can set how long a directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once the cache expires if the backend configured does not support polling for changes. If the backend supports polling, changes will be picked up on within the polling interval.</p>
 <p>Alternatively, you can send a <code>SIGHUP</code> signal to rclone for it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache like this:</p>
 <pre><code>kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)</code></pre>
 <p>If you configure rclone with a <a href="/rc">remote control</a> then you can use rclone rc to flush the whole directory cache:</p>
 <pre><code>rclone rc vfs/forget</code></pre>
 <p>Or individual files or directories:</p>
 <pre><code>rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir</code></pre>
-<h3 id="file-buffering">File Buffering</h3>
+<h2 id="file-buffering">File Buffering</h2>
 <p>The <code>--buffer-size</code> flag determines the amount of memory, that will be used to buffer data in advance.</p>
 <p>Each open file descriptor will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory at all times. The buffered data is bound to one file descriptor and won’t be shared between multiple open file descriptors of the same file.</p>
 <p>This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per file descriptor. The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be used. The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to <code>--buffer-size * open files</code>.</p>
-<h3 id="file-caching">File Caching</h3>
+<h2 id="file-caching">File Caching</h2>
 <p>These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is used by rclone mount to make a cloud storage system work more like a normal file system.</p>
 <p>You’ll need to enable VFS caching if you want, for example, to read and write simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.</p>
 <p>Note that the VFS cache works in addition to the cache backend and you may find that you need one or the other or both.</p>
@@ -1352,7 +1429,7 @@ umount /path/to/local/mount</code></pre>
 <p>The cache has 4 different modes selected by <code>--vfs-cache-mode</code>. The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost of using disk space.</p>
 <p>Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed so if rclone is quit or dies with open files then these won’t get written back to the remote. However they will still be in the on disk cache.</p>
 <p>If using –vfs-cache-max-size note that the cache may exceed this size for two reasons. Firstly because it is only checked every –vfs-cache-poll-interval. Secondly because open files cannot be evicted from the cache.</p>
-<h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-off">–vfs-cache-mode off</h4>
+<h3 id="vfs-cache-mode-off">–vfs-cache-mode off</h3>
 <p>In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.</p>
 <p>This will mean some operations are not possible</p>
 <ul>
@@ -1364,7 +1441,7 @@ umount /path/to/local/mount</code></pre>
 <li>Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored</li>
 <li>If an upload fails it can’t be retried</li>
 </ul>
-<h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-minimal">–vfs-cache-mode minimal</h4>
+<h3 id="vfs-cache-mode-minimal">–vfs-cache-mode minimal</h3>
 <p>This is very similar to “off” except that files opened for read AND write will be buffered to disks. This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible, but uses the minimal disk space.</p>
 <p>These operations are not possible</p>
 <ul>
@@ -1373,21 +1450,30 @@ umount /path/to/local/mount</code></pre>
 <li>Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC</li>
 <li>If an upload fails it can’t be retried</li>
 </ul>
-<h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-writes">–vfs-cache-mode writes</h4>
+<h3 id="vfs-cache-mode-writes">–vfs-cache-mode writes</h3>
 <p>In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.</p>
 <p>This mode should support all normal file system operations.</p>
 <p>If an upload fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.</p>
-<h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-full">–vfs-cache-mode full</h4>
+<h3 id="vfs-cache-mode-full">–vfs-cache-mode full</h3>
 <p>In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When a file is opened for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.</p>
 <p>This may be appropriate for your needs, or you may prefer to look at the cache backend which does a much more sophisticated job of caching, including caching directory hierarchies and chunks of files.</p>
 <p>In this mode, unlike the others, when a file is written to the disk, it will be kept on the disk after it is written to the remote. It will be purged on a schedule according to <code>--vfs-cache-max-age</code>.</p>
 <p>This mode should support all normal file system operations.</p>
 <p>If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.</p>
+<h2 id="case-sensitivity">Case Sensitivity</h2>
+<p>Linux file systems are case-sensitive: two files can differ only by case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.</p>
+<p>Windows is not like most other operating systems supported by rclone. File systems in modern Windows are case-insensitive but case-preserving: although existing files can be opened using any case, the exact case used to create the file is preserved and available for programs to query. It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ only by case.</p>
+<p>Usually file systems on macOS are case-insensitive. It is possible to make macOS file systems case-sensitive but that is not the default</p>
+<p>The “–vfs-case-insensitive” mount flag controls how rclone handles these two cases. If its value is “false”, rclone passes file names to the mounted file system as is. If the flag is “true” (or appears without a value on command line), rclone may perform a “fixup” as explained below.</p>
+<p>The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case different than what is stored on mounted file system. If an argument refers to an existing file with exactly the same name, then the case of the existing file on the disk will be used. However, if a file name with exactly the same name is not found but a name differing only by case exists, rclone will transparently fixup the name. This fixup happens only when an existing file is requested. Case sensitivity of file names created anew by rclone is controlled by an underlying mounted file system.</p>
+<p>Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the target) may differ from case sensitivity of a file system mounted by rclone (the source). The flag controls whether “fixup” is performed to satisfy the target.</p>
+<p>If the flag is not provided on command line, then its default value depends on the operating system where rclone runs: “true” on Windows and macOS, “false” otherwise. If the flag is provided without a value, then it is “true”.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone mount remote:path /path/to/mountpoint [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-49">Options</h3>
-<pre><code>      --allow-non-empty                        Allow mounting over a non-empty directory.
+<h2 id="options-49">Options</h2>
+<pre><code>      --allow-non-empty                        Allow mounting over a non-empty directory (not Windows).
       --allow-other                            Allow access to other users.
       --allow-root                             Allow access to root user.
+      --async-read                             Use asynchronous reads. (default true)
       --attr-timeout duration                  Time for which file/directory attributes are cached. (default 1s)
       --daemon                                 Run mount as a daemon (background mode).
       --daemon-timeout duration                Time limit for rclone to respond to kernel (not supported by all OSes).
@@ -1415,16 +1501,18 @@ umount /path/to/local/mount</code></pre>
       --vfs-case-insensitive                   If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match.
       --vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix         Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
       --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. &#39;off&#39; is unlimited. (default off)
+      --vfs-read-wait duration                 Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking. (default 20ms)
+      --vfs-write-wait duration                Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error. (default 1s)
       --volname string                         Set the volume name (not supported by all OSes).
       --write-back-cache                       Makes kernel buffer writes before sending them to rclone. Without this, writethrough caching is used.</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-49">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-49">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-moveto">rclone moveto</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-moveto">rclone moveto</h1>
 <p>Move file or directory from source to dest.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-50">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-50">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>If source:path is a file or directory then it moves it to a file or directory named dest:path.</p>
 <p>This can be used to rename files or upload single files to other than their existing name. If the source is a directory then it acts exactly like the move command.</p>
 <p>So</p>
@@ -1440,18 +1528,17 @@ if src is directory
 <p><strong>Important</strong>: Since this can cause data loss, test first with the –dry-run flag.</p>
 <p><strong>Note</strong>: Use the <code>-P</code>/<code>--progress</code> flag to view real-time transfer statistics.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone moveto source:path dest:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-50">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-50">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help   help for moveto</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-50">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-50">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-ncdu">rclone ncdu</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-ncdu">rclone ncdu</h1>
 <p>Explore a remote with a text based user interface.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-51">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-51">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>This displays a text based user interface allowing the navigation of a remote. It is most useful for answering the question - “What is using all my disk space?”.</p>
-<script src="https://asciinema.org/a/157793.js" id="asciicast-157793" async></script>
 <p>To make the user interface it first scans the entire remote given and builds an in memory representation. rclone ncdu can be used during this scanning phase and you will see it building up the directory structure as it goes along.</p>
 <p>Here are the keys - press ‘?’ to toggle the help on and off</p>
 <pre><code> ↑,↓ or k,j to Move
@@ -1469,54 +1556,64 @@ if src is directory
 <p>This an homage to the <a href="https://dev.yorhel.nl/ncdu">ncdu tool</a> but for rclone remotes. It is missing lots of features at the moment but is useful as it stands.</p>
 <p>Note that it might take some time to delete big files/folders. The UI won’t respond in the meantime since the deletion is done synchronously.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone ncdu remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-51">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-51">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help   help for ncdu</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-51">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-51">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-obscure">rclone obscure</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-obscure">rclone obscure</h1>
 <p>Obscure password for use in the rclone.conf</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-52">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-52">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>Obscure password for use in the rclone.conf</p>
 <pre><code>rclone obscure password [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-52">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-52">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help   help for obscure</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-52">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-52">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-rc">rclone rc</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-rc">rclone rc</h1>
 <p>Run a command against a running rclone.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-53">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-53">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>This runs a command against a running rclone. Use the –url flag to specify an non default URL to connect on. This can be either a “:port” which is taken to mean “http://localhost:port” or a “host:port” which is taken to mean “http://host:port”</p>
 <p>A username and password can be passed in with –user and –pass.</p>
 <p>Note that –rc-addr, –rc-user, –rc-pass will be read also for –url, –user, –pass.</p>
 <p>Arguments should be passed in as parameter=value.</p>
 <p>The result will be returned as a JSON object by default.</p>
 <p>The –json parameter can be used to pass in a JSON blob as an input instead of key=value arguments. This is the only way of passing in more complicated values.</p>
+<p>The -o/–opt option can be used to set a key “opt” with key, value options in the form “-o key=value” or “-o key”. It can be repeated as many times as required. This is useful for rc commands which take the “opt” parameter which by convention is a dictionary of strings.</p>
+<pre><code>-o key=value -o key2</code></pre>
+<p>Will place this in the “opt” value</p>
+<pre><code>{&quot;key&quot;:&quot;value&quot;, &quot;key2&quot;,&quot;&quot;)</code></pre>
+<p>The -a/–arg option can be used to set strings in the “arg” value. It can be repeated as many times as required. This is useful for rc commands which take the “arg” parameter which by convention is a list of strings.</p>
+<pre><code>-a value -a value2</code></pre>
+<p>Will place this in the “arg” value</p>
+<pre><code>[&quot;value&quot;, &quot;value2&quot;]</code></pre>
 <p>Use –loopback to connect to the rclone instance running “rclone rc”. This is very useful for testing commands without having to run an rclone rc server, eg:</p>
 <pre><code>rclone rc --loopback operations/about fs=/</code></pre>
 <p>Use “rclone rc” to see a list of all possible commands.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone rc commands parameter [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-53">Options</h3>
-<pre><code>  -h, --help          help for rc
-      --json string   Input JSON - use instead of key=value args.
-      --loopback      If set connect to this rclone instance not via HTTP.
-      --no-output     If set don&#39;t output the JSON result.
-      --pass string   Password to use to connect to rclone remote control.
-      --url string    URL to connect to rclone remote control. (default &quot;http://localhost:5572/&quot;)
-      --user string   Username to use to rclone remote control.</code></pre>
+<h2 id="options-53">Options</h2>
+<pre><code>  -a, --arg stringArray   Argument placed in the &quot;arg&quot; array.
+  -h, --help              help for rc
+      --json string       Input JSON - use instead of key=value args.
+      --loopback          If set connect to this rclone instance not via HTTP.
+      --no-output         If set don&#39;t output the JSON result.
+  -o, --opt stringArray   Option in the form name=value or name placed in the &quot;opt&quot; array.
+      --pass string       Password to use to connect to rclone remote control.
+      --url string        URL to connect to rclone remote control. (default &quot;http://localhost:5572/&quot;)
+      --user string       Username to use to rclone remote control.</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-53">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-53">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-rcat">rclone rcat</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-rcat">rclone rcat</h1>
 <p>Copies standard input to file on remote.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-54">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-54">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>rclone rcat reads from standard input (stdin) and copies it to a single remote file.</p>
 <pre><code>echo &quot;hello world&quot; | rclone rcat remote:path/to/file
 ffmpeg - | rclone rcat remote:path/to/file</code></pre>
@@ -1524,54 +1621,54 @@ ffmpeg - | rclone rcat remote:path/to/file</code></pre>
 <p>rcat will try to upload small files in a single request, which is usually more efficient than the streaming/chunked upload endpoints, which use multiple requests. Exact behaviour depends on the remote. What is considered a small file may be set through <code>--streaming-upload-cutoff</code>. Uploading only starts after the cutoff is reached or if the file ends before that. The data must fit into RAM. The cutoff needs to be small enough to adhere the limits of your remote, please see there. Generally speaking, setting this cutoff too high will decrease your performance.</p>
 <p>Note that the upload can also not be retried because the data is not kept around until the upload succeeds. If you need to transfer a lot of data, you’re better off caching locally and then <code>rclone move</code> it to the destination.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone rcat remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-54">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-54">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help   help for rcat</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-54">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-54">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-rcd">rclone rcd</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-rcd">rclone rcd</h1>
 <p>Run rclone listening to remote control commands only.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-55">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-55">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>This runs rclone so that it only listens to remote control commands.</p>
 <p>This is useful if you are controlling rclone via the rc API.</p>
 <p>If you pass in a path to a directory, rclone will serve that directory for GET requests on the URL passed in. It will also open the URL in the browser when rclone is run.</p>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/rc/">rc documentation</a> for more info on the rc flags.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone rcd &lt;path to files to serve&gt;* [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-55">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-55">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help   help for rcd</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-55">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-55">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-rmdirs">rclone rmdirs</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-rmdirs">rclone rmdirs</h1>
 <p>Remove empty directories under the path.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-56">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-56">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>This removes any empty directories (or directories that only contain empty directories) under the path that it finds, including the path if it has nothing in.</p>
 <p>If you supply the –leave-root flag, it will not remove the root directory.</p>
 <p>This is useful for tidying up remotes that rclone has left a lot of empty directories in.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone rmdirs remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-56">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-56">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help         help for rmdirs
       --leave-root   Do not remove root directory if empty</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-56">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-56">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-serve">rclone serve</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-serve">rclone serve</h1>
 <p>Serve a remote over a protocol.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-57">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-57">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>rclone serve is used to serve a remote over a given protocol. This command requires the use of a subcommand to specify the protocol, eg</p>
 <pre><code>rclone serve http remote:</code></pre>
 <p>Each subcommand has its own options which you can see in their help.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone serve &lt;protocol&gt; [opts] &lt;remote&gt; [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-57">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-57">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help   help for serve</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-57">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-57">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_dlna/">rclone serve dlna</a> - Serve remote:path over DLNA</li>
@@ -1581,28 +1678,28 @@ ffmpeg - | rclone rcat remote:path/to/file</code></pre>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_sftp/">rclone serve sftp</a> - Serve the remote over SFTP.</li>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_webdav/">rclone serve webdav</a> - Serve remote:path over webdav.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-serve-dlna">rclone serve dlna</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-serve-dlna">rclone serve dlna</h1>
 <p>Serve remote:path over DLNA</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-58">Synopsis</h3>
-<p>rclone serve dlna is a DLNA media server for media stored in a rclone remote. Many devices, such as the Xbox and PlayStation, can automatically discover this server in the LAN and play audio/video from it. VLC is also supported. Service discovery uses UDP multicast packets (SSDP) and will thus only work on LANs.</p>
+<h2 id="synopsis-58">Synopsis</h2>
+<p>rclone serve dlna is a DLNA media server for media stored in an rclone remote. Many devices, such as the Xbox and PlayStation, can automatically discover this server in the LAN and play audio/video from it. VLC is also supported. Service discovery uses UDP multicast packets (SSDP) and will thus only work on LANs.</p>
 <p>Rclone will list all files present in the remote, without filtering based on media formats or file extensions. Additionally, there is no media transcoding support. This means that some players might show files that they are not able to play back correctly.</p>
-<h3 id="server-options">Server options</h3>
+<h2 id="server-options">Server options</h2>
 <p>Use –addr to specify which IP address and port the server should listen on, eg –addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or –addr :8080 to listen to all IPs.</p>
 <p>Use –name to choose the friendly server name, which is by default “rclone (hostname)”.</p>
 <p>Use –log-trace in conjunction with -vv to enable additional debug logging of all UPNP traffic.</p>
-<h3 id="directory-cache-1">Directory Cache</h3>
-<p>Using the <code>--dir-cache-time</code> flag, you can set how long a directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once the cache expires.</p>
+<h2 id="directory-cache-1">Directory Cache</h2>
+<p>Using the <code>--dir-cache-time</code> flag, you can set how long a directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once the cache expires if the backend configured does not support polling for changes. If the backend supports polling, changes will be picked up on within the polling interval.</p>
 <p>Alternatively, you can send a <code>SIGHUP</code> signal to rclone for it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache like this:</p>
 <pre><code>kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)</code></pre>
 <p>If you configure rclone with a <a href="/rc">remote control</a> then you can use rclone rc to flush the whole directory cache:</p>
 <pre><code>rclone rc vfs/forget</code></pre>
 <p>Or individual files or directories:</p>
 <pre><code>rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir</code></pre>
-<h3 id="file-buffering-1">File Buffering</h3>
+<h2 id="file-buffering-1">File Buffering</h2>
 <p>The <code>--buffer-size</code> flag determines the amount of memory, that will be used to buffer data in advance.</p>
 <p>Each open file descriptor will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory at all times. The buffered data is bound to one file descriptor and won’t be shared between multiple open file descriptors of the same file.</p>
 <p>This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per file descriptor. The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be used. The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to <code>--buffer-size * open files</code>.</p>
-<h3 id="file-caching-1">File Caching</h3>
+<h2 id="file-caching-1">File Caching</h2>
 <p>These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is used by rclone mount to make a cloud storage system work more like a normal file system.</p>
 <p>You’ll need to enable VFS caching if you want, for example, to read and write simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.</p>
 <p>Note that the VFS cache works in addition to the cache backend and you may find that you need one or the other or both.</p>
@@ -1615,7 +1712,7 @@ ffmpeg - | rclone rcat remote:path/to/file</code></pre>
 <p>The cache has 4 different modes selected by <code>--vfs-cache-mode</code>. The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost of using disk space.</p>
 <p>Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed so if rclone is quit or dies with open files then these won’t get written back to the remote. However they will still be in the on disk cache.</p>
 <p>If using –vfs-cache-max-size note that the cache may exceed this size for two reasons. Firstly because it is only checked every –vfs-cache-poll-interval. Secondly because open files cannot be evicted from the cache.</p>
-<h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-off-1">–vfs-cache-mode off</h4>
+<h3 id="vfs-cache-mode-off-1">–vfs-cache-mode off</h3>
 <p>In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.</p>
 <p>This will mean some operations are not possible</p>
 <ul>
@@ -1627,7 +1724,7 @@ ffmpeg - | rclone rcat remote:path/to/file</code></pre>
 <li>Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored</li>
 <li>If an upload fails it can’t be retried</li>
 </ul>
-<h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-minimal-1">–vfs-cache-mode minimal</h4>
+<h3 id="vfs-cache-mode-minimal-1">–vfs-cache-mode minimal</h3>
 <p>This is very similar to “off” except that files opened for read AND write will be buffered to disks. This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible, but uses the minimal disk space.</p>
 <p>These operations are not possible</p>
 <ul>
@@ -1636,18 +1733,26 @@ ffmpeg - | rclone rcat remote:path/to/file</code></pre>
 <li>Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC</li>
 <li>If an upload fails it can’t be retried</li>
 </ul>
-<h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-writes-1">–vfs-cache-mode writes</h4>
+<h3 id="vfs-cache-mode-writes-1">–vfs-cache-mode writes</h3>
 <p>In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.</p>
 <p>This mode should support all normal file system operations.</p>
 <p>If an upload fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.</p>
-<h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-full-1">–vfs-cache-mode full</h4>
+<h3 id="vfs-cache-mode-full-1">–vfs-cache-mode full</h3>
 <p>In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When a file is opened for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.</p>
 <p>This may be appropriate for your needs, or you may prefer to look at the cache backend which does a much more sophisticated job of caching, including caching directory hierarchies and chunks of files.</p>
 <p>In this mode, unlike the others, when a file is written to the disk, it will be kept on the disk after it is written to the remote. It will be purged on a schedule according to <code>--vfs-cache-max-age</code>.</p>
 <p>This mode should support all normal file system operations.</p>
 <p>If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.</p>
+<h2 id="case-sensitivity-1">Case Sensitivity</h2>
+<p>Linux file systems are case-sensitive: two files can differ only by case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.</p>
+<p>Windows is not like most other operating systems supported by rclone. File systems in modern Windows are case-insensitive but case-preserving: although existing files can be opened using any case, the exact case used to create the file is preserved and available for programs to query. It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ only by case.</p>
+<p>Usually file systems on macOS are case-insensitive. It is possible to make macOS file systems case-sensitive but that is not the default</p>
+<p>The “–vfs-case-insensitive” mount flag controls how rclone handles these two cases. If its value is “false”, rclone passes file names to the mounted file system as is. If the flag is “true” (or appears without a value on command line), rclone may perform a “fixup” as explained below.</p>
+<p>The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case different than what is stored on mounted file system. If an argument refers to an existing file with exactly the same name, then the case of the existing file on the disk will be used. However, if a file name with exactly the same name is not found but a name differing only by case exists, rclone will transparently fixup the name. This fixup happens only when an existing file is requested. Case sensitivity of file names created anew by rclone is controlled by an underlying mounted file system.</p>
+<p>Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the target) may differ from case sensitivity of a file system mounted by rclone (the source). The flag controls whether “fixup” is performed to satisfy the target.</p>
+<p>If the flag is not provided on command line, then its default value depends on the operating system where rclone runs: “true” on Windows and macOS, “false” otherwise. If the flag is provided without a value, then it is “true”.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone serve dlna remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-58">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-58">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>      --addr string                            ip:port or :port to bind the DLNA http server to. (default &quot;:7879&quot;)
       --dir-cache-time duration                Time to cache directory entries for. (default 5m0s)
       --dir-perms FileMode                     Directory permissions (default 0777)
@@ -1669,35 +1774,37 @@ ffmpeg - | rclone rcat remote:path/to/file</code></pre>
       --vfs-cache-poll-interval duration       Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
       --vfs-case-insensitive                   If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match.
       --vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix         Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
-      --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. &#39;off&#39; is unlimited. (default off)</code></pre>
+      --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. &#39;off&#39; is unlimited. (default off)
+      --vfs-read-wait duration                 Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking. (default 20ms)
+      --vfs-write-wait duration                Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error. (default 1s)</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-58">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-58">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/">rclone serve</a> - Serve a remote over a protocol.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-serve-ftp">rclone serve ftp</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-serve-ftp">rclone serve ftp</h1>
 <p>Serve remote:path over FTP.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-59">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-59">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>rclone serve ftp implements a basic ftp server to serve the remote over FTP protocol. This can be viewed with a ftp client or you can make a remote of type ftp to read and write it.</p>
-<h3 id="server-options-1">Server options</h3>
+<h2 id="server-options-1">Server options</h2>
 <p>Use –addr to specify which IP address and port the server should listen on, eg –addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or –addr :8080 to listen to all IPs. By default it only listens on localhost. You can use port :0 to let the OS choose an available port.</p>
 <p>If you set –addr to listen on a public or LAN accessible IP address then using Authentication is advised - see the next section for info.</p>
-<h4 id="authentication">Authentication</h4>
+<h3 id="authentication">Authentication</h3>
 <p>By default this will serve files without needing a login.</p>
 <p>You can set a single username and password with the –user and –pass flags.</p>
-<h3 id="directory-cache-2">Directory Cache</h3>
-<p>Using the <code>--dir-cache-time</code> flag, you can set how long a directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once the cache expires.</p>
+<h2 id="directory-cache-2">Directory Cache</h2>
+<p>Using the <code>--dir-cache-time</code> flag, you can set how long a directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once the cache expires if the backend configured does not support polling for changes. If the backend supports polling, changes will be picked up on within the polling interval.</p>
 <p>Alternatively, you can send a <code>SIGHUP</code> signal to rclone for it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache like this:</p>
 <pre><code>kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)</code></pre>
 <p>If you configure rclone with a <a href="/rc">remote control</a> then you can use rclone rc to flush the whole directory cache:</p>
 <pre><code>rclone rc vfs/forget</code></pre>
 <p>Or individual files or directories:</p>
 <pre><code>rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir</code></pre>
-<h3 id="file-buffering-2">File Buffering</h3>
+<h2 id="file-buffering-2">File Buffering</h2>
 <p>The <code>--buffer-size</code> flag determines the amount of memory, that will be used to buffer data in advance.</p>
 <p>Each open file descriptor will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory at all times. The buffered data is bound to one file descriptor and won’t be shared between multiple open file descriptors of the same file.</p>
 <p>This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per file descriptor. The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be used. The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to <code>--buffer-size * open files</code>.</p>
-<h3 id="file-caching-2">File Caching</h3>
+<h2 id="file-caching-2">File Caching</h2>
 <p>These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is used by rclone mount to make a cloud storage system work more like a normal file system.</p>
 <p>You’ll need to enable VFS caching if you want, for example, to read and write simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.</p>
 <p>Note that the VFS cache works in addition to the cache backend and you may find that you need one or the other or both.</p>
@@ -1710,7 +1817,7 @@ ffmpeg - | rclone rcat remote:path/to/file</code></pre>
 <p>The cache has 4 different modes selected by <code>--vfs-cache-mode</code>. The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost of using disk space.</p>
 <p>Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed so if rclone is quit or dies with open files then these won’t get written back to the remote. However they will still be in the on disk cache.</p>
 <p>If using –vfs-cache-max-size note that the cache may exceed this size for two reasons. Firstly because it is only checked every –vfs-cache-poll-interval. Secondly because open files cannot be evicted from the cache.</p>
-<h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-off-2">–vfs-cache-mode off</h4>
+<h3 id="vfs-cache-mode-off-2">–vfs-cache-mode off</h3>
 <p>In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.</p>
 <p>This will mean some operations are not possible</p>
 <ul>
@@ -1722,7 +1829,7 @@ ffmpeg - | rclone rcat remote:path/to/file</code></pre>
 <li>Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored</li>
 <li>If an upload fails it can’t be retried</li>
 </ul>
-<h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-minimal-2">–vfs-cache-mode minimal</h4>
+<h3 id="vfs-cache-mode-minimal-2">–vfs-cache-mode minimal</h3>
 <p>This is very similar to “off” except that files opened for read AND write will be buffered to disks. This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible, but uses the minimal disk space.</p>
 <p>These operations are not possible</p>
 <ul>
@@ -1731,28 +1838,42 @@ ffmpeg - | rclone rcat remote:path/to/file</code></pre>
 <li>Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC</li>
 <li>If an upload fails it can’t be retried</li>
 </ul>
-<h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-writes-2">–vfs-cache-mode writes</h4>
+<h3 id="vfs-cache-mode-writes-2">–vfs-cache-mode writes</h3>
 <p>In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.</p>
 <p>This mode should support all normal file system operations.</p>
 <p>If an upload fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.</p>
-<h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-full-2">–vfs-cache-mode full</h4>
+<h3 id="vfs-cache-mode-full-2">–vfs-cache-mode full</h3>
 <p>In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When a file is opened for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.</p>
 <p>This may be appropriate for your needs, or you may prefer to look at the cache backend which does a much more sophisticated job of caching, including caching directory hierarchies and chunks of files.</p>
 <p>In this mode, unlike the others, when a file is written to the disk, it will be kept on the disk after it is written to the remote. It will be purged on a schedule according to <code>--vfs-cache-max-age</code>.</p>
 <p>This mode should support all normal file system operations.</p>
 <p>If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.</p>
-<h3 id="auth-proxy">Auth Proxy</h3>
+<h2 id="case-sensitivity-2">Case Sensitivity</h2>
+<p>Linux file systems are case-sensitive: two files can differ only by case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.</p>
+<p>Windows is not like most other operating systems supported by rclone. File systems in modern Windows are case-insensitive but case-preserving: although existing files can be opened using any case, the exact case used to create the file is preserved and available for programs to query. It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ only by case.</p>
+<p>Usually file systems on macOS are case-insensitive. It is possible to make macOS file systems case-sensitive but that is not the default</p>
+<p>The “–vfs-case-insensitive” mount flag controls how rclone handles these two cases. If its value is “false”, rclone passes file names to the mounted file system as is. If the flag is “true” (or appears without a value on command line), rclone may perform a “fixup” as explained below.</p>
+<p>The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case different than what is stored on mounted file system. If an argument refers to an existing file with exactly the same name, then the case of the existing file on the disk will be used. However, if a file name with exactly the same name is not found but a name differing only by case exists, rclone will transparently fixup the name. This fixup happens only when an existing file is requested. Case sensitivity of file names created anew by rclone is controlled by an underlying mounted file system.</p>
+<p>Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the target) may differ from case sensitivity of a file system mounted by rclone (the source). The flag controls whether “fixup” is performed to satisfy the target.</p>
+<p>If the flag is not provided on command line, then its default value depends on the operating system where rclone runs: “true” on Windows and macOS, “false” otherwise. If the flag is provided without a value, then it is “true”.</p>
+<h2 id="auth-proxy">Auth Proxy</h2>
 <p>If you supply the parameter <code>--auth-proxy /path/to/program</code> then rclone will use that program to generate backends on the fly which then are used to authenticate incoming requests. This uses a simple JSON based protocl with input on STDIN and output on STDOUT.</p>
+<p><strong>PLEASE NOTE:</strong> <code>--auth-proxy</code> and <code>--authorized-keys</code> cannot be used together, if <code>--auth-proxy</code> is set the authorized keys option will be ignored.</p>
 <p>There is an example program <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/blob/master/test_proxy.py">bin/test_proxy.py</a> in the rclone source code.</p>
 <p>The program’s job is to take a <code>user</code> and <code>pass</code> on the input and turn those into the config for a backend on STDOUT in JSON format. This config will have any default parameters for the backend added, but it won’t use configuration from environment variables or command line options - it is the job of the proxy program to make a complete config.</p>
 <p>This config generated must have this extra parameter - <code>_root</code> - root to use for the backend</p>
 <p>And it may have this parameter - <code>_obscure</code> - comma separated strings for parameters to obscure</p>
-<p>For example the program might take this on STDIN</p>
+<p>If password authentication was used by the client, input to the proxy process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:</p>
 <pre><code>{
     &quot;user&quot;: &quot;me&quot;,
     &quot;pass&quot;: &quot;mypassword&quot;
 }</code></pre>
-<p>And return this on STDOUT</p>
+<p>If public-key authentication was used by the client, input to the proxy process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:</p>
+<pre><code>{
+    &quot;user&quot;: &quot;me&quot;,
+    &quot;public_key&quot;: &quot;AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQDuwESFdAe14hVS6omeyX7edc...JQdf&quot;
+}</code></pre>
+<p>And as an example return this on STDOUT</p>
 <pre><code>{
     &quot;type&quot;: &quot;sftp&quot;,
     &quot;_root&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
@@ -1761,12 +1882,12 @@ ffmpeg - | rclone rcat remote:path/to/file</code></pre>
     &quot;pass&quot;: &quot;mypassword&quot;,
     &quot;host&quot;: &quot;sftp.example.com&quot;
 }</code></pre>
-<p>This would mean that an SFTP backend would be created on the fly for the <code>user</code> and <code>pass</code> returned in the output to the host given. Note that since <code>_obscure</code> is set to <code>pass</code>, rclone will obscure the <code>pass</code> parameter before creating the backend (which is required for sftp backends).</p>
-<p>The progam can manipulate the supplied <code>user</code> in any way, for example to make proxy to many different sftp backends, you could make the <code>user</code> be <code>user@example.com</code> and then set the <code>host</code> to <code>example.com</code> in the output and the user to <code>user</code>. For security you’d probably want to restrict the <code>host</code> to a limited list.</p>
-<p>Note that an internal cache is keyed on <code>user</code> so only use that for configuration, don’t use <code>pass</code>. This also means that if a user’s password is changed the cache will need to expire (which takes 5 mins) before it takes effect.</p>
+<p>This would mean that an SFTP backend would be created on the fly for the <code>user</code> and <code>pass</code>/<code>public_key</code> returned in the output to the host given. Note that since <code>_obscure</code> is set to <code>pass</code>, rclone will obscure the <code>pass</code> parameter before creating the backend (which is required for sftp backends).</p>
+<p>The program can manipulate the supplied <code>user</code> in any way, for example to make proxy to many different sftp backends, you could make the <code>user</code> be <code>user@example.com</code> and then set the <code>host</code> to <code>example.com</code> in the output and the user to <code>user</code>. For security you’d probably want to restrict the <code>host</code> to a limited list.</p>
+<p>Note that an internal cache is keyed on <code>user</code> so only use that for configuration, don’t use <code>pass</code> or <code>public_key</code>. This also means that if a user’s password or public-key is changed the cache will need to expire (which takes 5 mins) before it takes effect.</p>
 <p>This can be used to build general purpose proxies to any kind of backend that rclone supports.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone serve ftp remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-59">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-59">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>      --addr string                            IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default &quot;localhost:2121&quot;)
       --auth-proxy string                      A program to use to create the backend from the auth.
       --dir-cache-time duration                Time to cache directory entries for. (default 5m0s)
@@ -1791,26 +1912,107 @@ ffmpeg - | rclone rcat remote:path/to/file</code></pre>
       --vfs-cache-poll-interval duration       Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
       --vfs-case-insensitive                   If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match.
       --vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix         Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
-      --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. &#39;off&#39; is unlimited. (default off)</code></pre>
+      --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. &#39;off&#39; is unlimited. (default off)
+      --vfs-read-wait duration                 Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking. (default 20ms)
+      --vfs-write-wait duration                Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error. (default 1s)</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-59">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-59">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/">rclone serve</a> - Serve a remote over a protocol.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-serve-http">rclone serve http</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-serve-http">rclone serve http</h1>
 <p>Serve the remote over HTTP.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-60">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-60">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>rclone serve http implements a basic web server to serve the remote over HTTP. This can be viewed in a web browser or you can make a remote of type http read from it.</p>
 <p>You can use the filter flags (eg –include, –exclude) to control what is served.</p>
 <p>The server will log errors. Use -v to see access logs.</p>
 <p>–bwlimit will be respected for file transfers. Use –stats to control the stats printing.</p>
-<h3 id="server-options-2">Server options</h3>
+<h2 id="server-options-2">Server options</h2>
 <p>Use –addr to specify which IP address and port the server should listen on, eg –addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or –addr :8080 to listen to all IPs. By default it only listens on localhost. You can use port :0 to let the OS choose an available port.</p>
 <p>If you set –addr to listen on a public or LAN accessible IP address then using Authentication is advised - see the next section for info.</p>
 <p>–server-read-timeout and –server-write-timeout can be used to control the timeouts on the server. Note that this is the total time for a transfer.</p>
 <p>–max-header-bytes controls the maximum number of bytes the server will accept in the HTTP header.</p>
 <p>–baseurl controls the URL prefix that rclone serves from. By default rclone will serve from the root. If you used –baseurl “/rclone” then rclone would serve from a URL starting with “/rclone/”. This is useful if you wish to proxy rclone serve. Rclone automatically inserts leading and trailing “/” on –baseurl, so –baseurl “rclone”, –baseurl “/rclone” and –baseurl “/rclone/” are all treated identically.</p>
-<h4 id="authentication-1">Authentication</h4>
+<p>–template allows a user to specify a custom markup template for http and webdav serve functions. The server exports the following markup to be used within the template to server pages:</p>
+<table>
+<colgroup>
+<col style="width: 50%" />
+<col style="width: 50%" />
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+<tr class="header">
+<th style="text-align: left;">Parameter</th>
+<th style="text-align: left;">Description</th>
+</tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td style="text-align: left;">.Name</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">The full path of a file/directory.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="even">
+<td style="text-align: left;">.Title</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">Directory listing of .Name</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td style="text-align: left;">.Sort</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">The current sort used. This is changeable via ?sort= parameter</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="even">
+<td style="text-align: left;"></td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">Sort Options: namedirfist,name,size,time (default namedirfirst)</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td style="text-align: left;">.Order</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">The current ordering used. This is changeable via ?order= parameter</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="even">
+<td style="text-align: left;"></td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">Order Options: asc,desc (default asc)</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td style="text-align: left;">.Query</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">Currently unused.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="even">
+<td style="text-align: left;">.Breadcrumb</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">Allows for creating a relative navigation</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td style="text-align: left;">– .Link</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">The relative to the root link of the Text.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="even">
+<td style="text-align: left;">– .Text</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">The Name of the directory.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td style="text-align: left;">.Entries</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">Information about a specific file/directory.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="even">
+<td style="text-align: left;">– .URL</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">The ‘url’ of an entry.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td style="text-align: left;">– .Leaf</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">Currently same as ‘URL’ but intended to be ‘just’ the name.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="even">
+<td style="text-align: left;">– .IsDir</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">Boolean for if an entry is a directory or not.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td style="text-align: left;">– .Size</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">Size in Bytes of the entry.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="even">
+<td style="text-align: left;">– .ModTime</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">The UTC timestamp of an entry.</td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+<h3 id="authentication-1">Authentication</h3>
 <p>By default this will serve files without needing a login.</p>
 <p>You can either use an htpasswd file which can take lots of users, or set a single username and password with the –user and –pass flags.</p>
 <p>Use –htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd to provide an htpasswd file. This is in standard apache format and supports MD5, SHA1 and BCrypt for basic authentication. Bcrypt is recommended.</p>
@@ -1820,22 +2022,22 @@ htpasswd -B htpasswd user
 htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser</code></pre>
 <p>The password file can be updated while rclone is running.</p>
 <p>Use –realm to set the authentication realm.</p>
-<h4 id="ssltls">SSL/TLS</h4>
+<h3 id="ssltls">SSL/TLS</h3>
 <p>By default this will serve over http. If you want you can serve over https. You will need to supply the –cert and –key flags. If you wish to do client side certificate validation then you will need to supply –client-ca also.</p>
-<p>–cert should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation of that with the CA certificate. –key should be the PEM encoded private key and –client-ca should be the PEM encoded client certificate authority certificate.</p>
-<h3 id="directory-cache-3">Directory Cache</h3>
-<p>Using the <code>--dir-cache-time</code> flag, you can set how long a directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once the cache expires.</p>
+<p>–cert should be either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation of that with the CA certificate. –key should be the PEM encoded private key and –client-ca should be the PEM encoded client certificate authority certificate.</p>
+<h2 id="directory-cache-3">Directory Cache</h2>
+<p>Using the <code>--dir-cache-time</code> flag, you can set how long a directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once the cache expires if the backend configured does not support polling for changes. If the backend supports polling, changes will be picked up on within the polling interval.</p>
 <p>Alternatively, you can send a <code>SIGHUP</code> signal to rclone for it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache like this:</p>
 <pre><code>kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)</code></pre>
 <p>If you configure rclone with a <a href="/rc">remote control</a> then you can use rclone rc to flush the whole directory cache:</p>
 <pre><code>rclone rc vfs/forget</code></pre>
 <p>Or individual files or directories:</p>
 <pre><code>rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir</code></pre>
-<h3 id="file-buffering-3">File Buffering</h3>
+<h2 id="file-buffering-3">File Buffering</h2>
 <p>The <code>--buffer-size</code> flag determines the amount of memory, that will be used to buffer data in advance.</p>
 <p>Each open file descriptor will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory at all times. The buffered data is bound to one file descriptor and won’t be shared between multiple open file descriptors of the same file.</p>
 <p>This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per file descriptor. The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be used. The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to <code>--buffer-size * open files</code>.</p>
-<h3 id="file-caching-3">File Caching</h3>
+<h2 id="file-caching-3">File Caching</h2>
 <p>These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is used by rclone mount to make a cloud storage system work more like a normal file system.</p>
 <p>You’ll need to enable VFS caching if you want, for example, to read and write simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.</p>
 <p>Note that the VFS cache works in addition to the cache backend and you may find that you need one or the other or both.</p>
@@ -1848,7 +2050,7 @@ htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser</code></pre>
 <p>The cache has 4 different modes selected by <code>--vfs-cache-mode</code>. The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost of using disk space.</p>
 <p>Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed so if rclone is quit or dies with open files then these won’t get written back to the remote. However they will still be in the on disk cache.</p>
 <p>If using –vfs-cache-max-size note that the cache may exceed this size for two reasons. Firstly because it is only checked every –vfs-cache-poll-interval. Secondly because open files cannot be evicted from the cache.</p>
-<h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-off-3">–vfs-cache-mode off</h4>
+<h3 id="vfs-cache-mode-off-3">–vfs-cache-mode off</h3>
 <p>In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.</p>
 <p>This will mean some operations are not possible</p>
 <ul>
@@ -1860,7 +2062,7 @@ htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser</code></pre>
 <li>Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored</li>
 <li>If an upload fails it can’t be retried</li>
 </ul>
-<h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-minimal-3">–vfs-cache-mode minimal</h4>
+<h3 id="vfs-cache-mode-minimal-3">–vfs-cache-mode minimal</h3>
 <p>This is very similar to “off” except that files opened for read AND write will be buffered to disks. This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible, but uses the minimal disk space.</p>
 <p>These operations are not possible</p>
 <ul>
@@ -1869,18 +2071,26 @@ htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser</code></pre>
 <li>Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC</li>
 <li>If an upload fails it can’t be retried</li>
 </ul>
-<h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-writes-3">–vfs-cache-mode writes</h4>
+<h3 id="vfs-cache-mode-writes-3">–vfs-cache-mode writes</h3>
 <p>In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.</p>
 <p>This mode should support all normal file system operations.</p>
 <p>If an upload fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.</p>
-<h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-full-3">–vfs-cache-mode full</h4>
+<h3 id="vfs-cache-mode-full-3">–vfs-cache-mode full</h3>
 <p>In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When a file is opened for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.</p>
 <p>This may be appropriate for your needs, or you may prefer to look at the cache backend which does a much more sophisticated job of caching, including caching directory hierarchies and chunks of files.</p>
 <p>In this mode, unlike the others, when a file is written to the disk, it will be kept on the disk after it is written to the remote. It will be purged on a schedule according to <code>--vfs-cache-max-age</code>.</p>
 <p>This mode should support all normal file system operations.</p>
 <p>If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.</p>
+<h2 id="case-sensitivity-3">Case Sensitivity</h2>
+<p>Linux file systems are case-sensitive: two files can differ only by case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.</p>
+<p>Windows is not like most other operating systems supported by rclone. File systems in modern Windows are case-insensitive but case-preserving: although existing files can be opened using any case, the exact case used to create the file is preserved and available for programs to query. It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ only by case.</p>
+<p>Usually file systems on macOS are case-insensitive. It is possible to make macOS file systems case-sensitive but that is not the default</p>
+<p>The “–vfs-case-insensitive” mount flag controls how rclone handles these two cases. If its value is “false”, rclone passes file names to the mounted file system as is. If the flag is “true” (or appears without a value on command line), rclone may perform a “fixup” as explained below.</p>
+<p>The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case different than what is stored on mounted file system. If an argument refers to an existing file with exactly the same name, then the case of the existing file on the disk will be used. However, if a file name with exactly the same name is not found but a name differing only by case exists, rclone will transparently fixup the name. This fixup happens only when an existing file is requested. Case sensitivity of file names created anew by rclone is controlled by an underlying mounted file system.</p>
+<p>Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the target) may differ from case sensitivity of a file system mounted by rclone (the source). The flag controls whether “fixup” is performed to satisfy the target.</p>
+<p>If the flag is not provided on command line, then its default value depends on the operating system where rclone runs: “true” on Windows and macOS, “false” otherwise. If the flag is provided without a value, then it is “true”.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone serve http remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-60">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-60">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>      --addr string                            IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default &quot;localhost:8080&quot;)
       --baseurl string                         Prefix for URLs - leave blank for root.
       --cert string                            SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
@@ -1902,6 +2112,7 @@ htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser</code></pre>
       --realm string                           realm for authentication (default &quot;rclone&quot;)
       --server-read-timeout duration           Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
       --server-write-timeout duration          Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
+      --template string                        User Specified Template.
       --uid uint32                             Override the uid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000)
       --umask int                              Override the permission bits set by the filesystem. (default 2)
       --user string                            User name for authentication.
@@ -1911,28 +2122,30 @@ htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser</code></pre>
       --vfs-cache-poll-interval duration       Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
       --vfs-case-insensitive                   If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match.
       --vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix         Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
-      --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. &#39;off&#39; is unlimited. (default off)</code></pre>
+      --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. &#39;off&#39; is unlimited. (default off)
+      --vfs-read-wait duration                 Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking. (default 20ms)
+      --vfs-write-wait duration                Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error. (default 1s)</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-60">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-60">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/">rclone serve</a> - Serve a remote over a protocol.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-serve-restic">rclone serve restic</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-serve-restic">rclone serve restic</h1>
 <p>Serve the remote for restic’s REST API.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-61">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-61">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>rclone serve restic implements restic’s REST backend API over HTTP. This allows restic to use rclone as a data storage mechanism for cloud providers that restic does not support directly.</p>
 <p><a href="https://restic.net/">Restic</a> is a command line program for doing backups.</p>
 <p>The server will log errors. Use -v to see access logs.</p>
 <p>–bwlimit will be respected for file transfers. Use –stats to control the stats printing.</p>
-<h3 id="setting-up-rclone-for-use-by-restic">Setting up rclone for use by restic</h3>
-<p>First <a href="/docs/#configure">set up a remote for your chosen cloud provider</a>.</p>
+<h2 id="setting-up-rclone-for-use-by-restic">Setting up rclone for use by restic</h2>
+<p>First <a href="https://rclone.org/docs/#configure">set up a remote for your chosen cloud provider</a>.</p>
 <p>Once you have set up the remote, check it is working with, for example “rclone lsd remote:”. You may have called the remote something other than “remote:” - just substitute whatever you called it in the following instructions.</p>
 <p>Now start the rclone restic server</p>
 <pre><code>rclone serve restic -v remote:backup</code></pre>
 <p>Where you can replace “backup” in the above by whatever path in the remote you wish to use.</p>
 <p>By default this will serve on “localhost:8080” you can change this with use of the “–addr” flag.</p>
 <p>You might wish to start this server on boot.</p>
-<h3 id="setting-up-restic-to-use-rclone">Setting up restic to use rclone</h3>
+<h2 id="setting-up-restic-to-use-rclone">Setting up restic to use rclone</h2>
 <p>Now you can <a href="http://restic.readthedocs.io/en/latest/030_preparing_a_new_repo.html#rest-server">follow the restic instructions</a> on setting up restic.</p>
 <p>Note that you will need restic 0.8.2 or later to interoperate with rclone.</p>
 <p>For the example above you will want to use “http://localhost:8080/” as the URL for the REST server.</p>
@@ -1951,21 +2164,100 @@ scanned 189 directories, 312 files in 0:00
 [0:00] 100.00%  38.128 MiB / 38.128 MiB  501 / 501 items  0 errors  ETA 0:00
 duration: 0:00
 snapshot 45c8fdd8 saved</code></pre>
-<h4 id="multiple-repositories">Multiple repositories</h4>
+<h3 id="multiple-repositories">Multiple repositories</h3>
 <p>Note that you can use the endpoint to host multiple repositories. Do this by adding a directory name or path after the URL. Note that these <strong>must</strong> end with /. Eg</p>
 <pre><code>$ export RESTIC_REPOSITORY=rest:http://localhost:8080/user1repo/
 # backup user1 stuff
 $ export RESTIC_REPOSITORY=rest:http://localhost:8080/user2repo/
 # backup user2 stuff</code></pre>
-<h4 id="private-repositories">Private repositories</h4>
-<p>The “–private-repos” flag can be used to limit users to repositories starting with a path of “/<username>/”.</p>
-<h3 id="server-options-3">Server options</h3>
+<h3 id="private-repositories">Private repositories</h3>
+<p>The “–private-repos” flag can be used to limit users to repositories starting with a path of <code>/&lt;username&gt;/</code>.</p>
+<h2 id="server-options-3">Server options</h2>
 <p>Use –addr to specify which IP address and port the server should listen on, eg –addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or –addr :8080 to listen to all IPs. By default it only listens on localhost. You can use port :0 to let the OS choose an available port.</p>
 <p>If you set –addr to listen on a public or LAN accessible IP address then using Authentication is advised - see the next section for info.</p>
 <p>–server-read-timeout and –server-write-timeout can be used to control the timeouts on the server. Note that this is the total time for a transfer.</p>
 <p>–max-header-bytes controls the maximum number of bytes the server will accept in the HTTP header.</p>
 <p>–baseurl controls the URL prefix that rclone serves from. By default rclone will serve from the root. If you used –baseurl “/rclone” then rclone would serve from a URL starting with “/rclone/”. This is useful if you wish to proxy rclone serve. Rclone automatically inserts leading and trailing “/” on –baseurl, so –baseurl “rclone”, –baseurl “/rclone” and –baseurl “/rclone/” are all treated identically.</p>
-<h4 id="authentication-2">Authentication</h4>
+<p>–template allows a user to specify a custom markup template for http and webdav serve functions. The server exports the following markup to be used within the template to server pages:</p>
+<table>
+<colgroup>
+<col style="width: 50%" />
+<col style="width: 50%" />
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+<tr class="header">
+<th style="text-align: left;">Parameter</th>
+<th style="text-align: left;">Description</th>
+</tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td style="text-align: left;">.Name</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">The full path of a file/directory.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="even">
+<td style="text-align: left;">.Title</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">Directory listing of .Name</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td style="text-align: left;">.Sort</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">The current sort used. This is changeable via ?sort= parameter</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="even">
+<td style="text-align: left;"></td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">Sort Options: namedirfist,name,size,time (default namedirfirst)</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td style="text-align: left;">.Order</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">The current ordering used. This is changeable via ?order= parameter</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="even">
+<td style="text-align: left;"></td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">Order Options: asc,desc (default asc)</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td style="text-align: left;">.Query</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">Currently unused.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="even">
+<td style="text-align: left;">.Breadcrumb</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">Allows for creating a relative navigation</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td style="text-align: left;">– .Link</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">The relative to the root link of the Text.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="even">
+<td style="text-align: left;">– .Text</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">The Name of the directory.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td style="text-align: left;">.Entries</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">Information about a specific file/directory.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="even">
+<td style="text-align: left;">– .URL</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">The ‘url’ of an entry.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td style="text-align: left;">– .Leaf</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">Currently same as ‘URL’ but intended to be ‘just’ the name.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="even">
+<td style="text-align: left;">– .IsDir</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">Boolean for if an entry is a directory or not.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td style="text-align: left;">– .Size</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">Size in Bytes of the entry.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="even">
+<td style="text-align: left;">– .ModTime</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">The UTC timestamp of an entry.</td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+<h3 id="authentication-2">Authentication</h3>
 <p>By default this will serve files without needing a login.</p>
 <p>You can either use an htpasswd file which can take lots of users, or set a single username and password with the –user and –pass flags.</p>
 <p>Use –htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd to provide an htpasswd file. This is in standard apache format and supports MD5, SHA1 and BCrypt for basic authentication. Bcrypt is recommended.</p>
@@ -1975,11 +2267,11 @@ htpasswd -B htpasswd user
 htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser</code></pre>
 <p>The password file can be updated while rclone is running.</p>
 <p>Use –realm to set the authentication realm.</p>
-<h4 id="ssltls-1">SSL/TLS</h4>
+<h3 id="ssltls-1">SSL/TLS</h3>
 <p>By default this will serve over http. If you want you can serve over https. You will need to supply the –cert and –key flags. If you wish to do client side certificate validation then you will need to supply –client-ca also.</p>
-<p>–cert should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation of that with the CA certificate. –key should be the PEM encoded private key and –client-ca should be the PEM encoded client certificate authority certificate.</p>
+<p>–cert should be either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation of that with the CA certificate. –key should be the PEM encoded private key and –client-ca should be the PEM encoded client certificate authority certificate.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone serve restic remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-61">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-61">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>      --addr string                     IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default &quot;localhost:8080&quot;)
       --append-only                     disallow deletion of repository data
       --baseurl string                  Prefix for URLs - leave blank for root.
@@ -1995,37 +2287,38 @@ htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser</code></pre>
       --server-read-timeout duration    Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
       --server-write-timeout duration   Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
       --stdio                           run an HTTP2 server on stdin/stdout
+      --template string                 User Specified Template.
       --user string                     User name for authentication.</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-61">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-61">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/">rclone serve</a> - Serve a remote over a protocol.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-serve-sftp">rclone serve sftp</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-serve-sftp">rclone serve sftp</h1>
 <p>Serve the remote over SFTP.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-62">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-62">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>rclone serve sftp implements an SFTP server to serve the remote over SFTP. This can be used with an SFTP client or you can make a remote of type sftp to use with it.</p>
 <p>You can use the filter flags (eg –include, –exclude) to control what is served.</p>
 <p>The server will log errors. Use -v to see access logs.</p>
 <p>–bwlimit will be respected for file transfers. Use –stats to control the stats printing.</p>
-<p>You must provide some means of authentication, either with –user/–pass, an authorized keys file (specify location with –authorized-keys - the default is the same as ssh) or set the –no-auth flag for no authentication when logging in.</p>
+<p>You must provide some means of authentication, either with –user/–pass, an authorized keys file (specify location with –authorized-keys - the default is the same as ssh), an –auth-proxy, or set the –no-auth flag for no authentication when logging in.</p>
 <p>Note that this also implements a small number of shell commands so that it can provide md5sum/sha1sum/df information for the rclone sftp backend. This means that is can support SHA1SUMs, MD5SUMs and the about command when paired with the rclone sftp backend.</p>
 <p>If you don’t supply a –key then rclone will generate one and cache it for later use.</p>
 <p>By default the server binds to localhost:2022 - if you want it to be reachable externally then supply “–addr :2022” for example.</p>
 <p>Note that the default of “–vfs-cache-mode off” is fine for the rclone sftp backend, but it may not be with other SFTP clients.</p>
-<h3 id="directory-cache-4">Directory Cache</h3>
-<p>Using the <code>--dir-cache-time</code> flag, you can set how long a directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once the cache expires.</p>
+<h2 id="directory-cache-4">Directory Cache</h2>
+<p>Using the <code>--dir-cache-time</code> flag, you can set how long a directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once the cache expires if the backend configured does not support polling for changes. If the backend supports polling, changes will be picked up on within the polling interval.</p>
 <p>Alternatively, you can send a <code>SIGHUP</code> signal to rclone for it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache like this:</p>
 <pre><code>kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)</code></pre>
 <p>If you configure rclone with a <a href="/rc">remote control</a> then you can use rclone rc to flush the whole directory cache:</p>
 <pre><code>rclone rc vfs/forget</code></pre>
 <p>Or individual files or directories:</p>
 <pre><code>rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir</code></pre>
-<h3 id="file-buffering-4">File Buffering</h3>
+<h2 id="file-buffering-4">File Buffering</h2>
 <p>The <code>--buffer-size</code> flag determines the amount of memory, that will be used to buffer data in advance.</p>
 <p>Each open file descriptor will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory at all times. The buffered data is bound to one file descriptor and won’t be shared between multiple open file descriptors of the same file.</p>
 <p>This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per file descriptor. The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be used. The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to <code>--buffer-size * open files</code>.</p>
-<h3 id="file-caching-4">File Caching</h3>
+<h2 id="file-caching-4">File Caching</h2>
 <p>These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is used by rclone mount to make a cloud storage system work more like a normal file system.</p>
 <p>You’ll need to enable VFS caching if you want, for example, to read and write simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.</p>
 <p>Note that the VFS cache works in addition to the cache backend and you may find that you need one or the other or both.</p>
@@ -2038,7 +2331,7 @@ htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser</code></pre>
 <p>The cache has 4 different modes selected by <code>--vfs-cache-mode</code>. The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost of using disk space.</p>
 <p>Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed so if rclone is quit or dies with open files then these won’t get written back to the remote. However they will still be in the on disk cache.</p>
 <p>If using –vfs-cache-max-size note that the cache may exceed this size for two reasons. Firstly because it is only checked every –vfs-cache-poll-interval. Secondly because open files cannot be evicted from the cache.</p>
-<h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-off-4">–vfs-cache-mode off</h4>
+<h3 id="vfs-cache-mode-off-4">–vfs-cache-mode off</h3>
 <p>In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.</p>
 <p>This will mean some operations are not possible</p>
 <ul>
@@ -2050,7 +2343,7 @@ htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser</code></pre>
 <li>Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored</li>
 <li>If an upload fails it can’t be retried</li>
 </ul>
-<h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-minimal-4">–vfs-cache-mode minimal</h4>
+<h3 id="vfs-cache-mode-minimal-4">–vfs-cache-mode minimal</h3>
 <p>This is very similar to “off” except that files opened for read AND write will be buffered to disks. This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible, but uses the minimal disk space.</p>
 <p>These operations are not possible</p>
 <ul>
@@ -2059,28 +2352,42 @@ htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser</code></pre>
 <li>Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC</li>
 <li>If an upload fails it can’t be retried</li>
 </ul>
-<h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-writes-4">–vfs-cache-mode writes</h4>
+<h3 id="vfs-cache-mode-writes-4">–vfs-cache-mode writes</h3>
 <p>In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.</p>
 <p>This mode should support all normal file system operations.</p>
 <p>If an upload fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.</p>
-<h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-full-4">–vfs-cache-mode full</h4>
+<h3 id="vfs-cache-mode-full-4">–vfs-cache-mode full</h3>
 <p>In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When a file is opened for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.</p>
 <p>This may be appropriate for your needs, or you may prefer to look at the cache backend which does a much more sophisticated job of caching, including caching directory hierarchies and chunks of files.</p>
 <p>In this mode, unlike the others, when a file is written to the disk, it will be kept on the disk after it is written to the remote. It will be purged on a schedule according to <code>--vfs-cache-max-age</code>.</p>
 <p>This mode should support all normal file system operations.</p>
 <p>If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.</p>
-<h3 id="auth-proxy-1">Auth Proxy</h3>
+<h2 id="case-sensitivity-4">Case Sensitivity</h2>
+<p>Linux file systems are case-sensitive: two files can differ only by case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.</p>
+<p>Windows is not like most other operating systems supported by rclone. File systems in modern Windows are case-insensitive but case-preserving: although existing files can be opened using any case, the exact case used to create the file is preserved and available for programs to query. It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ only by case.</p>
+<p>Usually file systems on macOS are case-insensitive. It is possible to make macOS file systems case-sensitive but that is not the default</p>
+<p>The “–vfs-case-insensitive” mount flag controls how rclone handles these two cases. If its value is “false”, rclone passes file names to the mounted file system as is. If the flag is “true” (or appears without a value on command line), rclone may perform a “fixup” as explained below.</p>
+<p>The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case different than what is stored on mounted file system. If an argument refers to an existing file with exactly the same name, then the case of the existing file on the disk will be used. However, if a file name with exactly the same name is not found but a name differing only by case exists, rclone will transparently fixup the name. This fixup happens only when an existing file is requested. Case sensitivity of file names created anew by rclone is controlled by an underlying mounted file system.</p>
+<p>Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the target) may differ from case sensitivity of a file system mounted by rclone (the source). The flag controls whether “fixup” is performed to satisfy the target.</p>
+<p>If the flag is not provided on command line, then its default value depends on the operating system where rclone runs: “true” on Windows and macOS, “false” otherwise. If the flag is provided without a value, then it is “true”.</p>
+<h2 id="auth-proxy-1">Auth Proxy</h2>
 <p>If you supply the parameter <code>--auth-proxy /path/to/program</code> then rclone will use that program to generate backends on the fly which then are used to authenticate incoming requests. This uses a simple JSON based protocl with input on STDIN and output on STDOUT.</p>
+<p><strong>PLEASE NOTE:</strong> <code>--auth-proxy</code> and <code>--authorized-keys</code> cannot be used together, if <code>--auth-proxy</code> is set the authorized keys option will be ignored.</p>
 <p>There is an example program <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/blob/master/test_proxy.py">bin/test_proxy.py</a> in the rclone source code.</p>
 <p>The program’s job is to take a <code>user</code> and <code>pass</code> on the input and turn those into the config for a backend on STDOUT in JSON format. This config will have any default parameters for the backend added, but it won’t use configuration from environment variables or command line options - it is the job of the proxy program to make a complete config.</p>
 <p>This config generated must have this extra parameter - <code>_root</code> - root to use for the backend</p>
 <p>And it may have this parameter - <code>_obscure</code> - comma separated strings for parameters to obscure</p>
-<p>For example the program might take this on STDIN</p>
+<p>If password authentication was used by the client, input to the proxy process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:</p>
 <pre><code>{
     &quot;user&quot;: &quot;me&quot;,
     &quot;pass&quot;: &quot;mypassword&quot;
 }</code></pre>
-<p>And return this on STDOUT</p>
+<p>If public-key authentication was used by the client, input to the proxy process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:</p>
+<pre><code>{
+    &quot;user&quot;: &quot;me&quot;,
+    &quot;public_key&quot;: &quot;AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQDuwESFdAe14hVS6omeyX7edc...JQdf&quot;
+}</code></pre>
+<p>And as an example return this on STDOUT</p>
 <pre><code>{
     &quot;type&quot;: &quot;sftp&quot;,
     &quot;_root&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
@@ -2089,12 +2396,12 @@ htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser</code></pre>
     &quot;pass&quot;: &quot;mypassword&quot;,
     &quot;host&quot;: &quot;sftp.example.com&quot;
 }</code></pre>
-<p>This would mean that an SFTP backend would be created on the fly for the <code>user</code> and <code>pass</code> returned in the output to the host given. Note that since <code>_obscure</code> is set to <code>pass</code>, rclone will obscure the <code>pass</code> parameter before creating the backend (which is required for sftp backends).</p>
-<p>The progam can manipulate the supplied <code>user</code> in any way, for example to make proxy to many different sftp backends, you could make the <code>user</code> be <code>user@example.com</code> and then set the <code>host</code> to <code>example.com</code> in the output and the user to <code>user</code>. For security you’d probably want to restrict the <code>host</code> to a limited list.</p>
-<p>Note that an internal cache is keyed on <code>user</code> so only use that for configuration, don’t use <code>pass</code>. This also means that if a user’s password is changed the cache will need to expire (which takes 5 mins) before it takes effect.</p>
+<p>This would mean that an SFTP backend would be created on the fly for the <code>user</code> and <code>pass</code>/<code>public_key</code> returned in the output to the host given. Note that since <code>_obscure</code> is set to <code>pass</code>, rclone will obscure the <code>pass</code> parameter before creating the backend (which is required for sftp backends).</p>
+<p>The program can manipulate the supplied <code>user</code> in any way, for example to make proxy to many different sftp backends, you could make the <code>user</code> be <code>user@example.com</code> and then set the <code>host</code> to <code>example.com</code> in the output and the user to <code>user</code>. For security you’d probably want to restrict the <code>host</code> to a limited list.</p>
+<p>Note that an internal cache is keyed on <code>user</code> so only use that for configuration, don’t use <code>pass</code> or <code>public_key</code>. This also means that if a user’s password or public-key is changed the cache will need to expire (which takes 5 mins) before it takes effect.</p>
 <p>This can be used to build general purpose proxies to any kind of backend that rclone supports.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone serve sftp remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-62">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-62">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>      --addr string                            IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default &quot;localhost:2022&quot;)
       --auth-proxy string                      A program to use to create the backend from the auth.
       --authorized-keys string                 Authorized keys file (default &quot;~/.ssh/authorized_keys&quot;)
@@ -2103,7 +2410,7 @@ htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser</code></pre>
       --file-perms FileMode                    File permissions (default 0666)
       --gid uint32                             Override the gid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000)
   -h, --help                                   help for sftp
-      --key string                             SSH private key file (leave blank to auto generate)
+      --key stringArray                        SSH private host key file (Can be multi-valued, leave blank to auto generate)
       --no-auth                                Allow connections with no authentication if set.
       --no-checksum                            Don&#39;t compare checksums on up/download.
       --no-modtime                             Don&#39;t read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
@@ -2120,28 +2427,109 @@ htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser</code></pre>
       --vfs-cache-poll-interval duration       Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
       --vfs-case-insensitive                   If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match.
       --vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix         Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
-      --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. &#39;off&#39; is unlimited. (default off)</code></pre>
+      --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. &#39;off&#39; is unlimited. (default off)
+      --vfs-read-wait duration                 Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking. (default 20ms)
+      --vfs-write-wait duration                Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error. (default 1s)</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-62">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-62">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/">rclone serve</a> - Serve a remote over a protocol.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-serve-webdav">rclone serve webdav</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-serve-webdav">rclone serve webdav</h1>
 <p>Serve remote:path over webdav.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-63">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-63">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>rclone serve webdav implements a basic webdav server to serve the remote over HTTP via the webdav protocol. This can be viewed with a webdav client, through a web browser, or you can make a remote of type webdav to read and write it.</p>
-<h3 id="webdav-options">Webdav options</h3>
-<h4 id="etag-hash">–etag-hash</h4>
+<h2 id="webdav-options">Webdav options</h2>
+<h3 id="etag-hash">–etag-hash</h3>
 <p>This controls the ETag header. Without this flag the ETag will be based on the ModTime and Size of the object.</p>
 <p>If this flag is set to “auto” then rclone will choose the first supported hash on the backend or you can use a named hash such as “MD5” or “SHA-1”.</p>
 <p>Use “rclone hashsum” to see the full list.</p>
-<h3 id="server-options-4">Server options</h3>
+<h2 id="server-options-4">Server options</h2>
 <p>Use –addr to specify which IP address and port the server should listen on, eg –addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or –addr :8080 to listen to all IPs. By default it only listens on localhost. You can use port :0 to let the OS choose an available port.</p>
 <p>If you set –addr to listen on a public or LAN accessible IP address then using Authentication is advised - see the next section for info.</p>
 <p>–server-read-timeout and –server-write-timeout can be used to control the timeouts on the server. Note that this is the total time for a transfer.</p>
 <p>–max-header-bytes controls the maximum number of bytes the server will accept in the HTTP header.</p>
 <p>–baseurl controls the URL prefix that rclone serves from. By default rclone will serve from the root. If you used –baseurl “/rclone” then rclone would serve from a URL starting with “/rclone/”. This is useful if you wish to proxy rclone serve. Rclone automatically inserts leading and trailing “/” on –baseurl, so –baseurl “rclone”, –baseurl “/rclone” and –baseurl “/rclone/” are all treated identically.</p>
-<h4 id="authentication-3">Authentication</h4>
+<p>–template allows a user to specify a custom markup template for http and webdav serve functions. The server exports the following markup to be used within the template to server pages:</p>
+<table>
+<colgroup>
+<col style="width: 50%" />
+<col style="width: 50%" />
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+<tr class="header">
+<th style="text-align: left;">Parameter</th>
+<th style="text-align: left;">Description</th>
+</tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td style="text-align: left;">.Name</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">The full path of a file/directory.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="even">
+<td style="text-align: left;">.Title</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">Directory listing of .Name</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td style="text-align: left;">.Sort</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">The current sort used. This is changeable via ?sort= parameter</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="even">
+<td style="text-align: left;"></td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">Sort Options: namedirfist,name,size,time (default namedirfirst)</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td style="text-align: left;">.Order</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">The current ordering used. This is changeable via ?order= parameter</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="even">
+<td style="text-align: left;"></td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">Order Options: asc,desc (default asc)</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td style="text-align: left;">.Query</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">Currently unused.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="even">
+<td style="text-align: left;">.Breadcrumb</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">Allows for creating a relative navigation</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td style="text-align: left;">– .Link</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">The relative to the root link of the Text.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="even">
+<td style="text-align: left;">– .Text</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">The Name of the directory.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td style="text-align: left;">.Entries</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">Information about a specific file/directory.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="even">
+<td style="text-align: left;">– .URL</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">The ‘url’ of an entry.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td style="text-align: left;">– .Leaf</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">Currently same as ‘URL’ but intended to be ‘just’ the name.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="even">
+<td style="text-align: left;">– .IsDir</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">Boolean for if an entry is a directory or not.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td style="text-align: left;">– .Size</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">Size in Bytes of the entry.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="even">
+<td style="text-align: left;">– .ModTime</td>
+<td style="text-align: left;">The UTC timestamp of an entry.</td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+<h3 id="authentication-3">Authentication</h3>
 <p>By default this will serve files without needing a login.</p>
 <p>You can either use an htpasswd file which can take lots of users, or set a single username and password with the –user and –pass flags.</p>
 <p>Use –htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd to provide an htpasswd file. This is in standard apache format and supports MD5, SHA1 and BCrypt for basic authentication. Bcrypt is recommended.</p>
@@ -2151,22 +2539,22 @@ htpasswd -B htpasswd user
 htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser</code></pre>
 <p>The password file can be updated while rclone is running.</p>
 <p>Use –realm to set the authentication realm.</p>
-<h4 id="ssltls-2">SSL/TLS</h4>
+<h3 id="ssltls-2">SSL/TLS</h3>
 <p>By default this will serve over http. If you want you can serve over https. You will need to supply the –cert and –key flags. If you wish to do client side certificate validation then you will need to supply –client-ca also.</p>
-<p>–cert should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation of that with the CA certificate. –key should be the PEM encoded private key and –client-ca should be the PEM encoded client certificate authority certificate.</p>
-<h3 id="directory-cache-5">Directory Cache</h3>
-<p>Using the <code>--dir-cache-time</code> flag, you can set how long a directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once the cache expires.</p>
+<p>–cert should be either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation of that with the CA certificate. –key should be the PEM encoded private key and –client-ca should be the PEM encoded client certificate authority certificate.</p>
+<h2 id="directory-cache-5">Directory Cache</h2>
+<p>Using the <code>--dir-cache-time</code> flag, you can set how long a directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once the cache expires if the backend configured does not support polling for changes. If the backend supports polling, changes will be picked up on within the polling interval.</p>
 <p>Alternatively, you can send a <code>SIGHUP</code> signal to rclone for it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one rclone instance is running, you can reset the cache like this:</p>
 <pre><code>kill -SIGHUP $(pidof rclone)</code></pre>
 <p>If you configure rclone with a <a href="/rc">remote control</a> then you can use rclone rc to flush the whole directory cache:</p>
 <pre><code>rclone rc vfs/forget</code></pre>
 <p>Or individual files or directories:</p>
 <pre><code>rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir</code></pre>
-<h3 id="file-buffering-5">File Buffering</h3>
+<h2 id="file-buffering-5">File Buffering</h2>
 <p>The <code>--buffer-size</code> flag determines the amount of memory, that will be used to buffer data in advance.</p>
 <p>Each open file descriptor will try to keep the specified amount of data in memory at all times. The buffered data is bound to one file descriptor and won’t be shared between multiple open file descriptors of the same file.</p>
 <p>This flag is a upper limit for the used memory per file descriptor. The buffer will only use memory for data that is downloaded but not not yet read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be used. The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to <code>--buffer-size * open files</code>.</p>
-<h3 id="file-caching-5">File Caching</h3>
+<h2 id="file-caching-5">File Caching</h2>
 <p>These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is used by rclone mount to make a cloud storage system work more like a normal file system.</p>
 <p>You’ll need to enable VFS caching if you want, for example, to read and write simultaneously to a file. See below for more details.</p>
 <p>Note that the VFS cache works in addition to the cache backend and you may find that you need one or the other or both.</p>
@@ -2179,7 +2567,7 @@ htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser</code></pre>
 <p>The cache has 4 different modes selected by <code>--vfs-cache-mode</code>. The higher the cache mode the more compatible rclone becomes at the cost of using disk space.</p>
 <p>Note that files are written back to the remote only when they are closed so if rclone is quit or dies with open files then these won’t get written back to the remote. However they will still be in the on disk cache.</p>
 <p>If using –vfs-cache-max-size note that the cache may exceed this size for two reasons. Firstly because it is only checked every –vfs-cache-poll-interval. Secondly because open files cannot be evicted from the cache.</p>
-<h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-off-5">–vfs-cache-mode off</h4>
+<h3 id="vfs-cache-mode-off-5">–vfs-cache-mode off</h3>
 <p>In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.</p>
 <p>This will mean some operations are not possible</p>
 <ul>
@@ -2191,7 +2579,7 @@ htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser</code></pre>
 <li>Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored</li>
 <li>If an upload fails it can’t be retried</li>
 </ul>
-<h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-minimal-5">–vfs-cache-mode minimal</h4>
+<h3 id="vfs-cache-mode-minimal-5">–vfs-cache-mode minimal</h3>
 <p>This is very similar to “off” except that files opened for read AND write will be buffered to disks. This means that files opened for write will be a lot more compatible, but uses the minimal disk space.</p>
 <p>These operations are not possible</p>
 <ul>
@@ -2200,28 +2588,42 @@ htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser</code></pre>
 <li>Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC</li>
 <li>If an upload fails it can’t be retried</li>
 </ul>
-<h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-writes-5">–vfs-cache-mode writes</h4>
+<h3 id="vfs-cache-mode-writes-5">–vfs-cache-mode writes</h3>
 <p>In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk first.</p>
 <p>This mode should support all normal file system operations.</p>
 <p>If an upload fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.</p>
-<h4 id="vfs-cache-mode-full-5">–vfs-cache-mode full</h4>
+<h3 id="vfs-cache-mode-full-5">–vfs-cache-mode full</h3>
 <p>In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk. When a file is opened for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.</p>
 <p>This may be appropriate for your needs, or you may prefer to look at the cache backend which does a much more sophisticated job of caching, including caching directory hierarchies and chunks of files.</p>
 <p>In this mode, unlike the others, when a file is written to the disk, it will be kept on the disk after it is written to the remote. It will be purged on a schedule according to <code>--vfs-cache-max-age</code>.</p>
 <p>This mode should support all normal file system operations.</p>
 <p>If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to –low-level-retries times.</p>
-<h3 id="auth-proxy-2">Auth Proxy</h3>
+<h2 id="case-sensitivity-5">Case Sensitivity</h2>
+<p>Linux file systems are case-sensitive: two files can differ only by case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.</p>
+<p>Windows is not like most other operating systems supported by rclone. File systems in modern Windows are case-insensitive but case-preserving: although existing files can be opened using any case, the exact case used to create the file is preserved and available for programs to query. It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ only by case.</p>
+<p>Usually file systems on macOS are case-insensitive. It is possible to make macOS file systems case-sensitive but that is not the default</p>
+<p>The “–vfs-case-insensitive” mount flag controls how rclone handles these two cases. If its value is “false”, rclone passes file names to the mounted file system as is. If the flag is “true” (or appears without a value on command line), rclone may perform a “fixup” as explained below.</p>
+<p>The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case different than what is stored on mounted file system. If an argument refers to an existing file with exactly the same name, then the case of the existing file on the disk will be used. However, if a file name with exactly the same name is not found but a name differing only by case exists, rclone will transparently fixup the name. This fixup happens only when an existing file is requested. Case sensitivity of file names created anew by rclone is controlled by an underlying mounted file system.</p>
+<p>Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the target) may differ from case sensitivity of a file system mounted by rclone (the source). The flag controls whether “fixup” is performed to satisfy the target.</p>
+<p>If the flag is not provided on command line, then its default value depends on the operating system where rclone runs: “true” on Windows and macOS, “false” otherwise. If the flag is provided without a value, then it is “true”.</p>
+<h2 id="auth-proxy-2">Auth Proxy</h2>
 <p>If you supply the parameter <code>--auth-proxy /path/to/program</code> then rclone will use that program to generate backends on the fly which then are used to authenticate incoming requests. This uses a simple JSON based protocl with input on STDIN and output on STDOUT.</p>
+<p><strong>PLEASE NOTE:</strong> <code>--auth-proxy</code> and <code>--authorized-keys</code> cannot be used together, if <code>--auth-proxy</code> is set the authorized keys option will be ignored.</p>
 <p>There is an example program <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/blob/master/test_proxy.py">bin/test_proxy.py</a> in the rclone source code.</p>
 <p>The program’s job is to take a <code>user</code> and <code>pass</code> on the input and turn those into the config for a backend on STDOUT in JSON format. This config will have any default parameters for the backend added, but it won’t use configuration from environment variables or command line options - it is the job of the proxy program to make a complete config.</p>
 <p>This config generated must have this extra parameter - <code>_root</code> - root to use for the backend</p>
 <p>And it may have this parameter - <code>_obscure</code> - comma separated strings for parameters to obscure</p>
-<p>For example the program might take this on STDIN</p>
+<p>If password authentication was used by the client, input to the proxy process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:</p>
 <pre><code>{
     &quot;user&quot;: &quot;me&quot;,
     &quot;pass&quot;: &quot;mypassword&quot;
 }</code></pre>
-<p>And return this on STDOUT</p>
+<p>If public-key authentication was used by the client, input to the proxy process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:</p>
+<pre><code>{
+    &quot;user&quot;: &quot;me&quot;,
+    &quot;public_key&quot;: &quot;AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQDuwESFdAe14hVS6omeyX7edc...JQdf&quot;
+}</code></pre>
+<p>And as an example return this on STDOUT</p>
 <pre><code>{
     &quot;type&quot;: &quot;sftp&quot;,
     &quot;_root&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
@@ -2230,12 +2632,12 @@ htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser</code></pre>
     &quot;pass&quot;: &quot;mypassword&quot;,
     &quot;host&quot;: &quot;sftp.example.com&quot;
 }</code></pre>
-<p>This would mean that an SFTP backend would be created on the fly for the <code>user</code> and <code>pass</code> returned in the output to the host given. Note that since <code>_obscure</code> is set to <code>pass</code>, rclone will obscure the <code>pass</code> parameter before creating the backend (which is required for sftp backends).</p>
-<p>The progam can manipulate the supplied <code>user</code> in any way, for example to make proxy to many different sftp backends, you could make the <code>user</code> be <code>user@example.com</code> and then set the <code>host</code> to <code>example.com</code> in the output and the user to <code>user</code>. For security you’d probably want to restrict the <code>host</code> to a limited list.</p>
-<p>Note that an internal cache is keyed on <code>user</code> so only use that for configuration, don’t use <code>pass</code>. This also means that if a user’s password is changed the cache will need to expire (which takes 5 mins) before it takes effect.</p>
+<p>This would mean that an SFTP backend would be created on the fly for the <code>user</code> and <code>pass</code>/<code>public_key</code> returned in the output to the host given. Note that since <code>_obscure</code> is set to <code>pass</code>, rclone will obscure the <code>pass</code> parameter before creating the backend (which is required for sftp backends).</p>
+<p>The program can manipulate the supplied <code>user</code> in any way, for example to make proxy to many different sftp backends, you could make the <code>user</code> be <code>user@example.com</code> and then set the <code>host</code> to <code>example.com</code> in the output and the user to <code>user</code>. For security you’d probably want to restrict the <code>host</code> to a limited list.</p>
+<p>Note that an internal cache is keyed on <code>user</code> so only use that for configuration, don’t use <code>pass</code> or <code>public_key</code>. This also means that if a user’s password or public-key is changed the cache will need to expire (which takes 5 mins) before it takes effect.</p>
 <p>This can be used to build general purpose proxies to any kind of backend that rclone supports.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone serve webdav remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-63">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-63">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>      --addr string                            IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default &quot;localhost:8080&quot;)
       --auth-proxy string                      A program to use to create the backend from the auth.
       --baseurl string                         Prefix for URLs - leave blank for root.
@@ -2260,6 +2662,7 @@ htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser</code></pre>
       --realm string                           realm for authentication (default &quot;rclone&quot;)
       --server-read-timeout duration           Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
       --server-write-timeout duration          Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
+      --template string                        User Specified Template.
       --uid uint32                             Override the uid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000)
       --umask int                              Override the permission bits set by the filesystem. (default 2)
       --user string                            User name for authentication.
@@ -2269,15 +2672,17 @@ htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser</code></pre>
       --vfs-cache-poll-interval duration       Interval to poll the cache for stale objects. (default 1m0s)
       --vfs-case-insensitive                   If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match.
       --vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix         Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
-      --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. &#39;off&#39; is unlimited. (default off)</code></pre>
+      --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. &#39;off&#39; is unlimited. (default off)
+      --vfs-read-wait duration                 Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking. (default 20ms)
+      --vfs-write-wait duration                Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error. (default 1s)</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-63">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-63">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/">rclone serve</a> - Serve a remote over a protocol.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-settier">rclone settier</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-settier">rclone settier</h1>
 <p>Changes storage class/tier of objects in remote.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-64">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-64">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>rclone settier changes storage tier or class at remote if supported. Few cloud storage services provides different storage classes on objects, for example AWS S3 and Glacier, Azure Blob storage - Hot, Cool and Archive, Google Cloud Storage, Regional Storage, Nearline, Coldline etc.</p>
 <p>Note that, certain tier changes make objects not available to access immediately. For example tiering to archive in azure blob storage makes objects in frozen state, user can restore by setting tier to Hot/Cool, similarly S3 to Glacier makes object inaccessible.true</p>
 <p>You can use it to tier single object</p>
@@ -2287,30 +2692,38 @@ htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser</code></pre>
 <p>Or just provide remote directory and all files in directory will be tiered</p>
 <pre><code>rclone settier tier remote:path/dir</code></pre>
 <pre><code>rclone settier tier remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-64">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-64">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help   help for settier</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-64">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-64">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-touch">rclone touch</h2>
-<p>Create new file or change file modification time.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-65">Synopsis</h3>
+<h1 id="rclone-touch">rclone touch</h1>
 <p>Create new file or change file modification time.</p>
+<h2 id="synopsis-65">Synopsis</h2>
+<p>Set the modification time on object(s) as specified by remote:path to have the current time.</p>
+<p>If remote:path does not exist then a zero sized object will be created unless the –no-create flag is provided.</p>
+<p>If –timestamp is used then it will set the modification time to that time instead of the current time. Times may be specified as one of:</p>
+<ul>
+<li>‘YYMMDD’ - eg. 17.10.30</li>
+<li>‘YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS’ - eg. 2006-01-02T15:04:05</li>
+</ul>
+<p>Note that –timestamp is in UTC if you want local time then add the –localtime flag.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone touch remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-65">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-65">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -h, --help               help for touch
+      --localtime          Use localtime for timestamp, not UTC.
   -C, --no-create          Do not create the file if it does not exist.
-  -t, --timestamp string   Change the modification times to the specified time instead of the current time of day. The argument is of the form &#39;YYMMDD&#39; (ex. 17.10.30) or &#39;YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS&#39; (ex. 2006-01-02T15:04:05)</code></pre>
+  -t, --timestamp string   Use specified time instead of the current time of day.</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-65">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-65">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="rclone-tree">rclone tree</h2>
+<h1 id="rclone-tree">rclone tree</h1>
 <p>List the contents of the remote in a tree like fashion.</p>
-<h3 id="synopsis-66">Synopsis</h3>
+<h2 id="synopsis-66">Synopsis</h2>
 <p>rclone tree lists the contents of a remote in a similar way to the unix tree command.</p>
 <p>For example</p>
 <pre><code>$ rclone tree remote:path
@@ -2326,7 +2739,7 @@ htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser</code></pre>
 <p>You can use any of the filtering options with the tree command (eg –include and –exclude). You can also use –fast-list.</p>
 <p>The tree command has many options for controlling the listing which are compatible with the tree command. Note that not all of them have short options as they conflict with rclone’s short options.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone tree remote:path [flags]</code></pre>
-<h3 id="options-66">Options</h3>
+<h2 id="options-66">Options</h2>
 <pre><code>  -a, --all             All files are listed (list . files too).
   -C, --color           Turn colorization on always.
   -d, --dirs-only       List directories only.
@@ -2349,7 +2762,7 @@ htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser</code></pre>
   -U, --unsorted        Leave files unsorted.
       --version         Sort files alphanumerically by version.</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/flags/">global flags page</a> for global options not listed here.</p>
-<h3 id="see-also-66">SEE ALSO</h3>
+<h2 id="see-also-66">SEE ALSO</h2>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/">rclone</a> - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.</li>
 </ul>
@@ -2405,7 +2818,7 @@ htpasswd -B htpasswd anotherUser</code></pre>
 <p>or</p>
 <pre><code>rclone sync /full/path/to/sync:me remote:path</code></pre>
 <h2 id="server-side-copy">Server Side Copy</h2>
-<p>Most remotes (but not all - see <a href="/overview/#optional-features">the overview</a>) support server side copy.</p>
+<p>Most remotes (but not all - see <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#optional-features">the overview</a>) support server side copy.</p>
 <p>This means if you want to copy one folder to another then rclone won’t download all the files and re-upload them; it will instruct the server to copy them in place.</p>
 <p>Eg</p>
 <pre><code>rclone copy s3:oldbucket s3:newbucket</code></pre>
@@ -2436,11 +2849,11 @@ rclone sync /path/to/files remote:current-backup</code></pre>
 <p>This option controls the bandwidth limit. Limits can be specified in two ways: As a single limit, or as a timetable.</p>
 <p>Single limits last for the duration of the session. To use a single limit, specify the desired bandwidth in kBytes/s, or use a suffix b|k|M|G. The default is <code>0</code> which means to not limit bandwidth.</p>
 <p>For example, to limit bandwidth usage to 10 MBytes/s use <code>--bwlimit 10M</code></p>
-<p>It is also possible to specify a “timetable” of limits, which will cause certain limits to be applied at certain times. To specify a timetable, format your entries as “WEEKDAY-HH:MM,BANDWIDTH WEEKDAY-HH:MM,BANDWIDTH…” where: WEEKDAY is optional element. It could be written as whole world or only using 3 first characters. HH:MM is an hour from 00:00 to 23:59.</p>
+<p>It is also possible to specify a “timetable” of limits, which will cause certain limits to be applied at certain times. To specify a timetable, format your entries as <code>WEEKDAY-HH:MM,BANDWIDTH WEEKDAY-HH:MM,BANDWIDTH...</code> where: <code>WEEKDAY</code> is optional element. It could be written as whole world or only using 3 first characters. <code>HH:MM</code> is an hour from 00:00 to 23:59.</p>
 <p>An example of a typical timetable to avoid link saturation during daytime working hours could be:</p>
 <p><code>--bwlimit "08:00,512 12:00,10M 13:00,512 18:00,30M 23:00,off"</code></p>
 <p>In this example, the transfer bandwidth will be every day set to 512kBytes/sec at 8am. At noon, it will raise to 10Mbytes/s, and drop back to 512kBytes/sec at 1pm. At 6pm, the bandwidth limit will be set to 30MBytes/s, and at 11pm it will be completely disabled (full speed). Anything between 11pm and 8am will remain unlimited.</p>
-<p>An example of timetable with WEEKDAY could be:</p>
+<p>An example of timetable with <code>WEEKDAY</code> could be:</p>
 <p><code>--bwlimit "Mon-00:00,512 Fri-23:59,10M Sat-10:00,1M Sun-20:00,off"</code></p>
 <p>It mean that, the transfer bandwidth will be set to 512kBytes/sec on Monday. It will raise to 10Mbytes/s before the end of Friday. At 10:00 on Sunday it will be set to 1Mbyte/s. From 20:00 at Sunday will be unlimited.</p>
 <p>Timeslots without weekday are extended to whole week. So this one example:</p>
@@ -2449,15 +2862,19 @@ rclone sync /path/to/files remote:current-backup</code></pre>
 <p><code>--bwlimit "Mon-00:00,512Mon-12:00,1M Tue-12:00,1M Wed-12:00,1M Thu-12:00,1M Fri-12:00,1M Sat-12:00,1M Sun-12:00,1M Sun-20:00,off"</code></p>
 <p>Bandwidth limits only apply to the data transfer. They don’t apply to the bandwidth of the directory listings etc.</p>
 <p>Note that the units are Bytes/s, not Bits/s. Typically connections are measured in Bits/s - to convert divide by 8. For example, let’s say you have a 10 Mbit/s connection and you wish rclone to use half of it - 5 Mbit/s. This is 5/8 = 0.625MByte/s so you would use a <code>--bwlimit 0.625M</code> parameter for rclone.</p>
-<p>On Unix systems (Linux, MacOS, …) the bandwidth limiter can be toggled by sending a <code>SIGUSR2</code> signal to rclone. This allows to remove the limitations of a long running rclone transfer and to restore it back to the value specified with <code>--bwlimit</code> quickly when needed. Assuming there is only one rclone instance running, you can toggle the limiter like this:</p>
+<p>On Unix systems (Linux, macOS, …) the bandwidth limiter can be toggled by sending a <code>SIGUSR2</code> signal to rclone. This allows to remove the limitations of a long running rclone transfer and to restore it back to the value specified with <code>--bwlimit</code> quickly when needed. Assuming there is only one rclone instance running, you can toggle the limiter like this:</p>
 <pre><code>kill -SIGUSR2 $(pidof rclone)</code></pre>
 <p>If you configure rclone with a <a href="/rc">remote control</a> then you can use change the bwlimit dynamically:</p>
 <pre><code>rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M</code></pre>
 <h3 id="buffer-sizesize">–buffer-size=SIZE</h3>
 <p>Use this sized buffer to speed up file transfers. Each <code>--transfer</code> will use this much memory for buffering.</p>
-<p>When using <code>mount</code> or <code>cmount</code> each open file descriptor will use this much memory for buffering. See the <a href="/commands/rclone_mount/#file-buffering">mount</a> documentation for more details.</p>
-<p>Set to 0 to disable the buffering for the minimum memory usage.</p>
+<p>When using <code>mount</code> or <code>cmount</code> each open file descriptor will use this much memory for buffering. See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/#file-buffering">mount</a> documentation for more details.</p>
+<p>Set to <code>0</code> to disable the buffering for the minimum memory usage.</p>
 <p>Note that the memory allocation of the buffers is influenced by the <a href="#use-mmap">–use-mmap</a> flag.</p>
+<h3 id="check-first">–check-first</h3>
+<p>If this flag is set then in a <code>sync</code>, <code>copy</code> or <code>move</code>, rclone will do all the checks to see whether files need to be transferred before doing any of the transfers. Normally rclone would start running transfers as soon as possible.</p>
+<p>This flag can be useful on IO limited systems where transfers interfere with checking.</p>
+<p>Using this flag can use more memory as it effectively sets <code>--max-backlog</code> to infinite. This means that all the info on the objects to transfer is held in memory before the transfers start.</p>
 <h3 id="checkersn">–checkers=N</h3>
 <p>The number of checkers to run in parallel. Checkers do the equality checking of files during a sync. For some storage systems (eg S3, Swift, Dropbox) this can take a significant amount of time so they are run in parallel.</p>
 <p>The default is to run 8 checkers in parallel.</p>
@@ -2489,17 +2906,34 @@ rclone sync /path/to/files remote:current-backup</code></pre>
 <h3 id="disable-featurefeature">–disable FEATURE,FEATURE,…</h3>
 <p>This disables a comma separated list of optional features. For example to disable server side move and server side copy use:</p>
 <pre><code>--disable move,copy</code></pre>
-<p>The features can be put in in any case.</p>
+<p>The features can be put in any case.</p>
 <p>To see a list of which features can be disabled use:</p>
 <pre><code>--disable help</code></pre>
-<p>See the overview <a href="/overview/#features">features</a> and <a href="/overview/#optional-features">optional features</a> to get an idea of which feature does what.</p>
+<p>See the overview <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#features">features</a> and <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#optional-features">optional features</a> to get an idea of which feature does what.</p>
 <p>This flag can be useful for debugging and in exceptional circumstances (eg Google Drive limiting the total volume of Server Side Copies to 100GB/day).</p>
 <h3 id="n-dry-run">-n, –dry-run</h3>
 <p>Do a trial run with no permanent changes. Use this to see what rclone would do without actually doing it. Useful when setting up the <code>sync</code> command which deletes files in the destination.</p>
 <h3 id="expect-continue-timeouttime">–expect-continue-timeout=TIME</h3>
 <p>This specifies the amount of time to wait for a server’s first response headers after fully writing the request headers if the request has an “Expect: 100-continue” header. Not all backends support using this.</p>
 <p>Zero means no timeout and causes the body to be sent immediately, without waiting for the server to approve. This time does not include the time to send the request header.</p>
-<p>The default is <code>1s</code>. Set to 0 to disable.</p>
+<p>The default is <code>1s</code>. Set to <code>0</code> to disable.</p>
+<h3 id="error-on-no-transfer">–error-on-no-transfer</h3>
+<p>By default, rclone will exit with return code 0 if there were no errors.</p>
+<p>This option allows rclone to return exit code 9 if no files were transferred between the source and destination. This allows using rclone in scripts, and triggering follow-on actions if data was copied, or skipping if not.</p>
+<p>NB: Enabling this option turns a usually non-fatal error into a potentially fatal one - please check and adjust your scripts accordingly!</p>
+<h3 id="header">–header</h3>
+<p>Add an HTTP header for all transactions. The flag can be repeated to add multiple headers.</p>
+<p>If you want to add headers only for uploads use <code>--header-upload</code> and if you want to add headers only for downloads use <code>--header-download</code>.</p>
+<p>This flag is supported for all HTTP based backends even those not supported by <code>--header-upload</code> and <code>--header-download</code> so may be used as a workaround for those with care.</p>
+<pre><code>rclone ls remote:test --header &quot;X-Rclone: Foo&quot; --header &quot;X-LetMeIn: Yes&quot;</code></pre>
+<h3 id="header-download">–header-download</h3>
+<p>Add an HTTP header for all download transactions. The flag can be repeated to add multiple headers.</p>
+<pre><code>rclone sync s3:test/src ~/dst --header-download &quot;X-Amz-Meta-Test: Foo&quot; --header-download &quot;X-Amz-Meta-Test2: Bar&quot;</code></pre>
+<p>See the GitHub issue <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/59">here</a> for currently supported backends.</p>
+<h3 id="header-upload">–header-upload</h3>
+<p>Add an HTTP header for all upload transactions. The flag can be repeated to add multiple headers.</p>
+<pre><code>rclone sync ~/src s3:test/dst --header-upload &quot;Content-Disposition: attachment; filename=&#39;cool.html&#39;&quot; --header-upload &quot;X-Amz-Meta-Test: FooBar&quot;</code></pre>
+<p>See the GitHub issue <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/59">here</a> for currently supported backends.</p>
 <h3 id="ignore-case-sync">–ignore-case-sync</h3>
 <p>Using this option will cause rclone to ignore the case of the files when synchronizing so files will not be copied/synced when the existing filenames are the same, even if the casing is different.</p>
 <h3 id="ignore-checksum">–ignore-checksum</h3>
@@ -2545,6 +2979,7 @@ rclone sync /path/to/files remote:current-backup</code></pre>
 <p>This can be set arbitrarily large. It will only use memory when the queue is in use. Note that it will use in the order of N kB of memory when the backlog is in use.</p>
 <p>Setting this large allows rclone to calculate how many files are pending more accurately, give a more accurate estimated finish time and make <code>--order-by</code> work more accurately.</p>
 <p>Setting this small will make rclone more synchronous to the listings of the remote which may be desirable.</p>
+<p>Setting this to a negative number will make the backlog as large as possible.</p>
 <h3 id="max-deleten">–max-delete=N</h3>
 <p>This tells rclone not to delete more than N files. If that limit is exceeded then a fatal error will be generated and rclone will stop the operation in progress.</p>
 <h3 id="max-depthn">–max-depth=N</h3>
@@ -2562,24 +2997,30 @@ rclone sync /path/to/files remote:current-backup</code></pre>
 <p>Rclone will stop transferring when it has reached the size specified. Defaults to off.</p>
 <p>When the limit is reached all transfers will stop immediately.</p>
 <p>Rclone will exit with exit code 8 if the transfer limit is reached.</p>
+<h3 id="cutoff-modehardsoftcautious">–cutoff-mode=hard|soft|cautious</h3>
+<p>This modifies the behavior of <code>--max-transfer</code> Defaults to <code>--cutoff-mode=hard</code>.</p>
+<p>Specifying <code>--cutoff-mode=hard</code> will stop transferring immediately when Rclone reaches the limit.</p>
+<p>Specifying <code>--cutoff-mode=soft</code> will stop starting new transfers when Rclone reaches the limit.</p>
+<p>Specifying <code>--cutoff-mode=cautious</code> will try to prevent Rclone from reaching the limit.</p>
 <h3 id="modify-windowtime">–modify-window=TIME</h3>
 <p>When checking whether a file has been modified, this is the maximum allowed time difference that a file can have and still be considered equivalent.</p>
 <p>The default is <code>1ns</code> unless this is overridden by a remote. For example OS X only stores modification times to the nearest second so if you are reading and writing to an OS X filing system this will be <code>1s</code> by default.</p>
 <p>This command line flag allows you to override that computed default.</p>
 <h3 id="multi-thread-cutoffsize">–multi-thread-cutoff=SIZE</h3>
-<p>When downloading files to the local backend above this size, rclone will use multiple threads to download the file. (default 250M)</p>
+<p>When downloading files to the local backend above this size, rclone will use multiple threads to download the file (default 250M).</p>
 <p>Rclone preallocates the file (using <code>fallocate(FALLOC_FL_KEEP_SIZE)</code> on unix or <code>NTSetInformationFile</code> on Windows both of which takes no time) then each thread writes directly into the file at the correct place. This means that rclone won’t create fragmented or sparse files and there won’t be any assembly time at the end of the transfer.</p>
-<p>The number of threads used to dowload is controlled by <code>--multi-thread-streams</code>.</p>
+<p>The number of threads used to download is controlled by <code>--multi-thread-streams</code>.</p>
 <p>Use <code>-vv</code> if you wish to see info about the threads.</p>
 <p>This will work with the <code>sync</code>/<code>copy</code>/<code>move</code> commands and friends <code>copyto</code>/<code>moveto</code>. Multi thread downloads will be used with <code>rclone mount</code> and <code>rclone serve</code> if <code>--vfs-cache-mode</code> is set to <code>writes</code> or above.</p>
 <p><strong>NB</strong> that this <strong>only</strong> works for a local destination but will work with any source.</p>
 <p><strong>NB</strong> that multi thread copies are disabled for local to local copies as they are faster without unless <code>--multi-thread-streams</code> is set explicitly.</p>
+<p><strong>NB</strong> on Windows using multi-thread downloads will cause the resulting files to be <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sparse_file">sparse</a>. Use <code>--local-no-sparse</code> to disable sparse files (which may cause long delays at the start of downloads) or disable multi-thread downloads with <code>--multi-thread-streams 0</code></p>
 <h3 id="multi-thread-streamsn">–multi-thread-streams=N</h3>
-<p>When using multi thread downloads (see above <code>--multi-thread-cutoff</code>) this sets the maximum number of streams to use. Set to <code>0</code> to disable multi thread downloads. (Default 4)</p>
+<p>When using multi thread downloads (see above <code>--multi-thread-cutoff</code>) this sets the maximum number of streams to use. Set to <code>0</code> to disable multi thread downloads (Default 4).</p>
 <p>Exactly how many streams rclone uses for the download depends on the size of the file. To calculate the number of download streams Rclone divides the size of the file by the <code>--multi-thread-cutoff</code> and rounds up, up to the maximum set with <code>--multi-thread-streams</code>.</p>
 <p>So if <code>--multi-thread-cutoff 250MB</code> and <code>--multi-thread-streams 4</code> are in effect (the defaults):</p>
 <ul>
-<li>0MB.250MB files will be downloaded with 1 stream</li>
+<li>0MB..250MB files will be downloaded with 1 stream</li>
 <li>250MB..500MB files will be downloaded with 2 streams</li>
 <li>500MB..750MB files will be downloaded with 3 streams</li>
 <li>750MB+ files will be downloaded with 4 streams</li>
@@ -2603,6 +3044,10 @@ rclone sync /path/to/files remote:current-backup</code></pre>
 <p>If you are only copying a small number of files (or are filtering most of the files) and/or have a large number of files on the destination then <code>--no-traverse</code> will stop rclone listing the destination and save time.</p>
 <p>However, if you are copying a large number of files, especially if you are doing a copy where lots of the files under consideration haven’t changed and won’t need copying then you shouldn’t use <code>--no-traverse</code>.</p>
 <p>See <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copy/">rclone copy</a> for an example of how to use it.</p>
+<h3 id="no-unicode-normalization">–no-unicode-normalization</h3>
+<p>Don’t normalize unicode characters in filenames during the sync routine.</p>
+<p>Sometimes, an operating system will store filenames containing unicode parts in their decomposed form (particularly macOS). Some cloud storage systems will then recompose the unicode, resulting in duplicate files if the data is ever copied back to a local filesystem.</p>
+<p>Using this flag will disable that functionality, treating each unicode character as unique. For example, by default é and é will be normalized into the same character. With <code>--no-unicode-normalization</code> they will be treated as unique characters.</p>
 <h3 id="no-update-modtime">–no-update-modtime</h3>
 <p>When using this flag, rclone won’t update modification times of remote files if they are incorrect as it would normally.</p>
 <p>This can be used if the remote is being synced with another tool also (eg the Google Drive client).</p>
@@ -2618,7 +3063,9 @@ rclone sync /path/to/files remote:current-backup</code></pre>
 <ul>
 <li><code>ascending</code> or <code>asc</code> - order so that the smallest (or oldest) is processed first</li>
 <li><code>descending</code> or <code>desc</code> - order so that the largest (or newest) is processed first</li>
+<li><code>mixed</code> - order so that the smallest is processed first for some threads and the largest for others</li>
 </ul>
+<p>If the modifier is <code>mixed</code> then it can have an optional percentage (which defaults to <code>50</code>), eg <code>size,mixed,25</code> which means that 25% of the threads should be taking the smallest items and 75% the largest. The threads which take the smallest first will always take the smallest first and likewise the largest first threads. The <code>mixed</code> mode can be useful to minimise the transfer time when you are transferring a mixture of large and small files - the large files are guaranteed upload threads and bandwidth and the small files will be processed continuously.</p>
 <p>If no modifier is supplied then the order is <code>ascending</code>.</p>
 <p>For example</p>
 <ul>
@@ -2642,6 +3089,7 @@ rclone sync /path/to/files remote:current-backup</code></pre>
 --password-command echo &quot;hello with space&quot;
 --password-command echo &quot;hello with &quot;&quot;quotes&quot;&quot; and space&quot;</code></pre>
 <p>See the <a href="#configuration-encryption">Configuration Encryption</a> for more info.</p>
+<p>See a <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/wiki/Windows-Powershell-use-rclone-password-command-for-Config-file-password">Windows PowerShell example on the Wiki</a>.</p>
 <h3 id="p-progress">-P, –progress</h3>
 <p>This flag makes rclone update the stats in a static block in the terminal providing a realtime overview of the transfer.</p>
 <p>Any log messages will scroll above the static block. Log messages will push the static block down to the bottom of the terminal where it will stay.</p>
@@ -2649,21 +3097,21 @@ rclone sync /path/to/files remote:current-backup</code></pre>
 <p>This can be used with the <code>--stats-one-line</code> flag for a simpler display.</p>
 <p>Note: On Windows until <a href="https://github.com/Azure/go-ansiterm/issues/26">this bug</a> is fixed all non-ASCII characters will be replaced with <code>.</code> when <code>--progress</code> is in use.</p>
 <h3 id="q-quiet">-q, –quiet</h3>
-<p>Normally rclone outputs stats and a completion message. If you set this flag it will make as little output as possible.</p>
+<p>This flag will limit rclone’s output to error messages only.</p>
 <h3 id="retries-int">–retries int</h3>
 <p>Retry the entire sync if it fails this many times it fails (default 3).</p>
 <p>Some remotes can be unreliable and a few retries help pick up the files which didn’t get transferred because of errors.</p>
 <p>Disable retries with <code>--retries 1</code>.</p>
 <h3 id="retries-sleeptime">–retries-sleep=TIME</h3>
 <p>This sets the interval between each retry specified by <code>--retries</code></p>
-<p>The default is 0. Use 0 to disable.</p>
+<p>The default is <code>0</code>. Use <code>0</code> to disable.</p>
 <h3 id="size-only">–size-only</h3>
 <p>Normally rclone will look at modification time and size of files to see if they are equal. If you set this flag then rclone will check only the size.</p>
 <p>This can be useful transferring files from Dropbox which have been modified by the desktop sync client which doesn’t set checksums of modification times in the same way as rclone.</p>
 <h3 id="statstime">–stats=TIME</h3>
 <p>Commands which transfer data (<code>sync</code>, <code>copy</code>, <code>copyto</code>, <code>move</code>, <code>moveto</code>) will print data transfer stats at regular intervals to show their progress.</p>
 <p>This sets the interval.</p>
-<p>The default is <code>1m</code>. Use 0 to disable.</p>
+<p>The default is <code>1m</code>. Use <code>0</code> to disable.</p>
 <p>If you set the stats interval then all commands can show stats. This can be useful when running other commands, <code>check</code> or <code>mount</code> for example.</p>
 <p>Stats are logged at <code>INFO</code> level by default which means they won’t show at default log level <code>NOTICE</code>. Use <code>--stats-log-level NOTICE</code> or <code>-v</code> to make them show. See the <a href="#logging">Logging section</a> for more info on log levels.</p>
 <p>Note that on macOS you can send a SIGINFO (which is normally ctrl-T in the terminal) to make the stats print immediately.</p>
@@ -2705,7 +3153,7 @@ rclone sync /path/to/files remote:current-backup</code></pre>
 <p>This can be very useful for <code>rclone mount</code> to control the behaviour of applications using it.</p>
 <p>See also <code>--tpslimit-burst</code>.</p>
 <h3 id="tpslimit-burst-int">–tpslimit-burst int</h3>
-<p>Max burst of transactions for <code>--tpslimit</code>. (default 1)</p>
+<p>Max burst of transactions for <code>--tpslimit</code> (default <code>1</code>).</p>
 <p>Normally <code>--tpslimit</code> will do exactly the number of transaction per second specified. However if you supply <code>--tps-burst</code> then rclone can save up some transactions from when it was idle giving a burst of up to the parameter supplied.</p>
 <p>For example if you provide <code>--tpslimit-burst 10</code> then if rclone has been idle for more than 10*<code>--tpslimit</code> then it can do 10 transactions very quickly before they are limited again.</p>
 <p>This may be used to increase performance of <code>--tpslimit</code> without changing the long term average number of transactions per second.</p>
@@ -2716,6 +3164,8 @@ rclone sync /path/to/files remote:current-backup</code></pre>
 <p>If the destination does not support server-side copy or move, rclone will fall back to the default behaviour and log an error level message to the console. Note: Encrypted destinations are not supported by <code>--track-renames</code>.</p>
 <p>Note that <code>--track-renames</code> is incompatible with <code>--no-traverse</code> and that it uses extra memory to keep track of all the rename candidates.</p>
 <p>Note also that <code>--track-renames</code> is incompatible with <code>--delete-before</code> and will select <code>--delete-after</code> instead of <code>--delete-during</code>.</p>
+<h3 id="track-renames-strategy-hashmodtime">–track-renames-strategy (hash,modtime)</h3>
+<p>This option changes the matching criteria for <code>--track-renames</code> to match by any combination of modtime, hash, size. Matching by size is always enabled no matter what option is selected here. This also means that it enables <code>--track-renames</code> support for encrypted destinations. If nothing is specified, the default option is matching by hashes.</p>
 <h3 id="delete-beforeduringafter">–delete-(before,during,after)</h3>
 <p>This option allows you to specify when files on your destination are deleted when you sync folders.</p>
 <p>Specifying the value <code>--delete-before</code> will delete all files present on the destination, but not on the source <em>before</em> starting the transfer of any new or updated files. This uses two passes through the file systems, one for the deletions and one for the copies.</p>
@@ -2736,7 +3186,7 @@ rclone sync /path/to/files remote:current-backup</code></pre>
 <p>If you use <code>--fast-list</code> on a remote which doesn’t support it, then rclone will just ignore it.</p>
 <h3 id="timeouttime">–timeout=TIME</h3>
 <p>This sets the IO idle timeout. If a transfer has started but then becomes idle for this long it is considered broken and disconnected.</p>
-<p>The default is <code>5m</code>. Set to 0 to disable.</p>
+<p>The default is <code>5m</code>. Set to <code>0</code> to disable.</p>
 <h3 id="transfersn">–transfers=N</h3>
 <p>The number of file transfers to run in parallel. It can sometimes be useful to set this to a smaller number if the remote is giving a lot of timeouts or bigger if you have lots of bandwidth and a fast remote.</p>
 <p>The default is to run 4 file transfers in parallel.</p>
@@ -2760,7 +3210,7 @@ rclone sync /path/to/files remote:current-backup</code></pre>
 <h3 id="v-version">-V, –version</h3>
 <p>Prints the version number</p>
 <h2 id="ssltls-options">SSL/TLS options</h2>
-<p>The outoing SSL/TLS connections rclone makes can be controlled with these options. For example this can be very useful with the HTTP or WebDAV backends. Rclone HTTP servers have their own set of configuration for SSL/TLS which you can find in their documentation.</p>
+<p>The outgoing SSL/TLS connections rclone makes can be controlled with these options. For example this can be very useful with the HTTP or WebDAV backends. Rclone HTTP servers have their own set of configuration for SSL/TLS which you can find in their documentation.</p>
 <h3 id="ca-cert-string">–ca-cert string</h3>
 <p>This loads the PEM encoded certificate authority certificate and uses it to verify the certificates of the servers rclone connects to.</p>
 <p>If you have generated certificates signed with a local CA then you will need this flag to connect to servers using those certificates.</p>
@@ -2859,6 +3309,7 @@ export RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS</code></pre>
 <li><code>--include</code></li>
 <li><code>--include-from</code></li>
 <li><code>--files-from</code></li>
+<li><code>--files-from-raw</code></li>
 <li><code>--min-size</code></li>
 <li><code>--max-size</code></li>
 <li><code>--min-age</code></li>
@@ -2899,6 +3350,7 @@ export RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS</code></pre>
 <li><code>6</code> - Less serious errors (like 461 errors from dropbox) (NoRetry errors)</li>
 <li><code>7</code> - Fatal error (one that more retries won’t fix, like account suspended) (Fatal errors)</li>
 <li><code>8</code> - Transfer exceeded - limit set by –max-transfer reached</li>
+<li><code>9</code> - Operation successful, but no files transferred</li>
 </ul>
 <h2 id="environment-variables">Environment Variables</h2>
 <p>Rclone can be configured entirely using environment variables. These can be used to set defaults for options or config file entries.</p>
@@ -2922,10 +3374,10 @@ mys3:</code></pre>
 <p>Note that if you want to create a remote using environment variables you must create the <code>..._TYPE</code> variable as above.</p>
 <h3 id="other-environment-variables">Other environment variables</h3>
 <ul>
-<li>RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS` set to contain your config file password (see <a href="#configuration-encryption">Configuration Encryption</a> section)</li>
-<li>HTTP_PROXY, HTTPS_PROXY and NO_PROXY (or the lowercase versions thereof).
+<li><code>RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS</code> set to contain your config file password (see <a href="#configuration-encryption">Configuration Encryption</a> section)</li>
+<li><code>HTTP_PROXY</code>, <code>HTTPS_PROXY</code> and <code>NO_PROXY</code> (or the lowercase versions thereof).
 <ul>
-<li>HTTPS_PROXY takes precedence over HTTP_PROXY for https requests.</li>
+<li><code>HTTPS_PROXY</code> takes precedence over <code>HTTP_PROXY</code> for https requests.</li>
 <li>The environment values may be either a complete URL or a “host[:port]” for, in which case the “http” scheme is assumed.</li>
 </ul></li>
 </ul>
@@ -2933,18 +3385,25 @@ mys3:</code></pre>
 <p>Some of the configurations (those involving oauth2) require an Internet connected web browser.</p>
 <p>If you are trying to set rclone up on a remote or headless box with no browser available on it (eg a NAS or a server in a datacenter) then you will need to use an alternative means of configuration. There are two ways of doing it, described below.</p>
 <h2 id="configuring-using-rclone-authorize">Configuring using rclone authorize</h2>
-<p>On the headless box</p>
+<p>On the headless box run <code>rclone</code> config but answer <code>N</code> to the <code>Use auto config?</code> question.</p>
 <pre><code>...
 Remote config
 Use auto config?
  * Say Y if not sure
  * Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
-y) Yes
+y) Yes (default)
 n) No
 y/n&gt; n
-For this to work, you will need rclone available on a machine that has a web browser available.
-Execute the following on your machine:
+For this to work, you will need rclone available on a machine that has
+a web browser available.
+
+For more help and alternate methods see: https://rclone.org/remote_setup/
+
+Execute the following on the machine with the web browser (same rclone
+version recommended):
+
     rclone authorize &quot;amazon cloud drive&quot;
+
 Then paste the result below:
 result&gt;</code></pre>
 <p>Then on your main desktop machine</p>
@@ -2970,7 +3429,7 @@ d) Delete this remote
 y/e/d&gt;</code></pre>
 <h2 id="configuring-by-copying-the-config-file">Configuring by copying the config file</h2>
 <p>Rclone stores all of its config in a single configuration file. This can easily be copied to configure a remote rclone.</p>
-<p>So first configure rclone on your desktop machine</p>
+<p>So first configure rclone on your desktop machine with</p>
 <pre><code>rclone config</code></pre>
 <p>to set up the config file.</p>
 <p>Find the config file by running <code>rclone config file</code>, for example</p>
@@ -2981,7 +3440,7 @@ Configuration file is stored at:
 <h1 id="filtering-includes-and-excludes">Filtering, includes and excludes</h1>
 <p>Rclone has a sophisticated set of include and exclude rules. Some of these are based on patterns and some on other things like file size.</p>
 <p>The filters are applied for the <code>copy</code>, <code>sync</code>, <code>move</code>, <code>ls</code>, <code>lsl</code>, <code>md5sum</code>, <code>sha1sum</code>, <code>size</code>, <code>delete</code> and <code>check</code> operations. Note that <code>purge</code> does not obey the filters.</p>
-<p>Each path as it passes through rclone is matched against the include and exclude rules like <code>--include</code>, <code>--exclude</code>, <code>--include-from</code>, <code>--exclude-from</code>, <code>--filter</code>, or <code>--filter-from</code>. The simplest way to try them out is using the <code>ls</code> command, or <code>--dry-run</code> together with <code>-v</code>.</p>
+<p>Each path as it passes through rclone is matched against the include and exclude rules like <code>--include</code>, <code>--exclude</code>, <code>--include-from</code>, <code>--exclude-from</code>, <code>--filter</code>, or <code>--filter-from</code>. The simplest way to try them out is using the <code>ls</code> command, or <code>--dry-run</code> together with <code>-v</code>. <code>--filter-from</code>, <code>--exclude-from</code>, <code>--include-from</code>, <code>--files-from</code>, <code>--files-from-raw</code> understand <code>-</code> as a file name to mean read from standard input.</p>
 <h2 id="patterns">Patterns</h2>
 <p>The patterns used to match files for inclusion or exclusion are based on “file globs” as used by the unix shell.</p>
 <p>If the pattern starts with a <code>/</code> then it only matches at the top level of the directory tree, <strong>relative to the root of the remote</strong> (not necessarily the root of the local drive). If it doesn’t start with <code>/</code> then it is matched starting at the <strong>end of the path</strong>, but it will only match a complete path element:</p>
@@ -3071,6 +3530,7 @@ Configuration file is stored at:
 <li><code>--exclude-from</code></li>
 <li><code>--filter</code></li>
 <li><code>--filter-from</code></li>
+<li><code>--filter-from-raw</code></li>
 </ul>
 <p><strong>Important</strong> You should not use <code>--include*</code> together with <code>--exclude*</code>. It may produce different results than you expected. In that case try to use: <code>--filter*</code>.</p>
 <p>Note that all the options of the same type are processed together in the order above, regardless of what order they were placed on the command line.</p>
@@ -3126,11 +3586,11 @@ file2.avi</code></pre>
 <p>This example will include all <code>jpg</code> and <code>png</code> files, exclude any files matching <code>secret*.jpg</code> and include <code>file2.avi</code>. It will also include everything in the directory <code>dir</code> at the root of the sync, except <code>dir/Trash</code> which it will exclude. Everything else will be excluded from the sync.</p>
 <h3 id="files-from---read-list-of-source-file-names"><code>--files-from</code> - Read list of source-file names</h3>
 <p>This reads a list of file names from the file passed in and <strong>only</strong> these files are transferred. The <strong>filtering rules are ignored</strong> completely if you use this option.</p>
-<p><code>--files-from</code> expects a list of files as it’s input. <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_lsf/">rclone lsf</a> has a compatible format that can be used to export file lists from remotes.</p>
+<p><code>--files-from</code> expects a list of files as its input. Leading / trailing whitespace is stripped from the input lines and lines starting with <code>#</code> and <code>;</code> are ignored.</p>
 <p>Rclone will traverse the file system if you use <code>--files-from</code>, effectively using the files in <code>--files-from</code> as a set of filters. Rclone will not error if any of the files are missing.</p>
 <p>If you use <code>--no-traverse</code> as well as <code>--files-from</code> then rclone will not traverse the destination file system, it will find each file individually using approximately 1 API call. This can be more efficient for small lists of files.</p>
 <p>This option can be repeated to read from more than one file. These are read in the order that they are placed on the command line.</p>
-<p>Paths within the <code>--files-from</code> file will be interpreted as starting with the root specified in the command. Leading <code>/</code> characters are ignored.</p>
+<p>Paths within the <code>--files-from</code> file will be interpreted as starting with the root specified in the command. Leading <code>/</code> characters are ignored. See <a href="#files-from-raw-read-list-of-source-file-names-without-any-processing">–files-from-raw</a> if you need the input to be processed in a raw manner.</p>
 <p>For example, suppose you had <code>files-from.txt</code> with this content:</p>
 <pre><code># comment
 file1.jpg
@@ -3164,6 +3624,8 @@ user2/stuff</code></pre>
 <pre><code>/home/user1/important → remote:backup/home/user1/important
 /home/user1/dir/file  → remote:backup/home/user1/dir/file
 /home/user2/stuff     → remote:backup/home/user2/stuff</code></pre>
+<h3 id="files-from-raw---read-list-of-source-file-names-without-any-processing"><code>--files-from-raw</code> - Read list of source-file names without any processing</h3>
+<p>This option is same as <code>--files-from</code> with the only difference being that the input is read in a raw manner. This means that lines with leading/trailing whitespace and lines starting with <code>;</code> or <code>#</code> are read without any processing. <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_lsf/">rclone lsf</a> has a compatible format that can be used to export file lists from remotes, which can then be used as an input to <code>--files-from-raw</code>.</p>
 <h3 id="min-size---dont-transfer-any-file-smaller-than-this"><code>--min-size</code> - Don’t transfer any file smaller than this</h3>
 <p>This option controls the minimum size file which will be transferred. This defaults to <code>kBytes</code> but a suffix of <code>k</code>, <code>M</code>, or <code>G</code> can be used.</p>
 <p>For example <code>--min-size 50k</code> means no files smaller than 50kByte will be transferred.</p>
@@ -3183,6 +3645,13 @@ user2/stuff</code></pre>
 <li><code>y</code> - Years</li>
 </ul>
 <p>For example <code>--max-age 2d</code> means no files older than 2 days will be transferred.</p>
+<p>This can also be an absolute time in one of these formats</p>
+<ul>
+<li>RFC3339 - eg “2006-01-02T15:04:05Z07:00”</li>
+<li>ISO8601 Date and time, local timezone - “2006-01-02T15:04:05”</li>
+<li>ISO8601 Date and time, local timezone - “2006-01-02 15:04:05”</li>
+<li>ISO8601 Date - “2006-01-02” (YYYY-MM-DD)</li>
+</ul>
 <h3 id="min-age---dont-transfer-any-file-younger-than-this"><code>--min-age</code> - Don’t transfer any file younger than this</h3>
 <p>This option controls the minimum age of files to transfer. Give in seconds or with a suffix (see <code>--max-age</code> for list of suffixes)</p>
 <p>For example <code>--min-age 2d</code> means no files younger than 2 days will be transferred.</p>
@@ -3266,7 +3735,7 @@ dir1/dir2/dir3/.ignore</code></pre>
 <li><code>--rc-pass &lt;random password&gt;</code></li>
 <li><code>--rc-serve</code></li>
 </ul>
-<p>These flags can be overidden as desired.</p>
+<p>These flags can be overridden as desired.</p>
 <p>See also the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_rcd/">rclone rcd documentation</a>.</p>
 <h3 id="example-running-a-public-gui">Example: Running a public GUI</h3>
 <p>For example the GUI could be served on a public port over SSL using an htpasswd file using the following flags:</p>
@@ -3284,19 +3753,18 @@ dir1/dir2/dir3/.ignore</code></pre>
 <li><code>--rc-baseurl rclone</code></li>
 <li><code>--rc-htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd</code></li>
 </ul>
-<p>Or instead of htpassword if you just want a single user and password:</p>
+<p>Or instead of htpasswd if you just want a single user and password:</p>
 <ul>
 <li><code>--rc-user me</code></li>
 <li><code>--rc-pass mypassword</code></li>
 </ul>
 <h2 id="project">Project</h2>
-<p>The GUI is being developed in the: <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone-webui-react">rclone/rclone-webui-react respository</a>.</p>
+<p>The GUI is being developed in the: <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone-webui-react">rclone/rclone-webui-react repository</a>.</p>
 <p>Bug reports and contributions are very welcome :-)</p>
 <p>If you have questions then please ask them on the <a href="https://forum.rclone.org/">rclone forum</a>.</p>
-<h1 id="remote-controlling-rclone">Remote controlling rclone</h1>
-<p>If rclone is run with the <code>--rc</code> flag then it starts an http server which can be used to remote control rclone.</p>
+<h1 id="remote-controlling-rclone-with-its-api">Remote controlling rclone with its API</h1>
+<p>If rclone is run with the <code>--rc</code> flag then it starts an http server which can be used to remote control rclone using its API.</p>
 <p>If you just want to run a remote control then see the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_rcd/">rcd command</a>.</p>
-<p><strong>NB</strong> this is experimental and everything here is subject to change!</p>
 <h2 id="supported-parameters">Supported parameters</h2>
 <h3 id="rc">–rc</h3>
 <p>Flag to start the http server listen on remote requests</p>
@@ -3330,6 +3798,9 @@ dir1/dir2/dir3/.ignore</code></pre>
 <p>If this is set then rclone will serve the files in that directory. It will also open the root in the web browser if specified. This is for implementing browser based GUIs for rclone functions.</p>
 <p>If <code>--rc-user</code> or <code>--rc-pass</code> is set then the URL that is opened will have the authorization in the URL in the <code>http://user:pass@localhost/</code> style.</p>
 <p>Default Off.</p>
+<h3 id="rc-enable-metrics">–rc-enable-metrics</h3>
+<p>Enable OpenMetrics/Prometheus compatible endpoint at <code>/metrics</code>.</p>
+<p>Default Off.</p>
 <h3 id="rc-web-gui">–rc-web-gui</h3>
 <p>Set this flag to serve the default web gui on the same port as rclone.</p>
 <p>Default Off.</p>
@@ -3422,8 +3893,8 @@ dir1/dir2/dir3/.ignore</code></pre>
         2
     ]
 }</code></pre>
-<h3 id="assigning-operations-to-groups-with-_group">Assigning operations to groups with _group = <value></h3>
-<p>Each rc call has it’s own stats group for tracking it’s metrics. By default grouping is done by the composite group name from prefix <code>job/</code> and id of the job like so <code>job/1</code>.</p>
+<h3 id="assigning-operations-to-groups-with-_group-value">Assigning operations to groups with _group = value</h3>
+<p>Each rc call has its own stats group for tracking its metrics. By default grouping is done by the composite group name from prefix <code>job/</code> and id of the job like so <code>job/1</code>.</p>
 <p>If <code>_group</code> has a value then stats for that request will be grouped under that value. This allows caller to group stats under their own name.</p>
 <p>Stats for specific group can be accessed by passing <code>group</code> to <code>core/stats</code>:</p>
 <pre><code>$ rclone rc --json &#39;{ &quot;group&quot;: &quot;job/1&quot; }&#39; core/stats
@@ -3432,13 +3903,45 @@ dir1/dir2/dir3/.ignore</code></pre>
     ...
 }</code></pre>
 <h2 id="supported-commands">Supported commands</h2>
-<!--- autogenerated start - run make rcdocs - don't edit here -->
-<h3 id="cacheexpire-purge-a-remote-from-cache-cacheexpire">cache/expire: Purge a remote from cache {#cache/expire}</h3>
+<h3 id="backend-command">backend/command: Runs a backend command.</h3>
+<p>This takes the following parameters</p>
+<ul>
+<li>command - a string with the command name</li>
+<li>fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”</li>
+<li>arg - a list of arguments for the backend command</li>
+<li>opt - a map of string to string of options</li>
+</ul>
+<p>Returns</p>
+<ul>
+<li>result - result from the backend command</li>
+</ul>
+<p>For example</p>
+<pre><code>rclone rc backend/command command=noop fs=. -o echo=yes -o blue -a path1 -a path2</code></pre>
+<p>Returns</p>
+<pre><code>{
+    &quot;result&quot;: {
+        &quot;arg&quot;: [
+            &quot;path1&quot;,
+            &quot;path2&quot;
+        ],
+        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;noop&quot;,
+        &quot;opt&quot;: {
+            &quot;blue&quot;: &quot;&quot;,
+            &quot;echo&quot;: &quot;yes&quot;
+        }
+    }
+}</code></pre>
+<p>Note that this is the direct equivalent of using this “backend” command:</p>
+<pre><code>rclone backend noop . -o echo=yes -o blue path1 path2</code></pre>
+<p>Note that arguments must be preceded by the “-a” flag</p>
+<p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_backend/">backend</a> command for more information.</p>
+<p><strong>Authentication is required for this call.</strong></p>
+<h3 id="cache-expire">cache/expire: Purge a remote from cache</h3>
 <p>Purge a remote from the cache backend. Supports either a directory or a file. Params: - remote = path to remote (required) - withData = true/false to delete cached data (chunks) as well (optional)</p>
 <p>Eg</p>
 <pre><code>rclone rc cache/expire remote=path/to/sub/folder/
 rclone rc cache/expire remote=/ withData=true</code></pre>
-<h3 id="cachefetch-fetch-file-chunks-cachefetch">cache/fetch: Fetch file chunks {#cache/fetch}</h3>
+<h3 id="cache-fetch">cache/fetch: Fetch file chunks</h3>
 <p>Ensure the specified file chunks are cached on disk.</p>
 <p>The chunks= parameter specifies the file chunks to check. It takes a comma separated list of array slice indices. The slice indices are similar to Python slices: start[:end]</p>
 <p>start is the 0 based chunk number from the beginning of the file to fetch inclusive. end is 0 based chunk number from the beginning of the file to fetch exclusive. Both values can be negative, in which case they count from the back of the file. The value “-5:” represents the last 5 chunks of a file.</p>
@@ -3446,61 +3949,65 @@ rclone rc cache/expire remote=/ withData=true</code></pre>
 <p>Any parameter with a key that starts with “file” can be used to specify files to fetch, eg</p>
 <pre><code>rclone rc cache/fetch chunks=0 file=hello file2=home/goodbye</code></pre>
 <p>File names will automatically be encrypted when the a crypt remote is used on top of the cache.</p>
-<h3 id="cachestats-get-cache-stats-cachestats">cache/stats: Get cache stats {#cache/stats}</h3>
+<h3 id="cache-stats">cache/stats: Get cache stats</h3>
 <p>Show statistics for the cache remote.</p>
-<h3 id="configcreate-create-the-config-for-a-remote.-configcreate">config/create: create the config for a remote. {#config/create}</h3>
+<h3 id="config-create">config/create: create the config for a remote.</h3>
 <p>This takes the following parameters</p>
 <ul>
 <li>name - name of remote</li>
 <li>parameters - a map of { “key”: “value” } pairs</li>
 <li>type - type of the new remote</li>
+<li>obscure - optional bool - forces obscuring of passwords</li>
+<li>noObscure - optional bool - forces passwords not to be obscured</li>
 </ul>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_create/">config create command</a> command for more information on the above.</p>
-<p>Authentication is required for this call.</p>
-<h3 id="configdelete-delete-a-remote-in-the-config-file.-configdelete">config/delete: Delete a remote in the config file. {#config/delete}</h3>
+<p><strong>Authentication is required for this call.</strong></p>
+<h3 id="config-delete">config/delete: Delete a remote in the config file.</h3>
 <p>Parameters:</p>
 <ul>
 <li>name - name of remote to delete</li>
 </ul>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_delete/">config delete command</a> command for more information on the above.</p>
-<p>Authentication is required for this call.</p>
-<h3 id="configdump-dumps-the-config-file.-configdump">config/dump: Dumps the config file. {#config/dump}</h3>
+<p><strong>Authentication is required for this call.</strong></p>
+<h3 id="config-dump">config/dump: Dumps the config file.</h3>
 <p>Returns a JSON object: - key: value</p>
 <p>Where keys are remote names and values are the config parameters.</p>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_dump/">config dump command</a> command for more information on the above.</p>
-<p>Authentication is required for this call.</p>
-<h3 id="configget-get-a-remote-in-the-config-file.-configget">config/get: Get a remote in the config file. {#config/get}</h3>
+<p><strong>Authentication is required for this call.</strong></p>
+<h3 id="config-get">config/get: Get a remote in the config file.</h3>
 <p>Parameters:</p>
 <ul>
 <li>name - name of remote to get</li>
 </ul>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_dump/">config dump command</a> command for more information on the above.</p>
-<p>Authentication is required for this call.</p>
-<h3 id="configlistremotes-lists-the-remotes-in-the-config-file.-configlistremotes">config/listremotes: Lists the remotes in the config file. {#config/listremotes}</h3>
+<p><strong>Authentication is required for this call.</strong></p>
+<h3 id="config-listremotes">config/listremotes: Lists the remotes in the config file.</h3>
 <p>Returns - remotes - array of remote names</p>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_listremotes/">listremotes command</a> command for more information on the above.</p>
-<p>Authentication is required for this call.</p>
-<h3 id="configpassword-password-the-config-for-a-remote.-configpassword">config/password: password the config for a remote. {#config/password}</h3>
+<p><strong>Authentication is required for this call.</strong></p>
+<h3 id="config-password">config/password: password the config for a remote.</h3>
 <p>This takes the following parameters</p>
 <ul>
 <li>name - name of remote</li>
 <li>parameters - a map of { “key”: “value” } pairs</li>
 </ul>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_password/">config password command</a> command for more information on the above.</p>
-<p>Authentication is required for this call.</p>
-<h3 id="configproviders-shows-how-providers-are-configured-in-the-config-file.-configproviders">config/providers: Shows how providers are configured in the config file. {#config/providers}</h3>
+<p><strong>Authentication is required for this call.</strong></p>
+<h3 id="config-providers">config/providers: Shows how providers are configured in the config file.</h3>
 <p>Returns a JSON object: - providers - array of objects</p>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_providers/">config providers command</a> command for more information on the above.</p>
-<p>Authentication is required for this call.</p>
-<h3 id="configupdate-update-the-config-for-a-remote.-configupdate">config/update: update the config for a remote. {#config/update}</h3>
+<p><strong>Authentication is required for this call.</strong></p>
+<h3 id="config-update">config/update: update the config for a remote.</h3>
 <p>This takes the following parameters</p>
 <ul>
 <li>name - name of remote</li>
 <li>parameters - a map of { “key”: “value” } pairs</li>
+<li>obscure - optional bool - forces obscuring of passwords</li>
+<li>noObscure - optional bool - forces passwords not to be obscured</li>
 </ul>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_update/">config update command</a> command for more information on the above.</p>
-<p>Authentication is required for this call.</p>
-<h3 id="corebwlimit-set-the-bandwidth-limit.-corebwlimit">core/bwlimit: Set the bandwidth limit. {#core/bwlimit}</h3>
+<p><strong>Authentication is required for this call.</strong></p>
+<h3 id="core-bwlimit">core/bwlimit: Set the bandwidth limit.</h3>
 <p>This sets the bandwidth limit to that passed in.</p>
 <p>Eg</p>
 <pre><code>rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=off
@@ -3513,7 +4020,7 @@ rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M
     &quot;bytesPerSecond&quot;: 1048576,
     &quot;rate&quot;: &quot;1M&quot;
 }</code></pre>
-<p>If the rate parameter is not suppied then the bandwidth is queried</p>
+<p>If the rate parameter is not supplied then the bandwidth is queried</p>
 <pre><code>rclone rc core/bwlimit
 {
     &quot;bytesPerSecond&quot;: 1048576,
@@ -3521,9 +4028,9 @@ rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M
 }</code></pre>
 <p>The format of the parameter is exactly the same as passed to –bwlimit except only one bandwidth may be specified.</p>
 <p>In either case “rate” is returned as a human readable string, and “bytesPerSecond” is returned as a number.</p>
-<h3 id="coregc-runs-a-garbage-collection.-coregc">core/gc: Runs a garbage collection. {#core/gc}</h3>
+<h3 id="core-gc">core/gc: Runs a garbage collection.</h3>
 <p>This tells the go runtime to do a garbage collection run. It isn’t necessary to call this normally, but it can be useful for debugging memory problems.</p>
-<h3 id="coregroup-list-returns-list-of-stats.-coregroup-list">core/group-list: Returns list of stats. {#core/group-list}</h3>
+<h3 id="core-group-list">core/group-list: Returns list of stats.</h3>
 <p>This returns list of stats groups currently in memory.</p>
 <p>Returns the following values:</p>
 <pre><code>{
@@ -3534,7 +4041,7 @@ rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M
             ...
         ]
 }</code></pre>
-<h3 id="corememstats-returns-the-memory-statistics-corememstats">core/memstats: Returns the memory statistics {#core/memstats}</h3>
+<h3 id="core-memstats">core/memstats: Returns the memory statistics</h3>
 <p>This returns the memory statistics of the running program. What the values mean are explained in the go docs: https://golang.org/pkg/runtime/#MemStats</p>
 <p>The most interesting values for most people are:</p>
 <ul>
@@ -3545,14 +4052,14 @@ rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M
 <li>It is virtual memory so may include unused memory</li>
 </ul></li>
 </ul>
-<h3 id="coreobscure-obscures-a-string-passed-in.-coreobscure">core/obscure: Obscures a string passed in. {#core/obscure}</h3>
+<h3 id="core-obscure">core/obscure: Obscures a string passed in.</h3>
 <p>Pass a clear string and rclone will obscure it for the config file: - clear - string</p>
 <p>Returns - obscured - string</p>
-<h3 id="corepid-return-pid-of-current-process-corepid">core/pid: Return PID of current process {#core/pid}</h3>
+<h3 id="core-pid">core/pid: Return PID of current process</h3>
 <p>This returns PID of current process. Useful for stopping rclone process.</p>
-<h3 id="corequit-terminates-the-app.-corequit">core/quit: Terminates the app. {#core/quit}</h3>
+<h3 id="core-quit">core/quit: Terminates the app.</h3>
 <p>(optional) Pass an exit code to be used for terminating the app: - exitCode - int</p>
-<h3 id="corestats-returns-stats-about-current-transfers.-corestats">core/stats: Returns stats about current transfers. {#core/stats}</h3>
+<h3 id="core-stats">core/stats: Returns stats about current transfers.</h3>
 <p>This returns all available stats:</p>
 <pre><code>rclone rc core/stats</code></pre>
 <p>If group is not provided then summed up stats for all groups will be returned.</p>
@@ -3570,6 +4077,7 @@ rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M
     &quot;checks&quot;: number of checked files,
     &quot;transfers&quot;: number of transferred files,
     &quot;deletes&quot; : number of deleted files,
+    &quot;renames&quot; : number of renamed files,
     &quot;elapsedTime&quot;: time in seconds since the start of the process,
     &quot;lastError&quot;: last occurred error,
     &quot;transferring&quot;: an array of currently active file transfers:
@@ -3588,19 +4096,19 @@ rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M
         []
 }</code></pre>
 <p>Values for “transferring”, “checking” and “lastError” are only assigned if data is available. The value for “eta” is null if an eta cannot be determined.</p>
-<h3 id="corestats-delete-delete-stats-group.-corestats-delete">core/stats-delete: Delete stats group. {#core/stats-delete}</h3>
+<h3 id="core-stats-delete">core/stats-delete: Delete stats group.</h3>
 <p>This deletes entire stats group</p>
 <p>Parameters</p>
 <ul>
 <li>group - name of the stats group (string)</li>
 </ul>
-<h3 id="corestats-reset-reset-stats.-corestats-reset">core/stats-reset: Reset stats. {#core/stats-reset}</h3>
+<h3 id="core-stats-reset">core/stats-reset: Reset stats.</h3>
 <p>This clears counters, errors and finished transfers for all stats or specific stats group if group is provided.</p>
 <p>Parameters</p>
 <ul>
 <li>group - name of the stats group (string)</li>
 </ul>
-<h3 id="coretransferred-returns-stats-about-completed-transfers.-coretransferred">core/transferred: Returns stats about completed transfers. {#core/transferred}</h3>
+<h3 id="core-transferred">core/transferred: Returns stats about completed transfers.</h3>
 <p>This returns stats about completed transfers:</p>
 <pre><code>rclone rc core/transferred</code></pre>
 <p>If group is not provided then completed transfers for all groups will be returned.</p>
@@ -3619,12 +4127,12 @@ rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M
                 &quot;bytes&quot;: total transferred bytes for this file,
                 &quot;checked&quot;: if the transfer is only checked (skipped, deleted),
                 &quot;timestamp&quot;: integer representing millisecond unix epoch,
-                &quot;error&quot;: string description of the error (empty if successfull),
+                &quot;error&quot;: string description of the error (empty if successful),
                 &quot;jobid&quot;: id of the job that this transfer belongs to
             }
         ]
 }</code></pre>
-<h3 id="coreversion-shows-the-current-version-of-rclone-and-the-go-runtime.-coreversion">core/version: Shows the current version of rclone and the go runtime. {#core/version}</h3>
+<h3 id="core-version">core/version: Shows the current version of rclone and the go runtime.</h3>
 <p>This shows the current version of go and the go runtime</p>
 <ul>
 <li>version - rclone version, eg “v1.44”</li>
@@ -3637,7 +4145,7 @@ rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M
 <li>arch - cpu architecture in use according to Go</li>
 <li>goVersion - version of Go runtime in use</li>
 </ul>
-<h3 id="debugset-block-profile-rate-set-runtime.setblockprofilerate-for-blocking-profiling.-debugset-block-profile-rate">debug/set-block-profile-rate: Set runtime.SetBlockProfileRate for blocking profiling. {#debug/set-block-profile-rate}</h3>
+<h3 id="debug-set-block-profile-rate">debug/set-block-profile-rate: Set runtime.SetBlockProfileRate for blocking profiling.</h3>
 <p>SetBlockProfileRate controls the fraction of goroutine blocking events that are reported in the blocking profile. The profiler aims to sample an average of one blocking event per rate nanoseconds spent blocked.</p>
 <p>To include every blocking event in the profile, pass rate = 1. To turn off profiling entirely, pass rate &lt;= 0.</p>
 <p>After calling this you can use this to see the blocking profile:</p>
@@ -3646,7 +4154,7 @@ rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M
 <ul>
 <li>rate - int</li>
 </ul>
-<h3 id="debugset-mutex-profile-fraction-set-runtime.setmutexprofilefraction-for-mutex-profiling.-debugset-mutex-profile-fraction">debug/set-mutex-profile-fraction: Set runtime.SetMutexProfileFraction for mutex profiling. {#debug/set-mutex-profile-fraction}</h3>
+<h3 id="debug-set-mutex-profile-fraction">debug/set-mutex-profile-fraction: Set runtime.SetMutexProfileFraction for mutex profiling.</h3>
 <p>SetMutexProfileFraction controls the fraction of mutex contention events that are reported in the mutex profile. On average 1/rate events are reported. The previous rate is returned.</p>
 <p>To turn off profiling entirely, pass rate 0. To just read the current rate, pass rate &lt; 0. (For n&gt;1 the details of sampling may change.)</p>
 <p>Once this is set you can look use this to profile the mutex contention:</p>
@@ -3659,13 +4167,13 @@ rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M
 <ul>
 <li>previousRate - int</li>
 </ul>
-<h3 id="joblist-lists-the-ids-of-the-running-jobs-joblist">job/list: Lists the IDs of the running jobs {#job/list}</h3>
+<h3 id="job-list">job/list: Lists the IDs of the running jobs</h3>
 <p>Parameters - None</p>
 <p>Results</p>
 <ul>
 <li>jobids - array of integer job ids</li>
 </ul>
-<h3 id="jobstatus-reads-the-status-of-the-job-id-jobstatus">job/status: Reads the status of the job ID {#job/status}</h3>
+<h3 id="job-status">job/status: Reads the status of the job ID</h3>
 <p>Parameters</p>
 <ul>
 <li>jobid - id of the job (integer)</li>
@@ -3683,27 +4191,59 @@ rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M
 <li>output - output of the job as would have been returned if called synchronously</li>
 <li>progress - output of the progress related to the underlying job</li>
 </ul>
-<h3 id="jobstop-stop-the-running-job-jobstop">job/stop: Stop the running job {#job/stop}</h3>
+<h3 id="job-stop">job/stop: Stop the running job</h3>
 <p>Parameters</p>
 <ul>
 <li>jobid - id of the job (integer)</li>
 </ul>
-<h3 id="operationsabout-return-the-space-used-on-the-remote-operationsabout">operations/about: Return the space used on the remote {#operations/about}</h3>
+<h3 id="mount-mount">mount/mount: Create a new mount point</h3>
+<p>rclone allows Linux, FreeBSD, macOS and Windows to mount any of Rclone’s cloud storage systems as a file system with FUSE.</p>
+<p>If no mountType is provided, the priority is given as follows: 1. mount 2.cmount 3.mount2</p>
+<p>This takes the following parameters</p>
+<ul>
+<li>fs - a remote path to be mounted (required)</li>
+<li>mountPoint: valid path on the local machine (required)</li>
+<li>mountType: One of the values (mount, cmount, mount2) specifies the mount implementation to use</li>
+</ul>
+<p>Eg</p>
+<pre><code>rclone rc mount/mount fs=mydrive: mountPoint=/home/&lt;user&gt;/mountPoint
+rclone rc mount/mount fs=mydrive: mountPoint=/home/&lt;user&gt;/mountPoint mountType=mount</code></pre>
+<p><strong>Authentication is required for this call.</strong></p>
+<h3 id="mount-types">mount/types: Show all possible mount types</h3>
+<p>This shows all possible mount types and returns them as a list.</p>
+<p>This takes no parameters and returns</p>
+<ul>
+<li>mountTypes: list of mount types</li>
+</ul>
+<p>The mount types are strings like “mount”, “mount2”, “cmount” and can be passed to mount/mount as the mountType parameter.</p>
+<p>Eg</p>
+<pre><code>rclone rc mount/types</code></pre>
+<p><strong>Authentication is required for this call.</strong></p>
+<h3 id="mount-unmount">mount/unmount: Unmount all active mounts</h3>
+<p>rclone allows Linux, FreeBSD, macOS and Windows to mount any of Rclone’s cloud storage systems as a file system with FUSE.</p>
+<p>This takes the following parameters</p>
+<ul>
+<li>mountPoint: valid path on the local machine where the mount was created (required)</li>
+</ul>
+<p>Eg</p>
+<pre><code>rclone rc mount/unmount mountPoint=/home/&lt;user&gt;/mountPoint</code></pre>
+<p><strong>Authentication is required for this call.</strong></p>
+<h3 id="operations-about">operations/about: Return the space used on the remote</h3>
 <p>This takes the following parameters</p>
 <ul>
 <li>fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”</li>
 </ul>
 <p>The result is as returned from rclone about –json</p>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_size/">about command</a> command for more information on the above.</p>
-<p>Authentication is required for this call.</p>
-<h3 id="operationscleanup-remove-trashed-files-in-the-remote-or-path-operationscleanup">operations/cleanup: Remove trashed files in the remote or path {#operations/cleanup}</h3>
+<p><strong>Authentication is required for this call.</strong></p>
+<h3 id="operations-cleanup">operations/cleanup: Remove trashed files in the remote or path</h3>
 <p>This takes the following parameters</p>
 <ul>
 <li>fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”</li>
 </ul>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_cleanup/">cleanup command</a> command for more information on the above.</p>
-<p>Authentication is required for this call.</p>
-<h3 id="operationscopyfile-copy-a-file-from-source-remote-to-destination-remote-operationscopyfile">operations/copyfile: Copy a file from source remote to destination remote {#operations/copyfile}</h3>
+<p><strong>Authentication is required for this call.</strong></p>
+<h3 id="operations-copyfile">operations/copyfile: Copy a file from source remote to destination remote</h3>
 <p>This takes the following parameters</p>
 <ul>
 <li>srcFs - a remote name string eg “drive:” for the source</li>
@@ -3711,8 +4251,8 @@ rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M
 <li>dstFs - a remote name string eg “drive2:” for the destination</li>
 <li>dstRemote - a path within that remote eg “file2.txt” for the destination</li>
 </ul>
-<p>Authentication is required for this call.</p>
-<h3 id="operationscopyurl-copy-the-url-to-the-object-operationscopyurl">operations/copyurl: Copy the URL to the object {#operations/copyurl}</h3>
+<p><strong>Authentication is required for this call.</strong></p>
+<h3 id="operations-copyurl">operations/copyurl: Copy the URL to the object</h3>
 <p>This takes the following parameters</p>
 <ul>
 <li>fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”</li>
@@ -3720,23 +4260,23 @@ rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M
 <li>url - string, URL to read from</li>
 <li>autoFilename - boolean, set to true to retrieve destination file name from url See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copyurl/">copyurl command</a> command for more information on the above.</li>
 </ul>
-<p>Authentication is required for this call.</p>
-<h3 id="operationsdelete-remove-files-in-the-path-operationsdelete">operations/delete: Remove files in the path {#operations/delete}</h3>
+<p><strong>Authentication is required for this call.</strong></p>
+<h3 id="operations-delete">operations/delete: Remove files in the path</h3>
 <p>This takes the following parameters</p>
 <ul>
 <li>fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”</li>
 </ul>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_delete/">delete command</a> command for more information on the above.</p>
-<p>Authentication is required for this call.</p>
-<h3 id="operationsdeletefile-remove-the-single-file-pointed-to-operationsdeletefile">operations/deletefile: Remove the single file pointed to {#operations/deletefile}</h3>
+<p><strong>Authentication is required for this call.</strong></p>
+<h3 id="operations-deletefile">operations/deletefile: Remove the single file pointed to</h3>
 <p>This takes the following parameters</p>
 <ul>
 <li>fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”</li>
 <li>remote - a path within that remote eg “dir”</li>
 </ul>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_deletefile/">deletefile command</a> command for more information on the above.</p>
-<p>Authentication is required for this call.</p>
-<h3 id="operationsfsinfo-return-information-about-the-remote-operationsfsinfo">operations/fsinfo: Return information about the remote {#operations/fsinfo}</h3>
+<p><strong>Authentication is required for this call.</strong></p>
+<h3 id="operations-fsinfo">operations/fsinfo: Return information about the remote</h3>
 <p>This takes the following parameters</p>
 <ul>
 <li>fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”</li>
@@ -3786,7 +4326,7 @@ rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M
 }</code></pre>
 <p>This command does not have a command line equivalent so use this instead:</p>
 <pre><code>rclone rc --loopback operations/fsinfo fs=remote:</code></pre>
-<h3 id="operationslist-list-the-given-remote-and-path-in-json-format-operationslist">operations/list: List the given remote and path in JSON format {#operations/list}</h3>
+<h3 id="operations-list">operations/list: List the given remote and path in JSON format</h3>
 <p>This takes the following parameters</p>
 <ul>
 <li>fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”</li>
@@ -3808,16 +4348,16 @@ rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M
 </ul></li>
 </ul>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_lsjson/">lsjson command</a> for more information on the above and examples.</p>
-<p>Authentication is required for this call.</p>
-<h3 id="operationsmkdir-make-a-destination-directory-or-container-operationsmkdir">operations/mkdir: Make a destination directory or container {#operations/mkdir}</h3>
+<p><strong>Authentication is required for this call.</strong></p>
+<h3 id="operations-mkdir">operations/mkdir: Make a destination directory or container</h3>
 <p>This takes the following parameters</p>
 <ul>
 <li>fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”</li>
 <li>remote - a path within that remote eg “dir”</li>
 </ul>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mkdir/">mkdir command</a> command for more information on the above.</p>
-<p>Authentication is required for this call.</p>
-<h3 id="operationsmovefile-move-a-file-from-source-remote-to-destination-remote-operationsmovefile">operations/movefile: Move a file from source remote to destination remote {#operations/movefile}</h3>
+<p><strong>Authentication is required for this call.</strong></p>
+<h3 id="operations-movefile">operations/movefile: Move a file from source remote to destination remote</h3>
 <p>This takes the following parameters</p>
 <ul>
 <li>srcFs - a remote name string eg “drive:” for the source</li>
@@ -3825,8 +4365,8 @@ rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M
 <li>dstFs - a remote name string eg “drive2:” for the destination</li>
 <li>dstRemote - a path within that remote eg “file2.txt” for the destination</li>
 </ul>
-<p>Authentication is required for this call.</p>
-<h3 id="operationspubliclink-create-or-retrieve-a-public-link-to-the-given-file-or-folder.-operationspubliclink">operations/publiclink: Create or retrieve a public link to the given file or folder. {#operations/publiclink}</h3>
+<p><strong>Authentication is required for this call.</strong></p>
+<h3 id="operations-publiclink">operations/publiclink: Create or retrieve a public link to the given file or folder.</h3>
 <p>This takes the following parameters</p>
 <ul>
 <li>fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”</li>
@@ -3837,24 +4377,24 @@ rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M
 <li>url - URL of the resource</li>
 </ul>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_link/">link command</a> command for more information on the above.</p>
-<p>Authentication is required for this call.</p>
-<h3 id="operationspurge-remove-a-directory-or-container-and-all-of-its-contents-operationspurge">operations/purge: Remove a directory or container and all of its contents {#operations/purge}</h3>
+<p><strong>Authentication is required for this call.</strong></p>
+<h3 id="operations-purge">operations/purge: Remove a directory or container and all of its contents</h3>
 <p>This takes the following parameters</p>
 <ul>
 <li>fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”</li>
 <li>remote - a path within that remote eg “dir”</li>
 </ul>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_purge/">purge command</a> command for more information on the above.</p>
-<p>Authentication is required for this call.</p>
-<h3 id="operationsrmdir-remove-an-empty-directory-or-container-operationsrmdir">operations/rmdir: Remove an empty directory or container {#operations/rmdir}</h3>
+<p><strong>Authentication is required for this call.</strong></p>
+<h3 id="operations-rmdir">operations/rmdir: Remove an empty directory or container</h3>
 <p>This takes the following parameters</p>
 <ul>
 <li>fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”</li>
 <li>remote - a path within that remote eg “dir”</li>
 </ul>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_rmdir/">rmdir command</a> command for more information on the above.</p>
-<p>Authentication is required for this call.</p>
-<h3 id="operationsrmdirs-remove-all-the-empty-directories-in-the-path-operationsrmdirs">operations/rmdirs: Remove all the empty directories in the path {#operations/rmdirs}</h3>
+<p><strong>Authentication is required for this call.</strong></p>
+<h3 id="operations-rmdirs">operations/rmdirs: Remove all the empty directories in the path</h3>
 <p>This takes the following parameters</p>
 <ul>
 <li>fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”</li>
@@ -3862,8 +4402,8 @@ rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M
 <li>leaveRoot - boolean, set to true not to delete the root</li>
 </ul>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_rmdirs/">rmdirs command</a> command for more information on the above.</p>
-<p>Authentication is required for this call.</p>
-<h3 id="operationssize-count-the-number-of-bytes-and-files-in-remote-operationssize">operations/size: Count the number of bytes and files in remote {#operations/size}</h3>
+<p><strong>Authentication is required for this call.</strong></p>
+<h3 id="operations-size">operations/size: Count the number of bytes and files in remote</h3>
 <p>This takes the following parameters</p>
 <ul>
 <li>fs - a remote name string eg “drive:path/to/dir”</li>
@@ -3874,13 +4414,13 @@ rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M
 <li>bytes - number of bytes in those files</li>
 </ul>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_size/">size command</a> command for more information on the above.</p>
-<p>Authentication is required for this call.</p>
-<h3 id="optionsblocks-list-all-the-option-blocks-optionsblocks">options/blocks: List all the option blocks {#options/blocks}</h3>
+<p><strong>Authentication is required for this call.</strong></p>
+<h3 id="options-blocks">options/blocks: List all the option blocks</h3>
 <p>Returns - options - a list of the options block names</p>
-<h3 id="optionsget-get-all-the-options-optionsget">options/get: Get all the options {#options/get}</h3>
+<h3 id="options-get">options/get: Get all the options</h3>
 <p>Returns an object where keys are option block names and values are an object with the current option values in.</p>
 <p>This shows the internal names of the option within rclone which should map to the external options very easily with a few exceptions.</p>
-<h3 id="optionsset-set-an-option-optionsset">options/set: Set an option {#options/set}</h3>
+<h3 id="options-set">options/set: Set an option</h3>
 <p>Parameters</p>
 <ul>
 <li>option block name containing an object with
@@ -3897,24 +4437,24 @@ rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M
 <pre><code>rclone rc options/set --json &#39;{&quot;main&quot;: {&quot;LogLevel&quot;: 7}}&#39;</code></pre>
 <p>And this sets NOTICE level logs (normal without -v)</p>
 <pre><code>rclone rc options/set --json &#39;{&quot;main&quot;: {&quot;LogLevel&quot;: 6}}&#39;</code></pre>
-<h3 id="rcerror-this-returns-an-error-rcerror">rc/error: This returns an error {#rc/error}</h3>
+<h3 id="rc-error">rc/error: This returns an error</h3>
 <p>This returns an error with the input as part of its error string. Useful for testing error handling.</p>
-<h3 id="rclist-list-all-the-registered-remote-control-commands-rclist">rc/list: List all the registered remote control commands {#rc/list}</h3>
+<h3 id="rc-list">rc/list: List all the registered remote control commands</h3>
 <p>This lists all the registered remote control commands as a JSON map in the commands response.</p>
-<h3 id="rcnoop-echo-the-input-to-the-output-parameters-rcnoop">rc/noop: Echo the input to the output parameters {#rc/noop}</h3>
+<h3 id="rc-noop">rc/noop: Echo the input to the output parameters</h3>
 <p>This echoes the input parameters to the output parameters for testing purposes. It can be used to check that rclone is still alive and to check that parameter passing is working properly.</p>
-<h3 id="rcnoopauth-echo-the-input-to-the-output-parameters-requiring-auth-rcnoopauth">rc/noopauth: Echo the input to the output parameters requiring auth {#rc/noopauth}</h3>
+<h3 id="rc-noopauth">rc/noopauth: Echo the input to the output parameters requiring auth</h3>
 <p>This echoes the input parameters to the output parameters for testing purposes. It can be used to check that rclone is still alive and to check that parameter passing is working properly.</p>
-<p>Authentication is required for this call.</p>
-<h3 id="synccopy-copy-a-directory-from-source-remote-to-destination-remote-synccopy">sync/copy: copy a directory from source remote to destination remote {#sync/copy}</h3>
+<p><strong>Authentication is required for this call.</strong></p>
+<h3 id="sync-copy">sync/copy: copy a directory from source remote to destination remote</h3>
 <p>This takes the following parameters</p>
 <ul>
 <li>srcFs - a remote name string eg “drive:src” for the source</li>
 <li>dstFs - a remote name string eg “drive:dst” for the destination</li>
 </ul>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copy/">copy command</a> command for more information on the above.</p>
-<p>Authentication is required for this call.</p>
-<h3 id="syncmove-move-a-directory-from-source-remote-to-destination-remote-syncmove">sync/move: move a directory from source remote to destination remote {#sync/move}</h3>
+<p><strong>Authentication is required for this call.</strong></p>
+<h3 id="sync-move">sync/move: move a directory from source remote to destination remote</h3>
 <p>This takes the following parameters</p>
 <ul>
 <li>srcFs - a remote name string eg “drive:src” for the source</li>
@@ -3922,36 +4462,35 @@ rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M
 <li>deleteEmptySrcDirs - delete empty src directories if set</li>
 </ul>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_move/">move command</a> command for more information on the above.</p>
-<p>Authentication is required for this call.</p>
-<h3 id="syncsync-sync-a-directory-from-source-remote-to-destination-remote-syncsync">sync/sync: sync a directory from source remote to destination remote {#sync/sync}</h3>
+<p><strong>Authentication is required for this call.</strong></p>
+<h3 id="sync-sync">sync/sync: sync a directory from source remote to destination remote</h3>
 <p>This takes the following parameters</p>
 <ul>
 <li>srcFs - a remote name string eg “drive:src” for the source</li>
 <li>dstFs - a remote name string eg “drive:dst” for the destination</li>
 </ul>
 <p>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_sync/">sync command</a> command for more information on the above.</p>
-<p>Authentication is required for this call.</p>
-<h3 id="vfsforget-forget-files-or-directories-in-the-directory-cache.-vfsforget">vfs/forget: Forget files or directories in the directory cache. {#vfs/forget}</h3>
+<p><strong>Authentication is required for this call.</strong></p>
+<h3 id="vfs-forget">vfs/forget: Forget files or directories in the directory cache.</h3>
 <p>This forgets the paths in the directory cache causing them to be re-read from the remote when needed.</p>
 <p>If no paths are passed in then it will forget all the paths in the directory cache.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone rc vfs/forget</code></pre>
 <p>Otherwise pass files or dirs in as file=path or dir=path. Any parameter key starting with file will forget that file and any starting with dir will forget that dir, eg</p>
 <pre><code>rclone rc vfs/forget file=hello file2=goodbye dir=home/junk</code></pre>
-<h3 id="vfspoll-interval-get-the-status-or-update-the-value-of-the-poll-interval-option.-vfspoll-interval">vfs/poll-interval: Get the status or update the value of the poll-interval option. {#vfs/poll-interval}</h3>
+<h3 id="vfs-poll-interval">vfs/poll-interval: Get the status or update the value of the poll-interval option.</h3>
 <p>Without any parameter given this returns the current status of the poll-interval setting.</p>
 <p>When the interval=duration parameter is set, the poll-interval value is updated and the polling function is notified. Setting interval=0 disables poll-interval.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone rc vfs/poll-interval interval=5m</code></pre>
 <p>The timeout=duration parameter can be used to specify a time to wait for the current poll function to apply the new value. If timeout is less or equal 0, which is the default, wait indefinitely.</p>
 <p>The new poll-interval value will only be active when the timeout is not reached.</p>
 <p>If poll-interval is updated or disabled temporarily, some changes might not get picked up by the polling function, depending on the used remote.</p>
-<h3 id="vfsrefresh-refresh-the-directory-cache.-vfsrefresh">vfs/refresh: Refresh the directory cache. {#vfs/refresh}</h3>
+<h3 id="vfs-refresh">vfs/refresh: Refresh the directory cache.</h3>
 <p>This reads the directories for the specified paths and freshens the directory cache.</p>
 <p>If no paths are passed in then it will refresh the root directory.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone rc vfs/refresh</code></pre>
 <p>Otherwise pass directories in as dir=path. Any parameter key starting with dir will refresh that directory, eg</p>
 <pre><code>rclone rc vfs/refresh dir=home/junk dir2=data/misc</code></pre>
 <p>If the parameter recursive=true is given the whole directory tree will get refreshed. This refresh will use –fast-list if enabled.</p>
-<!--- autogenerated stop -->
 <h2 id="accessing-the-remote-control-via-http">Accessing the remote control via HTTP</h2>
 <p>Rclone implements a simple HTTP based protocol.</p>
 <p>Each endpoint takes an JSON object and returns a JSON object or an error. The JSON objects are essentially a map of string names to values.</p>
@@ -4074,7 +4613,7 @@ Showing nodes accounting for 1537.03kB, 100% of 1537.03kB total
 <p>The profiling hook is <a href="https://stackoverflow.com/q/26545159/164234">zero overhead unless it is used</a>.</p>
 <h1 id="overview-of-cloud-storage-systems">Overview of cloud storage systems</h1>
 <p>Each cloud storage system is slightly different. Rclone attempts to provide a unified interface to them, but some underlying differences show through.</p>
-<h2 id="features">Features</h2>
+<h2 id="features-1">Features</h2>
 <p>Here is an overview of the major features of each cloud storage system.</p>
 <table>
 <thead>
@@ -4257,7 +4796,7 @@ Showing nodes accounting for 1537.03kB, 100% of 1537.03kB total
 <td style="text-align: center;">-</td>
 </tr>
 <tr class="even">
-<td>Openstack Swift</td>
+<td>OpenStack Swift</td>
 <td style="text-align: center;">MD5</td>
 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td>
 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td>
@@ -4297,6 +4836,14 @@ Showing nodes accounting for 1537.03kB, 100% of 1537.03kB total
 <td style="text-align: center;">R/W</td>
 </tr>
 <tr class="odd">
+<td>Seafile</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">-</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">No</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">No</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">No</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">-</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="even">
 <td>SFTP</td>
 <td style="text-align: center;">MD5, SHA1 ‡</td>
 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td>
@@ -4304,7 +4851,7 @@ Showing nodes accounting for 1537.03kB, 100% of 1537.03kB total
 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td>
 <td style="text-align: center;">-</td>
 </tr>
-<tr class="even">
+<tr class="odd">
 <td>SugarSync</td>
 <td style="text-align: center;">-</td>
 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td>
@@ -4312,6 +4859,14 @@ Showing nodes accounting for 1537.03kB, 100% of 1537.03kB total
 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td>
 <td style="text-align: center;">-</td>
 </tr>
+<tr class="even">
+<td>Tardigrade</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">-</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">No</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">No</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">-</td>
+</tr>
 <tr class="odd">
 <td>WebDAV</td>
 <td style="text-align: center;">MD5, SHA1 ††</td>
@@ -4575,7 +5130,7 @@ Showing nodes accounting for 1537.03kB, 100% of 1537.03kB total
 <h4 id="invalid-utf8">Invalid UTF-8 bytes</h4>
 <p>Some backends only support a sequence of well formed UTF-8 bytes as file or directory names.</p>
 <p>In this case all invalid UTF-8 bytes will be replaced with a quoted representation of the byte value to allow uploading a file to such a backend. For example, the invalid byte <code>0xFE</code> will be encoded as <code>‛FE</code>.</p>
-<p>A common source of invalid UTF-8 bytes are local filesystems, that store names in a different encoding than UTF-8 or UTF-16, like latin1. See the <a href="/local/#filenames">local filenames</a> section for details.</p>
+<p>A common source of invalid UTF-8 bytes are local filesystems, that store names in a different encoding than UTF-8 or UTF-16, like latin1. See the <a href="https://rclone.org/local/#filenames">local filenames</a> section for details.</p>
 <h4 id="encoding">Encoding option</h4>
 <p>Most backends have an encoding options, specified as a flag <code>--backend-encoding</code> where <code>backend</code> is the name of the backend, or as a config parameter <code>encoding</code> (you’ll need to select the Advanced config in <code>rclone config</code> to see it).</p>
 <p>This will have default value which encodes and decodes characters in such a way as to preserve the maximum number of characters (see above).</p>
@@ -4668,7 +5223,7 @@ Showing nodes accounting for 1537.03kB, 100% of 1537.03kB total
 </tr>
 <tr class="even">
 <td>Pipe</td>
-<td><code>|</code></td>
+<td>|</td>
 </tr>
 <tr class="odd">
 <td>Question</td>
@@ -4905,7 +5460,7 @@ Showing nodes accounting for 1537.03kB, 100% of 1537.03kB total
 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td>
 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td>
 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td>
-<td style="text-align: center;">No</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td>
 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td>
 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td>
 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td>
@@ -4959,7 +5514,7 @@ Showing nodes accounting for 1537.03kB, 100% of 1537.03kB total
 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td>
 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td>
 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td>
-<td style="text-align: center;">No</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td>
 <td style="text-align: center;">No <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178">#2178</a></td>
 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td>
 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td>
@@ -4991,7 +5546,7 @@ Showing nodes accounting for 1537.03kB, 100% of 1537.03kB total
 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td>
 </tr>
 <tr class="odd">
-<td>Openstack Swift</td>
+<td>OpenStack Swift</td>
 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes †</td>
 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td>
 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td>
@@ -5048,7 +5603,7 @@ Showing nodes accounting for 1537.03kB, 100% of 1537.03kB total
 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td>
 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td>
 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td>
-<td style="text-align: center;">No</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td>
 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td>
 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td>
 <td style="text-align: center;">No <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178">#2178</a></td>
@@ -5056,6 +5611,19 @@ Showing nodes accounting for 1537.03kB, 100% of 1537.03kB total
 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td>
 </tr>
 <tr class="even">
+<td>Seafile</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="odd">
 <td>SFTP</td>
 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td>
 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td>
@@ -5068,7 +5636,7 @@ Showing nodes accounting for 1537.03kB, 100% of 1537.03kB total
 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td>
 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td>
 </tr>
-<tr class="odd">
+<tr class="even">
 <td>SugarSync</td>
 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td>
 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td>
@@ -5081,6 +5649,19 @@ Showing nodes accounting for 1537.03kB, 100% of 1537.03kB total
 <td style="text-align: center;">No</td>
 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td>
 </tr>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td>Tardigrade</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">Yes †</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">No</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">No</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">No</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">No</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">No</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">No</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">No</td>
+</tr>
 <tr class="even">
 <td>WebDAV</td>
 <td style="text-align: center;">Yes</td>
@@ -5124,7 +5705,7 @@ Showing nodes accounting for 1537.03kB, 100% of 1537.03kB total
 </table>
 <h3 id="purge">Purge</h3>
 <p>This deletes a directory quicker than just deleting all the files in the directory.</p>
-<p>† Note Swift and Hubic implement this in order to delete directory markers but they don’t actually have a quicker way of deleting files other than deleting them individually.</p>
+<p>† Note Swift, Hubic, and Tardigrade implement this in order to delete directory markers but they don’t actually have a quicker way of deleting files other than deleting them individually.</p>
 <p>‡ StreamUpload is not supported with Nextcloud</p>
 <h3 id="copy">Copy</h3>
 <p>Used when copying an object to and from the same remote. This known as a server side copy so you can copy a file without downloading it and uploading it again. It is used if you use <code>rclone copy</code> or <code>rclone move</code> if the remote doesn’t support <code>Move</code> directly.</p>
@@ -5138,17 +5719,17 @@ Showing nodes accounting for 1537.03kB, 100% of 1537.03kB total
 <p>This is used for emptying the trash for a remote by <code>rclone cleanup</code>.</p>
 <p>If the server can’t do <code>CleanUp</code> then <code>rclone cleanup</code> will return an error.</p>
 <h3 id="listr">ListR</h3>
-<p>The remote supports a recursive list to list all the contents beneath a directory quickly. This enables the <code>--fast-list</code> flag to work. See the <a href="/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p>
+<p>The remote supports a recursive list to list all the contents beneath a directory quickly. This enables the <code>--fast-list</code> flag to work. See the <a href="https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p>
 <h3 id="streamupload">StreamUpload</h3>
 <p>Some remotes allow files to be uploaded without knowing the file size in advance. This allows certain operations to work without spooling the file to local disk first, e.g. <code>rclone rcat</code>.</p>
 <h3 id="linksharing">LinkSharing</h3>
 <p>Sets the necessary permissions on a file or folder and prints a link that allows others to access them, even if they don’t have an account on the particular cloud provider.</p>
-<h3 id="about">About</h3>
+<h3 id="about-1">About</h3>
 <p>This is used to fetch quota information from the remote, like bytes used/free/quota and bytes used in the trash.</p>
 <p>This is also used to return the space used, available for <code>rclone mount</code>.</p>
 <p>If the server can’t do <code>About</code> then <code>rclone about</code> will return an error.</p>
 <h3 id="emptydir">EmptyDir</h3>
-<p>The remote supports empty directories. See <a href="/bugs/#limitations">Limitations</a> for details. Most Object/Bucket based remotes do not support this.</p>
+<p>The remote supports empty directories. See <a href="https://rclone.org/bugs/#limitations">Limitations</a> for details. Most Object/Bucket based remotes do not support this.</p>
 <h1 id="global-flags">Global Flags</h1>
 <p>This describes the global flags available to every rclone command split into two groups, non backend and backend flags.</p>
 <h2 id="non-backend-flags">Non Backend Flags</h2>
@@ -5161,6 +5742,7 @@ Showing nodes accounting for 1537.03kB, 100% of 1537.03kB total
       --bwlimit BwTimetable                  Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
       --ca-cert string                       CA certificate used to verify servers
       --cache-dir string                     Directory rclone will use for caching. (default &quot;$HOME/.cache/rclone&quot;)
+      --check-first                          Do all the checks before starting transfers.
       --checkers int                         Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
   -c, --checksum                             Skip based on checksum (if available) &amp; size, not mod-time &amp; size
       --client-cert string                   Client SSL certificate (PEM) for mutual TLS auth
@@ -5170,6 +5752,7 @@ Showing nodes accounting for 1537.03kB, 100% of 1537.03kB total
       --contimeout duration                  Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
       --copy-dest string                     Implies --compare-dest but also copies files from path into destination.
       --cpuprofile string                    Write cpu profile to file
+      --cutoff-mode string                   Mode to stop transfers when reaching the max transfer limit HARD|SOFT|CAUTIOUS (default &quot;HARD&quot;)
       --delete-after                         When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default)
       --delete-before                        When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring
       --delete-during                        When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
@@ -5179,14 +5762,19 @@ Showing nodes accounting for 1537.03kB, 100% of 1537.03kB total
       --dump DumpFlags                       List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
       --dump-bodies                          Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
       --dump-headers                         Dump HTTP headers - may contain sensitive info
+      --error-on-no-transfer                 Sets exit code 9 if no files are transferred, useful in scripts
       --exclude stringArray                  Exclude files matching pattern
-      --exclude-from stringArray             Read exclude patterns from file
+      --exclude-from stringArray             Read exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
       --exclude-if-present string            Exclude directories if filename is present
       --expect-continue-timeout duration     Timeout when using expect / 100-continue in HTTP (default 1s)
       --fast-list                            Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
-      --files-from stringArray               Read list of source-file names from file
+      --files-from stringArray               Read list of source-file names from file (use - to read from stdin)
+      --files-from-raw stringArray           Read list of source-file names from file without any processing of lines (use - to read from stdin)
   -f, --filter stringArray                   Add a file-filtering rule
-      --filter-from stringArray              Read filtering patterns from a file
+      --filter-from stringArray              Read filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
+      --header stringArray                   Set HTTP header for all transactions
+      --header-download stringArray          Set HTTP header for download transactions
+      --header-upload stringArray            Set HTTP header for upload transactions
       --ignore-case                          Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
       --ignore-case-sync                     Ignore case when synchronizing
       --ignore-checksum                      Skip post copy check of checksums.
@@ -5196,7 +5784,7 @@ Showing nodes accounting for 1537.03kB, 100% of 1537.03kB total
   -I, --ignore-times                         Don&#39;t skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
       --immutable                            Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
       --include stringArray                  Include files matching pattern
-      --include-from stringArray             Read include patterns from file
+      --include-from stringArray             Read include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
       --log-file string                      Log everything to this file
       --log-format string                    Comma separated list of log format options (default &quot;date,time&quot;)
       --log-level string                     Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default &quot;NOTICE&quot;)
@@ -5219,6 +5807,7 @@ Showing nodes accounting for 1537.03kB, 100% of 1537.03kB total
       --no-check-dest                        Don&#39;t check the destination, copy regardless.
       --no-gzip-encoding                     Don&#39;t set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
       --no-traverse                          Don&#39;t traverse destination file system on copy.
+      --no-unicode-normalization             Don&#39;t normalize unicode characters in filenames.
       --no-update-modtime                    Don&#39;t update destination mod-time if files identical.
       --order-by string                      Instructions on how to order the transfers, eg &#39;size,descending&#39;
       --password-command SpaceSepList        Command for supplying password for encrypted configuration.
@@ -5230,6 +5819,7 @@ Showing nodes accounting for 1537.03kB, 100% of 1537.03kB total
       --rc-baseurl string                    Prefix for URLs - leave blank for root.
       --rc-cert string                       SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
       --rc-client-ca string                  Client certificate authority to verify clients with
+      --rc-enable-metrics                    Enable prometheus metrics on /metrics
       --rc-files string                      Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
       --rc-htpasswd string                   htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
       --rc-job-expire-duration duration      expire finished async jobs older than this value (default 1m0s)
@@ -5242,6 +5832,7 @@ Showing nodes accounting for 1537.03kB, 100% of 1537.03kB total
       --rc-serve                             Enable the serving of remote objects.
       --rc-server-read-timeout duration      Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
       --rc-server-write-timeout duration     Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
+      --rc-template string                   User Specified Template.
       --rc-user string                       User name for authentication.
       --rc-web-fetch-url string              URL to fetch the releases for webgui. (default &quot;https://api.github.com/repos/rclone/rclone-webui-react/releases/latest&quot;)
       --rc-web-gui                           Launch WebGUI on localhost
@@ -5267,309 +5858,343 @@ Showing nodes accounting for 1537.03kB, 100% of 1537.03kB total
       --tpslimit float                       Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
       --tpslimit-burst int                   Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
       --track-renames                        When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
+      --track-renames-strategy string        Strategies to use when synchronizing using track-renames hash|modtime (default &quot;hash&quot;)
       --transfers int                        Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
   -u, --update                               Skip files that are newer on the destination.
       --use-cookies                          Enable session cookiejar.
       --use-json-log                         Use json log format.
       --use-mmap                             Use mmap allocator (see docs).
       --use-server-modtime                   Use server modified time instead of object metadata
-      --user-agent string                    Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default &quot;rclone/v1.51.0&quot;)
+      --user-agent string                    Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default &quot;rclone/v1.52.0&quot;)
   -v, --verbose count                        Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)</code></pre>
 <h2 id="backend-flags">Backend Flags</h2>
 <p>These flags are available for every command. They control the backends and may be set in the config file.</p>
-<pre><code>      --acd-auth-url string                          Auth server URL.
-      --acd-client-id string                         Amazon Application Client ID.
-      --acd-client-secret string                     Amazon Application Client Secret.
-      --acd-encoding MultiEncoder                    This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix            Files &gt;= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
-      --acd-token-url string                         Token server url.
-      --acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration              Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
-      --alias-remote string                          Remote or path to alias.
-      --azureblob-access-tier string                 Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
-      --azureblob-account string                     Storage Account Name (leave blank to use SAS URL or Emulator)
-      --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Upload chunk size (&lt;= 100MB). (default 4M)
-      --azureblob-encoding MultiEncoder              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8)
-      --azureblob-endpoint string                    Endpoint for the service
-      --azureblob-key string                         Storage Account Key (leave blank to use SAS URL or Emulator)
-      --azureblob-list-chunk int                     Size of blob list. (default 5000)
-      --azureblob-sas-url string                     SAS URL for container level access only
-      --azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (&lt;= 256MB). (default 256M)
-      --azureblob-use-emulator                       Uses local storage emulator if provided as &#39;true&#39; (leave blank if using real azure storage endpoint)
-      --b2-account string                            Account ID or Application Key ID
-      --b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
-      --b2-disable-checksum                          Disable checksums for large (&gt; upload cutoff) files
-      --b2-download-auth-duration Duration           Time before the authorization token will expire in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d. (default 1w)
-      --b2-download-url string                       Custom endpoint for downloads.
-      --b2-encoding MultiEncoder                     This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --b2-endpoint string                           Endpoint for the service.
-      --b2-hard-delete                               Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
-      --b2-key string                                Application Key
-      --b2-test-mode string                          A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
-      --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
-      --b2-versions                                  Include old versions in directory listings.
-      --box-box-config-file string                   Box App config.json location
-      --box-box-sub-type string                       (default &quot;user&quot;)
-      --box-client-id string                         Box App Client Id.
-      --box-client-secret string                     Box App Client Secret
-      --box-commit-retries int                       Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
-      --box-encoding MultiEncoder                    This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                 Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (&gt;= 50MB). (default 50M)
-      --cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration          How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
-      --cache-chunk-no-memory                        Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
-      --cache-chunk-path string                      Directory to cache chunk files. (default &quot;$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend&quot;)
-      --cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
-      --cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix            The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
-      --cache-db-path string                         Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default &quot;$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend&quot;)
-      --cache-db-purge                               Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
-      --cache-db-wait-time Duration                  How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
-      --cache-info-age Duration                      How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
-      --cache-plex-insecure string                   Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-password string                   The password of the Plex user
-      --cache-plex-url string                        The URL of the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-username string                   The username of the Plex user
-      --cache-read-retries int                       How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
-      --cache-remote string                          Remote to cache.
-      --cache-rps int                                Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
-      --cache-tmp-upload-path string                 Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
-      --cache-tmp-wait-time Duration                 How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
-      --cache-workers int                            How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
-      --cache-writes                                 Cache file data on writes through the FS
-      --chunker-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Files larger than chunk size will be split in chunks. (default 2G)
-      --chunker-fail-hard                            Choose how chunker should handle files with missing or invalid chunks.
-      --chunker-hash-type string                     Choose how chunker handles hash sums. All modes but &quot;none&quot; require metadata. (default &quot;md5&quot;)
-      --chunker-meta-format string                   Format of the metadata object or &quot;none&quot;. By default &quot;simplejson&quot;. (default &quot;simplejson&quot;)
-      --chunker-name-format string                   String format of chunk file names. (default &quot;*.rclone_chunk.###&quot;)
-      --chunker-remote string                        Remote to chunk/unchunk.
-      --chunker-start-from int                       Minimum valid chunk number. Usually 0 or 1. (default 1)
-  -L, --copy-links                                   Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
-      --crypt-directory-name-encryption              Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
-      --crypt-filename-encryption string             How to encrypt the filenames. (default &quot;standard&quot;)
-      --crypt-password string                        Password or pass phrase for encryption.
-      --crypt-password2 string                       Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
-      --crypt-remote string                          Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
-      --crypt-show-mapping                           For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
-      --drive-acknowledge-abuse                      Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
-      --drive-allow-import-name-change               Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
-      --drive-alternate-export                       Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
-      --drive-auth-owner-only                        Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
-      --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 &gt;= 256k. (default 8M)
-      --drive-client-id string                       Google Application Client Id
-      --drive-client-secret string                   Google Application Client Secret
-      --drive-disable-http2                          Disable drive using http2 (default true)
-      --drive-encoding MultiEncoder                  This sets the encoding for the backend. (default InvalidUtf8)
-      --drive-export-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default &quot;docx,xlsx,pptx,svg&quot;)
-      --drive-formats string                         Deprecated: see export_formats
-      --drive-impersonate string                     Impersonate this user when using a service account.
-      --drive-import-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
-      --drive-keep-revision-forever                  Keep new head revision of each file forever.
-      --drive-list-chunk int                         Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
-      --drive-pacer-burst int                        Number of API calls to allow without sleeping. (default 100)
-      --drive-pacer-min-sleep Duration               Minimum time to sleep between API calls. (default 100ms)
-      --drive-root-folder-id string                  ID of the root folder
-      --drive-scope string                           Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
-      --drive-server-side-across-configs             Allow server side operations (eg copy) to work across different drive configs.
-      --drive-service-account-credentials string     Service Account Credentials JSON blob
-      --drive-service-account-file string            Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --drive-shared-with-me                         Only show files that are shared with me.
-      --drive-size-as-quota                          Show sizes as storage quota usage, not actual size.
-      --drive-skip-checksum-gphotos                  Skip MD5 checksum on Google photos and videos only.
-      --drive-skip-gdocs                             Skip google documents in all listings.
-      --drive-stop-on-upload-limit                   Make upload limit errors be fatal
-      --drive-team-drive string                      ID of the Team Drive
-      --drive-trashed-only                           Only show files that are in the trash.
-      --drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix               Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
-      --drive-use-created-date                       Use file created date instead of modified date.,
-      --drive-use-shared-date                        Use date file was shared instead of modified date.
-      --drive-use-trash                              Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
-      --drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix        If Object&#39;s are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
-      --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Upload chunk size. (&lt; 150M). (default 48M)
-      --dropbox-client-id string                     Dropbox App Client Id
-      --dropbox-client-secret string                 Dropbox App Client Secret
-      --dropbox-encoding MultiEncoder                This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --dropbox-impersonate string                   Impersonate this user when using a business account.
-      --fichier-api-key string                       Your API Key, get it from https://1fichier.com/console/params.pl
-      --fichier-encoding MultiEncoder                This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,SingleQuote,BackQuote,Dollar,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --fichier-shared-folder string                 If you want to download a shared folder, add this parameter
-      --ftp-concurrency int                          Maximum number of FTP simultaneous connections, 0 for unlimited
-      --ftp-disable-epsv                             Disable using EPSV even if server advertises support
-      --ftp-encoding MultiEncoder                    This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Del,Ctl,RightSpace,Dot)
-      --ftp-host string                              FTP host to connect to
-      --ftp-no-check-certificate                     Do not verify the TLS certificate of the server
-      --ftp-pass string                              FTP password
-      --ftp-port string                              FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
-      --ftp-tls                                      Use FTP over TLS (Implicit)
-      --ftp-user string                              FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
-      --gcs-bucket-acl string                        Access Control List for new buckets.
-      --gcs-bucket-policy-only                       Access checks should use bucket-level IAM policies.
-      --gcs-client-id string                         Google Application Client Id
-      --gcs-client-secret string                     Google Application Client Secret
-      --gcs-encoding MultiEncoder                    This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,CrLf,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --gcs-location string                          Location for the newly created buckets.
-      --gcs-object-acl string                        Access Control List for new objects.
-      --gcs-project-number string                    Project number.
-      --gcs-service-account-file string              Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --gcs-storage-class string                     The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
-      --gphotos-client-id string                     Google Application Client Id
-      --gphotos-client-secret string                 Google Application Client Secret
-      --gphotos-read-only                            Set to make the Google Photos backend read only.
-      --gphotos-read-size                            Set to read the size of media items.
-      --http-headers CommaSepList                    Set HTTP headers for all transactions
-      --http-no-head                                 Don&#39;t use HEAD requests to find file sizes in dir listing
-      --http-no-slash                                Set this if the site doesn&#39;t end directories with /
-      --http-url string                              URL of http host to connect to
-      --hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --hubic-client-id string                       Hubic Client Id
-      --hubic-client-secret string                   Hubic Client Secret
-      --hubic-encoding MultiEncoder                  This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8)
-      --hubic-no-chunk                               Don&#39;t chunk files during streaming upload.
-      --jottacloud-encoding MultiEncoder             This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --jottacloud-hard-delete                       Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix       Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
-      --jottacloud-unlink                            Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
-      --jottacloud-upload-resume-limit SizeSuffix    Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail&#39;s. (default 10M)
-      --koofr-encoding MultiEncoder                  This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --koofr-endpoint string                        The Koofr API endpoint to use (default &quot;https://app.koofr.net&quot;)
-      --koofr-mountid string                         Mount ID of the mount to use. If omitted, the primary mount is used.
-      --koofr-password string                        Your Koofr password for rclone (generate one at https://app.koofr.net/app/admin/preferences/password)
-      --koofr-setmtime                               Does the backend support setting modification time. Set this to false if you use a mount ID that points to a Dropbox or Amazon Drive backend. (default true)
-      --koofr-user string                            Your Koofr user name
-  -l, --links                                        Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a &#39;.rclonelink&#39; extension
-      --local-case-insensitive                       Force the filesystem to report itself as case insensitive
-      --local-case-sensitive                         Force the filesystem to report itself as case sensitive.
-      --local-encoding MultiEncoder                  This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Dot)
-      --local-no-check-updated                       Don&#39;t check to see if the files change during upload
-      --local-no-unicode-normalization               Don&#39;t apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
-      --local-nounc string                           Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
-      --mailru-check-hash                            What should copy do if file checksum is mismatched or invalid (default true)
-      --mailru-encoding MultiEncoder                 This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --mailru-pass string                           Password
-      --mailru-speedup-enable                        Skip full upload if there is another file with same data hash. (default true)
-      --mailru-speedup-file-patterns string          Comma separated list of file name patterns eligible for speedup (put by hash). (default &quot;*.mkv,*.avi,*.mp4,*.mp3,*.zip,*.gz,*.rar,*.pdf&quot;)
-      --mailru-speedup-max-disk SizeSuffix           This option allows you to disable speedup (put by hash) for large files (default 3G)
-      --mailru-speedup-max-memory SizeSuffix         Files larger than the size given below will always be hashed on disk. (default 32M)
-      --mailru-user string                           User name (usually email)
-      --mega-debug                                   Output more debug from Mega.
-      --mega-encoding MultiEncoder                   This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --mega-hard-delete                             Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --mega-pass string                             Password.
-      --mega-user string                             User name
-  -x, --one-file-system                              Don&#39;t cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
-      --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k (327,680 bytes). (default 10M)
-      --onedrive-client-id string                    Microsoft App Client Id
-      --onedrive-client-secret string                Microsoft App Client Secret
-      --onedrive-drive-id string                     The ID of the drive to use
-      --onedrive-drive-type string                   The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
-      --onedrive-encoding MultiEncoder               This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,Hash,Percent,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,LeftTilde,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --onedrive-expose-onenote-files                Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
-      --opendrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Files will be uploaded in chunks this size. (default 10M)
-      --opendrive-encoding MultiEncoder              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,LeftSpace,LeftCrLfHtVt,RightSpace,RightCrLfHtVt,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --opendrive-password string                    Password.
-      --opendrive-username string                    Username
-      --pcloud-client-id string                      Pcloud App Client Id
-      --pcloud-client-secret string                  Pcloud App Client Secret
-      --pcloud-encoding MultiEncoder                 This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --premiumizeme-encoding MultiEncoder           This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,DoubleQuote,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --putio-encoding MultiEncoder                  This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --qingstor-access-key-id string                QingStor Access Key ID
-      --qingstor-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 4M)
-      --qingstor-connection-retries int              Number of connection retries. (default 3)
-      --qingstor-encoding MultiEncoder               This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8)
-      --qingstor-endpoint string                     Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
-      --qingstor-env-auth                            Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
-      --qingstor-secret-access-key string            QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
-      --qingstor-upload-concurrency int              Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 1)
-      --qingstor-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix            Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
-      --qingstor-zone string                         Zone to connect to.
-      --s3-access-key-id string                      AWS Access Key ID.
-      --s3-acl string                                Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
-      --s3-bucket-acl string                         Canned ACL used when creating buckets.
-      --s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
-      --s3-copy-cutoff SizeSuffix                    Cutoff for switching to multipart copy (default 5G)
-      --s3-disable-checksum                          Don&#39;t store MD5 checksum with object metadata
-      --s3-encoding MultiEncoder                     This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --s3-endpoint string                           Endpoint for S3 API.
-      --s3-env-auth                                  Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
-      --s3-force-path-style                          If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
-      --s3-leave-parts-on-error                      If true avoid calling abort upload on a failure, leaving all successfully uploaded parts on S3 for manual recovery.
-      --s3-list-chunk int                            Size of listing chunk (response list for each ListObject S3 request). (default 1000)
-      --s3-location-constraint string                Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
-      --s3-provider string                           Choose your S3 provider.
-      --s3-region string                             Region to connect to.
-      --s3-secret-access-key string                  AWS Secret Access Key (password)
-      --s3-server-side-encryption string             The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
-      --s3-session-token string                      An AWS session token
-      --s3-sse-kms-key-id string                     If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
-      --s3-storage-class string                      The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
-      --s3-upload-concurrency int                    Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 4)
-      --s3-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
-      --s3-use-accelerate-endpoint                   If true use the AWS S3 accelerated endpoint.
-      --s3-v2-auth                                   If true use v2 authentication.
-      --sftp-ask-password                            Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
-      --sftp-disable-hashcheck                       Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
-      --sftp-host string                             SSH host to connect to
-      --sftp-key-file string                         Path to PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank or set key-use-agent to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-key-file-pass string                    The passphrase to decrypt the PEM-encoded private key file.
-      --sftp-key-use-agent                           When set forces the usage of the ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-md5sum-command string                   The command used to read md5 hashes. Leave blank for autodetect.
-      --sftp-pass string                             SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-path-override string                    Override path used by SSH connection.
-      --sftp-port string                             SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
-      --sftp-set-modtime                             Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
-      --sftp-sha1sum-command string                  The command used to read sha1 hashes. Leave blank for autodetect.
-      --sftp-skip-links                              Set to skip any symlinks and any other non regular files.
-      --sftp-use-insecure-cipher                     Enable the use of insecure ciphers and key exchange methods.
-      --sftp-user string                             SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
-      --sharefile-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 &gt;= 256k. (default 64M)
-      --sharefile-encoding MultiEncoder              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Ctl,LeftSpace,LeftPeriod,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --sharefile-endpoint string                    Endpoint for API calls.
-      --sharefile-root-folder-id string              ID of the root folder
-      --sharefile-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 128M)
-      --skip-links                                   Don&#39;t warn about skipped symlinks.
-      --sugarsync-access-key-id string               Sugarsync Access Key ID.
-      --sugarsync-app-id string                      Sugarsync App ID.
-      --sugarsync-authorization string               Sugarsync authorization
-      --sugarsync-authorization-expiry string        Sugarsync authorization expiry
-      --sugarsync-deleted-id string                  Sugarsync deleted folder id
-      --sugarsync-encoding MultiEncoder              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --sugarsync-hard-delete                        Permanently delete files if true
-      --sugarsync-private-access-key string          Sugarsync Private Access Key
-      --sugarsync-refresh-token string               Sugarsync refresh token
-      --sugarsync-root-id string                     Sugarsync root id
-      --sugarsync-user string                        Sugarsync user
-      --swift-application-credential-id string       Application Credential ID (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID)
-      --swift-application-credential-name string     Application Credential Name (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME)
-      --swift-application-credential-secret string   Application Credential Secret (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET)
-      --swift-auth string                            Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
-      --swift-auth-token string                      Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
-      --swift-auth-version int                       AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
-      --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --swift-domain string                          User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-encoding MultiEncoder                  This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8)
-      --swift-endpoint-type string                   Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default &quot;public&quot;)
-      --swift-env-auth                               Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
-      --swift-key string                             API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
-      --swift-no-chunk                               Don&#39;t chunk files during streaming upload.
-      --swift-region string                          Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
-      --swift-storage-policy string                  The storage policy to use when creating a new container
-      --swift-storage-url string                     Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
-      --swift-tenant string                          Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-domain string                   Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-id string                       Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
-      --swift-user string                            User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
-      --swift-user-id string                         User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
-      --union-remotes string                         List of space separated remotes.
-      --webdav-bearer-token string                   Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
-      --webdav-bearer-token-command string           Command to run to get a bearer token
-      --webdav-pass string                           Password.
-      --webdav-url string                            URL of http host to connect to
-      --webdav-user string                           User name
-      --webdav-vendor string                         Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
-      --yandex-client-id string                      Yandex Client Id
-      --yandex-client-secret string                  Yandex Client Secret
-      --yandex-encoding MultiEncoder                 This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --yandex-unlink                                Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.</code></pre>
+<pre><code>      --acd-auth-url string                                      Auth server URL.
+      --acd-client-id string                                     Amazon Application Client ID.
+      --acd-client-secret string                                 Amazon Application Client Secret.
+      --acd-encoding MultiEncoder                                This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix                        Files &gt;= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
+      --acd-token-url string                                     Token server url.
+      --acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration                          Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
+      --alias-remote string                                      Remote or path to alias.
+      --azureblob-access-tier string                             Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
+      --azureblob-account string                                 Storage Account Name (leave blank to use SAS URL or Emulator)
+      --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix                          Upload chunk size (&lt;= 100MB). (default 4M)
+      --azureblob-disable-checksum                               Don&#39;t store MD5 checksum with object metadata.
+      --azureblob-encoding MultiEncoder                          This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8)
+      --azureblob-endpoint string                                Endpoint for the service
+      --azureblob-key string                                     Storage Account Key (leave blank to use SAS URL or Emulator)
+      --azureblob-list-chunk int                                 Size of blob list. (default 5000)
+      --azureblob-memory-pool-flush-time Duration                How often internal memory buffer pools will be flushed. (default 1m0s)
+      --azureblob-memory-pool-use-mmap                           Whether to use mmap buffers in internal memory pool.
+      --azureblob-sas-url string                                 SAS URL for container level access only
+      --azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                       Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (&lt;= 256MB). (default 256M)
+      --azureblob-use-emulator                                   Uses local storage emulator if provided as &#39;true&#39; (leave blank if using real azure storage endpoint)
+      --b2-account string                                        Account ID or Application Key ID
+      --b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix                                 Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
+      --b2-disable-checksum                                      Disable checksums for large (&gt; upload cutoff) files
+      --b2-download-auth-duration Duration                       Time before the authorization token will expire in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d. (default 1w)
+      --b2-download-url string                                   Custom endpoint for downloads.
+      --b2-encoding MultiEncoder                                 This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --b2-endpoint string                                       Endpoint for the service.
+      --b2-hard-delete                                           Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
+      --b2-key string                                            Application Key
+      --b2-test-mode string                                      A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
+      --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                              Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
+      --b2-versions                                              Include old versions in directory listings.
+      --box-box-config-file string                               Box App config.json location
+      --box-box-sub-type string                                   (default &quot;user&quot;)
+      --box-client-id string                                     Box App Client Id.
+      --box-client-secret string                                 Box App Client Secret
+      --box-commit-retries int                                   Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
+      --box-encoding MultiEncoder                                This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --box-root-folder-id string                                Fill in for rclone to use a non root folder as its starting point.
+      --box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                             Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (&gt;= 50MB). (default 50M)
+      --cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration                      How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
+      --cache-chunk-no-memory                                    Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
+      --cache-chunk-path string                                  Directory to cache chunk files. (default &quot;$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend&quot;)
+      --cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix                              The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
+      --cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix                        The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
+      --cache-db-path string                                     Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default &quot;$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend&quot;)
+      --cache-db-purge                                           Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
+      --cache-db-wait-time Duration                              How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
+      --cache-info-age Duration                                  How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
+      --cache-plex-insecure string                               Skip all certificate verification when connecting to the Plex server
+      --cache-plex-password string                               The password of the Plex user
+      --cache-plex-url string                                    The URL of the Plex server
+      --cache-plex-username string                               The username of the Plex user
+      --cache-read-retries int                                   How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
+      --cache-remote string                                      Remote to cache.
+      --cache-rps int                                            Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
+      --cache-tmp-upload-path string                             Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
+      --cache-tmp-wait-time Duration                             How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
+      --cache-workers int                                        How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
+      --cache-writes                                             Cache file data on writes through the FS
+      --chunker-chunk-size SizeSuffix                            Files larger than chunk size will be split in chunks. (default 2G)
+      --chunker-fail-hard                                        Choose how chunker should handle files with missing or invalid chunks.
+      --chunker-hash-type string                                 Choose how chunker handles hash sums. All modes but &quot;none&quot; require metadata. (default &quot;md5&quot;)
+      --chunker-meta-format string                               Format of the metadata object or &quot;none&quot;. By default &quot;simplejson&quot;. (default &quot;simplejson&quot;)
+      --chunker-name-format string                               String format of chunk file names. (default &quot;*.rclone_chunk.###&quot;)
+      --chunker-remote string                                    Remote to chunk/unchunk.
+      --chunker-start-from int                                   Minimum valid chunk number. Usually 0 or 1. (default 1)
+  -L, --copy-links                                               Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
+      --crypt-directory-name-encryption                          Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
+      --crypt-filename-encryption string                         How to encrypt the filenames. (default &quot;standard&quot;)
+      --crypt-password string                                    Password or pass phrase for encryption.
+      --crypt-password2 string                                   Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
+      --crypt-remote string                                      Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
+      --crypt-show-mapping                                       For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
+      --drive-acknowledge-abuse                                  Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
+      --drive-allow-import-name-change                           Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
+      --drive-alternate-export                                   Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
+      --drive-auth-owner-only                                    Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
+      --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                              Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 &gt;= 256k. (default 8M)
+      --drive-client-id string                                   Google Application Client Id
+      --drive-client-secret string                               Google Application Client Secret
+      --drive-disable-http2                                      Disable drive using http2 (default true)
+      --drive-encoding MultiEncoder                              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default InvalidUtf8)
+      --drive-export-formats string                              Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default &quot;docx,xlsx,pptx,svg&quot;)
+      --drive-formats string                                     Deprecated: see export_formats
+      --drive-impersonate string                                 Impersonate this user when using a service account.
+      --drive-import-formats string                              Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
+      --drive-keep-revision-forever                              Keep new head revision of each file forever.
+      --drive-list-chunk int                                     Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
+      --drive-pacer-burst int                                    Number of API calls to allow without sleeping. (default 100)
+      --drive-pacer-min-sleep Duration                           Minimum time to sleep between API calls. (default 100ms)
+      --drive-root-folder-id string                              ID of the root folder
+      --drive-scope string                                       Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
+      --drive-server-side-across-configs                         Allow server side operations (eg copy) to work across different drive configs.
+      --drive-service-account-credentials string                 Service Account Credentials JSON blob
+      --drive-service-account-file string                        Service Account Credentials JSON file path
+      --drive-shared-with-me                                     Only show files that are shared with me.
+      --drive-size-as-quota                                      Show sizes as storage quota usage, not actual size.
+      --drive-skip-checksum-gphotos                              Skip MD5 checksum on Google photos and videos only.
+      --drive-skip-gdocs                                         Skip google documents in all listings.
+      --drive-skip-shortcuts                                     If set skip shortcut files
+      --drive-stop-on-upload-limit                               Make upload limit errors be fatal
+      --drive-team-drive string                                  ID of the Team Drive
+      --drive-trashed-only                                       Only show files that are in the trash.
+      --drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
+      --drive-use-created-date                                   Use file created date instead of modified date.,
+      --drive-use-shared-date                                    Use date file was shared instead of modified date.
+      --drive-use-trash                                          Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
+      --drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix                    If Object&#39;s are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
+      --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix                            Upload chunk size. (&lt; 150M). (default 48M)
+      --dropbox-client-id string                                 Dropbox App Client Id
+      --dropbox-client-secret string                             Dropbox App Client Secret
+      --dropbox-encoding MultiEncoder                            This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --dropbox-impersonate string                               Impersonate this user when using a business account.
+      --fichier-api-key string                                   Your API Key, get it from https://1fichier.com/console/params.pl
+      --fichier-encoding MultiEncoder                            This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,SingleQuote,BackQuote,Dollar,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --fichier-shared-folder string                             If you want to download a shared folder, add this parameter
+      --ftp-concurrency int                                      Maximum number of FTP simultaneous connections, 0 for unlimited
+      --ftp-disable-epsv                                         Disable using EPSV even if server advertises support
+      --ftp-encoding MultiEncoder                                This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Del,Ctl,RightSpace,Dot)
+      --ftp-host string                                          FTP host to connect to
+      --ftp-no-check-certificate                                 Do not verify the TLS certificate of the server
+      --ftp-pass string                                          FTP password
+      --ftp-port string                                          FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
+      --ftp-tls                                                  Use FTP over TLS (Implicit)
+      --ftp-user string                                          FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
+      --gcs-bucket-acl string                                    Access Control List for new buckets.
+      --gcs-bucket-policy-only                                   Access checks should use bucket-level IAM policies.
+      --gcs-client-id string                                     Google Application Client Id
+      --gcs-client-secret string                                 Google Application Client Secret
+      --gcs-encoding MultiEncoder                                This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,CrLf,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --gcs-location string                                      Location for the newly created buckets.
+      --gcs-object-acl string                                    Access Control List for new objects.
+      --gcs-project-number string                                Project number.
+      --gcs-service-account-file string                          Service Account Credentials JSON file path
+      --gcs-storage-class string                                 The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
+      --gphotos-client-id string                                 Google Application Client Id
+      --gphotos-client-secret string                             Google Application Client Secret
+      --gphotos-read-only                                        Set to make the Google Photos backend read only.
+      --gphotos-read-size                                        Set to read the size of media items.
+      --gphotos-start-year int                                   Year limits the photos to be downloaded to those which are uploaded after the given year (default 2000)
+      --http-headers CommaSepList                                Set HTTP headers for all transactions
+      --http-no-head                                             Don&#39;t use HEAD requests to find file sizes in dir listing
+      --http-no-slash                                            Set this if the site doesn&#39;t end directories with /
+      --http-url string                                          URL of http host to connect to
+      --hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix                              Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
+      --hubic-client-id string                                   Hubic Client Id
+      --hubic-client-secret string                               Hubic Client Secret
+      --hubic-encoding MultiEncoder                              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8)
+      --hubic-no-chunk                                           Don&#39;t chunk files during streaming upload.
+      --jottacloud-encoding MultiEncoder                         This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --jottacloud-hard-delete                                   Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
+      --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix                   Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
+      --jottacloud-trashed-only                                  Only show files that are in the trash.
+      --jottacloud-unlink                                        Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
+      --jottacloud-upload-resume-limit SizeSuffix                Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail&#39;s. (default 10M)
+      --koofr-encoding MultiEncoder                              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --koofr-endpoint string                                    The Koofr API endpoint to use (default &quot;https://app.koofr.net&quot;)
+      --koofr-mountid string                                     Mount ID of the mount to use. If omitted, the primary mount is used.
+      --koofr-password string                                    Your Koofr password for rclone (generate one at https://app.koofr.net/app/admin/preferences/password)
+      --koofr-setmtime                                           Does the backend support setting modification time. Set this to false if you use a mount ID that points to a Dropbox or Amazon Drive backend. (default true)
+      --koofr-user string                                        Your Koofr user name
+  -l, --links                                                    Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a &#39;.rclonelink&#39; extension
+      --local-case-insensitive                                   Force the filesystem to report itself as case insensitive
+      --local-case-sensitive                                     Force the filesystem to report itself as case sensitive.
+      --local-encoding MultiEncoder                              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Dot)
+      --local-no-check-updated                                   Don&#39;t check to see if the files change during upload
+      --local-no-sparse                                          Disable sparse files for multi-thread downloads
+      --local-no-unicode-normalization                           Don&#39;t apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
+      --local-nounc string                                       Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
+      --mailru-check-hash                                        What should copy do if file checksum is mismatched or invalid (default true)
+      --mailru-encoding MultiEncoder                             This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --mailru-pass string                                       Password
+      --mailru-speedup-enable                                    Skip full upload if there is another file with same data hash. (default true)
+      --mailru-speedup-file-patterns string                      Comma separated list of file name patterns eligible for speedup (put by hash). (default &quot;*.mkv,*.avi,*.mp4,*.mp3,*.zip,*.gz,*.rar,*.pdf&quot;)
+      --mailru-speedup-max-disk SizeSuffix                       This option allows you to disable speedup (put by hash) for large files (default 3G)
+      --mailru-speedup-max-memory SizeSuffix                     Files larger than the size given below will always be hashed on disk. (default 32M)
+      --mailru-user string                                       User name (usually email)
+      --mega-debug                                               Output more debug from Mega.
+      --mega-encoding MultiEncoder                               This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --mega-hard-delete                                         Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
+      --mega-pass string                                         Password.
+      --mega-user string                                         User name
+  -x, --one-file-system                                          Don&#39;t cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
+      --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                           Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k (327,680 bytes). (default 10M)
+      --onedrive-client-id string                                Microsoft App Client Id
+      --onedrive-client-secret string                            Microsoft App Client Secret
+      --onedrive-drive-id string                                 The ID of the drive to use
+      --onedrive-drive-type string                               The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
+      --onedrive-encoding MultiEncoder                           This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,Hash,Percent,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,LeftTilde,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --onedrive-expose-onenote-files                            Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
+      --onedrive-server-side-across-configs                      Allow server side operations (eg copy) to work across different onedrive configs.
+      --opendrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                          Files will be uploaded in chunks this size. (default 10M)
+      --opendrive-encoding MultiEncoder                          This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,LeftSpace,LeftCrLfHtVt,RightSpace,RightCrLfHtVt,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --opendrive-password string                                Password.
+      --opendrive-username string                                Username
+      --pcloud-client-id string                                  Pcloud App Client Id
+      --pcloud-client-secret string                              Pcloud App Client Secret
+      --pcloud-encoding MultiEncoder                             This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --pcloud-root-folder-id string                             Fill in for rclone to use a non root folder as its starting point. (default &quot;d0&quot;)
+      --premiumizeme-encoding MultiEncoder                       This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,DoubleQuote,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --putio-encoding MultiEncoder                              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --qingstor-access-key-id string                            QingStor Access Key ID
+      --qingstor-chunk-size SizeSuffix                           Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 4M)
+      --qingstor-connection-retries int                          Number of connection retries. (default 3)
+      --qingstor-encoding MultiEncoder                           This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8)
+      --qingstor-endpoint string                                 Enter an endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
+      --qingstor-env-auth                                        Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
+      --qingstor-secret-access-key string                        QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
+      --qingstor-upload-concurrency int                          Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 1)
+      --qingstor-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                        Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
+      --qingstor-zone string                                     Zone to connect to.
+      --s3-access-key-id string                                  AWS Access Key ID.
+      --s3-acl string                                            Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
+      --s3-bucket-acl string                                     Canned ACL used when creating buckets.
+      --s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix                                 Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
+      --s3-copy-cutoff SizeSuffix                                Cutoff for switching to multipart copy (default 5G)
+      --s3-disable-checksum                                      Don&#39;t store MD5 checksum with object metadata
+      --s3-encoding MultiEncoder                                 This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --s3-endpoint string                                       Endpoint for S3 API.
+      --s3-env-auth                                              Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
+      --s3-force-path-style                                      If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
+      --s3-leave-parts-on-error                                  If true avoid calling abort upload on a failure, leaving all successfully uploaded parts on S3 for manual recovery.
+      --s3-list-chunk int                                        Size of listing chunk (response list for each ListObject S3 request). (default 1000)
+      --s3-location-constraint string                            Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
+      --s3-memory-pool-flush-time Duration                       How often internal memory buffer pools will be flushed. (default 1m0s)
+      --s3-memory-pool-use-mmap                                  Whether to use mmap buffers in internal memory pool.
+      --s3-provider string                                       Choose your S3 provider.
+      --s3-region string                                         Region to connect to.
+      --s3-secret-access-key string                              AWS Secret Access Key (password)
+      --s3-server-side-encryption string                         The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
+      --s3-session-token string                                  An AWS session token
+      --s3-sse-customer-algorithm string                         If using SSE-C, the server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
+      --s3-sse-customer-key string                               If using SSE-C you must provide the secret encryption key used to encrypt/decrypt your data.
+      --s3-sse-customer-key-md5 string                           If using SSE-C you must provide the secret encryption key MD5 checksum.
+      --s3-sse-kms-key-id string                                 If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
+      --s3-storage-class string                                  The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
+      --s3-upload-concurrency int                                Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 4)
+      --s3-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                              Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
+      --s3-use-accelerate-endpoint                               If true use the AWS S3 accelerated endpoint.
+      --s3-v2-auth                                               If true use v2 authentication.
+      --seafile-2fa                                              Two-factor authentication (&#39;true&#39; if the account has 2FA enabled)
+      --seafile-create-library                                   Should rclone create a library if it doesn&#39;t exist
+      --seafile-encoding MultiEncoder                            This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,DoubleQuote,BackSlash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8)
+      --seafile-library string                                   Name of the library. Leave blank to access all non-encrypted libraries.
+      --seafile-library-key string                               Library password (for encrypted libraries only). Leave blank if you pass it through the command line.
+      --seafile-pass string                                      Password
+      --seafile-url string                                       URL of seafile host to connect to
+      --seafile-user string                                      User name (usually email address)
+      --sftp-ask-password                                        Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
+      --sftp-disable-hashcheck                                   Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
+      --sftp-host string                                         SSH host to connect to
+      --sftp-key-file string                                     Path to PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank or set key-use-agent to use ssh-agent.
+      --sftp-key-file-pass string                                The passphrase to decrypt the PEM-encoded private key file.
+      --sftp-key-pem string                                      Raw PEM-encoded private key, If specified, will override key_file parameter.
+      --sftp-key-use-agent                                       When set forces the usage of the ssh-agent.
+      --sftp-md5sum-command string                               The command used to read md5 hashes. Leave blank for autodetect.
+      --sftp-pass string                                         SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
+      --sftp-path-override string                                Override path used by SSH connection.
+      --sftp-port string                                         SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
+      --sftp-set-modtime                                         Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
+      --sftp-sha1sum-command string                              The command used to read sha1 hashes. Leave blank for autodetect.
+      --sftp-skip-links                                          Set to skip any symlinks and any other non regular files.
+      --sftp-use-insecure-cipher                                 Enable the use of insecure ciphers and key exchange methods.
+      --sftp-user string                                         SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
+      --sharefile-chunk-size SizeSuffix                          Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 &gt;= 256k. (default 64M)
+      --sharefile-encoding MultiEncoder                          This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Ctl,LeftSpace,LeftPeriod,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --sharefile-endpoint string                                Endpoint for API calls.
+      --sharefile-root-folder-id string                          ID of the root folder
+      --sharefile-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                       Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 128M)
+      --skip-links                                               Don&#39;t warn about skipped symlinks.
+      --sugarsync-access-key-id string                           Sugarsync Access Key ID.
+      --sugarsync-app-id string                                  Sugarsync App ID.
+      --sugarsync-authorization string                           Sugarsync authorization
+      --sugarsync-authorization-expiry string                    Sugarsync authorization expiry
+      --sugarsync-deleted-id string                              Sugarsync deleted folder id
+      --sugarsync-encoding MultiEncoder                          This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --sugarsync-hard-delete                                    Permanently delete files if true
+      --sugarsync-private-access-key string                      Sugarsync Private Access Key
+      --sugarsync-refresh-token string                           Sugarsync refresh token
+      --sugarsync-root-id string                                 Sugarsync root id
+      --sugarsync-user string                                    Sugarsync user
+      --swift-application-credential-id string                   Application Credential ID (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID)
+      --swift-application-credential-name string                 Application Credential Name (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME)
+      --swift-application-credential-secret string               Application Credential Secret (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET)
+      --swift-auth string                                        Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
+      --swift-auth-token string                                  Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
+      --swift-auth-version int                                   AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
+      --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix                              Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
+      --swift-domain string                                      User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
+      --swift-encoding MultiEncoder                              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8)
+      --swift-endpoint-type string                               Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default &quot;public&quot;)
+      --swift-env-auth                                           Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
+      --swift-key string                                         API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
+      --swift-no-chunk                                           Don&#39;t chunk files during streaming upload.
+      --swift-region string                                      Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
+      --swift-storage-policy string                              The storage policy to use when creating a new container
+      --swift-storage-url string                                 Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
+      --swift-tenant string                                      Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
+      --swift-tenant-domain string                               Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
+      --swift-tenant-id string                                   Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
+      --swift-user string                                        User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
+      --swift-user-id string                                     User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
+      --tardigrade-access-grant string                           Access Grant.
+      --tardigrade-api-key string                                API Key.
+      --tardigrade-passphrase string                             Encryption Passphrase. To access existing objects enter passphrase used for uploading.
+      --tardigrade-provider string                               Choose an authentication method. (default &quot;existing&quot;)
+      --tardigrade-satellite-address &lt;nodeid&gt;@&lt;address&gt;:&lt;port&gt;   Satellite Address. Custom satellite address should match the format: &lt;nodeid&gt;@&lt;address&gt;:&lt;port&gt;. (default &quot;us-central-1.tardigrade.io&quot;)
+      --union-action-policy string                               Policy to choose upstream on ACTION category. (default &quot;epall&quot;)
+      --union-cache-time int                                     Cache time of usage and free space (in seconds). This option is only useful when a path preserving policy is used. (default 120)
+      --union-create-policy string                               Policy to choose upstream on CREATE category. (default &quot;epmfs&quot;)
+      --union-search-policy string                               Policy to choose upstream on SEARCH category. (default &quot;ff&quot;)
+      --union-upstreams string                                   List of space separated upstreams.
+      --webdav-bearer-token string                               Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
+      --webdav-bearer-token-command string                       Command to run to get a bearer token
+      --webdav-pass string                                       Password.
+      --webdav-url string                                        URL of http host to connect to
+      --webdav-user string                                       User name
+      --webdav-vendor string                                     Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
+      --yandex-client-id string                                  Yandex Client Id
+      --yandex-client-secret string                              Yandex Client Secret
+      --yandex-encoding MultiEncoder                             This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --yandex-unlink                                            Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.</code></pre>
 <h2 id="fichier">1Fichier</h2>
-<p>This is a backend for the <a href="https://1fichier.com">1ficher</a> cloud storage service. Note that a Premium subscription is required to use the API.</p>
+<p>This is a backend for the <a href="https://1fichier.com">1fichier</a> cloud storage service. Note that a Premium subscription is required to use the API.</p>
 <p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:path</code></p>
 <p>Paths may be as deep as required, eg <code>remote:directory/subdirectory</code>.</p>
 <p>The initial setup for 1Fichier involves getting the API key from the website which you need to do in your browser.</p>
@@ -5623,7 +6248,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <p>1Fichier can have two files with exactly the same name and path (unlike a normal file system).</p>
 <p>Duplicated files cause problems with the syncing and you will see messages in the log about duplicates.</p>
 <h4 id="restricted-filename-characters">Restricted filename characters</h4>
-<p>In addition to the <a href="/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p>
+<p>In addition to the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p>
 <table>
 <thead>
 <tr class="header">
@@ -5670,7 +6295,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </tr>
 </tbody>
 </table>
-<p>File names can also not start or end with the following characters. These only get replaced if they are first or last character in the name:</p>
+<p>File names can also not start or end with the following characters. These only get replaced if they are the first or last character in the name:</p>
 <table>
 <thead>
 <tr class="header">
@@ -5687,8 +6312,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </tr>
 </tbody>
 </table>
-<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/fichier/fichier.go then run make backenddocs -->
+<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
 <h3 id="standard-options">Standard Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the standard options specific to fichier (1Fichier).</p>
 <h4 id="fichier-api-key">–fichier-api-key</h4>
@@ -5711,21 +6335,20 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </ul>
 <h4 id="fichier-encoding">–fichier-encoding</h4>
 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p>
-<p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
+<p>See: the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
 <ul>
 <li>Config: encoding</li>
 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_FICHIER_ENCODING</li>
 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li>
 <li>Default: Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,SingleQuote,BackQuote,Dollar,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot</li>
 </ul>
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 <h2 id="alias">Alias</h2>
 <p>The <code>alias</code> remote provides a new name for another remote.</p>
 <p>Paths may be as deep as required or a local path, eg <code>remote:directory/subdirectory</code> or <code>/directory/subdirectory</code>.</p>
 <p>During the initial setup with <code>rclone config</code> you will specify the target remote. The target remote can either be a local path or another remote.</p>
-<p>Subfolders can be used in target remote. Assume a alias remote named <code>backup</code> with the target <code>mydrive:private/backup</code>. Invoking <code>rclone mkdir backup:desktop</code> is exactly the same as invoking <code>rclone mkdir mydrive:private/backup/desktop</code>.</p>
+<p>Subfolders can be used in target remote. Assume an alias remote named <code>backup</code> with the target <code>mydrive:private/backup</code>. Invoking <code>rclone mkdir backup:desktop</code> is exactly the same as invoking <code>rclone mkdir mydrive:private/backup/desktop</code>.</p>
 <p>There will be no special handling of paths containing <code>..</code> segments. Invoking <code>rclone mkdir backup:../desktop</code> is exactly the same as invoking <code>rclone mkdir mydrive:private/backup/../desktop</code>. The empty path is not allowed as a remote. To alias the current directory use <code>.</code> instead.</p>
-<p>Here is an example of how to make a alias called <code>remote</code> for local folder. First run:</p>
+<p>Here is an example of how to make an alias called <code>remote</code> for local folder. First run:</p>
 <pre><code> rclone config</code></pre>
 <p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p>
 <pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one
@@ -5774,7 +6397,6 @@ e/n/d/r/c/s/q&gt; q</code></pre>
 <pre><code>rclone ls remote:</code></pre>
 <p>Copy another local directory to the alias directory called source</p>
 <pre><code>rclone copy /home/source remote:source</code></pre>
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/alias/alias.go then run make backenddocs -->
 <h3 id="standard-options-1">Standard Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the standard options specific to alias (Alias for an existing remote).</p>
 <h4 id="alias-remote">–alias-remote</h4>
@@ -5785,7 +6407,6 @@ e/n/d/r/c/s/q&gt; q</code></pre>
 <li>Type: string</li>
 <li>Default: ""</li>
 </ul>
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 <h2 id="amazon-drive">Amazon Drive</h2>
 <p>Amazon Drive, formerly known as Amazon Cloud Drive, is a cloud storage service run by Amazon for consumers.</p>
 <h2 id="status">Status</h2>
@@ -5795,7 +6416,7 @@ e/n/d/r/c/s/q&gt; q</code></pre>
 <h2 id="setup">Setup</h2>
 <p>The initial setup for Amazon Drive involves getting a token from Amazon which you need to do in your browser. <code>rclone config</code> walks you through it.</p>
 <p>The configuration process for Amazon Drive may involve using an <a href="https://github.com/ncw/oauthproxy">oauth proxy</a>. This is used to keep the Amazon credentials out of the source code. The proxy runs in Google’s very secure App Engine environment and doesn’t store any credentials which pass through it.</p>
-<p>Since rclone doesn’t currently have its own Amazon Drive credentials so you will either need to have your own <code>client_id</code> and <code>client_secret</code> with Amazon Drive, or use a a third party ouath proxy in which case you will need to enter <code>client_id</code>, <code>client_secret</code>, <code>auth_url</code> and <code>token_url</code>.</p>
+<p>Since rclone doesn’t currently have its own Amazon Drive credentials so you will either need to have your own <code>client_id</code> and <code>client_secret</code> with Amazon Drive, or use a third party oauth proxy in which case you will need to enter <code>client_id</code>, <code>client_secret</code>, <code>auth_url</code> and <code>token_url</code>.</p>
 <p>Note also if you are not using Amazon’s <code>auth_url</code> and <code>token_url</code>, (ie you filled in something for those) then if setting up on a remote machine you can only use the <a href="https://rclone.org/remote_setup/#configuring-by-copying-the-config-file">copying the config method of configuration</a> - <code>rclone authorize</code> will not work.</p>
 <p>Here is an example of how to make a remote called <code>remote</code>. First run:</p>
 <pre><code> rclone config</code></pre>
@@ -5881,12 +6502,11 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </tr>
 </tbody>
 </table>
-<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
+<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
 <h3 id="deleting-files">Deleting files</h3>
 <p>Any files you delete with rclone will end up in the trash. Amazon don’t provide an API to permanently delete files, nor to empty the trash, so you will have to do that with one of Amazon’s apps or via the Amazon Drive website. As of November 17, 2016, files are automatically deleted by Amazon from the trash after 30 days.</p>
 <h3 id="using-with-non-.com-amazon-accounts">Using with non <code>.com</code> Amazon accounts</h3>
 <p>Let’s say you usually use <code>amazon.co.uk</code>. When you authenticate with rclone it will take you to an <code>amazon.com</code> page to log in. Your <code>amazon.co.uk</code> email and password should work here just fine.</p>
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/amazonclouddrive/amazonclouddrive.go then run make backenddocs -->
 <h3 id="standard-options-2">Standard Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the standard options specific to amazon cloud drive (Amazon Drive).</p>
 <h4 id="acd-client-id">–acd-client-id</h4>
@@ -5956,14 +6576,13 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </ul>
 <h4 id="acd-encoding">–acd-encoding</h4>
 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p>
-<p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
+<p>See: the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
 <ul>
 <li>Config: encoding</li>
 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_ACD_ENCODING</li>
 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li>
 <li>Default: Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot</li>
 </ul>
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 <h3 id="limitations-2">Limitations</h3>
 <p>Note that Amazon Drive is case insensitive so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and one called “hello.doc”.</p>
 <p>Amazon Drive has rate limiting so you may notice errors in the sync (429 errors). rclone will automatically retry the sync up to 3 times by default (see <code>--retries</code> flag) which should hopefully work around this problem.</p>
@@ -5981,6 +6600,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <li>IBM COS S3</li>
 <li>Minio</li>
 <li>Scaleway</li>
+<li>StackPath</li>
 <li>Wasabi</li>
 </ul>
 <p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:bucket</code> (or <code>remote:</code> for the <code>lsd</code> command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg <code>remote:bucket/path/to/dir</code>.</p>
@@ -6190,7 +6810,7 @@ e) Edit this remote
 d) Delete this remote
 y/e/d&gt; </code></pre>
 <h3 id="fast-list-1">–fast-list</h3>
-<p>This remote supports <code>--fast-list</code> which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the <a href="/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p>
+<p>This remote supports <code>--fast-list</code> which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the <a href="https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p>
 <h3 id="update-and-use-server-modtime">–update and –use-server-modtime</h3>
 <p>As noted below, the modified time is stored on metadata on the object. It is used by default for all operations that require checking the time a file was last updated. It allows rclone to treat the remote more like a true filesystem, but it is inefficient because it requires an extra API call to retrieve the metadata.</p>
 <p>For many operations, the time the object was last uploaded to the remote is sufficient to determine if it is “dirty”. By using <code>--update</code> along with <code>--use-server-modtime</code>, you can avoid the extra API call and simply upload files whose local modtime is newer than the time it was last uploaded.</p>
@@ -6199,7 +6819,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; </code></pre>
 <p>If the modification time needs to be updated rclone will attempt to perform a server side copy to update the modification if the object can be copied in a single part. In the case the object is larger than 5Gb or is in Glacier or Glacier Deep Archive storage the object will be uploaded rather than copied.</p>
 <h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-2">Restricted filename characters</h4>
 <p>S3 allows any valid UTF-8 string as a key.</p>
-<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in XML.</p>
+<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will be <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in XML.</p>
 <p>The following characters are replaced since these are problematic when dealing with the REST API:</p>
 <table>
 <thead>
@@ -6335,7 +6955,6 @@ y/e/d&gt; </code></pre>
 <pre><code>2017/09/11 19:07:43 Failed to sync: failed to open source object: Object in GLACIER, restore first: path/to/file</code></pre>
 <p>In this case you need to <a href="http://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/user-guide/restore-archived-objects.html">restore</a> the object(s) in question before using rclone.</p>
 <p>Note that rclone only speaks the S3 API it does not speak the Glacier Vault API, so rclone cannot directly access Glacier Vaults.</p>
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/s3/s3.go then run make backenddocs -->
 <h3 id="standard-options-3">Standard Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the standard options specific to s3 (Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Provider (AWS, Alibaba, Ceph, Digital Ocean, Dreamhost, IBM COS, Minio, etc)).</p>
 <h4 id="s3-provider">–s3-provider</h4>
@@ -6379,6 +6998,10 @@ y/e/d&gt; </code></pre>
 <ul>
 <li>Netease Object Storage (NOS)</li>
 </ul></li>
+<li>“StackPath”
+<ul>
+<li>StackPath Object Storage</li>
+</ul></li>
 <li>“Wasabi”
 <ul>
 <li>Wasabi Object Storage</li>
@@ -6778,6 +7401,29 @@ y/e/d&gt; </code></pre>
 </ul></li>
 </ul>
 <h4 id="s3-endpoint-3">–s3-endpoint</h4>
+<p>Endpoint for StackPath Object Storage.</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Config: endpoint</li>
+<li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENDPOINT</li>
+<li>Type: string</li>
+<li>Default: ""</li>
+<li>Examples:
+<ul>
+<li>“s3.us-east-2.stackpathstorage.com”
+<ul>
+<li>US East Endpoint</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>“s3.us-west-1.stackpathstorage.com”
+<ul>
+<li>US West Endpoint</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>“s3.eu-central-1.stackpathstorage.com”
+<ul>
+<li>EU Endpoint</li>
+</ul></li>
+</ul></li>
+</ul>
+<h4 id="s3-endpoint-4">–s3-endpoint</h4>
 <p>Endpoint for S3 API. Required when using an S3 clone.</p>
 <ul>
 <li>Config: endpoint</li>
@@ -7239,6 +7885,55 @@ y/e/d&gt; </code></pre>
 </ul></li>
 </ul></li>
 </ul>
+<h4 id="s3-sse-customer-algorithm">–s3-sse-customer-algorithm</h4>
+<p>If using SSE-C, the server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Config: sse_customer_algorithm</li>
+<li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SSE_CUSTOMER_ALGORITHM</li>
+<li>Type: string</li>
+<li>Default: ""</li>
+<li>Examples:
+<ul>
+<li>""
+<ul>
+<li>None</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>“AES256”
+<ul>
+<li>AES256</li>
+</ul></li>
+</ul></li>
+</ul>
+<h4 id="s3-sse-customer-key">–s3-sse-customer-key</h4>
+<p>If using SSE-C you must provide the secret encryption key used to encrypt/decrypt your data.</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Config: sse_customer_key</li>
+<li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SSE_CUSTOMER_KEY</li>
+<li>Type: string</li>
+<li>Default: ""</li>
+<li>Examples:
+<ul>
+<li>""
+<ul>
+<li>None</li>
+</ul></li>
+</ul></li>
+</ul>
+<h4 id="s3-sse-customer-key-md5">–s3-sse-customer-key-md5</h4>
+<p>If using SSE-C you must provide the secret encryption key MD5 checksum.</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Config: sse_customer_key_md5</li>
+<li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SSE_CUSTOMER_KEY_MD5</li>
+<li>Type: string</li>
+<li>Default: ""</li>
+<li>Examples:
+<ul>
+<li>""
+<ul>
+<li>None</li>
+</ul></li>
+</ul></li>
+</ul>
 <h4 id="s3-upload-cutoff">–s3-upload-cutoff</h4>
 <p>Cutoff for switching to chunked upload</p>
 <p>Any files larger than this will be uploaded in chunks of chunk_size. The minimum is 0 and the maximum is 5GB.</p>
@@ -7273,6 +7968,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; </code></pre>
 </ul>
 <h4 id="s3-disable-checksum">–s3-disable-checksum</h4>
 <p>Don’t store MD5 checksum with object metadata</p>
+<p>Normally rclone will calculate the MD5 checksum of the input before uploading it so it can add it to metadata on the object. This is great for data integrity checking but can cause long delays for large files to start uploading.</p>
 <ul>
 <li>Config: disable_checksum</li>
 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_DISABLE_CHECKSUM</li>
@@ -7347,14 +8043,29 @@ y/e/d&gt; </code></pre>
 </ul>
 <h4 id="s3-encoding">–s3-encoding</h4>
 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p>
-<p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
+<p>See: the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
 <ul>
 <li>Config: encoding</li>
 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENCODING</li>
 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li>
 <li>Default: Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot</li>
 </ul>
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
+<h4 id="s3-memory-pool-flush-time">–s3-memory-pool-flush-time</h4>
+<p>How often internal memory buffer pools will be flushed. Uploads which requires additional buffers (f.e multipart) will use memory pool for allocations. This option controls how often unused buffers will be removed from the pool.</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Config: memory_pool_flush_time</li>
+<li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_MEMORY_POOL_FLUSH_TIME</li>
+<li>Type: Duration</li>
+<li>Default: 1m0s</li>
+</ul>
+<h4 id="s3-memory-pool-use-mmap">–s3-memory-pool-use-mmap</h4>
+<p>Whether to use mmap buffers in internal memory pool.</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Config: memory_pool_use_mmap</li>
+<li>Env Var: RCLONE_S3_MEMORY_POOL_USE_MMAP</li>
+<li>Type: bool</li>
+<li>Default: false</li>
+</ul>
 <h3 id="anonymous-access-to-public-buckets">Anonymous access to public buckets</h3>
 <p>If you want to use rclone to access a public bucket, configure with a blank <code>access_key_id</code> and <code>secret_access_key</code>. Your config should end up looking like this:</p>
 <pre><code>[anons3]
@@ -7419,7 +8130,7 @@ server_side_encryption =
 storage_class =</code></pre>
 <h3 id="digitalocean-spaces">DigitalOcean Spaces</h3>
 <p><a href="https://www.digitalocean.com/products/object-storage/">Spaces</a> is an <a href="https://developers.digitalocean.com/documentation/spaces/">S3-interoperable</a> object storage service from cloud provider DigitalOcean.</p>
-<p>To connect to DigitalOcean Spaces you will need an access key and secret key. These can be retrieved on the “<a href="https://cloud.digitalocean.com/settings/api/tokens">Applications &amp; API</a>” page of the DigitalOcean control panel. They will be needed when promted by <code>rclone config</code> for your <code>access_key_id</code> and <code>secret_access_key</code>.</p>
+<p>To connect to DigitalOcean Spaces you will need an access key and secret key. These can be retrieved on the “<a href="https://cloud.digitalocean.com/settings/api/tokens">Applications &amp; API</a>” page of the DigitalOcean control panel. They will be needed when prompted by <code>rclone config</code> for your <code>access_key_id</code> and <code>secret_access_key</code>.</p>
 <p>When prompted for a <code>region</code> or <code>location_constraint</code>, press enter to use the default value. The region must be included in the <code>endpoint</code> setting (e.g. <code>nyc3.digitaloceanspaces.com</code>). The default values can be used for other settings.</p>
 <p>Going through the whole process of creating a new remote by running <code>rclone config</code>, each prompt should be answered as shown below:</p>
 <pre><code>Storage&gt; s3
@@ -7918,12 +8629,12 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <p>Follow Backblaze’s docs to create an Application Key with the required permission and add the <code>applicationKeyId</code> as the <code>account</code> and the <code>Application Key</code> itself as the <code>key</code>.</p>
 <p>Note that you must put the <em>applicationKeyId</em> as the <code>account</code> – you can’t use the master Account ID. If you try then B2 will return 401 errors.</p>
 <h3 id="fast-list-2">–fast-list</h3>
-<p>This remote supports <code>--fast-list</code> which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the <a href="/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p>
+<p>This remote supports <code>--fast-list</code> which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the <a href="https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p>
 <h3 id="modified-time-1">Modified time</h3>
 <p>The modified time is stored as metadata on the object as <code>X-Bz-Info-src_last_modified_millis</code> as milliseconds since 1970-01-01 in the Backblaze standard. Other tools should be able to use this as a modified time.</p>
 <p>Modified times are used in syncing and are fully supported. Note that if a modification time needs to be updated on an object then it will create a new version of the object.</p>
 <h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-3">Restricted filename characters</h4>
-<p>In addition to the <a href="/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p>
+<p>In addition to the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p>
 <table>
 <thead>
 <tr class="header">
@@ -7940,11 +8651,11 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </tr>
 </tbody>
 </table>
-<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
+<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
 <h3 id="sha1-checksums">SHA1 checksums</h3>
 <p>The SHA1 checksums of the files are checked on upload and download and will be used in the syncing process.</p>
 <p>Large files (bigger than the limit in <code>--b2-upload-cutoff</code>) which are uploaded in chunks will store their SHA1 on the object as <code>X-Bz-Info-large_file_sha1</code> as recommended by Backblaze.</p>
-<p>For a large file to be uploaded with an SHA1 checksum, the source needs to support SHA1 checksums. The local disk supports SHA1 checksums so large file transfers from local disk will have an SHA1. See <a href="/overview/#features">the overview</a> for exactly which remotes support SHA1.</p>
+<p>For a large file to be uploaded with an SHA1 checksum, the source needs to support SHA1 checksums. The local disk supports SHA1 checksums so large file transfers from local disk will have an SHA1. See <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#features">the overview</a> for exactly which remotes support SHA1.</p>
 <p>Sources which don’t support SHA1, in particular <code>crypt</code> will upload large files without SHA1 checksums. This may be fixed in the future (see <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/1767">#1767</a>).</p>
 <p>Files sizes below <code>--b2-upload-cutoff</code> will always have an SHA1 regardless of the source.</p>
 <h3 id="transfers">Transfers</h3>
@@ -7953,7 +8664,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <h3 id="versions">Versions</h3>
 <p>When rclone uploads a new version of a file it creates a <a href="https://www.backblaze.com/b2/docs/file_versions.html">new version of it</a>. Likewise when you delete a file, the old version will be marked hidden and still be available. Conversely, you may opt in to a “hard delete” of files with the <code>--b2-hard-delete</code> flag which would permanently remove the file instead of hiding it.</p>
 <p>Old versions of files, where available, are visible using the <code>--b2-versions</code> flag.</p>
-<p><strong>NB</strong> Note that <code>--b2-versions</code> does not work with crypt at the moment <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/1627">#1627</a>. Using <a href="/docs/#backup-dir-dir">–backup-dir</a> with rclone is the recommended way of working around this.</p>
+<p><strong>NB</strong> Note that <code>--b2-versions</code> does not work with crypt at the moment <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/1627">#1627</a>. Using <a href="https://rclone.org/docs/#backup-dir-dir">–backup-dir</a> with rclone is the recommended way of working around this.</p>
 <p>If you wish to remove all the old versions then you can use the <code>rclone cleanup remote:bucket</code> command which will delete all the old versions of files, leaving the current ones intact. You can also supply a path and only old versions under that path will be deleted, eg <code>rclone cleanup remote:bucket/path/to/stuff</code>.</p>
 <p>Note that <code>cleanup</code> will remove partially uploaded files from the bucket if they are more than a day old.</p>
 <p>When you <code>purge</code> a bucket, the current and the old versions will be deleted then the bucket will be deleted.</p>
@@ -8023,7 +8734,6 @@ https://f002.backblazeb2.com/file/bucket/path?Authorization=xxxxxxxx</code></pre
 https://f002.backblazeb2.com/file/bucket/path/file2?Authorization=xxxxxxxx
 https://f002.backblazeb2.com/file/bucket/path/folder/file3?Authorization=xxxxxxxx
 </code></pre>
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/b2/b2.go then run make backenddocs -->
 <h3 id="standard-options-4">Standard Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the standard options specific to b2 (Backblaze B2).</p>
 <h4 id="b2-account">–b2-account</h4>
@@ -8104,6 +8814,7 @@ https://f002.backblazeb2.com/file/bucket/path/folder/file3?Authorization=xxxxxxx
 </ul>
 <h4 id="b2-disable-checksum">–b2-disable-checksum</h4>
 <p>Disable checksums for large (&gt; upload cutoff) files</p>
+<p>Normally rclone will calculate the SHA1 checksum of the input before uploading it so it can add it to metadata on the object. This is great for data integrity checking but can cause long delays for large files to start uploading.</p>
 <ul>
 <li>Config: disable_checksum</li>
 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_B2_DISABLE_CHECKSUM</li>
@@ -8130,14 +8841,13 @@ https://f002.backblazeb2.com/file/bucket/path/folder/file3?Authorization=xxxxxxx
 </ul>
 <h4 id="b2-encoding">–b2-encoding</h4>
 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p>
-<p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
+<p>See: the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
 <ul>
 <li>Config: encoding</li>
 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_B2_ENCODING</li>
 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li>
 <li>Default: Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot</li>
 </ul>
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 <h2 id="box">Box</h2>
 <p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:path</code></p>
 <p>Paths may be as deep as required, eg <code>remote:directory/subdirectory</code>.</p>
@@ -8278,7 +8988,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <p>Box allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1 second. These will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or not.</p>
 <p>Box supports SHA1 type hashes, so you can use the <code>--checksum</code> flag.</p>
 <h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-4">Restricted filename characters</h4>
-<p>In addition to the <a href="/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p>
+<p>In addition to the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p>
 <table>
 <thead>
 <tr class="header">
@@ -8295,7 +9005,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </tr>
 </tbody>
 </table>
-<p>File names can also not end with the following characters. These only get replaced if they are last character in the name:</p>
+<p>File names can also not end with the following characters. These only get replaced if they are the last character in the name:</p>
 <table>
 <thead>
 <tr class="header">
@@ -8312,12 +9022,17 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </tr>
 </tbody>
 </table>
-<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
+<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
 <h3 id="transfers-1">Transfers</h3>
 <p>For files above 50MB rclone will use a chunked transfer. Rclone will upload up to <code>--transfers</code> chunks at the same time (shared among all the multipart uploads). Chunks are buffered in memory and are normally 8MB so increasing <code>--transfers</code> will increase memory use.</p>
 <h3 id="deleting-files-1">Deleting files</h3>
 <p>Depending on the enterprise settings for your user, the item will either be actually deleted from Box or moved to the trash.</p>
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/box/box.go then run make backenddocs -->
+<h3 id="root-folder-id">Root folder ID</h3>
+<p>You can set the <code>root_folder_id</code> for rclone. This is the directory (identified by its <code>Folder ID</code>) that rclone considers to be the root of your Box drive.</p>
+<p>Normally you will leave this blank and rclone will determine the correct root to use itself.</p>
+<p>However you can set this to restrict rclone to a specific folder hierarchy.</p>
+<p>In order to do this you will have to find the <code>Folder ID</code> of the directory you wish rclone to display. This will be the last segment of the URL when you open the relevant folder in the Box web interface.</p>
+<p>So if the folder you want rclone to use has a URL which looks like <code>https://app.box.com/folder/11xxxxxxxxx8</code> in the browser, then you use <code>11xxxxxxxxx8</code> as the <code>root_folder_id</code> in the config.</p>
 <h3 id="standard-options-5">Standard Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the standard options specific to box (Box).</p>
 <h4 id="box-client-id">–box-client-id</h4>
@@ -8364,6 +9079,14 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </ul>
 <h3 id="advanced-options-4">Advanced Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to box (Box).</p>
+<h4 id="box-root-folder-id">–box-root-folder-id</h4>
+<p>Fill in for rclone to use a non root folder as its starting point.</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Config: root_folder_id</li>
+<li>Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_ROOT_FOLDER_ID</li>
+<li>Type: string</li>
+<li>Default: “0”</li>
+</ul>
 <h4 id="box-upload-cutoff">–box-upload-cutoff</h4>
 <p>Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (&gt;= 50MB).</p>
 <ul>
@@ -8382,20 +9105,24 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </ul>
 <h4 id="box-encoding">–box-encoding</h4>
 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p>
-<p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
+<p>See: the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
 <ul>
 <li>Config: encoding</li>
 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_ENCODING</li>
 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li>
 <li>Default: Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot</li>
 </ul>
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 <h3 id="limitations-3">Limitations</h3>
 <p>Note that Box is case insensitive so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and one called “hello.doc”.</p>
 <p>Box file names can’t have the <code>\</code> character in. rclone maps this to and from an identical looking unicode equivalent <code>＼</code>.</p>
 <p>Box only supports filenames up to 255 characters in length.</p>
 <h2 id="cache-beta">Cache (BETA)</h2>
 <p>The <code>cache</code> remote wraps another existing remote and stores file structure and its data for long running tasks like <code>rclone mount</code>.</p>
+<h2 id="status-1">Status</h2>
+<p>The cache backend code is working but it currently doesn’t have a maintainer so there are <a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3Abug+label%3A%22Remote%3A+Cache%22">outstanding bugs</a> which aren’t getting fixed.</p>
+<p>The cache backend is due to be phased out in favour of the VFS caching layer eventually which is more tightly integrated into rclone.</p>
+<p>Until this happens we recommend only using the cache backend if you find you can’t work without it. There are many docs online describing the use of the cache backend to minimize API hits and by-and-large these are out of date and the cache backend isn’t needed in those scenarios any more.</p>
+<h2 id="setup-1">Setup</h2>
 <p>To get started you just need to have an existing remote which can be configured with <code>cache</code>.</p>
 <p>Here is an example of how to make a remote called <code>test-cache</code>. First run:</p>
 <pre><code> rclone config</code></pre>
@@ -8508,8 +9235,8 @@ chunk_total_size = 10G</code></pre>
 <p>How to enable? Run <code>rclone config</code> and add all the Plex options (endpoint, username and password) in your remote and it will be automatically enabled.</p>
 <p>Affected settings: - <code>cache-workers</code>: <em>Configured value</em> during confirmed playback or <em>1</em> all the other times</p>
 <h5 id="certificate-validation">Certificate Validation</h5>
-<p>When the Plex server is configured to only accept secure connections, it is possible to use <code>.plex.direct</code> URL’s to ensure certificate validation succeeds. These URL’s are used by Plex internally to connect to the Plex server securely.</p>
-<p>The format for this URL’s is the following:</p>
+<p>When the Plex server is configured to only accept secure connections, it is possible to use <code>.plex.direct</code> URLs to ensure certificate validation succeeds. These URLs are used by Plex internally to connect to the Plex server securely.</p>
+<p>The format for these URLs is the following:</p>
 <p>https://ip-with-dots-replaced.server-hash.plex.direct:32400/</p>
 <p>The <code>ip-with-dots-replaced</code> part can be any IPv4 address, where the dots have been replaced with dashes, e.g. <code>127.0.0.1</code> becomes <code>127-0-0-1</code>.</p>
 <p>To get the <code>server-hash</code> part, the easiest way is to visit</p>
@@ -8521,7 +9248,7 @@ chunk_total_size = 10G</code></pre>
 <p>To avoid getting in a scenario where dir cache has obsolete data and cache would have the correct one, try to set <code>--dir-cache-time</code> to a lower time than <code>--cache-info-age</code>. Default values are already configured in this way.</p>
 <h4 id="windows-support---experimental">Windows support - Experimental</h4>
 <p>There are a couple of issues with Windows <code>mount</code> functionality that still require some investigations. It should be considered as experimental thus far as fixes come in for this OS.</p>
-<p>Most of the issues seem to be related to the difference between filesystems on Linux flavors and Windows as cache is heavily dependant on them.</p>
+<p>Most of the issues seem to be related to the difference between filesystems on Linux flavors and Windows as cache is heavily dependent on them.</p>
 <p>Any reports or feedback on how cache behaves on this OS is greatly appreciated.</p>
 <ul>
 <li>https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/1935</li>
@@ -8531,7 +9258,7 @@ chunk_total_size = 10G</code></pre>
 <h4 id="risk-of-throttling">Risk of throttling</h4>
 <p>Future iterations of the cache backend will make use of the pooling functionality of the cloud provider to synchronize and at the same time make writing through it more tolerant to failures.</p>
 <p>There are a couple of enhancements in track to add these but in the meantime there is a valid concern that the expiring cache listings can lead to cloud provider throttles or bans due to repeated queries on it for very large mounts.</p>
-<p>Some recommendations: - don’t use a very small interval for entry informations (<code>--cache-info-age</code>) - while writes aren’t yet optimised, you can still write through <code>cache</code> which gives you the advantage of adding the file in the cache at the same time if configured to do so.</p>
+<p>Some recommendations: - don’t use a very small interval for entry information (<code>--cache-info-age</code>) - while writes aren’t yet optimised, you can still write through <code>cache</code> which gives you the advantage of adding the file in the cache at the same time if configured to do so.</p>
 <p>Future enhancements:</p>
 <ul>
 <li>https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/1937</li>
@@ -8539,8 +9266,8 @@ chunk_total_size = 10G</code></pre>
 </ul>
 <h4 id="cache-and-crypt">cache and crypt</h4>
 <p>One common scenario is to keep your data encrypted in the cloud provider using the <code>crypt</code> remote. <code>crypt</code> uses a similar technique to wrap around an existing remote and handles this translation in a seamless way.</p>
-<p>There is an issue with wrapping the remotes in this order: <span style="color:red"><strong>cloud remote</strong> -&gt; <strong>crypt</strong> -&gt; <strong>cache</strong></span></p>
-<p>During testing, I experienced a lot of bans with the remotes in this order. I suspect it might be related to how crypt opens files on the cloud provider which makes it think we’re downloading the full file instead of small chunks. Organizing the remotes in this order yields better results: <span style="color:green"><strong>cloud remote</strong> -&gt; <strong>cache</strong> -&gt; <strong>crypt</strong></span></p>
+<p>There is an issue with wrapping the remotes in this order: <strong>cloud remote</strong> -&gt; <strong>crypt</strong> -&gt; <strong>cache</strong></p>
+<p>During testing, I experienced a lot of bans with the remotes in this order. I suspect it might be related to how crypt opens files on the cloud provider which makes it think we’re downloading the full file instead of small chunks. Organizing the remotes in this order yields better results: <strong>cloud remote</strong> -&gt; <strong>cache</strong> -&gt; <strong>crypt</strong></p>
 <h4 id="absolute-remote-paths">absolute remote paths</h4>
 <p><code>cache</code> can not differentiate between relative and absolute paths for the wrapped remote. Any path given in the <code>remote</code> config setting and on the command line will be passed to the wrapped remote as is, but for storing the chunks on disk the path will be made relative by removing any leading <code>/</code> character.</p>
 <p>This behavior is irrelevant for most backend types, but there are backends where a leading <code>/</code> changes the effective directory, e.g. in the <code>sftp</code> backend paths starting with a <code>/</code> are relative to the root of the SSH server and paths without are relative to the user home directory. As a result <code>sftp:bin</code> and <code>sftp:/bin</code> will share the same cache folder, even if they represent a different directory on the SSH server.</p>
@@ -8549,7 +9276,6 @@ chunk_total_size = 10G</code></pre>
 <h3 id="rc-cacheexpire">rc cache/expire</h3>
 <p>Purge a remote from the cache backend. Supports either a directory or a file. It supports both encrypted and unencrypted file names if cache is wrapped by crypt.</p>
 <p>Params: - <strong>remote</strong> = path to remote <strong>(required)</strong> - <strong>withData</strong> = true/false to delete cached data (chunks) as well <em>(optional, false by default)</em></p>
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/cache/cache.go then run make backenddocs -->
 <h3 id="standard-options-6">Standard Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the standard options specific to cache (Cache a remote).</p>
 <h4 id="cache-remote">–cache-remote</h4>
@@ -8666,7 +9392,7 @@ chunk_total_size = 10G</code></pre>
 <li>Default: ""</li>
 </ul>
 <h4 id="cache-plex-insecure">–cache-plex-insecure</h4>
-<p>Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server</p>
+<p>Skip all certificate verification when connecting to the Plex server</p>
 <ul>
 <li>Config: plex_insecure</li>
 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_INSECURE</li>
@@ -8789,7 +9515,16 @@ chunk_total_size = 10G</code></pre>
 <li>Type: Duration</li>
 <li>Default: 1s</li>
 </ul>
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
+<h3 id="backend-commands">Backend commands</h3>
+<p>Here are the commands specific to the cache backend.</p>
+<p>Run them with</p>
+<pre><code>rclone backend COMMAND remote:</code></pre>
+<p>The help below will explain what arguments each command takes.</p>
+<p>See <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_backend/">the “rclone backend” command</a> for more info on how to pass options and arguments.</p>
+<p>These can be run on a running backend using the rc command <a href="https://rclone.org/rc/#backend/command">backend/command</a>.</p>
+<h4 id="stats">stats</h4>
+<p>Print stats on the cache backend in JSON format.</p>
+<pre><code>rclone backend stats remote: [options] [&lt;arguments&gt;+]</code></pre>
 <h2 id="chunker-beta">Chunker (BETA)</h2>
 <p>The <code>chunker</code> overlay transparently splits large files into smaller chunks during upload to wrapped remote and transparently assembles them back when the file is downloaded. This allows to effectively overcome size limits imposed by storage providers.</p>
 <p>To use it, first set up the underlying remote following the configuration instructions for that remote. You can also use a local pathname instead of a remote.</p>
@@ -8880,7 +9615,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <p>Chunker supports hashsums only when a compatible metadata is present. Hence, if you choose metadata format of <code>none</code>, chunker will report hashsum as <code>UNSUPPORTED</code>.</p>
 <p>Please note that by default metadata is stored only for composite files. If a file is smaller than configured chunk size, chunker will transparently redirect hash requests to wrapped remote, so support depends on that. You will see the empty string as a hashsum of requested type for small files if the wrapped remote doesn’t support it.</p>
 <p>Many storage backends support MD5 and SHA1 hash types, so does chunker. With chunker you can choose one or another but not both. MD5 is set by default as the most supported type. Since chunker keeps hashes for composite files and falls back to the wrapped remote hash for non-chunked ones, we advise you to choose the same hash type as supported by wrapped remote so that your file listings look coherent.</p>
-<p>If your storage backend does not support MD5 or SHA1 but you need consistent file hashing, configure chunker with <code>md5all</code> or <code>sha1all</code>. These two modes guarantee given hash for all files. If wrapped remote doesn’t support it, chunker will then add metadata to all files, even small. However, this can double the amount of small files in storage and incur additional service charges. You can even use chunker to force md5/sha1 support in any other remote at expence of sidecar meta objects by setting eg. <code>chunk_type=sha1all</code> to force hashsums and <code>chunk_size=1P</code> to effectively disable chunking.</p>
+<p>If your storage backend does not support MD5 or SHA1 but you need consistent file hashing, configure chunker with <code>md5all</code> or <code>sha1all</code>. These two modes guarantee given hash for all files. If wrapped remote doesn’t support it, chunker will then add metadata to all files, even small. However, this can double the amount of small files in storage and incur additional service charges. You can even use chunker to force md5/sha1 support in any other remote at expense of sidecar meta objects by setting eg. <code>chunk_type=sha1all</code> to force hashsums and <code>chunk_size=1P</code> to effectively disable chunking.</p>
 <p>Normally, when a file is copied to chunker controlled remote, chunker will ask the file source for compatible file hash and revert to on-the-fly calculation if none is found. This involves some CPU overhead but provides a guarantee that given hashsum is available. Also, chunker will reject a server-side copy or move operation if source and destination hashsum types are different resulting in the extra network bandwidth, too. In some rare cases this may be undesired, so chunker provides two optional choices: <code>sha1quick</code> and <code>md5quick</code>. If the source does not support primary hash type and the quick mode is enabled, chunker will try to fall back to the secondary type. This will save CPU and bandwidth but can result in empty hashsums at destination. Beware of consequences: the <code>sync</code> command will revert (sometimes silently) to time/size comparison if compatible hashsums between source and target are not found.</p>
 <h3 id="modified-time-2">Modified time</h3>
 <p>Chunker stores modification times using the wrapped remote so support depends on that. For a small non-chunked file the chunker overlay simply manipulates modification time of the wrapped remote file. For a composite file with metadata chunker will get and set modification time of the metadata object on the wrapped remote. If file is chunked but metadata format is <code>none</code> then chunker will use modification time of the first data chunk.</p>
@@ -8897,9 +9632,8 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <p>Chunker requires wrapped remote to support server side <code>move</code> (or <code>copy</code> + <code>delete</code>) operations, otherwise it will explicitly refuse to start. This is because it internally renames temporary chunk files to their final names when an operation completes successfully.</p>
 <p>Chunker encodes chunk number in file name, so with default <code>name_format</code> setting it adds 17 characters. Also chunker adds 7 characters of temporary suffix during operations. Many file systems limit base file name without path by 255 characters. Using rclone’s crypt remote as a base file system limits file name by 143 characters. Thus, maximum name length is 231 for most files and 119 for chunker-over-crypt. A user in need can change name format to eg. <code>*.rcc##</code> and save 10 characters (provided at most 99 chunks per file).</p>
 <p>Note that a move implemented using the copy-and-delete method may incur double charging with some cloud storage providers.</p>
-<p>Chunker will not automatically rename existing chunks when you run <code>rclone config</code> on a live remote and change the chunk name format. Beware that in result of this some files which have been treated as chunks before the change can pop up in directory listings as normal files and vice versa. The same warning holds for the chunk size. If you desperately need to change critical chunking setings, you should run data migration as described above.</p>
+<p>Chunker will not automatically rename existing chunks when you run <code>rclone config</code> on a live remote and change the chunk name format. Beware that in result of this some files which have been treated as chunks before the change can pop up in directory listings as normal files and vice versa. The same warning holds for the chunk size. If you desperately need to change critical chunking settings, you should run data migration as described above.</p>
 <p>If wrapped remote is case insensitive, the chunker overlay will inherit that property (so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and “hello.doc” in the same directory).</p>
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/chunker/chunker.go then run make backenddocs -->
 <h3 id="standard-options-7">Standard Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the standard options specific to chunker (Transparently chunk/split large files).</p>
 <h4 id="chunker-remote">–chunker-remote</h4>
@@ -9014,7 +9748,6 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </ul></li>
 </ul></li>
 </ul>
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 <h2 id="citrix-sharefile">Citrix ShareFile</h2>
 <p><a href="https://sharefile.com">Citrix ShareFile</a> is a secure file sharing and transfer service aimed as business.</p>
 <p>The initial setup for Citrix ShareFile involves getting a token from Citrix ShareFile which you can in your browser. <code>rclone config</code> walks you through it.</p>
@@ -9096,7 +9829,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <p>Note that ShareFile is case insensitive so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and one called “hello.doc”.</p>
 <p>ShareFile only supports filenames up to 256 characters in length.</p>
 <h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-5">Restricted filename characters</h4>
-<p>In addition to the <a href="/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p>
+<p>In addition to the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p>
 <table>
 <thead>
 <tr class="header">
@@ -9148,7 +9881,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </tr>
 </tbody>
 </table>
-<p>File names can also not start or end with the following characters. These only get replaced if they are first or last character in the name:</p>
+<p>File names can also not start or end with the following characters. These only get replaced if they are the first or last character in the name:</p>
 <table>
 <thead>
 <tr class="header">
@@ -9170,8 +9903,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </tr>
 </tbody>
 </table>
-<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/sharefile/sharefile.go then run make backenddocs -->
+<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
 <h3 id="standard-options-8">Standard Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the standard options specific to sharefile (Citrix Sharefile).</p>
 <h4 id="sharefile-root-folder-id">–sharefile-root-folder-id</h4>
@@ -9237,14 +9969,13 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </ul>
 <h4 id="sharefile-encoding">–sharefile-encoding</h4>
 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p>
-<p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
+<p>See: the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
 <ul>
 <li>Config: encoding</li>
 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SHAREFILE_ENCODING</li>
 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li>
 <li>Default: Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Ctl,LeftSpace,LeftPeriod,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot</li>
 </ul>
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 <h2 id="crypt">Crypt</h2>
 <p>The <code>crypt</code> remote encrypts and decrypts another remote.</p>
 <p>To use it first set up the underlying remote following the config instructions for that remote. You can also use a local pathname instead of a remote which will encrypt and decrypt from that directory which might be useful for encrypting onto a USB stick for example.</p>
@@ -9320,10 +10051,12 @@ e) Edit this remote
 d) Delete this remote
 y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <p><strong>Important</strong> The password is stored in the config file is lightly obscured so it isn’t immediately obvious what it is. It is in no way secure unless you use config file encryption.</p>
-<p>A long passphrase is recommended, or you can use a random one. Note that if you reconfigure rclone with the same passwords/passphrases elsewhere it will be compatible - all the secrets used are derived from those two passwords/passphrases.</p>
+<p>A long passphrase is recommended, or you can use a random one.</p>
+<p>The obscured password is created by using AES-CTR with a static key, with the salt stored verbatim at the beginning of the obscured password. This static key is shared by between all versions of rclone.</p>
+<p>If you reconfigure rclone with the same passwords/passphrases elsewhere it will be compatible, but the obscured version will be different due to the different salt.</p>
 <p>Note that rclone does not encrypt</p>
 <ul>
-<li>file length - this can be calcuated within 16 bytes</li>
+<li>file length - this can be calculated within 16 bytes</li>
 <li>modification time - used for syncing</li>
 </ul>
 <h2 id="specifying-the-remote-1">Specifying the remote</h2>
@@ -9385,7 +10118,7 @@ $ rclone -q ls secret:
 <li>can use shortcuts to shorten the directory recursion</li>
 </ul>
 <p>Obfuscation</p>
-<p>This is a simple “rotate” of the filename, with each file having a rot distance based on the filename. We store the distance at the beginning of the filename. So a file called “hello” may become “53.jgnnq”</p>
+<p>This is a simple “rotate” of the filename, with each file having a rot distance based on the filename. We store the distance at the beginning of the filename. So a file called “hello” may become “53.jgnnq”.</p>
 <p>This is not a strong encryption of filenames, but it may stop automated scanning tools from picking up on filename patterns. As such it’s an intermediate between “off” and “standard”. The advantage is that it allows for longer path segment names.</p>
 <p>There is a possibility with some unicode based filenames that the obfuscation is weak and may map lower case characters to upper case equivalents. You can not rely on this for strong protection.</p>
 <ul>
@@ -9407,7 +10140,6 @@ $ rclone -q ls secret:
 <p>Crypt stores modification times using the underlying remote so support depends on that.</p>
 <p>Hashes are not stored for crypt. However the data integrity is protected by an extremely strong crypto authenticator.</p>
 <p>Note that you should use the <code>rclone cryptcheck</code> command to check the integrity of a crypted remote instead of <code>rclone check</code> which can’t check the checksums properly.</p>
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/crypt/crypt.go then run make backenddocs -->
 <h3 id="standard-options-9">Standard Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the standard options specific to crypt (Encrypt/Decrypt a remote).</p>
 <h4 id="crypt-remote">–crypt-remote</h4>
@@ -9443,6 +10175,7 @@ $ rclone -q ls secret:
 </ul>
 <h4 id="crypt-directory-name-encryption">–crypt-directory-name-encryption</h4>
 <p>Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact.</p>
+<p>NB If filename_encryption is “off” then this option will do nothing.</p>
 <ul>
 <li>Config: directory_name_encryption</li>
 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_DIRECTORY_NAME_ENCRYPTION</li>
@@ -9488,9 +10221,29 @@ $ rclone -q ls secret:
 <li>Type: bool</li>
 <li>Default: false</li>
 </ul>
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
+<h3 id="backend-commands-1">Backend commands</h3>
+<p>Here are the commands specific to the crypt backend.</p>
+<p>Run them with</p>
+<pre><code>rclone backend COMMAND remote:</code></pre>
+<p>The help below will explain what arguments each command takes.</p>
+<p>See <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_backend/">the “rclone backend” command</a> for more info on how to pass options and arguments.</p>
+<p>These can be run on a running backend using the rc command <a href="https://rclone.org/rc/#backend/command">backend/command</a>.</p>
+<h4 id="encode">encode</h4>
+<p>Encode the given filename(s)</p>
+<pre><code>rclone backend encode remote: [options] [&lt;arguments&gt;+]</code></pre>
+<p>This encodes the filenames given as arguments returning a list of strings of the encoded results.</p>
+<p>Usage Example:</p>
+<pre><code>rclone backend encode crypt: file1 [file2...]
+rclone rc backend/command command=encode fs=crypt: file1 [file2...]</code></pre>
+<h4 id="decode">decode</h4>
+<p>Decode the given filename(s)</p>
+<pre><code>rclone backend decode remote: [options] [&lt;arguments&gt;+]</code></pre>
+<p>This decodes the filenames given as arguments returning a list of strings of the decoded results. It will return an error if any of the inputs are invalid.</p>
+<p>Usage Example:</p>
+<pre><code>rclone backend decode crypt: encryptedfile1 [encryptedfile2...]
+rclone rc backend/command command=decode fs=crypt: encryptedfile1 [encryptedfile2...]</code></pre>
 <h2 id="backing-up-a-crypted-remote">Backing up a crypted remote</h2>
-<p>If you wish to backup a crypted remote, it it recommended that you use <code>rclone sync</code> on the encrypted files, and make sure the passwords are the same in the new encrypted remote.</p>
+<p>If you wish to backup a crypted remote, it is recommended that you use <code>rclone sync</code> on the encrypted files, and make sure the passwords are the same in the new encrypted remote.</p>
 <p>This will have the following advantages</p>
 <ul>
 <li><code>rclone sync</code> will check the checksums while copying</li>
@@ -9505,7 +10258,7 @@ $ rclone -q ls secret:
 <h2 id="file-formats">File formats</h2>
 <h3 id="file-encryption">File encryption</h3>
 <p>Files are encrypted 1:1 source file to destination object. The file has a header and is divided into chunks.</p>
-<h4 id="header">Header</h4>
+<h4 id="header-1">Header</h4>
 <ul>
 <li>8 bytes magic string <code>RCLONE\x00\x00</code></li>
 <li>24 bytes Nonce (IV)</li>
@@ -9535,7 +10288,7 @@ $ rclone -q ls secret:
 <p>1049120 bytes total (a 0.05% overhead). This is the overhead for big files.</p>
 <h3 id="name-encryption">Name encryption</h3>
 <p>File names are encrypted segment by segment - the path is broken up into <code>/</code> separated strings and these are encrypted individually.</p>
-<p>File segments are padded using using PKCS#7 to a multiple of 16 bytes before encryption.</p>
+<p>File segments are padded using PKCS#7 to a multiple of 16 bytes before encryption.</p>
 <p>They are then encrypted with EME using AES with 256 bit key. EME (ECB-Mix-ECB) is a wide-block encryption mode presented in the 2003 paper “A Parallelizable Enciphering Mode” by Halevi and Rogaway.</p>
 <p>This makes for deterministic encryption which is what we want - the same filename must encrypt to the same thing otherwise we can’t find it on the cloud storage system.</p>
 <p>This means that</p>
@@ -9639,7 +10392,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </tr>
 </tbody>
 </table>
-<p>File names can also not end with the following characters. These only get replaced if they are last character in the name:</p>
+<p>File names can also not end with the following characters. These only get replaced if they are the last character in the name:</p>
 <table>
 <thead>
 <tr class="header">
@@ -9656,8 +10409,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </tr>
 </tbody>
 </table>
-<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/dropbox/dropbox.go then run make backenddocs -->
+<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
 <h3 id="standard-options-10">Standard Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the standard options specific to dropbox (Dropbox).</p>
 <h4 id="dropbox-client-id">–dropbox-client-id</h4>
@@ -9698,14 +10450,13 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </ul>
 <h4 id="dropbox-encoding">–dropbox-encoding</h4>
 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p>
-<p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
+<p>See: the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
 <ul>
 <li>Config: encoding</li>
 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DROPBOX_ENCODING</li>
 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li>
 <li>Default: Slash,BackSlash,Del,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot</li>
 </ul>
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 <h3 id="limitations-5">Limitations</h3>
 <p>Note that Dropbox is case insensitive so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and one called “hello.doc”.</p>
 <p>There are some file names such as <code>thumbs.db</code> which Dropbox can’t store. There is a full list of them in the <a href="https://www.dropbox.com/en/help/145">“Ignored Files” section of this document</a>. Rclone will issue an error message <code>File name disallowed - not uploading</code> if it attempts to upload one of those file names, but the sync won’t fail.</p>
@@ -9716,9 +10467,10 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <ol type="1">
 <li><p>Log into the <a href="https://www.dropbox.com/developers/apps/create">Dropbox App console</a> with your Dropbox Account (It need not to be the same account as the Dropbox you want to access)</p></li>
 <li><p>Choose an API =&gt; Usually this should be <code>Dropbox API</code></p></li>
-<li><p>Choose the type of access you want to use =&gt; Full Dropbox or App Folder</p></li>
-<li><p>Name your App</p></li>
+<li><p>Choose the type of access you want to use =&gt; <code>Full Dropbox</code> or <code>App Folder</code></p></li>
+<li><p>Name your App. The app name is global, so you can’t use <code>rclone</code> for example</p></li>
 <li><p>Click the button <code>Create App</code></p></li>
+<li><p>Fill <code>Redirect URIs</code> as <code>http://localhost:53682/</code></p></li>
 <li><p>Find the <code>App key</code> and <code>App secret</code> Use these values in rclone config to add a new remote or edit an existing remote.</p></li>
 </ol>
 <h2 id="ftp">FTP</h2>
@@ -9791,9 +10543,12 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <p>FTP does not support modified times. Any times you see on the server will be time of upload.</p>
 <h3 id="checksums">Checksums</h3>
 <p>FTP does not support any checksums.</p>
+<h3 id="usage-without-a-config-file">Usage without a config file</h3>
+<p>An example how to use the ftp remote without a config file:</p>
+<pre><code>rclone lsf :ftp: --ftp-host=speedtest.tele2.net --ftp-user=anonymous --ftp-pass=`rclone obscure dummy`</code></pre>
 <h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-7">Restricted filename characters</h4>
-<p>In addition to the <a href="/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p>
-<p>File names can also not end with the following characters. These only get replaced if they are last character in the name:</p>
+<p>In addition to the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p>
+<p>File names can also not end with the following characters. These only get replaced if they are the last character in the name:</p>
 <table>
 <thead>
 <tr class="header">
@@ -9830,8 +10585,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </tbody>
 </table>
 <h3 id="implicit-tls">Implicit TLS</h3>
-<p>FTP supports implicit FTP over TLS servers (FTPS). This has to be enabled in the config for the remote. The default FTPS port is <code>990</code> so the port will likely have to be explictly set in the config for the remote.</p>
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/ftp/ftp.go then run make backenddocs -->
+<p>FTP supports implicit FTP over TLS servers (FTPS). This has to be enabled in the config for the remote. The default FTPS port is <code>990</code> so the port will likely have to be explicitly set in the config for the remote.</p>
 <h3 id="standard-options-11">Standard Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the standard options specific to ftp (FTP Connection).</p>
 <h4 id="ftp-host">–ftp-host</h4>
@@ -9909,14 +10663,13 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </ul>
 <h4 id="ftp-encoding">–ftp-encoding</h4>
 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p>
-<p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
+<p>See: the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
 <ul>
 <li>Config: encoding</li>
 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_FTP_ENCODING</li>
 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li>
 <li>Default: Slash,Del,Ctl,RightSpace,Dot</li>
 </ul>
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 <h3 id="limitations-6">Limitations</h3>
 <p>Note that since FTP isn’t HTTP based the following flags don’t work with it: <code>--dump-headers</code>, <code>--dump-bodies</code>, <code>--dump-auth</code></p>
 <p>Note that <code>--timeout</code> isn’t supported (but <code>--contimeout</code> is).</p>
@@ -10067,7 +10820,19 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <p>If no other source of credentials is provided, rclone will fall back to <a href="https://cloud.google.com/video-intelligence/docs/common/auth#authenticating_with_application_default_credentials">Application Default Credentials</a> this is useful both when you already have configured authentication for your developer account, or in production when running on a google compute host. Note that if running in docker, you may need to run additional commands on your google compute machine - <a href="https://cloud.google.com/container-registry/docs/advanced-authentication#gcloud_as_a_docker_credential_helper">see this page</a>.</p>
 <p>Note that in the case application default credentials are used, there is no need to explicitly configure a project number.</p>
 <h3 id="fast-list-3">–fast-list</h3>
-<p>This remote supports <code>--fast-list</code> which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the <a href="/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p>
+<p>This remote supports <code>--fast-list</code> which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the <a href="https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p>
+<h3 id="custom-upload-headers">Custom upload headers</h3>
+<p>You can set custom upload headers with the <code>--header-upload</code> flag. Google Cloud Storage supports the headers as described in the <a href="https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WorkingWithObjectMetadata">working with metadata documentation</a></p>
+<ul>
+<li>Cache-Control</li>
+<li>Content-Disposition</li>
+<li>Content-Encoding</li>
+<li>Content-Language</li>
+<li>Content-Type</li>
+<li>X-Goog-Meta-</li>
+</ul>
+<p>Eg <code>--header-upload "Content-Type text/potato"</code></p>
+<p>Note that the last of these is for setting custom metadata in the form <code>--header-upload "x-goog-meta-key: value"</code></p>
 <h3 id="modified-time-4">Modified time</h3>
 <p>Google google cloud storage stores md5sums natively and rclone stores modification times as metadata on the object, under the “mtime” key in RFC3339 format accurate to 1ns.</p>
 <h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-8">Restricted filename characters</h4>
@@ -10102,8 +10867,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </tr>
 </tbody>
 </table>
-<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/googlecloudstorage/googlecloudstorage.go then run make backenddocs -->
+<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
 <h3 id="standard-options-12">Standard Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the standard options specific to google cloud storage (Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)).</p>
 <h4 id="gcs-client-id">–gcs-client-id</h4>
@@ -10348,6 +11112,10 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <ul>
 <li>Coldline storage class</li>
 </ul></li>
+<li>“ARCHIVE”
+<ul>
+<li>Archive storage class</li>
+</ul></li>
 <li>“DURABLE_REDUCED_AVAILABILITY”
 <ul>
 <li>Durable reduced availability storage class</li>
@@ -10358,14 +11126,13 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to google cloud storage (Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)).</p>
 <h4 id="gcs-encoding">–gcs-encoding</h4>
 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p>
-<p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
+<p>See: the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
 <ul>
 <li>Config: encoding</li>
 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_GCS_ENCODING</li>
 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li>
 <li>Default: Slash,CrLf,InvalidUtf8,Dot</li>
 </ul>
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 <h2 id="google-drive">Google Drive</h2>
 <p>Paths are specified as <code>drive:path</code></p>
 <p>Drive paths may be as deep as required, eg <code>drive:directory/subdirectory</code>.</p>
@@ -10450,7 +11217,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <p>To copy a local directory to a drive directory called backup</p>
 <pre><code>rclone copy /home/source remote:backup</code></pre>
 <h3 id="scopes">Scopes</h3>
-<p>Rclone allows you to select which scope you would like for rclone to use. This changes what type of token is granted to rclone. <a href="https://developers.google.com/drive/v3/web/about-auth">The scopes are defined here.</a>.</p>
+<p>Rclone allows you to select which scope you would like for rclone to use. This changes what type of token is granted to rclone. <a href="https://developers.google.com/drive/v3/web/about-auth">The scopes are defined here</a>.</p>
 <p>The scope are</p>
 <h4 id="drive">drive</h4>
 <p>This is the default scope and allows full access to all files, except for the Application Data Folder (see below).</p>
@@ -10466,7 +11233,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <p>This gives rclone its own private area to store files. Rclone will not be able to see any other files on your drive and you won’t be able to see rclone’s files from the web interface either.</p>
 <h4 id="drive.metadata.readonly">drive.metadata.readonly</h4>
 <p>This allows read only access to file names only. It does not allow rclone to download or upload data, or rename or delete files or directories.</p>
-<h3 id="root-folder-id">Root folder ID</h3>
+<h3 id="root-folder-id-1">Root folder ID</h3>
 <p>You can set the <code>root_folder_id</code> for rclone. This is the directory (identified by its <code>Folder ID</code>) that rclone considers to be the root of your drive.</p>
 <p>Normally you will leave this blank and rclone will determine the correct root to use itself.</p>
 <p>However you can set this to restrict rclone to a specific folder hierarchy or to access data within the “Computers” tab on the drive web interface (where files from Google’s Backup and Sync desktop program go).</p>
@@ -10553,7 +11320,7 @@ e) Edit this remote
 d) Delete this remote
 y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <h3 id="fast-list-4">–fast-list</h3>
-<p>This remote supports <code>--fast-list</code> which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the <a href="/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p>
+<p>This remote supports <code>--fast-list</code> which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the <a href="https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p>
 <p>It does this by combining multiple <code>list</code> calls into a single API request.</p>
 <p>This works by combining many <code>'%s' in parents</code> filters into one expression. To list the contents of directories a, b and c, the following requests will be send by the regular <code>List</code> function:</p>
 <pre><code>trashed=false and &#39;a&#39; in parents
@@ -10577,7 +11344,7 @@ trashed=false and &#39;c&#39; in parents</code></pre>
 <h3 id="modified-time-5">Modified time</h3>
 <p>Google drive stores modification times accurate to 1 ms.</p>
 <h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-9">Restricted filename characters</h4>
-<p>Only Invalid UTF-8 bytes will be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
+<p>Only Invalid UTF-8 bytes will be <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
 <p>In contrast to other backends, <code>/</code> can also be used in names and <code>.</code> or <code>..</code> are valid names.</p>
 <h3 id="revisions">Revisions</h3>
 <p>Google drive stores revisions of files. When you upload a change to an existing file to google drive using rclone it will create a new revision of that file.</p>
@@ -10588,6 +11355,32 @@ trashed=false and &#39;c&#39; in parents</code></pre>
 </ul>
 <h3 id="deleting-files-2">Deleting files</h3>
 <p>By default rclone will send all files to the trash when deleting files. If deleting them permanently is required then use the <code>--drive-use-trash=false</code> flag, or set the equivalent environment variable.</p>
+<h3 id="shortcuts">Shortcuts</h3>
+<p>In March 2020 Google introduced a new feature in Google Drive called <a href="https://support.google.com/drive/answer/9700156">drive shortcuts</a> (<a href="https://developers.google.com/drive/api/v3/shortcuts">API</a>). These will (by September 2020) <a href="https://cloud.google.com/blog/products/g-suite/simplifying-google-drives-folder-structure-and-sharing-models">replace the ability for files or folders to be in multiple folders at once</a>.</p>
+<p>Shortcuts are files that link to other files on Google Drive somewhat like a symlink in unix, except they point to the underlying file data (eg the inode in unix terms) so they don’t break if the source is renamed or moved about.</p>
+<p>Be default rclone treats these as follows.</p>
+<p>For shortcuts pointing to files:</p>
+<ul>
+<li>When listing a file shortcut appears as the destination file.</li>
+<li>When downloading the contents of the destination file is downloaded.</li>
+<li>When updating shortcut file with a non shortcut file, the shortcut is removed then a new file is uploaded in place of the shortcut.</li>
+<li>When server side moving (renaming) the shortcut is renamed, not the destination file.</li>
+<li>When server side copying the shortcut is copied, not the contents of the shortcut.</li>
+<li>When deleting the shortcut is deleted not the linked file.</li>
+<li>When setting the modification time, the modification time of the linked file will be set.</li>
+</ul>
+<p>For shortcuts pointing to folders:</p>
+<ul>
+<li>When listing the shortcut appears as a folder and that folder will contain the contents of the linked folder appear (including any sub folders)</li>
+<li>When downloading the contents of the linked folder and sub contents are downloaded</li>
+<li>When uploading to a shortcut folder the file will be placed in the linked folder</li>
+<li>When server side moving (renaming) the shortcut is renamed, not the destination folder</li>
+<li>When server side copying the contents of the linked folder is copied, not the shortcut.</li>
+<li>When deleting with <code>rclone rmdir</code> or <code>rclone purge</code> the shortcut is deleted not the linked folder.</li>
+<li><strong>NB</strong> When deleting with <code>rclone remove</code> or <code>rclone mount</code> the contents of the linked folder will be deleted.</li>
+</ul>
+<p>It isn’t currently possible to create shortcuts with rclone.</p>
+<p>Shortcuts can be completely ignored with the <code>--drive-skip-shortcuts</code> flag or the corresponding <code>skip_shortcuts</code> configuration setting.</p>
 <h3 id="emptying-trash">Emptying trash</h3>
 <p>If you wish to empty your trash you can use the <code>rclone cleanup remote:</code> command which will permanently delete all your trashed files. This command does not take any path arguments.</p>
 <p>Note that Google Drive takes some time (minutes to days) to empty the trash even though the command returns within a few seconds. No output is echoed, so there will be no confirmation even using -v or -vv.</p>
@@ -10810,7 +11603,6 @@ trashed=false and &#39;c&#39; in parents</code></pre>
 </tr>
 </tbody>
 </table>
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/drive/drive.go then run make backenddocs -->
 <h3 id="standard-options-13">Standard Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the standard options specific to drive (Google Drive).</p>
 <h4 id="drive-client-id">–drive-client-id</h4>
@@ -10928,7 +11720,7 @@ trashed=false and &#39;c&#39; in parents</code></pre>
 <p>Skip MD5 checksum on Google photos and videos only.</p>
 <p>Use this if you get checksum errors when transferring Google photos or videos.</p>
 <p>Setting this flag will cause Google photos and videos to return a blank MD5 checksum.</p>
-<p>Google photos are identifed by being in the “photos” space.</p>
+<p>Google photos are identified by being in the “photos” space.</p>
 <p>Corrupted checksums are caused by Google modifying the image/video but not updating the checksum.</p>
 <ul>
 <li>Config: skip_checksum_gphotos</li>
@@ -11071,7 +11863,7 @@ trashed=false and &#39;c&#39; in parents</code></pre>
 </ul>
 <h4 id="drive-size-as-quota">–drive-size-as-quota</h4>
 <p>Show sizes as storage quota usage, not actual size.</p>
-<p>Show the size of a file as the the storage quota used. This is the current version plus any older versions that have been set to keep forever.</p>
+<p>Show the size of a file as the storage quota used. This is the current version plus any older versions that have been set to keep forever.</p>
 <p><strong>WARNING</strong>: This flag may have some unexpected consequences.</p>
 <p>It is not recommended to set this flag in your config - the recommended usage is using the flag form –drive-size-as-quota when doing rclone ls/lsl/lsf/lsjson/etc only.</p>
 <p>If you do use this flag for syncing (not recommended) then you will need to use –ignore size also.</p>
@@ -11135,16 +11927,68 @@ trashed=false and &#39;c&#39; in parents</code></pre>
 <li>Type: bool</li>
 <li>Default: false</li>
 </ul>
+<h4 id="drive-skip-shortcuts">–drive-skip-shortcuts</h4>
+<p>If set skip shortcut files</p>
+<p>Normally rclone dereferences shortcut files making them appear as if they are the original file (see <a href="#shortcuts">the shortcuts section</a>). If this flag is set then rclone will ignore shortcut files completely.</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Config: skip_shortcuts</li>
+<li>Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SKIP_SHORTCUTS</li>
+<li>Type: bool</li>
+<li>Default: false</li>
+</ul>
 <h4 id="drive-encoding">–drive-encoding</h4>
 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p>
-<p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
+<p>See: the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
 <ul>
 <li>Config: encoding</li>
 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_ENCODING</li>
 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li>
 <li>Default: InvalidUtf8</li>
 </ul>
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
+<h3 id="backend-commands-2">Backend commands</h3>
+<p>Here are the commands specific to the drive backend.</p>
+<p>Run them with</p>
+<pre><code>rclone backend COMMAND remote:</code></pre>
+<p>The help below will explain what arguments each command takes.</p>
+<p>See <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_backend/">the “rclone backend” command</a> for more info on how to pass options and arguments.</p>
+<p>These can be run on a running backend using the rc command <a href="https://rclone.org/rc/#backend/command">backend/command</a>.</p>
+<h4 id="get">get</h4>
+<p>Get command for fetching the drive config parameters</p>
+<pre><code>rclone backend get remote: [options] [&lt;arguments&gt;+]</code></pre>
+<p>This is a get command which will be used to fetch the various drive config parameters</p>
+<p>Usage Examples:</p>
+<pre><code>rclone backend get drive: [-o service_account_file] [-o chunk_size]
+rclone rc backend/command command=get fs=drive: [-o service_account_file] [-o chunk_size]</code></pre>
+<p>Options:</p>
+<ul>
+<li>“chunk_size”: show the current upload chunk size</li>
+<li>“service_account_file”: show the current service account file</li>
+</ul>
+<h4 id="set">set</h4>
+<p>Set command for updating the drive config parameters</p>
+<pre><code>rclone backend set remote: [options] [&lt;arguments&gt;+]</code></pre>
+<p>This is a set command which will be used to update the various drive config parameters</p>
+<p>Usage Examples:</p>
+<pre><code>rclone backend set drive: [-o service_account_file=sa.json] [-o chunk_size=67108864]
+rclone rc backend/command command=set fs=drive: [-o service_account_file=sa.json] [-o chunk_size=67108864]</code></pre>
+<p>Options:</p>
+<ul>
+<li>“chunk_size”: update the current upload chunk size</li>
+<li>“service_account_file”: update the current service account file</li>
+</ul>
+<h4 id="shortcut">shortcut</h4>
+<p>Create shortcuts from files or directories</p>
+<pre><code>rclone backend shortcut remote: [options] [&lt;arguments&gt;+]</code></pre>
+<p>This command creates shortcuts from files or directories.</p>
+<p>Usage:</p>
+<pre><code>rclone backend shortcut drive: source_item destination_shortcut
+rclone backend shortcut drive: source_item -o target=drive2: destination_shortcut</code></pre>
+<p>In the first example this creates a shortcut from the “source_item” which can be a file or a directory to the “destination_shortcut”. The “source_item” and the “destination_shortcut” should be relative paths from “drive:”</p>
+<p>In the second example this creates a shortcut from the “source_item” relative to “drive:” to the “destination_shortcut” relative to “drive2:”. This may fail with a permission error if the user authenticated with “drive2:” can’t read files from “drive:”.</p>
+<p>Options:</p>
+<ul>
+<li>“target”: optional target remote for the shortcut destination</li>
+</ul>
 <h3 id="limitations-7">Limitations</h3>
 <p>Drive has quite a lot of rate limiting. This causes rclone to be limited to transferring about 2 files per second only. Individual files may be transferred much faster at 100s of MBytes/s but lots of small files can take a long time.</p>
 <p>Server side copies are also subject to a separate rate limit. If you see User rate limit exceeded errors, wait at least 24 hours and retry. You can disable server side copies with <code>--disable copy</code> to download and upload the files if you prefer.</p>
@@ -11152,7 +11996,7 @@ trashed=false and &#39;c&#39; in parents</code></pre>
 <p>Google docs will appear as size -1 in <code>rclone ls</code> and as size 0 in anything which uses the VFS layer, eg <code>rclone mount</code>, <code>rclone serve</code>.</p>
 <p>This is because rclone can’t find out the size of the Google docs without downloading them.</p>
 <p>Google docs will transfer correctly with <code>rclone sync</code>, <code>rclone copy</code> etc as rclone knows to ignore the size when doing the transfer.</p>
-<p>However an unfortunate consequence of this is that you may not be able to download Google docs using <code>rclone mount</code>. If it doesn’t work you will get a 0 sized file. If you try again the doc may gain its correct size and be downloadable. Whther it will work on not depends on the application accessing the mount and the OS you are running - experiment to find out if it does work for you!</p>
+<p>However an unfortunate consequence of this is that you may not be able to download Google docs using <code>rclone mount</code>. If it doesn’t work you will get a 0 sized file. If you try again the doc may gain its correct size and be downloadable. Whether it will work on not depends on the application accessing the mount and the OS you are running - experiment to find out if it does work for you!</p>
 <h3 id="duplicated-files-1">Duplicated files</h3>
 <p>Sometimes, for no reason I’ve been able to track down, drive will duplicate a file that rclone uploads. Drive unlike all the other remotes can have duplicated files.</p>
 <p>Duplicated files cause problems with the syncing and you will see messages in the log about duplicates.</p>
@@ -11170,10 +12014,16 @@ trashed=false and &#39;c&#39; in parents</code></pre>
 <li><p>Log into the <a href="https://console.developers.google.com/">Google API Console</a> with your Google account. It doesn’t matter what Google account you use. (It need not be the same account as the Google Drive you want to access)</p></li>
 <li><p>Select a project or create a new project.</p></li>
 <li><p>Under “ENABLE APIS AND SERVICES” search for “Drive”, and enable the “Google Drive API”.</p></li>
-<li><p>Click “Credentials” in the left-side panel (not “Create credentials”, which opens the wizard), then “Create credentials”, then “OAuth client ID”. It will prompt you to set the OAuth consent screen product name, if you haven’t set one already.</p></li>
-<li><p>Choose an application type of “other”, and click “Create”. (the default name is fine)</p></li>
+<li><p>Click “Credentials” in the left-side panel (not “Create credentials”, which opens the wizard), then “Create credentials”</p></li>
+<li><p>If you already configured an “Oauth Consent Screen”, then skip to the next step; if not, click on “CONFIGURE CONSENT SCREEN” button (near the top right corner of the right panel), then select “External” and click on “CREATE”; on the next screen, enter an “Application name” (“rclone” is OK) then click on “Save” (all other data is optional). Click again on “Credentials” on the left panel to go back to the “Credentials” screen.</p></li>
+</ol>
+<p>(PS: if you are a GSuite user, you could also select “Internal” instead of “External” above, but this has not been tested/documented so far).</p>
+<ol start="6" type="1">
+<li><p>Click on the “+ CREATE CREDENTIALS” button at the top of the screen, then select “OAuth client ID”.</p></li>
+<li><p>Choose an application type of “Desktop app” if you using a Google account or “Other” if you using a GSuite account and click “Create”. (the default name is fine)</p></li>
 <li><p>It will show you a client ID and client secret. Use these values in rclone config to add a new remote or edit an existing remote.</p></li>
 </ol>
+<p>Be aware that, due to the “enhanced security” recently introduced by Google, you are theoretically expected to “submit your app for verification” and then wait a few weeks(!) for their response; in practice, you can go right ahead and use the client ID and client secret with rclone, the only issue will be a very scary confirmation screen shown when you connect via your browser for rclone to be able to get its token-id (but as this only happens during the remote configuration, it’s not such a big deal).</p>
 <p>(Thanks to <span class="citation" data-cites="balazer">@balazer</span> on github for these instructions.)</p>
 <h2 id="google-photos">Google Photos</h2>
 <p>The rclone backend for <a href="https://www.google.com/photos/about/">Google Photos</a> is a specialized backend for transferring photos and videos to and from Google Photos.</p>
@@ -11297,8 +12147,12 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
     - album name/sub
 - shared-album
     - album name
-    - album name/sub</code></pre>
-<p>There are two writable parts of the tree, the <code>upload</code> directory and sub directories of the the <code>album</code> directory.</p>
+    - album name/sub
+- feature
+    - favorites
+        - file1.jpg
+        - file2.jpg</code></pre>
+<p>There are two writable parts of the tree, the <code>upload</code> directory and sub directories of the <code>album</code> directory.</p>
 <p>The <code>upload</code> directory is for uploading files you don’t want to put into albums. This will be empty to start with and will contain the files you’ve uploaded for one rclone session only, becoming empty again when you restart rclone. The use case for this would be if you have a load of files you just want to once off dump into Google Photos. For repeated syncing, uploading to <code>album</code> will work better.</p>
 <p>Directories within the <code>album</code> directory are also writeable and you may create new directories (albums) under <code>album</code>. If you copy files with a directory hierarchy in there then rclone will create albums with the <code>/</code> character in them. For example if you do</p>
 <pre><code>rclone copy /path/to/images remote:album/images</code></pre>
@@ -11353,7 +12207,6 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <p>Rclone cannot delete files anywhere except under <code>album</code>.</p>
 <h3 id="deleting-albums">Deleting albums</h3>
 <p>The Google Photos API does not support deleting albums - see <a href="https://issuetracker.google.com/issues/135714733">bug #135714733</a>.</p>
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/googlephotos/googlephotos.go then run make backenddocs -->
 <h3 id="standard-options-14">Standard Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the standard options specific to google photos (Google Photos).</p>
 <h4 id="gphotos-client-id">–gphotos-client-id</h4>
@@ -11392,7 +12245,14 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <li>Type: bool</li>
 <li>Default: false</li>
 </ul>
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
+<h4 id="gphotos-start-year">–gphotos-start-year</h4>
+<p>Year limits the photos to be downloaded to those which are uploaded after the given year</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Config: start_year</li>
+<li>Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_START_YEAR</li>
+<li>Type: int</li>
+<li>Default: 2000</li>
+</ul>
 <h2 id="http">HTTP</h2>
 <p>The HTTP remote is a read only remote for reading files of a webserver. The webserver should provide file listings which rclone will read and turn into a remote. This has been tested with common webservers such as Apache/Nginx/Caddy and will likely work with file listings from most web servers. (If it doesn’t then please file an issue, or send a pull request!)</p>
 <p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:</code> or <code>remote:path/to/dir</code>.</p>
@@ -11453,10 +12313,9 @@ e/n/d/r/c/s/q&gt; q</code></pre>
 <p>Most HTTP servers store time accurate to 1 second.</p>
 <h3 id="checksum">Checksum</h3>
 <p>No checksums are stored.</p>
-<h3 id="usage-without-a-config-file">Usage without a config file</h3>
+<h3 id="usage-without-a-config-file-1">Usage without a config file</h3>
 <p>Since the http remote only has one config parameter it is easy to use without a config file:</p>
 <pre><code>rclone lsd --http-url https://beta.rclone.org :http:</code></pre>
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/http/http.go then run make backenddocs -->
 <h3 id="standard-options-15">Standard Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the standard options specific to http (http Connection).</p>
 <h4 id="http-url">–http-url</h4>
@@ -11521,7 +12380,6 @@ e/n/d/r/c/s/q&gt; q</code></pre>
 <li>Type: bool</li>
 <li><p>Default: false</p></li>
 </ul>
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 <h2 id="hubic">Hubic</h2>
 <p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:path</code></p>
 <p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:container</code> (or <code>remote:</code> for the <code>lsd</code> command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg <code>remote:container/path/to/dir</code>.</p>
@@ -11577,12 +12435,11 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <p>If you want the directory to be visible in the official <em>Hubic browser</em>, you need to copy your files to the <code>default</code> directory</p>
 <pre><code>rclone copy /home/source remote:default/backup</code></pre>
 <h3 id="fast-list-5">–fast-list</h3>
-<p>This remote supports <code>--fast-list</code> which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the <a href="/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p>
+<p>This remote supports <code>--fast-list</code> which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the <a href="https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p>
 <h3 id="modified-time-8">Modified time</h3>
 <p>The modified time is stored as metadata on the object as <code>X-Object-Meta-Mtime</code> as floating point since the epoch accurate to 1 ns.</p>
 <p>This is a de facto standard (used in the official python-swiftclient amongst others) for storing the modification time for an object.</p>
 <p>Note that Hubic wraps the Swift backend, so most of the properties of are the same.</p>
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/hubic/hubic.go then run make backenddocs -->
 <h3 id="standard-options-16">Standard Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the standard options specific to hubic (Hubic).</p>
 <h4 id="hubic-client-id">–hubic-client-id</h4>
@@ -11625,23 +12482,25 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </ul>
 <h4 id="hubic-encoding">–hubic-encoding</h4>
 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p>
-<p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
+<p>See: the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
 <ul>
 <li>Config: encoding</li>
 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_HUBIC_ENCODING</li>
 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li>
 <li>Default: Slash,InvalidUtf8</li>
 </ul>
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 <h3 id="limitations-9">Limitations</h3>
 <p>This uses the normal OpenStack Swift mechanism to refresh the Swift API credentials and ignores the expires field returned by the Hubic API.</p>
 <p>The Swift API doesn’t return a correct MD5SUM for segmented files (Dynamic or Static Large Objects) so rclone won’t check or use the MD5SUM for these.</p>
 <h2 id="jottacloud">Jottacloud</h2>
+<p>Jottacloud is a cloud storage service provider from a Norwegian company, using its own datacenters in Norway.</p>
+<p>In addition to the official service at <a href="https://www.jottacloud.com/">jottacloud.com</a>, there are also several whitelabel versions which should work with this backend.</p>
 <p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:path</code></p>
 <p>Paths may be as deep as required, eg <code>remote:directory/subdirectory</code>.</p>
-<p>To configure Jottacloud you will need to generate a personal security token in the Jottacloud web inteface. You will the option to do in your <a href="https://www.jottacloud.com/web/secure">account security settings</a>. Note that the web inteface may refer to this token as a JottaCli token.</p>
+<h2 id="setup-2">Setup</h2>
+<p>To configure Jottacloud you will need to generate a personal security token in the Jottacloud web interface. You will the option to do in your <a href="https://www.jottacloud.com/web/secure">account security settings</a> (for whitelabel version you need to find this page in its web interface). Note that the web interface may refer to this token as a JottaCli token.</p>
 <p>Here is an example of how to make a remote called <code>remote</code>. First run:</p>
-<pre><code> rclone config</code></pre>
+<pre><code>rclone config</code></pre>
 <p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p>
 <pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one
 n) New remote
@@ -11653,7 +12512,7 @@ Type of storage to configure.
 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (&quot;&quot;).
 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 [snip]
-XX / JottaCloud
+XX / Jottacloud
    \ &quot;jottacloud&quot;
 [snip]
 Storage&gt; jottacloud
@@ -11682,8 +12541,9 @@ Devices&gt; 3
 Please select the mountpoint to user. Normally this will be Archive
 Choose a number from below, or type in an existing value
  1 &gt; Archive
- 2 &gt; Shared
+ 2 &gt; Links
  3 &gt; Sync
+ 
 Mountpoints&gt; 1
 --------------------
 [jotta]
@@ -11706,16 +12566,17 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <p>To copy a local directory to an Jottacloud directory called backup</p>
 <pre><code>rclone copy /home/source remote:backup</code></pre>
 <h3 id="devices-and-mountpoints">Devices and Mountpoints</h3>
-<p>The official Jottacloud client registers a device for each computer you install it on and then creates a mountpoint for each folder you select for Backup. The web interface uses a special device called Jotta for the Archive, Sync and Shared mountpoints. In most cases you’ll want to use the Jotta/Archive device/mounpoint however if you want to access files uploaded by any of the official clients rclone provides the option to select other devices and mountpoints during config.</p>
+<p>The official Jottacloud client registers a device for each computer you install it on, and then creates a mountpoint for each folder you select for Backup. The web interface uses a special device called Jotta for the Archive and Sync mountpoints. In most cases you’ll want to use the Jotta/Archive device/mountpoint, however if you want to access files uploaded by any of the official clients rclone provides the option to select other devices and mountpoints during config.</p>
+<p>The built-in Jotta device may also contain several other mountpoints, such as: Latest, Links, Shared and Trash. These are special mountpoints with a different internal representation than the “regular” mountpoints. Rclone will only to a very limited degree support them. Generally you should avoid these, unless you know what you are doing.</p>
 <h3 id="fast-list-6">–fast-list</h3>
-<p>This remote supports <code>--fast-list</code> which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the <a href="/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p>
+<p>This remote supports <code>--fast-list</code> which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the <a href="https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p>
 <p>Note that the implementation in Jottacloud always uses only a single API request to get the entire list, so for large folders this could lead to long wait time before the first results are shown.</p>
 <h3 id="modified-time-and-hashes-5">Modified time and hashes</h3>
 <p>Jottacloud allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1 second. These will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or not.</p>
 <p>Jottacloud supports MD5 type hashes, so you can use the <code>--checksum</code> flag.</p>
-<p>Note that Jottacloud requires the MD5 hash before upload so if the source does not have an MD5 checksum then the file will be cached temporarily on disk (wherever the <code>TMPDIR</code> environment variable points to) before it is uploaded. Small files will be cached in memory - see the <code>--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit</code> flag.</p>
+<p>Note that Jottacloud requires the MD5 hash before upload so if the source does not have an MD5 checksum then the file will be cached temporarily on disk (wherever the <code>TMPDIR</code> environment variable points to) before it is uploaded. Small files will be cached in memory - see the <a href="#jottacloud-md5-memory-limit">–jottacloud-md5-memory-limit</a> flag.</p>
 <h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-10">Restricted filename characters</h4>
-<p>In addition to the <a href="/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p>
+<p>In addition to the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p>
 <table>
 <thead>
 <tr class="header">
@@ -11762,18 +12623,15 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </tr>
 </tbody>
 </table>
-<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in XML strings.</p>
+<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in XML strings.</p>
 <h3 id="deleting-files-4">Deleting files</h3>
-<p>By default rclone will send all files to the trash when deleting files. Due to a lack of API documentation emptying the trash is currently only possible via the Jottacloud website. If deleting permanently is required then use the <code>--jottacloud-hard-delete</code> flag, or set the equivalent environment variable.</p>
+<p>By default rclone will send all files to the trash when deleting files. They will be permanently deleted automatically after 30 days. You may bypass the trash and permanently delete files immediately by using the <a href="#jottacloud-hard-delete">–jottacloud-hard-delete</a> flag, or set the equivalent environment variable. Emptying the trash is supported by the <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_cleanup/">cleanup</a> command.</p>
 <h3 id="versions-2">Versions</h3>
 <p>Jottacloud supports file versioning. When rclone uploads a new version of a file it creates a new version of it. Currently rclone only supports retrieving the current version but older versions can be accessed via the Jottacloud Website.</p>
 <h3 id="quota-information-1">Quota information</h3>
 <p>To view your current quota you can use the <code>rclone about remote:</code> command which will display your usage limit (unless it is unlimited) and the current usage.</p>
-<h3 id="device-ids">Device IDs</h3>
-<p>Jottacloud requires each ‘device’ to be registered. Rclone brings such a registration to easily access your account but if you want to use Jottacloud together with rclone on multiple machines you NEED to create a seperate deviceID/deviceSecrect on each machine. You will asked during setting up the remote. Please be aware that this also means that copying the rclone config from one machine to another does NOT work with Jottacloud accounts. You have to create it on each machine.</p>
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/jottacloud/jottacloud.go then run make backenddocs -->
 <h3 id="advanced-options-16">Advanced Options</h3>
-<p>Here are the advanced options specific to jottacloud (JottaCloud).</p>
+<p>Here are the advanced options specific to jottacloud (Jottacloud).</p>
 <h4 id="jottacloud-md5-memory-limit">–jottacloud-md5-memory-limit</h4>
 <p>Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required.</p>
 <ul>
@@ -11782,6 +12640,14 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <li>Type: SizeSuffix</li>
 <li>Default: 10M</li>
 </ul>
+<h4 id="jottacloud-trashed-only">–jottacloud-trashed-only</h4>
+<p>Only show files that are in the trash. This will show trashed files in their original directory structure.</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Config: trashed_only</li>
+<li>Env Var: RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_TRASHED_ONLY</li>
+<li>Type: bool</li>
+<li>Default: false</li>
+</ul>
 <h4 id="jottacloud-hard-delete">–jottacloud-hard-delete</h4>
 <p>Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.</p>
 <ul>
@@ -11808,14 +12674,13 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </ul>
 <h4 id="jottacloud-encoding">–jottacloud-encoding</h4>
 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p>
-<p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
+<p>See: the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
 <ul>
 <li>Config: encoding</li>
 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_ENCODING</li>
 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li>
 <li>Default: Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot</li>
 </ul>
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 <h3 id="limitations-10">Limitations</h3>
 <p>Note that Jottacloud is case insensitive so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and one called “hello.doc”.</p>
 <p>There are quite a few characters that can’t be in Jottacloud file names. Rclone will map these names to and from an identical looking unicode equivalent. For example if a file has a ? in it will be mapped to ？ instead.</p>
@@ -11881,7 +12746,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <p>To copy a local directory to an Koofr directory called backup</p>
 <pre><code>rclone copy /home/source remote:backup</code></pre>
 <h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-11">Restricted filename characters</h4>
-<p>In addition to the <a href="/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p>
+<p>In addition to the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p>
 <table>
 <thead>
 <tr class="header">
@@ -11898,8 +12763,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </tr>
 </tbody>
 </table>
-<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in XML strings.</p>
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/koofr/koofr.go then run make backenddocs -->
+<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in XML strings.</p>
 <h3 id="standard-options-17">Standard Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the standard options specific to koofr (Koofr).</p>
 <h4 id="koofr-user">–koofr-user</h4>
@@ -11946,18 +12810,18 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </ul>
 <h4 id="koofr-encoding">–koofr-encoding</h4>
 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p>
-<p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
+<p>See: the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
 <ul>
 <li>Config: encoding</li>
 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_KOOFR_ENCODING</li>
 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li>
 <li>Default: Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot</li>
 </ul>
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 <h3 id="limitations-11">Limitations</h3>
 <p>Note that Koofr is case insensitive so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and one called “hello.doc”.</p>
 <h2 id="mail.ru-cloud">Mail.ru Cloud</h2>
 <p><a href="https://cloud.mail.ru/">Mail.ru Cloud</a> is a cloud storage provided by a Russian internet company <a href="https://mail.ru">Mail.Ru Group</a>. The official desktop client is <a href="https://disk-o.cloud/">Disk-O:</a>, available only on Windows. (Please note that official sites are in Russian)</p>
+<p>Currently it is recommended to disable 2FA on Mail.ru accounts intended for rclone until it gets eventually implemented.</p>
 <h3 id="features-highlights">Features highlights</h3>
 <ul>
 <li>Paths may be as deep as required, eg <code>remote:directory/subdirectory</code></li>
@@ -11965,7 +12829,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <li>Deleted files are by default moved to the trash</li>
 <li>Files and directories can be shared via public links</li>
 <li>Partial uploads or streaming are not supported, file size must be known before upload</li>
-<li>Maximum file size is limited to 2G for a free acount, unlimited for paid accounts</li>
+<li>Maximum file size is limited to 2G for a free account, unlimited for paid accounts</li>
 <li>Storage keeps hash for all files and performs transparent deduplication, the hash algorithm is a modified SHA1</li>
 <li>If a particular file is already present in storage, one can quickly submit file hash instead of long file upload (this optimization is supported by rclone)</li>
 </ul>
@@ -12044,7 +12908,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <h3 id="quota-information-2">Quota information</h3>
 <p>To view your current quota you can use the <code>rclone about remote:</code> command which will display your usage limit (quota) and the current usage.</p>
 <h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-12">Restricted filename characters</h4>
-<p>In addition to the <a href="/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p>
+<p>In addition to the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p>
 <table>
 <thead>
 <tr class="header">
@@ -12096,11 +12960,10 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </tr>
 </tbody>
 </table>
-<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
+<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
 <h3 id="limitations-12">Limitations</h3>
 <p>File size limits depend on your account. A single file size is limited by 2G for a free account and unlimited for paid tariffs. Please refer to the Mail.ru site for the total uploaded size limits.</p>
 <p>Note that Mailru is case insensitive so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and one called “hello.doc”.</p>
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/mailru/mailru.go then run make backenddocs -->
 <h3 id="standard-options-18">Standard Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the standard options specific to mailru (Mail.ru Cloud).</p>
 <h4 id="mailru-user">–mailru-user</h4>
@@ -12250,14 +13113,13 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </ul>
 <h4 id="mailru-encoding">–mailru-encoding</h4>
 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p>
-<p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
+<p>See: the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
 <ul>
 <li>Config: encoding</li>
 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_MAILRU_ENCODING</li>
 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li>
 <li>Default: Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot</li>
 </ul>
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 <h2 id="mega">Mega</h2>
 <p><a href="https://mega.nz/">Mega</a> is a cloud storage and file hosting service known for its security feature where all files are encrypted locally before they are uploaded. This prevents anyone (including employees of Mega) from accessing the files without knowledge of the key used for encryption.</p>
 <p>This is an rclone backend for Mega which supports the file transfer features of Mega using the same client side encryption.</p>
@@ -12333,23 +13195,22 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </tr>
 </tbody>
 </table>
-<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
+<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
 <h3 id="duplicated-files-2">Duplicated files</h3>
 <p>Mega can have two files with exactly the same name and path (unlike a normal file system).</p>
 <p>Duplicated files cause problems with the syncing and you will see messages in the log about duplicates.</p>
 <p>Use <code>rclone dedupe</code> to fix duplicated files.</p>
 <h3 id="failure-to-log-in">Failure to log-in</h3>
-<p>Mega remotes seem to get blocked (reject logins) under “heavy use”. We haven’t worked out the exact blocking rules but it seems to be related to fast paced, sucessive rclone commands.</p>
+<p>Mega remotes seem to get blocked (reject logins) under “heavy use”. We haven’t worked out the exact blocking rules but it seems to be related to fast paced, successive rclone commands.</p>
 <p>For example, executing this command 90 times in a row <code>rclone link remote:file</code> will cause the remote to become “blocked”. This is not an abnormal situation, for example if you wish to get the public links of a directory with hundred of files… After more or less a week, the remote will remote accept rclone logins normally again.</p>
 <p>You can mitigate this issue by mounting the remote it with <code>rclone mount</code>. This will log-in when mounting and a log-out when unmounting only. You can also run <code>rclone rcd</code> and then use <code>rclone rc</code> to run the commands over the API to avoid logging in each time.</p>
 <p>Rclone does not currently close mega sessions (you can see them in the web interface), however closing the sessions does not solve the issue.</p>
 <p>If you space rclone commands by 3 seconds it will avoid blocking the remote. We haven’t identified the exact blocking rules, so perhaps one could execute the command 80 times without waiting and avoid blocking by waiting 3 seconds, then continuing…</p>
 <p>Note that this has been observed by trial and error and might not be set in stone.</p>
 <p>Other tools seem not to produce this blocking effect, as they use a different working approach (state-based, using sessionIDs instead of log-in) which isn’t compatible with the current stateless rclone approach.</p>
-<p>Note that once blocked, the use of other tools (such as megacmd) is not a sure workaround: following megacmd login times have been observed in sucession for blocked remote: 7 minutes, 20 min, 30min, 30 min, 30min. Web access looks unaffected though.</p>
+<p>Note that once blocked, the use of other tools (such as megacmd) is not a sure workaround: following megacmd login times have been observed in succession for blocked remote: 7 minutes, 20 min, 30min, 30 min, 30min. Web access looks unaffected though.</p>
 <p>Investigation is continuing in relation to workarounds based on timeouts, pacers, retrials and tpslimits - if you discover something relevant, please post on the forum.</p>
 <p>So, if rclone was working nicely and suddenly you are unable to log-in and you are sure the user and the password are correct, likely you have got the remote blocked for a while.</p>
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/mega/mega.go then run make backenddocs -->
 <h3 id="standard-options-19">Standard Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the standard options specific to mega (Mega).</p>
 <h4 id="mega-user">–mega-user</h4>
@@ -12390,14 +13251,13 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </ul>
 <h4 id="mega-encoding">–mega-encoding</h4>
 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p>
-<p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
+<p>See: the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
 <ul>
 <li>Config: encoding</li>
 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_MEGA_ENCODING</li>
 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li>
 <li>Default: Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot</li>
 </ul>
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 <h3 id="limitations-13">Limitations</h3>
 <p>This backend uses the <a href="https://github.com/t3rm1n4l/go-mega">go-mega go library</a> which is an opensource go library implementing the Mega API. There doesn’t appear to be any documentation for the mega protocol beyond the <a href="https://github.com/meganz/sdk">mega C++ SDK</a> source code so there are likely quite a few errors still remaining in this library.</p>
 <p>Mega allows duplicate files which may confuse rclone.</p>
@@ -12438,9 +13298,7 @@ rclone serve sftp :memory:</code></pre>
 <h3 id="modified-time-and-hashes-7">Modified time and hashes</h3>
 <p>The memory backend supports MD5 hashes and modification times accurate to 1 nS.</p>
 <h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-14">Restricted filename characters</h4>
-<p>The memory backend replaces the <a href="/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a>.</p>
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/memory/memory.go then run make backenddocs -->
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
+<p>The memory backend replaces the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a>.</p>
 <h2 id="microsoft-azure-blob-storage">Microsoft Azure Blob Storage</h2>
 <p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:container</code> (or <code>remote:</code> for the <code>lsd</code> command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg <code>remote:container/path/to/dir</code>.</p>
 <p>Here is an example of making a Microsoft Azure Blob Storage configuration. For a remote called <code>remote</code>. First run:</p>
@@ -12485,11 +13343,11 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <p>Sync <code>/home/local/directory</code> to the remote container, deleting any excess files in the container.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:container</code></pre>
 <h3 id="fast-list-7">–fast-list</h3>
-<p>This remote supports <code>--fast-list</code> which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the <a href="/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p>
+<p>This remote supports <code>--fast-list</code> which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the <a href="https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p>
 <h3 id="modified-time-10">Modified time</h3>
 <p>The modified time is stored as metadata on the object with the <code>mtime</code> key. It is stored using RFC3339 Format time with nanosecond precision. The metadata is supplied during directory listings so there is no overhead to using it.</p>
 <h3 id="restricted-filename-characters-15">Restricted filename characters</h3>
-<p>In addition to the <a href="/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p>
+<p>In addition to the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p>
 <table>
 <thead>
 <tr class="header">
@@ -12511,7 +13369,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </tr>
 </tbody>
 </table>
-<p>File names can also not end with the following characters. These only get replaced if they are last character in the name:</p>
+<p>File names can also not end with the following characters. These only get replaced if they are the last character in the name:</p>
 <table>
 <thead>
 <tr class="header">
@@ -12528,7 +13386,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </tr>
 </tbody>
 </table>
-<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
+<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
 <h3 id="hashes">Hashes</h3>
 <p>MD5 hashes are stored with blobs. However blobs that were uploaded in chunks only have an MD5 if the source remote was capable of MD5 hashes, eg the local disk.</p>
 <h3 id="authenticating-with-azure-blob-storage">Authenticating with Azure Blob Storage</h3>
@@ -12536,22 +13394,22 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <h4 id="account-and-key">Account and Key</h4>
 <p>This is the most straight forward and least flexible way. Just fill in the <code>account</code> and <code>key</code> lines and leave the rest blank.</p>
 <h4 id="sas-url">SAS URL</h4>
-<p>This can be an account level SAS URL or container level SAS URL</p>
+<p>This can be an account level SAS URL or container level SAS URL.</p>
 <p>To use it leave <code>account</code>, <code>key</code> blank and fill in <code>sas_url</code>.</p>
-<p>Account level SAS URL or container level SAS URL can be obtained from Azure portal or Azure Storage Explorer. To get a container level SAS URL right click on a container in the Azure Blob explorer in the Azure portal.</p>
-<p>If You use container level SAS URL, rclone operations are permitted only on particular container, eg</p>
-<pre><code>rclone ls azureblob:container or rclone ls azureblob:</code></pre>
-<p>Since container name already exists in SAS URL, you can leave it empty as well.</p>
-<p>However these will not work</p>
-<pre><code>rclone lsd azureblob:
-rclone ls azureblob:othercontainer</code></pre>
-<p>This would be useful for temporarily allowing third parties access to a single container or putting credentials into an untrusted environment.</p>
+<p>An account level SAS URL or container level SAS URL can be obtained from the Azure portal or the Azure Storage Explorer. To get a container level SAS URL right click on a container in the Azure Blob explorer in the Azure portal.</p>
+<p>If you use a container level SAS URL, rclone operations are permitted only on a particular container, eg</p>
+<pre><code>rclone ls azureblob:container</code></pre>
+<p>You can also list the single container from the root. This will only show the container specified by the SAS URL.</p>
+<pre><code>$ rclone lsd azureblob:
+container/</code></pre>
+<p>Note that you can’t see or access any other containers - this will fail</p>
+<pre><code>rclone ls azureblob:othercontainer</code></pre>
+<p>Container level SAS URLs are useful for temporarily allowing third parties access to a single container or putting credentials into an untrusted environment such as a CI build server.</p>
 <h3 id="multipart-uploads-1">Multipart uploads</h3>
 <p>Rclone supports multipart uploads with Azure Blob storage. Files bigger than 256MB will be uploaded using chunked upload by default.</p>
 <p>The files will be uploaded in parallel in 4MB chunks (by default). Note that these chunks are buffered in memory and there may be up to <code>--transfers</code> of them being uploaded at once.</p>
 <p>Files can’t be split into more than 50,000 chunks so by default, so the largest file that can be uploaded with 4MB chunk size is 195GB. Above this rclone will double the chunk size until it creates less than 50,000 chunks. By default this will mean a maximum file size of 3.2TB can be uploaded. This can be raised to 5TB using <code>--azureblob-chunk-size 100M</code>.</p>
 <p>Note that rclone doesn’t commit the block list until the end of the upload which means that there is a limit of 9.5TB of multipart uploads in progress as Azure won’t allow more than that amount of uncommitted blocks.</p>
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/azureblob/azureblob.go then run make backenddocs -->
 <h3 id="standard-options-20">Standard Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the standard options specific to azureblob (Microsoft Azure Blob Storage).</p>
 <h4 id="azureblob-account">–azureblob-account</h4>
@@ -12632,20 +13490,44 @@ rclone ls azureblob:othercontainer</code></pre>
 <li>Type: string</li>
 <li>Default: ""</li>
 </ul>
+<h4 id="azureblob-disable-checksum">–azureblob-disable-checksum</h4>
+<p>Don’t store MD5 checksum with object metadata.</p>
+<p>Normally rclone will calculate the MD5 checksum of the input before uploading it so it can add it to metadata on the object. This is great for data integrity checking but can cause long delays for large files to start uploading.</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Config: disable_checksum</li>
+<li>Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_DISABLE_CHECKSUM</li>
+<li>Type: bool</li>
+<li>Default: false</li>
+</ul>
+<h4 id="azureblob-memory-pool-flush-time">–azureblob-memory-pool-flush-time</h4>
+<p>How often internal memory buffer pools will be flushed. Uploads which requires additional buffers (f.e multipart) will use memory pool for allocations. This option controls how often unused buffers will be removed from the pool.</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Config: memory_pool_flush_time</li>
+<li>Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_MEMORY_POOL_FLUSH_TIME</li>
+<li>Type: Duration</li>
+<li>Default: 1m0s</li>
+</ul>
+<h4 id="azureblob-memory-pool-use-mmap">–azureblob-memory-pool-use-mmap</h4>
+<p>Whether to use mmap buffers in internal memory pool.</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Config: memory_pool_use_mmap</li>
+<li>Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_MEMORY_POOL_USE_MMAP</li>
+<li>Type: bool</li>
+<li>Default: false</li>
+</ul>
 <h4 id="azureblob-encoding">–azureblob-encoding</h4>
 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p>
-<p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
+<p>See: the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
 <ul>
 <li>Config: encoding</li>
 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_ENCODING</li>
 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li>
 <li>Default: Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8</li>
 </ul>
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 <h3 id="limitations-14">Limitations</h3>
 <p>MD5 sums are only uploaded with chunked files if the source has an MD5 sum. This will always be the case for a local to azure copy.</p>
 <h3 id="azure-storage-emulator-support">Azure Storage Emulator Support</h3>
-<p>You can test rlcone with storage emulator locally, to do this make sure azure storage emulator installed locally and set up a new remote with <code>rclone config</code> follow instructions described in introduction, set <code>use_emulator</code> config as <code>true</code>, you do not need to provide default account name or key if using emulator.</p>
+<p>You can test rclone with storage emulator locally, to do this make sure azure storage emulator installed locally and set up a new remote with <code>rclone config</code> follow instructions described in introduction, set <code>use_emulator</code> config as <code>true</code>, you do not need to provide default account name or key if using emulator.</p>
 <h2 id="microsoft-onedrive">Microsoft OneDrive</h2>
 <p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:path</code></p>
 <p>Paths may be as deep as required, eg <code>remote:directory/subdirectory</code>.</p>
@@ -12738,10 +13620,10 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <p>If you are having problems with them (E.g., seeing a lot of throttling), you can get your own Client ID and Key by following the steps below:</p>
 <ol type="1">
 <li>Open https://portal.azure.com/#blade/Microsoft_AAD_RegisteredApps/ApplicationsListBlade, then click <code>New registration</code>.</li>
-<li>Enter a name for your app, choose account type <code>Any Azure AD directory - Multitenant</code>, select <code>Web</code> in <code>Redirect URI</code> Enter <code>http://localhost:53682/</code> and click Register. Copy and keep the <code>Application (client) ID</code> under the app name for later use.</li>
+<li>Enter a name for your app, choose account type <code>Accounts in any organizational directory (Any Azure AD directory - Multitenant) and personal Microsoft accounts (e.g. Skype, Xbox)</code>, select <code>Web</code> in <code>Redirect URI</code> Enter <code>http://localhost:53682/</code> and click Register. Copy and keep the <code>Application (client) ID</code> under the app name for later use.</li>
 <li>Under <code>manage</code> select <code>Certificates &amp; secrets</code>, click <code>New client secret</code>. Copy and keep that secret for later use.</li>
 <li>Under <code>manage</code> select <code>API permissions</code>, click <code>Add a permission</code> and select <code>Microsoft Graph</code> then select <code>delegated permissions</code>.</li>
-<li>Search and select the follwing permssions: <code>Files.Read</code>, <code>Files.ReadWrite</code>, <code>Files.Read.All</code>, <code>Files.ReadWrite.All</code>, <code>offline_access</code>, <code>User.Read</code>. Once selected click <code>Add permissions</code> at the bottom.</li>
+<li>Search and select the following permissions: <code>Files.Read</code>, <code>Files.ReadWrite</code>, <code>Files.Read.All</code>, <code>Files.ReadWrite.All</code>, <code>offline_access</code>, <code>User.Read</code>. Once selected click <code>Add permissions</code> at the bottom.</li>
 </ol>
 <p>Now the application is complete. Run <code>rclone config</code> to create or edit a OneDrive remote. Supply the app ID and password as Client ID and Secret, respectively. rclone will walk you through the remaining steps.</p>
 <h3 id="modification-time-and-hashes">Modification time and hashes</h3>
@@ -12749,7 +13631,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <p>OneDrive personal supports SHA1 type hashes. OneDrive for business and Sharepoint Server support <a href="https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/onedrive/developer/code-snippets/quickxorhash">QuickXorHash</a>.</p>
 <p>For all types of OneDrive you can use the <code>--checksum</code> flag.</p>
 <h3 id="restricted-filename-characters-16">Restricted filename characters</h3>
-<p>In addition to the <a href="/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p>
+<p>In addition to the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p>
 <table>
 <thead>
 <tr class="header">
@@ -12811,7 +13693,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </tr>
 </tbody>
 </table>
-<p>File names can also not end with the following characters. These only get replaced if they are last character in the name:</p>
+<p>File names can also not end with the following characters. These only get replaced if they are the last character in the name:</p>
 <table>
 <thead>
 <tr class="header">
@@ -12833,7 +13715,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </tr>
 </tbody>
 </table>
-<p>File names can also not begin with the following characters. These only get replaced if they are first character in the name:</p>
+<p>File names can also not begin with the following characters. These only get replaced if they are the first character in the name:</p>
 <table>
 <thead>
 <tr class="header">
@@ -12855,10 +13737,9 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </tr>
 </tbody>
 </table>
-<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
+<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
 <h3 id="deleting-files-5">Deleting files</h3>
 <p>Any files you delete with rclone will end up in the trash. Microsoft doesn’t provide an API to permanently delete files, nor to empty the trash, so you will have to do that with one of Microsoft’s apps or via the OneDrive website.</p>
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/onedrive/onedrive.go then run make backenddocs -->
 <h3 id="standard-options-21">Standard Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the standard options specific to onedrive (Microsoft OneDrive).</p>
 <h4 id="onedrive-client-id">–onedrive-client-id</h4>
@@ -12881,7 +13762,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to onedrive (Microsoft OneDrive).</p>
 <h4 id="onedrive-chunk-size">–onedrive-chunk-size</h4>
 <p>Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k (327,680 bytes).</p>
-<p>Above this size files will be chunked - must be multiple of 320k (327,680 bytes). Note that the chunks will be buffered into memory.</p>
+<p>Above this size files will be chunked - must be multiple of 320k (327,680 bytes) and should not exceed 250M (262,144,000 bytes) else you may encounter "Microsoft.SharePoint.Client.InvalidClientQueryException: The request message is too big." Note that the chunks will be buffered into memory.</p>
 <ul>
 <li>Config: chunk_size</li>
 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_CHUNK_SIZE</li>
@@ -12913,22 +13794,30 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <li>Type: bool</li>
 <li>Default: false</li>
 </ul>
+<h4 id="onedrive-server-side-across-configs">–onedrive-server-side-across-configs</h4>
+<p>Allow server side operations (eg copy) to work across different onedrive configs.</p>
+<p>This can be useful if you wish to do a server side copy between two different Onedrives. Note that this isn’t enabled by default because it isn’t easy to tell if it will work between any two configurations.</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Config: server_side_across_configs</li>
+<li>Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_SERVER_SIDE_ACROSS_CONFIGS</li>
+<li>Type: bool</li>
+<li>Default: false</li>
+</ul>
 <h4 id="onedrive-encoding">–onedrive-encoding</h4>
 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p>
-<p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
+<p>See: the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
 <ul>
 <li>Config: encoding</li>
 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_ENCODING</li>
 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li>
 <li>Default: Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,Hash,Percent,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,LeftTilde,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot</li>
 </ul>
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 <h3 id="limitations-15">Limitations</h3>
 <h4 id="naming">Naming</h4>
 <p>Note that OneDrive is case insensitive so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and one called “hello.doc”.</p>
 <p>There are quite a few characters that can’t be in OneDrive file names. These can’t occur on Windows platforms, but on non-Windows platforms they are common. Rclone will map these names to and from an identical looking unicode equivalent. For example if a file has a <code>?</code> in it will be mapped to <code>？</code> instead.</p>
 <h4 id="file-sizes">File sizes</h4>
-<p>The largest allowed file sizes are 15GB for OneDrive for Business and 35GB for OneDrive Personal (Updated 4 Jan 2019).</p>
+<p>The largest allowed file sizes are 15GB for OneDrive for Business and 100GB for OneDrive Personal (Updated 19 May 2020). Source: https://support.office.com/en-us/article/upload-photos-and-files-to-onedrive-b00ad3fe-6643-4b16-9212-de00ef02b586</p>
 <h4 id="path-length">Path length</h4>
 <p>The entire path, including the file name, must contain fewer than 400 characters for OneDrive, OneDrive for Business and SharePoint Online. If you are encrypting file and folder names with rclone, you may want to pay attention to this limitation because the encrypted names are typically longer than the original ones.</p>
 <h4 id="number-of-files">Number of files</h4>
@@ -13120,8 +14009,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </tr>
 </tbody>
 </table>
-<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/opendrive/opendrive.go then run make backenddocs -->
+<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
 <h3 id="standard-options-22">Standard Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the standard options specific to opendrive (OpenDrive).</p>
 <h4 id="opendrive-username">–opendrive-username</h4>
@@ -13144,7 +14032,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to opendrive (OpenDrive).</p>
 <h4 id="opendrive-encoding">–opendrive-encoding</h4>
 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p>
-<p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
+<p>See: the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
 <ul>
 <li>Config: encoding</li>
 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_OPENDRIVE_ENCODING</li>
@@ -13160,7 +14048,6 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <li>Type: SizeSuffix</li>
 <li>Default: 10M</li>
 </ul>
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 <h3 id="limitations-16">Limitations</h3>
 <p>Note that OpenDrive is case insensitive so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and one called “hello.doc”.</p>
 <p>There are quite a few characters that can’t be in OpenDrive file names. These can’t occur on Windows platforms, but on non-Windows platforms they are common. Rclone will map these names to and from an identical looking unicode equivalent. For example if a file has a <code>?</code> in it will be mapped to <code>？</code> instead.</p>
@@ -13195,7 +14082,7 @@ QingStor Access Key ID - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials
 access_key_id&gt; access_key
 QingStor Secret Access Key (password) - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
 secret_access_key&gt; secret_key
-Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
+Enter an endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
 Leave blank will use the default value &quot;https://qingstor.com:443&quot;
 endpoint&gt;
 Zone connect to. Default is &quot;pek3a&quot;.
@@ -13207,7 +14094,7 @@ Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
  2 | Needs location constraint sh1a.
    \ &quot;sh1a&quot;
 zone&gt; 1
-Number of connnection retry.
+Number of connection retry.
 Leave blank will use the default value &quot;3&quot;.
 connection_retries&gt;
 Remote config
@@ -13234,9 +14121,10 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <p>Sync <code>/home/local/directory</code> to the remote bucket, deleting any excess files in the bucket.</p>
 <pre><code>rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:bucket</code></pre>
 <h3 id="fast-list-8">–fast-list</h3>
-<p>This remote supports <code>--fast-list</code> which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the <a href="/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p>
+<p>This remote supports <code>--fast-list</code> which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the <a href="https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p>
 <h3 id="multipart-uploads-2">Multipart uploads</h3>
 <p>rclone supports multipart uploads with QingStor which means that it can upload files bigger than 5GB. Note that files uploaded with multipart upload don’t have an MD5SUM.</p>
+<p>Note that incomplete multipart uploads older than 24 hours can be removed with <code>rclone cleanup remote:bucket</code> just for one bucket <code>rclone cleanup remote:</code> for all buckets. QingStor does not ever remove incomplete multipart uploads so it may be necessary to run this from time to time.</p>
 <h3 id="buckets-and-zone">Buckets and Zone</h3>
 <p>With QingStor you can list buckets (<code>rclone lsd</code>) using any zone, but you can only access the content of a bucket from the zone it was created in. If you attempt to access a bucket from the wrong zone, you will get an error, <code>incorrect zone, the bucket is not in 'XXX' zone</code>.</p>
 <h3 id="authentication-5">Authentication</h3>
@@ -13257,9 +14145,8 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </ul></li>
 </ul>
 <h3 id="restricted-filename-characters-18">Restricted filename characters</h3>
-<p>The control characters 0x00-0x1F and / are replaced as in the <a href="/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a>. Note that 0x7F is not replaced.</p>
-<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/qingstor/qingstor.go then run make backenddocs -->
+<p>The control characters 0x00-0x1F and / are replaced as in the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a>. Note that 0x7F is not replaced.</p>
+<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
 <h3 id="standard-options-23">Standard Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the standard options specific to qingstor (QingCloud Object Storage).</p>
 <h4 id="qingstor-env-auth">–qingstor-env-auth</h4>
@@ -13298,7 +14185,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <li>Default: ""</li>
 </ul>
 <h4 id="qingstor-endpoint">–qingstor-endpoint</h4>
-<p>Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API. Leave blank will use the default value “https://qingstor.com:443”</p>
+<p>Enter an endpoint URL to connection QingStor API. Leave blank will use the default value “https://qingstor.com:443”</p>
 <ul>
 <li>Config: endpoint</li>
 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_ENDPOINT</li>
@@ -13374,16 +14261,15 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </ul>
 <h4 id="qingstor-encoding">–qingstor-encoding</h4>
 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p>
-<p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
+<p>See: the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
 <ul>
 <li>Config: encoding</li>
 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_QINGSTOR_ENCODING</li>
 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li>
 <li>Default: Slash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8</li>
 </ul>
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 <h2 id="swift">Swift</h2>
-<p>Swift refers to <a href="https://docs.openstack.org/swift/latest/">Openstack Object Storage</a>. Commercial implementations of that being:</p>
+<p>Swift refers to <a href="https://docs.openstack.org/swift/latest/">OpenStack Object Storage</a>. Commercial implementations of that being:</p>
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://www.rackspace.com/cloud/files/">Rackspace Cloud Files</a></li>
 <li><a href="https://www.memset.com/cloud/storage/">Memset Memstore</a></li>
@@ -13404,7 +14290,7 @@ name&gt; remote
 Type of storage to configure.
 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 [snip]
-XX / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
+XX / OpenStack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
    \ &quot;swift&quot;
 [snip]
 Storage&gt; swift
@@ -13524,13 +14410,12 @@ export RCLONE_CONFIG_MYREMOTE_TYPE=swift
 export RCLONE_CONFIG_MYREMOTE_ENV_AUTH=true
 rclone lsd myremote:</code></pre>
 <h3 id="fast-list-9">–fast-list</h3>
-<p>This remote supports <code>--fast-list</code> which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the <a href="/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p>
+<p>This remote supports <code>--fast-list</code> which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the <a href="https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details.</p>
 <h3 id="update-and-use-server-modtime-1">–update and –use-server-modtime</h3>
 <p>As noted below, the modified time is stored on metadata on the object. It is used by default for all operations that require checking the time a file was last updated. It allows rclone to treat the remote more like a true filesystem, but it is inefficient because it requires an extra API call to retrieve the metadata.</p>
 <p>For many operations, the time the object was last uploaded to the remote is sufficient to determine if it is “dirty”. By using <code>--update</code> along with <code>--use-server-modtime</code>, you can avoid the extra API call and simply upload files whose local modtime is newer than the time it was last uploaded.</p>
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/swift/swift.go then run make backenddocs -->
 <h3 id="standard-options-24">Standard Options</h3>
-<p>Here are the standard options specific to swift (Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)).</p>
+<p>Here are the standard options specific to swift (OpenStack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)).</p>
 <h4 id="swift-env-auth">–swift-env-auth</h4>
 <p>Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.</p>
 <ul>
@@ -13745,7 +14630,7 @@ rclone lsd myremote:</code></pre>
 </ul></li>
 </ul>
 <h3 id="advanced-options-24">Advanced Options</h3>
-<p>Here are the advanced options specific to swift (Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)).</p>
+<p>Here are the advanced options specific to swift (OpenStack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)).</p>
 <h4 id="swift-chunk-size">–swift-chunk-size</h4>
 <p>Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container.</p>
 <p>Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. The default for this is 5GB which is its maximum value.</p>
@@ -13768,17 +14653,16 @@ rclone lsd myremote:</code></pre>
 </ul>
 <h4 id="swift-encoding">–swift-encoding</h4>
 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p>
-<p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
+<p>See: the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
 <ul>
 <li>Config: encoding</li>
 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SWIFT_ENCODING</li>
 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li>
 <li>Default: Slash,InvalidUtf8</li>
 </ul>
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 <h3 id="modified-time-11">Modified time</h3>
 <p>The modified time is stored as metadata on the object as <code>X-Object-Meta-Mtime</code> as floating point since the epoch accurate to 1 ns.</p>
-<p>This is a defacto standard (used in the official python-swiftclient amongst others) for storing the modification time for an object.</p>
+<p>This is a de facto standard (used in the official python-swiftclient amongst others) for storing the modification time for an object.</p>
 <h3 id="restricted-filename-characters-19">Restricted filename characters</h3>
 <table>
 <thead>
@@ -13801,7 +14685,7 @@ rclone lsd myremote:</code></pre>
 </tr>
 </tbody>
 </table>
-<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
+<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
 <h3 id="limitations-17">Limitations</h3>
 <p>The Swift API doesn’t return a correct MD5SUM for segmented files (Dynamic or Static Large Objects) so rclone won’t check or use the MD5SUM for these.</p>
 <h3 id="troubleshooting-2">Troubleshooting</h3>
@@ -13809,7 +14693,7 @@ rclone lsd myremote:</code></pre>
 <p>Due to an oddity of the underlying swift library, it gives a “Bad Request” error rather than a more sensible error when the authentication fails for Swift.</p>
 <p>So this most likely means your username / password is wrong. You can investigate further with the <code>--dump-bodies</code> flag.</p>
 <p>This may also be caused by specifying the region when you shouldn’t have (eg OVH).</p>
-<h4 id="rclone-gives-failed-to-create-file-system-response-didnt-have-storage-storage-url-and-auth-token">Rclone gives Failed to create file system: Response didn’t have storage storage url and auth token</h4>
+<h4 id="rclone-gives-failed-to-create-file-system-response-didnt-have-storage-url-and-auth-token">Rclone gives Failed to create file system: Response didn’t have storage url and auth token</h4>
 <p>This is most likely caused by forgetting to specify your tenant when setting up a swift remote.</p>
 <h2 id="pcloud">pCloud</h2>
 <p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:path</code></p>
@@ -13869,7 +14753,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <p>pCloud allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1 second. These will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or not. In order to set a Modification time pCloud requires the object be re-uploaded.</p>
 <p>pCloud supports MD5 and SHA1 type hashes, so you can use the <code>--checksum</code> flag.</p>
 <h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-20">Restricted filename characters</h4>
-<p>In addition to the <a href="/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p>
+<p>In addition to the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p>
 <table>
 <thead>
 <tr class="header">
@@ -13886,10 +14770,15 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </tr>
 </tbody>
 </table>
-<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
+<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
 <h3 id="deleting-files-6">Deleting files</h3>
 <p>Deleted files will be moved to the trash. Your subscription level will determine how long items stay in the trash. <code>rclone cleanup</code> can be used to empty the trash.</p>
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/pcloud/pcloud.go then run make backenddocs -->
+<h3 id="root-folder-id-2">Root folder ID</h3>
+<p>You can set the <code>root_folder_id</code> for rclone. This is the directory (identified by its <code>Folder ID</code>) that rclone considers to be the root of your pCloud drive.</p>
+<p>Normally you will leave this blank and rclone will determine the correct root to use itself.</p>
+<p>However you can set this to restrict rclone to a specific folder hierarchy.</p>
+<p>In order to do this you will have to find the <code>Folder ID</code> of the directory you wish rclone to display. This will be the <code>folder</code> field of the URL when you open the relevant folder in the pCloud web interface.</p>
+<p>So if the folder you want rclone to use has a URL which looks like <code>https://my.pcloud.com/#page=filemanager&amp;folder=5xxxxxxxx8&amp;tpl=foldergrid</code> in the browser, then you use <code>5xxxxxxxx8</code> as the <code>root_folder_id</code> in the config.</p>
 <h3 id="standard-options-25">Standard Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the standard options specific to pcloud (Pcloud).</p>
 <h4 id="pcloud-client-id">–pcloud-client-id</h4>
@@ -13912,14 +14801,21 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to pcloud (Pcloud).</p>
 <h4 id="pcloud-encoding">–pcloud-encoding</h4>
 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p>
-<p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
+<p>See: the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
 <ul>
 <li>Config: encoding</li>
 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_ENCODING</li>
 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li>
 <li>Default: Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot</li>
 </ul>
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
+<h4 id="pcloud-root-folder-id">–pcloud-root-folder-id</h4>
+<p>Fill in for rclone to use a non root folder as its starting point.</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Config: root_folder_id</li>
+<li>Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_ROOT_FOLDER_ID</li>
+<li>Type: string</li>
+<li>Default: “d0”</li>
+</ul>
 <h2 id="premiumize.me">premiumize.me</h2>
 <p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:path</code></p>
 <p>Paths may be as deep as required, eg <code>remote:directory/subdirectory</code>.</p>
@@ -13975,7 +14871,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; </code></pre>
 <h3 id="modified-time-and-hashes-9">Modified time and hashes</h3>
 <p>premiumize.me does not support modification times or hashes, therefore syncing will default to <code>--size-only</code> checking. Note that using <code>--update</code> will work.</p>
 <h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-21">Restricted filename characters</h4>
-<p>In addition to the <a href="/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p>
+<p>In addition to the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p>
 <table>
 <thead>
 <tr class="header">
@@ -13997,8 +14893,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; </code></pre>
 </tr>
 </tbody>
 </table>
-<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/premiumizeme/premiumizeme.go then run make backenddocs -->
+<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
 <h3 id="standard-options-26">Standard Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the standard options specific to premiumizeme (premiumize.me).</p>
 <h4 id="premiumizeme-api-key">–premiumizeme-api-key</h4>
@@ -14014,14 +14909,13 @@ y/e/d&gt; </code></pre>
 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to premiumizeme (premiumize.me).</p>
 <h4 id="premiumizeme-encoding">–premiumizeme-encoding</h4>
 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p>
-<p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
+<p>See: the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
 <ul>
 <li>Config: encoding</li>
 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_PREMIUMIZEME_ENCODING</li>
 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li>
 <li>Default: Slash,DoubleQuote,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot</li>
 </ul>
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 <h3 id="limitations-18">Limitations</h3>
 <p>Note that premiumize.me is case insensitive so you can’t have a file called “Hello.doc” and one called “hello.doc”.</p>
 <p>premiumize.me file names can’t have the <code>\</code> or <code>"</code> characters in. rclone maps these to and from an identical looking unicode equivalents <code>＼</code> and <code>＂</code></p>
@@ -14092,7 +14986,7 @@ e/n/d/r/c/s/q&gt; q</code></pre>
 <p>To copy a local directory to a put.io directory called backup</p>
 <pre><code>rclone copy /home/source remote:backup</code></pre>
 <h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-22">Restricted filename characters</h4>
-<p>In addition to the <a href="/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p>
+<p>In addition to the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p>
 <table>
 <thead>
 <tr class="header">
@@ -14109,20 +15003,304 @@ e/n/d/r/c/s/q&gt; q</code></pre>
 </tr>
 </tbody>
 </table>
-<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/putio/putio.go then run make backenddocs -->
+<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
 <h3 id="advanced-options-27">Advanced Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to putio (Put.io).</p>
 <h4 id="putio-encoding">–putio-encoding</h4>
 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p>
-<p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
+<p>See: the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
 <ul>
 <li>Config: encoding</li>
 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_PUTIO_ENCODING</li>
 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li>
 <li>Default: Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot</li>
 </ul>
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
+<h2 id="seafile">Seafile</h2>
+<p>This is a backend for the <a href="https://www.seafile.com/">Seafile</a> storage service: - It works with both the free community edition or the professional edition. - Seafile versions 6.x and 7.x are all supported. - Encrypted libraries are also supported. - It supports 2FA enabled users</p>
+<h3 id="root-mode-vs-library-mode">Root mode vs Library mode</h3>
+<p>There are two distinct modes you can setup your remote: - you point your remote to the <strong>root of the server</strong>, meaning you don’t specify a library during the configuration: Paths are specified as <code>remote:library</code>. You may put subdirectories in too, eg <code>remote:library/path/to/dir</code>. - you point your remote to a specific library during the configuration: Paths are specified as <code>remote:path/to/dir</code>. <strong>This is the recommended mode when using encrypted libraries</strong>. (<em>This mode is possibly slightly faster than the root mode</em>)</p>
+<h3 id="configuration-in-root-mode">Configuration in root mode</h3>
+<p>Here is an example of making a seafile configuration for a user with <strong>no</strong> two-factor authentication. First run</p>
+<pre><code>rclone config</code></pre>
+<p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process. To authenticate you will need the URL of your server, your email (or username) and your password.</p>
+<pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one
+n) New remote
+s) Set configuration password
+q) Quit config
+n/s/q&gt; n
+name&gt; seafile
+Type of storage to configure.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (&quot;&quot;).
+Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
+[snip]
+XX / Seafile
+   \ &quot;seafile&quot;
+[snip]
+Storage&gt; seafile
+** See help for seafile backend at: https://rclone.org/seafile/ **
+
+URL of seafile host to connect to
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (&quot;&quot;).
+Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
+ 1 / Connect to cloud.seafile.com
+   \ &quot;https://cloud.seafile.com/&quot;
+url&gt; http://my.seafile.server/
+User name (usually email address)
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (&quot;&quot;).
+user&gt; me@example.com
+Password
+y) Yes type in my own password
+g) Generate random password
+n) No leave this optional password blank (default)
+y/g&gt; y
+Enter the password:
+password:
+Confirm the password:
+password:
+Two-factor authentication (&#39;true&#39; if the account has 2FA enabled)
+Enter a boolean value (true or false). Press Enter for the default (&quot;false&quot;).
+2fa&gt; false
+Name of the library. Leave blank to access all non-encrypted libraries.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (&quot;&quot;).
+library&gt;
+Library password (for encrypted libraries only). Leave blank if you pass it through the command line.
+y) Yes type in my own password
+g) Generate random password
+n) No leave this optional password blank (default)
+y/g/n&gt; n
+Edit advanced config? (y/n)
+y) Yes
+n) No (default)
+y/n&gt; n
+Remote config
+Two-factor authentication is not enabled on this account.
+--------------------
+[seafile]
+type = seafile
+url = http://my.seafile.server/
+user = me@example.com
+pass = *** ENCRYPTED ***
+2fa = false
+--------------------
+y) Yes this is OK (default)
+e) Edit this remote
+d) Delete this remote
+y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
+<p>This remote is called <code>seafile</code>. It’s pointing to the root of your seafile server and can now be used like this:</p>
+<p>See all libraries</p>
+<pre><code>rclone lsd seafile:</code></pre>
+<p>Create a new library</p>
+<pre><code>rclone mkdir seafile:library</code></pre>
+<p>List the contents of a library</p>
+<pre><code>rclone ls seafile:library</code></pre>
+<p>Sync <code>/home/local/directory</code> to the remote library, deleting any excess files in the library.</p>
+<pre><code>rclone sync /home/local/directory seafile:library</code></pre>
+<h3 id="configuration-in-library-mode">Configuration in library mode</h3>
+<p>Here’s an example of a configuration in library mode with a user that has the two-factor authentication enabled. Your 2FA code will be asked at the end of the configuration, and will attempt to authenticate you:</p>
+<pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one
+n) New remote
+s) Set configuration password
+q) Quit config
+n/s/q&gt; n
+name&gt; seafile
+Type of storage to configure.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (&quot;&quot;).
+Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
+[snip]
+XX / Seafile
+   \ &quot;seafile&quot;
+[snip]
+Storage&gt; seafile
+** See help for seafile backend at: https://rclone.org/seafile/ **
+
+URL of seafile host to connect to
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (&quot;&quot;).
+Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
+ 1 / Connect to cloud.seafile.com
+   \ &quot;https://cloud.seafile.com/&quot;
+url&gt; http://my.seafile.server/
+User name (usually email address)
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (&quot;&quot;).
+user&gt; me@example.com
+Password
+y) Yes type in my own password
+g) Generate random password
+n) No leave this optional password blank (default)
+y/g&gt; y
+Enter the password:
+password:
+Confirm the password:
+password:
+Two-factor authentication (&#39;true&#39; if the account has 2FA enabled)
+Enter a boolean value (true or false). Press Enter for the default (&quot;false&quot;).
+2fa&gt; true
+Name of the library. Leave blank to access all non-encrypted libraries.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (&quot;&quot;).
+library&gt; My Library
+Library password (for encrypted libraries only). Leave blank if you pass it through the command line.
+y) Yes type in my own password
+g) Generate random password
+n) No leave this optional password blank (default)
+y/g/n&gt; n
+Edit advanced config? (y/n)
+y) Yes
+n) No (default)
+y/n&gt; n
+Remote config
+Two-factor authentication: please enter your 2FA code
+2fa code&gt; 123456
+Authenticating...
+Success!
+--------------------
+[seafile]
+type = seafile
+url = http://my.seafile.server/
+user = me@example.com
+pass = 
+2fa = true
+library = My Library
+--------------------
+y) Yes this is OK (default)
+e) Edit this remote
+d) Delete this remote
+y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
+<p>You’ll notice your password is blank in the configuration. It’s because we only need the password to authenticate you once.</p>
+<p>You specified <code>My Library</code> during the configuration. The root of the remote is pointing at the root of the library <code>My Library</code>:</p>
+<p>See all files in the library:</p>
+<pre><code>rclone lsd seafile:</code></pre>
+<p>Create a new directory inside the library</p>
+<pre><code>rclone mkdir seafile:directory</code></pre>
+<p>List the contents of a directory</p>
+<pre><code>rclone ls seafile:directory</code></pre>
+<p>Sync <code>/home/local/directory</code> to the remote library, deleting any excess files in the library.</p>
+<pre><code>rclone sync /home/local/directory seafile:</code></pre>
+<h3 id="fast-list-10">–fast-list</h3>
+<p>Seafile version 7+ supports <code>--fast-list</code> which allows you to use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory. See the <a href="https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list">rclone docs</a> for more details. Please note this is not supported on seafile server version 6.x</p>
+<h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-23">Restricted filename characters</h4>
+<p>In addition to the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> the following characters are also replaced:</p>
+<table>
+<thead>
+<tr class="header">
+<th>Character</th>
+<th style="text-align: center;">Value</th>
+<th style="text-align: center;">Replacement</th>
+</tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td>/</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">0x2F</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">／</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="even">
+<td>"</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">0x22</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">＂</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td>\</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">0x5C</td>
+<td style="text-align: center;">＼</td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
+<h3 id="seafile-and-rclone-link">Seafile and rclone link</h3>
+<p>Rclone supports generating share links for non-encrypted libraries only. They can either be for a file or a directory:</p>
+<pre><code>rclone link seafile:seafile-tutorial.doc
+http://my.seafile.server/f/fdcd8a2f93f84b8b90f4/
+</code></pre>
+<p>or if run on a directory you will get:</p>
+<pre><code>rclone link seafile:dir
+http://my.seafile.server/d/9ea2455f6f55478bbb0d/</code></pre>
+<p>Please note a share link is unique for each file or directory. If you run a link command on a file/dir that has already been shared, you will get the exact same link.</p>
+<h3 id="compatibility">Compatibility</h3>
+<p>It has been actively tested using the <a href="https://github.com/haiwen/seafile-docker">seafile docker image</a> of these versions: - 6.3.4 community edition - 7.0.5 community edition - 7.1.3 community edition</p>
+<p>Versions below 6.0 are not supported. Versions between 6.0 and 6.3 haven’t been tested and might not work properly.</p>
+<h3 id="standard-options-27">Standard Options</h3>
+<p>Here are the standard options specific to seafile (seafile).</p>
+<h4 id="seafile-url">–seafile-url</h4>
+<p>URL of seafile host to connect to</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Config: url</li>
+<li>Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_URL</li>
+<li>Type: string</li>
+<li>Default: ""</li>
+<li>Examples:
+<ul>
+<li>“https://cloud.seafile.com/”
+<ul>
+<li>Connect to cloud.seafile.com</li>
+</ul></li>
+</ul></li>
+</ul>
+<h4 id="seafile-user">–seafile-user</h4>
+<p>User name (usually email address)</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Config: user</li>
+<li>Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_USER</li>
+<li>Type: string</li>
+<li>Default: ""</li>
+</ul>
+<h4 id="seafile-pass">–seafile-pass</h4>
+<p>Password</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Config: pass</li>
+<li>Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_PASS</li>
+<li>Type: string</li>
+<li>Default: ""</li>
+</ul>
+<h4 id="seafile-2fa">–seafile-2fa</h4>
+<p>Two-factor authentication (‘true’ if the account has 2FA enabled)</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Config: 2fa</li>
+<li>Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_2FA</li>
+<li>Type: bool</li>
+<li>Default: false</li>
+</ul>
+<h4 id="seafile-library">–seafile-library</h4>
+<p>Name of the library. Leave blank to access all non-encrypted libraries.</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Config: library</li>
+<li>Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_LIBRARY</li>
+<li>Type: string</li>
+<li>Default: ""</li>
+</ul>
+<h4 id="seafile-library-key">–seafile-library-key</h4>
+<p>Library password (for encrypted libraries only). Leave blank if you pass it through the command line.</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Config: library_key</li>
+<li>Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_LIBRARY_KEY</li>
+<li>Type: string</li>
+<li>Default: ""</li>
+</ul>
+<h4 id="seafile-auth-token">–seafile-auth-token</h4>
+<p>Authentication token</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Config: auth_token</li>
+<li>Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_AUTH_TOKEN</li>
+<li>Type: string</li>
+<li>Default: ""</li>
+</ul>
+<h3 id="advanced-options-28">Advanced Options</h3>
+<p>Here are the advanced options specific to seafile (seafile).</p>
+<h4 id="seafile-create-library">–seafile-create-library</h4>
+<p>Should rclone create a library if it doesn’t exist</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Config: create_library</li>
+<li>Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_CREATE_LIBRARY</li>
+<li>Type: bool</li>
+<li>Default: false</li>
+</ul>
+<h4 id="seafile-encoding">–seafile-encoding</h4>
+<p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p>
+<p>See: the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Config: encoding</li>
+<li>Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_ENCODING</li>
+<li>Type: MultiEncoder</li>
+<li>Default: Slash,DoubleQuote,BackSlash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8</li>
+</ul>
 <h2 id="sftp">SFTP</h2>
 <p>SFTP is the <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SSH_File_Transfer_Protocol">Secure (or SSH) File Transfer Protocol</a>.</p>
 <p>The SFTP backend can be used with a number of different providers:</p>
@@ -14195,8 +15373,12 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <li>ssh-agent</li>
 </ul>
 <p>Key files should be PEM-encoded private key files. For instance <code>/home/$USER/.ssh/id_rsa</code>. Only unencrypted OpenSSH or PEM encrypted files are supported.</p>
-<p>If you don’t specify <code>pass</code> or <code>key_file</code> then rclone will attempt to contact an ssh-agent.</p>
-<p>You can also specify <code>key_use_agent</code> to force the usage of an ssh-agent. In this case <code>key_file</code> can also be specified to force the usage of a specific key in the ssh-agent.</p>
+<p>The key file can be specified in either an external file (key_file) or contained within the rclone config file (key_pem). If using key_pem in the config file, the entry should be on a single line with new line (‘’ or ‘’) separating lines. i.e. </p>
+<p>key_pem = —–BEGIN RSA PRIVATE KEY—–0gAMbMbaSsd—–END RSA PRIVATE KEY—–</p>
+<p>This will generate it correctly for key_pem for use in the config:</p>
+<pre><code>awk &#39;{printf &quot;%s\\n&quot;, $0}&#39; &lt; ~/.ssh/id_rsa</code></pre>
+<p>If you don’t specify <code>pass</code>, <code>key_file</code>, or <code>key_pem</code> then rclone will attempt to contact an ssh-agent.</p>
+<p>You can also specify <code>key_use_agent</code> to force the usage of an ssh-agent. In this case <code>key_file</code> or <code>key_pem</code> can also be specified to force the usage of a specific key in the ssh-agent.</p>
 <p>Using an ssh-agent is the only way to load encrypted OpenSSH keys at the moment.</p>
 <p>If you set the <code>--sftp-ask-password</code> option, rclone will prompt for a password when needed and no password has been configured.</p>
 <h3 id="ssh-agent-on-macos">ssh-agent on macOS</h3>
@@ -14209,8 +15391,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <p>Modified times are stored on the server to 1 second precision.</p>
 <p>Modified times are used in syncing and are fully supported.</p>
 <p>Some SFTP servers disable setting/modifying the file modification time after upload (for example, certain configurations of ProFTPd with mod_sftp). If you are using one of these servers, you can set the option <code>set_modtime = false</code> in your RClone backend configuration to disable this behaviour.</p>
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/sftp/sftp.go then run make backenddocs -->
-<h3 id="standard-options-27">Standard Options</h3>
+<h3 id="standard-options-28">Standard Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the standard options specific to sftp (SSH/SFTP Connection).</p>
 <h4 id="sftp-host">–sftp-host</h4>
 <p>SSH host to connect to</p>
@@ -14251,6 +15432,14 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <li>Type: string</li>
 <li>Default: ""</li>
 </ul>
+<h4 id="sftp-key-pem">–sftp-key-pem</h4>
+<p>Raw PEM-encoded private key, If specified, will override key_file parameter.</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Config: key_pem</li>
+<li>Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_KEY_PEM</li>
+<li>Type: string</li>
+<li>Default: ""</li>
+</ul>
 <h4 id="sftp-key-file">–sftp-key-file</h4>
 <p>Path to PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank or set key-use-agent to use ssh-agent.</p>
 <ul>
@@ -14279,7 +15468,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </ul>
 <h4 id="sftp-use-insecure-cipher">–sftp-use-insecure-cipher</h4>
 <p>Enable the use of insecure ciphers and key exchange methods.</p>
-<p>This enables the use of the the following insecure ciphers and key exchange methods:</p>
+<p>This enables the use of the following insecure ciphers and key exchange methods:</p>
 <ul>
 <li>aes128-cbc</li>
 <li>aes192-cbc</li>
@@ -14314,7 +15503,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <li>Type: bool</li>
 <li>Default: false</li>
 </ul>
-<h3 id="advanced-options-28">Advanced Options</h3>
+<h3 id="advanced-options-29">Advanced Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to sftp (SSH/SFTP Connection).</p>
 <h4 id="sftp-ask-password">–sftp-ask-password</h4>
 <p>Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.</p>
@@ -14370,7 +15559,6 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <li>Type: bool</li>
 <li>Default: false</li>
 </ul>
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 <h3 id="limitations-19">Limitations</h3>
 <p>SFTP supports checksums if the same login has shell access and <code>md5sum</code> or <code>sha1sum</code> as well as <code>echo</code> are in the remote’s PATH. This remote checksumming (file hashing) is recommended and enabled by default. Disabling the checksumming may be required if you are connecting to SFTP servers which are not under your control, and to which the execution of remote commands is prohibited. Set the configuration option <code>disable_hashcheck</code> to <code>true</code> to disable checksumming.</p>
 <p>SFTP also supports <code>about</code> if the same login has shell access and <code>df</code> are in the remote’s PATH. <code>about</code> will return the total space, free space, and used space on the remote for the disk of the specified path on the remote or, if not set, the disk of the root on the remote. <code>about</code> will fail if it does not have shell access or if <code>df</code> is not in the remote’s PATH.</p>
@@ -14454,14 +15642,13 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <p><strong>NB</strong> you can’t create files in the top level folder you have to create a folder, which rclone will create as a “Sync Folder” with SugarSync.</p>
 <h3 id="modified-time-and-hashes-10">Modified time and hashes</h3>
 <p>SugarSync does not support modification times or hashes, therefore syncing will default to <code>--size-only</code> checking. Note that using <code>--update</code> will work as rclone can read the time files were uploaded.</p>
-<h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-23">Restricted filename characters</h4>
-<p>SugarSync replaces the <a href="/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> except for DEL.</p>
-<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in XML strings.</p>
+<h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-24">Restricted filename characters</h4>
+<p>SugarSync replaces the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> except for DEL.</p>
+<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in XML strings.</p>
 <h3 id="deleting-files-7">Deleting files</h3>
 <p>Deleted files will be moved to the “Deleted items” folder by default.</p>
 <p>However you can supply the flag <code>--sugarsync-hard-delete</code> or set the config parameter <code>hard_delete = true</code> if you would like files to be deleted straight away.</p>
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/sugarsync/sugarsync.go then run make backenddocs -->
-<h3 id="standard-options-28">Standard Options</h3>
+<h3 id="standard-options-29">Standard Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the standard options specific to sugarsync (Sugarsync).</p>
 <h4 id="sugarsync-app-id">–sugarsync-app-id</h4>
 <p>Sugarsync App ID.</p>
@@ -14498,7 +15685,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <li>Type: bool</li>
 <li>Default: false</li>
 </ul>
-<h3 id="advanced-options-29">Advanced Options</h3>
+<h3 id="advanced-options-30">Advanced Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to sugarsync (Sugarsync).</p>
 <h4 id="sugarsync-refresh-token">–sugarsync-refresh-token</h4>
 <p>Sugarsync refresh token</p>
@@ -14556,22 +15743,399 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </ul>
 <h4 id="sugarsync-encoding">–sugarsync-encoding</h4>
 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p>
-<p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
+<p>See: the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
 <ul>
 <li>Config: encoding</li>
 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_ENCODING</li>
 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li>
 <li>Default: Slash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot</li>
 </ul>
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
+<h2 id="tardigrade">Tardigrade</h2>
+<p><a href="https://tardigrade.io">Tardigrade</a> is an encrypted, secure, and cost-effective object storage service that enables you to store, back up, and archive large amounts of data in a decentralized manner.</p>
+<h2 id="setup-3">Setup</h2>
+<p>To make a new Tardigrade configuration you need one of the following: * Access Grant that someone else shared with you. * <a href="https://documentation.tardigrade.io/getting-started/uploading-your-first-object/create-an-api-key">API Key</a> of a Tardigrade project you are a member of.</p>
+<p>Here is an example of how to make a remote called <code>remote</code>. First run:</p>
+<pre><code> rclone config</code></pre>
+<p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p>
+<h3 id="setup-with-access-grant">Setup with access grant</h3>
+<pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one
+n) New remote
+s) Set configuration password
+q) Quit config
+n/s/q&gt; n
+name&gt; remote
+Type of storage to configure.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (&quot;&quot;).
+Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
+[snip]
+XX / Tardigrade Decentralized Cloud Storage
+   \ &quot;tardigrade&quot;
+[snip]
+Storage&gt; tardigrade
+** See help for tardigrade backend at: https://rclone.org/tardigrade/ **
+
+Choose an authentication method.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (&quot;existing&quot;).
+Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
+ 1 / Use an existing access grant.
+   \ &quot;existing&quot;
+ 2 / Create a new access grant from satellite address, API key, and passphrase.
+   \ &quot;new&quot;
+provider&gt; existing
+Access Grant.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (&quot;&quot;).
+access_grant&gt; your-access-grant-received-by-someone-else
+Remote config
+--------------------
+[remote]
+type = tardigrade
+access_grant = your-access-grant-received-by-someone-else
+--------------------
+y) Yes this is OK (default)
+e) Edit this remote
+d) Delete this remote
+y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
+<h3 id="setup-with-api-key-and-passhprase">Setup with API key and passhprase</h3>
+<pre><code>No remotes found - make a new one
+n) New remote
+s) Set configuration password
+q) Quit config
+n/s/q&gt; n
+name&gt; remote
+Type of storage to configure.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (&quot;&quot;).
+Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
+[snip]
+XX / Tardigrade Decentralized Cloud Storage
+   \ &quot;tardigrade&quot;
+[snip]
+Storage&gt; tardigrade
+** See help for tardigrade backend at: https://rclone.org/tardigrade/ **
+
+Choose an authentication method.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (&quot;existing&quot;).
+Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
+ 1 / Use an existing access grant.
+   \ &quot;existing&quot;
+ 2 / Create a new access grant from satellite address, API key, and passphrase.
+   \ &quot;new&quot;
+provider&gt; new
+Satellite Address. Custom satellite address should match the format: `&lt;nodeid&gt;@&lt;address&gt;:&lt;port&gt;`.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (&quot;us-central-1.tardigrade.io&quot;).
+Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
+ 1 / US Central 1
+   \ &quot;us-central-1.tardigrade.io&quot;
+ 2 / Europe West 1
+   \ &quot;europe-west-1.tardigrade.io&quot;
+ 3 / Asia East 1
+   \ &quot;asia-east-1.tardigrade.io&quot;
+satellite_address&gt; 1
+API Key.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (&quot;&quot;).
+api_key&gt; your-api-key-for-your-tardigrade-project
+Encryption Passphrase. To access existing objects enter passphrase used for uploading.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (&quot;&quot;).
+passphrase&gt; your-human-readable-encryption-passphrase
+Remote config
+--------------------
+[remote]
+type = tardigrade
+satellite_address = 12EayRS2V1kEsWESU9QMRseFhdxYxKicsiFmxrsLZHeLUtdps3S@us-central-1.tardigrade.io:7777
+api_key = your-api-key-for-your-tardigrade-project
+passphrase = your-human-readable-encryption-passphrase
+access_grant = the-access-grant-generated-from-the-api-key-and-passphrase
+--------------------
+y) Yes this is OK (default)
+e) Edit this remote
+d) Delete this remote
+y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
+<h2 id="usage-1">Usage</h2>
+<p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:bucket</code> (or <code>remote:</code> for the <code>lsf</code> command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg <code>remote:bucket/path/to/dir</code>.</p>
+<p>Once configured you can then use <code>rclone</code> like this.</p>
+<h3 id="create-a-new-bucket">Create a new bucket</h3>
+<p>Use the <code>mkdir</code> command to create new bucket, e.g. <code>bucket</code>.</p>
+<pre><code>rclone mkdir remote:bucket</code></pre>
+<h3 id="list-all-buckets">List all buckets</h3>
+<p>Use the <code>lsf</code> command to list all buckets.</p>
+<pre><code>rclone lsf remote:</code></pre>
+<p>Note the colon (<code>:</code>) character at the end of the command line.</p>
+<h3 id="delete-a-bucket">Delete a bucket</h3>
+<p>Use the <code>rmdir</code> command to delete an empty bucket.</p>
+<pre><code>rclone rmdir remote:bucket</code></pre>
+<p>Use the <code>purge</code> command to delete a non-empty bucket with all its content.</p>
+<pre><code>rclone purge remote:bucket</code></pre>
+<h3 id="upload-objects">Upload objects</h3>
+<p>Use the <code>copy</code> command to upload an object.</p>
+<pre><code>rclone copy --progress /home/local/directory/file.ext remote:bucket/path/to/dir/</code></pre>
+<p>The <code>--progress</code> flag is for displaying progress information. Remove it if you don’t need this information.</p>
+<p>Use a folder in the local path to upload all its objects.</p>
+<pre><code>rclone copy --progress /home/local/directory/ remote:bucket/path/to/dir/</code></pre>
+<p>Only modified files will be copied.</p>
+<h3 id="list-objects">List objects</h3>
+<p>Use the <code>ls</code> command to list recursively all objects in a bucket.</p>
+<pre><code>rclone ls remote:bucket</code></pre>
+<p>Add the folder to the remote path to list recursively all objects in this folder.</p>
+<pre><code>rclone ls remote:bucket/path/to/dir/</code></pre>
+<p>Use the <code>lsf</code> command to list non-recursively all objects in a bucket or a folder.</p>
+<pre><code>rclone lsf remote:bucket/path/to/dir/</code></pre>
+<h3 id="download-objects">Download objects</h3>
+<p>Use the <code>copy</code> command to download an object.</p>
+<pre><code>rclone copy --progress remote:bucket/path/to/dir/file.ext /home/local/directory/</code></pre>
+<p>The <code>--progress</code> flag is for displaying progress information. Remove it if you don’t need this information.</p>
+<p>Use a folder in the remote path to download all its objects.</p>
+<pre><code>rclone copy --progress remote:bucket/path/to/dir/ /home/local/directory/</code></pre>
+<h3 id="delete-objects">Delete objects</h3>
+<p>Use the <code>deletefile</code> command to delete a single object.</p>
+<pre><code>rclone deletefile remote:bucket/path/to/dir/file.ext</code></pre>
+<p>Use the <code>delete</code> command to delete all object in a folder.</p>
+<pre><code>rclone delete remote:bucket/path/to/dir/</code></pre>
+<h3 id="print-the-total-size-of-objects">Print the total size of objects</h3>
+<p>Use the <code>size</code> command to print the total size of objects in a bucket or a folder.</p>
+<pre><code>rclone size remote:bucket/path/to/dir/</code></pre>
+<h3 id="sync-two-locations">Sync two Locations</h3>
+<p>Use the <code>sync</code> command to sync the source to the destination, changing the destination only, deleting any excess files.</p>
+<pre><code>rclone sync --progress /home/local/directory/ remote:bucket/path/to/dir/</code></pre>
+<p>The <code>--progress</code> flag is for displaying progress information. Remove it if you don’t need this information.</p>
+<p>Since this can cause data loss, test first with the <code>--dry-run</code> flag to see exactly what would be copied and deleted.</p>
+<p>The sync can be done also from Tardigrade to the local file system.</p>
+<pre><code>rclone sync --progress remote:bucket/path/to/dir/ /home/local/directory/</code></pre>
+<p>Or between two Tardigrade buckets.</p>
+<pre><code>rclone sync --progress remote-us:bucket/path/to/dir/ remote-europe:bucket/path/to/dir/</code></pre>
+<p>Or even between another cloud storage and Tardigrade.</p>
+<pre><code>rclone sync --progress s3:bucket/path/to/dir/ tardigrade:bucket/path/to/dir/</code></pre>
+<h3 id="standard-options-30">Standard Options</h3>
+<p>Here are the standard options specific to tardigrade (Tardigrade Decentralized Cloud Storage).</p>
+<h4 id="tardigrade-provider">–tardigrade-provider</h4>
+<p>Choose an authentication method.</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Config: provider</li>
+<li>Env Var: RCLONE_TARDIGRADE_PROVIDER</li>
+<li>Type: string</li>
+<li>Default: “existing”</li>
+<li>Examples:
+<ul>
+<li>“existing”
+<ul>
+<li>Use an existing access grant.</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>“new”
+<ul>
+<li>Create a new access grant from satellite address, API key, and passphrase.</li>
+</ul></li>
+</ul></li>
+</ul>
+<h4 id="tardigrade-access-grant">–tardigrade-access-grant</h4>
+<p>Access Grant.</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Config: access_grant</li>
+<li>Env Var: RCLONE_TARDIGRADE_ACCESS_GRANT</li>
+<li>Type: string</li>
+<li>Default: ""</li>
+</ul>
+<h4 id="tardigrade-satellite-address">–tardigrade-satellite-address</h4>
+<p>Satellite Address. Custom satellite address should match the format: <code>&lt;nodeid&gt;@&lt;address&gt;:&lt;port&gt;</code>.</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Config: satellite_address</li>
+<li>Env Var: RCLONE_TARDIGRADE_SATELLITE_ADDRESS</li>
+<li>Type: string</li>
+<li>Default: “us-central-1.tardigrade.io”</li>
+<li>Examples:
+<ul>
+<li>“us-central-1.tardigrade.io”
+<ul>
+<li>US Central 1</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>“europe-west-1.tardigrade.io”
+<ul>
+<li>Europe West 1</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>“asia-east-1.tardigrade.io”
+<ul>
+<li>Asia East 1</li>
+</ul></li>
+</ul></li>
+</ul>
+<h4 id="tardigrade-api-key">–tardigrade-api-key</h4>
+<p>API Key.</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Config: api_key</li>
+<li>Env Var: RCLONE_TARDIGRADE_API_KEY</li>
+<li>Type: string</li>
+<li>Default: ""</li>
+</ul>
+<h4 id="tardigrade-passphrase">–tardigrade-passphrase</h4>
+<p>Encryption Passphrase. To access existing objects enter passphrase used for uploading.</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Config: passphrase</li>
+<li>Env Var: RCLONE_TARDIGRADE_PASSPHRASE</li>
+<li>Type: string</li>
+<li>Default: ""</li>
+</ul>
 <h2 id="union">Union</h2>
 <p>The <code>union</code> remote provides a unification similar to UnionFS using other remotes.</p>
 <p>Paths may be as deep as required or a local path, eg <code>remote:directory/subdirectory</code> or <code>/directory/subdirectory</code>.</p>
-<p>During the initial setup with <code>rclone config</code> you will specify the target remotes as a space separated list. The target remotes can either be a local paths or other remotes.</p>
-<p>The order of the remotes is important as it defines which remotes take precedence over others if there are files with the same name in the same logical path. The last remote is the topmost remote and replaces files with the same name from previous remotes.</p>
-<p>Only the last remote is used to write to and delete from, all other remotes are read-only.</p>
-<p>Subfolders can be used in target remote. Assume a union remote named <code>backup</code> with the remotes <code>mydrive:private/backup mydrive2:/backup</code>. Invoking <code>rclone mkdir backup:desktop</code> is exactly the same as invoking <code>rclone mkdir mydrive2:/backup/desktop</code>.</p>
+<p>During the initial setup with <code>rclone config</code> you will specify the upstream remotes as a space separated list. The upstream remotes can either be a local paths or other remotes.</p>
+<p>Attribute <code>:ro</code> and <code>:nc</code> can be attach to the end of path to tag the remote as <strong>read only</strong> or <strong>no create</strong>, eg <code>remote:directory/subdirectory:ro</code> or <code>remote:directory/subdirectory:nc</code>.</p>
+<p>Subfolders can be used in upstream remotes. Assume a union remote named <code>backup</code> with the remotes <code>mydrive:private/backup</code>. Invoking <code>rclone mkdir backup:desktop</code> is exactly the same as invoking <code>rclone mkdir mydrive2:/backup/desktop</code>.</p>
 <p>There will be no special handling of paths containing <code>..</code> segments. Invoking <code>rclone mkdir backup:../desktop</code> is exactly the same as invoking <code>rclone mkdir mydrive2:/backup/../desktop</code>.</p>
+<h3 id="behavior-policies">Behavior / Policies</h3>
+<p>The behavior of union backend is inspired by <a href="https://github.com/trapexit/mergerfs">trapexit/mergerfs</a>. All functions are grouped into 3 categories: <strong>action</strong>, <strong>create</strong> and <strong>search</strong>. These functions and categories can be assigned a policy which dictates what file or directory is chosen when performing that behavior. Any policy can be assigned to a function or category though some may not be very useful in practice. For instance: <strong>rand</strong> (random) may be useful for file creation (create) but could lead to very odd behavior if used for <code>delete</code> if there were more than one copy of the file.</p>
+<h4 id="function-category-classifications">Function / Category classifications</h4>
+<table>
+<colgroup>
+<col style="width: 8%" />
+<col style="width: 21%" />
+<col style="width: 70%" />
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+<tr class="header">
+<th>Category</th>
+<th>Description</th>
+<th>Functions</th>
+</tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td>action</td>
+<td>Writing Existing file</td>
+<td>move, rmdir, rmdirs, delete, purge and copy, sync (as destination when file exist)</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="even">
+<td>create</td>
+<td>Create non-existing file</td>
+<td>copy, sync (as destination when file not exist)</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td>search</td>
+<td>Reading and listing file</td>
+<td>ls, lsd, lsl, cat, md5sum, sha1sum and copy, sync (as source)</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="even">
+<td>N/A</td>
+<td></td>
+<td>size, about</td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+<h4 id="path-preservation">Path Preservation</h4>
+<p>Policies, as described below, are of two basic types. <code>path preserving</code> and <code>non-path preserving</code>.</p>
+<p>All policies which start with <code>ep</code> (<strong>epff</strong>, <strong>eplfs</strong>, <strong>eplus</strong>, <strong>epmfs</strong>, <strong>eprand</strong>) are <code>path preserving</code>. <code>ep</code> stands for <code>existing path</code>.</p>
+<p>A path preserving policy will only consider upstreams where the relative path being accessed already exists.</p>
+<p>When using non-path preserving policies paths will be created in target upstreams as necessary.</p>
+<h4 id="quota-relevant-policies">Quota Relevant Policies</h4>
+<p>Some policies rely on quota information. These policies should be used only if your upstreams support the respective quota fields.</p>
+<table>
+<thead>
+<tr class="header">
+<th>Policy</th>
+<th>Required Field</th>
+</tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td>lfs, eplfs</td>
+<td>Free</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="even">
+<td>mfs, epmfs</td>
+<td>Free</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td>lus, eplus</td>
+<td>Used</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="even">
+<td>lno, eplno</td>
+<td>Objects</td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+<p>To check if your upstream supports the field, run <code>rclone about remote: [flags]</code> and see if the required field exists.</p>
+<h4 id="filters-1">Filters</h4>
+<p>Policies basically search upstream remotes and create a list of files / paths for functions to work on. The policy is responsible for filtering and sorting. The policy type defines the sorting but filtering is mostly uniform as described below.</p>
+<ul>
+<li>No <strong>search</strong> policies filter.</li>
+<li>All <strong>action</strong> policies will filter out remotes which are tagged as <strong>read-only</strong>.</li>
+<li>All <strong>create</strong> policies will filter out remotes which are tagged <strong>read-only</strong> or <strong>no-create</strong>.</li>
+</ul>
+<p>If all remotes are filtered an error will be returned.</p>
+<h4 id="policy-descriptions">Policy descriptions</h4>
+<p>The policies definition are inspired by <a href="https://github.com/trapexit/mergerfs">trapexit/mergerfs</a> but not exactly the same. Some policy definition could be different due to the much larger latency of remote file systems.</p>
+<table>
+<colgroup>
+<col style="width: 23%" />
+<col style="width: 76%" />
+</colgroup>
+<thead>
+<tr class="header">
+<th>Policy</th>
+<th>Description</th>
+</tr>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td>all</td>
+<td>Search category: same as <strong>epall</strong>. Action category: same as <strong>epall</strong>. Create category: act on all upstreams.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="even">
+<td>epall (existing path, all)</td>
+<td>Search category: Given this order configured, act on the first one found where the relative path exists. Action category: apply to all found. Create category: act on all upstreams where the relative path exists.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td>epff (existing path, first found)</td>
+<td>Act on the first one found, by the time upstreams reply, where the relative path exists.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="even">
+<td>eplfs (existing path, least free space)</td>
+<td>Of all the upstreams on which the relative path exists choose the one with the least free space.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td>eplus (existing path, least used space)</td>
+<td>Of all the upstreams on which the relative path exists choose the one with the least used space.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="even">
+<td>eplno (existing path, least number of objects)</td>
+<td>Of all the upstreams on which the relative path exists choose the one with the least number of objects.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td>epmfs (existing path, most free space)</td>
+<td>Of all the upstreams on which the relative path exists choose the one with the most free space.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="even">
+<td>eprand (existing path, random)</td>
+<td>Calls <strong>epall</strong> and then randomizes. Returns only one upstream.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td>ff (first found)</td>
+<td>Search category: same as <strong>epff</strong>. Action category: same as <strong>epff</strong>. Create category: Act on the first one found by the time upstreams reply.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="even">
+<td>lfs (least free space)</td>
+<td>Search category: same as <strong>eplfs</strong>. Action category: same as <strong>eplfs</strong>. Create category: Pick the upstream with the least available free space.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td>lus (least used space)</td>
+<td>Search category: same as <strong>eplus</strong>. Action category: same as <strong>eplus</strong>. Create category: Pick the upstream with the least used space.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="even">
+<td>lno (least number of objects)</td>
+<td>Search category: same as <strong>eplno</strong>. Action category: same as <strong>eplno</strong>. Create category: Pick the upstream with the least number of objects.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td>mfs (most free space)</td>
+<td>Search category: same as <strong>epmfs</strong>. Action category: same as <strong>epmfs</strong>. Create category: Pick the upstream with the most available free space.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="even">
+<td>newest</td>
+<td>Pick the file / directory with the largest mtime.</td>
+</tr>
+<tr class="odd">
+<td>rand (random)</td>
+<td>Calls <strong>all</strong> and then randomizes. Returns only one upstream.</td>
+</tr>
+</tbody>
+</table>
+<h3 id="setup-4">Setup</h3>
 <p>Here is an example of how to make a union called <code>remote</code> for local folders. First run:</p>
 <pre><code> rclone config</code></pre>
 <p>This will guide you through an interactive setup process:</p>
@@ -14588,16 +16152,27 @@ XX / Union merges the contents of several remotes
    \ &quot;union&quot;
 [snip]
 Storage&gt; union
-List of space separated remotes.
-Can be &#39;remotea:test/dir remoteb:&#39;, &#39;&quot;remotea:test/space dir&quot; remoteb:&#39;, etc.
-The last remote is used to write to.
+List of space separated upstreams.
+Can be &#39;upstreama:test/dir upstreamb:&#39;, &#39;\&quot;upstreama:test/space:ro dir\&quot; upstreamb:&#39;, etc.
 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (&quot;&quot;).
-remotes&gt;
+upstreams&gt;
+Policy to choose upstream on ACTION class.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (&quot;epall&quot;).
+action_policy&gt;
+Policy to choose upstream on CREATE class.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (&quot;epmfs&quot;).
+create_policy&gt;
+Policy to choose upstream on SEARCH class.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (&quot;ff&quot;).
+search_policy&gt;
+Cache time of usage and free space (in seconds). This option is only useful when a path preserving policy is used.
+Enter a signed integer. Press Enter for the default (&quot;120&quot;).
+cache_time&gt;
 Remote config
 --------------------
 [remote]
 type = union
-remotes = C:\dir1 C:\dir2 C:\dir3
+upstreams = C:\dir1 C:\dir2 C:\dir3
 --------------------
 y) Yes this is OK
 e) Edit this remote
@@ -14624,18 +16199,48 @@ e/n/d/r/c/s/q&gt; q</code></pre>
 <pre><code>rclone ls remote:</code></pre>
 <p>Copy another local directory to the union directory called source, which will be placed into <code>C:\dir3</code></p>
 <pre><code>rclone copy C:\source remote:source</code></pre>
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/union/union.go then run make backenddocs -->
-<h3 id="standard-options-29">Standard Options</h3>
-<p>Here are the standard options specific to union (Union merges the contents of several remotes).</p>
-<h4 id="union-remotes">–union-remotes</h4>
-<p>List of space separated remotes. Can be ‘remotea:test/dir remoteb:’, ‘“remotea:test/space dir” remoteb:’, etc. The last remote is used to write to.</p>
+<h3 id="standard-options-31">Standard Options</h3>
+<p>Here are the standard options specific to union (Union merges the contents of several upstream fs).</p>
+<h4 id="union-upstreams">–union-upstreams</h4>
+<p>List of space separated upstreams. Can be ‘upstreama:test/dir upstreamb:’, ‘“upstreama:test/space:ro dir” upstreamb:’, etc.</p>
 <ul>
-<li>Config: remotes</li>
-<li>Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_REMOTES</li>
+<li>Config: upstreams</li>
+<li>Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_UPSTREAMS</li>
 <li>Type: string</li>
 <li>Default: ""</li>
 </ul>
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
+<h4 id="union-action-policy">–union-action-policy</h4>
+<p>Policy to choose upstream on ACTION category.</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Config: action_policy</li>
+<li>Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_ACTION_POLICY</li>
+<li>Type: string</li>
+<li>Default: “epall”</li>
+</ul>
+<h4 id="union-create-policy">–union-create-policy</h4>
+<p>Policy to choose upstream on CREATE category.</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Config: create_policy</li>
+<li>Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_CREATE_POLICY</li>
+<li>Type: string</li>
+<li>Default: “epmfs”</li>
+</ul>
+<h4 id="union-search-policy">–union-search-policy</h4>
+<p>Policy to choose upstream on SEARCH category.</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Config: search_policy</li>
+<li>Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_SEARCH_POLICY</li>
+<li>Type: string</li>
+<li>Default: “ff”</li>
+</ul>
+<h4 id="union-cache-time">–union-cache-time</h4>
+<p>Cache time of usage and free space (in seconds). This option is only useful when a path preserving policy is used.</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Config: cache_time</li>
+<li>Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_CACHE_TIME</li>
+<li>Type: int</li>
+<li>Default: 120</li>
+</ul>
 <h2 id="webdav">WebDAV</h2>
 <p>Paths are specified as <code>remote:path</code></p>
 <p>Paths may be as deep as required, eg <code>remote:directory/subdirectory</code>.</p>
@@ -14709,8 +16314,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <h3 id="modified-time-and-hashes-11">Modified time and hashes</h3>
 <p>Plain WebDAV does not support modified times. However when used with Owncloud or Nextcloud rclone will support modified times.</p>
 <p>Likewise plain WebDAV does not support hashes, however when used with Owncloud or Nextcloud rclone will support SHA1 and MD5 hashes. Depending on the exact version of Owncloud or Nextcloud hashes may appear on all objects, or only on objects which had a hash uploaded with them.</p>
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/webdav/webdav.go then run make backenddocs -->
-<h3 id="standard-options-30">Standard Options</h3>
+<h3 id="standard-options-32">Standard Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the standard options specific to webdav (Webdav).</p>
 <h4 id="webdav-url">–webdav-url</h4>
 <p>URL of http host to connect to</p>
@@ -14778,7 +16382,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <li>Type: string</li>
 <li>Default: ""</li>
 </ul>
-<h3 id="advanced-options-30">Advanced Options</h3>
+<h3 id="advanced-options-31">Advanced Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to webdav (Webdav).</p>
 <h4 id="webdav-bearer-token-command">–webdav-bearer-token-command</h4>
 <p>Command to run to get a bearer token</p>
@@ -14788,7 +16392,6 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <li>Type: string</li>
 <li>Default: ""</li>
 </ul>
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 <h2 id="provider-notes">Provider notes</h2>
 <p>See below for notes on specific providers.</p>
 <h3 id="owncloud">Owncloud</h3>
@@ -14804,7 +16407,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <li>Go <a href="https://onedrive.live.com/about/en-us/signin/">here</a> to open your OneDrive or to sign in</li>
 <li>Now take a look at your address bar, the URL should look like this: <code>https://[YOUR-DOMAIN]-my.sharepoint.com/personal/[YOUR-EMAIL]/_layouts/15/onedrive.aspx</code></li>
 </ul>
-<p>You’ll only need this URL upto the email address. After that, you’ll most likely want to add “/Documents”. That subdirectory contains the actual data stored on your OneDrive.</p>
+<p>You’ll only need this URL up to the email address. After that, you’ll most likely want to add “/Documents”. That subdirectory contains the actual data stored on your OneDrive.</p>
 <p>Add the remote to rclone like this: Configure the <code>url</code> as <code>https://[YOUR-DOMAIN]-my.sharepoint.com/personal/[YOUR-EMAIL]/Documents</code> and use your normal account email and password for <code>user</code> and <code>pass</code>. If you have 2FA enabled, you have to generate an app password. Set the <code>vendor</code> to <code>sharepoint</code>.</p>
 <p>Your config file should look like this:</p>
 <pre><code>[sharepoint]
@@ -14907,13 +16510,12 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <p>If you wish to empty your trash you can use the <code>rclone cleanup remote:</code> command which will permanently delete all your trashed files. This command does not take any path arguments.</p>
 <h3 id="quota-information-3">Quota information</h3>
 <p>To view your current quota you can use the <code>rclone about remote:</code> command which will display your usage limit (quota) and the current usage.</p>
-<h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-24">Restricted filename characters</h4>
-<p>The <a href="/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> are replaced.</p>
-<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
+<h4 id="restricted-filename-characters-25">Restricted filename characters</h4>
+<p>The <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters">default restricted characters set</a> are replaced.</p>
+<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be used in JSON strings.</p>
 <h3 id="limitations-20">Limitations</h3>
 <p>When uploading very large files (bigger than about 5GB) you will need to increase the <code>--timeout</code> parameter. This is because Yandex pauses (perhaps to calculate the MD5SUM for the entire file) before returning confirmation that the file has been uploaded. The default handling of timeouts in rclone is to assume a 5 minute pause is an error and close the connection - you’ll see <code>net/http: timeout awaiting response headers</code> errors in the logs if this is happening. Setting the timeout to twice the max size of file in GB should be enough, so if you want to upload a 30GB file set a timeout of <code>2 * 30 = 60m</code>, that is <code>--timeout 60m</code>.</p>
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/yandex/yandex.go then run make backenddocs -->
-<h3 id="standard-options-31">Standard Options</h3>
+<h3 id="standard-options-33">Standard Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the standard options specific to yandex (Yandex Disk).</p>
 <h4 id="yandex-client-id">–yandex-client-id</h4>
 <p>Yandex Client Id Leave blank normally.</p>
@@ -14931,7 +16533,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 <li>Type: string</li>
 <li>Default: ""</li>
 </ul>
-<h3 id="advanced-options-31">Advanced Options</h3>
+<h3 id="advanced-options-32">Advanced Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to yandex (Yandex Disk).</p>
 <h4 id="yandex-unlink">–yandex-unlink</h4>
 <p>Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating. Default is false, meaning link command will create or retrieve public link.</p>
@@ -14943,14 +16545,13 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </ul>
 <h4 id="yandex-encoding">–yandex-encoding</h4>
 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p>
-<p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
+<p>See: the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
 <ul>
 <li>Config: encoding</li>
 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_YANDEX_ENCODING</li>
 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li>
 <li>Default: Slash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot</li>
 </ul>
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 <h2 id="local-filesystem">Local Filesystem</h2>
 <p>Local paths are specified as normal filesystem paths, eg <code>/path/to/wherever</code>, so</p>
 <pre><code>rclone sync /home/source /tmp/destination</code></pre>
@@ -15203,7 +16804,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </tr>
 </tbody>
 </table>
-<p>File names on Windows can also not end with the following characters. These only get replaced if they are last character in the name:</p>
+<p>File names on Windows can also not end with the following characters. These only get replaced if they are the last character in the name:</p>
 <table>
 <thead>
 <tr class="header">
@@ -15225,7 +16826,7 @@ y/e/d&gt; y</code></pre>
 </tr>
 </tbody>
 </table>
-<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be converted to UTF-16.</p>
+<p>Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8">replaced</a>, as they can’t be converted to UTF-16.</p>
 <h3 id="long-paths-on-windows">Long paths on Windows</h3>
 <p>Rclone handles long paths automatically, by converting all paths to long <a href="https://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/aa365247(v=vs.85).aspx#maxpath">UNC paths</a> which allows paths up to 32,767 characters.</p>
 <p>This is why you will see that your paths, for instance <code>c:\files</code> is converted to the UNC path <code>\\?\c:\files</code> in the output, and <code>\\server\share</code> is converted to <code>\\?\UNC\server\share</code>.</p>
@@ -15321,8 +16922,7 @@ $ tree /tmp/b
         0 file2</code></pre>
 <p><strong>NB</strong> Rclone (like most unix tools such as <code>du</code>, <code>rsync</code> and <code>tar</code>) treats a bind mount to the same device as being on the same filesystem.</p>
 <p><strong>NB</strong> This flag is only available on Unix based systems. On systems where it isn’t supported (eg Windows) it will be ignored.</p>
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/local/local.go then run make backenddocs -->
-<h3 id="standard-options-32">Standard Options</h3>
+<h3 id="standard-options-34">Standard Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the standard options specific to local (Local Disk).</p>
 <h4 id="local-nounc">–local-nounc</h4>
 <p>Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows</p>
@@ -15339,7 +16939,7 @@ $ tree /tmp/b
 </ul></li>
 </ul></li>
 </ul>
-<h3 id="advanced-options-32">Advanced Options</h3>
+<h3 id="advanced-options-33">Advanced Options</h3>
 <p>Here are the advanced options specific to local (Local Disk).</p>
 <h4 id="copy-links--l">–copy-links / -L</h4>
 <p>Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.</p>
@@ -15410,23 +17010,391 @@ $ tree /tmp/b
 <li>Type: bool</li>
 <li>Default: false</li>
 </ul>
+<h4 id="local-no-sparse">–local-no-sparse</h4>
+<p>Disable sparse files for multi-thread downloads</p>
+<p>On Windows platforms rclone will make sparse files when doing multi-thread downloads. This avoids long pauses on large files where the OS zeros the file. However sparse files may be undesirable as they cause disk fragmentation and can be slow to work with.</p>
+<ul>
+<li>Config: no_sparse</li>
+<li>Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_NO_SPARSE</li>
+<li>Type: bool</li>
+<li>Default: false</li>
+</ul>
 <h4 id="local-encoding">–local-encoding</h4>
 <p>This sets the encoding for the backend.</p>
-<p>See: the <a href="/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
+<p>See: the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding">encoding section in the overview</a> for more info.</p>
 <ul>
 <li>Config: encoding</li>
 <li>Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_ENCODING</li>
 <li>Type: MultiEncoder</li>
 <li>Default: Slash,Dot</li>
 </ul>
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
+<h3 id="backend-commands-3">Backend commands</h3>
+<p>Here are the commands specific to the local backend.</p>
+<p>Run them with</p>
+<pre><code>rclone backend COMMAND remote:</code></pre>
+<p>The help below will explain what arguments each command takes.</p>
+<p>See <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_backend/">the “rclone backend” command</a> for more info on how to pass options and arguments.</p>
+<p>These can be run on a running backend using the rc command <a href="https://rclone.org/rc/#backend/command">backend/command</a>.</p>
+<h4 id="noop">noop</h4>
+<p>A null operation for testing backend commands</p>
+<pre><code>rclone backend noop remote: [options] [&lt;arguments&gt;+]</code></pre>
+<p>This is a test command which has some options you can try to change the output.</p>
+<p>Options:</p>
+<ul>
+<li>“echo”: echo the input arguments</li>
+<li>“error”: return an error based on option value</li>
+</ul>
 <h1 id="changelog">Changelog</h1>
+<h2 id="v1.52.0---2020-05-27">v1.52.0 - 2020-05-27</h2>
+<p>Special thanks to Martin Michlmayr for proof reading and correcting all the docs and Edward Barker for helping re-write the front page.</p>
+<p><a href="https://github.com/rclone/rclone/compare/v1.51.0...v1.52.0">See commits</a></p>
+<ul>
+<li>New backends
+<ul>
+<li><a href="https://rclone.org/tardigrade/">Tardigrade</a> backend for use with storj.io (Caleb Case)</li>
+<li><a href="https://rclone.org/union/">Union</a> re-write to have multiple writable remotes (Max Sum)</li>
+<li><a href="/seafile">Seafile</a> for Seafile server (Fred <span class="citation" data-cites="creativeprojects">@creativeprojects</span>)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>New commands
+<ul>
+<li>backend: command for backend specific commands (see backends) (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>cachestats: Deprecate in favour of <code>rclone backend stats cache:</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>dbhashsum: Deprecate in favour of <code>rclone hashsum DropboxHash</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>New Features
+<ul>
+<li>Add <code>--header-download</code> and <code>--header-upload</code> flags for setting HTTP headers when uploading/downloading (Tim Gallant)</li>
+<li>Add <code>--header</code> flag to add HTTP headers to every HTTP transaction (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Add <code>--check-first</code> to do all checking before starting transfers (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Add <code>--track-renames-strategy</code> for configurable matching criteria for <code>--track-renames</code> (Bernd Schoolmann)</li>
+<li>Add <code>--cutoff-mode</code> hard,soft,catious (Shing Kit Chan &amp; Franklyn Tackitt)</li>
+<li>Filter flags (eg <code>--files-from -</code>) can read from stdin (fishbullet)</li>
+<li>Add <code>--error-on-no-transfer</code> option (Jon Fautley)</li>
+<li>Implement <code>--order-by xxx,mixed</code> for copying some small and some big files (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Allow <code>--max-backlog</code> to be negative meaning as large as possible (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Added <code>--no-unicode-normalization</code> flag to allow Unicode filenames to remain unique (Ben Zenker)</li>
+<li>Allow <code>--min-age</code>/<code>--max-age</code> to take a date as well as a duration (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Add rename statistics for file and directory renames (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Add statistics output to JSON log (reddi)</li>
+<li>Make stats be printed on non-zero exit code (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>When running <code>--password-command</code> allow use of stdin (Sébastien Gross)</li>
+<li>Stop empty strings being a valid remote path (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>accounting: support WriterTo for less memory copying (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>build
+<ul>
+<li>Update to use go1.14 for the build (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Add <code>-trimpath</code> to release build for reproduceable builds (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Remove GOOS and GOARCH from Dockerfile (Brandon Philips)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>config
+<ul>
+<li>Fsync the config file after writing to save more reliably (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Add <code>--obscure</code> and <code>--no-obscure</code> flags to <code>config create</code>/<code>update</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Make <code>config show</code> take <code>remote:</code> as well as <code>remote</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>copyurl: Add <code>--no-clobber</code> flag (Denis)</li>
+<li>delete: Added <code>--rmdirs</code> flag to delete directories as well (Kush)</li>
+<li>filter: Added <code>--files-from-raw</code> flag (Ankur Gupta)</li>
+<li>genautocomplete: Add support for fish shell (Matan Rosenberg)</li>
+<li>log: Add support for syslog LOCAL facilities (Patryk Jakuszew)</li>
+<li>lsjson: Add <code>--hash-type</code> parameter and use it in lsf to speed up hashing (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>rc
+<ul>
+<li>Add <code>-o</code>/<code>--opt</code> and <code>-a</code>/<code>--arg</code> for more structured input (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Implement <code>backend/command</code> for running backend specific commands remotely (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Add <code>mount/mount</code> command for starting <code>rclone mount</code> via the API (Chaitanya)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>rcd: Add Prometheus metrics support (Gary Kim)</li>
+<li>serve http
+<ul>
+<li>Added a <code>--template</code> flag for user defined markup (calistri)</li>
+<li>Add Last-Modified headers to files and directories (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>serve sftp: Add support for multiple host keys by repeating <code>--key</code> flag (Maxime Suret)</li>
+<li>touch: Add <code>--localtime</code> flag to make <code>--timestamp</code> localtime not UTC (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>Bug Fixes
+<ul>
+<li>accounting
+<ul>
+<li>Restore “Max number of stats groups reached” log line (Michał Matczuk)</li>
+<li>Correct exitcode on Transfer Limit Exceeded flag. (Anuar Serdaliyev)</li>
+<li>Reset bytes read during copy retry (Ankur Gupta)</li>
+<li>Fix race clearing stats (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>copy: Only create empty directories when they don’t exist on the remote (Ishuah Kariuki)</li>
+<li>dedupe: Stop dedupe deleting files with identical IDs (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>oauth
+<ul>
+<li>Use custom http client so that <code>--no-check-certificate</code> is honored by oauth token fetch (Mark Spieth)</li>
+<li>Replace deprecated oauth2.NoContext (Lars Lehtonen)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>operations
+<ul>
+<li>Fix setting the timestamp on Windows for multithread copy (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Make rcat obey <code>--ignore-checksum</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Make <code>--max-transfer</code> more accurate (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>rc
+<ul>
+<li>Fix dropped error (Lars Lehtonen)</li>
+<li>Fix misplaced http server config (Xiaoxing Ye)</li>
+<li>Disable duplicate log (ElonH)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>serve dlna
+<ul>
+<li>Cds: don’t specify childCount at all when unknown (Dan Walters)</li>
+<li>Cds: use modification time as date in dlna metadata (Dan Walters)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>serve restic: Fix tests after restic project removed vendoring (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>sync
+<ul>
+<li>Fix incorrect “nothing to transfer” message using <code>--delete-before</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Only create empty directories when they don’t exist on the remote (Ishuah Kariuki)</li>
+</ul></li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>Mount
+<ul>
+<li>Add <code>--async-read</code> flag to disable asynchronous reads (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Ignore <code>--allow-root</code> flag with a warning as it has been removed upstream (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Warn if <code>--allow-non-empty</code> used on Windows and clarify docs (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Constrain to go1.13 or above otherwise bazil.org/fuse fails to compile (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Fix fail because of too long volume name (evileye)</li>
+<li>Report 1PB free for unknown disk sizes (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Map more rclone errors into file systems errors (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Fix disappearing cwd problem (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Use ReaddirPlus on Windows to improve directory listing performance (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Send a hint as to whether the filesystem is case insensitive or not (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Add rc command <code>mount/types</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Change maximum leaf name length to 1024 bytes (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>VFS
+<ul>
+<li>Add <code>--vfs-read-wait</code> and <code>--vfs-write-wait</code> flags to control time waiting for a sequential read/write (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Change default <code>--vfs-read-wait</code> to 20ms (it was 5ms and not configurable) (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Make <code>df</code> output more consistent on a rclone mount. (Yves G)</li>
+<li>Report 1PB free for unknown disk sizes (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Fix race condition caused by unlocked reading of Dir.path (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Make File lock and Dir lock not overlap to avoid deadlock (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Implement lock ordering between File and Dir to eliminate deadlocks (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Factor the vfs cache into its own package (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Pin the Fs in use in the Fs cache (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Add SetSys() methods to Node to allow caching stuff on a node (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Ignore file not found errors from Hash in Read.Release (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Fix hang in read wait code (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>Local
+<ul>
+<li>Speed up multi thread downloads by using sparse files on Windows (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Implement <code>--local-no-sparse</code> flag for disabling sparse files (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Implement <code>rclone backend noop</code> for testing purposes (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Fix “file not found” errors on post transfer Hash calculation (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>Cache
+<ul>
+<li>Implement <code>rclone backend stats</code> command (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Fix Server Side Copy with Temp Upload (Brandon McNama)</li>
+<li>Remove Unused Functions (Lars Lehtonen)</li>
+<li>Disable race tests until bbolt is fixed (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Move methods used for testing into test file (greatroar)</li>
+<li>Add Pin and Unpin and canonicalised lookup (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Use proper import path go.etcd.io/bbolt (Robert-André Mauchin)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>Crypt
+<ul>
+<li>Calculate hashes for uploads from local disk (Nick Craig-Wood)
+<ul>
+<li>This allows crypted Jottacloud uploads without using local disk</li>
+<li>This means crypted s3/b2 uploads will now have hashes</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>Added <code>rclone backend decode</code>/<code>encode</code> commands to replicate functionality of <code>cryptdecode</code> (Anagh Kumar Baranwal)</li>
+<li>Get rid of the unused Cipher interface as it obfuscated the code (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>Azure Blob
+<ul>
+<li>Implement streaming of unknown sized files so <code>rcat</code> is now supported (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Implement memory pooling to control memory use (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Add <code>--azureblob-disable-checksum</code> flag (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Retry <code>InvalidBlobOrBlock</code> error as it may indicate block concurrency problems (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Remove unused <code>Object.parseTimeString()</code> (Lars Lehtonen)</li>
+<li>Fix permission error on SAS URL limited to container (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>B2
+<ul>
+<li>Add support for <code>--header-upload</code> and <code>--header-download</code> (Tim Gallant)</li>
+<li>Ignore directory markers at the root also (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Force the case of the SHA1 to lowercase (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Remove unused <code>largeUpload.clearUploadURL()</code> (Lars Lehtonen)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>Box
+<ul>
+<li>Add support for <code>--header-upload</code> and <code>--header-download</code> (Tim Gallant)</li>
+<li>Implement About to read size used (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Add token renew function for jwt auth (David Bramwell)</li>
+<li>Added support for interchangeable root folder for Box backend (Sunil Patra)</li>
+<li>Remove unnecessary iat from jws claims (David)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>Drive
+<ul>
+<li>Follow shortcuts by default, skip with <code>--drive-skip-shortcuts</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Implement <code>rclone backend shortcut</code> command for creating shortcuts (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Added <code>rclone backend</code> command to change <code>service_account_file</code> and <code>chunk_size</code> (Anagh Kumar Baranwal)</li>
+<li>Fix missing files when using <code>--fast-list</code> and <code>--drive-shared-with-me</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Fix duplicate items when using <code>--drive-shared-with-me</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Extend <code>--drive-stop-on-upload-limit</code> to respond to <code>teamDriveFileLimitExceeded</code>. (harry)</li>
+<li>Don’t delete files with multiple parents to avoid data loss (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Server side copy docs use default description if empty (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>Dropbox
+<ul>
+<li>Make error insufficient space to be fatal (harry)</li>
+<li>Add info about required redirect url (Elan Ruusamäe)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>Fichier
+<ul>
+<li>Add support for <code>--header-upload</code> and <code>--header-download</code> (Tim Gallant)</li>
+<li>Implement custom pacer to deal with the new rate limiting (buengese)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>FTP
+<ul>
+<li>Fix lockup when using concurrency limit on failed connections (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Fix lockup on failed upload when using concurrency limit (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Fix lockup on Close failures when using concurrency limit (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Work around pureftp sending spurious 150 messages (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>Google Cloud Storage
+<ul>
+<li>Add support for <code>--header-upload</code> and <code>--header-download</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Add <code>ARCHIVE</code> storage class to help (Adam Stroud)</li>
+<li>Ignore directory markers at the root (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>Googlephotos
+<ul>
+<li>Make the start year configurable (Daven)</li>
+<li>Add support for <code>--header-upload</code> and <code>--header-download</code> (Tim Gallant)</li>
+<li>Create feature/favorites directory (Brandon Philips)</li>
+<li>Fix “concurrent map write” error (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Don’t put an image in error message (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>HTTP
+<ul>
+<li>Improved directory listing with new template from Caddy project (calisro)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>Jottacloud
+<ul>
+<li>Implement <code>--jottacloud-trashed-only</code> (buengese)</li>
+<li>Add support for <code>--header-upload</code> and <code>--header-download</code> (Tim Gallant)</li>
+<li>Use <code>RawURLEncoding</code> when decoding base64 encoded login token (buengese)</li>
+<li>Implement cleanup (buengese)</li>
+<li>Update docs regarding cleanup, removed remains from old auth, and added warning about special mountpoints. (albertony)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>Mailru
+<ul>
+<li>Describe 2FA requirements (valery1707)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>Onedrive
+<ul>
+<li>Implement <code>--onedrive-server-side-across-configs</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Add support for <code>--header-upload</code> and <code>--header-download</code> (Tim Gallant)</li>
+<li>Fix occasional 416 errors on multipart uploads (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Added maximum chunk size limit warning in the docs (Harry)</li>
+<li>Fix missing drive on config (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Make error <code>quotaLimitReached</code> to be fatal (harry)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>Opendrive
+<ul>
+<li>Add support for <code>--header-upload</code> and <code>--header-download</code> (Tim Gallant)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>Pcloud
+<ul>
+<li>Added support for interchangeable root folder for pCloud backend (Sunil Patra)</li>
+<li>Add support for <code>--header-upload</code> and <code>--header-download</code> (Tim Gallant)</li>
+<li>Fix initial config “Auth state doesn’t match” message (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>Premiumizeme
+<ul>
+<li>Add support for <code>--header-upload</code> and <code>--header-download</code> (Tim Gallant)</li>
+<li>Prune unused functions (Lars Lehtonen)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>Putio
+<ul>
+<li>Add support for <code>--header-upload</code> and <code>--header-download</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Make downloading files use the rclone http Client (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Fix parsing of remotes with leading and trailing / (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>Qingstor
+<ul>
+<li>Make <code>rclone cleanup</code> remove pending multipart uploads older than 24h (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Try harder to cancel failed multipart uploads (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Prune <code>multiUploader.list()</code> (Lars Lehtonen)</li>
+<li>Lint fix (Lars Lehtonen)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>S3
+<ul>
+<li>Add support for <code>--header-upload</code> and <code>--header-download</code> (Tim Gallant)</li>
+<li>Use memory pool for buffer allocations (Maciej Zimnoch)</li>
+<li>Add SSE-C support for AWS, Ceph, and MinIO (Jack Anderson)</li>
+<li>Fail fast multipart upload (Michał Matczuk)</li>
+<li>Report errors on bucket creation (mkdir) correctly (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Specify that Minio supports URL encoding in listings (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Added 500 as retryErrorCode (Michał Matczuk)</li>
+<li>Use <code>--low-level-retries</code> as the number of SDK retries (Aleksandar Janković)</li>
+<li>Fix multipart abort context (Aleksandar Jankovic)</li>
+<li>Replace deprecated <code>session.New()</code> with <code>session.NewSession()</code> (Lars Lehtonen)</li>
+<li>Use the provided size parameter when allocating a new memory pool (Joachim Brandon LeBlanc)</li>
+<li>Use rclone’s low level retries instead of AWS SDK to fix listing retries (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Ignore directory markers at the root also (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Use single memory pool (Michał Matczuk)</li>
+<li>Do not resize buf on put to memBuf (Michał Matczuk)</li>
+<li>Improve docs for <code>--s3-disable-checksum</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Don’t leak memory or tokens in edge cases for multipart upload (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>Seafile
+<ul>
+<li>Implement 2FA (Fred)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>SFTP
+<ul>
+<li>Added <code>--sftp-pem-key</code> to support inline key files (calisro)</li>
+<li>Fix post transfer copies failing with 0 size when using <code>set_modtime=false</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>Sharefile
+<ul>
+<li>Add support for <code>--header-upload</code> and <code>--header-download</code> (Tim Gallant)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>Sugarsync
+<ul>
+<li>Add support for <code>--header-upload</code> and <code>--header-download</code> (Tim Gallant)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>Swift
+<ul>
+<li>Add support for <code>--header-upload</code> and <code>--header-download</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Fix cosmetic issue in error message (Martin Michlmayr)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>Union
+<ul>
+<li>Implement multiple writable remotes (Max Sum)</li>
+<li>Fix server-side copy (Max Sum)</li>
+<li>Implement ListR (Max Sum)</li>
+<li>Enable ListR when upstreams contain local (Max Sum)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>WebDAV
+<ul>
+<li>Add support for <code>--header-upload</code> and <code>--header-download</code> (Tim Gallant)</li>
+<li>Fix <code>X-OC-Mtime</code> header for Transip compatibility (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Report full and consistent usage with <code>about</code> (Yves G)</li>
+</ul></li>
+<li>Yandex
+<ul>
+<li>Add support for <code>--header-upload</code> and <code>--header-download</code> (Tim Gallant)</li>
+</ul></li>
+</ul>
 <h2 id="v1.51.0---2020-02-01">v1.51.0 - 2020-02-01</h2>
 <ul>
 <li>New backends
 <ul>
-<li><a href="/memory">Memory</a> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
-<li><a href="/sugarsync">Sugarsync</a> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li><a href="https://rclone.org/memory/">Memory</a> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li><a href="https://rclone.org/sugarsync/">Sugarsync</a> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
 </ul></li>
 <li>New Features
 <ul>
@@ -15589,6 +17557,7 @@ $ tree /tmp/b
 <li>Add <code>--s3-list-chunk</code> option for bucket listing (Thomas Kriechbaumer)</li>
 <li>Force path style bucket access to off for AWS deprecation (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
 <li>Use AWS web identity role provider if available (Tennix)</li>
+<li>Add StackPath Object Storage Support (Dave Koston)</li>
 <li>Fix ExpiryWindow value (Aleksandar Jankovic)</li>
 <li>Fix DisableChecksum condition (Aleksandar Janković)</li>
 <li>Fix URL decoding of NextMarker (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
@@ -15646,16 +17615,16 @@ $ tree /tmp/b
 <ul>
 <li>New backends
 <ul>
-<li><a href="/sharefile">Citrix Sharefile</a> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
-<li><a href="/chunker">Chunker</a> - an overlay backend to split files into smaller parts (Ivan Andreev)</li>
-<li><a href="/mailru">Mail.ru Cloud</a> (Ivan Andreev)</li>
+<li><a href="https://rclone.org/sharefile/">Citrix Sharefile</a> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li><a href="https://rclone.org/chunker/">Chunker</a> - an overlay backend to split files into smaller parts (Ivan Andreev)</li>
+<li><a href="https://rclone.org/mailru/">Mail.ru Cloud</a> (Ivan Andreev)</li>
 </ul></li>
 <li>New Features
 <ul>
 <li>encodings (Fabian Möller &amp; Nick Craig-Wood)
 <ul>
 <li>All backends now use file name encoding to ensure any file name can be written to any backend.</li>
-<li>See the <a href="/overview/#restricted-filenames">restricted file name docs</a> for more info and the <a href="/local/#filenames">local backend docs</a>.</li>
+<li>See the <a href="https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-filenames">restricted file name docs</a> for more info and the <a href="/local/#filenames">local backend docs</a>.</li>
 <li>Some file names may look different in rclone if you are using any control characters in names or <a href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Halfwidth_and_Fullwidth_Forms_(Unicode_block)">unicode FULLWIDTH symbols</a>.</li>
 </ul></li>
 <li>build
@@ -15683,7 +17652,7 @@ $ tree /tmp/b
 </ul></li>
 <li>serve dlna:
 <ul>
-<li>Many compatability improvements (Dan Walters)</li>
+<li>Many compatibility improvements (Dan Walters)</li>
 <li>Support for external srt subtitles (Dan Walters)</li>
 </ul></li>
 <li>rc
@@ -15731,7 +17700,7 @@ $ tree /tmp/b
 </ul></li>
 <li>Mount
 <ul>
-<li>Allow files of unkown size to be read properly (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Allow files of unknown size to be read properly (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
 <li>Skip tests on &lt;= 2 CPUs to avoid lockup (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
 <li>Fix panic on File.Open (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
 <li>Fix “mount_fusefs: -o timeout=: option not supported” on FreeBSD (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
@@ -15792,7 +17761,7 @@ $ tree /tmp/b
 <li>Fix signature v2_auth headers (Anthony Rusdi)</li>
 <li>Fix encoding for control characters (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
 <li>Only ask for URL encoded directory listings if we need them on Ceph (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
-<li>Add option for multipart failiure behaviour (Aleksandar Jankovic)</li>
+<li>Add option for multipart failure behaviour (Aleksandar Jankovic)</li>
 <li>Support for multipart copy (庄天翼)</li>
 <li>Fix nil pointer reference if no metadata returned for object (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
 </ul></li>
@@ -15883,7 +17852,7 @@ $ tree /tmp/b
 <li>New backends
 <ul>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/fichier/">1fichier</a> (Laura Hausmann)</li>
-<li><a href="/googlephotos">Google Photos</a> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li><a href="https://rclone.org/googlephotos/">Google Photos</a> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/putio/">Putio</a> (Cenk Alti)</li>
 <li><a href="https://rclone.org/premiumizeme/">premiumize.me</a> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
 </ul></li>
@@ -15958,7 +17927,7 @@ $ tree /tmp/b
 <li>rc
 <ul>
 <li>Fix unmarshalable http.AuthFn in options and put in test for marshalability (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
-<li>Move job expire flags to rc to fix initalization problem (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Move job expire flags to rc to fix initialization problem (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
 <li>Fix <code>--loopback</code> with rc/list and others (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
 </ul></li>
 <li>rcat: Fix slowdown on systems with multiple hashes (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
@@ -16170,7 +18139,7 @@ $ tree /tmp/b
 </ul></li>
 <li>S3
 <ul>
-<li>Suppport S3 Accelerated endpoints with <code>--s3-use-accelerate-endpoint</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Support S3 Accelerated endpoints with <code>--s3-use-accelerate-endpoint</code> (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
 <li>Add config info for Wasabi’s EU Central endpoint (Robert Marko)</li>
 <li>Make SetModTime work for GLACIER while syncing (Philip Harvey)</li>
 </ul></li>
@@ -16448,7 +18417,7 @@ $ tree /tmp/b
 <ul>
 <li>Resume and deduplication support (Oliver Heyme)</li>
 <li>Use token auth for all API requests Don’t store password anymore (Sebastian Bünger)</li>
-<li>Add support for 2-factor authentification (Sebastian Bünger)</li>
+<li>Add support for 2-factor authentication (Sebastian Bünger)</li>
 </ul></li>
 <li>Mega
 <ul>
@@ -16471,7 +18440,7 @@ $ tree /tmp/b
 <li>S3
 <ul>
 <li>Implement <code>--s3-upload-cutoff</code> for single part uploads below this (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
-<li>Change <code>--s3-upload-concurrency</code> default to 4 to increase perfomance (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Change <code>--s3-upload-concurrency</code> default to 4 to increase performance (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
 <li>Add <code>--s3-bucket-acl</code> to control bucket ACL (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
 <li>Auto detect region for buckets on operation failure (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
 <li>Add GLACIER storage class (William Cocker)</li>
@@ -16743,7 +18712,7 @@ $ tree /tmp/b
 <li>S3
 <ul>
 <li>Use custom pacer, to retry operations when reasonable (Craig Miskell)</li>
-<li>Use configured server-side-encryption and storace class options when calling CopyObject() (Paul Kohout)</li>
+<li>Use configured server-side-encryption and storage class options when calling CopyObject() (Paul Kohout)</li>
 <li>Make <code>--s3-v2-auth</code> flag (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
 <li>Fix v2 auth on files with spaces (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
 </ul></li>
@@ -16936,8 +18905,8 @@ $ tree /tmp/b
 <li>Swift
 <ul>
 <li>Add <code>storage_policy</code> (Ruben Vandamme)</li>
-<li>Make it so just <code>storage_url</code> or <code>auth_token</code> can be overidden (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
-<li>Fix server side copy bug for unusal file names (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Make it so just <code>storage_url</code> or <code>auth_token</code> can be overridden (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
+<li>Fix server side copy bug for unusual file names (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
 <li>Remove leading / from paths (Nick Craig-Wood)</li>
 </ul></li>
 <li>WebDAV
@@ -17299,7 +19268,7 @@ $ tree /tmp/b
 <li>Add <code>--attr-timeout</code> flag to control attribute caching in kernel
 <ul>
 <li>this now defaults to 0 which is correct but less efficient</li>
-<li>see <a href="/commands/rclone_mount/#attribute-caching">the mount docs</a> for more info</li>
+<li>see <a href="https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/#attribute-caching">the mount docs</a> for more info</li>
 </ul></li>
 <li>Add <code>--daemon</code> flag to allow mount to run in the background (ishuah)</li>
 <li>Fix: Return ENOSYS rather than EIO on attempted link
@@ -17351,7 +19320,7 @@ $ tree /tmp/b
 </ul></li>
 <li>Azureblob
 <ul>
-<li>Don’t check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
+<li>Don’t check for bucket/container presence if listing was OK
 <ul>
 <li>this makes rclone do one less request per invocation</li>
 </ul></li>
@@ -17359,7 +19328,7 @@ $ tree /tmp/b
 </ul></li>
 <li>Backblaze B2
 <ul>
-<li>Don’t check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
+<li>Don’t check for bucket/container presence if listing was OK
 <ul>
 <li>this makes rclone do one less request per invocation</li>
 </ul></li>
@@ -17374,7 +19343,7 @@ $ tree /tmp/b
 </ul></li>
 <li>Google Cloud Storage
 <ul>
-<li>Don’t check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
+<li>Don’t check for bucket/container presence if listing was OK
 <ul>
 <li>this makes rclone do one less request per invocation</li>
 </ul></li>
@@ -17417,7 +19386,7 @@ $ tree /tmp/b
 </ul></li>
 <li>Qingstor
 <ul>
-<li>Don’t check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
+<li>Don’t check for bucket/container presence if listing was OK
 <ul>
 <li>this makes rclone do one less request per invocation</li>
 </ul></li>
@@ -17427,7 +19396,7 @@ $ tree /tmp/b
 <li>Support hashes for multipart files (Chris Redekop)</li>
 <li>Initial support for IBM COS (S3) (Giri Badanahatti)</li>
 <li>Update docs to discourage use of v2 auth with CEPH and others</li>
-<li>Don’t check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
+<li>Don’t check for bucket/container presence if listing was OK
 <ul>
 <li>this makes rclone do one less request per invocation</li>
 </ul></li>
@@ -17450,7 +19419,7 @@ $ tree /tmp/b
 <li>in v1.39 a bug was introduced which ignored new tokens - this fixes it</li>
 </ul></li>
 <li>Fix extra HEAD transaction when uploading a new file</li>
-<li>Don’t check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
+<li>Don’t check for bucket/container presence if listing was OK
 <ul>
 <li>this makes rclone do one less request per invocation</li>
 </ul></li>
@@ -17493,7 +19462,7 @@ $ tree /tmp/b
 <li>curl install for rclone (Filip Bartodziej)</li>
 <li>–stats now shows percentage, size, rate and ETA in condensed form (Ishuah Kariuki)</li>
 <li>–exclude-if-present to exclude a directory if a file is present (Iakov Davydov)</li>
-<li>rmdirs: add –leave-root flag (lewpam)</li>
+<li>rmdirs: add –leave-root flag (lewapm)</li>
 <li>move: add –delete-empty-src-dirs flag to remove dirs after move (Ishuah Kariuki)</li>
 <li>Add –dump flag, introduce –dump requests, responses and remove –dump-auth, –dump-filters
 <ul>
@@ -17712,7 +19681,7 @@ $ tree /tmp/b
 </ul></li>
 <li>Add –tpslimit and –tpslimit-burst to limit transactions per second
 <ul>
-<li>this is useful in conjuction with <code>rclone mount</code> to limit external apps</li>
+<li>this is useful in conjunction with <code>rclone mount</code> to limit external apps</li>
 </ul></li>
 <li>Add –stats-log-level so can see –stats without -v</li>
 <li>Print password prompts to stderr - Hraban Luyat</li>
@@ -17975,7 +19944,7 @@ $ tree /tmp/b
 </ul></li>
 <li>Bug Fixes
 <ul>
-<li>Fix the config file being overwritten when two rclones are running</li>
+<li>Fix the config file being overwritten when two rclone instances are running</li>
 <li>Make rclone lsd obey the filters properly</li>
 <li>Fix compilation on mips</li>
 <li>Fix not transferring files that don’t differ in size</li>
@@ -18214,7 +20183,7 @@ $ tree /tmp/b
 </ul></li>
 <li>Backblaze B2
 <ul>
-<li>Add –b2-versions flag so old versions can be listed and retreived.</li>
+<li>Add –b2-versions flag so old versions can be listed and retrieved.</li>
 <li>Treat 403 errors (eg cap exceeded) as fatal.</li>
 <li>Implement cleanup command for deleting old file versions.</li>
 <li>Make error handling compliant with B2 integrations notes.</li>
@@ -18396,7 +20365,7 @@ $ tree /tmp/b
 <li>Add <code>--delete-before</code>, <code>--delete-during</code>, <code>--delete-after</code> flags.</li>
 <li>Add <code>--memprofile</code> flag to debug memory use.</li>
 <li>Warn the user about files with same name but different case</li>
-<li>Make <code>--include</code> rules add their implict exclude * at the end of the filter list</li>
+<li>Make <code>--include</code> rules add their implicit exclude * at the end of the filter list</li>
 <li>Deprecate compiling with go1.3</li>
 </ul></li>
 <li>Amazon Drive
@@ -18570,7 +20539,7 @@ $ tree /tmp/b
 <li>Amazon Drive support</li>
 <li>Oauth support redone - fix many bugs and improve usability
 <ul>
-<li>Use “golang.org/x/oauth2” as oauth libary of choice</li>
+<li>Use “golang.org/x/oauth2” as oauth library of choice</li>
 <li>Improve oauth usability for smoother initial signup</li>
 <li>drive, googlecloudstorage: optionally use auto config for the oauth token</li>
 </ul></li>
@@ -18841,7 +20810,7 @@ $ tree /tmp/b
 <p>You can use rclone from multiple places at the same time if you choose different subdirectory for the output, eg</p>
 <pre><code>Server A&gt; rclone sync /tmp/whatever remote:ServerA
 Server B&gt; rclone sync /tmp/whatever remote:ServerB</code></pre>
-<p>If you sync to the same directory then you should use rclone copy otherwise the two rclones may delete each others files, eg</p>
+<p>If you sync to the same directory then you should use rclone copy otherwise the two instances of rclone may delete each other’s files, eg</p>
 <pre><code>Server A&gt; rclone copy /tmp/whatever remote:Backup
 Server B&gt; rclone copy /tmp/whatever remote:Backup</code></pre>
 <p>The file names you upload from Server A and Server B should be different in this case, otherwise some file systems (eg Drive) may make duplicates.</p>
@@ -18893,7 +20862,7 @@ dig www.googleapis.com @8.8.8.8 # resolve with Google&#39;s DNS server</code></p
 <p>If you are using <code>systemd-resolved</code> (default on Arch Linux), ensure it is at version 233 or higher. Previous releases contain a bug which causes not all domains to be resolved properly.</p>
 <p>Additionally with the <code>GODEBUG=netdns=</code> environment variable the Go resolver decision can be influenced. This also allows to resolve certain issues with DNS resolution. See the <a href="https://golang.org/pkg/net/#hdr-Name_Resolution">name resolution section in the go docs</a>.</p>
 <h3 id="the-total-size-reported-in-the-stats-for-a-sync-is-wrong-and-keeps-changing">The total size reported in the stats for a sync is wrong and keeps changing</h3>
-<p>It is likely you have more than 10,000 files that need to be synced. By default rclone only gets 10,000 files ahead in a sync so as not to use up too much memory. You can change this default with the <a href="/docs/#max-backlog-n">–max-backlog</a> flag.</p>
+<p>It is likely you have more than 10,000 files that need to be synced. By default rclone only gets 10,000 files ahead in a sync so as not to use up too much memory. You can change this default with the <a href="https://rclone.org/docs/#max-backlog-n">–max-backlog</a> flag.</p>
 <h3 id="rclone-is-using-too-much-memory-or-appears-to-have-a-memory-leak">Rclone is using too much memory or appears to have a memory leak</h3>
 <p>Rclone is written in Go which uses a garbage collector. The default settings for the garbage collector mean that it runs when the heap size has doubled.</p>
 <p>However it is possible to tune the garbage collector to use less memory by <a href="https://dave.cheney.net/tag/gogc">setting GOGC</a> to a lower value, say <code>export GOGC=20</code>. This will make the garbage collector work harder, reducing memory size at the expense of CPU usage.</p>
@@ -18924,6 +20893,7 @@ THE SOFTWARE.</code></pre>
 <li>Nick Craig-Wood <a href="mailto:nick@craig-wood.com" class="email">nick@craig-wood.com</a></li>
 </ul>
 <h2 id="contributors">Contributors</h2>
+<p>{{&lt; rem <code>email addresses removed from here need to be addeed to bin/.ignore-emails to make sure update-authors.py doesn't immediately put them back in again.</code> &gt;}}</p>
 <ul>
 <li>Alex Couper <a href="mailto:amcouper@gmail.com" class="email">amcouper@gmail.com</a></li>
 <li>Leonid Shalupov <a href="mailto:leonid@shalupov.com" class="email">leonid@shalupov.com</a> <a href="mailto:shalupov@diverse.org.ru" class="email">shalupov@diverse.org.ru</a></li>
@@ -19105,7 +21075,7 @@ THE SOFTWARE.</code></pre>
 <li>Sheldon Rupp <a href="mailto:me@shel.io" class="email">me@shel.io</a></li>
 <li>albertony <a href="mailto:12441419+albertony@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">12441419+albertony@users.noreply.github.com</a></li>
 <li>cron410 <a href="mailto:cron410@gmail.com" class="email">cron410@gmail.com</a></li>
-<li>Anagh Kumar Baranwal <a href="mailto:anaghk.dos@gmail.com" class="email">anaghk.dos@gmail.com</a> <a href="mailto:6824881+darthShadow@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">6824881+darthShadow@users.noreply.github.com</a></li>
+<li>Anagh Kumar Baranwal <a href="mailto:6824881+darthShadow@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">6824881+darthShadow@users.noreply.github.com</a></li>
 <li>Felix Brucker <a href="mailto:felix@felixbrucker.com" class="email">felix@felixbrucker.com</a></li>
 <li>Santiago Rodríguez <a href="mailto:scollazo@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">scollazo@users.noreply.github.com</a></li>
 <li>Craig Miskell <a href="mailto:craig.miskell@fluxfederation.com" class="email">craig.miskell@fluxfederation.com</a></li>
@@ -19224,7 +21194,7 @@ THE SOFTWARE.</code></pre>
 <li>Barry Muldrey <a href="mailto:barry@muldrey.net" class="email">barry@muldrey.net</a></li>
 <li>Sebastian Brandt <a href="mailto:sebastian.brandt@friday.de" class="email">sebastian.brandt@friday.de</a></li>
 <li>Marco Molteni <a href="mailto:marco.molteni@mailbox.org" class="email">marco.molteni@mailbox.org</a></li>
-<li>Ankur Gupta <a href="mailto:ankur0493@gmail.com" class="email">ankur0493@gmail.com</a></li>
+<li>Ankur Gupta <a href="mailto:ankur0493@gmail.com" class="email">ankur0493@gmail.com</a> <a href="mailto:7876747+ankur0493@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">7876747+ankur0493@users.noreply.github.com</a></li>
 <li>Maciej Zimnoch <a href="mailto:maciej@scylladb.com" class="email">maciej@scylladb.com</a></li>
 <li>anuar45 <a href="mailto:serdaliyev.anuar@gmail.com" class="email">serdaliyev.anuar@gmail.com</a></li>
 <li>Fernando <a href="mailto:ferferga@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">ferferga@users.noreply.github.com</a></li>
@@ -19247,6 +21217,46 @@ THE SOFTWARE.</code></pre>
 <li>unbelauscht <a href="mailto:58393353+unbelauscht@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">58393353+unbelauscht@users.noreply.github.com</a></li>
 <li>Motonori IWAMURO <a href="mailto:vmi@nifty.com" class="email">vmi@nifty.com</a></li>
 <li>Benjapol Worakan <a href="mailto:benwrk@live.com" class="email">benwrk@live.com</a></li>
+<li>Dave Koston <a href="mailto:dave.koston@stackpath.com" class="email">dave.koston@stackpath.com</a></li>
+<li>Durval Menezes <a href="mailto:DurvalMenezes@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">DurvalMenezes@users.noreply.github.com</a></li>
+<li>Tim Gallant <a href="mailto:me@timgallant.us" class="email">me@timgallant.us</a></li>
+<li>Frederick Zhang <a href="mailto:frederick888@tsundere.moe" class="email">frederick888@tsundere.moe</a></li>
+<li>valery1707 <a href="mailto:valery1707@gmail.com" class="email">valery1707@gmail.com</a></li>
+<li>Yves G <a href="mailto:theYinYeti@yalis.fr" class="email">theYinYeti@yalis.fr</a></li>
+<li>Shing Kit Chan <a href="mailto:chanshingkit@gmail.com" class="email">chanshingkit@gmail.com</a></li>
+<li>Franklyn Tackitt <a href="mailto:franklyn@tackitt.net" class="email">franklyn@tackitt.net</a></li>
+<li>Robert-André Mauchin <a href="mailto:zebob.m@gmail.com" class="email">zebob.m@gmail.com</a></li>
+<li>evileye <a href="mailto:48332831+ibiruai@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">48332831+ibiruai@users.noreply.github.com</a></li>
+<li>Joachim Brandon LeBlanc <a href="mailto:brandon@leblanc.codes" class="email">brandon@leblanc.codes</a></li>
+<li>Patryk Jakuszew <a href="mailto:patryk.jakuszew@gmail.com" class="email">patryk.jakuszew@gmail.com</a></li>
+<li>fishbullet <a href="mailto:shindu666@gmail.com" class="email">shindu666@gmail.com</a></li>
+<li>greatroar &lt;@&gt;</li>
+<li>Bernd Schoolmann <a href="mailto:mail@quexten.com" class="email">mail@quexten.com</a></li>
+<li>Elan Ruusamäe <a href="mailto:glen@pld-linux.org" class="email">glen@pld-linux.org</a></li>
+<li>Max Sum <a href="mailto:max@lolyculture.com" class="email">max@lolyculture.com</a></li>
+<li>Mark Spieth <a href="mailto:mspieth@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">mspieth@users.noreply.github.com</a></li>
+<li>harry <a href="mailto:me@harry.plus" class="email">me@harry.plus</a></li>
+<li>Samantha McVey <a href="mailto:samantham@posteo.net" class="email">samantham@posteo.net</a></li>
+<li>Jack Anderson <a href="mailto:jack.anderson@metaswitch.com" class="email">jack.anderson@metaswitch.com</a></li>
+<li>Michael G <a href="mailto:draget@speciesm.net" class="email">draget@speciesm.net</a></li>
+<li>Brandon Philips <a href="mailto:brandon@ifup.org" class="email">brandon@ifup.org</a></li>
+<li>Daven <a href="mailto:dooven@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">dooven@users.noreply.github.com</a></li>
+<li>Martin Stone <a href="mailto:martin@d7415.co.uk" class="email">martin@d7415.co.uk</a></li>
+<li>David Bramwell <a href="mailto:13053834+dbramwell@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">13053834+dbramwell@users.noreply.github.com</a></li>
+<li>Sunil Patra <a href="mailto:snl_su@live.com" class="email">snl_su@live.com</a></li>
+<li>Adam Stroud <a href="mailto:adam.stroud@gmail.com" class="email">adam.stroud@gmail.com</a></li>
+<li>Kush <a href="mailto:kushsharma@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">kushsharma@users.noreply.github.com</a></li>
+<li>Matan Rosenberg <a href="mailto:matan129@gmail.com" class="email">matan129@gmail.com</a></li>
+<li>gitch1 <a href="mailto:63495046+gitch1@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">63495046+gitch1@users.noreply.github.com</a></li>
+<li>ElonH <a href="mailto:elonhhuang@gmail.com" class="email">elonhhuang@gmail.com</a></li>
+<li>Fred <a href="mailto:fred@creativeprojects.tech" class="email">fred@creativeprojects.tech</a></li>
+<li>Sébastien Gross <a href="mailto:renard@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">renard@users.noreply.github.com</a></li>
+<li>Maxime Suret <a href="mailto:11944422+msuret@users.noreply.github.com" class="email">11944422+msuret@users.noreply.github.com</a></li>
+<li>Caleb Case <a href="mailto:caleb@storj.io" class="email">caleb@storj.io</a></li>
+<li>Ben Zenker <a href="mailto:imbenzenker@gmail.com" class="email">imbenzenker@gmail.com</a></li>
+<li>Martin Michlmayr <a href="mailto:tbm@cyrius.com" class="email">tbm@cyrius.com</a></li>
+<li>Brandon McNama <a href="mailto:bmcnama@pagerduty.com" class="email">bmcnama@pagerduty.com</a></li>
+<li>Daniel Slyman <a href="mailto:github@skylayer.eu" class="email">github@skylayer.eu</a></li>
 </ul>
 <h1 id="contact-the-rclone-project">Contact the rclone project</h1>
 <h2 id="forum">Forum</h2>
@@ -19254,18 +21264,18 @@ THE SOFTWARE.</code></pre>
 <ul>
 <li>https://forum.rclone.org</li>
 </ul>
-<h2 id="gitub-project">Gitub project</h2>
-<p>The project website is at:</p>
+<h2 id="github-repository">GitHub repository</h2>
+<p>The project’s repository is located at:</p>
 <ul>
 <li>https://github.com/rclone/rclone</li>
 </ul>
-<p>There you can file bug reports or contribute pull requests.</p>
+<p>There you can file bug reports or contribute with pull requests.</p>
 <h2 id="twitter">Twitter</h2>
 <p>You can also follow me on twitter for rclone announcements:</p>
 <ul>
 <li><span class="citation" data-cites="njcw">[@njcw]</span>(https://twitter.com/njcw)</li>
 </ul>
 <h2 id="email">Email</h2>
-<p>Or if all else fails or you want to ask something private or confidential email <a href="mailto:nick@craig-wood.com">Nick Craig-Wood</a>. Please don’t email me requests for help - those are better directed to the forum - thanks!</p>
+<p>Or if all else fails or you want to ask something private or confidential email <a href="mailto:nick@craig-wood.com">Nick Craig-Wood</a>. Please don’t email me requests for help - those are better directed to the forum. Thanks!</p>
 </body>
 </html>
diff --git a/MANUAL.md b/MANUAL.md
index dc9158c8f..da3f4345e 100644
--- a/MANUAL.md
+++ b/MANUAL.md
@@ -1,82 +1,162 @@
 % rclone(1) User Manual
 % Nick Craig-Wood
-% Feb 01, 2020
+% May 27, 2020
 
-# Rclone - rsync for cloud storage
+# Rclone syncs your files to cloud storage
 
-Rclone is a command line program to sync files and directories to and from:
+<img width="50%" src="https://rclone.org/img/logo_on_light__horizontal_color.svg" alt="rclone logo" style="float:right; padding: 5px;" >
 
-* 1Fichier
-* Alibaba Cloud (Aliyun) Object Storage System (OSS)
-* Amazon Drive ([See note](/amazonclouddrive/#status))
-* Amazon S3
-* Backblaze B2
-* Box
-* Ceph
-* Citrix ShareFile
-* C14
-* DigitalOcean Spaces
-* Dreamhost
-* Dropbox
-* FTP
-* Google Cloud Storage
-* Google Drive
-* Google Photos
-* HTTP
-* Hubic
-* Jottacloud
-* IBM COS S3
-* Koofr
-* Mail.ru Cloud
-* Memset Memstore
-* Mega
-* Memory
-* Microsoft Azure Blob Storage
-* Microsoft OneDrive
-* Minio
-* Nextcloud
-* OVH
-* OpenDrive
-* Openstack Swift
-* Oracle Cloud Storage
-* ownCloud
-* pCloud
-* premiumize.me
-* put.io
-* QingStor
-* Rackspace Cloud Files
-* rsync.net
-* Scaleway
-* SFTP
-* SugarSync
-* Wasabi
-* WebDAV
-* Yandex Disk
-* The local filesystem
+- [About rclone](#about)
+- [What can rclone do for you](#what)
+- [What features does rclone have](#features)
+- [What providers does rclone support](#providers)
+- [Download](https://rclone.org/downloads/)
+- [Install](https://rclone.org/install/)
+- [Donate.](https://rclone.org/donate/)
 
-Features
+## About rclone {#about}
+
+Rclone is a command line program to manage files on cloud storage. It
+is a feature rich alternative to cloud vendors' web storage
+interfaces. [Over 40 cloud storage products](#providers) support
+rclone including S3 object stores, business & consumer file storage
+services, as well as standard transfer protocols.
+
+Rclone has powerful cloud equivalents to the unix commands rsync, cp,
+mv, mount, ls, ncdu, tree, rm, and cat. Rclone's familiar syntax
+includes shell pipeline support, and `--dry-run` protection. It can be
+used at the command line, in scripts or via its [API](/rc).
+
+Users have called rclone *"The Swiss army knife of cloud storage"* and
+*"Technology indistinguishable from magic"*.
+
+Rclone really looks after your data. It preserves timestamps and
+verifies your data at all times. Transfers over limited bandwidth;
+intermittent connections, or subject to quota can be restarted, from
+the last good file transferred. You can
+[check](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_check/) the integrity of your files. Where
+possible, rclone employs server side transfers to minimise local
+bandwidth use and transfers from one provider to another without
+using your local disk.
+
+Virtual backends wrap local and cloud file systems to apply
+[encryption](https://rclone.org/crypt/), 
+[caching](https://rclone.org/cache/),
+[chunking](https://rclone.org/chunker/) and
+[joining](https://rclone.org/union/).
+
+Rclone can [mount](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/) any local, cloud or
+virtual filesystem as a disk on Windows,
+macOS, linux and FreeBSD, and also serve these over
+[SFTP](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_sftp/),
+[HTTP](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_http/),
+[WebDAV](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_webdav/),
+[FTP](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_ftp/) and
+[DLNA](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_dlna/).
+
+Rclone is mature, open source software originally inspired by rsync
+and written in [Go](https://golang.org). The friendly support
+community are familiar with varied use cases. Official Ubuntu, Debian,
+Fedora, Brew and Chocolatey repos. include rclone. For the latest
+version [downloading from rclone.org](https://rclone.org/downloads/) is recommended.
+
+Rclone is widely used on Linux, Windows and Mac. Third party
+developers have built innovative backup, restore, GUI and business
+process solutions using the rclone command line or API.
+
+Let rclone do the heavy lifting of communicating with cloud storage.
+
+## What can rclone do for you {#what}
+
+Rclone can help you:
+
+- Backup (and encrypt) files to cloud storage
+- Restore (and decrypt) files from cloud storage
+- Mirror cloud data to other cloud services or locally
+- Migrate data to cloud, or between cloud storage vendors
+- Mount multiple, encrypted, cached or diverse cloud storage as a disk
+- Analyse and account for data held on cloud storage using [lsf](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_lsf/), [ljson](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_lsjson/), [size](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_size/), [ncdu](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_ncdu/)
+- [Union](https://rclone.org/union/) file systems together to present multiple local and/or cloud file systems as one
+
+## Features {#features}
+
+- Transfers
+    - MD5, SHA1 hashes are checked at all times for file integrity
+    - Timestamps are preserved on files
+    - Operations can be restarted at any time
+    - Can be to and from network, eg two different cloud providers
+    - Can use multi-threaded downloads to local disk
+- [Copy](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copy/) new or changed files to cloud storage
+- [Sync](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_sync/) (one way) to make a directory identical
+- [Move](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_move/) files to cloud storage deleting the local after verification
+- [Check](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_check/) hashes and for missing/extra files
+- [Mount](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/) your cloud storage as a network disk
+- [Serve](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/) local or remote files over [HTTP](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_http/)/[WebDav](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_webdav/)/[FTP](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_ftp/)/[SFTP](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_sftp/)/[dlna](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_dlna/)
+- Experimental [Web based GUI](https://rclone.org/gui/)
+
+## Supported providers {#providers}
+
+(There are many other providers, built on standard protocols such as
+WebDAV or S3, that work out of the box.)
+
+
+- 1Fichier
+- Alibaba Cloud (Aliyun) Object Storage System (OSS)
+- Amazon Drive
+- Amazon S3
+- Backblaze B2
+- Box
+- Ceph
+- Citrix ShareFile
+- C14
+- DigitalOcean Spaces
+- Dreamhost
+- Dropbox
+- FTP
+- Google Cloud Storage
+- Google Drive
+- Google Photos
+- HTTP
+- Hubic
+- Jottacloud
+- IBM COS S3
+- Koofr
+- Mail.ru Cloud
+- Memset Memstore
+- Mega
+- Memory
+- Microsoft Azure Blob Storage
+- Microsoft OneDrive
+- Minio
+- Nextcloud
+- OVH
+- OpenDrive
+- OpenStack Swift
+- Oracle Cloud Storage
+- ownCloud
+- pCloud
+- premiumize.me
+- put.io
+- QingStor
+- Rackspace Cloud Files
+- rsync.net
+- Scaleway
+- Seafile
+- SFTP
+- StackPath
+- SugarSync
+- Tardigrade
+- Wasabi
+- WebDAV
+- Yandex Disk
+- The local filesystem
 
-  * MD5/SHA1 hashes checked at all times for file integrity
-  * Timestamps preserved on files
-  * Partial syncs supported on a whole file basis
-  * [Copy](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copy/) mode to just copy new/changed files
-  * [Sync](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_sync/) (one way) mode to make a directory identical
-  * [Check](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_check/) mode to check for file hash equality
-  * Can sync to and from network, eg two different cloud accounts
-  * [Encryption](https://rclone.org/crypt/) backend
-  * [Cache](https://rclone.org/cache/) backend
-  * [Chunking](https://rclone.org/chunker/) backend
-  * [Union](https://rclone.org/union/) backend
-  * Optional FUSE mount ([rclone mount](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/))
-  * Multi-threaded downloads to local disk
-  * Can [serve](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/) local or remote files over [HTTP](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_http/)/[WebDav](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_webdav/)/[FTP](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_ftp/)/[SFTP](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_sftp/)/[dlna](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_dlna/)
-  * Experimental [Web based GUI](https://rclone.org/gui/)
 
 Links
 
-  * [Home page](https://rclone.org/)
-  * [GitHub project page for source and bug tracker](https://github.com/rclone/rclone)
-  * [Rclone Forum](https://forum.rclone.org)
+  *  [Home page](https://rclone.org/)
+  *  [GitHub project page for source and bug tracker](https://github.com/rclone/rclone)
+  *  [Rclone Forum](https://forum.rclone.org)
   * [Downloads](https://rclone.org/downloads/)
 
 # Install #
@@ -91,7 +171,7 @@ Rclone is a Go program and comes as a single binary file.
 
 See below for some expanded Linux / macOS instructions.
 
-See the [Usage section](https://rclone.org/docs/) of the docs for how to use rclone, or
+See the [Usage section](https://rclone.org/docs/#usage) of the docs for how to use rclone, or
 run `rclone -h`.
 
 ## Script installation ##
@@ -311,7 +391,7 @@ See the following for detailed instructions for
   * [Chunker](https://rclone.org/chunker/) - transparently splits large files for other remotes
   * [Citrix ShareFile](https://rclone.org/sharefile/)
   * [Crypt](https://rclone.org/crypt/) - to encrypt other remotes
-  * [DigitalOcean Spaces](/s3/#digitalocean-spaces)
+  * [DigitalOcean Spaces](https://rclone.org/s3/#digitalocean-spaces)
   * [Dropbox](https://rclone.org/dropbox/)
   * [FTP](https://rclone.org/ftp/)
   * [Google Cloud Storage](https://rclone.org/googlecloudstorage/)
@@ -326,14 +406,16 @@ See the following for detailed instructions for
   * [Memory](https://rclone.org/memory/)
   * [Microsoft Azure Blob Storage](https://rclone.org/azureblob/)
   * [Microsoft OneDrive](https://rclone.org/onedrive/)
-  * [Openstack Swift / Rackspace Cloudfiles / Memset Memstore](https://rclone.org/swift/)
+  * [OpenStack Swift / Rackspace Cloudfiles / Memset Memstore](https://rclone.org/swift/)
   * [OpenDrive](https://rclone.org/opendrive/)
   * [Pcloud](https://rclone.org/pcloud/)
   * [premiumize.me](https://rclone.org/premiumizeme/)
   * [put.io](https://rclone.org/putio/)
   * [QingStor](https://rclone.org/qingstor/)
+  * [Seafile](https://rclone.org/seafile/)
   * [SFTP](https://rclone.org/sftp/)
   * [SugarSync](https://rclone.org/sugarsync/)
+  * [Tardigrade](https://rclone.org/tardigrade/)
   * [Union](https://rclone.org/union/)
   * [WebDAV](https://rclone.org/webdav/)
   * [Yandex Disk](https://rclone.org/yandex/)
@@ -363,11 +445,11 @@ rclone uses a system of subcommands.  For example
     rclone copy /local/path remote:path # copies /local/path to the remote
     rclone sync /local/path remote:path # syncs /local/path to the remote
 
-## rclone config
+# rclone config
 
 Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 Enter an interactive configuration session where you can setup new
 remotes and manage existing ones. You may also set or remove a
@@ -378,7 +460,7 @@ password to protect your configuration.
 rclone config [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help   help for config
@@ -386,11 +468,11 @@ rclone config [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 * [rclone config create](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_create/)	 - Create a new remote with name, type and options.
-* [rclone config delete](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_delete/)	 - Delete an existing remote <name>.
+* [rclone config delete](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_delete/)	 - Delete an existing remote `name`.
 * [rclone config disconnect](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_disconnect/)	 - Disconnects user from remote
 * [rclone config dump](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_dump/)	 - Dump the config file as JSON.
 * [rclone config edit](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_edit/)	 - Enter an interactive configuration session.
@@ -402,11 +484,11 @@ See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not li
 * [rclone config update](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_update/)	 - Update options in an existing remote.
 * [rclone config userinfo](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_userinfo/)	 - Prints info about logged in user of remote.
 
-## rclone copy
+# rclone copy
 
 Copy files from source to dest, skipping already copied
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 Copy the source to the destination.  Doesn't transfer
@@ -445,14 +527,14 @@ written a trailing / - meaning "copy the contents of this directory".
 This applies to all commands and whether you are talking about the
 source or destination.
 
-See the [--no-traverse](/docs/#no-traverse) option for controlling
+See the [--no-traverse](https://rclone.org/docs/#no-traverse) option for controlling
 whether rclone lists the destination directory or not.  Supplying this
 option when copying a small number of files into a large destination
 can speed transfers up greatly.
 
 For example, if you have many files in /path/to/src but only a few of
-them change every day, you can to copy all the files which have
-changed recently very efficiently like this:
+them change every day, you can copy all the files which have changed
+recently very efficiently like this:
 
     rclone copy --max-age 24h --no-traverse /path/to/src remote:
 
@@ -463,7 +545,7 @@ changed recently very efficiently like this:
 rclone copy source:path dest:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
       --create-empty-src-dirs   Create empty source dirs on destination after copy
@@ -472,15 +554,15 @@ rclone copy source:path dest:path [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone sync
+# rclone sync
 
 Make source and dest identical, modifying destination only.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 Sync the source to the destination, changing the destination
@@ -509,7 +591,7 @@ go there.
 rclone sync source:path dest:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
       --create-empty-src-dirs   Create empty source dirs on destination after sync
@@ -518,15 +600,15 @@ rclone sync source:path dest:path [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone move
+# rclone move
 
 Move files from source to dest.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 Moves the contents of the source directory to the destination
@@ -535,7 +617,7 @@ the remote does not support a server side directory move operation.
 
 If no filters are in use and if possible this will server side move
 `source:path` into `dest:path`. After this `source:path` will no
-longer longer exist.
+longer exist.
 
 Otherwise for each file in `source:path` selected by the filters (if
 any) this will move it into `dest:path`.  If possible a server side
@@ -545,7 +627,7 @@ into `dest:path` then delete the original (if no errors on copy) in
 
 If you want to delete empty source directories after move, use the --delete-empty-src-dirs flag.
 
-See the [--no-traverse](/docs/#no-traverse) option for controlling
+See the [--no-traverse](https://rclone.org/docs/#no-traverse) option for controlling
 whether rclone lists the destination directory or not.  Supplying this
 option when moving a small number of files into a large destination
 can speed transfers up greatly.
@@ -560,7 +642,7 @@ can speed transfers up greatly.
 rclone move source:path dest:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
       --create-empty-src-dirs   Create empty source dirs on destination after move
@@ -570,15 +652,15 @@ rclone move source:path dest:path [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone delete
+# rclone delete
 
 Remove the contents of path.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 Remove the files in path.  Unlike `purge` it obeys include/exclude
@@ -588,6 +670,8 @@ filters so can be used to selectively delete files.
 alone. If you want to delete a directory and all of its contents use
 `rclone purge`
 
+If you supply the --rmdirs flag, it will remove all empty directories along with it.
+
 Eg delete all files bigger than 100MBytes
 
 Check what would be deleted first (use either)
@@ -607,23 +691,24 @@ delete all files bigger than 100MBytes.
 rclone delete remote:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
-  -h, --help   help for delete
+  -h, --help     help for delete
+      --rmdirs   rmdirs removes empty directories but leaves root intact
 ```
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone purge
+# rclone purge
 
 Remove the path and all of its contents.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 Remove the path and all of its contents.  Note that this does not obey
@@ -635,7 +720,7 @@ you want to selectively delete files.
 rclone purge remote:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help   help for purge
@@ -643,15 +728,15 @@ rclone purge remote:path [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone mkdir
+# rclone mkdir
 
 Make the path if it doesn't already exist.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 Make the path if it doesn't already exist.
 
@@ -659,7 +744,7 @@ Make the path if it doesn't already exist.
 rclone mkdir remote:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help   help for mkdir
@@ -667,15 +752,15 @@ rclone mkdir remote:path [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone rmdir
+# rclone rmdir
 
 Remove the path if empty.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 Remove the path.  Note that you can't remove a path with
@@ -685,7 +770,7 @@ objects in it, use purge for that.
 rclone rmdir remote:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help   help for rmdir
@@ -693,15 +778,15 @@ rclone rmdir remote:path [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone check
+# rclone check
 
 Checks the files in the source and destination match.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 Checks the files in the source and destination match.  It compares
@@ -725,7 +810,7 @@ destination that are not in the source will not trigger an error.
 rclone check source:path dest:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
       --download   Check by downloading rather than with hash.
@@ -735,15 +820,15 @@ rclone check source:path dest:path [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone ls
+# rclone ls
 
 List the objects in the path with size and path.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 Lists the objects in the source path to standard output in a human
@@ -785,7 +870,7 @@ the bucket based remotes).
 rclone ls remote:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help   help for ls
@@ -793,15 +878,15 @@ rclone ls remote:path [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone lsd
+# rclone lsd
 
 List all directories/containers/buckets in the path.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 Lists the directories in the source path to standard output. Does not
@@ -853,7 +938,7 @@ the bucket based remotes).
 rclone lsd remote:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help        help for lsd
@@ -862,15 +947,15 @@ rclone lsd remote:path [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone lsl
+# rclone lsl
 
 List the objects in path with modification time, size and path.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 Lists the objects in the source path to standard output in a human
@@ -912,7 +997,7 @@ the bucket based remotes).
 rclone lsl remote:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help   help for lsl
@@ -920,15 +1005,15 @@ rclone lsl remote:path [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone md5sum
+# rclone md5sum
 
 Produces an md5sum file for all the objects in the path.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 Produces an md5sum file for all the objects in the path.  This
@@ -939,7 +1024,7 @@ is in the same format as the standard md5sum tool produces.
 rclone md5sum remote:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help   help for md5sum
@@ -947,15 +1032,15 @@ rclone md5sum remote:path [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone sha1sum
+# rclone sha1sum
 
 Produces an sha1sum file for all the objects in the path.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 Produces an sha1sum file for all the objects in the path.  This
@@ -966,7 +1051,7 @@ is in the same format as the standard sha1sum tool produces.
 rclone sha1sum remote:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help   help for sha1sum
@@ -974,15 +1059,15 @@ rclone sha1sum remote:path [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone size
+# rclone size
 
 Prints the total size and number of objects in remote:path.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 Prints the total size and number of objects in remote:path.
 
@@ -990,7 +1075,7 @@ Prints the total size and number of objects in remote:path.
 rclone size remote:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help   help for size
@@ -999,15 +1084,15 @@ rclone size remote:path [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone version
+# rclone version
 
 Show the version number.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 Show the version number, the go version and the architecture.
@@ -1042,7 +1127,7 @@ Or
 rclone version [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
       --check   Check for new version.
@@ -1051,15 +1136,15 @@ rclone version [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone cleanup
+# rclone cleanup
 
 Clean up the remote if possible
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 Clean up the remote if possible.  Empty the trash or delete old file
@@ -1070,7 +1155,7 @@ versions. Not supported by all remotes.
 rclone cleanup remote:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help   help for cleanup
@@ -1078,15 +1163,15 @@ rclone cleanup remote:path [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone dedupe
+# rclone dedupe
 
 Interactively find duplicate files and delete/rename them.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 By default `dedupe` interactively finds duplicate files and offers to
@@ -1175,7 +1260,7 @@ Or
 rclone dedupe [mode] remote:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
       --dedupe-mode string   Dedupe mode interactive|skip|first|newest|oldest|largest|smallest|rename. (default "interactive")
@@ -1184,15 +1269,15 @@ rclone dedupe [mode] remote:path [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone about
+# rclone about
 
 Get quota information from the remote.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 Get quota information from the remote, like bytes used/free/quota and bytes
@@ -1242,7 +1327,7 @@ Use the --json flag for a computer readable output, eg
 rclone about remote: [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
       --full   Full numbers instead of SI units
@@ -1252,15 +1337,15 @@ rclone about remote: [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone authorize
+# rclone authorize
 
 Remote authorization.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 Remote authorization. Used to authorize a remote or headless
@@ -1274,7 +1359,7 @@ link in default browser automatically.
 rclone authorize [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
       --auth-no-open-browser   Do not automatically open auth link in default browser
@@ -1283,41 +1368,67 @@ rclone authorize [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone cachestats
+# rclone backend
 
-Print cache stats for a remote
+Run a backend specific command.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
-Print cache stats for a remote in JSON format
+This runs a backend specific command. The commands themselves (except
+for "help" and "features") are defined by the backends and you should
+see the backend docs for definitions.
+
+You can discover what commands a backend implements by using
+
+    rclone backend help remote:
+    rclone backend help <backendname>
+
+You can also discover information about the backend using (see
+[operations/fsinfo](https://rclone.org/rc/#operations/fsinfo) in the remote control docs
+for more info).
+
+    rclone backend features remote:
+
+Pass options to the backend command with -o. This should be key=value or key, eg:
+
+    rclone backend stats remote:path stats -o format=json -o long
+
+Pass arguments to the backend by placing them on the end of the line
+
+    rclone backend cleanup remote:path file1 file2 file3
+
+Note to run these commands on a running backend then see
+[backend/command](https://rclone.org/rc/#backend/command) in the rc docs.
 
 
 ```
-rclone cachestats source: [flags]
+rclone backend <command> remote:path [opts] <args> [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
-  -h, --help   help for cachestats
+  -h, --help                 help for backend
+      --json                 Always output in JSON format.
+  -o, --option stringArray   Option in the form name=value or name.
 ```
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone cat
+# rclone cat
 
 Concatenates any files and sends them to stdout.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 rclone cat sends any files to standard output.
@@ -1326,11 +1437,11 @@ You can use it like this to output a single file
 
     rclone cat remote:path/to/file
 
-Or like this to output any file in dir or subdirectories.
+Or like this to output any file in dir or its subdirectories.
 
     rclone cat remote:path/to/dir
 
-Or like this to output any .txt files in dir or subdirectories.
+Or like this to output any .txt files in dir or its subdirectories.
 
     rclone --include "*.txt" cat remote:path/to/dir
 
@@ -1344,7 +1455,7 @@ Note that if offset is negative it will count from the end, so
 rclone cat remote:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
       --count int    Only print N characters. (default -1)
@@ -1357,19 +1468,19 @@ rclone cat remote:path [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone config create
+# rclone config create
 
 Create a new remote with name, type and options.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
-Create a new remote of <name> with <type> and options.  The options
-should be passed in in pairs of <key> <value>.
+Create a new remote of `name` with `type` and options.  The options
+should be passed in pairs of `key` `value`.
 
 For example to make a swift remote of name myremote using auto config
 you would do:
@@ -1381,7 +1492,17 @@ default is taken.  Each time that happens rclone will print a message
 saying how to affect the value taken.
 
 If any of the parameters passed is a password field, then rclone will
-automatically obscure them before putting them in the config file.
+automatically obscure them if they aren't already obscured before
+putting them in the config file.
+
+**NB** If the password parameter is 22 characters or longer and
+consists only of base64 characters then rclone can get confused about
+whether the password is already obscured or not and put unobscured
+passwords into the config file. If you want to be 100% certain that
+the passwords get obscured then use the "--obscure" flag, or if you
+are 100% certain you are already passing obscured passwords then use
+"--no-obscure".  You can also set osbscured passwords using the
+"rclone config password" command.
 
 So for example if you wanted to configure a Google Drive remote but
 using remote authorization you would do this:
@@ -1390,34 +1511,36 @@ using remote authorization you would do this:
 
 
 ```
-rclone config create <name> <type> [<key> <value>]* [flags]
+rclone config create `name` `type` [`key` `value`]* [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
-  -h, --help   help for create
+  -h, --help         help for create
+      --no-obscure   Force any passwords not to be obscured.
+      --obscure      Force any passwords to be obscured.
 ```
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone config](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/)	 - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
-## rclone config delete
+# rclone config delete
 
-Delete an existing remote <name>.
+Delete an existing remote `name`.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
-Delete an existing remote <name>.
+Delete an existing remote `name`.
 
 ```
-rclone config delete <name> [flags]
+rclone config delete `name` [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help   help for delete
@@ -1425,15 +1548,15 @@ rclone config delete <name> [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone config](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/)	 - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
-## rclone config disconnect
+# rclone config disconnect
 
 Disconnects user from remote
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 This disconnects the remote: passed in to the cloud storage system.
@@ -1447,7 +1570,7 @@ To reconnect use "rclone config reconnect".
 rclone config disconnect remote: [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help   help for disconnect
@@ -1455,15 +1578,15 @@ rclone config disconnect remote: [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone config](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/)	 - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
-## rclone config dump
+# rclone config dump
 
 Dump the config file as JSON.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 Dump the config file as JSON.
 
@@ -1471,7 +1594,7 @@ Dump the config file as JSON.
 rclone config dump [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help   help for dump
@@ -1479,15 +1602,15 @@ rclone config dump [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone config](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/)	 - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
-## rclone config edit
+# rclone config edit
 
 Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 Enter an interactive configuration session where you can setup new
 remotes and manage existing ones. You may also set or remove a
@@ -1498,7 +1621,7 @@ password to protect your configuration.
 rclone config edit [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help   help for edit
@@ -1506,15 +1629,15 @@ rclone config edit [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone config](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/)	 - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
-## rclone config file
+# rclone config file
 
 Show path of configuration file in use.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 Show path of configuration file in use.
 
@@ -1522,7 +1645,7 @@ Show path of configuration file in use.
 rclone config file [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help   help for file
@@ -1530,19 +1653,19 @@ rclone config file [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone config](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/)	 - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
-## rclone config password
+# rclone config password
 
 Update password in an existing remote.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 Update an existing remote's password. The password
-should be passed in in pairs of <key> <value>.
+should be passed in pairs of `key` `value`.
 
 For example to set password of a remote of name myremote you would do:
 
@@ -1553,10 +1676,10 @@ both support obscuring passwords directly.
 
 
 ```
-rclone config password <name> [<key> <value>]+ [flags]
+rclone config password `name` [`key` `value`]+ [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help   help for password
@@ -1564,15 +1687,15 @@ rclone config password <name> [<key> <value>]+ [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone config](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/)	 - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
-## rclone config providers
+# rclone config providers
 
 List in JSON format all the providers and options.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 List in JSON format all the providers and options.
 
@@ -1580,7 +1703,7 @@ List in JSON format all the providers and options.
 rclone config providers [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help   help for providers
@@ -1588,15 +1711,15 @@ rclone config providers [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone config](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/)	 - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
-## rclone config reconnect
+# rclone config reconnect
 
 Re-authenticates user with remote.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 This reconnects remote: passed in to the cloud storage system.
@@ -1610,7 +1733,7 @@ This normally means going through the interactive oauth flow again.
 rclone config reconnect remote: [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help   help for reconnect
@@ -1618,15 +1741,15 @@ rclone config reconnect remote: [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone config](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/)	 - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
-## rclone config show
+# rclone config show
 
 Print (decrypted) config file, or the config for a single remote.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 Print (decrypted) config file, or the config for a single remote.
 
@@ -1634,7 +1757,7 @@ Print (decrypted) config file, or the config for a single remote.
 rclone config show [<remote>] [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help   help for show
@@ -1642,19 +1765,19 @@ rclone config show [<remote>] [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone config](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/)	 - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
-## rclone config update
+# rclone config update
 
 Update options in an existing remote.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 Update an existing remote's options. The options should be passed in
-in pairs of <key> <value>.
+in pairs of `key` `value`.
 
 For example to update the env_auth field of a remote of name myremote
 you would do:
@@ -1662,35 +1785,47 @@ you would do:
     rclone config update myremote swift env_auth true
 
 If any of the parameters passed is a password field, then rclone will
-automatically obscure them before putting them in the config file.
+automatically obscure them if they aren't already obscured before
+putting them in the config file.
 
-If the remote uses oauth the token will be updated, if you don't
+**NB** If the password parameter is 22 characters or longer and
+consists only of base64 characters then rclone can get confused about
+whether the password is already obscured or not and put unobscured
+passwords into the config file. If you want to be 100% certain that
+the passwords get obscured then use the "--obscure" flag, or if you
+are 100% certain you are already passing obscured passwords then use
+"--no-obscure".  You can also set osbscured passwords using the
+"rclone config password" command.
+
+If the remote uses OAuth the token will be updated, if you don't
 require this add an extra parameter thus:
 
     rclone config update myremote swift env_auth true config_refresh_token false
 
 
 ```
-rclone config update <name> [<key> <value>]+ [flags]
+rclone config update `name` [`key` `value`]+ [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
-  -h, --help   help for update
+  -h, --help         help for update
+      --no-obscure   Force any passwords not to be obscured.
+      --obscure      Force any passwords to be obscured.
 ```
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone config](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/)	 - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
-## rclone config userinfo
+# rclone config userinfo
 
 Prints info about logged in user of remote.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 This prints the details of the person logged in to the cloud storage
@@ -1701,7 +1836,7 @@ system.
 rclone config userinfo remote: [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help   help for userinfo
@@ -1710,15 +1845,15 @@ rclone config userinfo remote: [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone config](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/)	 - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
-## rclone copyto
+# rclone copyto
 
 Copy files from source to dest, skipping already copied
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 If source:path is a file or directory then it copies it to a file or
@@ -1754,7 +1889,7 @@ destination.
 rclone copyto source:path dest:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help   help for copyto
@@ -1762,24 +1897,27 @@ rclone copyto source:path dest:path [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone copyurl
+# rclone copyurl
 
 Copy url content to dest.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 Download a URL's content and copy it to the destination without saving
 it in temporary storage.
 
-Setting --auto-filename will cause the file name to be retreived from
+Setting --auto-filename will cause the file name to be retrieved from
 the from URL (after any redirections) and used in the destination
 path.
 
+Setting --no-clobber will prevent overwriting file on the 
+destination if there is one with the same name.
+
 Setting --stdout or making the output file name "-" will cause the
 output to be written to standard output.
 
@@ -1788,25 +1926,26 @@ output to be written to standard output.
 rclone copyurl https://example.com dest:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -a, --auto-filename   Get the file name from the URL and use it for destination file path
   -h, --help            help for copyurl
+      --no-clobber      Prevent overwriting file with same name
       --stdout          Write the output to stdout rather than a file
 ```
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone cryptcheck
+# rclone cryptcheck
 
 Cryptcheck checks the integrity of a crypted remote.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 rclone cryptcheck checks a remote against a crypted remote.  This is
@@ -1841,7 +1980,7 @@ destination that are not in the source will not trigger an error.
 rclone cryptcheck remote:path cryptedremote:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help      help for cryptcheck
@@ -1850,15 +1989,15 @@ rclone cryptcheck remote:path cryptedremote:path [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone cryptdecode
+# rclone cryptdecode
 
 Cryptdecode returns unencrypted file names.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 rclone cryptdecode returns unencrypted file names when provided with
@@ -1877,7 +2016,7 @@ use it like this
 rclone cryptdecode encryptedremote: encryptedfilename [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help      help for cryptdecode
@@ -1886,44 +2025,15 @@ rclone cryptdecode encryptedremote: encryptedfilename [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone dbhashsum
-
-Produces a Dropbox hash file for all the objects in the path.
-
-### Synopsis
-
-
-Produces a Dropbox hash file for all the objects in the path.  The
-hashes are calculated according to [Dropbox content hash
-rules](https://www.dropbox.com/developers/reference/content-hash).
-The output is in the same format as md5sum and sha1sum.
-
-
-```
-rclone dbhashsum remote:path [flags]
-```
-
-### Options
-
-```
-  -h, --help   help for dbhashsum
-```
-
-See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
-
-### SEE ALSO
-
-* [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
-
-## rclone deletefile
+# rclone deletefile
 
 Remove a single file from remote.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 Remove a single file from remote.  Unlike `delete` it cannot be used to
@@ -1935,7 +2045,7 @@ it will always be removed.
 rclone deletefile remote:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help   help for deletefile
@@ -1943,22 +2053,22 @@ rclone deletefile remote:path [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone genautocomplete
+# rclone genautocomplete
 
 Output completion script for a given shell.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 Generates a shell completion script for rclone.
 Run with --help to list the supported shells.
 
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help   help for genautocomplete
@@ -1966,17 +2076,18 @@ Run with --help to list the supported shells.
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 * [rclone genautocomplete bash](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_genautocomplete_bash/)	 - Output bash completion script for rclone.
+* [rclone genautocomplete fish](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_genautocomplete_fish/)	 - Output fish completion script for rclone.
 * [rclone genautocomplete zsh](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_genautocomplete_zsh/)	 - Output zsh completion script for rclone.
 
-## rclone genautocomplete bash
+# rclone genautocomplete bash
 
 Output bash completion script for rclone.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 Generates a bash shell autocompletion script for rclone.
@@ -1999,7 +2110,7 @@ there.
 rclone genautocomplete bash [output_file] [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help   help for bash
@@ -2007,15 +2118,54 @@ rclone genautocomplete bash [output_file] [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone genautocomplete](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_genautocomplete/)	 - Output completion script for a given shell.
 
-## rclone genautocomplete zsh
+# rclone genautocomplete fish
+
+Output fish completion script for rclone.
+
+## Synopsis
+
+
+Generates a fish autocompletion script for rclone.
+
+This writes to /etc/fish/completions/rclone.fish by default so will
+probably need to be run with sudo or as root, eg
+
+    sudo rclone genautocomplete fish
+
+Logout and login again to use the autocompletion scripts, or source
+them directly
+
+    . /etc/fish/completions/rclone.fish
+
+If you supply a command line argument the script will be written
+there.
+
+
+```
+rclone genautocomplete fish [output_file] [flags]
+```
+
+## Options
+
+```
+  -h, --help   help for fish
+```
+
+See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
+
+## SEE ALSO
+
+* [rclone genautocomplete](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_genautocomplete/)	 - Output completion script for a given shell.
+
+# rclone genautocomplete zsh
 
 Output zsh completion script for rclone.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 Generates a zsh autocompletion script for rclone.
@@ -2038,7 +2188,7 @@ there.
 rclone genautocomplete zsh [output_file] [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help   help for zsh
@@ -2046,15 +2196,15 @@ rclone genautocomplete zsh [output_file] [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone genautocomplete](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_genautocomplete/)	 - Output completion script for a given shell.
 
-## rclone gendocs
+# rclone gendocs
 
 Output markdown docs for rclone to the directory supplied.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 This produces markdown docs for the rclone commands to the directory
@@ -2065,7 +2215,7 @@ rclone.org website.
 rclone gendocs output_directory [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help   help for gendocs
@@ -2073,15 +2223,15 @@ rclone gendocs output_directory [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone hashsum
+# rclone hashsum
 
-Produces an hashsum file for all the objects in the path.
+Produces a hashsum file for all the objects in the path.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 Produces a hash file for all the objects in the path using the hash
@@ -2106,7 +2256,7 @@ Then
 rclone hashsum <hash> remote:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
       --base64   Output base64 encoded hashsum
@@ -2115,15 +2265,15 @@ rclone hashsum <hash> remote:path [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone link
+# rclone link
 
 Generate public link to file/folder.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 rclone link will create or retrieve a public link to the given file or folder.
@@ -2141,7 +2291,7 @@ without account.
 rclone link remote:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help   help for link
@@ -2149,15 +2299,15 @@ rclone link remote:path [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone listremotes
+# rclone listremotes
 
 List all the remotes in the config file.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 rclone listremotes lists all the available remotes from the config file.
@@ -2169,7 +2319,7 @@ When uses with the -l flag it lists the types too.
 rclone listremotes [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help   help for listremotes
@@ -2178,15 +2328,15 @@ rclone listremotes [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone lsf
+# rclone lsf
 
 List directories and objects in remote:path formatted for parsing
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 List the contents of the source path (directories and objects) to
@@ -2275,13 +2425,13 @@ Eg
     "this file contains a comma, in the file name.txt",6
 
 Note that the --absolute parameter is useful for making lists of files
-to pass to an rclone copy with the --files-from flag.
+to pass to an rclone copy with the --files-from-raw flag.
 
 For example to find all the files modified within one day and copy
 those only (without traversing the whole directory structure):
 
     rclone lsf --absolute --files-only --max-age 1d /path/to/local > new_files
-    rclone copy --files-from new_files /path/to/local remote:path
+    rclone copy --files-from-raw new_files /path/to/local remote:path
 
 
 Any of the filtering options can be applied to this command.
@@ -2311,7 +2461,7 @@ the bucket based remotes).
 rclone lsf remote:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
       --absolute           Put a leading / in front of path names.
@@ -2328,15 +2478,15 @@ rclone lsf remote:path [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone lsjson
+# rclone lsjson
 
 List directories and objects in the path in JSON format.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 List directories and objects in the path in JSON format.
 
@@ -2362,17 +2512,25 @@ The output is an array of Items, where each Item looks like this
       "Tier" : "hot",
    }
 
-If --hash is not specified the Hashes property won't be emitted.
+If --hash is not specified the Hashes property won't be emitted. The
+types of hash can be specified with the --hash-type parameter (which
+may be repeated). If --hash-type is set then it implies --hash.
 
-If --no-modtime is specified then ModTime will be blank. This can speed things up on remotes where reading the ModTime takes an extra request (eg s3, swift).
+If --no-modtime is specified then ModTime will be blank. This can
+speed things up on remotes where reading the ModTime takes an extra
+request (eg s3, swift).
 
-If --no-mimetype is specified then MimeType will be blank. This can speed things up on remotes where reading the MimeType takes an extra request (eg s3, swift).
+If --no-mimetype is specified then MimeType will be blank. This can
+speed things up on remotes where reading the MimeType takes an extra
+request (eg s3, swift).
 
 If --encrypted is not specified the Encrypted won't be emitted.
 
-If --dirs-only is not specified files in addition to directories are returned
+If --dirs-only is not specified files in addition to directories are
+returned
 
-If --files-only is not specified directories in addition to the files will be returned.
+If --files-only is not specified directories in addition to the files
+will be returned.
 
 The Path field will only show folders below the remote path being listed.
 If "remote:path" contains the file "subfolder/file.txt", the Path for "file.txt"
@@ -2421,31 +2579,32 @@ the bucket based remotes).
 rclone lsjson remote:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
-      --dirs-only     Show only directories in the listing.
-  -M, --encrypted     Show the encrypted names.
-      --files-only    Show only files in the listing.
-      --hash          Include hashes in the output (may take longer).
-  -h, --help          help for lsjson
-      --no-mimetype   Don't read the mime type (can speed things up).
-      --no-modtime    Don't read the modification time (can speed things up).
-      --original      Show the ID of the underlying Object.
-  -R, --recursive     Recurse into the listing.
+      --dirs-only               Show only directories in the listing.
+  -M, --encrypted               Show the encrypted names.
+      --files-only              Show only files in the listing.
+      --hash                    Include hashes in the output (may take longer).
+      --hash-type stringArray   Show only this hash type (may be repeated).
+  -h, --help                    help for lsjson
+      --no-mimetype             Don't read the mime type (can speed things up).
+      --no-modtime              Don't read the modification time (can speed things up).
+      --original                Show the ID of the underlying Object.
+  -R, --recursive               Recurse into the listing.
 ```
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone mount
+# rclone mount
 
 Mount the remote as file system on a mountpoint.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 rclone mount allows Linux, FreeBSD, macOS and Windows to
@@ -2454,31 +2613,43 @@ FUSE.
 
 First set up your remote using `rclone config`.  Check it works with `rclone ls` etc.
 
-Start the mount like this
+You can either run mount in foreground mode or background (daemon) mode. Mount runs in
+foreground mode by default, use the --daemon flag to specify background mode mode.
+Background mode is only supported on Linux and OSX, you can only run mount in
+foreground mode on Windows.
+
+On Linux/macOS/FreeBSD Start the mount like this where `/path/to/local/mount`
+is an **empty** **existing** directory.
 
     rclone mount remote:path/to/files /path/to/local/mount
 
-Or on Windows like this where X: is an unused drive letter
+Or on Windows like this where `X:` is an unused drive letter
+or use a path to **non-existent** directory.
 
     rclone mount remote:path/to/files X:
+    rclone mount remote:path/to/files C:\path\to\nonexistent\directory
 
-When the program ends, either via Ctrl+C or receiving a SIGINT or SIGTERM signal,
-the mount is automatically stopped.
+When running in background mode the user will have to stop the mount manually (specified below).
+
+When the program ends while in foreground mode, either via Ctrl+C or receiving
+a SIGINT or SIGTERM signal, the mount is automatically stopped.
 
 The umount operation can fail, for example when the mountpoint is busy.
-When that happens, it is the user's responsibility to stop the mount manually with
+When that happens, it is the user's responsibility to stop the mount manually.
+
+Stopping the mount manually:
 
     # Linux
     fusermount -u /path/to/local/mount
     # OS X
     umount /path/to/local/mount
 
-### Installing on Windows
+## Installing on Windows
 
 To run rclone mount on Windows, you will need to
 download and install [WinFsp](http://www.secfs.net/winfsp/).
 
-WinFsp is an [open source](https://github.com/billziss-gh/winfsp)
+[WinFsp](https://github.com/billziss-gh/winfsp) is an open source
 Windows File System Proxy which makes it easy to write user space file
 systems for Windows.  It provides a FUSE emulation layer which rclone
 uses combination with
@@ -2486,7 +2657,7 @@ uses combination with
 packages are by Bill Zissimopoulos who was very helpful during the
 implementation of rclone mount for Windows.
 
-#### Windows caveats
+### Windows caveats
 
 Note that drives created as Administrator are not visible by other
 accounts (including the account that was elevated as
@@ -2502,7 +2673,35 @@ infrastructure](https://github.com/billziss-gh/winfsp/wiki/WinFsp-Service-Archit
 which creates drives accessible for everyone on the system or
 alternatively using [the nssm service manager](https://nssm.cc/usage).
 
-### Limitations
+### Mount as a network drive
+
+By default, rclone will mount the remote as a normal drive. However,
+you can also mount it as a **Network Drive** (or **Network Share**, as
+mentioned in some places)
+
+Unlike other systems, Windows provides a different filesystem type for
+network drives.  Windows and other programs treat the network drives
+and fixed/removable drives differently: In network drives, many I/O
+operations are optimized, as the high latency and low reliability
+(compared to a normal drive) of a network is expected.
+
+Although many people prefer network shares to be mounted as normal
+system drives, this might cause some issues, such as programs not
+working as expected or freezes and errors while operating with the
+mounted remote in Windows Explorer. If you experience any of those,
+consider mounting rclone remotes as network shares, as Windows expects
+normal drives to be fast and reliable, while cloud storage is far from
+that.  See also [Limitations](#limitations) section below for more
+info
+
+Add "--fuse-flag --VolumePrefix=\server\share" to your "mount"
+command, **replacing "share" with any other name of your choice if you
+are mounting more than one remote**. Otherwise, the mountpoints will
+conflict and your mounted filesystems will overlap.
+
+[Read more about drive mapping](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Drive_mapping)
+
+## Limitations
 
 Without the use of "--vfs-cache-mode" this can only write files
 sequentially, it can only seek when reading.  This means that many
@@ -2517,7 +2716,7 @@ the directory cache.
 
 Only supported on Linux, FreeBSD, OS X and Windows at the moment.
 
-### rclone mount vs rclone sync/copy
+## rclone mount vs rclone sync/copy
 
 File systems expect things to be 100% reliable, whereas cloud storage
 systems are a long way from 100% reliable. The rclone sync/copy
@@ -2526,7 +2725,7 @@ can't use retries in the same way without making local copies of the
 uploads. Look at the [file caching](#file-caching)
 for solutions to make mount more reliable.
 
-### Attribute caching
+## Attribute caching
 
 You can use the flag --attr-timeout to set the time the kernel caches
 the attributes (size, modification time etc) for directory entries.
@@ -2558,12 +2757,12 @@ then there is no chance of corruption.
 
 This is the same as setting the attr_timeout option in mount.fuse.
 
-### Filters
+## Filters
 
 Note that all the rclone filters can be used to select a subset of the
 files to be visible in the mount.
 
-### systemd
+## systemd
 
 When running rclone mount as a systemd service, it is possible
 to use Type=notify. In this case the service will enter the started state
@@ -2571,7 +2770,7 @@ after the mountpoint has been successfully set up.
 Units having the rclone mount service specified as a requirement
 will see all files and folders immediately in this mode.
 
-### chunked reading ###
+## chunked reading ###
 
 --vfs-read-chunk-size will enable reading the source objects in parts.
 This can reduce the used download quota for some remotes by requesting only chunks
@@ -2590,13 +2789,15 @@ When --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit 500M is specified, the result would be
 Chunked reading will only work with --vfs-cache-mode < full, as the file will always
 be copied to the vfs cache before opening with --vfs-cache-mode full.
 
-### Directory Cache
+## Directory Cache
 
 Using the `--dir-cache-time` flag, you can set how long a
 directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the
 backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or
 invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only
-be picked up once the cache expires.
+be picked up once the cache expires if the backend configured does not
+support polling for changes. If the backend supports polling, changes
+will be picked up on within the polling interval.
 
 Alternatively, you can send a `SIGHUP` signal to rclone for
 it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are.
@@ -2614,7 +2815,7 @@ Or individual files or directories:
 
     rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
 
-### File Buffering
+## File Buffering
 
 The `--buffer-size` flag determines the amount of memory,
 that will be used to buffer data in advance.
@@ -2631,7 +2832,7 @@ will be used.
 The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to
 `--buffer-size * open files`.
 
-### File Caching
+## File Caching
 
 These flags control the VFS file caching options.  The VFS layer is
 used by rclone mount to make a cloud storage system work more like a
@@ -2668,7 +2869,7 @@ for two reasons.  Firstly because it is only checked every
 --vfs-cache-poll-interval.  Secondly because open files cannot be
 evicted from the cache.
 
-#### --vfs-cache-mode off
+### --vfs-cache-mode off
 
 In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write
 directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
@@ -2683,7 +2884,7 @@ This will mean some operations are not possible
   * Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
   * If an upload fails it can't be retried
 
-#### --vfs-cache-mode minimal
+### --vfs-cache-mode minimal
 
 This is very similar to "off" except that files opened for read AND
 write will be buffered to disks.  This means that files opened for
@@ -2696,7 +2897,7 @@ These operations are not possible
   * Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
   * If an upload fails it can't be retried
 
-#### --vfs-cache-mode writes
+### --vfs-cache-mode writes
 
 In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from
 the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk
@@ -2706,7 +2907,7 @@ This mode should support all normal file system operations.
 
 If an upload fails it will be retried up to --low-level-retries times.
 
-#### --vfs-cache-mode full
+### --vfs-cache-mode full
 
 In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk.  When
 a file is opened for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.
@@ -2724,17 +2925,54 @@ This mode should support all normal file system operations.
 If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to
 --low-level-retries times.
 
+## Case Sensitivity
+
+Linux file systems are case-sensitive: two files can differ only
+by case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.
+
+Windows is not like most other operating systems supported by rclone.
+File systems in modern Windows are case-insensitive but case-preserving:
+although existing files can be opened using any case, the exact case used
+to create the file is preserved and available for programs to query.
+It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ only by case.
+
+Usually file systems on macOS are case-insensitive. It is possible to make macOS
+file systems case-sensitive but that is not the default
+
+The "--vfs-case-insensitive" mount flag controls how rclone handles these
+two cases. If its value is "false", rclone passes file names to the mounted
+file system as is. If the flag is "true" (or appears without a value on
+command line), rclone may perform a "fixup" as explained below.
+
+The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case
+different than what is stored on mounted file system. If an argument refers
+to an existing file with exactly the same name, then the case of the existing
+file on the disk will be used. However, if a file name with exactly the same
+name is not found but a name differing only by case exists, rclone will
+transparently fixup the name. This fixup happens only when an existing file
+is requested. Case sensitivity of file names created anew by rclone is
+controlled by an underlying mounted file system.
+
+Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the target)
+may differ from case sensitivity of a file system mounted by rclone (the source).
+The flag controls whether "fixup" is performed to satisfy the target.
+
+If the flag is not provided on command line, then its default value depends
+on the operating system where rclone runs: "true" on Windows and macOS, "false"
+otherwise. If the flag is provided without a value, then it is "true".
+
 
 ```
 rclone mount remote:path /path/to/mountpoint [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
-      --allow-non-empty                        Allow mounting over a non-empty directory.
+      --allow-non-empty                        Allow mounting over a non-empty directory (not Windows).
       --allow-other                            Allow access to other users.
       --allow-root                             Allow access to root user.
+      --async-read                             Use asynchronous reads. (default true)
       --attr-timeout duration                  Time for which file/directory attributes are cached. (default 1s)
       --daemon                                 Run mount as a daemon (background mode).
       --daemon-timeout duration                Time limit for rclone to respond to kernel (not supported by all OSes).
@@ -2762,21 +3000,23 @@ rclone mount remote:path /path/to/mountpoint [flags]
       --vfs-case-insensitive                   If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match.
       --vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix         Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
       --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. 'off' is unlimited. (default off)
+      --vfs-read-wait duration                 Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking. (default 20ms)
+      --vfs-write-wait duration                Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error. (default 1s)
       --volname string                         Set the volume name (not supported by all OSes).
       --write-back-cache                       Makes kernel buffer writes before sending them to rclone. Without this, writethrough caching is used.
 ```
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone moveto
+# rclone moveto
 
 Move file or directory from source to dest.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 If source:path is a file or directory then it moves it to a file or
@@ -2815,7 +3055,7 @@ transfer.
 rclone moveto source:path dest:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help   help for moveto
@@ -2823,22 +3063,22 @@ rclone moveto source:path dest:path [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone ncdu
+# rclone ncdu
 
 Explore a remote with a text based user interface.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 This displays a text based user interface allowing the navigation of a
 remote. It is most useful for answering the question - "What is using
 all my disk space?".
 
-<script src="https://asciinema.org/a/157793.js" id="asciicast-157793" async></script>
+
 
 To make the user interface it first scans the entire remote given and
 builds an in memory representation.  rclone ncdu can be used during
@@ -2872,7 +3112,7 @@ UI won't respond in the meantime since the deletion is done synchronously.
 rclone ncdu remote:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help   help for ncdu
@@ -2880,15 +3120,15 @@ rclone ncdu remote:path [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone obscure
+# rclone obscure
 
 Obscure password for use in the rclone.conf
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 Obscure password for use in the rclone.conf
 
@@ -2896,7 +3136,7 @@ Obscure password for use in the rclone.conf
 rclone obscure password [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help   help for obscure
@@ -2904,15 +3144,15 @@ rclone obscure password [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone rc
+# rclone rc
 
 Run a command against a running rclone.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 
@@ -2934,6 +3174,29 @@ The --json parameter can be used to pass in a JSON blob as an input
 instead of key=value arguments.  This is the only way of passing in
 more complicated values.
 
+The -o/--opt option can be used to set a key "opt" with key, value
+options in the form "-o key=value" or "-o key". It can be repeated as
+many times as required. This is useful for rc commands which take the
+"opt" parameter which by convention is a dictionary of strings.
+
+    -o key=value -o key2
+
+Will place this in the "opt" value
+
+    {"key":"value", "key2","")
+
+
+The -a/--arg option can be used to set strings in the "arg" value. It
+can be repeated as many times as required. This is useful for rc
+commands which take the "arg" parameter which by convention is a list
+of strings.
+
+    -a value -a value2
+
+Will place this in the "arg" value
+
+    ["value", "value2"]
+
 Use --loopback to connect to the rclone instance running "rclone rc".
 This is very useful for testing commands without having to run an
 rclone rc server, eg:
@@ -2946,29 +3209,31 @@ Use "rclone rc" to see a list of all possible commands.
 rclone rc commands parameter [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
-  -h, --help          help for rc
-      --json string   Input JSON - use instead of key=value args.
-      --loopback      If set connect to this rclone instance not via HTTP.
-      --no-output     If set don't output the JSON result.
-      --pass string   Password to use to connect to rclone remote control.
-      --url string    URL to connect to rclone remote control. (default "http://localhost:5572/")
-      --user string   Username to use to rclone remote control.
+  -a, --arg stringArray   Argument placed in the "arg" array.
+  -h, --help              help for rc
+      --json string       Input JSON - use instead of key=value args.
+      --loopback          If set connect to this rclone instance not via HTTP.
+      --no-output         If set don't output the JSON result.
+  -o, --opt stringArray   Option in the form name=value or name placed in the "opt" array.
+      --pass string       Password to use to connect to rclone remote control.
+      --url string        URL to connect to rclone remote control. (default "http://localhost:5572/")
+      --user string       Username to use to rclone remote control.
 ```
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone rcat
+# rclone rcat
 
 Copies standard input to file on remote.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 rclone rcat reads from standard input (stdin) and copies it to a
@@ -2998,7 +3263,7 @@ a lot of data, you're better off caching locally and then
 rclone rcat remote:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help   help for rcat
@@ -3006,15 +3271,15 @@ rclone rcat remote:path [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone rcd
+# rclone rcd
 
 Run rclone listening to remote control commands only.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 This runs rclone so that it only listens to remote control commands.
@@ -3032,7 +3297,7 @@ See the [rc documentation](https://rclone.org/rc/) for more info on the rc flags
 rclone rcd <path to files to serve>* [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help   help for rcd
@@ -3040,15 +3305,15 @@ rclone rcd <path to files to serve>* [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone rmdirs
+# rclone rmdirs
 
 Remove empty directories under the path.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 This removes any empty directories (or directories that only contain
 empty directories) under the path that it finds, including the path if
@@ -3065,7 +3330,7 @@ empty directories in.
 rclone rmdirs remote:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help         help for rmdirs
@@ -3074,15 +3339,15 @@ rclone rmdirs remote:path [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone serve
+# rclone serve
 
 Serve a remote over a protocol.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 rclone serve is used to serve a remote over a given protocol. This
 command requires the use of a subcommand to specify the protocol, eg
@@ -3096,7 +3361,7 @@ Each subcommand has its own options which you can see in their help.
 rclone serve <protocol> [opts] <remote> [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help   help for serve
@@ -3104,7 +3369,7 @@ rclone serve <protocol> [opts] <remote> [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 * [rclone serve dlna](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_dlna/)	 - Serve remote:path over DLNA
@@ -3114,13 +3379,13 @@ See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not li
 * [rclone serve sftp](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_sftp/)	 - Serve the remote over SFTP.
 * [rclone serve webdav](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_webdav/)	 - Serve remote:path over webdav.
 
-## rclone serve dlna
+# rclone serve dlna
 
 Serve remote:path over DLNA
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
-rclone serve dlna is a DLNA media server for media stored in a rclone remote. Many
+rclone serve dlna is a DLNA media server for media stored in an rclone remote. Many
 devices, such as the Xbox and PlayStation, can automatically discover this server in the LAN
 and play audio/video from it. VLC is also supported. Service discovery uses UDP multicast
 packets (SSDP) and will thus only work on LANs.
@@ -3130,7 +3395,7 @@ file extensions. Additionally, there is no media transcoding support. This means
 players might show files that they are not able to play back correctly.
 
 
-### Server options
+## Server options
 
 Use --addr to specify which IP address and port the server should
 listen on, eg --addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or --addr :8080 to listen to all
@@ -3142,13 +3407,15 @@ default "rclone (hostname)".
 Use --log-trace in conjunction with -vv to enable additional debug
 logging of all UPNP traffic.
 
-### Directory Cache
+## Directory Cache
 
 Using the `--dir-cache-time` flag, you can set how long a
 directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the
 backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or
 invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only
-be picked up once the cache expires.
+be picked up once the cache expires if the backend configured does not
+support polling for changes. If the backend supports polling, changes
+will be picked up on within the polling interval.
 
 Alternatively, you can send a `SIGHUP` signal to rclone for
 it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are.
@@ -3166,7 +3433,7 @@ Or individual files or directories:
 
     rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
 
-### File Buffering
+## File Buffering
 
 The `--buffer-size` flag determines the amount of memory,
 that will be used to buffer data in advance.
@@ -3183,7 +3450,7 @@ will be used.
 The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to
 `--buffer-size * open files`.
 
-### File Caching
+## File Caching
 
 These flags control the VFS file caching options.  The VFS layer is
 used by rclone mount to make a cloud storage system work more like a
@@ -3220,7 +3487,7 @@ for two reasons.  Firstly because it is only checked every
 --vfs-cache-poll-interval.  Secondly because open files cannot be
 evicted from the cache.
 
-#### --vfs-cache-mode off
+### --vfs-cache-mode off
 
 In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write
 directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
@@ -3235,7 +3502,7 @@ This will mean some operations are not possible
   * Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
   * If an upload fails it can't be retried
 
-#### --vfs-cache-mode minimal
+### --vfs-cache-mode minimal
 
 This is very similar to "off" except that files opened for read AND
 write will be buffered to disks.  This means that files opened for
@@ -3248,7 +3515,7 @@ These operations are not possible
   * Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
   * If an upload fails it can't be retried
 
-#### --vfs-cache-mode writes
+### --vfs-cache-mode writes
 
 In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from
 the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk
@@ -3258,7 +3525,7 @@ This mode should support all normal file system operations.
 
 If an upload fails it will be retried up to --low-level-retries times.
 
-#### --vfs-cache-mode full
+### --vfs-cache-mode full
 
 In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk.  When
 a file is opened for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.
@@ -3276,12 +3543,48 @@ This mode should support all normal file system operations.
 If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to
 --low-level-retries times.
 
+## Case Sensitivity
+
+Linux file systems are case-sensitive: two files can differ only
+by case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.
+
+Windows is not like most other operating systems supported by rclone.
+File systems in modern Windows are case-insensitive but case-preserving:
+although existing files can be opened using any case, the exact case used
+to create the file is preserved and available for programs to query.
+It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ only by case.
+
+Usually file systems on macOS are case-insensitive. It is possible to make macOS
+file systems case-sensitive but that is not the default
+
+The "--vfs-case-insensitive" mount flag controls how rclone handles these
+two cases. If its value is "false", rclone passes file names to the mounted
+file system as is. If the flag is "true" (or appears without a value on
+command line), rclone may perform a "fixup" as explained below.
+
+The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case
+different than what is stored on mounted file system. If an argument refers
+to an existing file with exactly the same name, then the case of the existing
+file on the disk will be used. However, if a file name with exactly the same
+name is not found but a name differing only by case exists, rclone will
+transparently fixup the name. This fixup happens only when an existing file
+is requested. Case sensitivity of file names created anew by rclone is
+controlled by an underlying mounted file system.
+
+Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the target)
+may differ from case sensitivity of a file system mounted by rclone (the source).
+The flag controls whether "fixup" is performed to satisfy the target.
+
+If the flag is not provided on command line, then its default value depends
+on the operating system where rclone runs: "true" on Windows and macOS, "false"
+otherwise. If the flag is provided without a value, then it is "true".
+
 
 ```
 rclone serve dlna remote:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
       --addr string                            ip:port or :port to bind the DLNA http server to. (default ":7879")
@@ -3306,26 +3609,28 @@ rclone serve dlna remote:path [flags]
       --vfs-case-insensitive                   If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match.
       --vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix         Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
       --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. 'off' is unlimited. (default off)
+      --vfs-read-wait duration                 Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking. (default 20ms)
+      --vfs-write-wait duration                Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error. (default 1s)
 ```
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone serve](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/)	 - Serve a remote over a protocol.
 
-## rclone serve ftp
+# rclone serve ftp
 
 Serve remote:path over FTP.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 rclone serve ftp implements a basic ftp server to serve the
 remote over FTP protocol. This can be viewed with a ftp client
 or you can make a remote of type ftp to read and write it.
 
-### Server options
+## Server options
 
 Use --addr to specify which IP address and port the server should
 listen on, eg --addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or --addr :8080 to listen to all
@@ -3335,19 +3640,21 @@ IPs.  By default it only listens on localhost.  You can use port
 If you set --addr to listen on a public or LAN accessible IP address
 then using Authentication is advised - see the next section for info.
 
-#### Authentication
+### Authentication
 
 By default this will serve files without needing a login.
 
 You can set a single username and password with the --user and --pass flags.
 
-### Directory Cache
+## Directory Cache
 
 Using the `--dir-cache-time` flag, you can set how long a
 directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the
 backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or
 invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only
-be picked up once the cache expires.
+be picked up once the cache expires if the backend configured does not
+support polling for changes. If the backend supports polling, changes
+will be picked up on within the polling interval.
 
 Alternatively, you can send a `SIGHUP` signal to rclone for
 it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are.
@@ -3365,7 +3672,7 @@ Or individual files or directories:
 
     rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
 
-### File Buffering
+## File Buffering
 
 The `--buffer-size` flag determines the amount of memory,
 that will be used to buffer data in advance.
@@ -3382,7 +3689,7 @@ will be used.
 The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to
 `--buffer-size * open files`.
 
-### File Caching
+## File Caching
 
 These flags control the VFS file caching options.  The VFS layer is
 used by rclone mount to make a cloud storage system work more like a
@@ -3419,7 +3726,7 @@ for two reasons.  Firstly because it is only checked every
 --vfs-cache-poll-interval.  Secondly because open files cannot be
 evicted from the cache.
 
-#### --vfs-cache-mode off
+### --vfs-cache-mode off
 
 In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write
 directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
@@ -3434,7 +3741,7 @@ This will mean some operations are not possible
   * Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
   * If an upload fails it can't be retried
 
-#### --vfs-cache-mode minimal
+### --vfs-cache-mode minimal
 
 This is very similar to "off" except that files opened for read AND
 write will be buffered to disks.  This means that files opened for
@@ -3447,7 +3754,7 @@ These operations are not possible
   * Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
   * If an upload fails it can't be retried
 
-#### --vfs-cache-mode writes
+### --vfs-cache-mode writes
 
 In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from
 the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk
@@ -3457,7 +3764,7 @@ This mode should support all normal file system operations.
 
 If an upload fails it will be retried up to --low-level-retries times.
 
-#### --vfs-cache-mode full
+### --vfs-cache-mode full
 
 In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk.  When
 a file is opened for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.
@@ -3475,13 +3782,53 @@ This mode should support all normal file system operations.
 If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to
 --low-level-retries times.
 
-### Auth Proxy
+## Case Sensitivity
+
+Linux file systems are case-sensitive: two files can differ only
+by case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.
+
+Windows is not like most other operating systems supported by rclone.
+File systems in modern Windows are case-insensitive but case-preserving:
+although existing files can be opened using any case, the exact case used
+to create the file is preserved and available for programs to query.
+It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ only by case.
+
+Usually file systems on macOS are case-insensitive. It is possible to make macOS
+file systems case-sensitive but that is not the default
+
+The "--vfs-case-insensitive" mount flag controls how rclone handles these
+two cases. If its value is "false", rclone passes file names to the mounted
+file system as is. If the flag is "true" (or appears without a value on
+command line), rclone may perform a "fixup" as explained below.
+
+The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case
+different than what is stored on mounted file system. If an argument refers
+to an existing file with exactly the same name, then the case of the existing
+file on the disk will be used. However, if a file name with exactly the same
+name is not found but a name differing only by case exists, rclone will
+transparently fixup the name. This fixup happens only when an existing file
+is requested. Case sensitivity of file names created anew by rclone is
+controlled by an underlying mounted file system.
+
+Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the target)
+may differ from case sensitivity of a file system mounted by rclone (the source).
+The flag controls whether "fixup" is performed to satisfy the target.
+
+If the flag is not provided on command line, then its default value depends
+on the operating system where rclone runs: "true" on Windows and macOS, "false"
+otherwise. If the flag is provided without a value, then it is "true".
+
+## Auth Proxy
 
 If you supply the parameter `--auth-proxy /path/to/program` then
 rclone will use that program to generate backends on the fly which
 then are used to authenticate incoming requests.  This uses a simple
 JSON based protocl with input on STDIN and output on STDOUT.
 
+**PLEASE NOTE:** `--auth-proxy` and `--authorized-keys` cannot be used
+together, if `--auth-proxy` is set the authorized keys option will be
+ignored.
+
 There is an example program
 [bin/test_proxy.py](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/blob/master/test_proxy.py)
 in the rclone source code.
@@ -3499,7 +3846,8 @@ This config generated must have this extra parameter
 And it may have this parameter
 - `_obscure` - comma separated strings for parameters to obscure
 
-For example the program might take this on STDIN
+If password authentication was used by the client, input to the proxy
+process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:
 
 ```
 {
@@ -3508,7 +3856,17 @@ For example the program might take this on STDIN
 }
 ```
 
-And return this on STDOUT
+If public-key authentication was used by the client, input to the
+proxy process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:
+
+```
+{
+	"user": "me",
+	"public_key": "AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQDuwESFdAe14hVS6omeyX7edc...JQdf"
+}
+```
+
+And as an example return this on STDOUT
 
 ```
 {
@@ -3522,20 +3880,20 @@ And return this on STDOUT
 ```
 
 This would mean that an SFTP backend would be created on the fly for
-the `user` and `pass` returned in the output to the host given.  Note
+the `user` and `pass`/`public_key` returned in the output to the host given.  Note
 that since `_obscure` is set to `pass`, rclone will obscure the `pass`
 parameter before creating the backend (which is required for sftp
 backends).
 
-The progam can manipulate the supplied `user` in any way, for example
+The program can manipulate the supplied `user` in any way, for example
 to make proxy to many different sftp backends, you could make the
 `user` be `user@example.com` and then set the `host` to `example.com`
 in the output and the user to `user`. For security you'd probably want
 to restrict the `host` to a limited list.
 
 Note that an internal cache is keyed on `user` so only use that for
-configuration, don't use `pass`.  This also means that if a user's
-password is changed the cache will need to expire (which takes 5 mins)
+configuration, don't use `pass` or `public_key`.  This also means that if a user's
+password or public-key is changed the cache will need to expire (which takes 5 mins)
 before it takes effect.
 
 This can be used to build general purpose proxies to any kind of
@@ -3546,7 +3904,7 @@ backend that rclone supports.
 rclone serve ftp remote:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
       --addr string                            IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:2121")
@@ -3574,19 +3932,21 @@ rclone serve ftp remote:path [flags]
       --vfs-case-insensitive                   If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match.
       --vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix         Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
       --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. 'off' is unlimited. (default off)
+      --vfs-read-wait duration                 Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking. (default 20ms)
+      --vfs-write-wait duration                Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error. (default 1s)
 ```
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone serve](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/)	 - Serve a remote over a protocol.
 
-## rclone serve http
+# rclone serve http
 
 Serve the remote over HTTP.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 rclone serve http implements a basic web server to serve the remote
 over HTTP.  This can be viewed in a web browser or you can make a
@@ -3600,7 +3960,7 @@ The server will log errors.  Use -v to see access logs.
 --bwlimit will be respected for file transfers.  Use --stats to
 control the stats printing.
 
-### Server options
+## Server options
 
 Use --addr to specify which IP address and port the server should
 listen on, eg --addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or --addr :8080 to listen to all
@@ -3625,7 +3985,30 @@ inserts leading and trailing "/" on --baseurl, so --baseurl "rclone",
 --baseurl "/rclone" and --baseurl "/rclone/" are all treated
 identically.
 
-#### Authentication
+--template allows a user to specify a custom markup template for http
+and webdav serve functions.  The server exports the following markup
+to be used within the template to server pages:
+
+| Parameter   | Description |
+| :---------- | :---------- |
+| .Name       | The full path of a file/directory. |
+| .Title      | Directory listing of .Name |
+| .Sort       | The current sort used.  This is changeable via ?sort= parameter |
+|             | Sort Options: namedirfist,name,size,time (default namedirfirst) |
+| .Order      | The current ordering used.  This is changeable via ?order= parameter |
+|             | Order Options: asc,desc (default asc) |
+| .Query      | Currently unused. |
+| .Breadcrumb | Allows for creating a relative navigation |
+|-- .Link     | The relative to the root link of the Text. |
+|-- .Text     | The Name of the directory. |
+| .Entries    | Information about a specific file/directory. |
+|-- .URL      | The 'url' of an entry.  |
+|-- .Leaf     | Currently same as 'URL' but intended to be 'just' the name. |
+|-- .IsDir    | Boolean for if an entry is a directory or not. |
+|-- .Size     | Size in Bytes of the entry. |
+|-- .ModTime  | The UTC timestamp of an entry. |
+
+### Authentication
 
 By default this will serve files without needing a login.
 
@@ -3646,25 +4029,27 @@ The password file can be updated while rclone is running.
 
 Use --realm to set the authentication realm.
 
-#### SSL/TLS
+### SSL/TLS
 
 By default this will serve over http.  If you want you can serve over
 https.  You will need to supply the --cert and --key flags.  If you
 wish to do client side certificate validation then you will need to
 supply --client-ca also.
 
---cert should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation
+--cert should be either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation
 of that with the CA certificate.  --key should be the PEM encoded
 private key and --client-ca should be the PEM encoded client
 certificate authority certificate.
 
-### Directory Cache
+## Directory Cache
 
 Using the `--dir-cache-time` flag, you can set how long a
 directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the
 backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or
 invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only
-be picked up once the cache expires.
+be picked up once the cache expires if the backend configured does not
+support polling for changes. If the backend supports polling, changes
+will be picked up on within the polling interval.
 
 Alternatively, you can send a `SIGHUP` signal to rclone for
 it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are.
@@ -3682,7 +4067,7 @@ Or individual files or directories:
 
     rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
 
-### File Buffering
+## File Buffering
 
 The `--buffer-size` flag determines the amount of memory,
 that will be used to buffer data in advance.
@@ -3699,7 +4084,7 @@ will be used.
 The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to
 `--buffer-size * open files`.
 
-### File Caching
+## File Caching
 
 These flags control the VFS file caching options.  The VFS layer is
 used by rclone mount to make a cloud storage system work more like a
@@ -3736,7 +4121,7 @@ for two reasons.  Firstly because it is only checked every
 --vfs-cache-poll-interval.  Secondly because open files cannot be
 evicted from the cache.
 
-#### --vfs-cache-mode off
+### --vfs-cache-mode off
 
 In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write
 directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
@@ -3751,7 +4136,7 @@ This will mean some operations are not possible
   * Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
   * If an upload fails it can't be retried
 
-#### --vfs-cache-mode minimal
+### --vfs-cache-mode minimal
 
 This is very similar to "off" except that files opened for read AND
 write will be buffered to disks.  This means that files opened for
@@ -3764,7 +4149,7 @@ These operations are not possible
   * Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
   * If an upload fails it can't be retried
 
-#### --vfs-cache-mode writes
+### --vfs-cache-mode writes
 
 In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from
 the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk
@@ -3774,7 +4159,7 @@ This mode should support all normal file system operations.
 
 If an upload fails it will be retried up to --low-level-retries times.
 
-#### --vfs-cache-mode full
+### --vfs-cache-mode full
 
 In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk.  When
 a file is opened for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.
@@ -3792,12 +4177,48 @@ This mode should support all normal file system operations.
 If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to
 --low-level-retries times.
 
+## Case Sensitivity
+
+Linux file systems are case-sensitive: two files can differ only
+by case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.
+
+Windows is not like most other operating systems supported by rclone.
+File systems in modern Windows are case-insensitive but case-preserving:
+although existing files can be opened using any case, the exact case used
+to create the file is preserved and available for programs to query.
+It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ only by case.
+
+Usually file systems on macOS are case-insensitive. It is possible to make macOS
+file systems case-sensitive but that is not the default
+
+The "--vfs-case-insensitive" mount flag controls how rclone handles these
+two cases. If its value is "false", rclone passes file names to the mounted
+file system as is. If the flag is "true" (or appears without a value on
+command line), rclone may perform a "fixup" as explained below.
+
+The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case
+different than what is stored on mounted file system. If an argument refers
+to an existing file with exactly the same name, then the case of the existing
+file on the disk will be used. However, if a file name with exactly the same
+name is not found but a name differing only by case exists, rclone will
+transparently fixup the name. This fixup happens only when an existing file
+is requested. Case sensitivity of file names created anew by rclone is
+controlled by an underlying mounted file system.
+
+Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the target)
+may differ from case sensitivity of a file system mounted by rclone (the source).
+The flag controls whether "fixup" is performed to satisfy the target.
+
+If the flag is not provided on command line, then its default value depends
+on the operating system where rclone runs: "true" on Windows and macOS, "false"
+otherwise. If the flag is provided without a value, then it is "true".
+
 
 ```
 rclone serve http remote:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
       --addr string                            IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:8080")
@@ -3821,6 +4242,7 @@ rclone serve http remote:path [flags]
       --realm string                           realm for authentication (default "rclone")
       --server-read-timeout duration           Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
       --server-write-timeout duration          Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
+      --template string                        User Specified Template.
       --uid uint32                             Override the uid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000)
       --umask int                              Override the permission bits set by the filesystem. (default 2)
       --user string                            User name for authentication.
@@ -3831,19 +4253,21 @@ rclone serve http remote:path [flags]
       --vfs-case-insensitive                   If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match.
       --vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix         Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
       --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. 'off' is unlimited. (default off)
+      --vfs-read-wait duration                 Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking. (default 20ms)
+      --vfs-write-wait duration                Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error. (default 1s)
 ```
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone serve](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/)	 - Serve a remote over a protocol.
 
-## rclone serve restic
+# rclone serve restic
 
 Serve the remote for restic's REST API.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 rclone serve restic implements restic's REST backend API
 over HTTP.  This allows restic to use rclone as a data storage
@@ -3857,9 +4281,9 @@ The server will log errors.  Use -v to see access logs.
 --bwlimit will be respected for file transfers.  Use --stats to
 control the stats printing.
 
-### Setting up rclone for use by restic ###
+## Setting up rclone for use by restic ###
 
-First [set up a remote for your chosen cloud provider](/docs/#configure).
+First [set up a remote for your chosen cloud provider](https://rclone.org/docs/#configure).
 
 Once you have set up the remote, check it is working with, for example
 "rclone lsd remote:".  You may have called the remote something other
@@ -3878,7 +4302,7 @@ with use of the "--addr" flag.
 
 You might wish to start this server on boot.
 
-### Setting up restic to use rclone ###
+## Setting up restic to use rclone ###
 
 Now you can [follow the restic
 instructions](http://restic.readthedocs.io/en/latest/030_preparing_a_new_repo.html#rest-server)
@@ -3907,7 +4331,7 @@ For example:
     duration: 0:00
     snapshot 45c8fdd8 saved
 
-#### Multiple repositories ####
+### Multiple repositories ####
 
 Note that you can use the endpoint to host multiple repositories.  Do
 this by adding a directory name or path after the URL.  Note that
@@ -3918,12 +4342,12 @@ these **must** end with /.  Eg
     $ export RESTIC_REPOSITORY=rest:http://localhost:8080/user2repo/
     # backup user2 stuff
 
-#### Private repositories ####
+### Private repositories ####
 
 The "--private-repos" flag can be used to limit users to repositories starting
-with a path of "/<username>/".
+with a path of `/<username>/`.
 
-### Server options
+## Server options
 
 Use --addr to specify which IP address and port the server should
 listen on, eg --addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or --addr :8080 to listen to all
@@ -3948,7 +4372,30 @@ inserts leading and trailing "/" on --baseurl, so --baseurl "rclone",
 --baseurl "/rclone" and --baseurl "/rclone/" are all treated
 identically.
 
-#### Authentication
+--template allows a user to specify a custom markup template for http
+and webdav serve functions.  The server exports the following markup
+to be used within the template to server pages:
+
+| Parameter   | Description |
+| :---------- | :---------- |
+| .Name       | The full path of a file/directory. |
+| .Title      | Directory listing of .Name |
+| .Sort       | The current sort used.  This is changeable via ?sort= parameter |
+|             | Sort Options: namedirfist,name,size,time (default namedirfirst) |
+| .Order      | The current ordering used.  This is changeable via ?order= parameter |
+|             | Order Options: asc,desc (default asc) |
+| .Query      | Currently unused. |
+| .Breadcrumb | Allows for creating a relative navigation |
+|-- .Link     | The relative to the root link of the Text. |
+|-- .Text     | The Name of the directory. |
+| .Entries    | Information about a specific file/directory. |
+|-- .URL      | The 'url' of an entry.  |
+|-- .Leaf     | Currently same as 'URL' but intended to be 'just' the name. |
+|-- .IsDir    | Boolean for if an entry is a directory or not. |
+|-- .Size     | Size in Bytes of the entry. |
+|-- .ModTime  | The UTC timestamp of an entry. |
+
+### Authentication
 
 By default this will serve files without needing a login.
 
@@ -3969,14 +4416,14 @@ The password file can be updated while rclone is running.
 
 Use --realm to set the authentication realm.
 
-#### SSL/TLS
+### SSL/TLS
 
 By default this will serve over http.  If you want you can serve over
 https.  You will need to supply the --cert and --key flags.  If you
 wish to do client side certificate validation then you will need to
 supply --client-ca also.
 
---cert should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation
+--cert should be either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation
 of that with the CA certificate.  --key should be the PEM encoded
 private key and --client-ca should be the PEM encoded client
 certificate authority certificate.
@@ -3986,7 +4433,7 @@ certificate authority certificate.
 rclone serve restic remote:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
       --addr string                     IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:8080")
@@ -4004,20 +4451,21 @@ rclone serve restic remote:path [flags]
       --server-read-timeout duration    Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
       --server-write-timeout duration   Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
       --stdio                           run an HTTP2 server on stdin/stdout
+      --template string                 User Specified Template.
       --user string                     User name for authentication.
 ```
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone serve](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/)	 - Serve a remote over a protocol.
 
-## rclone serve sftp
+# rclone serve sftp
 
 Serve the remote over SFTP.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 rclone serve sftp implements an SFTP server to serve the remote
 over SFTP.  This can be used with an SFTP client or you can make a
@@ -4033,7 +4481,7 @@ control the stats printing.
 
 You must provide some means of authentication, either with --user/--pass,
 an authorized keys file (specify location with --authorized-keys - the
-default is the same as ssh) or set the --no-auth flag for no
+default is the same as ssh), an --auth-proxy, or set the --no-auth flag for no
 authentication when logging in.
 
 Note that this also implements a small number of shell commands so
@@ -4051,13 +4499,15 @@ Note that the default of "--vfs-cache-mode off" is fine for the rclone
 sftp backend, but it may not be with other SFTP clients.
 
 
-### Directory Cache
+## Directory Cache
 
 Using the `--dir-cache-time` flag, you can set how long a
 directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the
 backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or
 invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only
-be picked up once the cache expires.
+be picked up once the cache expires if the backend configured does not
+support polling for changes. If the backend supports polling, changes
+will be picked up on within the polling interval.
 
 Alternatively, you can send a `SIGHUP` signal to rclone for
 it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are.
@@ -4075,7 +4525,7 @@ Or individual files or directories:
 
     rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
 
-### File Buffering
+## File Buffering
 
 The `--buffer-size` flag determines the amount of memory,
 that will be used to buffer data in advance.
@@ -4092,7 +4542,7 @@ will be used.
 The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to
 `--buffer-size * open files`.
 
-### File Caching
+## File Caching
 
 These flags control the VFS file caching options.  The VFS layer is
 used by rclone mount to make a cloud storage system work more like a
@@ -4129,7 +4579,7 @@ for two reasons.  Firstly because it is only checked every
 --vfs-cache-poll-interval.  Secondly because open files cannot be
 evicted from the cache.
 
-#### --vfs-cache-mode off
+### --vfs-cache-mode off
 
 In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write
 directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
@@ -4144,7 +4594,7 @@ This will mean some operations are not possible
   * Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
   * If an upload fails it can't be retried
 
-#### --vfs-cache-mode minimal
+### --vfs-cache-mode minimal
 
 This is very similar to "off" except that files opened for read AND
 write will be buffered to disks.  This means that files opened for
@@ -4157,7 +4607,7 @@ These operations are not possible
   * Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
   * If an upload fails it can't be retried
 
-#### --vfs-cache-mode writes
+### --vfs-cache-mode writes
 
 In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from
 the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk
@@ -4167,7 +4617,7 @@ This mode should support all normal file system operations.
 
 If an upload fails it will be retried up to --low-level-retries times.
 
-#### --vfs-cache-mode full
+### --vfs-cache-mode full
 
 In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk.  When
 a file is opened for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.
@@ -4185,13 +4635,53 @@ This mode should support all normal file system operations.
 If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to
 --low-level-retries times.
 
-### Auth Proxy
+## Case Sensitivity
+
+Linux file systems are case-sensitive: two files can differ only
+by case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.
+
+Windows is not like most other operating systems supported by rclone.
+File systems in modern Windows are case-insensitive but case-preserving:
+although existing files can be opened using any case, the exact case used
+to create the file is preserved and available for programs to query.
+It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ only by case.
+
+Usually file systems on macOS are case-insensitive. It is possible to make macOS
+file systems case-sensitive but that is not the default
+
+The "--vfs-case-insensitive" mount flag controls how rclone handles these
+two cases. If its value is "false", rclone passes file names to the mounted
+file system as is. If the flag is "true" (or appears without a value on
+command line), rclone may perform a "fixup" as explained below.
+
+The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case
+different than what is stored on mounted file system. If an argument refers
+to an existing file with exactly the same name, then the case of the existing
+file on the disk will be used. However, if a file name with exactly the same
+name is not found but a name differing only by case exists, rclone will
+transparently fixup the name. This fixup happens only when an existing file
+is requested. Case sensitivity of file names created anew by rclone is
+controlled by an underlying mounted file system.
+
+Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the target)
+may differ from case sensitivity of a file system mounted by rclone (the source).
+The flag controls whether "fixup" is performed to satisfy the target.
+
+If the flag is not provided on command line, then its default value depends
+on the operating system where rclone runs: "true" on Windows and macOS, "false"
+otherwise. If the flag is provided without a value, then it is "true".
+
+## Auth Proxy
 
 If you supply the parameter `--auth-proxy /path/to/program` then
 rclone will use that program to generate backends on the fly which
 then are used to authenticate incoming requests.  This uses a simple
 JSON based protocl with input on STDIN and output on STDOUT.
 
+**PLEASE NOTE:** `--auth-proxy` and `--authorized-keys` cannot be used
+together, if `--auth-proxy` is set the authorized keys option will be
+ignored.
+
 There is an example program
 [bin/test_proxy.py](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/blob/master/test_proxy.py)
 in the rclone source code.
@@ -4209,7 +4699,8 @@ This config generated must have this extra parameter
 And it may have this parameter
 - `_obscure` - comma separated strings for parameters to obscure
 
-For example the program might take this on STDIN
+If password authentication was used by the client, input to the proxy
+process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:
 
 ```
 {
@@ -4218,7 +4709,17 @@ For example the program might take this on STDIN
 }
 ```
 
-And return this on STDOUT
+If public-key authentication was used by the client, input to the
+proxy process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:
+
+```
+{
+	"user": "me",
+	"public_key": "AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQDuwESFdAe14hVS6omeyX7edc...JQdf"
+}
+```
+
+And as an example return this on STDOUT
 
 ```
 {
@@ -4232,20 +4733,20 @@ And return this on STDOUT
 ```
 
 This would mean that an SFTP backend would be created on the fly for
-the `user` and `pass` returned in the output to the host given.  Note
+the `user` and `pass`/`public_key` returned in the output to the host given.  Note
 that since `_obscure` is set to `pass`, rclone will obscure the `pass`
 parameter before creating the backend (which is required for sftp
 backends).
 
-The progam can manipulate the supplied `user` in any way, for example
+The program can manipulate the supplied `user` in any way, for example
 to make proxy to many different sftp backends, you could make the
 `user` be `user@example.com` and then set the `host` to `example.com`
 in the output and the user to `user`. For security you'd probably want
 to restrict the `host` to a limited list.
 
 Note that an internal cache is keyed on `user` so only use that for
-configuration, don't use `pass`.  This also means that if a user's
-password is changed the cache will need to expire (which takes 5 mins)
+configuration, don't use `pass` or `public_key`.  This also means that if a user's
+password or public-key is changed the cache will need to expire (which takes 5 mins)
 before it takes effect.
 
 This can be used to build general purpose proxies to any kind of
@@ -4256,7 +4757,7 @@ backend that rclone supports.
 rclone serve sftp remote:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
       --addr string                            IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:2022")
@@ -4267,7 +4768,7 @@ rclone serve sftp remote:path [flags]
       --file-perms FileMode                    File permissions (default 0666)
       --gid uint32                             Override the gid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000)
   -h, --help                                   help for sftp
-      --key string                             SSH private key file (leave blank to auto generate)
+      --key stringArray                        SSH private host key file (Can be multi-valued, leave blank to auto generate)
       --no-auth                                Allow connections with no authentication if set.
       --no-checksum                            Don't compare checksums on up/download.
       --no-modtime                             Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
@@ -4285,19 +4786,21 @@ rclone serve sftp remote:path [flags]
       --vfs-case-insensitive                   If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match.
       --vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix         Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
       --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. 'off' is unlimited. (default off)
+      --vfs-read-wait duration                 Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking. (default 20ms)
+      --vfs-write-wait duration                Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error. (default 1s)
 ```
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone serve](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/)	 - Serve a remote over a protocol.
 
-## rclone serve webdav
+# rclone serve webdav
 
 Serve remote:path over webdav.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 rclone serve webdav implements a basic webdav server to serve the
@@ -4305,9 +4808,9 @@ remote over HTTP via the webdav protocol. This can be viewed with a
 webdav client, through a web browser, or you can make a remote of
 type webdav to read and write it.
 
-### Webdav options
+## Webdav options
 
-#### --etag-hash 
+### --etag-hash 
 
 This controls the ETag header.  Without this flag the ETag will be
 based on the ModTime and Size of the object.
@@ -4319,7 +4822,7 @@ supported hash on the backend or you can use a named hash such as
 Use "rclone hashsum" to see the full list.
 
 
-### Server options
+## Server options
 
 Use --addr to specify which IP address and port the server should
 listen on, eg --addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or --addr :8080 to listen to all
@@ -4344,7 +4847,30 @@ inserts leading and trailing "/" on --baseurl, so --baseurl "rclone",
 --baseurl "/rclone" and --baseurl "/rclone/" are all treated
 identically.
 
-#### Authentication
+--template allows a user to specify a custom markup template for http
+and webdav serve functions.  The server exports the following markup
+to be used within the template to server pages:
+
+| Parameter   | Description |
+| :---------- | :---------- |
+| .Name       | The full path of a file/directory. |
+| .Title      | Directory listing of .Name |
+| .Sort       | The current sort used.  This is changeable via ?sort= parameter |
+|             | Sort Options: namedirfist,name,size,time (default namedirfirst) |
+| .Order      | The current ordering used.  This is changeable via ?order= parameter |
+|             | Order Options: asc,desc (default asc) |
+| .Query      | Currently unused. |
+| .Breadcrumb | Allows for creating a relative navigation |
+|-- .Link     | The relative to the root link of the Text. |
+|-- .Text     | The Name of the directory. |
+| .Entries    | Information about a specific file/directory. |
+|-- .URL      | The 'url' of an entry.  |
+|-- .Leaf     | Currently same as 'URL' but intended to be 'just' the name. |
+|-- .IsDir    | Boolean for if an entry is a directory or not. |
+|-- .Size     | Size in Bytes of the entry. |
+|-- .ModTime  | The UTC timestamp of an entry. |
+
+### Authentication
 
 By default this will serve files without needing a login.
 
@@ -4365,25 +4891,27 @@ The password file can be updated while rclone is running.
 
 Use --realm to set the authentication realm.
 
-#### SSL/TLS
+### SSL/TLS
 
 By default this will serve over http.  If you want you can serve over
 https.  You will need to supply the --cert and --key flags.  If you
 wish to do client side certificate validation then you will need to
 supply --client-ca also.
 
---cert should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation
+--cert should be either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation
 of that with the CA certificate.  --key should be the PEM encoded
 private key and --client-ca should be the PEM encoded client
 certificate authority certificate.
 
-### Directory Cache
+## Directory Cache
 
 Using the `--dir-cache-time` flag, you can set how long a
 directory should be considered up to date and not refreshed from the
 backend. Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or
 invalidate the cache. However, changes done on the remote will only
-be picked up once the cache expires.
+be picked up once the cache expires if the backend configured does not
+support polling for changes. If the backend supports polling, changes
+will be picked up on within the polling interval.
 
 Alternatively, you can send a `SIGHUP` signal to rclone for
 it to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are.
@@ -4401,7 +4929,7 @@ Or individual files or directories:
 
     rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
 
-### File Buffering
+## File Buffering
 
 The `--buffer-size` flag determines the amount of memory,
 that will be used to buffer data in advance.
@@ -4418,7 +4946,7 @@ will be used.
 The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to
 `--buffer-size * open files`.
 
-### File Caching
+## File Caching
 
 These flags control the VFS file caching options.  The VFS layer is
 used by rclone mount to make a cloud storage system work more like a
@@ -4455,7 +4983,7 @@ for two reasons.  Firstly because it is only checked every
 --vfs-cache-poll-interval.  Secondly because open files cannot be
 evicted from the cache.
 
-#### --vfs-cache-mode off
+### --vfs-cache-mode off
 
 In this mode the cache will read directly from the remote and write
 directly to the remote without caching anything on disk.
@@ -4470,7 +4998,7 @@ This will mean some operations are not possible
   * Open modes O_APPEND, O_TRUNC are ignored
   * If an upload fails it can't be retried
 
-#### --vfs-cache-mode minimal
+### --vfs-cache-mode minimal
 
 This is very similar to "off" except that files opened for read AND
 write will be buffered to disks.  This means that files opened for
@@ -4483,7 +5011,7 @@ These operations are not possible
   * Files opened for write only will ignore O_APPEND, O_TRUNC
   * If an upload fails it can't be retried
 
-#### --vfs-cache-mode writes
+### --vfs-cache-mode writes
 
 In this mode files opened for read only are still read directly from
 the remote, write only and read/write files are buffered to disk
@@ -4493,7 +5021,7 @@ This mode should support all normal file system operations.
 
 If an upload fails it will be retried up to --low-level-retries times.
 
-#### --vfs-cache-mode full
+### --vfs-cache-mode full
 
 In this mode all reads and writes are buffered to and from disk.  When
 a file is opened for read it will be downloaded in its entirety first.
@@ -4511,13 +5039,53 @@ This mode should support all normal file system operations.
 If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to
 --low-level-retries times.
 
-### Auth Proxy
+## Case Sensitivity
+
+Linux file systems are case-sensitive: two files can differ only
+by case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.
+
+Windows is not like most other operating systems supported by rclone.
+File systems in modern Windows are case-insensitive but case-preserving:
+although existing files can be opened using any case, the exact case used
+to create the file is preserved and available for programs to query.
+It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ only by case.
+
+Usually file systems on macOS are case-insensitive. It is possible to make macOS
+file systems case-sensitive but that is not the default
+
+The "--vfs-case-insensitive" mount flag controls how rclone handles these
+two cases. If its value is "false", rclone passes file names to the mounted
+file system as is. If the flag is "true" (or appears without a value on
+command line), rclone may perform a "fixup" as explained below.
+
+The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case
+different than what is stored on mounted file system. If an argument refers
+to an existing file with exactly the same name, then the case of the existing
+file on the disk will be used. However, if a file name with exactly the same
+name is not found but a name differing only by case exists, rclone will
+transparently fixup the name. This fixup happens only when an existing file
+is requested. Case sensitivity of file names created anew by rclone is
+controlled by an underlying mounted file system.
+
+Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the target)
+may differ from case sensitivity of a file system mounted by rclone (the source).
+The flag controls whether "fixup" is performed to satisfy the target.
+
+If the flag is not provided on command line, then its default value depends
+on the operating system where rclone runs: "true" on Windows and macOS, "false"
+otherwise. If the flag is provided without a value, then it is "true".
+
+## Auth Proxy
 
 If you supply the parameter `--auth-proxy /path/to/program` then
 rclone will use that program to generate backends on the fly which
 then are used to authenticate incoming requests.  This uses a simple
 JSON based protocl with input on STDIN and output on STDOUT.
 
+**PLEASE NOTE:** `--auth-proxy` and `--authorized-keys` cannot be used
+together, if `--auth-proxy` is set the authorized keys option will be
+ignored.
+
 There is an example program
 [bin/test_proxy.py](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/blob/master/test_proxy.py)
 in the rclone source code.
@@ -4535,7 +5103,8 @@ This config generated must have this extra parameter
 And it may have this parameter
 - `_obscure` - comma separated strings for parameters to obscure
 
-For example the program might take this on STDIN
+If password authentication was used by the client, input to the proxy
+process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:
 
 ```
 {
@@ -4544,7 +5113,17 @@ For example the program might take this on STDIN
 }
 ```
 
-And return this on STDOUT
+If public-key authentication was used by the client, input to the
+proxy process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:
+
+```
+{
+	"user": "me",
+	"public_key": "AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQDuwESFdAe14hVS6omeyX7edc...JQdf"
+}
+```
+
+And as an example return this on STDOUT
 
 ```
 {
@@ -4558,20 +5137,20 @@ And return this on STDOUT
 ```
 
 This would mean that an SFTP backend would be created on the fly for
-the `user` and `pass` returned in the output to the host given.  Note
+the `user` and `pass`/`public_key` returned in the output to the host given.  Note
 that since `_obscure` is set to `pass`, rclone will obscure the `pass`
 parameter before creating the backend (which is required for sftp
 backends).
 
-The progam can manipulate the supplied `user` in any way, for example
+The program can manipulate the supplied `user` in any way, for example
 to make proxy to many different sftp backends, you could make the
 `user` be `user@example.com` and then set the `host` to `example.com`
 in the output and the user to `user`. For security you'd probably want
 to restrict the `host` to a limited list.
 
 Note that an internal cache is keyed on `user` so only use that for
-configuration, don't use `pass`.  This also means that if a user's
-password is changed the cache will need to expire (which takes 5 mins)
+configuration, don't use `pass` or `public_key`.  This also means that if a user's
+password or public-key is changed the cache will need to expire (which takes 5 mins)
 before it takes effect.
 
 This can be used to build general purpose proxies to any kind of
@@ -4582,7 +5161,7 @@ backend that rclone supports.
 rclone serve webdav remote:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
       --addr string                            IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:8080")
@@ -4609,6 +5188,7 @@ rclone serve webdav remote:path [flags]
       --realm string                           realm for authentication (default "rclone")
       --server-read-timeout duration           Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
       --server-write-timeout duration          Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
+      --template string                        User Specified Template.
       --uid uint32                             Override the uid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000)
       --umask int                              Override the permission bits set by the filesystem. (default 2)
       --user string                            User name for authentication.
@@ -4619,19 +5199,21 @@ rclone serve webdav remote:path [flags]
       --vfs-case-insensitive                   If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match.
       --vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix         Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
       --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. 'off' is unlimited. (default off)
+      --vfs-read-wait duration                 Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking. (default 20ms)
+      --vfs-write-wait duration                Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error. (default 1s)
 ```
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone serve](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/)	 - Serve a remote over a protocol.
 
-## rclone settier
+# rclone settier
 
 Changes storage class/tier of objects in remote.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 rclone settier changes storage tier or class at remote if supported.
@@ -4661,7 +5243,7 @@ Or just provide remote directory and all files in directory will be tiered
 rclone settier tier remote:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help   help for settier
@@ -4669,41 +5251,57 @@ rclone settier tier remote:path [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone touch
+# rclone touch
 
 Create new file or change file modification time.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
+
+
+Set the modification time on object(s) as specified by remote:path to
+have the current time.
+
+If remote:path does not exist then a zero sized object will be created
+unless the --no-create flag is provided.
+
+If --timestamp is used then it will set the modification time to that
+time instead of the current time. Times may be specified as one of:
+
+- 'YYMMDD' - eg. 17.10.30
+- 'YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS' - eg. 2006-01-02T15:04:05
+
+Note that --timestamp is in UTC if you want local time then add the
+--localtime flag.
 
-Create new file or change file modification time.
 
 ```
 rclone touch remote:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -h, --help               help for touch
+      --localtime          Use localtime for timestamp, not UTC.
   -C, --no-create          Do not create the file if it does not exist.
-  -t, --timestamp string   Change the modification times to the specified time instead of the current time of day. The argument is of the form 'YYMMDD' (ex. 17.10.30) or 'YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS' (ex. 2006-01-02T15:04:05)
+  -t, --timestamp string   Use specified time instead of the current time of day.
 ```
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-## rclone tree
+# rclone tree
 
 List the contents of the remote in a tree like fashion.
 
-### Synopsis
+## Synopsis
 
 
 rclone tree lists the contents of a remote in a similar way to the
@@ -4734,7 +5332,7 @@ short options as they conflict with rclone's short options.
 rclone tree remote:path [flags]
 ```
 
-### Options
+## Options
 
 ```
   -a, --all             All files are listed (list . files too).
@@ -4762,7 +5360,7 @@ rclone tree remote:path [flags]
 
 See the [global flags page](https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options not listed here.
 
-### SEE ALSO
+## SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
@@ -4906,7 +5504,7 @@ Server Side Copy
 ----------------
 
 Most remotes (but not all - see [the
-overview](/overview/#optional-features)) support server side copy.
+overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#optional-features)) support server side copy.
 
 This means if you want to copy one folder to another then rclone won't
 download all the files and re-upload them; it will instruct the server
@@ -5008,10 +5606,10 @@ For example, to limit bandwidth usage to 10 MBytes/s use `--bwlimit 10M`
 
 It is also possible to specify a "timetable" of limits, which will cause
 certain limits to be applied at certain times. To specify a timetable, format your
-entries as "WEEKDAY-HH:MM,BANDWIDTH WEEKDAY-HH:MM,BANDWIDTH..." where:
-WEEKDAY is optional element.
+entries as `WEEKDAY-HH:MM,BANDWIDTH WEEKDAY-HH:MM,BANDWIDTH...` where:
+`WEEKDAY` is optional element.
 It could be written as whole world or only using 3 first characters.
-HH:MM is an hour from 00:00 to 23:59.
+`HH:MM` is an hour from 00:00 to 23:59.
 
 An example of a typical timetable to avoid link saturation during daytime
 working hours could be:
@@ -5024,7 +5622,7 @@ At 6pm, the bandwidth limit will be set to 30MBytes/s, and at 11pm it will be
 completely disabled (full speed). Anything between 11pm and 8am will remain
 unlimited.
 
-An example of timetable with WEEKDAY could be:
+An example of timetable with `WEEKDAY` could be:
 
 `--bwlimit "Mon-00:00,512 Fri-23:59,10M Sat-10:00,1M Sun-20:00,off"`
 
@@ -5051,7 +5649,7 @@ you have a 10 Mbit/s connection and you wish rclone to use half of it
 - 5 Mbit/s.  This is 5/8 = 0.625MByte/s so you would use a `--bwlimit
 0.625M` parameter for rclone.
 
-On Unix systems (Linux, MacOS, …) the bandwidth limiter can be toggled by
+On Unix systems (Linux, macOS, …) the bandwidth limiter can be toggled by
 sending a `SIGUSR2` signal to rclone. This allows to remove the limitations
 of a long running rclone transfer and to restore it back to the value specified
 with `--bwlimit` quickly when needed. Assuming there is only one rclone instance
@@ -5071,13 +5669,27 @@ will use this much memory for buffering.
 
 When using `mount` or `cmount` each open file descriptor will use this much
 memory for buffering.
-See the [mount](/commands/rclone_mount/#file-buffering) documentation for more details.
+See the [mount](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/#file-buffering) documentation for more details.
 
-Set to 0 to disable the buffering for the minimum memory usage.
+Set to `0` to disable the buffering for the minimum memory usage.
 
 Note that the memory allocation of the buffers is influenced by the
 [--use-mmap](#use-mmap) flag.
 
+### --check-first ###
+
+If this flag is set then in a `sync`, `copy` or `move`, rclone will do
+all the checks to see whether files need to be transferred before
+doing any of the transfers. Normally rclone would start running
+transfers as soon as possible.
+
+This flag can be useful on IO limited systems where transfers
+interfere with checking.
+
+Using this flag can use more memory as it effectively sets
+`--max-backlog` to infinite. This means that all the info on the
+objects to transfer is held in memory before the transfers start.
+
 ### --checkers=N ###
 
 The number of checkers to run in parallel.  Checkers do the equality
@@ -5171,14 +5783,14 @@ to disable server side move and server side copy use:
 
     --disable move,copy
 
-The features can be put in in any case.
+The features can be put in any case.
 
 To see a list of which features can be disabled use:
 
     --disable help
 
-See the overview [features](/overview/#features) and
-[optional features](/overview/#optional-features) to get an idea of
+See the overview [features](https://rclone.org/overview/#features) and
+[optional features](https://rclone.org/overview/#optional-features) to get an idea of
 which feature does what.
 
 This flag can be useful for debugging and in exceptional circumstances
@@ -5202,7 +5814,58 @@ Zero means no timeout and causes the body to be sent immediately,
 without waiting for the server to approve.  This time does not include
 the time to send the request header.
 
-The default is `1s`.  Set to 0 to disable.
+The default is `1s`.  Set to `0` to disable.
+
+### --error-on-no-transfer ###
+
+By default, rclone will exit with return code 0 if there were no errors.
+
+This option allows rclone to return exit code 9 if no files were transferred
+between the source and destination. This allows using rclone in scripts, and
+triggering follow-on actions if data was copied, or skipping if not.
+
+NB: Enabling this option turns a usually non-fatal error into a potentially
+fatal one - please check and adjust your scripts accordingly!
+
+### --header ###
+
+Add an HTTP header for all transactions. The flag can be repeated to
+add multiple headers.
+
+If you want to add headers only for uploads use `--header-upload` and
+if you want to add headers only for downloads use `--header-download`.
+
+This flag is supported for all HTTP based backends even those not
+supported by `--header-upload` and `--header-download` so may be used
+as a workaround for those with care.
+
+```
+rclone ls remote:test --header "X-Rclone: Foo" --header "X-LetMeIn: Yes"
+```
+
+### --header-download ###
+
+Add an HTTP header for all download transactions. The flag can be repeated to
+add multiple headers.
+
+```
+rclone sync s3:test/src ~/dst --header-download "X-Amz-Meta-Test: Foo" --header-download "X-Amz-Meta-Test2: Bar"
+```
+
+See the GitHub issue [here](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/59) for
+currently supported backends.
+
+### --header-upload ###
+
+Add an HTTP header for all upload transactions. The flag can be repeated to add
+multiple headers.
+
+```
+rclone sync ~/src s3:test/dst --header-upload "Content-Disposition: attachment; filename='cool.html'" --header-upload "X-Amz-Meta-Test: FooBar"
+```
+
+See the GitHub issue [here](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/59) for
+currently supported backends.
 
 ### --ignore-case-sync ###
 
@@ -5343,6 +6006,9 @@ time and make `--order-by` work more accurately.
 Setting this small will make rclone more synchronous to the listings
 of the remote which may be desirable.
 
+Setting this to a negative number will make the backlog as large as
+possible.
+
 ### --max-delete=N ###
 
 This tells rclone not to delete more than N files.  If that limit is
@@ -5387,6 +6053,20 @@ When the limit is reached all transfers will stop immediately.
 
 Rclone will exit with exit code 8 if the transfer limit is reached.
 
+### --cutoff-mode=hard|soft|cautious ###
+
+This modifies the behavior of `--max-transfer`
+Defaults to `--cutoff-mode=hard`.
+
+Specifying `--cutoff-mode=hard` will stop transferring immediately
+when Rclone reaches the limit.
+
+Specifying `--cutoff-mode=soft` will stop starting new transfers
+when Rclone reaches the limit.
+
+Specifying `--cutoff-mode=cautious` will try to prevent Rclone
+from reaching the limit.
+
 ### --modify-window=TIME ###
 
 When checking whether a file has been modified, this is the maximum
@@ -5403,7 +6083,7 @@ This command line flag allows you to override that computed default.
 ### --multi-thread-cutoff=SIZE ###
 
 When downloading files to the local backend above this size, rclone
-will use multiple threads to download the file. (default 250M)
+will use multiple threads to download the file (default 250M).
 
 Rclone preallocates the file (using `fallocate(FALLOC_FL_KEEP_SIZE)`
 on unix or `NTSetInformationFile` on Windows both of which takes no
@@ -5411,7 +6091,7 @@ time) then each thread writes directly into the file at the correct
 place.  This means that rclone won't create fragmented or sparse files
 and there won't be any assembly time at the end of the transfer.
 
-The number of threads used to dowload is controlled by
+The number of threads used to download is controlled by
 `--multi-thread-streams`.
 
 Use `-vv` if you wish to see info about the threads.
@@ -5428,11 +6108,17 @@ with any source.
 as they are faster without unless `--multi-thread-streams` is set
 explicitly.
 
+**NB** on Windows using multi-thread downloads will cause the
+resulting files to be [sparse](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sparse_file).
+Use `--local-no-sparse` to disable sparse files (which may cause long
+delays at the start of downloads) or disable multi-thread downloads
+with `--multi-thread-streams 0`
+
 ### --multi-thread-streams=N ###
 
 When using multi thread downloads (see above `--multi-thread-cutoff`)
 this sets the maximum number of streams to use.  Set to `0` to disable
-multi thread downloads. (Default 4)
+multi thread downloads (Default 4).
 
 Exactly how many streams rclone uses for the download depends on the
 size of the file. To calculate the number of download streams Rclone
@@ -5442,7 +6128,7 @@ up, up to the maximum set with `--multi-thread-streams`.
 So if `--multi-thread-cutoff 250MB` and `--multi-thread-streams 4` are
 in effect (the defaults):
 
-- 0MB.250MB files will be downloaded with 1 stream
+- 0MB..250MB files will be downloaded with 1 stream
 - 250MB..500MB files will be downloaded with 2 streams
 - 500MB..750MB files will be downloaded with 3 streams
 - 750MB+ files will be downloaded with 4 streams
@@ -5492,6 +6178,20 @@ changed and won't need copying then you shouldn't use `--no-traverse`.
 
 See [rclone copy](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copy/) for an example of how to use it.
 
+### --no-unicode-normalization ###
+
+Don't normalize unicode characters in filenames during the sync routine.
+
+Sometimes, an operating system will store filenames containing unicode
+parts in their decomposed form (particularly macOS). Some cloud storage
+systems will then recompose the unicode, resulting in duplicate files if
+the data is ever copied back to a local filesystem.
+
+Using this flag will disable that functionality, treating each unicode
+character as unique. For example, by default é and é will be normalized
+into the same character. With `--no-unicode-normalization` they will be
+treated as unique characters.
+
 ### --no-update-modtime ###
 
 When using this flag, rclone won't update modification times of remote
@@ -5516,6 +6216,17 @@ This can have a modifier appended with a comma:
 
 - `ascending` or `asc` - order so that the smallest (or oldest) is processed first
 - `descending` or `desc` - order so that the largest (or newest) is processed first
+- `mixed` - order so that the smallest is processed first for some threads and the largest for others
+
+If the modifier is `mixed` then it can have an optional percentage
+(which defaults to `50`), eg `size,mixed,25` which means that 25% of
+the threads should be taking the smallest items and 75% the
+largest. The threads which take the smallest first will always take
+the smallest first and likewise the largest first threads. The `mixed`
+mode can be useful to minimise the transfer time when you are
+transferring a mixture of large and small files - the large files are
+guaranteed upload threads and bandwidth and the small files will be
+processed continuously.
 
 If no modifier is supplied then the order is `ascending`.
 
@@ -5562,6 +6273,8 @@ Eg
 
 See the [Configuration Encryption](#configuration-encryption) for more info.
 
+See a [Windows PowerShell example on the Wiki](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/wiki/Windows-Powershell-use-rclone-password-command-for-Config-file-password).
+
 ### -P, --progress ###
 
 This flag makes rclone update the stats in a static block in the
@@ -5583,8 +6296,7 @@ is fixed all non-ASCII characters will be replaced with `.` when
 
 ### -q, --quiet ###
 
-Normally rclone outputs stats and a completion message.  If you set
-this flag it will make as little output as possible.
+This flag will limit rclone's output to error messages only.
 
 ### --retries int ###
 
@@ -5599,7 +6311,7 @@ Disable retries with `--retries 1`.
 
 This sets the interval between each retry specified by `--retries` 
 
-The default is 0. Use 0 to disable.
+The default is `0`. Use `0` to disable.
 
 ### --size-only ###
 
@@ -5619,7 +6331,7 @@ their progress.
 
 This sets the interval.
 
-The default is `1m`. Use 0 to disable.
+The default is `1m`. Use `0` to disable.
 
 If you set the stats interval then all commands can show stats.  This
 can be useful when running other commands, `check` or `mount` for
@@ -5739,7 +6451,7 @@ See also `--tpslimit-burst`.
 
 ### --tpslimit-burst int ###
 
-Max burst of transactions for `--tpslimit`. (default 1)
+Max burst of transactions for `--tpslimit` (default `1`).
 
 Normally `--tpslimit` will do exactly the number of transaction per
 second specified.  However if you supply `--tps-burst` then rclone can
@@ -5779,6 +6491,14 @@ Note also that `--track-renames` is incompatible with
 `--delete-before` and will select `--delete-after` instead of
 `--delete-during`.
 
+### --track-renames-strategy (hash,modtime) ###
+
+This option changes the matching criteria for `--track-renames` to match
+by any combination of modtime, hash, size. Matching by size is always enabled
+no matter what option is selected here. This also means
+that it enables `--track-renames` support for encrypted destinations.
+If nothing is specified, the default option is matching by hashes.
+
 ### --delete-(before,during,after) ###
 
 This option allows you to specify when files on your destination are
@@ -5839,7 +6559,7 @@ rclone will just ignore it.
 This sets the IO idle timeout.  If a transfer has started but then
 becomes idle for this long it is considered broken and disconnected.
 
-The default is `5m`.  Set to 0 to disable.
+The default is `5m`.  Set to `0` to disable.
 
 ### --transfers=N ###
 
@@ -5921,7 +6641,7 @@ Prints the version number
 SSL/TLS options
 ---------------
 
-The outoing SSL/TLS connections rclone makes can be controlled with
+The outgoing SSL/TLS connections rclone makes can be controlled with
 these options.  For example this can be very useful with the HTTP or
 WebDAV backends. Rclone HTTP servers have their own set of
 configuration for SSL/TLS which you can find in their documentation.
@@ -6160,6 +6880,7 @@ For the filtering options
   * `--include`
   * `--include-from`
   * `--files-from`
+  * `--files-from-raw`
   * `--min-size`
   * `--max-size`
   * `--min-age`
@@ -6239,6 +6960,7 @@ it will log a high priority message if the retry was successful.
   * `6` - Less serious errors (like 461 errors from dropbox) (NoRetry errors)
   * `7` - Fatal error (one that more retries won't fix, like account suspended) (Fatal errors)
   * `8` - Transfer exceeded - limit set by --max-transfer reached
+  * `9` - Operation successful, but no files transferred
 
 Environment Variables
 ---------------------
@@ -6296,9 +7018,9 @@ you must create the `..._TYPE` variable as above.
 
 ### Other environment variables ###
 
-  * RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS` set to contain your config file password (see [Configuration Encryption](#configuration-encryption) section)
-  * HTTP_PROXY, HTTPS_PROXY and NO_PROXY (or the lowercase versions thereof).
-    * HTTPS_PROXY takes precedence over HTTP_PROXY for https requests.
+  * `RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS` set to contain your config file password (see [Configuration Encryption](#configuration-encryption) section)
+  * `HTTP_PROXY`, `HTTPS_PROXY` and `NO_PROXY` (or the lowercase versions thereof).
+    * `HTTPS_PROXY` takes precedence over `HTTP_PROXY` for https requests.
     * The environment values may be either a complete URL or a "host[:port]" for, in which case the "http" scheme is assumed.
 
 # Configuring rclone on a remote / headless machine #
@@ -6313,7 +7035,8 @@ two ways of doing it, described below.
 
 ## Configuring using rclone authorize ##
 
-On the headless box
+On the headless box run `rclone` config but answer `N` to the `Use
+auto config?` question.
 
 ```
 ...
@@ -6321,12 +7044,19 @@ Remote config
 Use auto config?
  * Say Y if not sure
  * Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
-y) Yes
+y) Yes (default)
 n) No
 y/n> n
-For this to work, you will need rclone available on a machine that has a web browser available.
-Execute the following on your machine:
+For this to work, you will need rclone available on a machine that has
+a web browser available.
+
+For more help and alternate methods see: https://rclone.org/remote_setup/
+
+Execute the following on the machine with the web browser (same rclone
+version recommended):
+
 	rclone authorize "amazon cloud drive"
+
 Then paste the result below:
 result>
 ```
@@ -6365,7 +7095,7 @@ y/e/d>
 Rclone stores all of its config in a single configuration file.  This
 can easily be copied to configure a remote rclone.
 
-So first configure rclone on your desktop machine
+So first configure rclone on your desktop machine with
 
     rclone config
 
@@ -6396,7 +7126,9 @@ Each path as it passes through rclone is matched against the include
 and exclude rules like `--include`, `--exclude`, `--include-from`,
 `--exclude-from`, `--filter`, or `--filter-from`. The simplest way to
 try them out is using the `ls` command, or `--dry-run` together with
-`-v`.
+`-v`. `--filter-from`, `--exclude-from`, `--include-from`, `--files-from`,
+`--files-from-raw` understand `-` as a file name to mean read from standard
+input.
 
 ## Patterns ##
 
@@ -6557,6 +7289,7 @@ type.
   * `--exclude-from`
   * `--filter`
   * `--filter-from`
+  * `--filter-from-raw`
 
 **Important** You should not use `--include*` together with `--exclude*`. 
 It may produce different results than you expected. In that case try to use: `--filter*`.
@@ -6684,9 +7417,9 @@ This reads a list of file names from the file passed in and **only**
 these files are transferred.  The **filtering rules are ignored**
 completely if you use this option.
 
-`--files-from` expects a list of files as it's input. [rclone lsf](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_lsf/)
-has a compatible format that can be used to export file lists from
-remotes.
+`--files-from` expects a list of files as its input. Leading / trailing
+whitespace is stripped from the input lines and lines starting with `#`
+and `;` are ignored.
 
 Rclone will traverse the file system if you use `--files-from`,
 effectively using the files in `--files-from` as a set of filters.
@@ -6702,7 +7435,8 @@ are read in the order that they are placed on the command line.
 
 Paths within the `--files-from` file will be interpreted as starting
 with the root specified in the command.  Leading `/` characters are
-ignored.
+ignored. See [--files-from-raw](#files-from-raw-read-list-of-source-file-names-without-any-processing)
+if you need the input to be processed in a raw manner.
 
 For example, suppose you had `files-from.txt` with this content:
 
@@ -6762,6 +7496,13 @@ In this case there will be an extra `home` directory on the remote:
     /home/user1/dir/file  → remote:backup/home/user1/dir/file
     /home/user2/stuff     → remote:backup/home/user2/stuff
 
+### `--files-from-raw` - Read list of source-file names without any processing ###
+This option is same as `--files-from` with the only difference being that the input
+is read in a raw manner. This means that lines with leading/trailing whitespace and
+lines starting with `;` or `#` are read without any processing. [rclone lsf](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_lsf/)
+has a compatible format that can be used to export file lists from remotes, which
+can then be used as an input to `--files-from-raw`.
+
 ### `--min-size` - Don't transfer any file smaller than this ###
 
 This option controls the minimum size file which will be transferred.
@@ -6797,6 +7538,13 @@ seconds or with a suffix of:
 For example `--max-age 2d` means no files older than 2 days will be
 transferred.
 
+This can also be an absolute time in one of these formats
+
+- RFC3339 - eg "2006-01-02T15:04:05Z07:00"
+- ISO8601 Date and time, local timezone - "2006-01-02T15:04:05"
+- ISO8601 Date and time, local timezone - "2006-01-02 15:04:05"
+- ISO8601 Date - "2006-01-02" (YYYY-MM-DD)
+
 ### `--min-age` - Don't transfer any file younger than this ###
 
 This option controls the minimum age of files to transfer.  Give in
@@ -6946,7 +7694,7 @@ The flag `--rc-web-gui` is shorthand for
 - `--rc-pass <random password>`
 - `--rc-serve`
 
-These flags can be overidden as desired.
+These flags can be overridden as desired.
 
 See also the [rclone rcd documentation](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_rcd/).
 
@@ -6968,28 +7716,26 @@ If you want to run the GUI behind a proxy at `/rclone` you could use these flags
 - `--rc-baseurl rclone`
 - `--rc-htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd`
 
-Or instead of htpassword if you just want a single user and password:
+Or instead of htpasswd if you just want a single user and password:
 
 - `--rc-user me`
 - `--rc-pass mypassword`
 
 ## Project
 
-The GUI is being developed in the: [rclone/rclone-webui-react respository](https://github.com/rclone/rclone-webui-react).
+The GUI is being developed in the: [rclone/rclone-webui-react repository](https://github.com/rclone/rclone-webui-react).
 
 Bug reports and contributions are very welcome :-)
 
 If you have questions then please ask them on the [rclone forum](https://forum.rclone.org/).
 
-# Remote controlling rclone #
+# Remote controlling rclone with its API
 
 If rclone is run with the `--rc` flag then it starts an http server
-which can be used to remote control rclone.
+which can be used to remote control rclone using its API.
 
 If you just want to run a remote control then see the [rcd command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_rcd/).
 
-**NB** this is experimental and everything here is subject to change!
-
 ## Supported parameters
 
 ### --rc
@@ -7062,6 +7808,12 @@ style.
 
 Default Off.
 
+### --rc-enable-metrics
+
+Enable OpenMetrics/Prometheus compatible endpoint at `/metrics`.
+
+Default Off.
+
 ### --rc-web-gui
 
 Set this flag to serve the default web gui on the same port as rclone.
@@ -7228,9 +7980,9 @@ $ rclone rc job/list
 }
 ```
 
-### Assigning operations to groups with _group = <value>
+### Assigning operations to groups with _group = value
 
-Each rc call has it's own stats group for tracking it's metrics. By default
+Each rc call has its own stats group for tracking its metrics. By default
 grouping is done by the composite group name from prefix `job/` and  id of the
 job like so `job/1`.
 
@@ -7248,8 +8000,54 @@ $ rclone rc --json '{ "group": "job/1" }' core/stats
 ```
 
 ## Supported commands
-<!--- autogenerated start - run make rcdocs - don't edit here -->
-### cache/expire: Purge a remote from cache {#cache/expire}
+
+### backend/command: Runs a backend command. {#backend-command}
+
+This takes the following parameters
+
+- command - a string with the command name
+- fs - a remote name string eg "drive:"
+- arg - a list of arguments for the backend command
+- opt - a map of string to string of options
+
+Returns
+
+- result - result from the backend command
+
+For example
+
+    rclone rc backend/command command=noop fs=. -o echo=yes -o blue -a path1 -a path2
+
+Returns
+
+```
+{
+	"result": {
+		"arg": [
+			"path1",
+			"path2"
+		],
+		"name": "noop",
+		"opt": {
+			"blue": "",
+			"echo": "yes"
+		}
+	}
+}
+```
+
+Note that this is the direct equivalent of using this "backend"
+command:
+
+    rclone backend noop . -o echo=yes -o blue path1 path2
+
+Note that arguments must be preceded by the "-a" flag
+
+See the [backend](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_backend/) command for more information.
+
+**Authentication is required for this call.**
+
+### cache/expire: Purge a remote from cache {#cache-expire}
 
 Purge a remote from the cache backend. Supports either a directory or a file.
 Params:
@@ -7261,7 +8059,7 @@ Eg
     rclone rc cache/expire remote=path/to/sub/folder/
     rclone rc cache/expire remote=/ withData=true
 
-### cache/fetch: Fetch file chunks {#cache/fetch}
+### cache/fetch: Fetch file chunks {#cache-fetch}
 
 Ensure the specified file chunks are cached on disk.
 
@@ -7288,24 +8086,26 @@ specify files to fetch, eg
 File names will automatically be encrypted when the a crypt remote
 is used on top of the cache.
 
-### cache/stats: Get cache stats {#cache/stats}
+### cache/stats: Get cache stats {#cache-stats}
 
 Show statistics for the cache remote.
 
-### config/create: create the config for a remote. {#config/create}
+### config/create: create the config for a remote. {#config-create}
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
 - name - name of remote
 - parameters - a map of \{ "key": "value" \} pairs
 - type - type of the new remote
+- obscure - optional bool - forces obscuring of passwords
+- noObscure - optional bool - forces passwords not to be obscured
 
 
 See the [config create command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_create/) command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+**Authentication is required for this call.**
 
-### config/delete: Delete a remote in the config file. {#config/delete}
+### config/delete: Delete a remote in the config file. {#config-delete}
 
 Parameters:
 
@@ -7313,9 +8113,9 @@ Parameters:
 
 See the [config delete command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_delete/) command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+**Authentication is required for this call.**
 
-### config/dump: Dumps the config file. {#config/dump}
+### config/dump: Dumps the config file. {#config-dump}
 
 Returns a JSON object:
 - key: value
@@ -7324,9 +8124,9 @@ Where keys are remote names and values are the config parameters.
 
 See the [config dump command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_dump/) command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+**Authentication is required for this call.**
 
-### config/get: Get a remote in the config file. {#config/get}
+### config/get: Get a remote in the config file. {#config-get}
 
 Parameters:
 
@@ -7334,18 +8134,18 @@ Parameters:
 
 See the [config dump command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_dump/) command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+**Authentication is required for this call.**
 
-### config/listremotes: Lists the remotes in the config file. {#config/listremotes}
+### config/listremotes: Lists the remotes in the config file. {#config-listremotes}
 
 Returns
 - remotes - array of remote names
 
 See the [listremotes command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_listremotes/) command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+**Authentication is required for this call.**
 
-### config/password: password the config for a remote. {#config/password}
+### config/password: password the config for a remote. {#config-password}
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7355,30 +8155,32 @@ This takes the following parameters
 
 See the [config password command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_password/) command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+**Authentication is required for this call.**
 
-### config/providers: Shows how providers are configured in the config file. {#config/providers}
+### config/providers: Shows how providers are configured in the config file. {#config-providers}
 
 Returns a JSON object:
 - providers - array of objects
 
 See the [config providers command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_providers/) command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+**Authentication is required for this call.**
 
-### config/update: update the config for a remote. {#config/update}
+### config/update: update the config for a remote. {#config-update}
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
 - name - name of remote
 - parameters - a map of \{ "key": "value" \} pairs
+- obscure - optional bool - forces obscuring of passwords
+- noObscure - optional bool - forces passwords not to be obscured
 
 
 See the [config update command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_update/) command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+**Authentication is required for this call.**
 
-### core/bwlimit: Set the bandwidth limit. {#core/bwlimit}
+### core/bwlimit: Set the bandwidth limit. {#core-bwlimit}
 
 This sets the bandwidth limit to that passed in.
 
@@ -7396,7 +8198,7 @@ Eg
     }
 
 
-If the rate parameter is not suppied then the bandwidth is queried
+If the rate parameter is not supplied then the bandwidth is queried
 
     rclone rc core/bwlimit
     {
@@ -7410,13 +8212,13 @@ except only one bandwidth may be specified.
 In either case "rate" is returned as a human readable string, and
 "bytesPerSecond" is returned as a number.
 
-### core/gc: Runs a garbage collection. {#core/gc}
+### core/gc: Runs a garbage collection. {#core-gc}
 
 This tells the go runtime to do a garbage collection run.  It isn't
 necessary to call this normally, but it can be useful for debugging
 memory problems.
 
-### core/group-list: Returns list of stats. {#core/group-list}
+### core/group-list: Returns list of stats. {#core-group-list}
 
 This returns list of stats groups currently in memory. 
 
@@ -7432,7 +8234,7 @@ Returns the following values:
 }
 ```
 
-### core/memstats: Returns the memory statistics {#core/memstats}
+### core/memstats: Returns the memory statistics {#core-memstats}
 
 This returns the memory statistics of the running program.  What the values mean
 are explained in the go docs: https://golang.org/pkg/runtime/#MemStats
@@ -7444,7 +8246,7 @@ The most interesting values for most people are:
 * Sys: this is the total amount of memory requested from the OS
   * It is virtual memory so may include unused memory
 
-### core/obscure: Obscures a string passed in. {#core/obscure}
+### core/obscure: Obscures a string passed in. {#core-obscure}
 
 Pass a clear string and rclone will obscure it for the config file:
 - clear - string
@@ -7452,17 +8254,17 @@ Pass a clear string and rclone will obscure it for the config file:
 Returns
 - obscured - string
 
-### core/pid: Return PID of current process {#core/pid}
+### core/pid: Return PID of current process {#core-pid}
 
 This returns PID of current process.
 Useful for stopping rclone process.
 
-### core/quit: Terminates the app. {#core/quit}
+### core/quit: Terminates the app. {#core-quit}
 
 (optional) Pass an exit code to be used for terminating the app:
 - exitCode - int
 
-### core/stats: Returns stats about current transfers. {#core/stats}
+### core/stats: Returns stats about current transfers. {#core-stats}
 
 This returns all available stats:
 
@@ -7487,6 +8289,7 @@ Returns the following values:
 	"checks": number of checked files,
 	"transfers": number of transferred files,
 	"deletes" : number of deleted files,
+	"renames" : number of renamed files,
 	"elapsedTime": time in seconds since the start of the process,
 	"lastError": last occurred error,
 	"transferring": an array of currently active file transfers:
@@ -7508,7 +8311,7 @@ Returns the following values:
 Values for "transferring", "checking" and "lastError" are only assigned if data is available.
 The value for "eta" is null if an eta cannot be determined.
 
-### core/stats-delete: Delete stats group. {#core/stats-delete}
+### core/stats-delete: Delete stats group. {#core-stats-delete}
 
 This deletes entire stats group
 
@@ -7516,7 +8319,7 @@ Parameters
 
 - group - name of the stats group (string)
 
-### core/stats-reset: Reset stats. {#core/stats-reset}
+### core/stats-reset: Reset stats. {#core-stats-reset}
 
 This clears counters, errors and finished transfers for all stats or specific 
 stats group if group is provided.
@@ -7525,7 +8328,7 @@ Parameters
 
 - group - name of the stats group (string)
 
-### core/transferred: Returns stats about completed transfers. {#core/transferred}
+### core/transferred: Returns stats about completed transfers. {#core-transferred}
 
 This returns stats about completed transfers:
 
@@ -7551,14 +8354,14 @@ Returns the following values:
 				"bytes": total transferred bytes for this file,
 				"checked": if the transfer is only checked (skipped, deleted),
 				"timestamp": integer representing millisecond unix epoch,
-				"error": string description of the error (empty if successfull),
+				"error": string description of the error (empty if successful),
 				"jobid": id of the job that this transfer belongs to
 			}
 		]
 }
 ```
 
-### core/version: Shows the current version of rclone and the go runtime. {#core/version}
+### core/version: Shows the current version of rclone and the go runtime. {#core-version}
 
 This shows the current version of go and the go runtime
 
@@ -7570,7 +8373,7 @@ This shows the current version of go and the go runtime
 - arch - cpu architecture in use according to Go
 - goVersion - version of Go runtime in use
 
-### debug/set-block-profile-rate: Set runtime.SetBlockProfileRate for blocking profiling. {#debug/set-block-profile-rate}
+### debug/set-block-profile-rate: Set runtime.SetBlockProfileRate for blocking profiling. {#debug-set-block-profile-rate}
 
 SetBlockProfileRate controls the fraction of goroutine blocking events
 that are reported in the blocking profile. The profiler aims to sample
@@ -7587,7 +8390,7 @@ Parameters
 
 - rate - int
 
-### debug/set-mutex-profile-fraction: Set runtime.SetMutexProfileFraction for mutex profiling. {#debug/set-mutex-profile-fraction}
+### debug/set-mutex-profile-fraction: Set runtime.SetMutexProfileFraction for mutex profiling. {#debug-set-mutex-profile-fraction}
 
 SetMutexProfileFraction controls the fraction of mutex contention
 events that are reported in the mutex profile. On average 1/rate
@@ -7608,7 +8411,7 @@ Results
 
 - previousRate - int
 
-### job/list: Lists the IDs of the running jobs {#job/list}
+### job/list: Lists the IDs of the running jobs {#job-list}
 
 Parameters - None
 
@@ -7616,7 +8419,7 @@ Results
 
 - jobids - array of integer job ids
 
-### job/status: Reads the status of the job ID {#job/status}
+### job/status: Reads the status of the job ID {#job-status}
 
 Parameters
 
@@ -7635,13 +8438,66 @@ Results
 - output - output of the job as would have been returned if called synchronously
 - progress - output of the progress related to the underlying job
 
-### job/stop: Stop the running job {#job/stop}
+### job/stop: Stop the running job {#job-stop}
 
 Parameters
 
 - jobid - id of the job (integer)
 
-### operations/about: Return the space used on the remote {#operations/about}
+### mount/mount: Create a new mount point {#mount-mount}
+
+rclone allows Linux, FreeBSD, macOS and Windows to mount any of
+Rclone's cloud storage systems as a file system with FUSE.
+
+If no mountType is provided, the priority is given as follows: 1. mount 2.cmount 3.mount2
+
+This takes the following parameters
+
+- fs - a remote path to be mounted (required)
+- mountPoint: valid path on the local machine (required)
+- mountType: One of the values (mount, cmount, mount2) specifies the mount implementation to use
+
+Eg
+
+    rclone rc mount/mount fs=mydrive: mountPoint=/home/<user>/mountPoint
+    rclone rc mount/mount fs=mydrive: mountPoint=/home/<user>/mountPoint mountType=mount
+
+**Authentication is required for this call.**
+
+### mount/types: Show all possible mount types {#mount-types}
+
+This shows all possible mount types and returns them as a list.
+
+This takes no parameters and returns
+
+- mountTypes: list of mount types
+
+The mount types are strings like "mount", "mount2", "cmount" and can
+be passed to mount/mount as the mountType parameter.
+
+Eg
+
+    rclone rc mount/types
+
+**Authentication is required for this call.**
+
+### mount/unmount: Unmount all active mounts {#mount-unmount}
+
+rclone allows Linux, FreeBSD, macOS and Windows to
+mount any of Rclone's cloud storage systems as a file system with
+FUSE.
+
+This takes the following parameters
+
+- mountPoint: valid path on the local machine where the mount was created (required)
+
+Eg
+
+    rclone rc mount/unmount mountPoint=/home/<user>/mountPoint
+
+**Authentication is required for this call.**
+
+### operations/about: Return the space used on the remote {#operations-about}
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7651,9 +8507,9 @@ The result is as returned from rclone about --json
 
 See the [about command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_size/) command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+**Authentication is required for this call.**
 
-### operations/cleanup: Remove trashed files in the remote or path {#operations/cleanup}
+### operations/cleanup: Remove trashed files in the remote or path {#operations-cleanup}
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7661,9 +8517,9 @@ This takes the following parameters
 
 See the [cleanup command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_cleanup/) command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+**Authentication is required for this call.**
 
-### operations/copyfile: Copy a file from source remote to destination remote {#operations/copyfile}
+### operations/copyfile: Copy a file from source remote to destination remote {#operations-copyfile}
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7672,9 +8528,9 @@ This takes the following parameters
 - dstFs - a remote name string eg "drive2:" for the destination
 - dstRemote - a path within that remote eg "file2.txt" for the destination
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+**Authentication is required for this call.**
 
-### operations/copyurl: Copy the URL to the object {#operations/copyurl}
+### operations/copyurl: Copy the URL to the object {#operations-copyurl}
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7684,9 +8540,9 @@ This takes the following parameters
  - autoFilename - boolean, set to true to retrieve destination file name from url
 See the [copyurl command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copyurl/) command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+**Authentication is required for this call.**
 
-### operations/delete: Remove files in the path {#operations/delete}
+### operations/delete: Remove files in the path {#operations-delete}
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7694,9 +8550,9 @@ This takes the following parameters
 
 See the [delete command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_delete/) command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+**Authentication is required for this call.**
 
-### operations/deletefile: Remove the single file pointed to {#operations/deletefile}
+### operations/deletefile: Remove the single file pointed to {#operations-deletefile}
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7705,9 +8561,9 @@ This takes the following parameters
 
 See the [deletefile command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_deletefile/) command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+**Authentication is required for this call.**
 
-### operations/fsinfo: Return information about the remote {#operations/fsinfo}
+### operations/fsinfo: Return information about the remote {#operations-fsinfo}
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7764,7 +8620,7 @@ This command does not have a command line equivalent so use this instead:
 
     rclone rc --loopback operations/fsinfo fs=remote:
 
-### operations/list: List the given remote and path in JSON format {#operations/list}
+### operations/list: List the given remote and path in JSON format {#operations-list}
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7784,9 +8640,9 @@ The result is
 
 See the [lsjson command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_lsjson/) for more information on the above and examples.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+**Authentication is required for this call.**
 
-### operations/mkdir: Make a destination directory or container {#operations/mkdir}
+### operations/mkdir: Make a destination directory or container {#operations-mkdir}
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7795,9 +8651,9 @@ This takes the following parameters
 
 See the [mkdir command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mkdir/) command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+**Authentication is required for this call.**
 
-### operations/movefile: Move a file from source remote to destination remote {#operations/movefile}
+### operations/movefile: Move a file from source remote to destination remote {#operations-movefile}
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7806,9 +8662,9 @@ This takes the following parameters
 - dstFs - a remote name string eg "drive2:" for the destination
 - dstRemote - a path within that remote eg "file2.txt" for the destination
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+**Authentication is required for this call.**
 
-### operations/publiclink: Create or retrieve a public link to the given file or folder. {#operations/publiclink}
+### operations/publiclink: Create or retrieve a public link to the given file or folder. {#operations-publiclink}
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7821,9 +8677,9 @@ Returns
 
 See the [link command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_link/) command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+**Authentication is required for this call.**
 
-### operations/purge: Remove a directory or container and all of its contents {#operations/purge}
+### operations/purge: Remove a directory or container and all of its contents {#operations-purge}
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7832,9 +8688,9 @@ This takes the following parameters
 
 See the [purge command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_purge/) command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+**Authentication is required for this call.**
 
-### operations/rmdir: Remove an empty directory or container {#operations/rmdir}
+### operations/rmdir: Remove an empty directory or container {#operations-rmdir}
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7843,9 +8699,9 @@ This takes the following parameters
 
 See the [rmdir command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_rmdir/) command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+**Authentication is required for this call.**
 
-### operations/rmdirs: Remove all the empty directories in the path {#operations/rmdirs}
+### operations/rmdirs: Remove all the empty directories in the path {#operations-rmdirs}
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7855,9 +8711,9 @@ This takes the following parameters
 
 See the [rmdirs command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_rmdirs/) command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+**Authentication is required for this call.**
 
-### operations/size: Count the number of bytes and files in remote {#operations/size}
+### operations/size: Count the number of bytes and files in remote {#operations-size}
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7870,14 +8726,14 @@ Returns
 
 See the [size command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_size/) command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+**Authentication is required for this call.**
 
-### options/blocks: List all the option blocks {#options/blocks}
+### options/blocks: List all the option blocks {#options-blocks}
 
 Returns
 - options - a list of the options block names
 
-### options/get: Get all the options {#options/get}
+### options/get: Get all the options {#options-get}
 
 Returns an object where keys are option block names and values are an
 object with the current option values in.
@@ -7885,7 +8741,7 @@ object with the current option values in.
 This shows the internal names of the option within rclone which should
 map to the external options very easily with a few exceptions.
 
-### options/set: Set an option {#options/set}
+### options/set: Set an option {#options-set}
 
 Parameters
 
@@ -7912,31 +8768,31 @@ And this sets NOTICE level logs (normal without -v)
 
     rclone rc options/set --json '{"main": {"LogLevel": 6}}'
 
-### rc/error: This returns an error {#rc/error}
+### rc/error: This returns an error {#rc-error}
 
 This returns an error with the input as part of its error string.
 Useful for testing error handling.
 
-### rc/list: List all the registered remote control commands {#rc/list}
+### rc/list: List all the registered remote control commands {#rc-list}
 
 This lists all the registered remote control commands as a JSON map in
 the commands response.
 
-### rc/noop: Echo the input to the output parameters {#rc/noop}
+### rc/noop: Echo the input to the output parameters {#rc-noop}
 
 This echoes the input parameters to the output parameters for testing
 purposes.  It can be used to check that rclone is still alive and to
 check that parameter passing is working properly.
 
-### rc/noopauth: Echo the input to the output parameters requiring auth {#rc/noopauth}
+### rc/noopauth: Echo the input to the output parameters requiring auth {#rc-noopauth}
 
 This echoes the input parameters to the output parameters for testing
 purposes.  It can be used to check that rclone is still alive and to
 check that parameter passing is working properly.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+**Authentication is required for this call.**
 
-### sync/copy: copy a directory from source remote to destination remote {#sync/copy}
+### sync/copy: copy a directory from source remote to destination remote {#sync-copy}
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7946,9 +8802,9 @@ This takes the following parameters
 
 See the [copy command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copy/) command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+**Authentication is required for this call.**
 
-### sync/move: move a directory from source remote to destination remote {#sync/move}
+### sync/move: move a directory from source remote to destination remote {#sync-move}
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7959,9 +8815,9 @@ This takes the following parameters
 
 See the [move command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_move/) command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+**Authentication is required for this call.**
 
-### sync/sync: sync a directory from source remote to destination remote {#sync/sync}
+### sync/sync: sync a directory from source remote to destination remote {#sync-sync}
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7971,9 +8827,9 @@ This takes the following parameters
 
 See the [sync command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_sync/) command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+**Authentication is required for this call.**
 
-### vfs/forget: Forget files or directories in the directory cache. {#vfs/forget}
+### vfs/forget: Forget files or directories in the directory cache. {#vfs-forget}
 
 This forgets the paths in the directory cache causing them to be
 re-read from the remote when needed.
@@ -7989,7 +8845,7 @@ starting with dir will forget that dir, eg
 
     rclone rc vfs/forget file=hello file2=goodbye dir=home/junk
 
-### vfs/poll-interval: Get the status or update the value of the poll-interval option. {#vfs/poll-interval}
+### vfs/poll-interval: Get the status or update the value of the poll-interval option. {#vfs-poll-interval}
 
 Without any parameter given this returns the current status of the
 poll-interval setting.
@@ -8011,7 +8867,7 @@ If poll-interval is updated or disabled temporarily, some changes
 might not get picked up by the polling function, depending on the
 used remote.
 
-### vfs/refresh: Refresh the directory cache. {#vfs/refresh}
+### vfs/refresh: Refresh the directory cache. {#vfs-refresh}
 
 This reads the directories for the specified paths and freshens the
 directory cache.
@@ -8028,7 +8884,7 @@ starting with dir will refresh that directory, eg
 If the parameter recursive=true is given the whole directory tree
 will get refreshed. This refresh will use --fast-list if enabled.
 
-<!--- autogenerated stop -->
+
 
 ## Accessing the remote control via HTTP
 
@@ -8282,13 +9138,15 @@ Here is an overview of the major features of each cloud storage system.
 | Microsoft Azure Blob Storage | MD5         | Yes     | No               | No              | R/W       |
 | Microsoft OneDrive           | SHA1 ‡‡     | Yes     | Yes              | No              | R         |
 | OpenDrive                    | MD5         | Yes     | Yes              | No              | -         |
-| Openstack Swift              | MD5         | Yes     | No               | No              | R/W       |
+| OpenStack Swift              | MD5         | Yes     | No               | No              | R/W       |
 | pCloud                       | MD5, SHA1   | Yes     | No               | No              | W         |
 | premiumize.me                | -           | No      | Yes              | No              | R         |
 | put.io                       | CRC-32      | Yes     | No               | Yes             | R         |
 | QingStor                     | MD5         | No      | No               | No              | R/W       |
+| Seafile                      | -           | No      | No               | No              | -         |
 | SFTP                         | MD5, SHA1 ‡ | Yes     | Depends          | No              | -         |
 | SugarSync                    | -           | No      | No               | No              | -         |
+| Tardigrade                   | -           | Yes     | No               | No              | -         |
 | WebDAV                       | MD5, SHA1 ††| Yes ††† | Depends          | No              | -         |
 | Yandex Disk                  | MD5         | Yes     | No               | No              | R/W       |
 | The local filesystem         | All         | Yes     | Depends          | No              | -         |
@@ -8454,7 +9312,7 @@ backend. For example, the invalid byte `0xFE` will be encoded as `‛FE`.
 
 A common source of invalid UTF-8 bytes are local filesystems, that store
 names in a different encoding than UTF-8 or UTF-16, like latin1. See the
-[local filenames](/local/#filenames) section for details.
+[local filenames](https://rclone.org/local/#filenames) section for details.
 
 #### Encoding option {#encoding}
 
@@ -8502,7 +9360,7 @@ will show you the defaults for the backends.
 | LtGt | `<`, `>` |
 | None | No characters are encoded |
 | Percent | `%` |
-| Pipe | <code>\|</code> |
+| Pipe | \| |
 | Question | `?` |
 | RightCrLfHtVt | CR 0x0D, LF 0x0A, HT 0x09, VT 0x0B on the right of a string |
 | RightPeriod | `.` on the right of a string |
@@ -8574,20 +9432,22 @@ operations more efficient.
 | Google Photos                | No    | No   | No   | No      | No      | No    | No           | No          | No | No |
 | HTTP                         | No    | No   | No   | No      | No      | No    | No           | No [#2178](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178) | No  | Yes |
 | Hubic                        | Yes † | Yes  | No   | No      | No      | Yes   | Yes          | No [#2178](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178) | Yes | No |
-| Jottacloud                   | Yes   | Yes  | Yes  | Yes     | No      | Yes   | No           | Yes                                                   | Yes | Yes |
+| Jottacloud                   | Yes   | Yes  | Yes  | Yes     | Yes     | Yes   | No           | Yes                                                   | Yes | Yes |
 | Mail.ru Cloud                | Yes   | Yes  | Yes  | Yes     | Yes     | No    | No           | Yes                                                   | Yes | Yes |
 | Mega                         | Yes   | No   | Yes  | Yes     | Yes     | No    | No           | No [#2178](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178) | Yes | Yes |
 | Memory                       | No    | Yes  | No   | No      | No      | Yes   | Yes          | No          | No | No |
-| Microsoft Azure Blob Storage | Yes   | Yes  | No   | No      | No      | Yes   | No           | No [#2178](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178) | No  | No |
+| Microsoft Azure Blob Storage | Yes   | Yes  | No   | No      | No      | Yes   | Yes          | No [#2178](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178) | No  | No |
 | Microsoft OneDrive           | Yes   | Yes  | Yes  | Yes     | No [#575](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/575) | No | No | Yes | Yes | Yes |
 | OpenDrive                    | Yes   | Yes  | Yes  | Yes     | No      | No    | No           | No                                                    | No  | Yes |
-| Openstack Swift              | Yes † | Yes  | No   | No      | No      | Yes   | Yes          | No [#2178](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178) | Yes | No |
+| OpenStack Swift              | Yes † | Yes  | No   | No      | No      | Yes   | Yes          | No [#2178](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178) | Yes | No |
 | pCloud                       | Yes   | Yes  | Yes  | Yes     | Yes     | No    | No           | No [#2178](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178) | Yes | Yes |
 | premiumize.me                | Yes   | No   | Yes  | Yes     | No      | No    | No           | Yes         | Yes | Yes |
 | put.io                       | Yes   | No   | Yes  | Yes     | Yes     | No    | Yes          | No [#2178](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178) | Yes | Yes |
-| QingStor                     | No    | Yes  | No   | No      | No      | Yes   | No           | No [#2178](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178) | No  | No |
+| QingStor                     | No    | Yes  | No   | No      | Yes     | Yes   | No           | No [#2178](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178) | No  | No |
+| Seafile                      | Yes   | Yes  | Yes  | Yes     | Yes     | Yes   | Yes          | Yes         | Yes | Yes |
 | SFTP                         | No    | No   | Yes  | Yes     | No      | No    | Yes          | No [#2178](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178) | Yes  | Yes |
 | SugarSync                    | Yes   | Yes  | Yes  | Yes     | No      | No    | Yes          | Yes         | No  | Yes |
+| Tardigrade                   | Yes † | No   | No   | No      | No      | Yes   | Yes          | No          | No  | No  |
 | WebDAV                       | Yes   | Yes  | Yes  | Yes     | No      | No    | Yes ‡        | No [#2178](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178) | Yes  | Yes |
 | Yandex Disk                  | Yes   | Yes  | Yes  | Yes     | Yes     | No    | Yes          | Yes         | Yes | Yes |
 | The local filesystem         | Yes   | No   | Yes  | Yes     | No      | No    | Yes          | No          | Yes | Yes |
@@ -8597,9 +9457,9 @@ operations more efficient.
 This deletes a directory quicker than just deleting all the files in
 the directory.
 
-† Note Swift and Hubic implement this in order to delete directory
-markers but they don't actually have a quicker way of deleting files
-other than deleting them individually.
+† Note Swift, Hubic, and Tardigrade implement this in order to delete
+directory markers but they don't actually have a quicker way of deleting
+files other than deleting them individually.
 
 ‡ StreamUpload is not supported with Nextcloud
 
@@ -8640,7 +9500,7 @@ error.
 
 The remote supports a recursive list to list all the contents beneath
 a directory quickly.  This enables the `--fast-list` flag to work.
-See the [rclone docs](/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
+See the [rclone docs](https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
 
 ### StreamUpload ###
 
@@ -8666,7 +9526,7 @@ error.
 
 ### EmptyDir ###
 
-The remote supports empty directories. See [Limitations](/bugs/#limitations)
+The remote supports empty directories. See [Limitations](https://rclone.org/bugs/#limitations)
  for details. Most Object/Bucket based remotes do not support this.
 
 # Global Flags
@@ -8687,6 +9547,7 @@ These flags are available for every command.
       --bwlimit BwTimetable                  Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
       --ca-cert string                       CA certificate used to verify servers
       --cache-dir string                     Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone")
+      --check-first                          Do all the checks before starting transfers.
       --checkers int                         Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
   -c, --checksum                             Skip based on checksum (if available) & size, not mod-time & size
       --client-cert string                   Client SSL certificate (PEM) for mutual TLS auth
@@ -8696,6 +9557,7 @@ These flags are available for every command.
       --contimeout duration                  Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
       --copy-dest string                     Implies --compare-dest but also copies files from path into destination.
       --cpuprofile string                    Write cpu profile to file
+      --cutoff-mode string                   Mode to stop transfers when reaching the max transfer limit HARD|SOFT|CAUTIOUS (default "HARD")
       --delete-after                         When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default)
       --delete-before                        When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring
       --delete-during                        When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
@@ -8705,14 +9567,19 @@ These flags are available for every command.
       --dump DumpFlags                       List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
       --dump-bodies                          Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
       --dump-headers                         Dump HTTP headers - may contain sensitive info
+      --error-on-no-transfer                 Sets exit code 9 if no files are transferred, useful in scripts
       --exclude stringArray                  Exclude files matching pattern
-      --exclude-from stringArray             Read exclude patterns from file
+      --exclude-from stringArray             Read exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
       --exclude-if-present string            Exclude directories if filename is present
       --expect-continue-timeout duration     Timeout when using expect / 100-continue in HTTP (default 1s)
       --fast-list                            Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
-      --files-from stringArray               Read list of source-file names from file
+      --files-from stringArray               Read list of source-file names from file (use - to read from stdin)
+      --files-from-raw stringArray           Read list of source-file names from file without any processing of lines (use - to read from stdin)
   -f, --filter stringArray                   Add a file-filtering rule
-      --filter-from stringArray              Read filtering patterns from a file
+      --filter-from stringArray              Read filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
+      --header stringArray                   Set HTTP header for all transactions
+      --header-download stringArray          Set HTTP header for download transactions
+      --header-upload stringArray            Set HTTP header for upload transactions
       --ignore-case                          Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
       --ignore-case-sync                     Ignore case when synchronizing
       --ignore-checksum                      Skip post copy check of checksums.
@@ -8722,7 +9589,7 @@ These flags are available for every command.
   -I, --ignore-times                         Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
       --immutable                            Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
       --include stringArray                  Include files matching pattern
-      --include-from stringArray             Read include patterns from file
+      --include-from stringArray             Read include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
       --log-file string                      Log everything to this file
       --log-format string                    Comma separated list of log format options (default "date,time")
       --log-level string                     Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
@@ -8745,6 +9612,7 @@ These flags are available for every command.
       --no-check-dest                        Don't check the destination, copy regardless.
       --no-gzip-encoding                     Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
       --no-traverse                          Don't traverse destination file system on copy.
+      --no-unicode-normalization             Don't normalize unicode characters in filenames.
       --no-update-modtime                    Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
       --order-by string                      Instructions on how to order the transfers, eg 'size,descending'
       --password-command SpaceSepList        Command for supplying password for encrypted configuration.
@@ -8756,6 +9624,7 @@ These flags are available for every command.
       --rc-baseurl string                    Prefix for URLs - leave blank for root.
       --rc-cert string                       SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
       --rc-client-ca string                  Client certificate authority to verify clients with
+      --rc-enable-metrics                    Enable prometheus metrics on /metrics
       --rc-files string                      Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
       --rc-htpasswd string                   htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
       --rc-job-expire-duration duration      expire finished async jobs older than this value (default 1m0s)
@@ -8768,6 +9637,7 @@ These flags are available for every command.
       --rc-serve                             Enable the serving of remote objects.
       --rc-server-read-timeout duration      Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
       --rc-server-write-timeout duration     Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
+      --rc-template string                   User Specified Template.
       --rc-user string                       User name for authentication.
       --rc-web-fetch-url string              URL to fetch the releases for webgui. (default "https://api.github.com/repos/rclone/rclone-webui-react/releases/latest")
       --rc-web-gui                           Launch WebGUI on localhost
@@ -8793,13 +9663,14 @@ These flags are available for every command.
       --tpslimit float                       Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
       --tpslimit-burst int                   Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
       --track-renames                        When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
+      --track-renames-strategy string        Strategies to use when synchronizing using track-renames hash|modtime (default "hash")
       --transfers int                        Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
   -u, --update                               Skip files that are newer on the destination.
       --use-cookies                          Enable session cookiejar.
       --use-json-log                         Use json log format.
       --use-mmap                             Use mmap allocator (see docs).
       --use-server-modtime                   Use server modified time instead of object metadata
-      --user-agent string                    Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.51.0")
+      --user-agent string                    Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.52.0")
   -v, --verbose count                        Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
 ```
 
@@ -8809,303 +9680,336 @@ These flags are available for every command. They control the backends
 and may be set in the config file.
 
 ```
-      --acd-auth-url string                          Auth server URL.
-      --acd-client-id string                         Amazon Application Client ID.
-      --acd-client-secret string                     Amazon Application Client Secret.
-      --acd-encoding MultiEncoder                    This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix            Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
-      --acd-token-url string                         Token server url.
-      --acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration              Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
-      --alias-remote string                          Remote or path to alias.
-      --azureblob-access-tier string                 Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
-      --azureblob-account string                     Storage Account Name (leave blank to use SAS URL or Emulator)
-      --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M)
-      --azureblob-encoding MultiEncoder              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8)
-      --azureblob-endpoint string                    Endpoint for the service
-      --azureblob-key string                         Storage Account Key (leave blank to use SAS URL or Emulator)
-      --azureblob-list-chunk int                     Size of blob list. (default 5000)
-      --azureblob-sas-url string                     SAS URL for container level access only
-      --azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M)
-      --azureblob-use-emulator                       Uses local storage emulator if provided as 'true' (leave blank if using real azure storage endpoint)
-      --b2-account string                            Account ID or Application Key ID
-      --b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
-      --b2-disable-checksum                          Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files
-      --b2-download-auth-duration Duration           Time before the authorization token will expire in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d. (default 1w)
-      --b2-download-url string                       Custom endpoint for downloads.
-      --b2-encoding MultiEncoder                     This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --b2-endpoint string                           Endpoint for the service.
-      --b2-hard-delete                               Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
-      --b2-key string                                Application Key
-      --b2-test-mode string                          A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
-      --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
-      --b2-versions                                  Include old versions in directory listings.
-      --box-box-config-file string                   Box App config.json location
-      --box-box-sub-type string                       (default "user")
-      --box-client-id string                         Box App Client Id.
-      --box-client-secret string                     Box App Client Secret
-      --box-commit-retries int                       Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
-      --box-encoding MultiEncoder                    This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                 Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M)
-      --cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration          How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
-      --cache-chunk-no-memory                        Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
-      --cache-chunk-path string                      Directory to cache chunk files. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
-      --cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix            The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
-      --cache-db-path string                         Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-db-purge                               Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
-      --cache-db-wait-time Duration                  How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
-      --cache-info-age Duration                      How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
-      --cache-plex-insecure string                   Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-password string                   The password of the Plex user
-      --cache-plex-url string                        The URL of the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-username string                   The username of the Plex user
-      --cache-read-retries int                       How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
-      --cache-remote string                          Remote to cache.
-      --cache-rps int                                Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
-      --cache-tmp-upload-path string                 Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
-      --cache-tmp-wait-time Duration                 How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
-      --cache-workers int                            How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
-      --cache-writes                                 Cache file data on writes through the FS
-      --chunker-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Files larger than chunk size will be split in chunks. (default 2G)
-      --chunker-fail-hard                            Choose how chunker should handle files with missing or invalid chunks.
-      --chunker-hash-type string                     Choose how chunker handles hash sums. All modes but "none" require metadata. (default "md5")
-      --chunker-meta-format string                   Format of the metadata object or "none". By default "simplejson". (default "simplejson")
-      --chunker-name-format string                   String format of chunk file names. (default "*.rclone_chunk.###")
-      --chunker-remote string                        Remote to chunk/unchunk.
-      --chunker-start-from int                       Minimum valid chunk number. Usually 0 or 1. (default 1)
-  -L, --copy-links                                   Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
-      --crypt-directory-name-encryption              Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
-      --crypt-filename-encryption string             How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
-      --crypt-password string                        Password or pass phrase for encryption.
-      --crypt-password2 string                       Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
-      --crypt-remote string                          Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
-      --crypt-show-mapping                           For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
-      --drive-acknowledge-abuse                      Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
-      --drive-allow-import-name-change               Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
-      --drive-alternate-export                       Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
-      --drive-auth-owner-only                        Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
-      --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
-      --drive-client-id string                       Google Application Client Id
-      --drive-client-secret string                   Google Application Client Secret
-      --drive-disable-http2                          Disable drive using http2 (default true)
-      --drive-encoding MultiEncoder                  This sets the encoding for the backend. (default InvalidUtf8)
-      --drive-export-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
-      --drive-formats string                         Deprecated: see export_formats
-      --drive-impersonate string                     Impersonate this user when using a service account.
-      --drive-import-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
-      --drive-keep-revision-forever                  Keep new head revision of each file forever.
-      --drive-list-chunk int                         Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
-      --drive-pacer-burst int                        Number of API calls to allow without sleeping. (default 100)
-      --drive-pacer-min-sleep Duration               Minimum time to sleep between API calls. (default 100ms)
-      --drive-root-folder-id string                  ID of the root folder
-      --drive-scope string                           Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
-      --drive-server-side-across-configs             Allow server side operations (eg copy) to work across different drive configs.
-      --drive-service-account-credentials string     Service Account Credentials JSON blob
-      --drive-service-account-file string            Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --drive-shared-with-me                         Only show files that are shared with me.
-      --drive-size-as-quota                          Show sizes as storage quota usage, not actual size.
-      --drive-skip-checksum-gphotos                  Skip MD5 checksum on Google photos and videos only.
-      --drive-skip-gdocs                             Skip google documents in all listings.
-      --drive-stop-on-upload-limit                   Make upload limit errors be fatal
-      --drive-team-drive string                      ID of the Team Drive
-      --drive-trashed-only                           Only show files that are in the trash.
-      --drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix               Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
-      --drive-use-created-date                       Use file created date instead of modified date.,
-      --drive-use-shared-date                        Use date file was shared instead of modified date.
-      --drive-use-trash                              Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
-      --drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix        If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
-      --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M)
-      --dropbox-client-id string                     Dropbox App Client Id
-      --dropbox-client-secret string                 Dropbox App Client Secret
-      --dropbox-encoding MultiEncoder                This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --dropbox-impersonate string                   Impersonate this user when using a business account.
-      --fichier-api-key string                       Your API Key, get it from https://1fichier.com/console/params.pl
-      --fichier-encoding MultiEncoder                This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,SingleQuote,BackQuote,Dollar,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --fichier-shared-folder string                 If you want to download a shared folder, add this parameter
-      --ftp-concurrency int                          Maximum number of FTP simultaneous connections, 0 for unlimited
-      --ftp-disable-epsv                             Disable using EPSV even if server advertises support
-      --ftp-encoding MultiEncoder                    This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Del,Ctl,RightSpace,Dot)
-      --ftp-host string                              FTP host to connect to
-      --ftp-no-check-certificate                     Do not verify the TLS certificate of the server
-      --ftp-pass string                              FTP password
-      --ftp-port string                              FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
-      --ftp-tls                                      Use FTP over TLS (Implicit)
-      --ftp-user string                              FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
-      --gcs-bucket-acl string                        Access Control List for new buckets.
-      --gcs-bucket-policy-only                       Access checks should use bucket-level IAM policies.
-      --gcs-client-id string                         Google Application Client Id
-      --gcs-client-secret string                     Google Application Client Secret
-      --gcs-encoding MultiEncoder                    This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,CrLf,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --gcs-location string                          Location for the newly created buckets.
-      --gcs-object-acl string                        Access Control List for new objects.
-      --gcs-project-number string                    Project number.
-      --gcs-service-account-file string              Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --gcs-storage-class string                     The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
-      --gphotos-client-id string                     Google Application Client Id
-      --gphotos-client-secret string                 Google Application Client Secret
-      --gphotos-read-only                            Set to make the Google Photos backend read only.
-      --gphotos-read-size                            Set to read the size of media items.
-      --http-headers CommaSepList                    Set HTTP headers for all transactions
-      --http-no-head                                 Don't use HEAD requests to find file sizes in dir listing
-      --http-no-slash                                Set this if the site doesn't end directories with /
-      --http-url string                              URL of http host to connect to
-      --hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --hubic-client-id string                       Hubic Client Id
-      --hubic-client-secret string                   Hubic Client Secret
-      --hubic-encoding MultiEncoder                  This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8)
-      --hubic-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
-      --jottacloud-encoding MultiEncoder             This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --jottacloud-hard-delete                       Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix       Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
-      --jottacloud-unlink                            Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
-      --jottacloud-upload-resume-limit SizeSuffix    Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail's. (default 10M)
-      --koofr-encoding MultiEncoder                  This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --koofr-endpoint string                        The Koofr API endpoint to use (default "https://app.koofr.net")
-      --koofr-mountid string                         Mount ID of the mount to use. If omitted, the primary mount is used.
-      --koofr-password string                        Your Koofr password for rclone (generate one at https://app.koofr.net/app/admin/preferences/password)
-      --koofr-setmtime                               Does the backend support setting modification time. Set this to false if you use a mount ID that points to a Dropbox or Amazon Drive backend. (default true)
-      --koofr-user string                            Your Koofr user name
-  -l, --links                                        Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a '.rclonelink' extension
-      --local-case-insensitive                       Force the filesystem to report itself as case insensitive
-      --local-case-sensitive                         Force the filesystem to report itself as case sensitive.
-      --local-encoding MultiEncoder                  This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Dot)
-      --local-no-check-updated                       Don't check to see if the files change during upload
-      --local-no-unicode-normalization               Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
-      --local-nounc string                           Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
-      --mailru-check-hash                            What should copy do if file checksum is mismatched or invalid (default true)
-      --mailru-encoding MultiEncoder                 This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --mailru-pass string                           Password
-      --mailru-speedup-enable                        Skip full upload if there is another file with same data hash. (default true)
-      --mailru-speedup-file-patterns string          Comma separated list of file name patterns eligible for speedup (put by hash). (default "*.mkv,*.avi,*.mp4,*.mp3,*.zip,*.gz,*.rar,*.pdf")
-      --mailru-speedup-max-disk SizeSuffix           This option allows you to disable speedup (put by hash) for large files (default 3G)
-      --mailru-speedup-max-memory SizeSuffix         Files larger than the size given below will always be hashed on disk. (default 32M)
-      --mailru-user string                           User name (usually email)
-      --mega-debug                                   Output more debug from Mega.
-      --mega-encoding MultiEncoder                   This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --mega-hard-delete                             Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --mega-pass string                             Password.
-      --mega-user string                             User name
-  -x, --one-file-system                              Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
-      --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k (327,680 bytes). (default 10M)
-      --onedrive-client-id string                    Microsoft App Client Id
-      --onedrive-client-secret string                Microsoft App Client Secret
-      --onedrive-drive-id string                     The ID of the drive to use
-      --onedrive-drive-type string                   The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
-      --onedrive-encoding MultiEncoder               This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,Hash,Percent,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,LeftTilde,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --onedrive-expose-onenote-files                Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
-      --opendrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Files will be uploaded in chunks this size. (default 10M)
-      --opendrive-encoding MultiEncoder              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,LeftSpace,LeftCrLfHtVt,RightSpace,RightCrLfHtVt,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --opendrive-password string                    Password.
-      --opendrive-username string                    Username
-      --pcloud-client-id string                      Pcloud App Client Id
-      --pcloud-client-secret string                  Pcloud App Client Secret
-      --pcloud-encoding MultiEncoder                 This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --premiumizeme-encoding MultiEncoder           This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,DoubleQuote,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --putio-encoding MultiEncoder                  This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --qingstor-access-key-id string                QingStor Access Key ID
-      --qingstor-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 4M)
-      --qingstor-connection-retries int              Number of connection retries. (default 3)
-      --qingstor-encoding MultiEncoder               This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8)
-      --qingstor-endpoint string                     Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
-      --qingstor-env-auth                            Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
-      --qingstor-secret-access-key string            QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
-      --qingstor-upload-concurrency int              Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 1)
-      --qingstor-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix            Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
-      --qingstor-zone string                         Zone to connect to.
-      --s3-access-key-id string                      AWS Access Key ID.
-      --s3-acl string                                Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
-      --s3-bucket-acl string                         Canned ACL used when creating buckets.
-      --s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
-      --s3-copy-cutoff SizeSuffix                    Cutoff for switching to multipart copy (default 5G)
-      --s3-disable-checksum                          Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
-      --s3-encoding MultiEncoder                     This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --s3-endpoint string                           Endpoint for S3 API.
-      --s3-env-auth                                  Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
-      --s3-force-path-style                          If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
-      --s3-leave-parts-on-error                      If true avoid calling abort upload on a failure, leaving all successfully uploaded parts on S3 for manual recovery.
-      --s3-list-chunk int                            Size of listing chunk (response list for each ListObject S3 request). (default 1000)
-      --s3-location-constraint string                Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
-      --s3-provider string                           Choose your S3 provider.
-      --s3-region string                             Region to connect to.
-      --s3-secret-access-key string                  AWS Secret Access Key (password)
-      --s3-server-side-encryption string             The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
-      --s3-session-token string                      An AWS session token
-      --s3-sse-kms-key-id string                     If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
-      --s3-storage-class string                      The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
-      --s3-upload-concurrency int                    Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 4)
-      --s3-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
-      --s3-use-accelerate-endpoint                   If true use the AWS S3 accelerated endpoint.
-      --s3-v2-auth                                   If true use v2 authentication.
-      --sftp-ask-password                            Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
-      --sftp-disable-hashcheck                       Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
-      --sftp-host string                             SSH host to connect to
-      --sftp-key-file string                         Path to PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank or set key-use-agent to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-key-file-pass string                    The passphrase to decrypt the PEM-encoded private key file.
-      --sftp-key-use-agent                           When set forces the usage of the ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-md5sum-command string                   The command used to read md5 hashes. Leave blank for autodetect.
-      --sftp-pass string                             SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-path-override string                    Override path used by SSH connection.
-      --sftp-port string                             SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
-      --sftp-set-modtime                             Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
-      --sftp-sha1sum-command string                  The command used to read sha1 hashes. Leave blank for autodetect.
-      --sftp-skip-links                              Set to skip any symlinks and any other non regular files.
-      --sftp-use-insecure-cipher                     Enable the use of insecure ciphers and key exchange methods.
-      --sftp-user string                             SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
-      --sharefile-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 64M)
-      --sharefile-encoding MultiEncoder              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Ctl,LeftSpace,LeftPeriod,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --sharefile-endpoint string                    Endpoint for API calls.
-      --sharefile-root-folder-id string              ID of the root folder
-      --sharefile-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 128M)
-      --skip-links                                   Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
-      --sugarsync-access-key-id string               Sugarsync Access Key ID.
-      --sugarsync-app-id string                      Sugarsync App ID.
-      --sugarsync-authorization string               Sugarsync authorization
-      --sugarsync-authorization-expiry string        Sugarsync authorization expiry
-      --sugarsync-deleted-id string                  Sugarsync deleted folder id
-      --sugarsync-encoding MultiEncoder              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --sugarsync-hard-delete                        Permanently delete files if true
-      --sugarsync-private-access-key string          Sugarsync Private Access Key
-      --sugarsync-refresh-token string               Sugarsync refresh token
-      --sugarsync-root-id string                     Sugarsync root id
-      --sugarsync-user string                        Sugarsync user
-      --swift-application-credential-id string       Application Credential ID (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID)
-      --swift-application-credential-name string     Application Credential Name (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME)
-      --swift-application-credential-secret string   Application Credential Secret (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET)
-      --swift-auth string                            Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
-      --swift-auth-token string                      Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
-      --swift-auth-version int                       AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
-      --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --swift-domain string                          User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-encoding MultiEncoder                  This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8)
-      --swift-endpoint-type string                   Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
-      --swift-env-auth                               Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
-      --swift-key string                             API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
-      --swift-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
-      --swift-region string                          Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
-      --swift-storage-policy string                  The storage policy to use when creating a new container
-      --swift-storage-url string                     Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
-      --swift-tenant string                          Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-domain string                   Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-id string                       Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
-      --swift-user string                            User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
-      --swift-user-id string                         User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
-      --union-remotes string                         List of space separated remotes.
-      --webdav-bearer-token string                   Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
-      --webdav-bearer-token-command string           Command to run to get a bearer token
-      --webdav-pass string                           Password.
-      --webdav-url string                            URL of http host to connect to
-      --webdav-user string                           User name
-      --webdav-vendor string                         Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
-      --yandex-client-id string                      Yandex Client Id
-      --yandex-client-secret string                  Yandex Client Secret
-      --yandex-encoding MultiEncoder                 This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      --yandex-unlink                                Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
+      --acd-auth-url string                                      Auth server URL.
+      --acd-client-id string                                     Amazon Application Client ID.
+      --acd-client-secret string                                 Amazon Application Client Secret.
+      --acd-encoding MultiEncoder                                This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix                        Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
+      --acd-token-url string                                     Token server url.
+      --acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration                          Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
+      --alias-remote string                                      Remote or path to alias.
+      --azureblob-access-tier string                             Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
+      --azureblob-account string                                 Storage Account Name (leave blank to use SAS URL or Emulator)
+      --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix                          Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M)
+      --azureblob-disable-checksum                               Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata.
+      --azureblob-encoding MultiEncoder                          This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8)
+      --azureblob-endpoint string                                Endpoint for the service
+      --azureblob-key string                                     Storage Account Key (leave blank to use SAS URL or Emulator)
+      --azureblob-list-chunk int                                 Size of blob list. (default 5000)
+      --azureblob-memory-pool-flush-time Duration                How often internal memory buffer pools will be flushed. (default 1m0s)
+      --azureblob-memory-pool-use-mmap                           Whether to use mmap buffers in internal memory pool.
+      --azureblob-sas-url string                                 SAS URL for container level access only
+      --azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                       Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M)
+      --azureblob-use-emulator                                   Uses local storage emulator if provided as 'true' (leave blank if using real azure storage endpoint)
+      --b2-account string                                        Account ID or Application Key ID
+      --b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix                                 Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
+      --b2-disable-checksum                                      Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files
+      --b2-download-auth-duration Duration                       Time before the authorization token will expire in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d. (default 1w)
+      --b2-download-url string                                   Custom endpoint for downloads.
+      --b2-encoding MultiEncoder                                 This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --b2-endpoint string                                       Endpoint for the service.
+      --b2-hard-delete                                           Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
+      --b2-key string                                            Application Key
+      --b2-test-mode string                                      A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
+      --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                              Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
+      --b2-versions                                              Include old versions in directory listings.
+      --box-box-config-file string                               Box App config.json location
+      --box-box-sub-type string                                   (default "user")
+      --box-client-id string                                     Box App Client Id.
+      --box-client-secret string                                 Box App Client Secret
+      --box-commit-retries int                                   Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
+      --box-encoding MultiEncoder                                This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --box-root-folder-id string                                Fill in for rclone to use a non root folder as its starting point.
+      --box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                             Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M)
+      --cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration                      How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
+      --cache-chunk-no-memory                                    Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
+      --cache-chunk-path string                                  Directory to cache chunk files. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
+      --cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix                              The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
+      --cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix                        The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
+      --cache-db-path string                                     Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
+      --cache-db-purge                                           Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
+      --cache-db-wait-time Duration                              How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
+      --cache-info-age Duration                                  How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
+      --cache-plex-insecure string                               Skip all certificate verification when connecting to the Plex server
+      --cache-plex-password string                               The password of the Plex user
+      --cache-plex-url string                                    The URL of the Plex server
+      --cache-plex-username string                               The username of the Plex user
+      --cache-read-retries int                                   How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
+      --cache-remote string                                      Remote to cache.
+      --cache-rps int                                            Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
+      --cache-tmp-upload-path string                             Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
+      --cache-tmp-wait-time Duration                             How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
+      --cache-workers int                                        How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
+      --cache-writes                                             Cache file data on writes through the FS
+      --chunker-chunk-size SizeSuffix                            Files larger than chunk size will be split in chunks. (default 2G)
+      --chunker-fail-hard                                        Choose how chunker should handle files with missing or invalid chunks.
+      --chunker-hash-type string                                 Choose how chunker handles hash sums. All modes but "none" require metadata. (default "md5")
+      --chunker-meta-format string                               Format of the metadata object or "none". By default "simplejson". (default "simplejson")
+      --chunker-name-format string                               String format of chunk file names. (default "*.rclone_chunk.###")
+      --chunker-remote string                                    Remote to chunk/unchunk.
+      --chunker-start-from int                                   Minimum valid chunk number. Usually 0 or 1. (default 1)
+  -L, --copy-links                                               Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
+      --crypt-directory-name-encryption                          Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
+      --crypt-filename-encryption string                         How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
+      --crypt-password string                                    Password or pass phrase for encryption.
+      --crypt-password2 string                                   Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
+      --crypt-remote string                                      Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
+      --crypt-show-mapping                                       For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
+      --drive-acknowledge-abuse                                  Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
+      --drive-allow-import-name-change                           Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
+      --drive-alternate-export                                   Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
+      --drive-auth-owner-only                                    Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
+      --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                              Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
+      --drive-client-id string                                   Google Application Client Id
+      --drive-client-secret string                               Google Application Client Secret
+      --drive-disable-http2                                      Disable drive using http2 (default true)
+      --drive-encoding MultiEncoder                              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default InvalidUtf8)
+      --drive-export-formats string                              Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
+      --drive-formats string                                     Deprecated: see export_formats
+      --drive-impersonate string                                 Impersonate this user when using a service account.
+      --drive-import-formats string                              Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
+      --drive-keep-revision-forever                              Keep new head revision of each file forever.
+      --drive-list-chunk int                                     Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
+      --drive-pacer-burst int                                    Number of API calls to allow without sleeping. (default 100)
+      --drive-pacer-min-sleep Duration                           Minimum time to sleep between API calls. (default 100ms)
+      --drive-root-folder-id string                              ID of the root folder
+      --drive-scope string                                       Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
+      --drive-server-side-across-configs                         Allow server side operations (eg copy) to work across different drive configs.
+      --drive-service-account-credentials string                 Service Account Credentials JSON blob
+      --drive-service-account-file string                        Service Account Credentials JSON file path
+      --drive-shared-with-me                                     Only show files that are shared with me.
+      --drive-size-as-quota                                      Show sizes as storage quota usage, not actual size.
+      --drive-skip-checksum-gphotos                              Skip MD5 checksum on Google photos and videos only.
+      --drive-skip-gdocs                                         Skip google documents in all listings.
+      --drive-skip-shortcuts                                     If set skip shortcut files
+      --drive-stop-on-upload-limit                               Make upload limit errors be fatal
+      --drive-team-drive string                                  ID of the Team Drive
+      --drive-trashed-only                                       Only show files that are in the trash.
+      --drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
+      --drive-use-created-date                                   Use file created date instead of modified date.,
+      --drive-use-shared-date                                    Use date file was shared instead of modified date.
+      --drive-use-trash                                          Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
+      --drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix                    If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
+      --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix                            Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M)
+      --dropbox-client-id string                                 Dropbox App Client Id
+      --dropbox-client-secret string                             Dropbox App Client Secret
+      --dropbox-encoding MultiEncoder                            This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --dropbox-impersonate string                               Impersonate this user when using a business account.
+      --fichier-api-key string                                   Your API Key, get it from https://1fichier.com/console/params.pl
+      --fichier-encoding MultiEncoder                            This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,SingleQuote,BackQuote,Dollar,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --fichier-shared-folder string                             If you want to download a shared folder, add this parameter
+      --ftp-concurrency int                                      Maximum number of FTP simultaneous connections, 0 for unlimited
+      --ftp-disable-epsv                                         Disable using EPSV even if server advertises support
+      --ftp-encoding MultiEncoder                                This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Del,Ctl,RightSpace,Dot)
+      --ftp-host string                                          FTP host to connect to
+      --ftp-no-check-certificate                                 Do not verify the TLS certificate of the server
+      --ftp-pass string                                          FTP password
+      --ftp-port string                                          FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
+      --ftp-tls                                                  Use FTP over TLS (Implicit)
+      --ftp-user string                                          FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
+      --gcs-bucket-acl string                                    Access Control List for new buckets.
+      --gcs-bucket-policy-only                                   Access checks should use bucket-level IAM policies.
+      --gcs-client-id string                                     Google Application Client Id
+      --gcs-client-secret string                                 Google Application Client Secret
+      --gcs-encoding MultiEncoder                                This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,CrLf,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --gcs-location string                                      Location for the newly created buckets.
+      --gcs-object-acl string                                    Access Control List for new objects.
+      --gcs-project-number string                                Project number.
+      --gcs-service-account-file string                          Service Account Credentials JSON file path
+      --gcs-storage-class string                                 The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
+      --gphotos-client-id string                                 Google Application Client Id
+      --gphotos-client-secret string                             Google Application Client Secret
+      --gphotos-read-only                                        Set to make the Google Photos backend read only.
+      --gphotos-read-size                                        Set to read the size of media items.
+      --gphotos-start-year int                                   Year limits the photos to be downloaded to those which are uploaded after the given year (default 2000)
+      --http-headers CommaSepList                                Set HTTP headers for all transactions
+      --http-no-head                                             Don't use HEAD requests to find file sizes in dir listing
+      --http-no-slash                                            Set this if the site doesn't end directories with /
+      --http-url string                                          URL of http host to connect to
+      --hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix                              Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
+      --hubic-client-id string                                   Hubic Client Id
+      --hubic-client-secret string                               Hubic Client Secret
+      --hubic-encoding MultiEncoder                              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8)
+      --hubic-no-chunk                                           Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
+      --jottacloud-encoding MultiEncoder                         This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --jottacloud-hard-delete                                   Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
+      --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix                   Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
+      --jottacloud-trashed-only                                  Only show files that are in the trash.
+      --jottacloud-unlink                                        Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
+      --jottacloud-upload-resume-limit SizeSuffix                Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail's. (default 10M)
+      --koofr-encoding MultiEncoder                              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --koofr-endpoint string                                    The Koofr API endpoint to use (default "https://app.koofr.net")
+      --koofr-mountid string                                     Mount ID of the mount to use. If omitted, the primary mount is used.
+      --koofr-password string                                    Your Koofr password for rclone (generate one at https://app.koofr.net/app/admin/preferences/password)
+      --koofr-setmtime                                           Does the backend support setting modification time. Set this to false if you use a mount ID that points to a Dropbox or Amazon Drive backend. (default true)
+      --koofr-user string                                        Your Koofr user name
+  -l, --links                                                    Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a '.rclonelink' extension
+      --local-case-insensitive                                   Force the filesystem to report itself as case insensitive
+      --local-case-sensitive                                     Force the filesystem to report itself as case sensitive.
+      --local-encoding MultiEncoder                              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Dot)
+      --local-no-check-updated                                   Don't check to see if the files change during upload
+      --local-no-sparse                                          Disable sparse files for multi-thread downloads
+      --local-no-unicode-normalization                           Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
+      --local-nounc string                                       Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
+      --mailru-check-hash                                        What should copy do if file checksum is mismatched or invalid (default true)
+      --mailru-encoding MultiEncoder                             This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --mailru-pass string                                       Password
+      --mailru-speedup-enable                                    Skip full upload if there is another file with same data hash. (default true)
+      --mailru-speedup-file-patterns string                      Comma separated list of file name patterns eligible for speedup (put by hash). (default "*.mkv,*.avi,*.mp4,*.mp3,*.zip,*.gz,*.rar,*.pdf")
+      --mailru-speedup-max-disk SizeSuffix                       This option allows you to disable speedup (put by hash) for large files (default 3G)
+      --mailru-speedup-max-memory SizeSuffix                     Files larger than the size given below will always be hashed on disk. (default 32M)
+      --mailru-user string                                       User name (usually email)
+      --mega-debug                                               Output more debug from Mega.
+      --mega-encoding MultiEncoder                               This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --mega-hard-delete                                         Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
+      --mega-pass string                                         Password.
+      --mega-user string                                         User name
+  -x, --one-file-system                                          Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
+      --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                           Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k (327,680 bytes). (default 10M)
+      --onedrive-client-id string                                Microsoft App Client Id
+      --onedrive-client-secret string                            Microsoft App Client Secret
+      --onedrive-drive-id string                                 The ID of the drive to use
+      --onedrive-drive-type string                               The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
+      --onedrive-encoding MultiEncoder                           This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,Hash,Percent,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,LeftTilde,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --onedrive-expose-onenote-files                            Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
+      --onedrive-server-side-across-configs                      Allow server side operations (eg copy) to work across different onedrive configs.
+      --opendrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                          Files will be uploaded in chunks this size. (default 10M)
+      --opendrive-encoding MultiEncoder                          This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,LeftSpace,LeftCrLfHtVt,RightSpace,RightCrLfHtVt,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --opendrive-password string                                Password.
+      --opendrive-username string                                Username
+      --pcloud-client-id string                                  Pcloud App Client Id
+      --pcloud-client-secret string                              Pcloud App Client Secret
+      --pcloud-encoding MultiEncoder                             This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --pcloud-root-folder-id string                             Fill in for rclone to use a non root folder as its starting point. (default "d0")
+      --premiumizeme-encoding MultiEncoder                       This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,DoubleQuote,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --putio-encoding MultiEncoder                              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --qingstor-access-key-id string                            QingStor Access Key ID
+      --qingstor-chunk-size SizeSuffix                           Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 4M)
+      --qingstor-connection-retries int                          Number of connection retries. (default 3)
+      --qingstor-encoding MultiEncoder                           This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8)
+      --qingstor-endpoint string                                 Enter an endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
+      --qingstor-env-auth                                        Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
+      --qingstor-secret-access-key string                        QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
+      --qingstor-upload-concurrency int                          Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 1)
+      --qingstor-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                        Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
+      --qingstor-zone string                                     Zone to connect to.
+      --s3-access-key-id string                                  AWS Access Key ID.
+      --s3-acl string                                            Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
+      --s3-bucket-acl string                                     Canned ACL used when creating buckets.
+      --s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix                                 Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
+      --s3-copy-cutoff SizeSuffix                                Cutoff for switching to multipart copy (default 5G)
+      --s3-disable-checksum                                      Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
+      --s3-encoding MultiEncoder                                 This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --s3-endpoint string                                       Endpoint for S3 API.
+      --s3-env-auth                                              Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
+      --s3-force-path-style                                      If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
+      --s3-leave-parts-on-error                                  If true avoid calling abort upload on a failure, leaving all successfully uploaded parts on S3 for manual recovery.
+      --s3-list-chunk int                                        Size of listing chunk (response list for each ListObject S3 request). (default 1000)
+      --s3-location-constraint string                            Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
+      --s3-memory-pool-flush-time Duration                       How often internal memory buffer pools will be flushed. (default 1m0s)
+      --s3-memory-pool-use-mmap                                  Whether to use mmap buffers in internal memory pool.
+      --s3-provider string                                       Choose your S3 provider.
+      --s3-region string                                         Region to connect to.
+      --s3-secret-access-key string                              AWS Secret Access Key (password)
+      --s3-server-side-encryption string                         The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
+      --s3-session-token string                                  An AWS session token
+      --s3-sse-customer-algorithm string                         If using SSE-C, the server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
+      --s3-sse-customer-key string                               If using SSE-C you must provide the secret encryption key used to encrypt/decrypt your data.
+      --s3-sse-customer-key-md5 string                           If using SSE-C you must provide the secret encryption key MD5 checksum.
+      --s3-sse-kms-key-id string                                 If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
+      --s3-storage-class string                                  The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
+      --s3-upload-concurrency int                                Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 4)
+      --s3-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                              Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
+      --s3-use-accelerate-endpoint                               If true use the AWS S3 accelerated endpoint.
+      --s3-v2-auth                                               If true use v2 authentication.
+      --seafile-2fa                                              Two-factor authentication ('true' if the account has 2FA enabled)
+      --seafile-create-library                                   Should rclone create a library if it doesn't exist
+      --seafile-encoding MultiEncoder                            This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,DoubleQuote,BackSlash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8)
+      --seafile-library string                                   Name of the library. Leave blank to access all non-encrypted libraries.
+      --seafile-library-key string                               Library password (for encrypted libraries only). Leave blank if you pass it through the command line.
+      --seafile-pass string                                      Password
+      --seafile-url string                                       URL of seafile host to connect to
+      --seafile-user string                                      User name (usually email address)
+      --sftp-ask-password                                        Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
+      --sftp-disable-hashcheck                                   Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
+      --sftp-host string                                         SSH host to connect to
+      --sftp-key-file string                                     Path to PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank or set key-use-agent to use ssh-agent.
+      --sftp-key-file-pass string                                The passphrase to decrypt the PEM-encoded private key file.
+      --sftp-key-pem string                                      Raw PEM-encoded private key, If specified, will override key_file parameter.
+      --sftp-key-use-agent                                       When set forces the usage of the ssh-agent.
+      --sftp-md5sum-command string                               The command used to read md5 hashes. Leave blank for autodetect.
+      --sftp-pass string                                         SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
+      --sftp-path-override string                                Override path used by SSH connection.
+      --sftp-port string                                         SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
+      --sftp-set-modtime                                         Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
+      --sftp-sha1sum-command string                              The command used to read sha1 hashes. Leave blank for autodetect.
+      --sftp-skip-links                                          Set to skip any symlinks and any other non regular files.
+      --sftp-use-insecure-cipher                                 Enable the use of insecure ciphers and key exchange methods.
+      --sftp-user string                                         SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
+      --sharefile-chunk-size SizeSuffix                          Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 64M)
+      --sharefile-encoding MultiEncoder                          This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Ctl,LeftSpace,LeftPeriod,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --sharefile-endpoint string                                Endpoint for API calls.
+      --sharefile-root-folder-id string                          ID of the root folder
+      --sharefile-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                       Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 128M)
+      --skip-links                                               Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
+      --sugarsync-access-key-id string                           Sugarsync Access Key ID.
+      --sugarsync-app-id string                                  Sugarsync App ID.
+      --sugarsync-authorization string                           Sugarsync authorization
+      --sugarsync-authorization-expiry string                    Sugarsync authorization expiry
+      --sugarsync-deleted-id string                              Sugarsync deleted folder id
+      --sugarsync-encoding MultiEncoder                          This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --sugarsync-hard-delete                                    Permanently delete files if true
+      --sugarsync-private-access-key string                      Sugarsync Private Access Key
+      --sugarsync-refresh-token string                           Sugarsync refresh token
+      --sugarsync-root-id string                                 Sugarsync root id
+      --sugarsync-user string                                    Sugarsync user
+      --swift-application-credential-id string                   Application Credential ID (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID)
+      --swift-application-credential-name string                 Application Credential Name (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME)
+      --swift-application-credential-secret string               Application Credential Secret (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET)
+      --swift-auth string                                        Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
+      --swift-auth-token string                                  Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
+      --swift-auth-version int                                   AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
+      --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix                              Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
+      --swift-domain string                                      User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
+      --swift-encoding MultiEncoder                              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8)
+      --swift-endpoint-type string                               Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
+      --swift-env-auth                                           Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
+      --swift-key string                                         API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
+      --swift-no-chunk                                           Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
+      --swift-region string                                      Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
+      --swift-storage-policy string                              The storage policy to use when creating a new container
+      --swift-storage-url string                                 Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
+      --swift-tenant string                                      Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
+      --swift-tenant-domain string                               Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
+      --swift-tenant-id string                                   Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
+      --swift-user string                                        User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
+      --swift-user-id string                                     User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
+      --tardigrade-access-grant string                           Access Grant.
+      --tardigrade-api-key string                                API Key.
+      --tardigrade-passphrase string                             Encryption Passphrase. To access existing objects enter passphrase used for uploading.
+      --tardigrade-provider string                               Choose an authentication method. (default "existing")
+      --tardigrade-satellite-address <nodeid>@<address>:<port>   Satellite Address. Custom satellite address should match the format: <nodeid>@<address>:<port>. (default "us-central-1.tardigrade.io")
+      --union-action-policy string                               Policy to choose upstream on ACTION category. (default "epall")
+      --union-cache-time int                                     Cache time of usage and free space (in seconds). This option is only useful when a path preserving policy is used. (default 120)
+      --union-create-policy string                               Policy to choose upstream on CREATE category. (default "epmfs")
+      --union-search-policy string                               Policy to choose upstream on SEARCH category. (default "ff")
+      --union-upstreams string                                   List of space separated upstreams.
+      --webdav-bearer-token string                               Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
+      --webdav-bearer-token-command string                       Command to run to get a bearer token
+      --webdav-pass string                                       Password.
+      --webdav-url string                                        URL of http host to connect to
+      --webdav-user string                                       User name
+      --webdav-vendor string                                     Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
+      --yandex-client-id string                                  Yandex Client Id
+      --yandex-client-secret string                              Yandex Client Secret
+      --yandex-encoding MultiEncoder                             This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      --yandex-unlink                                            Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
 ```
 
-1Fichier
+ 1Fichier
 -----------------------------------------
 
-This is a backend for the [1ficher](https://1fichier.com) cloud
+This is a backend for the [1fichier](https://1fichier.com) cloud
 storage service. Note that a Premium subscription is required to use
 the API.
 
@@ -9187,7 +10091,7 @@ messages in the log about duplicates.
 
 #### Restricted filename characters
 
-In addition to the [default restricted characters set](/overview/#restricted-characters)
+In addition to the [default restricted characters set](https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters)
 the following characters are also replaced:
 
 | Character | Value | Replacement |
@@ -9201,17 +10105,17 @@ the following characters are also replaced:
 | '         | 0x27  | ＇           |
 
 File names can also not start or end with the following characters.
-These only get replaced if they are first or last character in the
+These only get replaced if they are the first or last character in the
 name:
 
 | Character | Value | Replacement |
 | --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
 | SP        | 0x20  | ␠           |
 
-Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](/overview/#invalid-utf8),
+Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
 as they can't be used in JSON strings.
 
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/fichier/fichier.go then run make backenddocs -->
+
 ### Standard Options
 
 Here are the standard options specific to fichier (1Fichier).
@@ -9242,16 +10146,16 @@ If you want to download a shared folder, add this parameter
 
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 
-See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
+See: the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 
 - Config:      encoding
 - Env Var:     RCLONE_FICHIER_ENCODING
 - Type:        MultiEncoder
 - Default:     Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,SingleQuote,BackQuote,Dollar,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot
 
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 
-Alias
+
+ Alias
 -----------------------------------------
 
 The `alias` remote provides a new name for another remote.
@@ -9262,7 +10166,7 @@ eg `remote:directory/subdirectory` or `/directory/subdirectory`.
 During the initial setup with `rclone config` you will specify the target
 remote. The target remote can either be a local path or another remote.
 
-Subfolders can be used in target remote. Assume a alias remote named `backup`
+Subfolders can be used in target remote. Assume an alias remote named `backup`
 with the target `mydrive:private/backup`. Invoking `rclone mkdir backup:desktop`
 is exactly the same as invoking `rclone mkdir mydrive:private/backup/desktop`.
 
@@ -9272,7 +10176,7 @@ Invoking `rclone mkdir backup:../desktop` is exactly the same as invoking
 The empty path is not allowed as a remote. To alias the current directory
 use `.` instead.
 
-Here is an example of how to make a alias called `remote` for local folder.
+Here is an example of how to make an alias called `remote` for local folder.
 First run:
 
      rclone config
@@ -9335,7 +10239,7 @@ Copy another local directory to the alias directory called source
 
     rclone copy /home/source remote:source
 
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/alias/alias.go then run make backenddocs -->
+
 ### Standard Options
 
 Here are the standard options specific to alias (Alias for an existing remote).
@@ -9350,9 +10254,9 @@ Can be "myremote:path/to/dir", "myremote:bucket", "myremote:" or "/local/path".
 - Type:        string
 - Default:     ""
 
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 
-Amazon Drive
+
+ Amazon Drive
 -----------------------------------------
 
 Amazon Drive, formerly known as Amazon Cloud Drive, is a cloud storage
@@ -9386,7 +10290,7 @@ which pass through it.
 
 Since rclone doesn't currently have its own Amazon Drive credentials
 so you will either need to have your own `client_id` and
-`client_secret` with Amazon Drive, or use a a third party ouath proxy
+`client_secret` with Amazon Drive, or use a third party oauth proxy
 in which case you will need to enter `client_id`, `client_secret`,
 `auth_url` and `token_url`.
 
@@ -9490,7 +10394,7 @@ It does store MD5SUMs so for a more accurate sync, you can use the
 | NUL       | 0x00  | ␀           |
 | /         | 0x2F  | ／          |
 
-Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](/overview/#invalid-utf8),
+Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
 as they can't be used in JSON strings.
 
 ### Deleting files ###
@@ -9507,7 +10411,7 @@ Let's say you usually use `amazon.co.uk`. When you authenticate with
 rclone it will take you to an `amazon.com` page to log in.  Your
 `amazon.co.uk` email and password should work here just fine.
 
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/amazonclouddrive/amazonclouddrive.go then run make backenddocs -->
+
 ### Standard Options
 
 Here are the standard options specific to amazon cloud drive (Amazon Drive).
@@ -9614,14 +10518,14 @@ underlying S3 storage.
 
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 
-See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
+See: the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 
 - Config:      encoding
 - Env Var:     RCLONE_ACD_ENCODING
 - Type:        MultiEncoder
 - Default:     Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot
 
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
+
 
 ### Limitations ###
 
@@ -9646,20 +10550,23 @@ failure. To avoid this problem, use `--max-size 50000M` option to limit
 the maximum size of uploaded files. Note that `--max-size` does not split
 files into segments, it only ignores files over this size.
 
-Amazon S3 Storage Providers
+ Amazon S3 Storage Providers
 --------------------------------------------------------
 
 The S3 backend can be used with a number of different providers:
 
-* AWS S3
-* Alibaba Cloud (Aliyun) Object Storage System (OSS)
-* Ceph
-* DigitalOcean Spaces
-* Dreamhost
-* IBM COS S3
-* Minio
-* Scaleway
-* Wasabi
+
+- AWS S3
+- Alibaba Cloud (Aliyun) Object Storage System (OSS)
+- Ceph
+- DigitalOcean Spaces
+- Dreamhost
+- IBM COS S3
+- Minio
+- Scaleway
+- StackPath
+- Wasabi
+
 
 Paths are specified as `remote:bucket` (or `remote:` for the `lsd`
 command.)  You may put subdirectories in too, eg `remote:bucket/path/to/dir`.
@@ -9891,7 +10798,7 @@ y/e/d>
 
 This remote supports `--fast-list` which allows you to use fewer
 transactions in exchange for more memory. See the [rclone
-docs](/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
+docs](https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
 
 ### --update and --use-server-modtime ###
 
@@ -9920,7 +10827,7 @@ storage the object will be uploaded rather than copied.
 
 S3 allows any valid UTF-8 string as a key.
 
-Invalid UTF-8 bytes will be [replaced](/overview/#invalid-utf8), as
+Invalid UTF-8 bytes will be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as
 they can't be used in XML.
 
 The following characters are replaced since these are problematic when
@@ -10082,7 +10989,7 @@ the object(s) in question before using rclone.
 Note that rclone only speaks the S3 API it does not speak the Glacier
 Vault API, so rclone cannot directly access Glacier Vaults.
 
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/s3/s3.go then run make backenddocs -->
+
 ### Standard Options
 
 Here are the standard options specific to s3 (Amazon S3 Compliant Storage Provider (AWS, Alibaba, Ceph, Digital Ocean, Dreamhost, IBM COS, Minio, etc)).
@@ -10112,6 +11019,8 @@ Choose your S3 provider.
         - Minio Object Storage
     - "Netease"
         - Netease Object Storage (NOS)
+    - "StackPath"
+        - StackPath Object Storage
     - "Wasabi"
         - Wasabi Object Storage
     - "Other"
@@ -10365,6 +11274,22 @@ Endpoint for OSS API.
 
 #### --s3-endpoint
 
+Endpoint for StackPath Object Storage.
+
+- Config:      endpoint
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_S3_ENDPOINT
+- Type:        string
+- Default:     ""
+- Examples:
+    - "s3.us-east-2.stackpathstorage.com"
+        - US East Endpoint
+    - "s3.us-west-1.stackpathstorage.com"
+        - US West Endpoint
+    - "s3.eu-central-1.stackpathstorage.com"
+        - EU Endpoint
+
+#### --s3-endpoint
+
 Endpoint for S3 API.
 Required when using an S3 clone.
 
@@ -10658,6 +11583,44 @@ isn't set then "acl" is used instead.
     - "authenticated-read"
         - Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AuthenticatedUsers group gets READ access.
 
+#### --s3-sse-customer-algorithm
+
+If using SSE-C, the server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
+
+- Config:      sse_customer_algorithm
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_S3_SSE_CUSTOMER_ALGORITHM
+- Type:        string
+- Default:     ""
+- Examples:
+    - ""
+        - None
+    - "AES256"
+        - AES256
+
+#### --s3-sse-customer-key
+
+If using SSE-C you must provide the secret encryption key used to encrypt/decrypt your data.
+
+- Config:      sse_customer_key
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_S3_SSE_CUSTOMER_KEY
+- Type:        string
+- Default:     ""
+- Examples:
+    - ""
+        - None
+
+#### --s3-sse-customer-key-md5
+
+If using SSE-C you must provide the secret encryption key MD5 checksum.
+
+- Config:      sse_customer_key_md5
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_S3_SSE_CUSTOMER_KEY_MD5
+- Type:        string
+- Default:     ""
+- Examples:
+    - ""
+        - None
+
 #### --s3-upload-cutoff
 
 Cutoff for switching to chunked upload
@@ -10717,6 +11680,11 @@ The minimum is 0 and the maximum is 5GB.
 
 Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
 
+Normally rclone will calculate the MD5 checksum of the input before
+uploading it so it can add it to metadata on the object. This is great
+for data integrity checking but can cause long delays for large files
+to start uploading.
+
 - Config:      disable_checksum
 - Env Var:     RCLONE_S3_DISABLE_CHECKSUM
 - Type:        bool
@@ -10823,14 +11791,34 @@ In Ceph, this can be increased with the "rgw list buckets max chunk" option.
 
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 
-See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
+See: the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 
 - Config:      encoding
 - Env Var:     RCLONE_S3_ENCODING
 - Type:        MultiEncoder
 - Default:     Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot
 
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
+#### --s3-memory-pool-flush-time
+
+How often internal memory buffer pools will be flushed.
+Uploads which requires additional buffers (f.e multipart) will use memory pool for allocations.
+This option controls how often unused buffers will be removed from the pool.
+
+- Config:      memory_pool_flush_time
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_S3_MEMORY_POOL_FLUSH_TIME
+- Type:        Duration
+- Default:     1m0s
+
+#### --s3-memory-pool-use-mmap
+
+Whether to use mmap buffers in internal memory pool.
+
+- Config:      memory_pool_use_mmap
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_S3_MEMORY_POOL_USE_MMAP
+- Type:        bool
+- Default:     false
+
+
 
 ### Anonymous access to public buckets ###
 
@@ -10943,7 +11931,7 @@ storage_class =
 
 [Spaces](https://www.digitalocean.com/products/object-storage/) is an [S3-interoperable](https://developers.digitalocean.com/documentation/spaces/) object storage service from cloud provider DigitalOcean.
 
-To connect to DigitalOcean Spaces you will need an access key and secret key. These can be retrieved on the "[Applications & API](https://cloud.digitalocean.com/settings/api/tokens)" page of the DigitalOcean control panel. They will be needed when promted by `rclone config` for your `access_key_id` and `secret_access_key`.
+To connect to DigitalOcean Spaces you will need an access key and secret key. These can be retrieved on the "[Applications & API](https://cloud.digitalocean.com/settings/api/tokens)" page of the DigitalOcean control panel. They will be needed when prompted by `rclone config` for your `access_key_id` and `secret_access_key`.
 
 When prompted for a `region` or `location_constraint`, press enter to use the default value. The region must be included in the `endpoint` setting (e.g. `nyc3.digitaloceanspaces.com`). The default values can be used for other settings.
 
@@ -11475,7 +12463,7 @@ For Netease NOS configure as per the configurator `rclone config`
 setting the provider `Netease`.  This will automatically set
 `force_path_style = false` which is necessary for it to run properly.
 
-Backblaze B2
+ Backblaze B2
 ----------------------------------------
 
 B2 is [Backblaze's cloud storage system](https://www.backblaze.com/b2/).
@@ -11564,7 +12552,7 @@ errors.
 
 This remote supports `--fast-list` which allows you to use fewer
 transactions in exchange for more memory. See the [rclone
-docs](/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
+docs](https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
 
 ### Modified time ###
 
@@ -11579,14 +12567,14 @@ create a new version of the object.
 
 #### Restricted filename characters
 
-In addition to the [default restricted characters set](/overview/#restricted-characters)
+In addition to the [default restricted characters set](https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters)
 the following characters are also replaced:
 
 | Character | Value | Replacement |
 | --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
 | \         | 0x5C  | ＼           |
 
-Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](/overview/#invalid-utf8),
+Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
 as they can't be used in JSON strings.
 
 ### SHA1 checksums ###
@@ -11601,7 +12589,7 @@ uploaded in chunks will store their SHA1 on the object as
 For a large file to be uploaded with an SHA1 checksum, the source
 needs to support SHA1 checksums. The local disk supports SHA1
 checksums so large file transfers from local disk will have an SHA1.
-See [the overview](/overview/#features) for exactly which remotes
+See [the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#features) for exactly which remotes
 support SHA1.
 
 Sources which don't support SHA1, in particular `crypt` will upload
@@ -11640,7 +12628,7 @@ Old versions of files, where available, are visible using the
 
 **NB** Note that `--b2-versions` does not work with crypt at the
 moment [#1627](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/1627). Using
-[--backup-dir](/docs/#backup-dir-dir) with rclone is the recommended
+[--backup-dir](https://rclone.org/docs/#backup-dir-dir) with rclone is the recommended
 way of working around this.
 
 If you wish to remove all the old versions then you can use the
@@ -11790,7 +12778,7 @@ https://f002.backblazeb2.com/file/bucket/path/folder/file3?Authorization=xxxxxxx
 
 ```
 
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/b2/b2.go then run make backenddocs -->
+
 ### Standard Options
 
 Here are the standard options specific to b2 (Backblaze B2).
@@ -11897,6 +12885,11 @@ minimum size.
 
 Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files
 
+Normally rclone will calculate the SHA1 checksum of the input before
+uploading it so it can add it to metadata on the object. This is great
+for data integrity checking but can cause long delays for large files
+to start uploading.
+
 - Config:      disable_checksum
 - Env Var:     RCLONE_B2_DISABLE_CHECKSUM
 - Type:        bool
@@ -11932,16 +12925,16 @@ The minimum value is 1 second. The maximum value is one week.
 
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 
-See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
+See: the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 
 - Config:      encoding
 - Env Var:     RCLONE_B2_ENCODING
 - Type:        MultiEncoder
 - Default:     Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot
 
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 
-Box
+
+ Box
 -----------------------------------------
 
 Paths are specified as `remote:path`
@@ -12135,7 +13128,7 @@ flag.
 
 #### Restricted filename characters
 
-In addition to the [default restricted characters set](/overview/#restricted-characters)
+In addition to the [default restricted characters set](https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters)
 the following characters are also replaced:
 
 | Character | Value | Replacement |
@@ -12143,13 +13136,13 @@ the following characters are also replaced:
 | \         | 0x5C  | ＼           |
 
 File names can also not end with the following characters.
-These only get replaced if they are last character in the name:
+These only get replaced if they are the last character in the name:
 
 | Character | Value | Replacement |
 | --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
 | SP        | 0x20  | ␠           |
 
-Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](/overview/#invalid-utf8),
+Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
 as they can't be used in JSON strings.
 
 ### Transfers ###
@@ -12164,7 +13157,29 @@ normally 8MB so increasing `--transfers` will increase memory use.
 Depending on the enterprise settings for your user, the item will
 either be actually deleted from Box or moved to the trash.
 
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/box/box.go then run make backenddocs -->
+### Root folder ID ###
+
+You can set the `root_folder_id` for rclone.  This is the directory
+(identified by its `Folder ID`) that rclone considers to be the root
+of your Box drive.
+
+Normally you will leave this blank and rclone will determine the
+correct root to use itself.
+
+However you can set this to restrict rclone to a specific folder
+hierarchy.
+
+In order to do this you will have to find the `Folder ID` of the
+directory you wish rclone to display.  This will be the last segment
+of the URL when you open the relevant folder in the Box web
+interface.
+
+So if the folder you want rclone to use has a URL which looks like
+`https://app.box.com/folder/11xxxxxxxxx8`
+in the browser, then you use `11xxxxxxxxx8` as
+the `root_folder_id` in the config.
+
+
 ### Standard Options
 
 Here are the standard options specific to box (Box).
@@ -12217,6 +13232,15 @@ Leave blank normally.
 
 Here are the advanced options specific to box (Box).
 
+#### --box-root-folder-id
+
+Fill in for rclone to use a non root folder as its starting point.
+
+- Config:      root_folder_id
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_BOX_ROOT_FOLDER_ID
+- Type:        string
+- Default:     "0"
+
 #### --box-upload-cutoff
 
 Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB).
@@ -12239,14 +13263,14 @@ Max number of times to try committing a multipart file.
 
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 
-See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
+See: the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 
 - Config:      encoding
 - Env Var:     RCLONE_BOX_ENCODING
 - Type:        MultiEncoder
 - Default:     Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot
 
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
+
 
 ### Limitations ###
 
@@ -12258,12 +13282,28 @@ and from an identical looking unicode equivalent `＼`.
 
 Box only supports filenames up to 255 characters in length.
 
-Cache (BETA)
+ Cache (BETA)
 -----------------------------------------
 
 The `cache` remote wraps another existing remote and stores file structure
 and its data for long running tasks like `rclone mount`.
 
+## Status
+
+The cache backend code is working but it currently doesn't
+have a maintainer so there are [outstanding bugs](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3Abug+label%3A%22Remote%3A+Cache%22) which aren't getting fixed.
+
+The cache backend is due to be phased out in favour of the VFS caching
+layer eventually which is more tightly integrated into rclone.
+
+Until this happens we recommend only using the cache backend if you
+find you can't work without it. There are many docs online describing
+the use of the cache backend to minimize API hits and by-and-large
+these are out of date and the cache backend isn't needed in those
+scenarios any more.
+
+## Setup
+
 To get started you just need to have an existing remote which can be configured
 with `cache`.
 
@@ -12439,10 +13479,10 @@ Affected settings:
 ##### Certificate Validation #####
 
 When the Plex server is configured to only accept secure connections, it is
-possible to use `.plex.direct` URL's to ensure certificate validation succeeds.
-These URL's are used by Plex internally to connect to the Plex server securely.
+possible to use `.plex.direct` URLs to ensure certificate validation succeeds.
+These URLs are used by Plex internally to connect to the Plex server securely.
 
-The format for this URL's is the following:
+The format for these URLs is the following:
 
 https://ip-with-dots-replaced.server-hash.plex.direct:32400/
 
@@ -12476,7 +13516,7 @@ There are a couple of issues with Windows `mount` functionality that still requi
 It should be considered as experimental thus far as fixes come in for this OS.
 
 Most of the issues seem to be related to the difference between filesystems
-on Linux flavors and Windows as cache is heavily dependant on them.
+on Linux flavors and Windows as cache is heavily dependent on them.
 
 Any reports or feedback on how cache behaves on this OS is greatly appreciated.
  
@@ -12495,7 +13535,7 @@ there is a valid concern that the expiring cache listings can lead to cloud prov
 throttles or bans due to repeated queries on it for very large mounts.
 
 Some recommendations:
-- don't use a very small interval for entry informations (`--cache-info-age`)
+- don't use a very small interval for entry information (`--cache-info-age`)
 - while writes aren't yet optimised, you can still write through `cache` which gives you the advantage
 of adding the file in the cache at the same time if configured to do so.
 
@@ -12511,13 +13551,13 @@ using the `crypt` remote. `crypt` uses a similar technique to wrap around
 an existing remote and handles this translation in a seamless way.
 
 There is an issue with wrapping the remotes in this order:
-<span style="color:red">**cloud remote** -> **crypt** -> **cache**</span>
+**cloud remote** -> **crypt** -> **cache**
 
 During testing, I experienced a lot of bans with the remotes in this order.
 I suspect it might be related to how crypt opens files on the cloud provider
 which makes it think we're downloading the full file instead of small chunks.
 Organizing the remotes in this order yields better results:
-<span style="color:green">**cloud remote** -> **cache** -> **crypt**</span>
+**cloud remote** -> **cache** -> **crypt**
 
 #### absolute remote paths ####
 
@@ -12544,7 +13584,7 @@ Params:
   - **remote** = path to remote **(required)**
   - **withData** = true/false to delete cached data (chunks) as well _(optional, false by default)_
 
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/cache/cache.go then run make backenddocs -->
+
 ### Standard Options
 
 Here are the standard options specific to cache (Cache a remote).
@@ -12659,7 +13699,7 @@ The plex token for authentication - auto set normally
 
 #### --cache-plex-insecure
 
-Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
+Skip all certificate verification when connecting to the Plex server
 
 - Config:      plex_insecure
 - Env Var:     RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_INSECURE
@@ -12855,7 +13895,29 @@ If you set it to 0 then it will wait forever.
 - Type:        Duration
 - Default:     1s
 
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
+### Backend commands
+
+Here are the commands specific to the cache backend.
+
+Run them with
+
+    rclone backend COMMAND remote:
+
+The help below will explain what arguments each command takes.
+
+See [the "rclone backend" command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_backend/) for more
+info on how to pass options and arguments.
+
+These can be run on a running backend using the rc command
+[backend/command](https://rclone.org/rc/#backend/command).
+
+#### stats
+
+Print stats on the cache backend in JSON format.
+
+    rclone backend stats remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
+
+
 
 Chunker (BETA)
 ----------------------------------------
@@ -13065,7 +14127,7 @@ guarantee given hash for all files. If wrapped remote doesn't support it,
 chunker will then add metadata to all files, even small. However, this can
 double the amount of small files in storage and incur additional service charges.
 You can even use chunker to force md5/sha1 support in any other remote
-at expence of sidecar meta objects by setting eg. `chunk_type=sha1all`
+at expense of sidecar meta objects by setting eg. `chunk_type=sha1all`
 to force hashsums and `chunk_size=1P` to effectively disable chunking.
 
 Normally, when a file is copied to chunker controlled remote, chunker
@@ -13146,7 +14208,7 @@ Chunker will not automatically rename existing chunks when you run
 Beware that in result of this some files which have been treated as chunks
 before the change can pop up in directory listings as normal files
 and vice versa. The same warning holds for the chunk size.
-If you desperately need to change critical chunking setings, you should
+If you desperately need to change critical chunking settings, you should
 run data migration as described above.
 
 If wrapped remote is case insensitive, the chunker overlay will inherit
@@ -13154,7 +14216,7 @@ that property (so you can't have a file called "Hello.doc" and "hello.doc"
 in the same directory).
 
 
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/chunker/chunker.go then run make backenddocs -->
+
 ### Standard Options
 
 Here are the standard options specific to chunker (Transparently chunk/split large files).
@@ -13261,9 +14323,9 @@ Choose how chunker should handle files with missing or invalid chunks.
     - "false"
         - Warn user, skip incomplete file and proceed.
 
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 
-## Citrix ShareFile
+
+##  Citrix ShareFile
 
 [Citrix ShareFile](https://sharefile.com) is a secure file sharing and transfer service aimed as business.
 
@@ -13386,7 +14448,7 @@ ShareFile only supports filenames up to 256 characters in length.
 
 #### Restricted filename characters
 
-In addition to the [default restricted characters set](/overview/#restricted-characters)
+In addition to the [default restricted characters set](https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters)
 the following characters are also replaced:
 
 | Character | Value | Replacement |
@@ -13401,7 +14463,7 @@ the following characters are also replaced:
 | "         | 0x22  | ＂           |
 
 File names can also not start or end with the following characters.
-These only get replaced if they are first or last character in the
+These only get replaced if they are the first or last character in the
 name:
 
 | Character | Value | Replacement |
@@ -13409,10 +14471,10 @@ name:
 | SP        | 0x20  | ␠           |
 | .         | 0x2E  | ．           |
 
-Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](/overview/#invalid-utf8),
+Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
 as they can't be used in JSON strings.
 
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/sharefile/sharefile.go then run make backenddocs -->
+
 ### Standard Options
 
 Here are the standard options specific to sharefile (Citrix Sharefile).
@@ -13484,14 +14546,14 @@ be set manually to something like: https://XXX.sharefile.com
 
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 
-See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
+See: the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 
 - Config:      encoding
 - Env Var:     RCLONE_SHAREFILE_ENCODING
 - Type:        MultiEncoder
 - Default:     Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Ctl,LeftSpace,LeftPeriod,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot
 
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
+
 
 Crypt
 ----------------------------------------
@@ -13590,14 +14652,19 @@ y/e/d> y
 obscured so it isn't immediately obvious what it is.  It is in no way
 secure unless you use config file encryption.
 
-A long passphrase is recommended, or you can use a random one.  Note
-that if you reconfigure rclone with the same passwords/passphrases
-elsewhere it will be compatible - all the secrets used are derived
-from those two passwords/passphrases.
+A long passphrase is recommended, or you can use a random one.
+
+The obscured password is created by using AES-CTR with a static key, with
+the salt stored verbatim at the beginning of the obscured password. This
+static key is shared by between all versions of rclone.
+
+If you reconfigure rclone with the same passwords/passphrases
+elsewhere it will be compatible, but the obscured version will be different
+due to the different salt.
 
 Note that rclone does not encrypt
 
-  * file length - this can be calcuated within 16 bytes
+  * file length - this can be calculated within 16 bytes
   * modification time - used for syncing
 
 ## Specifying the remote ##
@@ -13705,7 +14772,7 @@ Obfuscation
 
 This is a simple "rotate" of the filename, with each file having a rot
 distance based on the filename. We store the distance at the beginning
-of the filename. So a file called "hello" may become "53.jgnnq"
+of the filename. So a file called "hello" may become "53.jgnnq".
 
 This is not a strong encryption of filenames, but it may stop automated
 scanning tools from picking up on filename patterns. As such it's an
@@ -13761,7 +14828,7 @@ Note that you should use the `rclone cryptcheck` command to check the
 integrity of a crypted remote instead of `rclone check` which can't
 check the checksums properly.
 
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/crypt/crypt.go then run make backenddocs -->
+
 ### Standard Options
 
 Here are the standard options specific to crypt (Encrypt/Decrypt a remote).
@@ -13797,6 +14864,8 @@ How to encrypt the filenames.
 
 Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact.
 
+NB If filename_encryption is "off" then this option will do nothing.
+
 - Config:      directory_name_encryption
 - Env Var:     RCLONE_CRYPT_DIRECTORY_NAME_ENCRYPTION
 - Type:        bool
@@ -13847,11 +14916,58 @@ names, or for debugging purposes.
 - Type:        bool
 - Default:     false
 
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
+### Backend commands
+
+Here are the commands specific to the crypt backend.
+
+Run them with
+
+    rclone backend COMMAND remote:
+
+The help below will explain what arguments each command takes.
+
+See [the "rclone backend" command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_backend/) for more
+info on how to pass options and arguments.
+
+These can be run on a running backend using the rc command
+[backend/command](https://rclone.org/rc/#backend/command).
+
+#### encode
+
+Encode the given filename(s)
+
+    rclone backend encode remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
+
+This encodes the filenames given as arguments returning a list of
+strings of the encoded results.
+
+Usage Example:
+
+    rclone backend encode crypt: file1 [file2...]
+    rclone rc backend/command command=encode fs=crypt: file1 [file2...]
+
+
+#### decode
+
+Decode the given filename(s)
+
+    rclone backend decode remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
+
+This decodes the filenames given as arguments returning a list of
+strings of the decoded results. It will return an error if any of the
+inputs are invalid.
+
+Usage Example:
+
+    rclone backend decode crypt: encryptedfile1 [encryptedfile2...]
+    rclone rc backend/command command=decode fs=crypt: encryptedfile1 [encryptedfile2...]
+
+
+
 
 ## Backing up a crypted remote ##
 
-If you wish to backup a crypted remote, it it recommended that you use
+If you wish to backup a crypted remote, it is recommended that you use
 `rclone sync` on the encrypted files, and make sure the passwords are
 the same in the new encrypted remote.
 
@@ -13935,7 +15051,7 @@ files.
 File names are encrypted segment by segment - the path is broken up
 into `/` separated strings and these are encrypted individually.
 
-File segments are padded using using PKCS#7 to a multiple of 16 bytes
+File segments are padded using PKCS#7 to a multiple of 16 bytes
 before encryption.
 
 They are then encrypted with EME using AES with 256 bit key. EME
@@ -13975,7 +15091,7 @@ then rclone uses an internal one.
 encrypted data.  For full protection against this you should always use
 a salt.
 
-Dropbox
+ Dropbox
 ---------------------------------
 
 Paths are specified as `remote:path`
@@ -14082,16 +15198,16 @@ is checked for all transfers.
 | \         | 0x5C  | ＼           |
 
 File names can also not end with the following characters.
-These only get replaced if they are last character in the name:
+These only get replaced if they are the last character in the name:
 
 | Character | Value | Replacement |
 | --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
 | SP        | 0x20  | ␠           |
 
-Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](/overview/#invalid-utf8),
+Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
 as they can't be used in JSON strings.
 
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/dropbox/dropbox.go then run make backenddocs -->
+
 ### Standard Options
 
 Here are the standard options specific to dropbox (Dropbox).
@@ -14149,14 +15265,14 @@ Impersonate this user when using a business account.
 
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 
-See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
+See: the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 
 - Config:      encoding
 - Env Var:     RCLONE_DROPBOX_ENCODING
 - Type:        MultiEncoder
 - Default:     Slash,BackSlash,Del,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot
 
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
+
 
 ### Limitations ###
 
@@ -14185,15 +15301,17 @@ to be the same account as the Dropbox you want to access)
 
 2. Choose an API => Usually this should be `Dropbox API`
 
-3. Choose the type of access you want to use => Full Dropbox or App Folder
+3. Choose the type of access you want to use => `Full Dropbox` or `App Folder`
 
-4. Name your App
+4. Name your App. The app name is global, so you can't use `rclone` for example
 
 5. Click the button `Create App`
 
+5. Fill `Redirect URIs` as `http://localhost:53682/`
+
 6. Find the `App key` and `App secret` Use these values in rclone config to add a new remote or edit an existing remote.
 
-FTP
+ FTP
 ------------------------------
 
 FTP is the File Transfer Protocol. FTP support is provided using the
@@ -14292,13 +15410,19 @@ will be time of upload.
 
 FTP does not support any checksums.
 
+### Usage without a config file ###
+
+An example how to use the ftp remote without a config file:
+
+    rclone lsf :ftp: --ftp-host=speedtest.tele2.net --ftp-user=anonymous --ftp-pass=`rclone obscure dummy`
+
 #### Restricted filename characters
 
-In addition to the [default restricted characters set](/overview/#restricted-characters)
+In addition to the [default restricted characters set](https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters)
 the following characters are also replaced:
 
 File names can also not end with the following characters.
-These only get replaced if they are last character in the name:
+These only get replaced if they are the last character in the name:
 
 | Character | Value | Replacement |
 | --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
@@ -14315,9 +15439,9 @@ Note that not all FTP servers can have all characters in file names, for example
 
 FTP supports implicit FTP over TLS servers (FTPS). This has to be enabled
 in the config for the remote. The default FTPS port is `990` so the
-port will likely have to be explictly set in the config for the remote.
+port will likely have to be explicitly set in the config for the remote.
+
 
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/ftp/ftp.go then run make backenddocs -->
 ### Standard Options
 
 Here are the standard options specific to ftp (FTP Connection).
@@ -14405,14 +15529,14 @@ Disable using EPSV even if server advertises support
 
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 
-See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
+See: the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 
 - Config:      encoding
 - Env Var:     RCLONE_FTP_ENCODING
 - Type:        MultiEncoder
 - Default:     Slash,Del,Ctl,RightSpace,Dot
 
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
+
 
 ### Limitations ###
 
@@ -14431,7 +15555,7 @@ variable yet.
 Note that while implicit FTP over TLS is supported,
 explicit FTP over TLS is not.
 
-Google Cloud Storage
+ Google Cloud Storage
 -------------------------------------------------
 
 Paths are specified as `remote:bucket` (or `remote:` for the `lsd`
@@ -14640,7 +15764,25 @@ is no need to explicitly configure a project number.
 
 This remote supports `--fast-list` which allows you to use fewer
 transactions in exchange for more memory. See the [rclone
-docs](/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
+docs](https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
+
+### Custom upload headers ###
+
+You can set custom upload headers with the `--header-upload`
+flag. Google Cloud Storage supports the headers as described in the
+[working with metadata documentation](https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WorkingWithObjectMetadata)
+
+- Cache-Control
+- Content-Disposition
+- Content-Encoding
+- Content-Language
+- Content-Type
+- X-Goog-Meta-
+
+Eg `--header-upload "Content-Type text/potato"`
+
+Note that the last of these is for setting custom metadata in the form
+`--header-upload "x-goog-meta-key: value"`
 
 ### Modified time ###
 
@@ -14657,10 +15799,10 @@ RFC3339 format accurate to 1ns.
 | CR        | 0x0D  | ␍           |
 | /         | 0x2F  | ／          |
 
-Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](/overview/#invalid-utf8),
+Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
 as they can't be used in JSON strings.
 
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/googlecloudstorage/googlecloudstorage.go then run make backenddocs -->
+
 ### Standard Options
 
 Here are the standard options specific to google cloud storage (Google Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)).
@@ -14849,6 +15991,8 @@ The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
         - Nearline storage class
     - "COLDLINE"
         - Coldline storage class
+    - "ARCHIVE"
+        - Archive storage class
     - "DURABLE_REDUCED_AVAILABILITY"
         - Durable reduced availability storage class
 
@@ -14860,16 +16004,16 @@ Here are the advanced options specific to google cloud storage (Google Cloud Sto
 
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 
-See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
+See: the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 
 - Config:      encoding
 - Env Var:     RCLONE_GCS_ENCODING
 - Type:        MultiEncoder
 - Default:     Slash,CrLf,InvalidUtf8,Dot
 
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 
-Google Drive
+
+ Google Drive
 -----------------------------------------
 
 Paths are specified as `drive:path`
@@ -14983,7 +16127,7 @@ To copy a local directory to a drive directory called backup
 Rclone allows you to select which scope you would like for rclone to
 use.  This changes what type of token is granted to rclone.  [The
 scopes are defined
-here.](https://developers.google.com/drive/v3/web/about-auth).
+here](https://developers.google.com/drive/v3/web/about-auth).
 
 The scope are
 
@@ -15181,7 +16325,7 @@ y/e/d> y
 
 This remote supports `--fast-list` which allows you to use fewer
 transactions in exchange for more memory. See the [rclone
-docs](/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
+docs](https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
 
 It does this by combining multiple `list` calls into a single API request.
 
@@ -15222,7 +16366,7 @@ Google drive stores modification times accurate to 1 ms.
 
 #### Restricted filename characters
 
-Only Invalid UTF-8 bytes will be [replaced](/overview/#invalid-utf8),
+Only Invalid UTF-8 bytes will be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
 as they can't be used in JSON strings.
 
 In contrast to other backends, `/` can also be used in names and `.`
@@ -15247,6 +16391,46 @@ files.  If deleting them permanently is required then use the
 `--drive-use-trash=false` flag, or set the equivalent environment
 variable.
 
+### Shortcuts ###
+
+In March 2020 Google introduced a new feature in Google Drive called
+[drive shortcuts](https://support.google.com/drive/answer/9700156)
+([API](https://developers.google.com/drive/api/v3/shortcuts)). These
+will (by September 2020) [replace the ability for files or folders to
+be in multiple folders at once](https://cloud.google.com/blog/products/g-suite/simplifying-google-drives-folder-structure-and-sharing-models).
+
+Shortcuts are files that link to other files on Google Drive somewhat
+like a symlink in unix, except they point to the underlying file data
+(eg the inode in unix terms) so they don't break if the source is
+renamed or moved about.
+
+Be default rclone treats these as follows.
+
+For shortcuts pointing to files:
+
+- When listing a file shortcut appears as the destination file.
+- When downloading the contents of the destination file is downloaded.
+- When updating shortcut file with a non shortcut file, the shortcut is removed then a new file is uploaded in place of the shortcut.
+- When server side moving (renaming) the shortcut is renamed, not the destination file.
+- When server side copying the shortcut is copied, not the contents of the shortcut.
+- When deleting the shortcut is deleted not the linked file.
+- When setting the modification time, the modification time of the linked file will be set.
+
+For shortcuts pointing to folders:
+
+- When listing the shortcut appears as a folder and that folder will contain the contents of the linked folder appear (including any sub folders)
+- When downloading the contents of the linked folder and sub contents are downloaded
+- When uploading to a shortcut folder the file will be placed in the linked folder
+- When server side moving (renaming) the shortcut is renamed, not the destination folder
+- When server side copying the contents of the linked folder is copied, not the shortcut.
+- When deleting with `rclone rmdir` or `rclone purge` the shortcut is deleted not the linked folder.
+- **NB** When deleting with `rclone remove` or `rclone mount` the contents of the linked folder will be deleted.
+
+It isn't currently possible to create shortcuts with rclone.
+
+Shortcuts can be completely ignored with the `--drive-skip-shortcuts` flag
+or the corresponding `skip_shortcuts` configuration setting.
+
 ### Emptying trash ###
 
 If you wish to empty your trash you can use the `rclone cleanup remote:`
@@ -15360,7 +16544,7 @@ Google Documents.
 | url | INI style link file | macOS, Windows |
 | webloc | macOS specific XML format | macOS |
 
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/drive/drive.go then run make backenddocs -->
+
 ### Standard Options
 
 Here are the standard options specific to drive (Google Drive).
@@ -15503,7 +16687,7 @@ videos.
 Setting this flag will cause Google photos and videos to return a
 blank MD5 checksum.
 
-Google photos are identifed by being in the "photos" space.
+Google photos are identified by being in the "photos" space.
 
 Corrupted checksums are caused by Google modifying the image/video but
 not updating the checksum.
@@ -15702,7 +16886,7 @@ Keep new head revision of each file forever.
 
 Show sizes as storage quota usage, not actual size.
 
-Show the size of a file as the the storage quota used. This is the
+Show the size of a file as the storage quota used. This is the
 current version plus any older versions that have been set to keep
 forever.
 
@@ -15800,18 +16984,114 @@ See: https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/3857
 - Type:        bool
 - Default:     false
 
+#### --drive-skip-shortcuts
+
+If set skip shortcut files
+
+Normally rclone dereferences shortcut files making them appear as if
+they are the original file (see [the shortcuts section](#shortcuts)).
+If this flag is set then rclone will ignore shortcut files completely.
+
+
+- Config:      skip_shortcuts
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_SKIP_SHORTCUTS
+- Type:        bool
+- Default:     false
+
 #### --drive-encoding
 
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 
-See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
+See: the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 
 - Config:      encoding
 - Env Var:     RCLONE_DRIVE_ENCODING
 - Type:        MultiEncoder
 - Default:     InvalidUtf8
 
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
+### Backend commands
+
+Here are the commands specific to the drive backend.
+
+Run them with
+
+    rclone backend COMMAND remote:
+
+The help below will explain what arguments each command takes.
+
+See [the "rclone backend" command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_backend/) for more
+info on how to pass options and arguments.
+
+These can be run on a running backend using the rc command
+[backend/command](https://rclone.org/rc/#backend/command).
+
+#### get
+
+Get command for fetching the drive config parameters
+
+    rclone backend get remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
+
+This is a get command which will be used to fetch the various drive config parameters
+
+Usage Examples:
+
+    rclone backend get drive: [-o service_account_file] [-o chunk_size]
+    rclone rc backend/command command=get fs=drive: [-o service_account_file] [-o chunk_size]
+
+
+Options:
+
+- "chunk_size": show the current upload chunk size
+- "service_account_file": show the current service account file
+
+#### set
+
+Set command for updating the drive config parameters
+
+    rclone backend set remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
+
+This is a set command which will be used to update the various drive config parameters
+
+Usage Examples:
+
+    rclone backend set drive: [-o service_account_file=sa.json] [-o chunk_size=67108864]
+    rclone rc backend/command command=set fs=drive: [-o service_account_file=sa.json] [-o chunk_size=67108864]
+
+
+Options:
+
+- "chunk_size": update the current upload chunk size
+- "service_account_file": update the current service account file
+
+#### shortcut
+
+Create shortcuts from files or directories
+
+    rclone backend shortcut remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
+
+This command creates shortcuts from files or directories.
+
+Usage:
+
+    rclone backend shortcut drive: source_item destination_shortcut
+    rclone backend shortcut drive: source_item -o target=drive2: destination_shortcut
+
+In the first example this creates a shortcut from the "source_item"
+which can be a file or a directory to the "destination_shortcut". The
+"source_item" and the "destination_shortcut" should be relative paths
+from "drive:"
+
+In the second example this creates a shortcut from the "source_item"
+relative to "drive:" to the "destination_shortcut" relative to
+"drive2:". This may fail with a permission error if the user
+authenticated with "drive2:" can't read files from "drive:".
+
+
+Options:
+
+- "target": optional target remote for the shortcut destination
+
+
 
 ### Limitations ###
 
@@ -15839,7 +17119,7 @@ etc as rclone knows to ignore the size when doing the transfer.
 However an unfortunate consequence of this is that you may not be able
 to download Google docs using `rclone mount`. If it doesn't work you
 will get a 0 sized file.  If you try again the doc may gain its
-correct size and be downloadable. Whther it will work on not depends
+correct size and be downloadable. Whether it will work on not depends
 on the application accessing the mount and the OS you are running -
 experiment to find out if it does work for you!
 
@@ -15896,19 +17176,39 @@ be the same account as the Google Drive you want to access)
 "Google Drive API".
 
 4. Click "Credentials" in the left-side panel (not "Create
-credentials", which opens the wizard), then "Create credentials", then
-"OAuth client ID".  It will prompt you to set the OAuth consent screen
-product name, if you haven't set one already.
+credentials", which opens the wizard), then "Create credentials"
 
-5. Choose an application type of "other", and click "Create". (the
-default name is fine)
+5. If you already configured an "Oauth Consent Screen", then skip
+to the next step; if not, click on "CONFIGURE CONSENT SCREEN" button 
+(near the top right corner of the right panel), then select "External"
+and click on "CREATE"; on the next screen, enter an "Application name"
+("rclone" is OK) then click on "Save" (all other data is optional). 
+Click again on "Credentials" on the left panel to go back to the 
+"Credentials" screen.
 
-6. It will show you a client ID and client secret.  Use these values
+(PS: if you are a GSuite user, you could also select "Internal" instead
+of "External" above, but this has not been tested/documented so far). 
+
+6.  Click on the "+ CREATE CREDENTIALS" button at the top of the screen,
+then select "OAuth client ID".
+
+7. Choose an application type of "Desktop app" if you using a Google account or "Other" if 
+you using a GSuite account and click "Create". (the default name is fine)
+
+8. It will show you a client ID and client secret.  Use these values
 in rclone config to add a new remote or edit an existing remote.
 
+Be aware that, due to the "enhanced security" recently introduced by
+Google, you are theoretically expected to "submit your app for verification"
+and then wait a few weeks(!) for their response; in practice, you can go right
+ahead and use the client ID and client secret with rclone, the only issue will
+be a very scary confirmation screen shown when you connect via your browser 
+for rclone to be able to get its token-id (but as this only happens during 
+the remote configuration, it's not such a big deal). 
+
 (Thanks to @balazer on github for these instructions.)
 
-Google Photos
+ Google Photos
 -------------------------------------------------
 
 The rclone backend for [Google Photos](https://www.google.com/photos/about/) is
@@ -16077,10 +17377,14 @@ into albums.
 - shared-album
     - album name
     - album name/sub
+- feature
+    - favorites
+        - file1.jpg
+        - file2.jpg
 ```
 
 There are two writable parts of the tree, the `upload` directory and
-sub directories of the the `album` directory.
+sub directories of the `album` directory.
 
 The `upload` directory is for uploading files you don't want to put
 into albums. This will be empty to start with and will contain the
@@ -16209,7 +17513,7 @@ Rclone cannot delete files anywhere except under `album`.
 
 The Google Photos API does not support deleting albums - see [bug #135714733](https://issuetracker.google.com/issues/135714733).
 
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/googlephotos/googlephotos.go then run make backenddocs -->
+
 ### Standard Options
 
 Here are the standard options specific to google photos (Google Photos).
@@ -16265,9 +17569,18 @@ you want to read the media.
 - Type:        bool
 - Default:     false
 
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
+#### --gphotos-start-year
 
-HTTP
+Year limits the photos to be downloaded to those which are uploaded after the given year
+
+- Config:      start_year
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_GPHOTOS_START_YEAR
+- Type:        int
+- Default:     2000
+
+
+
+ HTTP
 -------------------------------------------------
 
 The HTTP remote is a read only remote for reading files of a
@@ -16363,7 +17676,7 @@ without a config file:
 
     rclone lsd --http-url https://beta.rclone.org :http:
 
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/http/http.go then run make backenddocs -->
+
 ### Standard Options
 
 Here are the standard options specific to http (http Connection).
@@ -16449,9 +17762,9 @@ If you set this option, rclone will not do the HEAD request.  This will mean
 - Type:        bool
 - Default:     false
 
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 
-Hubic
+
+ Hubic
 -----------------------------------------
 
 Paths are specified as `remote:path`
@@ -16539,7 +17852,7 @@ browser*, you need to copy your files to the `default` directory
 
 This remote supports `--fast-list` which allows you to use fewer
 transactions in exchange for more memory. See the [rclone
-docs](/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
+docs](https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
 
 ### Modified time ###
 
@@ -16553,7 +17866,7 @@ amongst others) for storing the modification time for an object.
 Note that Hubic wraps the Swift backend, so most of the properties of
 are the same.
 
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/hubic/hubic.go then run make backenddocs -->
+
 ### Standard Options
 
 Here are the standard options specific to hubic (Hubic).
@@ -16616,14 +17929,14 @@ copy operations.
 
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 
-See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
+See: the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 
 - Config:      encoding
 - Env Var:     RCLONE_HUBIC_ENCODING
 - Type:        MultiEncoder
 - Default:     Slash,InvalidUtf8
 
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
+
 
 ### Limitations ###
 
@@ -16635,18 +17948,28 @@ The Swift API doesn't return a correct MD5SUM for segmented files
 (Dynamic or Static Large Objects) so rclone won't check or use the
 MD5SUM for these.
 
-Jottacloud
+ Jottacloud
 -----------------------------------------
 
+Jottacloud is a cloud storage service provider from a Norwegian company, using its own datacenters in Norway.
+
+In addition to the official service at [jottacloud.com](https://www.jottacloud.com/), there are
+also several whitelabel versions which should work with this backend.
+
 Paths are specified as `remote:path`
 
 Paths may be as deep as required, eg `remote:directory/subdirectory`.
 
-To configure Jottacloud you will need to generate a personal security token in the Jottacloud web inteface. You will the option to do in your [account security settings](https://www.jottacloud.com/web/secure). Note that the web inteface may refer to this token as a JottaCli token.
+## Setup
+
+To configure Jottacloud you will need to generate a personal security token in the Jottacloud web interface.
+You will the option to do in your [account security settings](https://www.jottacloud.com/web/secure)
+(for whitelabel version you need to find this page in its web interface).
+Note that the web interface may refer to this token as a JottaCli token.
 
 Here is an example of how to make a remote called `remote`.  First run:
 
-     rclone config
+    rclone config
 
 This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
 
@@ -16661,7 +17984,7 @@ Type of storage to configure.
 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 [snip]
-XX / JottaCloud
+XX / Jottacloud
    \ "jottacloud"
 [snip]
 Storage> jottacloud
@@ -16690,8 +18013,9 @@ Devices> 3
 Please select the mountpoint to user. Normally this will be Archive
 Choose a number from below, or type in an existing value
  1 > Archive
- 2 > Shared
+ 2 > Links
  3 > Sync
+ 
 Mountpoints> 1
 --------------------
 [jotta]
@@ -16721,25 +18045,34 @@ To copy a local directory to an Jottacloud directory called backup
 
     rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
 
-### Devices and Mountpoints ###
+### Devices and Mountpoints
 
-The official Jottacloud client registers a device for each computer you install it on and then creates a mountpoint for each folder you select for Backup.
-The web interface uses a special device called Jotta for the Archive, Sync and Shared mountpoints. In most cases you'll want to use the Jotta/Archive device/mounpoint however if you want to access files uploaded by any of the official clients rclone provides the option to select other devices and mountpoints during config.
+The official Jottacloud client registers a device for each computer you install it on,
+and then creates a mountpoint for each folder you select for Backup.
+The web interface uses a special device called Jotta for the Archive and Sync mountpoints.
+In most cases you'll want to use the Jotta/Archive device/mountpoint, however if you want to access
+files uploaded by any of the official clients rclone provides the option to select other devices
+and mountpoints during config.
 
-### --fast-list ###
+The built-in Jotta device may also contain several other mountpoints, such as: Latest, Links, Shared and Trash.
+These are special mountpoints with a different internal representation than the "regular" mountpoints.
+Rclone will only to a very limited degree support them. Generally you should avoid these, unless you know what you
+are doing.
+
+### --fast-list
 
 This remote supports `--fast-list` which allows you to use fewer
 transactions in exchange for more memory. See the [rclone
-docs](/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
+docs](https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
 
 Note that the implementation in Jottacloud always uses only a single
 API request to get the entire list, so for large folders this could
 lead to long wait time before the first results are shown.
 
-### Modified time and hashes ###
+### Modified time and hashes
 
 Jottacloud allows modification times to be set on objects accurate to 1
-second.  These will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or
+second. These will be used to detect whether objects need syncing or
 not.
 
 Jottacloud supports MD5 type hashes, so you can use the `--checksum`
@@ -16749,11 +18082,11 @@ Note that Jottacloud requires the MD5 hash before upload so if the
 source does not have an MD5 checksum then the file will be cached
 temporarily on disk (wherever the `TMPDIR` environment variable points
 to) before it is uploaded.  Small files will be cached in memory - see
-the `--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit` flag.
+the [--jottacloud-md5-memory-limit](#jottacloud-md5-memory-limit) flag.
 
 #### Restricted filename characters
 
-In addition to the [default restricted characters set](/overview/#restricted-characters)
+In addition to the [default restricted characters set](https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters)
 the following characters are also replaced:
 
 | Character | Value | Replacement |
@@ -16766,35 +18099,31 @@ the following characters are also replaced:
 | ?         | 0x3F  | ？          |
 | \|        | 0x7C  | ｜          |
 
-Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](/overview/#invalid-utf8),
+Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
 as they can't be used in XML strings.
 
-### Deleting files ###
+### Deleting files
 
-By default rclone will send all files to the trash when deleting files.
-Due to a lack of API documentation emptying the trash is currently
-only possible via the Jottacloud website. If deleting permanently
-is required then use the `--jottacloud-hard-delete` flag,
-or set the equivalent environment variable.
+By default rclone will send all files to the trash when deleting files. They will be permanently
+deleted automatically after 30 days. You may bypass the trash and permanently delete files immediately
+by using the [--jottacloud-hard-delete](#jottacloud-hard-delete) flag, or set the equivalent environment variable.
+Emptying the trash is supported by the [cleanup](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_cleanup/) command.
 
-### Versions ###
+### Versions
 
-Jottacloud supports file versioning. When rclone uploads a new version of a file it creates a new version of it. Currently rclone only supports retrieving the current version but older versions can be accessed via the Jottacloud Website.
+Jottacloud supports file versioning. When rclone uploads a new version of a file it creates a new version of it.
+Currently rclone only supports retrieving the current version but older versions can be accessed via the Jottacloud Website.
 
-### Quota information ###
+### Quota information
 
 To view your current quota you can use the `rclone about remote:`
 command which will display your usage limit (unless it is unlimited)
 and the current usage.
 
-### Device IDs ###
 
-Jottacloud requires each 'device' to be registered. Rclone brings such a registration to easily access your account but if you want to use Jottacloud together with rclone on multiple machines you NEED to create a seperate deviceID/deviceSecrect on each machine. You will asked during setting up the remote. Please be aware that this also means that copying the rclone config from one machine to another does NOT work with Jottacloud accounts. You have to create it on each machine.
-
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/jottacloud/jottacloud.go then run make backenddocs -->
 ### Advanced Options
 
-Here are the advanced options specific to jottacloud (JottaCloud).
+Here are the advanced options specific to jottacloud (Jottacloud).
 
 #### --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit
 
@@ -16805,6 +18134,16 @@ Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required.
 - Type:        SizeSuffix
 - Default:     10M
 
+#### --jottacloud-trashed-only
+
+Only show files that are in the trash.
+This will show trashed files in their original directory structure.
+
+- Config:      trashed_only
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_TRASHED_ONLY
+- Type:        bool
+- Default:     false
+
 #### --jottacloud-hard-delete
 
 Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
@@ -16837,29 +18176,31 @@ Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail's.
 
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 
-See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
+See: the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 
 - Config:      encoding
 - Env Var:     RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_ENCODING
 - Type:        MultiEncoder
 - Default:     Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot
 
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 
-### Limitations ###
+
+### Limitations
 
 Note that Jottacloud is case insensitive so you can't have a file called
 "Hello.doc" and one called "hello.doc".
 
-There are quite a few characters that can't be in Jottacloud file names. Rclone will map these names to and from an identical looking unicode equivalent. For example if a file has a ? in it will be mapped to ？ instead.
+There are quite a few characters that can't be in Jottacloud file names. Rclone will map these names to and from an identical
+looking unicode equivalent. For example if a file has a ? in it will be mapped to ？ instead.
 
 Jottacloud only supports filenames up to 255 characters in length.
 
-### Troubleshooting ###
+### Troubleshooting
 
-Jottacloud exhibits some inconsistent behaviours regarding deleted files and folders which may cause Copy, Move and DirMove operations to previously deleted paths to fail. Emptying the trash should help in such cases.
+Jottacloud exhibits some inconsistent behaviours regarding deleted files and folders which may cause Copy, Move and DirMove
+operations to previously deleted paths to fail. Emptying the trash should help in such cases.
 
-Koofr
+ Koofr
 -----------------------------------------
 
 Paths are specified as `remote:path`
@@ -16943,17 +18284,17 @@ To copy a local directory to an Koofr directory called backup
 
 #### Restricted filename characters
 
-In addition to the [default restricted characters set](/overview/#restricted-characters)
+In addition to the [default restricted characters set](https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters)
 the following characters are also replaced:
 
 | Character | Value | Replacement |
 | --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
 | \         | 0x5C  | ＼           |
 
-Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](/overview/#invalid-utf8),
+Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
 as they can't be used in XML strings.
 
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/koofr/koofr.go then run make backenddocs -->
+
 ### Standard Options
 
 Here are the standard options specific to koofr (Koofr).
@@ -17011,25 +18352,27 @@ Does the backend support setting modification time. Set this to false if you use
 
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 
-See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
+See: the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 
 - Config:      encoding
 - Env Var:     RCLONE_KOOFR_ENCODING
 - Type:        MultiEncoder
 - Default:     Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot
 
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
+
 
 ### Limitations ###
 
 Note that Koofr is case insensitive so you can't have a file called
 "Hello.doc" and one called "hello.doc".
 
-Mail.ru Cloud
+ Mail.ru Cloud
 ----------------------------------------
 
 [Mail.ru Cloud](https://cloud.mail.ru/) is a cloud storage provided by a Russian internet company [Mail.Ru Group](https://mail.ru). The official desktop client is [Disk-O:](https://disk-o.cloud/), available only on Windows. (Please note that official sites are in Russian)
 
+Currently it is recommended to disable 2FA on Mail.ru accounts intended for rclone until it gets eventually implemented.
+
 ### Features highlights ###
 
 - Paths may be as deep as required, eg `remote:directory/subdirectory`
@@ -17037,7 +18380,7 @@ Mail.ru Cloud
 - Deleted files are by default moved to the trash
 - Files and directories can be shared via public links
 - Partial uploads or streaming are not supported, file size must be known before upload
-- Maximum file size is limited to 2G for a free acount, unlimited for paid accounts
+- Maximum file size is limited to 2G for a free account, unlimited for paid accounts
 - Storage keeps hash for all files and performs transparent deduplication,
   the hash algorithm is a modified SHA1
 - If a particular file is already present in storage, one can quickly submit file hash
@@ -17157,7 +18500,7 @@ command which will display your usage limit (quota) and the current usage.
 
 #### Restricted filename characters
 
-In addition to the [default restricted characters set](/overview/#restricted-characters)
+In addition to the [default restricted characters set](https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters)
 the following characters are also replaced:
 
 | Character | Value | Replacement |
@@ -17171,7 +18514,7 @@ the following characters are also replaced:
 | \         | 0x5C  | ＼          |
 | \|        | 0x7C  | ｜          |
 
-Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](/overview/#invalid-utf8),
+Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
 as they can't be used in JSON strings.
 
 ### Limitations ###
@@ -17183,7 +18526,7 @@ site for the total uploaded size limits.
 Note that Mailru is case insensitive so you can't have a file called
 "Hello.doc" and one called "hello.doc".
 
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/mailru/mailru.go then run make backenddocs -->
+
 ### Standard Options
 
 Here are the standard options specific to mailru (Mail.ru Cloud).
@@ -17325,16 +18668,16 @@ Supported quirks: atomicmkdir binlist gzip insecure retry400
 
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 
-See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
+See: the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 
 - Config:      encoding
 - Env Var:     RCLONE_MAILRU_ENCODING
 - Type:        MultiEncoder
 - Default:     Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot
 
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 
-Mega
+
+ Mega
 -----------------------------------------
 
 [Mega](https://mega.nz/) is a cloud storage and file hosting service
@@ -17422,7 +18765,7 @@ Mega does not support modification times or hashes yet.
 | NUL       | 0x00  | ␀           |
 | /         | 0x2F  | ／          |
 
-Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](/overview/#invalid-utf8),
+Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
 as they can't be used in JSON strings.
 
 ### Duplicated files ###
@@ -17439,7 +18782,7 @@ Use `rclone dedupe` to fix duplicated files.
 
 Mega remotes seem to get blocked (reject logins) under "heavy use".
 We haven't worked out the exact blocking rules but it seems to be
-related to fast paced, sucessive rclone commands.
+related to fast paced, successive rclone commands.
 
 For example, executing this command 90 times in a row `rclone link
 remote:file` will cause the remote to become "blocked". This is not an
@@ -17470,7 +18813,7 @@ approach.
 
 Note that once blocked, the use of other tools (such as megacmd) is
 not a sure workaround: following megacmd login times have been
-observed in sucession for blocked remote: 7 minutes, 20 min, 30min, 30
+observed in succession for blocked remote: 7 minutes, 20 min, 30min, 30
 min, 30min. Web access looks unaffected though.
 
 Investigation is continuing in relation to workarounds based on
@@ -17481,7 +18824,7 @@ So, if rclone was working nicely and suddenly you are unable to log-in
 and you are sure the user and the password are correct, likely you
 have got the remote blocked for a while.
 
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/mega/mega.go then run make backenddocs -->
+
 ### Standard Options
 
 Here are the standard options specific to mega (Mega).
@@ -17537,14 +18880,14 @@ permanently delete objects instead.
 
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 
-See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
+See: the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 
 - Config:      encoding
 - Env Var:     RCLONE_MEGA_ENCODING
 - Type:        MultiEncoder
 - Default:     Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot
 
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
+
 
 ### Limitations ###
 
@@ -17555,7 +18898,7 @@ so there are likely quite a few errors still remaining in this library.
 
 Mega allows duplicate files which may confuse rclone.
 
-Memory
+ Memory
 -----------------------------------------
 
 The memory backend is an in RAM backend. It does not persist its
@@ -17611,12 +18954,12 @@ The memory backend supports MD5 hashes and modification times accurate to 1 nS.
 #### Restricted filename characters
 
 The memory backend replaces the [default restricted characters
-set](/overview/#restricted-characters).
+set](https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters).
 
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/memory/memory.go then run make backenddocs -->
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 
-Microsoft Azure Blob Storage
+
+
+ Microsoft Azure Blob Storage
 -----------------------------------------
 
 Paths are specified as `remote:container` (or `remote:` for the `lsd`
@@ -17684,7 +19027,7 @@ files in the container.
 
 This remote supports `--fast-list` which allows you to use fewer
 transactions in exchange for more memory. See the [rclone
-docs](/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
+docs](https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
 
 ### Modified time ###
 
@@ -17695,7 +19038,7 @@ there is no overhead to using it.
 
 ### Restricted filename characters
 
-In addition to the [default restricted characters set](/overview/#restricted-characters)
+In addition to the [default restricted characters set](https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters)
 the following characters are also replaced:
 
 | Character | Value | Replacement |
@@ -17704,13 +19047,13 @@ the following characters are also replaced:
 | \         | 0x5C  | ＼           |
 
 File names can also not end with the following characters.
-These only get replaced if they are last character in the name:
+These only get replaced if they are the last character in the name:
 
 | Character | Value | Replacement |
 | --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
 | .         | 0x2E  | ．          |
 
-Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](/overview/#invalid-utf8),
+Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
 as they can't be used in JSON strings.
 
 ### Hashes ###
@@ -17725,29 +19068,39 @@ Rclone has 3 ways of authenticating with Azure Blob Storage:
 
 #### Account and Key
 
-This is the most straight forward and least flexible way.  Just fill in the `account` and `key` lines and leave the rest blank.
+This is the most straight forward and least flexible way.  Just fill
+in the `account` and `key` lines and leave the rest blank.
 
 #### SAS URL
 
-This can be an account level SAS URL or container level SAS URL
+This can be an account level SAS URL or container level SAS URL.
 
-To use it leave `account`, `key`  blank and fill in `sas_url`.
+To use it leave `account`, `key` blank and fill in `sas_url`.
 
-Account level SAS URL or container level SAS URL can be obtained from Azure portal or Azure Storage Explorer.
-To get a container level SAS URL right click on a container in the Azure Blob explorer in the Azure portal.
+An account level SAS URL or container level SAS URL can be obtained
+from the Azure portal or the Azure Storage Explorer.  To get a
+container level SAS URL right click on a container in the Azure Blob
+explorer in the Azure portal.
 
-If You use container level SAS URL, rclone operations are permitted only on particular container, eg
+If you use a container level SAS URL, rclone operations are permitted
+only on a particular container, eg
 
-    rclone ls azureblob:container or rclone ls azureblob:
+    rclone ls azureblob:container
 
-Since container name already exists in SAS URL, you can leave it empty as well.
+You can also list the single container from the root. This will only
+show the container specified by the SAS URL.
 
-However these will not work
+    $ rclone lsd azureblob:
+    container/
+
+Note that you can't see or access any other containers - this will
+fail
 
-    rclone lsd azureblob:
     rclone ls azureblob:othercontainer
 
-This would be useful for temporarily allowing third parties access to a single container or putting credentials into an untrusted environment.
+Container level SAS URLs are useful for temporarily allowing third
+parties access to a single container or putting credentials into an
+untrusted environment such as a CI build server.
 
 ### Multipart uploads ###
 
@@ -17770,7 +19123,7 @@ upload which means that there is a limit of 9.5TB of multipart uploads
 in progress as Azure won't allow more than that amount of uncommitted
 blocks.
 
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/azureblob/azureblob.go then run make backenddocs -->
+
 ### Standard Options
 
 Here are the standard options specific to azureblob (Microsoft Azure Blob Storage).
@@ -17884,18 +19237,52 @@ tiering blob to "Hot" or "Cool".
 - Type:        string
 - Default:     ""
 
+#### --azureblob-disable-checksum
+
+Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata.
+
+Normally rclone will calculate the MD5 checksum of the input before
+uploading it so it can add it to metadata on the object. This is great
+for data integrity checking but can cause long delays for large files
+to start uploading.
+
+- Config:      disable_checksum
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_DISABLE_CHECKSUM
+- Type:        bool
+- Default:     false
+
+#### --azureblob-memory-pool-flush-time
+
+How often internal memory buffer pools will be flushed.
+Uploads which requires additional buffers (f.e multipart) will use memory pool for allocations.
+This option controls how often unused buffers will be removed from the pool.
+
+- Config:      memory_pool_flush_time
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_MEMORY_POOL_FLUSH_TIME
+- Type:        Duration
+- Default:     1m0s
+
+#### --azureblob-memory-pool-use-mmap
+
+Whether to use mmap buffers in internal memory pool.
+
+- Config:      memory_pool_use_mmap
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_MEMORY_POOL_USE_MMAP
+- Type:        bool
+- Default:     false
+
 #### --azureblob-encoding
 
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 
-See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
+See: the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 
 - Config:      encoding
 - Env Var:     RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_ENCODING
 - Type:        MultiEncoder
 - Default:     Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8
 
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
+
 
 ### Limitations ###
 
@@ -17903,12 +19290,12 @@ MD5 sums are only uploaded with chunked files if the source has an MD5
 sum.  This will always be the case for a local to azure copy.
 
 ### Azure Storage Emulator Support ###
-You can test rlcone with storage emulator locally, to do this make sure azure storage emulator
+You can test rclone with storage emulator locally, to do this make sure azure storage emulator
 installed locally and set up a new remote with `rclone config` follow instructions described in
 introduction, set `use_emulator` config as `true`, you do not need to provide default account name
 or key if using emulator.
 
-Microsoft OneDrive
+ Microsoft OneDrive
 -----------------------------------------
 
 Paths are specified as `remote:path`
@@ -18033,10 +19420,10 @@ If you are having problems with them (E.g., seeing a lot of throttling), you can
 Client ID and Key by following the steps below:
 
 1. Open https://portal.azure.com/#blade/Microsoft_AAD_RegisteredApps/ApplicationsListBlade, then click `New registration`.
-2. Enter a name for your app, choose account type `Any Azure AD directory - Multitenant`, select `Web` in `Redirect URI` Enter `http://localhost:53682/` and click Register. Copy and keep the `Application (client) ID` under the app name for later use.
+2. Enter a name for your app, choose account type `Accounts in any organizational directory (Any Azure AD directory - Multitenant) and personal Microsoft accounts (e.g. Skype, Xbox)`, select `Web` in `Redirect URI` Enter `http://localhost:53682/` and click Register. Copy and keep the `Application (client) ID` under the app name for later use.
 3. Under `manage` select `Certificates & secrets`, click `New client secret`. Copy and keep that secret for later use.
 4. Under `manage` select `API permissions`, click `Add a permission` and select `Microsoft Graph` then select `delegated permissions`.
-5. Search and select the follwing permssions: `Files.Read`, `Files.ReadWrite`, `Files.Read.All`, `Files.ReadWrite.All`, `offline_access`, `User.Read`. Once selected click `Add permissions` at the bottom.
+5. Search and select the following permissions: `Files.Read`, `Files.ReadWrite`, `Files.Read.All`, `Files.ReadWrite.All`, `offline_access`, `User.Read`. Once selected click `Add permissions` at the bottom.
 
 Now the application is complete. Run `rclone config` to create or edit a OneDrive remote.
 Supply the app ID and password as Client ID and Secret, respectively. rclone will walk you through the remaining steps.
@@ -18055,7 +19442,7 @@ For all types of OneDrive you can use the `--checksum` flag.
 
 ### Restricted filename characters ###
 
-In addition to the [default restricted characters set](/overview/#restricted-characters)
+In addition to the [default restricted characters set](https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters)
 the following characters are also replaced:
 
 | Character | Value | Replacement |
@@ -18072,7 +19459,7 @@ the following characters are also replaced:
 | %         | 0x25  | ％          |
 
 File names can also not end with the following characters.
-These only get replaced if they are last character in the name:
+These only get replaced if they are the last character in the name:
 
 | Character | Value | Replacement |
 | --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
@@ -18080,14 +19467,14 @@ These only get replaced if they are last character in the name:
 | .         | 0x2E  | ．          |
 
 File names can also not begin with the following characters.
-These only get replaced if they are first character in the name:
+These only get replaced if they are the first character in the name:
 
 | Character | Value | Replacement |
 | --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
 | SP        | 0x20  | ␠           |
 | ~         | 0x7E  | ～          |
 
-Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](/overview/#invalid-utf8),
+Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
 as they can't be used in JSON strings.
 
 ### Deleting files ###
@@ -18097,7 +19484,7 @@ doesn't provide an API to permanently delete files, nor to empty the
 trash, so you will have to do that with one of Microsoft's apps or via
 the OneDrive website.
 
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/onedrive/onedrive.go then run make backenddocs -->
+
 ### Standard Options
 
 Here are the standard options specific to onedrive (Microsoft OneDrive).
@@ -18130,8 +19517,9 @@ Here are the advanced options specific to onedrive (Microsoft OneDrive).
 
 Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k (327,680 bytes).
 
-Above this size files will be chunked - must be multiple of 320k (327,680 bytes). Note
-that the chunks will be buffered into memory.
+Above this size files will be chunked - must be multiple of 320k (327,680 bytes) and
+should not exceed 250M (262,144,000 bytes) else you may encounter \"Microsoft.SharePoint.Client.InvalidClientQueryException: The request message is too big.\"
+Note that the chunks will be buffered into memory.
 
 - Config:      chunk_size
 - Env Var:     RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_CHUNK_SIZE
@@ -18171,18 +19559,32 @@ listing, set this option.
 - Type:        bool
 - Default:     false
 
+#### --onedrive-server-side-across-configs
+
+Allow server side operations (eg copy) to work across different onedrive configs.
+
+This can be useful if you wish to do a server side copy between two
+different Onedrives.  Note that this isn't enabled by default
+because it isn't easy to tell if it will work between any two
+configurations.
+
+- Config:      server_side_across_configs
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_SERVER_SIDE_ACROSS_CONFIGS
+- Type:        bool
+- Default:     false
+
 #### --onedrive-encoding
 
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 
-See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
+See: the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 
 - Config:      encoding
 - Env Var:     RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_ENCODING
 - Type:        MultiEncoder
 - Default:     Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,Hash,Percent,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,LeftTilde,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot
 
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
+
 
 ### Limitations ###
 
@@ -18199,7 +19601,9 @@ in it will be mapped to `？` instead.
 
 #### File sizes ####
 
-The largest allowed file sizes are 15GB for OneDrive for Business and 35GB for OneDrive Personal (Updated 4 Jan 2019).
+The largest allowed file sizes are 15GB for OneDrive for Business and 100GB for OneDrive Personal (Updated 19 May 2020).
+Source:
+https://support.office.com/en-us/article/upload-photos-and-files-to-onedrive-b00ad3fe-6643-4b16-9212-de00ef02b586
 
 #### Path length ####
 
@@ -18301,7 +19705,7 @@ Description: Due to a configuration change made by your administrator, or becaus
 
 If you see the error above after enabling multi-factor authentication for your account, you can fix it by refreshing your OAuth refresh token. To do that, run `rclone config`, and choose to edit your OneDrive backend. Then, you don't need to actually make any changes until you reach this question: `Already have a token - refresh?`. For this question, answer `y` and go through the process to refresh your token, just like the first time the backend is configured. After this, rclone should work again for this backend.
 
-OpenDrive
+ OpenDrive
 ------------------------------------
 
 Paths are specified as `remote:path`
@@ -18393,10 +19797,10 @@ These only get replaced if they are the first or last character in the name:
 | CR        | 0x0D  | ␍           |
 
 
-Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](/overview/#invalid-utf8),
+Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
 as they can't be used in JSON strings.
 
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/opendrive/opendrive.go then run make backenddocs -->
+
 ### Standard Options
 
 Here are the standard options specific to opendrive (OpenDrive).
@@ -18427,7 +19831,7 @@ Here are the advanced options specific to opendrive (OpenDrive).
 
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 
-See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
+See: the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 
 - Config:      encoding
 - Env Var:     RCLONE_OPENDRIVE_ENCODING
@@ -18446,7 +19850,7 @@ increase memory use.
 - Type:        SizeSuffix
 - Default:     10M
 
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
+
 
 ### Limitations ###
 
@@ -18459,7 +19863,7 @@ platforms they are common.  Rclone will map these names to and from an
 identical looking unicode equivalent.  For example if a file has a `?`
 in it will be mapped to `？` instead.
 
-QingStor
+ QingStor
 ---------------------------------------
 
 Paths are specified as `remote:bucket` (or `remote:` for the `lsd`
@@ -18498,7 +19902,7 @@ QingStor Access Key ID - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials
 access_key_id> access_key
 QingStor Secret Access Key (password) - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
 secret_access_key> secret_key
-Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
+Enter an endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
 Leave blank will use the default value "https://qingstor.com:443"
 endpoint>
 Zone connect to. Default is "pek3a".
@@ -18510,7 +19914,7 @@ Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
  2 | Needs location constraint sh1a.
    \ "sh1a"
 zone> 1
-Number of connnection retry.
+Number of connection retry.
 Leave blank will use the default value "3".
 connection_retries>
 Remote config
@@ -18552,7 +19956,7 @@ files in the bucket.
 
 This remote supports `--fast-list` which allows you to use fewer
 transactions in exchange for more memory. See the [rclone
-docs](/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
+docs](https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
 
 ### Multipart uploads ###
 
@@ -18560,6 +19964,12 @@ rclone supports multipart uploads with QingStor which means that it can
 upload files bigger than 5GB. Note that files uploaded with multipart
 upload don't have an MD5SUM.
 
+Note that incomplete multipart uploads older than 24 hours can be
+removed with `rclone cleanup remote:bucket` just for one bucket
+`rclone cleanup remote:` for all buckets. QingStor does not ever
+remove incomplete multipart uploads so it may be necessary to run this
+from time to time.
+
 ### Buckets and Zone ###
 
 With QingStor you can list buckets (`rclone lsd`) using any zone,
@@ -18584,13 +19994,13 @@ credentials. In order of precedence:
 ### Restricted filename characters
 
 The control characters 0x00-0x1F and / are replaced as in the [default
-restricted characters set](/overview/#restricted-characters).  Note
+restricted characters set](https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters).  Note
 that 0x7F is not replaced.
 
-Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](/overview/#invalid-utf8),
+Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
 as they can't be used in JSON strings.
 
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/qingstor/qingstor.go then run make backenddocs -->
+
 ### Standard Options
 
 Here are the standard options specific to qingstor (QingCloud Object Storage).
@@ -18631,7 +20041,7 @@ Leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
 
 #### --qingstor-endpoint
 
-Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
+Enter an endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
 Leave blank will use the default value "https://qingstor.com:443"
 
 - Config:      endpoint
@@ -18725,19 +20135,19 @@ this may help to speed up the transfers.
 
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 
-See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
+See: the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 
 - Config:      encoding
 - Env Var:     RCLONE_QINGSTOR_ENCODING
 - Type:        MultiEncoder
 - Default:     Slash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8
 
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
+
 
 Swift
 ----------------------------------------
 
-Swift refers to [Openstack Object Storage](https://docs.openstack.org/swift/latest/).
+Swift refers to [OpenStack Object Storage](https://docs.openstack.org/swift/latest/).
 Commercial implementations of that being:
 
   * [Rackspace Cloud Files](https://www.rackspace.com/cloud/files/)
@@ -18765,7 +20175,7 @@ name> remote
 Type of storage to configure.
 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 [snip]
-XX / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
+XX / OpenStack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
    \ "swift"
 [snip]
 Storage> swift
@@ -18938,7 +20348,7 @@ rclone lsd myremote:
 
 This remote supports `--fast-list` which allows you to use fewer
 transactions in exchange for more memory. See the [rclone
-docs](/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
+docs](https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
 
 ### --update and --use-server-modtime ###
 
@@ -18953,10 +20363,10 @@ sufficient to determine if it is "dirty". By using `--update` along with
 `--use-server-modtime`, you can avoid the extra API call and simply upload
 files whose local modtime is newer than the time it was last uploaded.
 
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/swift/swift.go then run make backenddocs -->
+
 ### Standard Options
 
-Here are the standard options specific to swift (Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)).
+Here are the standard options specific to swift (OpenStack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)).
 
 #### --swift-env-auth
 
@@ -19159,7 +20569,7 @@ provider.
 
 ### Advanced Options
 
-Here are the advanced options specific to swift (Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)).
+Here are the advanced options specific to swift (OpenStack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)).
 
 #### --swift-chunk-size
 
@@ -19195,14 +20605,14 @@ copy operations.
 
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 
-See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
+See: the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 
 - Config:      encoding
 - Env Var:     RCLONE_SWIFT_ENCODING
 - Type:        MultiEncoder
 - Default:     Slash,InvalidUtf8
 
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
+
 
 ### Modified time ###
 
@@ -19210,7 +20620,7 @@ The modified time is stored as metadata on the object as
 `X-Object-Meta-Mtime` as floating point since the epoch accurate to 1
 ns.
 
-This is a defacto standard (used in the official python-swiftclient
+This is a de facto standard (used in the official python-swiftclient
 amongst others) for storing the modification time for an object.
 
 ### Restricted filename characters
@@ -19220,7 +20630,7 @@ amongst others) for storing the modification time for an object.
 | NUL       | 0x00  | ␀           |
 | /         | 0x2F  | ／          |
 
-Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](/overview/#invalid-utf8),
+Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
 as they can't be used in JSON strings.
 
 ### Limitations ###
@@ -19243,12 +20653,12 @@ investigate further with the `--dump-bodies` flag.
 This may also be caused by specifying the region when you shouldn't
 have (eg OVH).
 
-#### Rclone gives Failed to create file system: Response didn't have storage storage url and auth token ####
+#### Rclone gives Failed to create file system: Response didn't have storage url and auth token ####
 
 This is most likely caused by forgetting to specify your tenant when
 setting up a swift remote.
 
-pCloud
+ pCloud
 -----------------------------------------
 
 Paths are specified as `remote:path`
@@ -19340,14 +20750,14 @@ pCloud supports MD5 and SHA1 type hashes, so you can use the
 
 #### Restricted filename characters
 
-In addition to the [default restricted characters set](/overview/#restricted-characters)
+In addition to the [default restricted characters set](https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters)
 the following characters are also replaced:
 
 | Character | Value | Replacement |
 | --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
 | \         | 0x5C  | ＼          |
 
-Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](/overview/#invalid-utf8),
+Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
 as they can't be used in JSON strings.
 
 ### Deleting files ###
@@ -19356,7 +20766,29 @@ Deleted files will be moved to the trash.  Your subscription level
 will determine how long items stay in the trash.  `rclone cleanup` can
 be used to empty the trash.
 
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/pcloud/pcloud.go then run make backenddocs -->
+### Root folder ID ###
+
+You can set the `root_folder_id` for rclone.  This is the directory
+(identified by its `Folder ID`) that rclone considers to be the root
+of your pCloud drive.
+
+Normally you will leave this blank and rclone will determine the
+correct root to use itself.
+
+However you can set this to restrict rclone to a specific folder
+hierarchy.
+
+In order to do this you will have to find the `Folder ID` of the
+directory you wish rclone to display.  This will be the `folder` field
+of the URL when you open the relevant folder in the pCloud web
+interface.
+
+So if the folder you want rclone to use has a URL which looks like
+`https://my.pcloud.com/#page=filemanager&folder=5xxxxxxxx8&tpl=foldergrid`
+in the browser, then you use `5xxxxxxxx8` as
+the `root_folder_id` in the config.
+
+
 ### Standard Options
 
 Here are the standard options specific to pcloud (Pcloud).
@@ -19389,16 +20821,25 @@ Here are the advanced options specific to pcloud (Pcloud).
 
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 
-See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
+See: the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 
 - Config:      encoding
 - Env Var:     RCLONE_PCLOUD_ENCODING
 - Type:        MultiEncoder
 - Default:     Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot
 
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
+#### --pcloud-root-folder-id
 
-premiumize.me
+Fill in for rclone to use a non root folder as its starting point.
+
+- Config:      root_folder_id
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_PCLOUD_ROOT_FOLDER_ID
+- Type:        string
+- Default:     "d0"
+
+
+
+ premiumize.me
 -----------------------------------------
 
 Paths are specified as `remote:path`
@@ -19484,7 +20925,7 @@ syncing will default to `--size-only` checking.  Note that using
 
 #### Restricted filename characters
 
-In addition to the [default restricted characters set](/overview/#restricted-characters)
+In addition to the [default restricted characters set](https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters)
 the following characters are also replaced:
 
 | Character | Value | Replacement |
@@ -19492,10 +20933,10 @@ the following characters are also replaced:
 | \         | 0x5C  | ＼           |
 | "         | 0x22  | ＂           |
 
-Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](/overview/#invalid-utf8),
+Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
 as they can't be used in JSON strings.
 
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/premiumizeme/premiumizeme.go then run make backenddocs -->
+
 ### Standard Options
 
 Here are the standard options specific to premiumizeme (premiumize.me).
@@ -19520,14 +20961,14 @@ Here are the advanced options specific to premiumizeme (premiumize.me).
 
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 
-See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
+See: the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 
 - Config:      encoding
 - Env Var:     RCLONE_PREMIUMIZEME_ENCODING
 - Type:        MultiEncoder
 - Default:     Slash,DoubleQuote,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot
 
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
+
 
 ### Limitations ###
 
@@ -19540,7 +20981,7 @@ rclone maps these to and from an identical looking unicode equivalents
 
 premiumize.me only supports filenames up to 255 characters in length.
 
-put.io
+ put.io
 ---------------------------------
 
 Paths are specified as `remote:path`
@@ -19634,17 +21075,17 @@ To copy a local directory to a put.io directory called backup
 
 #### Restricted filename characters
 
-In addition to the [default restricted characters set](/overview/#restricted-characters)
+In addition to the [default restricted characters set](https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters)
 the following characters are also replaced:
 
 | Character | Value | Replacement |
 | --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
 | \         | 0x5C  | ＼           |
 
-Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](/overview/#invalid-utf8),
+Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
 as they can't be used in JSON strings.
 
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/putio/putio.go then run make backenddocs -->
+
 ### Advanced Options
 
 Here are the advanced options specific to putio (Put.io).
@@ -19653,16 +21094,374 @@ Here are the advanced options specific to putio (Put.io).
 
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 
-See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
+See: the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 
 - Config:      encoding
 - Env Var:     RCLONE_PUTIO_ENCODING
 - Type:        MultiEncoder
 - Default:     Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot
 
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 
-SFTP
+
+Seafile
+----------------------------------------
+
+This is a backend for the [Seafile](https://www.seafile.com/) storage service:
+- It works with both the free community edition or the professional edition.
+- Seafile versions 6.x and 7.x are all supported.
+- Encrypted libraries are also supported.
+- It supports 2FA enabled users
+
+### Root mode vs Library mode ###
+
+There are two distinct modes you can setup your remote:
+- you point your remote to the **root of the server**, meaning you don't specify a library during the configuration:
+Paths are specified as `remote:library`. You may put subdirectories in too, eg `remote:library/path/to/dir`.
+- you point your remote to a specific library during the configuration:
+Paths are specified as `remote:path/to/dir`. **This is the recommended mode when using encrypted libraries**. (_This mode is possibly slightly faster than the root mode_)
+
+### Configuration in root mode ###
+
+Here is an example of making a seafile configuration for a user with **no** two-factor authentication.  First run
+
+    rclone config
+
+This will guide you through an interactive setup process. To authenticate
+you will need the URL of your server, your email (or username) and your password.
+
+```
+No remotes found - make a new one
+n) New remote
+s) Set configuration password
+q) Quit config
+n/s/q> n
+name> seafile
+Type of storage to configure.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
+Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
+[snip]
+XX / Seafile
+   \ "seafile"
+[snip]
+Storage> seafile
+** See help for seafile backend at: https://rclone.org/seafile/ **
+
+URL of seafile host to connect to
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
+Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
+ 1 / Connect to cloud.seafile.com
+   \ "https://cloud.seafile.com/"
+url> http://my.seafile.server/
+User name (usually email address)
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
+user> me@example.com
+Password
+y) Yes type in my own password
+g) Generate random password
+n) No leave this optional password blank (default)
+y/g> y
+Enter the password:
+password:
+Confirm the password:
+password:
+Two-factor authentication ('true' if the account has 2FA enabled)
+Enter a boolean value (true or false). Press Enter for the default ("false").
+2fa> false
+Name of the library. Leave blank to access all non-encrypted libraries.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
+library>
+Library password (for encrypted libraries only). Leave blank if you pass it through the command line.
+y) Yes type in my own password
+g) Generate random password
+n) No leave this optional password blank (default)
+y/g/n> n
+Edit advanced config? (y/n)
+y) Yes
+n) No (default)
+y/n> n
+Remote config
+Two-factor authentication is not enabled on this account.
+--------------------
+[seafile]
+type = seafile
+url = http://my.seafile.server/
+user = me@example.com
+pass = *** ENCRYPTED ***
+2fa = false
+--------------------
+y) Yes this is OK (default)
+e) Edit this remote
+d) Delete this remote
+y/e/d> y
+```
+
+This remote is called `seafile`. It's pointing to the root of your seafile server and can now be used like this:
+
+See all libraries
+
+    rclone lsd seafile:
+
+Create a new library
+
+    rclone mkdir seafile:library
+
+List the contents of a library
+
+    rclone ls seafile:library
+
+Sync `/home/local/directory` to the remote library, deleting any
+excess files in the library.
+
+    rclone sync /home/local/directory seafile:library
+
+### Configuration in library mode ###
+
+Here's an example of a configuration in library mode with a user that has the two-factor authentication enabled. Your 2FA code will be asked at the end of the configuration, and will attempt to authenticate you:
+
+```
+No remotes found - make a new one
+n) New remote
+s) Set configuration password
+q) Quit config
+n/s/q> n
+name> seafile
+Type of storage to configure.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
+Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
+[snip]
+XX / Seafile
+   \ "seafile"
+[snip]
+Storage> seafile
+** See help for seafile backend at: https://rclone.org/seafile/ **
+
+URL of seafile host to connect to
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
+Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
+ 1 / Connect to cloud.seafile.com
+   \ "https://cloud.seafile.com/"
+url> http://my.seafile.server/
+User name (usually email address)
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
+user> me@example.com
+Password
+y) Yes type in my own password
+g) Generate random password
+n) No leave this optional password blank (default)
+y/g> y
+Enter the password:
+password:
+Confirm the password:
+password:
+Two-factor authentication ('true' if the account has 2FA enabled)
+Enter a boolean value (true or false). Press Enter for the default ("false").
+2fa> true
+Name of the library. Leave blank to access all non-encrypted libraries.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
+library> My Library
+Library password (for encrypted libraries only). Leave blank if you pass it through the command line.
+y) Yes type in my own password
+g) Generate random password
+n) No leave this optional password blank (default)
+y/g/n> n
+Edit advanced config? (y/n)
+y) Yes
+n) No (default)
+y/n> n
+Remote config
+Two-factor authentication: please enter your 2FA code
+2fa code> 123456
+Authenticating...
+Success!
+--------------------
+[seafile]
+type = seafile
+url = http://my.seafile.server/
+user = me@example.com
+pass = 
+2fa = true
+library = My Library
+--------------------
+y) Yes this is OK (default)
+e) Edit this remote
+d) Delete this remote
+y/e/d> y
+```
+
+You'll notice your password is blank in the configuration. It's because we only need the password to authenticate you once.
+
+You specified `My Library` during the configuration. The root of the remote is pointing at the
+root of the library `My Library`:
+
+See all files in the library:
+
+    rclone lsd seafile:
+
+Create a new directory inside the library
+
+    rclone mkdir seafile:directory
+
+List the contents of a directory
+
+    rclone ls seafile:directory
+
+Sync `/home/local/directory` to the remote library, deleting any
+excess files in the library.
+
+    rclone sync /home/local/directory seafile:
+
+
+### --fast-list ###
+
+Seafile version 7+ supports `--fast-list` which allows you to use fewer
+transactions in exchange for more memory. See the [rclone
+docs](https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
+Please note this is not supported on seafile server version 6.x
+
+
+#### Restricted filename characters
+
+In addition to the [default restricted characters set](https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters)
+the following characters are also replaced:
+
+| Character | Value | Replacement |
+| --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
+| /         | 0x2F  | ／          |
+| "         | 0x22  | ＂          |
+| \         | 0x5C  | ＼           |
+
+Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
+as they can't be used in JSON strings.
+
+### Seafile and rclone link ###
+
+Rclone supports generating share links for non-encrypted libraries only.
+They can either be for a file or a directory:
+
+```
+rclone link seafile:seafile-tutorial.doc
+http://my.seafile.server/f/fdcd8a2f93f84b8b90f4/
+
+```
+
+or if run on a directory you will get:
+
+```
+rclone link seafile:dir
+http://my.seafile.server/d/9ea2455f6f55478bbb0d/
+```
+
+Please note a share link is unique for each file or directory. If you run a link command on a file/dir
+that has already been shared, you will get the exact same link.
+
+### Compatibility ###
+
+It has been actively tested using the [seafile docker image](https://github.com/haiwen/seafile-docker) of these versions:
+- 6.3.4 community edition
+- 7.0.5 community edition
+- 7.1.3 community edition
+
+Versions below 6.0 are not supported.
+Versions between 6.0 and 6.3 haven't been tested and might not work properly.
+
+
+### Standard Options
+
+Here are the standard options specific to seafile (seafile).
+
+#### --seafile-url
+
+URL of seafile host to connect to
+
+- Config:      url
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_SEAFILE_URL
+- Type:        string
+- Default:     ""
+- Examples:
+    - "https://cloud.seafile.com/"
+        - Connect to cloud.seafile.com
+
+#### --seafile-user
+
+User name (usually email address)
+
+- Config:      user
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_SEAFILE_USER
+- Type:        string
+- Default:     ""
+
+#### --seafile-pass
+
+Password
+
+- Config:      pass
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_SEAFILE_PASS
+- Type:        string
+- Default:     ""
+
+#### --seafile-2fa
+
+Two-factor authentication ('true' if the account has 2FA enabled)
+
+- Config:      2fa
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_SEAFILE_2FA
+- Type:        bool
+- Default:     false
+
+#### --seafile-library
+
+Name of the library. Leave blank to access all non-encrypted libraries.
+
+- Config:      library
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_SEAFILE_LIBRARY
+- Type:        string
+- Default:     ""
+
+#### --seafile-library-key
+
+Library password (for encrypted libraries only). Leave blank if you pass it through the command line.
+
+- Config:      library_key
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_SEAFILE_LIBRARY_KEY
+- Type:        string
+- Default:     ""
+
+#### --seafile-auth-token
+
+Authentication token
+
+- Config:      auth_token
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_SEAFILE_AUTH_TOKEN
+- Type:        string
+- Default:     ""
+
+### Advanced Options
+
+Here are the advanced options specific to seafile (seafile).
+
+#### --seafile-create-library
+
+Should rclone create a library if it doesn't exist
+
+- Config:      create_library
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_SEAFILE_CREATE_LIBRARY
+- Type:        bool
+- Default:     false
+
+#### --seafile-encoding
+
+This sets the encoding for the backend.
+
+See: the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
+
+- Config:      encoding
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_SEAFILE_ENCODING
+- Type:        MultiEncoder
+- Default:     Slash,DoubleQuote,BackSlash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8
+
+
+
+ SFTP
 ----------------------------------------
 
 SFTP is the [Secure (or SSH) File Transfer
@@ -19670,8 +21469,10 @@ Protocol](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SSH_File_Transfer_Protocol).
 
 The SFTP backend can be used with a number of different providers:
 
-* C14
-* rsync.net
+
+- C14
+- rsync.net
+
 
 SFTP runs over SSH v2 and is installed as standard with most modern
 SSH installations.
@@ -19765,10 +21566,20 @@ The SFTP remote supports three authentication methods:
 Key files should be PEM-encoded private key files. For instance `/home/$USER/.ssh/id_rsa`.
 Only unencrypted OpenSSH or PEM encrypted files are supported.
 
-If you don't specify `pass` or `key_file` then rclone will attempt to contact an ssh-agent.
+The key file can be specified in either an external file (key_file) or contained within the 
+rclone config file (key_pem).  If using key_pem in the config file, the entry should be on a
+single line with new line ('\n' or '\r\n') separating lines.  i.e. 
+
+key_pem = -----BEGIN RSA PRIVATE KEY-----\nMaMbaIXtE\n0gAMbMbaSsd\nMbaass\n-----END RSA PRIVATE KEY-----
+
+This will generate it correctly for key_pem for use in the config:  
+
+    awk '{printf "%s\\n", $0}' < ~/.ssh/id_rsa
+
+If you don't specify `pass`, `key_file`, or `key_pem` then rclone will attempt to contact an ssh-agent.
 
 You can also specify `key_use_agent` to force the usage of an ssh-agent. In this case
-`key_file` can also be specified to force the usage of a specific key in the ssh-agent.
+`key_file` or `key_pem` can also be specified to force the usage of a specific key in the ssh-agent.
 
 Using an ssh-agent is the only way to load encrypted OpenSSH keys at the moment.
 
@@ -19800,7 +21611,7 @@ upload (for example, certain configurations of ProFTPd with mod_sftp). If you
 are using one of these servers, you can set the option `set_modtime = false` in
 your RClone backend configuration to disable this behaviour.
 
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/sftp/sftp.go then run make backenddocs -->
+
 ### Standard Options
 
 Here are the standard options specific to sftp (SSH/SFTP Connection).
@@ -19844,6 +21655,15 @@ SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
 - Type:        string
 - Default:     ""
 
+#### --sftp-key-pem
+
+Raw PEM-encoded private key, If specified, will override key_file parameter.
+
+- Config:      key_pem
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_SFTP_KEY_PEM
+- Type:        string
+- Default:     ""
+
 #### --sftp-key-file
 
 Path to PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank or set key-use-agent to use ssh-agent.
@@ -19882,7 +21702,7 @@ when the ssh-agent contains many keys.
 
 Enable the use of insecure ciphers and key exchange methods. 
 
-This enables the use of the the following insecure ciphers and key exchange methods:
+This enables the use of the following insecure ciphers and key exchange methods:
 
 - aes128-cbc
 - aes192-cbc
@@ -19987,7 +21807,7 @@ Set to skip any symlinks and any other non regular files.
 - Type:        bool
 - Default:     false
 
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
+
 
 ### Limitations ###
 
@@ -20041,7 +21861,7 @@ rsync.net is supported through the SFTP backend.
 
 See [rsync.net's documentation of rclone examples](https://www.rsync.net/products/rclone.html).
 
-SugarSync
+ SugarSync
 -----------------------------------------
 
 [SugarSync](https://sugarsync.com) is a cloud service that enables
@@ -20142,10 +21962,10 @@ syncing will default to `--size-only` checking.  Note that using
 
 #### Restricted filename characters
 
-SugarSync replaces the [default restricted characters set](/overview/#restricted-characters)
+SugarSync replaces the [default restricted characters set](https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters)
 except for DEL.
 
-Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](/overview/#invalid-utf8),
+Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
 as they can't be used in XML strings.
 
 ### Deleting files ###
@@ -20157,7 +21977,7 @@ config parameter `hard_delete = true` if you would like files to be
 deleted straight away.
 
 
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/sugarsync/sugarsync.go then run make backenddocs -->
+
 ### Standard Options
 
 Here are the standard options specific to sugarsync (Sugarsync).
@@ -20279,16 +22099,314 @@ Leave blank normally, will be auto configured by rclone.
 
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 
-See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
+See: the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 
 - Config:      encoding
 - Env Var:     RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_ENCODING
 - Type:        MultiEncoder
 - Default:     Slash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot
 
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 
-Union
+
+ Tardigrade
+-----------------------------------------
+
+[Tardigrade](https://tardigrade.io) is an encrypted, secure, and 
+cost-effective object storage service that enables you to store, back up, and 
+archive large amounts of data in a decentralized manner.
+
+## Setup
+
+To make a new Tardigrade configuration you need one of the following:
+* Access Grant that someone else shared with you.
+* [API Key](https://documentation.tardigrade.io/getting-started/uploading-your-first-object/create-an-api-key)
+of a Tardigrade project you are a member of.
+
+Here is an example of how to make a remote called `remote`.  First run:
+
+     rclone config
+
+This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
+
+### Setup with access grant
+
+```
+No remotes found - make a new one
+n) New remote
+s) Set configuration password
+q) Quit config
+n/s/q> n
+name> remote
+Type of storage to configure.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
+Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
+[snip]
+XX / Tardigrade Decentralized Cloud Storage
+   \ "tardigrade"
+[snip]
+Storage> tardigrade
+** See help for tardigrade backend at: https://rclone.org/tardigrade/ **
+
+Choose an authentication method.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("existing").
+Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
+ 1 / Use an existing access grant.
+   \ "existing"
+ 2 / Create a new access grant from satellite address, API key, and passphrase.
+   \ "new"
+provider> existing
+Access Grant.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
+access_grant> your-access-grant-received-by-someone-else
+Remote config
+--------------------
+[remote]
+type = tardigrade
+access_grant = your-access-grant-received-by-someone-else
+--------------------
+y) Yes this is OK (default)
+e) Edit this remote
+d) Delete this remote
+y/e/d> y
+```
+
+### Setup with API key and passhprase
+
+```
+No remotes found - make a new one
+n) New remote
+s) Set configuration password
+q) Quit config
+n/s/q> n
+name> remote
+Type of storage to configure.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
+Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
+[snip]
+XX / Tardigrade Decentralized Cloud Storage
+   \ "tardigrade"
+[snip]
+Storage> tardigrade
+** See help for tardigrade backend at: https://rclone.org/tardigrade/ **
+
+Choose an authentication method.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("existing").
+Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
+ 1 / Use an existing access grant.
+   \ "existing"
+ 2 / Create a new access grant from satellite address, API key, and passphrase.
+   \ "new"
+provider> new
+Satellite Address. Custom satellite address should match the format: `<nodeid>@<address>:<port>`.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("us-central-1.tardigrade.io").
+Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
+ 1 / US Central 1
+   \ "us-central-1.tardigrade.io"
+ 2 / Europe West 1
+   \ "europe-west-1.tardigrade.io"
+ 3 / Asia East 1
+   \ "asia-east-1.tardigrade.io"
+satellite_address> 1
+API Key.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
+api_key> your-api-key-for-your-tardigrade-project
+Encryption Passphrase. To access existing objects enter passphrase used for uploading.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
+passphrase> your-human-readable-encryption-passphrase
+Remote config
+--------------------
+[remote]
+type = tardigrade
+satellite_address = 12EayRS2V1kEsWESU9QMRseFhdxYxKicsiFmxrsLZHeLUtdps3S@us-central-1.tardigrade.io:7777
+api_key = your-api-key-for-your-tardigrade-project
+passphrase = your-human-readable-encryption-passphrase
+access_grant = the-access-grant-generated-from-the-api-key-and-passphrase
+--------------------
+y) Yes this is OK (default)
+e) Edit this remote
+d) Delete this remote
+y/e/d> y
+```
+
+## Usage
+
+Paths are specified as `remote:bucket` (or `remote:` for the `lsf`
+command.)  You may put subdirectories in too, eg `remote:bucket/path/to/dir`.
+
+Once configured you can then use `rclone` like this.
+
+### Create a new bucket
+
+Use the `mkdir` command to create new bucket, e.g. `bucket`.
+
+    rclone mkdir remote:bucket
+
+### List all buckets
+
+Use the `lsf` command to list all buckets.
+
+    rclone lsf remote:
+
+Note the colon (`:`) character at the end of the command line.
+
+### Delete a bucket
+
+Use the `rmdir` command to delete an empty bucket.
+
+    rclone rmdir remote:bucket
+
+Use the `purge` command to delete a non-empty bucket with all its content.
+
+    rclone purge remote:bucket
+
+### Upload objects
+
+Use the `copy` command to upload an object.
+
+    rclone copy --progress /home/local/directory/file.ext remote:bucket/path/to/dir/
+
+The `--progress` flag is for displaying progress information.
+Remove it if you don't need this information.
+
+Use a folder in the local path to upload all its objects.
+
+    rclone copy --progress /home/local/directory/ remote:bucket/path/to/dir/
+
+Only modified files will be copied.
+
+### List objects
+
+Use the `ls` command to list recursively all objects in a bucket.
+
+    rclone ls remote:bucket
+
+Add the folder to the remote path to list recursively all objects in this folder.
+
+    rclone ls remote:bucket/path/to/dir/
+
+Use the `lsf` command to list non-recursively all objects in a bucket or a folder.
+
+    rclone lsf remote:bucket/path/to/dir/
+
+### Download objects
+
+Use the `copy` command to download an object.
+
+    rclone copy --progress remote:bucket/path/to/dir/file.ext /home/local/directory/
+
+The `--progress` flag is for displaying progress information.
+Remove it if you don't need this information.
+
+Use a folder in the remote path to download all its objects.
+
+    rclone copy --progress remote:bucket/path/to/dir/ /home/local/directory/
+
+### Delete objects
+
+Use the `deletefile` command to delete a single object.
+
+    rclone deletefile remote:bucket/path/to/dir/file.ext
+
+Use the `delete` command to delete all object in a folder.
+
+    rclone delete remote:bucket/path/to/dir/
+
+### Print the total size of objects
+
+Use the `size` command to print the total size of objects in a bucket or a folder.
+
+    rclone size remote:bucket/path/to/dir/
+
+### Sync two Locations
+
+Use the `sync` command to sync the source to the destination,
+changing the destination only, deleting any excess files.
+
+    rclone sync --progress /home/local/directory/ remote:bucket/path/to/dir/
+
+The `--progress` flag is for displaying progress information.
+Remove it if you don't need this information.
+
+Since this can cause data loss, test first with the `--dry-run` flag
+to see exactly what would be copied and deleted.
+
+The sync can be done also from Tardigrade to the local file system.
+
+    rclone sync --progress remote:bucket/path/to/dir/ /home/local/directory/
+
+Or between two Tardigrade buckets.
+
+    rclone sync --progress remote-us:bucket/path/to/dir/ remote-europe:bucket/path/to/dir/
+
+Or even between another cloud storage and Tardigrade.
+
+    rclone sync --progress s3:bucket/path/to/dir/ tardigrade:bucket/path/to/dir/
+
+
+### Standard Options
+
+Here are the standard options specific to tardigrade (Tardigrade Decentralized Cloud Storage).
+
+#### --tardigrade-provider
+
+Choose an authentication method.
+
+- Config:      provider
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_TARDIGRADE_PROVIDER
+- Type:        string
+- Default:     "existing"
+- Examples:
+    - "existing"
+        - Use an existing access grant.
+    - "new"
+        - Create a new access grant from satellite address, API key, and passphrase.
+
+#### --tardigrade-access-grant
+
+Access Grant.
+
+- Config:      access_grant
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_TARDIGRADE_ACCESS_GRANT
+- Type:        string
+- Default:     ""
+
+#### --tardigrade-satellite-address
+
+Satellite Address. Custom satellite address should match the format: `<nodeid>@<address>:<port>`.
+
+- Config:      satellite_address
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_TARDIGRADE_SATELLITE_ADDRESS
+- Type:        string
+- Default:     "us-central-1.tardigrade.io"
+- Examples:
+    - "us-central-1.tardigrade.io"
+        - US Central 1
+    - "europe-west-1.tardigrade.io"
+        - Europe West 1
+    - "asia-east-1.tardigrade.io"
+        - Asia East 1
+
+#### --tardigrade-api-key
+
+API Key.
+
+- Config:      api_key
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_TARDIGRADE_API_KEY
+- Type:        string
+- Default:     ""
+
+#### --tardigrade-passphrase
+
+Encryption Passphrase. To access existing objects enter passphrase used for uploading.
+
+- Config:      passphrase
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_TARDIGRADE_PASSPHRASE
+- Type:        string
+- Default:     ""
+
+
+
+ Union
 -----------------------------------------
 
 The `union` remote provides a unification similar to UnionFS using other remotes.
@@ -20296,22 +22414,90 @@ The `union` remote provides a unification similar to UnionFS using other remotes
 Paths may be as deep as required or a local path, 
 eg `remote:directory/subdirectory` or `/directory/subdirectory`.
 
-During the initial setup with `rclone config` you will specify the target
-remotes as a space separated list. The target remotes can either be a local paths or other remotes.
+During the initial setup with `rclone config` you will specify the upstream
+remotes as a space separated list. The upstream remotes can either be a local paths or other remotes.
 
-The order of the remotes is important as it defines which remotes take precedence over others if there are files with the same name in the same logical path.
-The last remote is the topmost remote and replaces files with the same name from previous remotes.
+Attribute `:ro` and `:nc` can be attach to the end of path to tag the remote as **read only** or **no create**,
+eg `remote:directory/subdirectory:ro` or `remote:directory/subdirectory:nc`.
 
-Only the last remote is used to write to and delete from, all other remotes are read-only.
-
-Subfolders can be used in target remote. Assume a union remote named `backup`
-with the remotes `mydrive:private/backup mydrive2:/backup`. Invoking `rclone mkdir backup:desktop`
+Subfolders can be used in upstream remotes. Assume a union remote named `backup`
+with the remotes `mydrive:private/backup`. Invoking `rclone mkdir backup:desktop`
 is exactly the same as invoking `rclone mkdir mydrive2:/backup/desktop`.
 
 There will be no special handling of paths containing `..` segments.
 Invoking `rclone mkdir backup:../desktop` is exactly the same as invoking
 `rclone mkdir mydrive2:/backup/../desktop`.
 
+### Behavior / Policies
+
+The behavior of union backend is inspired by [trapexit/mergerfs](https://github.com/trapexit/mergerfs). All functions are grouped into 3 categories: **action**, **create** and **search**. These functions and categories can be assigned a policy which dictates what file or directory is chosen when performing that behavior. Any policy can be assigned to a function or category though some may not be very useful in practice. For instance: **rand** (random) may be useful for file creation (create) but could lead to very odd behavior if used for `delete` if there were more than one copy of the file.
+
+#### Function / Category classifications
+
+| Category | Description              | Functions                                                                           |
+|----------|--------------------------|-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
+| action   | Writing Existing file    | move, rmdir, rmdirs, delete, purge and copy, sync (as destination when file exist)  |
+| create   | Create non-existing file | copy, sync (as destination when file not exist)                                     |
+| search   | Reading and listing file | ls, lsd, lsl, cat, md5sum, sha1sum and copy, sync (as source)                       |
+| N/A      |                          | size, about                                                                         |
+
+#### Path Preservation
+
+Policies, as described below, are of two basic types. `path preserving` and `non-path preserving`.
+
+All policies which start with `ep` (**epff**, **eplfs**, **eplus**, **epmfs**, **eprand**) are `path preserving`. `ep` stands for `existing path`.
+
+A path preserving policy will only consider upstreams where the relative path being accessed already exists.
+
+When using non-path preserving policies paths will be created in target upstreams as necessary.
+
+#### Quota Relevant Policies
+
+Some policies rely on quota information. These policies should be used only if your upstreams support the respective quota fields.
+
+| Policy     | Required Field |
+|------------|----------------|
+| lfs, eplfs | Free           |
+| mfs, epmfs | Free           |
+| lus, eplus | Used           |
+| lno, eplno | Objects        |
+
+To check if your upstream supports the field, run `rclone about remote: [flags]` and see if the required field exists.
+
+#### Filters
+
+Policies basically search upstream remotes and create a list of files / paths for functions to work on. The policy is responsible for filtering and sorting. The policy type defines the sorting but filtering is mostly uniform as described below.
+
+* No **search** policies filter.
+* All **action** policies will filter out remotes which are tagged as **read-only**.
+* All **create** policies will filter out remotes which are tagged **read-only** or **no-create**.
+
+If all remotes are filtered an error will be returned.
+
+#### Policy descriptions
+
+The policies definition are inspired by [trapexit/mergerfs](https://github.com/trapexit/mergerfs) but not exactly the same. Some policy definition could be different due to the much larger latency of remote file systems.
+
+| Policy           | Description                                                |
+|------------------|------------------------------------------------------------|
+| all | Search category: same as **epall**. Action category: same as **epall**. Create category: act on all upstreams. |
+| epall (existing path, all) | Search category: Given this order configured, act on the first one found where the relative path exists. Action category: apply to all found. Create category: act on all upstreams where the relative path exists. |
+| epff (existing path, first found) | Act on the first one found, by the time upstreams reply, where the relative path exists. |
+| eplfs (existing path, least free space) | Of all the upstreams on which the relative path exists choose the one with the least free space. |
+| eplus (existing path, least used space) | Of all the upstreams on which the relative path exists choose the one with the least used space. |
+| eplno (existing path, least number of objects) | Of all the upstreams on which the relative path exists choose the one with the least number of objects. |
+| epmfs (existing path, most free space) | Of all the upstreams on which the relative path exists choose the one with the most free space. |
+| eprand (existing path, random) | Calls **epall** and then randomizes. Returns only one upstream. |
+| ff (first found) | Search category: same as **epff**. Action category: same as **epff**. Create category: Act on the first one found by the time upstreams reply. |
+| lfs (least free space) | Search category: same as **eplfs**. Action category: same as **eplfs**. Create category: Pick the upstream with the least available free space. |
+| lus (least used space) | Search category: same as **eplus**. Action category: same as **eplus**. Create category: Pick the upstream with the least used space. |
+| lno (least number of objects) | Search category: same as **eplno**. Action category: same as **eplno**. Create category: Pick the upstream with the least number of objects. |
+| mfs (most free space) | Search category: same as **epmfs**. Action category: same as **epmfs**. Create category: Pick the upstream with the most available free space. |
+| newest | Pick the file / directory with the largest mtime. |
+| rand (random) | Calls **all** and then randomizes. Returns only one upstream. |
+
+### Setup
+
 Here is an example of how to make a union called `remote` for local folders.
 First run:
 
@@ -20333,16 +22519,27 @@ XX / Union merges the contents of several remotes
    \ "union"
 [snip]
 Storage> union
-List of space separated remotes.
-Can be 'remotea:test/dir remoteb:', '"remotea:test/space dir" remoteb:', etc.
-The last remote is used to write to.
+List of space separated upstreams.
+Can be 'upstreama:test/dir upstreamb:', '\"upstreama:test/space:ro dir\" upstreamb:', etc.
 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
-remotes>
+upstreams>
+Policy to choose upstream on ACTION class.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("epall").
+action_policy>
+Policy to choose upstream on CREATE class.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("epmfs").
+create_policy>
+Policy to choose upstream on SEARCH class.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("ff").
+search_policy>
+Cache time of usage and free space (in seconds). This option is only useful when a path preserving policy is used.
+Enter a signed integer. Press Enter for the default ("120").
+cache_time>
 Remote config
 --------------------
 [remote]
 type = union
-remotes = C:\dir1 C:\dir2 C:\dir3
+upstreams = C:\dir1 C:\dir2 C:\dir3
 --------------------
 y) Yes this is OK
 e) Edit this remote
@@ -20378,25 +22575,61 @@ Copy another local directory to the union directory called source, which will be
 
     rclone copy C:\source remote:source
 
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/union/union.go then run make backenddocs -->
+
 ### Standard Options
 
-Here are the standard options specific to union (Union merges the contents of several remotes).
+Here are the standard options specific to union (Union merges the contents of several upstream fs).
 
-#### --union-remotes
+#### --union-upstreams
 
-List of space separated remotes.
-Can be 'remotea:test/dir remoteb:', '"remotea:test/space dir" remoteb:', etc.
-The last remote is used to write to.
+List of space separated upstreams.
+Can be 'upstreama:test/dir upstreamb:', '"upstreama:test/space:ro dir" upstreamb:', etc.
 
-- Config:      remotes
-- Env Var:     RCLONE_UNION_REMOTES
+
+- Config:      upstreams
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_UNION_UPSTREAMS
 - Type:        string
 - Default:     ""
 
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
+#### --union-action-policy
 
-WebDAV
+Policy to choose upstream on ACTION category.
+
+- Config:      action_policy
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_UNION_ACTION_POLICY
+- Type:        string
+- Default:     "epall"
+
+#### --union-create-policy
+
+Policy to choose upstream on CREATE category.
+
+- Config:      create_policy
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_UNION_CREATE_POLICY
+- Type:        string
+- Default:     "epmfs"
+
+#### --union-search-policy
+
+Policy to choose upstream on SEARCH category.
+
+- Config:      search_policy
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_UNION_SEARCH_POLICY
+- Type:        string
+- Default:     "ff"
+
+#### --union-cache-time
+
+Cache time of usage and free space (in seconds). This option is only useful when a path preserving policy is used.
+
+- Config:      cache_time
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_UNION_CACHE_TIME
+- Type:        int
+- Default:     120
+
+
+
+ WebDAV
 -----------------------------------------
 
 Paths are specified as `remote:path`
@@ -20497,7 +22730,7 @@ Depending on the exact version of Owncloud or Nextcloud hashes may
 appear on all objects, or only on objects which had a hash uploaded
 with them.
 
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/webdav/webdav.go then run make backenddocs -->
+
 ### Standard Options
 
 Here are the standard options specific to webdav (Webdav).
@@ -20572,7 +22805,7 @@ Command to run to get a bearer token
 - Type:        string
 - Default:     ""
 
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
+
 
 ## Provider notes ##
 
@@ -20614,7 +22847,7 @@ First, you need to get your remote's URL:
 - Now take a look at your address bar, the URL should look like this:
   `https://[YOUR-DOMAIN]-my.sharepoint.com/personal/[YOUR-EMAIL]/_layouts/15/onedrive.aspx`
 
-You'll only need this URL upto the email address. After that, you'll
+You'll only need this URL up to the email address. After that, you'll
 most likely want to add "/Documents". That subdirectory contains
 the actual data stored on your OneDrive.
 
@@ -20824,10 +23057,10 @@ command which will display your usage limit (quota) and the current usage.
 
 #### Restricted filename characters
 
-The [default restricted characters set](/overview/#restricted-characters)
+The [default restricted characters set](https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters)
 are replaced.
 
-Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](/overview/#invalid-utf8),
+Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
 as they can't be used in JSON strings.
 
 ### Limitations ###
@@ -20843,7 +23076,7 @@ to twice the max size of file in GB should be enough, so if you want
 to upload a 30GB file set a timeout of `2 * 30 = 60m`, that is
 `--timeout 60m`.
 
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/yandex/yandex.go then run make backenddocs -->
+
 ### Standard Options
 
 Here are the standard options specific to yandex (Yandex Disk).
@@ -20886,16 +23119,16 @@ Default is false, meaning link command will create or retrieve public link.
 
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 
-See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
+See: the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 
 - Config:      encoding
 - Env Var:     RCLONE_YANDEX_ENCODING
 - Type:        MultiEncoder
 - Default:     Slash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot
 
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
 
-Local Filesystem
+
+ Local Filesystem
 -------------------------------------------
 
 Local paths are specified as normal filesystem paths, eg `/path/to/wherever`, so
@@ -20991,14 +23224,14 @@ list is based on the [Windows file naming conventions](https://docs.microsoft.co
 | \|        | 0x7C  | ｜           |
 
 File names on Windows can also not end with the following characters.
-These only get replaced if they are last character in the name:
+These only get replaced if they are the last character in the name:
 
 | Character | Value | Replacement |
 | --------- |:-----:|:-----------:|
 | SP        | 0x20  | ␠           |
 | .         | 0x2E  | ．           |
 
-Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](/overview/#invalid-utf8),
+Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be [replaced](https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8),
 as they can't be converted to UTF-16.
 
 ### Long paths on Windows ###
@@ -21189,7 +23422,7 @@ filesystem.
 **NB** This flag is only available on Unix based systems.  On systems
 where it isn't supported (eg Windows) it will be ignored.
 
-<!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/local/local.go then run make backenddocs -->
+
 ### Standard Options
 
 Here are the standard options specific to local (Local Disk).
@@ -21304,26 +23537,323 @@ to override the default choice.
 - Type:        bool
 - Default:     false
 
+#### --local-no-sparse
+
+Disable sparse files for multi-thread downloads
+
+On Windows platforms rclone will make sparse files when doing
+multi-thread downloads. This avoids long pauses on large files where
+the OS zeros the file. However sparse files may be undesirable as they
+cause disk fragmentation and can be slow to work with.
+
+- Config:      no_sparse
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_LOCAL_NO_SPARSE
+- Type:        bool
+- Default:     false
+
 #### --local-encoding
 
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 
-See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
+See: the [encoding section in the overview](https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 
 - Config:      encoding
 - Env Var:     RCLONE_LOCAL_ENCODING
 - Type:        MultiEncoder
 - Default:     Slash,Dot
 
-<!--- autogenerated options stop -->
+### Backend commands
+
+Here are the commands specific to the local backend.
+
+Run them with
+
+    rclone backend COMMAND remote:
+
+The help below will explain what arguments each command takes.
+
+See [the "rclone backend" command](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_backend/) for more
+info on how to pass options and arguments.
+
+These can be run on a running backend using the rc command
+[backend/command](https://rclone.org/rc/#backend/command).
+
+#### noop
+
+A null operation for testing backend commands
+
+    rclone backend noop remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
+
+This is a test command which has some options
+you can try to change the output.
+
+Options:
+
+- "echo": echo the input arguments
+- "error": return an error based on option value
+
+
 
 # Changelog
 
+## v1.52.0 - 2020-05-27
+
+Special thanks to Martin Michlmayr for proof reading and correcting
+all the docs and Edward Barker for helping re-write the front page.
+
+[See commits](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/compare/v1.51.0...v1.52.0)
+
+* New backends
+    * [Tardigrade](https://rclone.org/tardigrade/) backend for use with storj.io (Caleb Case)
+    * [Union](https://rclone.org/union/) re-write to have multiple writable remotes (Max Sum)
+    * [Seafile](/seafile) for Seafile server (Fred @creativeprojects)
+* New commands
+    * backend: command for backend specific commands (see backends) (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * cachestats: Deprecate in favour of `rclone backend stats cache:` (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * dbhashsum: Deprecate in favour of `rclone hashsum DropboxHash` (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* New Features
+    * Add `--header-download` and `--header-upload` flags for setting HTTP headers when uploading/downloading (Tim Gallant)
+    * Add `--header` flag to add HTTP headers to every HTTP transaction (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Add `--check-first` to do all checking before starting transfers (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Add `--track-renames-strategy` for configurable matching criteria for `--track-renames` (Bernd Schoolmann)
+    * Add `--cutoff-mode` hard,soft,catious (Shing Kit Chan & Franklyn Tackitt)
+    * Filter flags (eg `--files-from -`) can read from stdin (fishbullet)
+    * Add `--error-on-no-transfer` option (Jon Fautley)
+    * Implement `--order-by xxx,mixed` for copying some small and some big files (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Allow `--max-backlog` to be negative meaning as large as possible (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Added `--no-unicode-normalization` flag to allow Unicode filenames to remain unique (Ben Zenker)
+    * Allow `--min-age`/`--max-age` to take a date as well as a duration (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Add rename statistics for file and directory renames (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Add statistics output to JSON log (reddi)
+    * Make stats be printed on non-zero exit code (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * When running `--password-command` allow use of stdin (Sébastien Gross)
+    * Stop empty strings being a valid remote path (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * accounting: support WriterTo for less memory copying (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * build
+        * Update to use go1.14 for the build (Nick Craig-Wood)
+        * Add `-trimpath` to release build for reproduceable builds (Nick Craig-Wood)
+        * Remove GOOS and GOARCH from Dockerfile (Brandon Philips)
+    * config
+        * Fsync the config file after writing to save more reliably (Nick Craig-Wood)
+        * Add `--obscure` and `--no-obscure` flags to `config create`/`update` (Nick Craig-Wood)
+        * Make `config show` take `remote:` as well as `remote` (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * copyurl: Add `--no-clobber` flag (Denis)
+    * delete: Added `--rmdirs` flag to delete directories as well (Kush)
+    * filter: Added `--files-from-raw` flag (Ankur Gupta)
+    * genautocomplete: Add support for fish shell (Matan Rosenberg)
+    * log: Add support for syslog LOCAL facilities (Patryk Jakuszew)
+    * lsjson: Add `--hash-type` parameter and use it in lsf to speed up hashing (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * rc
+        * Add `-o`/`--opt` and `-a`/`--arg` for more structured input (Nick Craig-Wood)
+        * Implement `backend/command` for running backend specific commands remotely (Nick Craig-Wood)
+        * Add `mount/mount` command for starting `rclone mount` via the API (Chaitanya)
+    * rcd: Add Prometheus metrics support (Gary Kim)
+    * serve http
+        * Added a `--template` flag for user defined markup (calistri)
+        * Add Last-Modified headers to files and directories (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * serve sftp: Add support for multiple host keys by repeating `--key` flag (Maxime Suret)
+    * touch: Add `--localtime` flag to make `--timestamp` localtime not UTC (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* Bug Fixes
+    * accounting
+        * Restore "Max number of stats groups reached" log line (Michał Matczuk)
+        * Correct exitcode on Transfer Limit Exceeded flag. (Anuar Serdaliyev)
+        * Reset bytes read during copy retry (Ankur Gupta)
+        * Fix race clearing stats (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * copy: Only create empty directories when they don't exist on the remote (Ishuah Kariuki)
+    * dedupe: Stop dedupe deleting files with identical IDs (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * oauth
+        * Use custom http client so that `--no-check-certificate` is honored by oauth token fetch (Mark Spieth)
+        * Replace deprecated oauth2.NoContext (Lars Lehtonen)
+    * operations
+        * Fix setting the timestamp on Windows for multithread copy (Nick Craig-Wood)
+        * Make rcat obey `--ignore-checksum` (Nick Craig-Wood)
+        * Make `--max-transfer` more accurate (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * rc
+        * Fix dropped error (Lars Lehtonen)
+        * Fix misplaced http server config (Xiaoxing Ye)
+        * Disable duplicate log (ElonH)
+    * serve dlna
+        * Cds: don't specify childCount at all when unknown (Dan Walters)
+        * Cds: use modification time as date in dlna metadata (Dan Walters)
+    * serve restic: Fix tests after restic project removed vendoring (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * sync
+        * Fix incorrect "nothing to transfer" message using `--delete-before` (Nick Craig-Wood)
+        * Only create empty directories when they don't exist on the remote (Ishuah Kariuki)
+* Mount
+    * Add `--async-read` flag to disable asynchronous reads (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Ignore `--allow-root` flag with a warning as it has been removed upstream (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Warn if `--allow-non-empty` used on Windows and clarify docs (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Constrain to go1.13 or above otherwise bazil.org/fuse fails to compile (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix fail because of too long volume name (evileye)
+    * Report 1PB free for unknown disk sizes (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Map more rclone errors into file systems errors (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix disappearing cwd problem (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Use ReaddirPlus on Windows to improve directory listing performance (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Send a hint as to whether the filesystem is case insensitive or not (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Add rc command `mount/types` (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Change maximum leaf name length to 1024 bytes (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* VFS
+    * Add `--vfs-read-wait` and `--vfs-write-wait` flags to control time waiting for a sequential read/write (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Change default `--vfs-read-wait` to 20ms (it was 5ms and not configurable) (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Make `df` output more consistent on a rclone mount. (Yves G)
+    * Report 1PB free for unknown disk sizes (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix race condition caused by unlocked reading of Dir.path (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Make File lock and Dir lock not overlap to avoid deadlock (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Implement lock ordering between File and Dir to eliminate deadlocks (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Factor the vfs cache into its own package (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Pin the Fs in use in the Fs cache (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Add SetSys() methods to Node to allow caching stuff on a node (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Ignore file not found errors from Hash in Read.Release (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix hang in read wait code (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* Local
+    * Speed up multi thread downloads by using sparse files on Windows (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Implement `--local-no-sparse` flag for disabling sparse files (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Implement `rclone backend noop` for testing purposes (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix "file not found" errors on post transfer Hash calculation (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* Cache
+    * Implement `rclone backend stats` command (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix Server Side Copy with Temp Upload (Brandon McNama)
+    * Remove Unused Functions (Lars Lehtonen)
+    * Disable race tests until bbolt is fixed (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Move methods used for testing into test file (greatroar)
+    * Add Pin and Unpin and canonicalised lookup (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Use proper import path go.etcd.io/bbolt (Robert-André Mauchin)
+* Crypt
+    * Calculate hashes for uploads from local disk (Nick Craig-Wood)
+        * This allows crypted Jottacloud uploads without using local disk
+        * This means crypted s3/b2 uploads will now have hashes
+    * Added `rclone backend decode`/`encode` commands to replicate functionality of `cryptdecode` (Anagh Kumar Baranwal)
+    * Get rid of the unused Cipher interface as it obfuscated the code (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* Azure Blob
+    * Implement streaming of unknown sized files so `rcat` is now supported (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Implement memory pooling to control memory use (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Add `--azureblob-disable-checksum` flag (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Retry `InvalidBlobOrBlock` error as it may indicate block concurrency problems (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Remove unused `Object.parseTimeString()` (Lars Lehtonen)
+    * Fix permission error on SAS URL limited to container (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* B2
+    * Add support for `--header-upload` and `--header-download` (Tim Gallant)
+    * Ignore directory markers at the root also (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Force the case of the SHA1 to lowercase (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Remove unused `largeUpload.clearUploadURL()` (Lars Lehtonen)
+* Box
+    * Add support for `--header-upload` and `--header-download` (Tim Gallant)
+    * Implement About to read size used (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Add token renew function for jwt auth (David Bramwell)
+    * Added support for interchangeable root folder for Box backend (Sunil Patra)
+    * Remove unnecessary iat from jws claims (David)
+* Drive
+    * Follow shortcuts by default, skip with `--drive-skip-shortcuts` (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Implement `rclone backend shortcut` command for creating shortcuts (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Added `rclone backend` command to change `service_account_file` and `chunk_size` (Anagh Kumar Baranwal)
+    * Fix missing files when using `--fast-list` and `--drive-shared-with-me` (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix duplicate items when using `--drive-shared-with-me` (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Extend `--drive-stop-on-upload-limit` to respond to `teamDriveFileLimitExceeded`. (harry)
+    * Don't delete files with multiple parents to avoid data loss (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Server side copy docs use default description if empty (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* Dropbox
+    * Make error insufficient space to be fatal (harry)
+    * Add info about required redirect url (Elan Ruusamäe)
+* Fichier
+    * Add support for `--header-upload` and `--header-download` (Tim Gallant)
+    * Implement custom pacer to deal with the new rate limiting (buengese)
+* FTP
+    * Fix lockup when using concurrency limit on failed connections (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix lockup on failed upload when using concurrency limit (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix lockup on Close failures when using concurrency limit (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Work around pureftp sending spurious 150 messages (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* Google Cloud Storage
+    * Add support for `--header-upload` and `--header-download` (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Add `ARCHIVE` storage class to help (Adam Stroud)
+    * Ignore directory markers at the root (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* Googlephotos
+    * Make the start year configurable (Daven)
+    * Add support for `--header-upload` and `--header-download` (Tim Gallant)
+    * Create feature/favorites directory (Brandon Philips)
+    * Fix "concurrent map write" error (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Don't put an image in error message (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* HTTP
+    * Improved directory listing with new template from Caddy project (calisro)
+* Jottacloud
+    * Implement `--jottacloud-trashed-only` (buengese)
+    * Add support for `--header-upload` and `--header-download` (Tim Gallant)
+    * Use `RawURLEncoding` when decoding base64 encoded login token (buengese)
+    * Implement cleanup (buengese)
+    * Update docs regarding cleanup, removed remains from old auth, and added warning about special mountpoints. (albertony)
+* Mailru
+    * Describe 2FA requirements (valery1707)
+* Onedrive
+    * Implement `--onedrive-server-side-across-configs` (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Add support for `--header-upload` and `--header-download` (Tim Gallant)
+    * Fix occasional 416 errors on multipart uploads (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Added maximum chunk size limit warning in the docs (Harry)
+    * Fix missing drive on config (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Make error `quotaLimitReached` to be fatal (harry)
+* Opendrive
+    * Add support for `--header-upload` and `--header-download` (Tim Gallant)
+* Pcloud
+    * Added support for interchangeable root folder for pCloud backend (Sunil Patra)
+    * Add support for `--header-upload` and `--header-download` (Tim Gallant)
+    * Fix initial config "Auth state doesn't match" message (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* Premiumizeme
+    * Add support for `--header-upload` and `--header-download` (Tim Gallant)
+    * Prune unused functions (Lars Lehtonen)
+* Putio
+    * Add support for `--header-upload` and `--header-download` (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Make downloading files use the rclone http Client (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix parsing of remotes with leading and trailing / (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* Qingstor
+    * Make `rclone cleanup` remove pending multipart uploads older than 24h (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Try harder to cancel failed multipart uploads (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Prune `multiUploader.list()` (Lars Lehtonen)
+    * Lint fix (Lars Lehtonen)
+* S3
+    * Add support for `--header-upload` and `--header-download` (Tim Gallant)
+    * Use memory pool for buffer allocations (Maciej Zimnoch)
+    * Add SSE-C support for AWS, Ceph, and MinIO (Jack Anderson)
+    * Fail fast multipart upload (Michał Matczuk)
+    * Report errors on bucket creation (mkdir) correctly (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Specify that Minio supports URL encoding in listings (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Added 500 as retryErrorCode (Michał Matczuk)
+    * Use `--low-level-retries` as the number of SDK retries (Aleksandar Janković)
+    * Fix multipart abort context (Aleksandar Jankovic)
+    * Replace deprecated `session.New()` with `session.NewSession()` (Lars Lehtonen)
+    * Use the provided size parameter when allocating a new memory pool (Joachim Brandon LeBlanc)
+    * Use rclone's low level retries instead of AWS SDK to fix listing retries (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Ignore directory markers at the root also (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Use single memory pool (Michał Matczuk)
+    * Do not resize buf on put to memBuf (Michał Matczuk)
+    * Improve docs for `--s3-disable-checksum` (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Don't leak memory or tokens in edge cases for multipart upload (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* Seafile
+    * Implement 2FA (Fred)
+* SFTP
+    * Added `--sftp-pem-key` to support inline key files (calisro)
+    * Fix post transfer copies failing with 0 size when using `set_modtime=false` (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* Sharefile
+    * Add support for `--header-upload` and `--header-download` (Tim Gallant)
+* Sugarsync
+    * Add support for `--header-upload` and `--header-download` (Tim Gallant)
+* Swift
+    * Add support for `--header-upload` and `--header-download` (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix cosmetic issue in error message (Martin Michlmayr)
+* Union
+    * Implement multiple writable remotes (Max Sum)
+    * Fix server-side copy (Max Sum)
+    * Implement ListR (Max Sum)
+    * Enable ListR when upstreams contain local (Max Sum)
+* WebDAV
+    * Add support for `--header-upload` and `--header-download` (Tim Gallant)
+    * Fix `X-OC-Mtime` header for Transip compatibility (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Report full and consistent usage with `about` (Yves G)
+* Yandex
+    * Add support for `--header-upload` and `--header-download` (Tim Gallant)
+
 ## v1.51.0 - 2020-02-01
 
 * New backends
-    * [Memory](/memory) (Nick Craig-Wood)
-    * [Sugarsync](/sugarsync) (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * [Memory](https://rclone.org/memory/) (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * [Sugarsync](https://rclone.org/sugarsync/) (Nick Craig-Wood)
 * New Features
     * Adjust all backends to have `--backend-encoding` parameter (Nick Craig-Wood)
         * this enables the encoding for special characters to be adjusted or disabled
@@ -21438,6 +23968,7 @@ See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
     * Add `--s3-list-chunk` option for bucket listing (Thomas Kriechbaumer)
     * Force path style bucket access to off for AWS deprecation (Nick Craig-Wood)
     * Use AWS web identity role provider if available (Tennix)
+    * Add StackPath Object Storage Support (Dave Koston)
     * Fix ExpiryWindow value (Aleksandar Jankovic)
     * Fix DisableChecksum condition (Aleksandar Janković)
     * Fix URL decoding of NextMarker (Nick Craig-Wood)
@@ -21477,13 +24008,13 @@ See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 ## v1.50.0 - 2019-10-26
 
 * New backends
-    * [Citrix Sharefile](/sharefile) (Nick Craig-Wood)
-    * [Chunker](/chunker) - an overlay backend to split files into smaller parts (Ivan Andreev)
-    * [Mail.ru Cloud](/mailru) (Ivan Andreev)
+    * [Citrix Sharefile](https://rclone.org/sharefile/) (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * [Chunker](https://rclone.org/chunker/) - an overlay backend to split files into smaller parts (Ivan Andreev)
+    * [Mail.ru Cloud](https://rclone.org/mailru/) (Ivan Andreev)
 * New Features
     * encodings (Fabian Möller & Nick Craig-Wood)
         * All backends now use file name encoding to ensure any file name can be written to any backend.
-        * See the [restricted file name docs](/overview/#restricted-filenames) for more info and the [local backend docs](/local/#filenames).
+        * See the [restricted file name docs](https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-filenames) for more info and the [local backend docs](/local/#filenames).
         * Some file names may look different in rclone if you are using any control characters in names or [unicode FULLWIDTH symbols](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Halfwidth_and_Fullwidth_Forms_(Unicode_block)).
     * build
         * Update to use go1.13 for the build (Nick Craig-Wood)
@@ -21501,7 +24032,7 @@ See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
     * copyurl
         * Add `--auto-filename` flag for using file name from URL in destination path (Denis)
     * serve dlna:
-        * Many compatability improvements (Dan Walters)
+        * Many compatibility improvements (Dan Walters)
         * Support for external srt subtitles (Dan Walters)
     * rc
         * Added command core/quit (Saksham Khanna)
@@ -21532,7 +24063,7 @@ See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
     * filter: Prevent mixing options when `--files-from` is in use (Michele Caci)
     * serve sftp: Fix crash on unsupported operations (eg Readlink) (Nick Craig-Wood)
 * Mount
-    * Allow files of unkown size to be read properly (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Allow files of unknown size to be read properly (Nick Craig-Wood)
     * Skip tests on <= 2 CPUs to avoid lockup (Nick Craig-Wood)
     * Fix panic on File.Open (Nick Craig-Wood)
     * Fix "mount_fusefs: -o timeout=: option not supported" on FreeBSD (Nick Craig-Wood)
@@ -21571,7 +24102,7 @@ See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
     * Fix signature v2_auth headers (Anthony Rusdi)
     * Fix encoding for control characters (Nick Craig-Wood)
     * Only ask for URL encoded directory listings if we need them on Ceph (Nick Craig-Wood)
-    * Add option for multipart failiure behaviour (Aleksandar Jankovic)
+    * Add option for multipart failure behaviour (Aleksandar Jankovic)
     * Support for multipart copy (庄天翼)
     * Fix nil pointer reference if no metadata returned for object (Nick Craig-Wood)
 * SFTP
@@ -21632,7 +24163,7 @@ See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 
 * New backends
     * [1fichier](https://rclone.org/fichier/) (Laura Hausmann)
-    * [Google Photos](/googlephotos) (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * [Google Photos](https://rclone.org/googlephotos/) (Nick Craig-Wood)
     * [Putio](https://rclone.org/putio/) (Cenk Alti)
     * [premiumize.me](https://rclone.org/premiumizeme/) (Nick Craig-Wood)
 * New Features
@@ -21688,7 +24219,7 @@ See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
     * march: Fix checking sub-directories when using `--no-traverse` (buengese)
     * rc
         * Fix unmarshalable http.AuthFn in options and put in test for marshalability (Nick Craig-Wood)
-        * Move job expire flags to rc to fix initalization problem (Nick Craig-Wood)
+        * Move job expire flags to rc to fix initialization problem (Nick Craig-Wood)
         * Fix `--loopback` with rc/list and others (Nick Craig-Wood)
     * rcat: Fix slowdown on systems with multiple hashes (Nick Craig-Wood)
     * rcd: Fix permissions problems on cache directory with web gui download (Nick Craig-Wood)
@@ -21827,7 +24358,7 @@ See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 * Onedrive
     * More accurately check if root is found (Cnly)
 * S3
-    * Suppport S3 Accelerated endpoints with `--s3-use-accelerate-endpoint` (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Support S3 Accelerated endpoints with `--s3-use-accelerate-endpoint` (Nick Craig-Wood)
     * Add config info for Wasabi's EU Central endpoint (Robert Marko)
     * Make SetModTime work for GLACIER while syncing (Philip Harvey)
 * SFTP
@@ -22007,7 +24538,7 @@ See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 * Jottacloud
     * Resume and deduplication support (Oliver Heyme)
     * Use token auth for all API requests Don't store password anymore (Sebastian Bünger)
-    * Add support for 2-factor authentification (Sebastian Bünger)
+    * Add support for 2-factor authentication (Sebastian Bünger)
 * Mega
     * Implement v2 account login which fixes logins for newer Mega accounts (Nick Craig-Wood)
     * Return error if an unknown length file is attempted to be uploaded (Nick Craig-Wood)
@@ -22022,7 +24553,7 @@ See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
     * Default `--qingstor-upload-concurrency` to 1 to work around bug (Nick Craig-Wood)
 * S3
     * Implement `--s3-upload-cutoff` for single part uploads below this (Nick Craig-Wood)
-    * Change `--s3-upload-concurrency` default to 4 to increase perfomance (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Change `--s3-upload-concurrency` default to 4 to increase performance (Nick Craig-Wood)
     * Add `--s3-bucket-acl` to control bucket ACL (Nick Craig-Wood)
     * Auto detect region for buckets on operation failure (Nick Craig-Wood)
     * Add GLACIER storage class (William Cocker)
@@ -22204,7 +24735,7 @@ See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
     * Add link sharing support (jackyzy823)
 * S3
     * Use custom pacer, to retry operations when reasonable (Craig Miskell)
-    * Use configured server-side-encryption and storace class options when calling CopyObject() (Paul Kohout)
+    * Use configured server-side-encryption and storage class options when calling CopyObject() (Paul Kohout)
     * Make `--s3-v2-auth` flag (Nick Craig-Wood)
     * Fix v2 auth on files with spaces (Nick Craig-Wood)
 * Union
@@ -22330,8 +24861,8 @@ Point release to fix hubic and azureblob backends.
     * Remove leading / from paths (Nick Craig-Wood)
 * Swift
     * Add `storage_policy` (Ruben Vandamme)
-    * Make it so just `storage_url` or `auth_token` can be overidden (Nick Craig-Wood)
-    * Fix server side copy bug for unusal file names (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Make it so just `storage_url` or `auth_token` can be overridden (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix server side copy bug for unusual file names (Nick Craig-Wood)
     * Remove leading / from paths (Nick Craig-Wood)
 * WebDAV
     * Ensure we call MKCOL with a URL with a trailing / for QNAP interop (Nick Craig-Wood)
@@ -22570,7 +25101,7 @@ Point release to fix hubic and azureblob backends.
 * Mount
     * Add `--attr-timeout` flag to control attribute caching in kernel
         * this now defaults to 0 which is correct but less efficient
-        * see [the mount docs](/commands/rclone_mount/#attribute-caching) for more info
+        * see [the mount docs](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/#attribute-caching) for more info
     * Add `--daemon` flag to allow mount to run in the background (ishuah)
     * Fix: Return ENOSYS rather than EIO on attempted link
         * This fixes FileZilla accessing an rclone mount served over sftp.
@@ -22607,18 +25138,18 @@ Point release to fix hubic and azureblob backends.
     * Rclone no longer has any working keys - disable integration tests
     * Implement DirChangeNotify to notify cache/vfs/mount of changes
 * Azureblob
-    * Don't check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
+    * Don't check for bucket/container presence if listing was OK
         * this makes rclone do one less request per invocation
     * Improve accounting for chunked uploads
 * Backblaze B2
-    * Don't check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
+    * Don't check for bucket/container presence if listing was OK
         * this makes rclone do one less request per invocation
 * Box
     * Improve accounting for chunked uploads
 * Dropbox
     * Fix custom oauth client parameters
 * Google Cloud Storage
-    * Don't check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
+    * Don't check for bucket/container presence if listing was OK
         * this makes rclone do one less request per invocation
 * Google Drive
     * Migrate to api v3 (Fabian Möller)
@@ -22641,13 +25172,13 @@ Point release to fix hubic and azureblob backends.
 * Pcloud
     * Remove unused chunked upload flag and code
 * Qingstor
-    * Don't check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
+    * Don't check for bucket/container presence if listing was OK
         * this makes rclone do one less request per invocation
 * S3
     * Support hashes for multipart files (Chris Redekop)
     * Initial support for IBM COS (S3) (Giri Badanahatti)
     * Update docs to discourage use of v2 auth with CEPH and others
-    * Don't check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
+    * Don't check for bucket/container presence if listing was OK
         * this makes rclone do one less request per invocation
     * Fix server side copy and set modtime on files with + in
 * SFTP
@@ -22662,7 +25193,7 @@ Point release to fix hubic and azureblob backends.
     * Fix refresh of authentication token
         * in v1.39 a bug was introduced which ignored new tokens - this fixes it
     * Fix extra HEAD transaction when uploading a new file
-    * Don't check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
+    * Don't check for bucket/container presence if listing was OK
         * this makes rclone do one less request per invocation
 * Webdav
     * Add new time formats to support mydrive.ch and others
@@ -22687,7 +25218,7 @@ Point release to fix hubic and azureblob backends.
     * curl install for rclone (Filip Bartodziej)
     * --stats now shows percentage, size, rate and ETA in condensed form (Ishuah Kariuki)
     * --exclude-if-present to exclude a directory if a file is present (Iakov Davydov)
-    * rmdirs: add --leave-root flag (lewpam)
+    * rmdirs: add --leave-root flag (lewapm)
     * move: add --delete-empty-src-dirs flag to remove dirs after move (Ishuah Kariuki)
     * Add --dump flag, introduce --dump requests, responses and remove --dump-auth, --dump-filters
         * Obscure X-Auth-Token: from headers when dumping too
@@ -22831,7 +25362,7 @@ Point release to fix hubic and azureblob backends.
         * --old-sync-method deprecated - the remaining uses are covered by --fast-list
         * This involved a major re-write of all the listing code
     * Add --tpslimit and --tpslimit-burst to limit transactions per second
-        * this is useful in conjuction with `rclone mount` to limit external apps
+        * this is useful in conjunction with `rclone mount` to limit external apps
     * Add --stats-log-level so can see --stats without -v
     * Print password prompts to stderr - Hraban Luyat
     * Warn about duplicate files when syncing
@@ -23014,7 +25545,7 @@ Point release to fix hubic and azureblob backends.
     * Allow overlapping directories in move when server side dir move is supported
     * Add --stats-unit option - thanks Scott McGillivray
 * Bug Fixes
-    * Fix the config file being overwritten when two rclones are running
+    * Fix the config file being overwritten when two rclone instances are running
     * Make rclone lsd obey the filters properly
     * Fix compilation on mips
     * Fix not transferring files that don't differ in size
@@ -23165,7 +25696,7 @@ Point release to fix hubic and azureblob backends.
     * Add ap-northeast-2 (Seoul) and ap-south-1 (Mumbai) regions.
     * Skip setting the modified time for objects > 5GB as it isn't possible.
 * Backblaze B2
-    * Add --b2-versions flag so old versions can be listed and retreived.
+    * Add --b2-versions flag so old versions can be listed and retrieved.
     * Treat 403 errors (eg cap exceeded) as fatal.
     * Implement cleanup command for deleting old file versions.
     * Make error handling compliant with B2 integrations notes.
@@ -23291,7 +25822,7 @@ Point release to fix hubic and azureblob backends.
     * Add `--delete-before`, `--delete-during`, `--delete-after` flags.
     * Add `--memprofile` flag to debug memory use.
     * Warn the user about files with same name but different case
-    * Make `--include` rules add their implict exclude * at the end of the filter list
+    * Make `--include` rules add their implicit exclude * at the end of the filter list
     * Deprecate compiling with go1.3
 * Amazon Drive
     * Fix download of files > 10 GB
@@ -23398,7 +25929,7 @@ Point release to fix hubic and azureblob backends.
 * New features
     * Amazon Drive support
     * Oauth support redone - fix many bugs and improve usability
-        * Use "golang.org/x/oauth2" as oauth libary of choice
+        * Use "golang.org/x/oauth2" as oauth library of choice
         * Improve oauth usability for smoother initial signup
         * drive, googlecloudstorage: optionally use auto config for the oauth token
     * Implement --dump-headers and --dump-bodies debug flags
@@ -23694,7 +26225,7 @@ Server B> rclone sync /tmp/whatever remote:ServerB
 ```
 
 If you sync to the same directory then you should use rclone copy
-otherwise the two rclones may delete each others files, eg
+otherwise the two instances of rclone may delete each other's files, eg
 
 ```
 Server A> rclone copy /tmp/whatever remote:Backup
@@ -23839,7 +26370,7 @@ issues with DNS resolution. See the [name resolution section in the go docs](htt
 It is likely you have more than 10,000 files that need to be
 synced. By default rclone only gets 10,000 files ahead in a sync so as
 not to use up too much memory. You can change this default with the
-[--max-backlog](/docs/#max-backlog-n) flag.
+[--max-backlog](https://rclone.org/docs/#max-backlog-n) flag.
 
 ### Rclone is using too much memory or appears to have a memory leak
 
@@ -23893,6 +26424,10 @@ Authors
 Contributors
 ------------
 
+{{< rem `email addresses removed from here need to be addeed to
+bin/.ignore-emails to make sure update-authors.py doesn't immediately
+put them back in again.` >}}
+
   * Alex Couper <amcouper@gmail.com>
   * Leonid Shalupov <leonid@shalupov.com> <shalupov@diverse.org.ru>
   * Shimon Doodkin <helpmepro1@gmail.com>
@@ -24073,7 +26608,7 @@ Contributors
   * Sheldon Rupp <me@shel.io>
   * albertony <12441419+albertony@users.noreply.github.com>
   * cron410 <cron410@gmail.com>
-  * Anagh Kumar Baranwal <anaghk.dos@gmail.com> <6824881+darthShadow@users.noreply.github.com>
+  * Anagh Kumar Baranwal <6824881+darthShadow@users.noreply.github.com>
   * Felix Brucker <felix@felixbrucker.com>
   * Santiago Rodríguez <scollazo@users.noreply.github.com>
   * Craig Miskell <craig.miskell@fluxfederation.com>
@@ -24192,7 +26727,7 @@ Contributors
   * Barry Muldrey <barry@muldrey.net>
   * Sebastian Brandt <sebastian.brandt@friday.de>
   * Marco Molteni <marco.molteni@mailbox.org>
-  * Ankur Gupta <ankur0493@gmail.com>
+  * Ankur Gupta <ankur0493@gmail.com> <7876747+ankur0493@users.noreply.github.com>
   * Maciej Zimnoch <maciej@scylladb.com>
   * anuar45 <serdaliyev.anuar@gmail.com>
   * Fernando <ferferga@users.noreply.github.com>
@@ -24215,6 +26750,46 @@ Contributors
   * unbelauscht <58393353+unbelauscht@users.noreply.github.com>
   * Motonori IWAMURO <vmi@nifty.com>
   * Benjapol Worakan <benwrk@live.com>
+  * Dave Koston <dave.koston@stackpath.com>
+  * Durval Menezes <DurvalMenezes@users.noreply.github.com>
+  * Tim Gallant <me@timgallant.us>
+  * Frederick Zhang <frederick888@tsundere.moe>
+  * valery1707 <valery1707@gmail.com>
+  * Yves G <theYinYeti@yalis.fr>
+  * Shing Kit Chan <chanshingkit@gmail.com>
+  * Franklyn Tackitt <franklyn@tackitt.net>
+  * Robert-André Mauchin <zebob.m@gmail.com>
+  * evileye <48332831+ibiruai@users.noreply.github.com>
+  * Joachim Brandon LeBlanc <brandon@leblanc.codes>
+  * Patryk Jakuszew <patryk.jakuszew@gmail.com>
+  * fishbullet <shindu666@gmail.com>
+  * greatroar <@>
+  * Bernd Schoolmann <mail@quexten.com>
+  * Elan Ruusamäe <glen@pld-linux.org>
+  * Max Sum <max@lolyculture.com>
+  * Mark Spieth <mspieth@users.noreply.github.com>
+  * harry <me@harry.plus>
+  * Samantha McVey <samantham@posteo.net>
+  * Jack Anderson <jack.anderson@metaswitch.com>
+  * Michael G <draget@speciesm.net>
+  * Brandon Philips <brandon@ifup.org>
+  * Daven <dooven@users.noreply.github.com>
+  * Martin Stone <martin@d7415.co.uk>
+  * David Bramwell <13053834+dbramwell@users.noreply.github.com>
+  * Sunil Patra <snl_su@live.com>
+  * Adam Stroud <adam.stroud@gmail.com>
+  * Kush <kushsharma@users.noreply.github.com>
+  * Matan Rosenberg <matan129@gmail.com>
+  * gitch1 <63495046+gitch1@users.noreply.github.com>
+  * ElonH <elonhhuang@gmail.com>
+  * Fred <fred@creativeprojects.tech>
+  * Sébastien Gross <renard@users.noreply.github.com>
+  * Maxime Suret <11944422+msuret@users.noreply.github.com>
+  * Caleb Case <caleb@storj.io>
+  * Ben Zenker <imbenzenker@gmail.com>
+  * Martin Michlmayr <tbm@cyrius.com>
+  * Brandon McNama <bmcnama@pagerduty.com>
+  * Daniel Slyman <github@skylayer.eu>
 
 # Contact the rclone project #
 
@@ -24224,13 +26799,13 @@ Forum for questions and general discussion:
 
   * https://forum.rclone.org
 
-## Gitub project ##
+## GitHub repository ##
 
-The project website is at:
+The project's repository is located at:
 
   * https://github.com/rclone/rclone
 
-There you can file bug reports or contribute pull requests.
+There you can file bug reports or contribute with pull requests.
 
 ## Twitter ##
 
@@ -24243,5 +26818,5 @@ You can also follow me on twitter for rclone announcements:
 Or if all else fails or you want to ask something private or
 confidential email [Nick Craig-Wood](mailto:nick@craig-wood.com).
 Please don't email me requests for help - those are better directed to
-the forum - thanks!
+the forum. Thanks!
 
diff --git a/MANUAL.txt b/MANUAL.txt
index 6d0200a37..4d0a7f9b2 100644
--- a/MANUAL.txt
+++ b/MANUAL.txt
@@ -1,18 +1,105 @@
 rclone(1) User Manual
 Nick Craig-Wood
-Feb 01, 2020
+May 27, 2020
 
 
 
-RCLONE - RSYNC FOR CLOUD STORAGE
+RCLONE SYNCS YOUR FILES TO CLOUD STORAGE
 
 
-Rclone is a command line program to sync files and directories to and
-from:
+-   About rclone
+-   What can rclone do for you
+-   What features does rclone have
+-   What providers does rclone support
+-   Download
+-   Install
+-   Donate.
+
+
+About rclone
+
+Rclone is a command line program to manage files on cloud storage. It is
+a feature rich alternative to cloud vendors’ web storage interfaces.
+Over 40 cloud storage products support rclone including S3 object
+stores, business & consumer file storage services, as well as standard
+transfer protocols.
+
+Rclone has powerful cloud equivalents to the unix commands rsync, cp,
+mv, mount, ls, ncdu, tree, rm, and cat. Rclone’s familiar syntax
+includes shell pipeline support, and --dry-run protection. It can be
+used at the command line, in scripts or via its API.
+
+Users have called rclone _“The Swiss army knife of cloud storage”_ and
+_“Technology indistinguishable from magic”_.
+
+Rclone really looks after your data. It preserves timestamps and
+verifies your data at all times. Transfers over limited bandwidth;
+intermittent connections, or subject to quota can be restarted, from the
+last good file transferred. You can check the integrity of your files.
+Where possible, rclone employs server side transfers to minimise local
+bandwidth use and transfers from one provider to another without using
+your local disk.
+
+Virtual backends wrap local and cloud file systems to apply encryption,
+caching, chunking and joining.
+
+Rclone can mount any local, cloud or virtual filesystem as a disk on
+Windows, macOS, linux and FreeBSD, and also serve these over SFTP, HTTP,
+WebDAV, FTP and DLNA.
+
+Rclone is mature, open source software originally inspired by rsync and
+written in Go. The friendly support community are familiar with varied
+use cases. Official Ubuntu, Debian, Fedora, Brew and Chocolatey repos.
+include rclone. For the latest version downloading from rclone.org is
+recommended.
+
+Rclone is widely used on Linux, Windows and Mac. Third party developers
+have built innovative backup, restore, GUI and business process
+solutions using the rclone command line or API.
+
+Let rclone do the heavy lifting of communicating with cloud storage.
+
+
+What can rclone do for you
+
+Rclone can help you:
+
+-   Backup (and encrypt) files to cloud storage
+-   Restore (and decrypt) files from cloud storage
+-   Mirror cloud data to other cloud services or locally
+-   Migrate data to cloud, or between cloud storage vendors
+-   Mount multiple, encrypted, cached or diverse cloud storage as a disk
+-   Analyse and account for data held on cloud storage using lsf, ljson,
+    size, ncdu
+-   Union file systems together to present multiple local and/or cloud
+    file systems as one
+
+
+Features
+
+-   Transfers
+    -   MD5, SHA1 hashes are checked at all times for file integrity
+    -   Timestamps are preserved on files
+    -   Operations can be restarted at any time
+    -   Can be to and from network, eg two different cloud providers
+    -   Can use multi-threaded downloads to local disk
+-   Copy new or changed files to cloud storage
+-   Sync (one way) to make a directory identical
+-   Move files to cloud storage deleting the local after verification
+-   Check hashes and for missing/extra files
+-   Mount your cloud storage as a network disk
+-   Serve local or remote files over HTTP/WebDav/FTP/SFTP/dlna
+-   Experimental Web based GUI
+
+
+Supported providers
+
+(There are many other providers, built on standard protocols such as
+WebDAV or S3, that work out of the box.)
 
 -   1Fichier
 -   Alibaba Cloud (Aliyun) Object Storage System (OSS)
--   Amazon Drive (See note)
+-   Amazon Drive
 -   Amazon S3
 -   Backblaze B2
 -   Box
@@ -41,7 +128,7 @@ from:
 -   Nextcloud
 -   OVH
 -   OpenDrive
--   Openstack Swift
+-   OpenStack Swift
 -   Oracle Cloud Storage
 -   ownCloud
 -   pCloud
@@ -51,31 +138,16 @@ from:
 -   Rackspace Cloud Files
 -   rsync.net
 -   Scaleway
+-   Seafile
 -   SFTP
+-   StackPath
 -   SugarSync
+-   Tardigrade
 -   Wasabi
 -   WebDAV
 -   Yandex Disk
 -   The local filesystem
 
-Features
-
--   MD5/SHA1 hashes checked at all times for file integrity
--   Timestamps preserved on files
--   Partial syncs supported on a whole file basis
--   Copy mode to just copy new/changed files
--   Sync (one way) mode to make a directory identical
--   Check mode to check for file hash equality
--   Can sync to and from network, eg two different cloud accounts
--   Encryption backend
--   Cache backend
--   Chunking backend
--   Union backend
--   Optional FUSE mount (rclone mount)
--   Multi-threaded downloads to local disk
--   Can serve local or remote files over HTTP/WebDav/FTP/SFTP/dlna
--   Experimental Web based GUI
-
 Links
 
 -   Home page
@@ -338,14 +410,16 @@ See the following for detailed instructions for
 -   Memory
 -   Microsoft Azure Blob Storage
 -   Microsoft OneDrive
--   Openstack Swift / Rackspace Cloudfiles / Memset Memstore
+-   OpenStack Swift / Rackspace Cloudfiles / Memset Memstore
 -   OpenDrive
 -   Pcloud
 -   premiumize.me
 -   put.io
 -   QingStor
+-   Seafile
 -   SFTP
 -   SugarSync
+-   Tardigrade
 -   Union
 -   WebDAV
 -   Yandex Disk
@@ -376,10 +450,13 @@ rclone uses a system of subcommands. For example
     rclone sync /local/path remote:path # syncs /local/path to the remote
 
 
-rclone config
+
+RCLONE CONFIG
+
 
 Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 Enter an interactive configuration session where you can setup new
@@ -388,18 +465,20 @@ to protect your configuration.
 
     rclone config [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help   help for config
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 -   rclone config create - Create a new remote with name, type and
     options.
--   rclone config delete - Delete an existing remote .
+-   rclone config delete - Delete an existing remote name.
 -   rclone config disconnect - Disconnects user from remote
 -   rclone config dump - Dump the config file as JSON.
 -   rclone config edit - Enter an interactive configuration session.
@@ -414,10 +493,13 @@ SEE ALSO
 -   rclone config userinfo - Prints info about logged in user of remote.
 
 
-rclone copy
+
+RCLONE COPY
+
 
 Copy files from source to dest, skipping already copied
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 Copy the source to the destination. Doesn’t transfer unchanged files,
@@ -460,7 +542,7 @@ destination directory or not. Supplying this option when copying a small
 number of files into a large destination can speed transfers up greatly.
 
 For example, if you have many files in /path/to/src but only a few of
-them change every day, you can to copy all the files which have changed
+them change every day, you can copy all the files which have changed
 recently very efficiently like this:
 
     rclone copy --max-age 24h --no-traverse /path/to/src remote:
@@ -469,6 +551,7 @@ NOTE: Use the -P/--progress flag to view real-time transfer statistics
 
     rclone copy source:path dest:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
           --create-empty-src-dirs   Create empty source dirs on destination after copy
@@ -476,15 +559,19 @@ Options
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone sync
+
+RCLONE SYNC
+
 
 Make source and dest identical, modifying destination only.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 Sync the source to the destination, changing the destination only.
@@ -510,6 +597,7 @@ NOTE: Use the -P/--progress flag to view real-time transfer statistics
 
     rclone sync source:path dest:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
           --create-empty-src-dirs   Create empty source dirs on destination after sync
@@ -517,15 +605,19 @@ Options
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone move
+
+RCLONE MOVE
+
 
 Move files from source to dest.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 Moves the contents of the source directory to the destination directory.
@@ -533,8 +625,7 @@ Rclone will error if the source and destination overlap and the remote
 does not support a server side directory move operation.
 
 If no filters are in use and if possible this will server side move
-source:path into dest:path. After this source:path will no longer longer
-exist.
+source:path into dest:path. After this source:path will no longer exist.
 
 Otherwise for each file in source:path selected by the filters (if any)
 this will move it into dest:path. If possible a server side move will be
@@ -555,6 +646,7 @@ NOTE: Use the -P/--progress flag to view real-time transfer statistics.
 
     rclone move source:path dest:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
           --create-empty-src-dirs   Create empty source dirs on destination after move
@@ -563,15 +655,19 @@ Options
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone delete
+
+RCLONE DELETE
+
 
 Remove the contents of path.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 Remove the files in path. Unlike purge it obeys include/exclude filters
@@ -581,6 +677,9 @@ rclone delete only deletes objects but leaves the directory structure
 alone. If you want to delete a directory and all of its contents use
 rclone purge
 
+If you supply the –rmdirs flag, it will remove all empty directories
+along with it.
+
 Eg delete all files bigger than 100MBytes
 
 Check what would be deleted first (use either)
@@ -597,21 +696,27 @@ delete all files bigger than 100MBytes.
 
     rclone delete remote:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
-      -h, --help   help for delete
+      -h, --help     help for delete
+          --rmdirs   rmdirs removes empty directories but leaves root intact
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone purge
+
+RCLONE PURGE
+
 
 Remove the path and all of its contents.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 Remove the path and all of its contents. Note that this does not obey
@@ -620,42 +725,52 @@ want to selectively delete files.
 
     rclone purge remote:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help   help for purge
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone mkdir
+
+RCLONE MKDIR
+
 
 Make the path if it doesn’t already exist.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 Make the path if it doesn’t already exist.
 
     rclone mkdir remote:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help   help for mkdir
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone rmdir
+
+RCLONE RMDIR
+
 
 Remove the path if empty.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 Remove the path. Note that you can’t remove a path with objects in it,
@@ -663,21 +778,26 @@ use purge for that.
 
     rclone rmdir remote:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help   help for rmdir
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone check
+
+RCLONE CHECK
+
 
 Checks the files in the source and destination match.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 Checks the files in the source and destination match. It compares sizes
@@ -699,6 +819,7 @@ error.
 
     rclone check source:path dest:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
           --download   Check by downloading rather than with hash.
@@ -707,15 +828,19 @@ Options
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone ls
+
+RCLONE LS
+
 
 List the objects in the path with size and path.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 Lists the objects in the source path to standard output in a human
@@ -754,21 +879,26 @@ bucket based remotes).
 
     rclone ls remote:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help   help for ls
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone lsd
+
+RCLONE LSD
+
 
 List all directories/containers/buckets in the path.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 Lists the directories in the source path to standard output. Does not
@@ -817,6 +947,7 @@ bucket based remotes).
 
     rclone lsd remote:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help        help for lsd
@@ -824,15 +955,19 @@ Options
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone lsl
+
+RCLONE LSL
+
 
 List the objects in path with modification time, size and path.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 Lists the objects in the source path to standard output in a human
@@ -872,21 +1007,26 @@ bucket based remotes).
 
     rclone lsl remote:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help   help for lsl
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone md5sum
+
+RCLONE MD5SUM
+
 
 Produces an md5sum file for all the objects in the path.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 Produces an md5sum file for all the objects in the path. This is in the
@@ -894,21 +1034,26 @@ same format as the standard md5sum tool produces.
 
     rclone md5sum remote:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help   help for md5sum
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone sha1sum
+
+RCLONE SHA1SUM
+
 
 Produces an sha1sum file for all the objects in the path.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 Produces an sha1sum file for all the objects in the path. This is in the
@@ -916,27 +1061,33 @@ same format as the standard sha1sum tool produces.
 
     rclone sha1sum remote:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help   help for sha1sum
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone size
+
+RCLONE SIZE
+
 
 Prints the total size and number of objects in remote:path.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 Prints the total size and number of objects in remote:path.
 
     rclone size remote:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help   help for size
@@ -944,15 +1095,19 @@ Options
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone version
+
+RCLONE VERSION
+
 
 Show the version number.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 Show the version number, the go version and the architecture.
@@ -983,6 +1138,7 @@ Or
 
     rclone version [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
           --check   Check for new version.
@@ -990,15 +1146,19 @@ Options
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone cleanup
+
+RCLONE CLEANUP
+
 
 Clean up the remote if possible
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 Clean up the remote if possible. Empty the trash or delete old file
@@ -1006,21 +1166,26 @@ versions. Not supported by all remotes.
 
     rclone cleanup remote:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help   help for cleanup
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone dedupe
+
+RCLONE DEDUPE
+
 
 Interactively find duplicate files and delete/rename them.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 By default dedupe interactively finds duplicate files and offers to
@@ -1115,6 +1280,7 @@ Or
 
     rclone dedupe [mode] remote:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
           --dedupe-mode string   Dedupe mode interactive|skip|first|newest|oldest|largest|smallest|rename. (default "interactive")
@@ -1122,15 +1288,19 @@ Options
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone about
+
+RCLONE ABOUT
+
 
 Get quota information from the remote.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 Get quota information from the remote, like bytes used/free/quota and
@@ -1177,6 +1347,7 @@ Use the –json flag for a computer readable output, eg
 
     rclone about remote: [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
           --full   Full numbers instead of SI units
@@ -1185,15 +1356,19 @@ Options
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone authorize
+
+RCLONE AUTHORIZE
+
 
 Remote authorization.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 Remote authorization. Used to authorize a remote or headless rclone from
@@ -1204,6 +1379,7 @@ default browser automatically.
 
     rclone authorize [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
           --auth-no-open-browser   Do not automatically open auth link in default browser
@@ -1211,36 +1387,71 @@ Options
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone cachestats
 
-Print cache stats for a remote
+RCLONE BACKEND
+
+
+Run a backend specific command.
+
 
 Synopsis
 
-Print cache stats for a remote in JSON format
+This runs a backend specific command. The commands themselves (except
+for “help” and “features”) are defined by the backends and you should
+see the backend docs for definitions.
+
+You can discover what commands a backend implements by using
+
+    rclone backend help remote:
+    rclone backend help <backendname>
+
+You can also discover information about the backend using (see
+operations/fsinfo in the remote control docs for more info).
+
+    rclone backend features remote:
+
+Pass options to the backend command with -o. This should be key=value or
+key, eg:
+
+    rclone backend stats remote:path stats -o format=json -o long
+
+Pass arguments to the backend by placing them on the end of the line
+
+    rclone backend cleanup remote:path file1 file2 file3
+
+Note to run these commands on a running backend then see backend/command
+in the rc docs.
+
+    rclone backend <command> remote:path [opts] <args> [flags]
 
-    rclone cachestats source: [flags]
 
 Options
 
-      -h, --help   help for cachestats
+      -h, --help                 help for backend
+          --json                 Always output in JSON format.
+      -o, --option stringArray   Option in the form name=value or name.
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone cat
+
+RCLONE CAT
+
 
 Concatenates any files and sends them to stdout.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 rclone cat sends any files to standard output.
@@ -1249,11 +1460,11 @@ You can use it like this to output a single file
 
     rclone cat remote:path/to/file
 
-Or like this to output any file in dir or subdirectories.
+Or like this to output any file in dir or its subdirectories.
 
     rclone cat remote:path/to/dir
 
-Or like this to output any .txt files in dir or subdirectories.
+Or like this to output any .txt files in dir or its subdirectories.
 
     rclone --include "*.txt" cat remote:path/to/dir
 
@@ -1264,6 +1475,7 @@ is equivalent to –tail 1.
 
     rclone cat remote:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
           --count int    Only print N characters. (default -1)
@@ -1275,19 +1487,23 @@ Options
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone config create
+
+RCLONE CONFIG CREATE
+
 
 Create a new remote with name, type and options.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
-Create a new remote of with and options. The options should be passed in
-in pairs of .
+Create a new remote of name with type and options. The options should be
+passed in pairs of key value.
 
 For example to make a swift remote of name myremote using auto config
 you would do:
@@ -1299,35 +1515,52 @@ default is taken. Each time that happens rclone will print a message
 saying how to affect the value taken.
 
 If any of the parameters passed is a password field, then rclone will
-automatically obscure them before putting them in the config file.
+automatically obscure them if they aren’t already obscured before
+putting them in the config file.
+
+NB If the password parameter is 22 characters or longer and consists
+only of base64 characters then rclone can get confused about whether the
+password is already obscured or not and put unobscured passwords into
+the config file. If you want to be 100% certain that the passwords get
+obscured then use the “–obscure” flag, or if you are 100% certain you
+are already passing obscured passwords then use “–no-obscure”. You can
+also set osbscured passwords using the “rclone config password” command.
 
 So for example if you wanted to configure a Google Drive remote but
 using remote authorization you would do this:
 
     rclone config create mydrive drive config_is_local false
 
-    rclone config create <name> <type> [<key> <value>]* [flags]
+    rclone config create `name` `type` [`key` `value`]* [flags]
+
 
 Options
 
-      -h, --help   help for create
+      -h, --help         help for create
+          --no-obscure   Force any passwords not to be obscured.
+          --obscure      Force any passwords to be obscured.
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone config - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
 
-rclone config delete
 
-Delete an existing remote .
+RCLONE CONFIG DELETE
+
+
+Delete an existing remote name.
+
 
 Synopsis
 
-Delete an existing remote .
+Delete an existing remote name.
+
+    rclone config delete `name` [flags]
 
-    rclone config delete <name> [flags]
 
 Options
 
@@ -1335,15 +1568,19 @@ Options
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone config - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
 
-rclone config disconnect
+
+RCLONE CONFIG DISCONNECT
+
 
 Disconnects user from remote
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 This disconnects the remote: passed in to the cloud storage system.
@@ -1354,42 +1591,52 @@ To reconnect use “rclone config reconnect”.
 
     rclone config disconnect remote: [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help   help for disconnect
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone config - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
 
-rclone config dump
+
+RCLONE CONFIG DUMP
+
 
 Dump the config file as JSON.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 Dump the config file as JSON.
 
     rclone config dump [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help   help for dump
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone config - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
 
-rclone config edit
+
+RCLONE CONFIG EDIT
+
 
 Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 Enter an interactive configuration session where you can setup new
@@ -1398,46 +1645,56 @@ to protect your configuration.
 
     rclone config edit [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help   help for edit
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone config - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
 
-rclone config file
+
+RCLONE CONFIG FILE
+
 
 Show path of configuration file in use.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 Show path of configuration file in use.
 
     rclone config file [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help   help for file
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone config - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
 
-rclone config password
+
+RCLONE CONFIG PASSWORD
+
 
 Update password in an existing remote.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 Update an existing remote’s password. The password should be passed in
-in pairs of .
+pairs of key value.
 
 For example to set password of a remote of name myremote you would do:
 
@@ -1446,7 +1703,8 @@ For example to set password of a remote of name myremote you would do:
 This command is obsolete now that “config update” and “config create”
 both support obscuring passwords directly.
 
-    rclone config password <name> [<key> <value>]+ [flags]
+    rclone config password `name` [`key` `value`]+ [flags]
+
 
 Options
 
@@ -1454,36 +1712,45 @@ Options
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone config - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
 
-rclone config providers
+
+RCLONE CONFIG PROVIDERS
+
 
 List in JSON format all the providers and options.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 List in JSON format all the providers and options.
 
     rclone config providers [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help   help for providers
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone config - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
 
-rclone config reconnect
+
+RCLONE CONFIG RECONNECT
+
 
 Re-authenticates user with remote.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 This reconnects remote: passed in to the cloud storage system.
@@ -1494,46 +1761,56 @@ This normally means going through the interactive oauth flow again.
 
     rclone config reconnect remote: [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help   help for reconnect
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone config - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
 
-rclone config show
+
+RCLONE CONFIG SHOW
+
 
 Print (decrypted) config file, or the config for a single remote.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 Print (decrypted) config file, or the config for a single remote.
 
     rclone config show [<remote>] [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help   help for show
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone config - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
 
-rclone config update
+
+RCLONE CONFIG UPDATE
+
 
 Update options in an existing remote.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 Update an existing remote’s options. The options should be passed in in
-pairs of .
+pairs of key value.
 
 For example to update the env_auth field of a remote of name myremote
 you would do:
@@ -1541,30 +1818,46 @@ you would do:
     rclone config update myremote swift env_auth true
 
 If any of the parameters passed is a password field, then rclone will
-automatically obscure them before putting them in the config file.
+automatically obscure them if they aren’t already obscured before
+putting them in the config file.
 
-If the remote uses oauth the token will be updated, if you don’t require
+NB If the password parameter is 22 characters or longer and consists
+only of base64 characters then rclone can get confused about whether the
+password is already obscured or not and put unobscured passwords into
+the config file. If you want to be 100% certain that the passwords get
+obscured then use the “–obscure” flag, or if you are 100% certain you
+are already passing obscured passwords then use “–no-obscure”. You can
+also set osbscured passwords using the “rclone config password” command.
+
+If the remote uses OAuth the token will be updated, if you don’t require
 this add an extra parameter thus:
 
     rclone config update myremote swift env_auth true config_refresh_token false
 
-    rclone config update <name> [<key> <value>]+ [flags]
+    rclone config update `name` [`key` `value`]+ [flags]
+
 
 Options
 
-      -h, --help   help for update
+      -h, --help         help for update
+          --no-obscure   Force any passwords not to be obscured.
+          --obscure      Force any passwords to be obscured.
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone config - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
 
-rclone config userinfo
+
+RCLONE CONFIG USERINFO
+
 
 Prints info about logged in user of remote.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 This prints the details of the person logged in to the cloud storage
@@ -1572,6 +1865,7 @@ system.
 
     rclone config userinfo remote: [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help   help for userinfo
@@ -1579,15 +1873,19 @@ Options
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone config - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
 
-rclone copyto
+
+RCLONE COPYTO
+
 
 Copy files from source to dest, skipping already copied
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 If source:path is a file or directory then it copies it to a file or
@@ -1619,51 +1917,65 @@ NOTE: Use the -P/--progress flag to view real-time transfer statistics
 
     rclone copyto source:path dest:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help   help for copyto
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone copyurl
+
+RCLONE COPYURL
+
 
 Copy url content to dest.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 Download a URL’s content and copy it to the destination without saving
 it in temporary storage.
 
-Setting –auto-filename will cause the file name to be retreived from the
+Setting –auto-filename will cause the file name to be retrieved from the
 from URL (after any redirections) and used in the destination path.
 
+Setting –no-clobber will prevent overwriting file on the destination if
+there is one with the same name.
+
 Setting –stdout or making the output file name “-” will cause the output
 to be written to standard output.
 
     rclone copyurl https://example.com dest:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -a, --auto-filename   Get the file name from the URL and use it for destination file path
       -h, --help            help for copyurl
+          --no-clobber      Prevent overwriting file with same name
           --stdout          Write the output to stdout rather than a file
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone cryptcheck
+
+RCLONE CRYPTCHECK
+
 
 Cryptcheck checks the integrity of a crypted remote.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 rclone cryptcheck checks a remote against a crypted remote. This is the
@@ -1696,6 +2008,7 @@ error.
 
     rclone cryptcheck remote:path cryptedremote:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help      help for cryptcheck
@@ -1703,15 +2016,19 @@ Options
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone cryptdecode
+
+RCLONE CRYPTDECODE
+
 
 Cryptdecode returns unencrypted file names.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 rclone cryptdecode returns unencrypted file names when provided with a
@@ -1727,6 +2044,7 @@ use it like this
 
     rclone cryptdecode encryptedremote: encryptedfilename [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help      help for cryptdecode
@@ -1734,38 +2052,19 @@ Options
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
-SEE ALSO
-
--   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
-
-
-rclone dbhashsum
-
-Produces a Dropbox hash file for all the objects in the path.
-
-Synopsis
-
-Produces a Dropbox hash file for all the objects in the path. The hashes
-are calculated according to Dropbox content hash rules. The output is in
-the same format as md5sum and sha1sum.
-
-    rclone dbhashsum remote:path [flags]
-
-Options
-
-      -h, --help   help for dbhashsum
-
-See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone deletefile
+
+RCLONE DELETEFILE
+
 
 Remove a single file from remote.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 Remove a single file from remote. Unlike delete it cannot be used to
@@ -1774,45 +2073,57 @@ specified file exists, it will always be removed.
 
     rclone deletefile remote:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help   help for deletefile
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone genautocomplete
+
+RCLONE GENAUTOCOMPLETE
+
 
 Output completion script for a given shell.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 Generates a shell completion script for rclone. Run with –help to list
 the supported shells.
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help   help for genautocomplete
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 -   rclone genautocomplete bash - Output bash completion script for
     rclone.
+-   rclone genautocomplete fish - Output fish completion script for
+    rclone.
 -   rclone genautocomplete zsh - Output zsh completion script for
     rclone.
 
 
-rclone genautocomplete bash
+
+RCLONE GENAUTOCOMPLETE BASH
+
 
 Output bash completion script for rclone.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 Generates a bash shell autocompletion script for rclone.
@@ -1831,21 +2142,64 @@ If you supply a command line argument the script will be written there.
 
     rclone genautocomplete bash [output_file] [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help   help for bash
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone genautocomplete - Output completion script for a given shell.
 
 
-rclone genautocomplete zsh
+
+RCLONE GENAUTOCOMPLETE FISH
+
+
+Output fish completion script for rclone.
+
+
+Synopsis
+
+Generates a fish autocompletion script for rclone.
+
+This writes to /etc/fish/completions/rclone.fish by default so will
+probably need to be run with sudo or as root, eg
+
+    sudo rclone genautocomplete fish
+
+Logout and login again to use the autocompletion scripts, or source them
+directly
+
+    . /etc/fish/completions/rclone.fish
+
+If you supply a command line argument the script will be written there.
+
+    rclone genautocomplete fish [output_file] [flags]
+
+
+Options
+
+      -h, --help   help for fish
+
+See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
+
+
+SEE ALSO
+
+-   rclone genautocomplete - Output completion script for a given shell.
+
+
+
+RCLONE GENAUTOCOMPLETE ZSH
+
 
 Output zsh completion script for rclone.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 Generates a zsh autocompletion script for rclone.
@@ -1864,21 +2218,26 @@ If you supply a command line argument the script will be written there.
 
     rclone genautocomplete zsh [output_file] [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help   help for zsh
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone genautocomplete - Output completion script for a given shell.
 
 
-rclone gendocs
+
+RCLONE GENDOCS
+
 
 Output markdown docs for rclone to the directory supplied.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 This produces markdown docs for the rclone commands to the directory
@@ -1887,20 +2246,25 @@ rclone.org website.
 
     rclone gendocs output_directory [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help   help for gendocs
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone hashsum
 
-Produces an hashsum file for all the objects in the path.
+RCLONE HASHSUM
+
+
+Produces a hashsum file for all the objects in the path.
+
 
 Synopsis
 
@@ -1923,6 +2287,7 @@ Then
 
     rclone hashsum <hash> remote:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
           --base64   Output base64 encoded hashsum
@@ -1930,15 +2295,19 @@ Options
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone link
+
+RCLONE LINK
+
 
 Generate public link to file/folder.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 rclone link will create or retrieve a public link to the given file or
@@ -1954,21 +2323,26 @@ accessible without account.
 
     rclone link remote:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help   help for link
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone listremotes
+
+RCLONE LISTREMOTES
+
 
 List all the remotes in the config file.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 rclone listremotes lists all the available remotes from the config file.
@@ -1977,6 +2351,7 @@ When uses with the -l flag it lists the types too.
 
     rclone listremotes [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help   help for listremotes
@@ -1984,15 +2359,19 @@ Options
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone lsf
+
+RCLONE LSF
+
 
 List directories and objects in remote:path formatted for parsing
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 List the contents of the source path (directories and objects) to
@@ -2079,13 +2458,13 @@ Eg
     "this file contains a comma, in the file name.txt",6
 
 Note that the –absolute parameter is useful for making lists of files to
-pass to an rclone copy with the –files-from flag.
+pass to an rclone copy with the –files-from-raw flag.
 
 For example to find all the files modified within one day and copy those
 only (without traversing the whole directory structure):
 
     rclone lsf --absolute --files-only --max-age 1d /path/to/local > new_files
-    rclone copy --files-from new_files /path/to/local remote:path
+    rclone copy --files-from-raw new_files /path/to/local remote:path
 
 Any of the filtering options can be applied to this command.
 
@@ -2112,6 +2491,7 @@ bucket based remotes).
 
     rclone lsf remote:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
           --absolute           Put a leading / in front of path names.
@@ -2127,15 +2507,19 @@ Options
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone lsjson
+
+RCLONE LSJSON
+
 
 List directories and objects in the path in JSON format.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 List directories and objects in the path in JSON format.
@@ -2152,7 +2536,9 @@ false, “IsDir” : false, “MimeType” : “application/octet-stream”,
 “kja9098349023498/v0qpsdq8anpci8n929v3uu9338”, “Path” :
 “full/path/goes/here/file.txt”, “Size” : 6, “Tier” : “hot”, }
 
-If –hash is not specified the Hashes property won’t be emitted.
+If –hash is not specified the Hashes property won’t be emitted. The
+types of hash can be specified with the –hash-type parameter (which may
+be repeated). If –hash-type is set then it implies –hash.
 
 If –no-modtime is specified then ModTime will be blank. This can speed
 things up on remotes where reading the ModTime takes an extra request
@@ -2215,29 +2601,35 @@ bucket based remotes).
 
     rclone lsjson remote:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
-          --dirs-only     Show only directories in the listing.
-      -M, --encrypted     Show the encrypted names.
-          --files-only    Show only files in the listing.
-          --hash          Include hashes in the output (may take longer).
-      -h, --help          help for lsjson
-          --no-mimetype   Don't read the mime type (can speed things up).
-          --no-modtime    Don't read the modification time (can speed things up).
-          --original      Show the ID of the underlying Object.
-      -R, --recursive     Recurse into the listing.
+          --dirs-only               Show only directories in the listing.
+      -M, --encrypted               Show the encrypted names.
+          --files-only              Show only files in the listing.
+          --hash                    Include hashes in the output (may take longer).
+          --hash-type stringArray   Show only this hash type (may be repeated).
+      -h, --help                    help for lsjson
+          --no-mimetype             Don't read the mime type (can speed things up).
+          --no-modtime              Don't read the modification time (can speed things up).
+          --original                Show the ID of the underlying Object.
+      -R, --recursive               Recurse into the listing.
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone mount
+
+RCLONE MOUNT
+
 
 Mount the remote as file system on a mountpoint.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 rclone mount allows Linux, FreeBSD, macOS and Windows to mount any of
@@ -2246,26 +2638,41 @@ Rclone’s cloud storage systems as a file system with FUSE.
 First set up your remote using rclone config. Check it works with
 rclone ls etc.
 
-Start the mount like this
+You can either run mount in foreground mode or background (daemon) mode.
+Mount runs in foreground mode by default, use the –daemon flag to
+specify background mode mode. Background mode is only supported on Linux
+and OSX, you can only run mount in foreground mode on Windows.
+
+On Linux/macOS/FreeBSD Start the mount like this where
+/path/to/local/mount is an EMPTY EXISTING directory.
 
     rclone mount remote:path/to/files /path/to/local/mount
 
-Or on Windows like this where X: is an unused drive letter
+Or on Windows like this where X: is an unused drive letter or use a path
+to NON-EXISTENT directory.
 
     rclone mount remote:path/to/files X:
+    rclone mount remote:path/to/files C:\path\to\nonexistent\directory
 
-When the program ends, either via Ctrl+C or receiving a SIGINT or
-SIGTERM signal, the mount is automatically stopped.
+When running in background mode the user will have to stop the mount
+manually (specified below).
+
+When the program ends while in foreground mode, either via Ctrl+C or
+receiving a SIGINT or SIGTERM signal, the mount is automatically
+stopped.
 
 The umount operation can fail, for example when the mountpoint is busy.
 When that happens, it is the user’s responsibility to stop the mount
-manually with
+manually.
+
+Stopping the mount manually:
 
     # Linux
     fusermount -u /path/to/local/mount
     # OS X
     umount /path/to/local/mount
 
+
 Installing on Windows
 
 To run rclone mount on Windows, you will need to download and install
@@ -2291,6 +2698,34 @@ prompt. It is also possible to start a drive from the SYSTEM account
 accessible for everyone on the system or alternatively using the nssm
 service manager.
 
+Mount as a network drive
+
+By default, rclone will mount the remote as a normal drive. However, you
+can also mount it as a NETWORK DRIVE (or NETWORK SHARE, as mentioned in
+some places)
+
+Unlike other systems, Windows provides a different filesystem type for
+network drives. Windows and other programs treat the network drives and
+fixed/removable drives differently: In network drives, many I/O
+operations are optimized, as the high latency and low reliability
+(compared to a normal drive) of a network is expected.
+
+Although many people prefer network shares to be mounted as normal
+system drives, this might cause some issues, such as programs not
+working as expected or freezes and errors while operating with the
+mounted remote in Windows Explorer. If you experience any of those,
+consider mounting rclone remotes as network shares, as Windows expects
+normal drives to be fast and reliable, while cloud storage is far from
+that. See also Limitations section below for more info
+
+Add “–fuse-flag –VolumePrefix=” to your “mount” command, REPLACING
+“SHARE” WITH ANY OTHER NAME OF YOUR CHOICE IF YOU ARE MOUNTING MORE THAN
+ONE REMOTE. Otherwise, the mountpoints will conflict and your mounted
+filesystems will overlap.
+
+Read more about drive mapping
+
+
 Limitations
 
 Without the use of “–vfs-cache-mode” this can only write files
@@ -2306,6 +2741,7 @@ directory cache.
 
 Only supported on Linux, FreeBSD, OS X and Windows at the moment.
 
+
 rclone mount vs rclone sync/copy
 
 File systems expect things to be 100% reliable, whereas cloud storage
@@ -2314,6 +2750,7 @@ cope with this with lots of retries. However rclone mount can’t use
 retries in the same way without making local copies of the uploads. Look
 at the file caching for solutions to make mount more reliable.
 
+
 Attribute caching
 
 You can use the flag –attr-timeout to set the time the kernel caches the
@@ -2344,11 +2781,13 @@ then there is no chance of corruption.
 
 This is the same as setting the attr_timeout option in mount.fuse.
 
+
 Filters
 
 Note that all the rclone filters can be used to select a subset of the
 files to be visible in the mount.
 
+
 systemd
 
 When running rclone mount as a systemd service, it is possible to use
@@ -2357,6 +2796,7 @@ the mountpoint has been successfully set up. Units having the rclone
 mount service specified as a requirement will see all files and folders
 immediately in this mode.
 
+
 chunked reading
 
 –vfs-read-chunk-size will enable reading the source objects in parts.
@@ -2379,13 +2819,16 @@ Chunked reading will only work with –vfs-cache-mode < full, as the file
 will always be copied to the vfs cache before opening with
 –vfs-cache-mode full.
 
+
 Directory Cache
 
 Using the --dir-cache-time flag, you can set how long a directory should
 be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes
 made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate the
 cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once
-the cache expires.
+the cache expires if the backend configured does not support polling for
+changes. If the backend supports polling, changes will be picked up on
+within the polling interval.
 
 Alternatively, you can send a SIGHUP signal to rclone for it to flush
 all directory caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one
@@ -2402,6 +2845,7 @@ Or individual files or directories:
 
     rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
 
+
 File Buffering
 
 The --buffer-size flag determines the amount of memory, that will be
@@ -2418,6 +2862,7 @@ read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be
 used. The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to
 --buffer-size * open files.
 
+
 File Caching
 
 These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is used
@@ -2510,13 +2955,56 @@ This mode should support all normal file system operations.
 If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to
 –low-level-retries times.
 
+
+Case Sensitivity
+
+Linux file systems are case-sensitive: two files can differ only by
+case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.
+
+Windows is not like most other operating systems supported by rclone.
+File systems in modern Windows are case-insensitive but case-preserving:
+although existing files can be opened using any case, the exact case
+used to create the file is preserved and available for programs to
+query. It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ
+only by case.
+
+Usually file systems on macOS are case-insensitive. It is possible to
+make macOS file systems case-sensitive but that is not the default
+
+The “–vfs-case-insensitive” mount flag controls how rclone handles these
+two cases. If its value is “false”, rclone passes file names to the
+mounted file system as is. If the flag is “true” (or appears without a
+value on command line), rclone may perform a “fixup” as explained below.
+
+The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case
+different than what is stored on mounted file system. If an argument
+refers to an existing file with exactly the same name, then the case of
+the existing file on the disk will be used. However, if a file name with
+exactly the same name is not found but a name differing only by case
+exists, rclone will transparently fixup the name. This fixup happens
+only when an existing file is requested. Case sensitivity of file names
+created anew by rclone is controlled by an underlying mounted file
+system.
+
+Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the
+target) may differ from case sensitivity of a file system mounted by
+rclone (the source). The flag controls whether “fixup” is performed to
+satisfy the target.
+
+If the flag is not provided on command line, then its default value
+depends on the operating system where rclone runs: “true” on Windows and
+macOS, “false” otherwise. If the flag is provided without a value, then
+it is “true”.
+
     rclone mount remote:path /path/to/mountpoint [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
-          --allow-non-empty                        Allow mounting over a non-empty directory.
+          --allow-non-empty                        Allow mounting over a non-empty directory (not Windows).
           --allow-other                            Allow access to other users.
           --allow-root                             Allow access to root user.
+          --async-read                             Use asynchronous reads. (default true)
           --attr-timeout duration                  Time for which file/directory attributes are cached. (default 1s)
           --daemon                                 Run mount as a daemon (background mode).
           --daemon-timeout duration                Time limit for rclone to respond to kernel (not supported by all OSes).
@@ -2544,20 +3032,26 @@ Options
           --vfs-case-insensitive                   If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match.
           --vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix         Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
           --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. 'off' is unlimited. (default off)
+          --vfs-read-wait duration                 Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking. (default 20ms)
+          --vfs-write-wait duration                Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error. (default 1s)
           --volname string                         Set the volume name (not supported by all OSes).
           --write-back-cache                       Makes kernel buffer writes before sending them to rclone. Without this, writethrough caching is used.
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone moveto
+
+RCLONE MOVETO
+
 
 Move file or directory from source to dest.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 If source:path is a file or directory then it moves it to a file or
@@ -2592,21 +3086,26 @@ NOTE: Use the -P/--progress flag to view real-time transfer statistics.
 
     rclone moveto source:path dest:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help   help for moveto
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone ncdu
+
+RCLONE NCDU
+
 
 Explore a remote with a text based user interface.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 This displays a text based user interface allowing the navigation of a
@@ -2641,42 +3140,52 @@ won’t respond in the meantime since the deletion is done synchronously.
 
     rclone ncdu remote:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help   help for ncdu
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone obscure
+
+RCLONE OBSCURE
+
 
 Obscure password for use in the rclone.conf
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 Obscure password for use in the rclone.conf
 
     rclone obscure password [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help   help for obscure
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone rc
+
+RCLONE RC
+
 
 Run a command against a running rclone.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 This runs a command against a running rclone. Use the –url flag to
@@ -2697,6 +3206,27 @@ The –json parameter can be used to pass in a JSON blob as an input
 instead of key=value arguments. This is the only way of passing in more
 complicated values.
 
+The -o/–opt option can be used to set a key “opt” with key, value
+options in the form “-o key=value” or “-o key”. It can be repeated as
+many times as required. This is useful for rc commands which take the
+“opt” parameter which by convention is a dictionary of strings.
+
+    -o key=value -o key2
+
+Will place this in the “opt” value
+
+    {"key":"value", "key2","")
+
+The -a/–arg option can be used to set strings in the “arg” value. It can
+be repeated as many times as required. This is useful for rc commands
+which take the “arg” parameter which by convention is a list of strings.
+
+    -a value -a value2
+
+Will place this in the “arg” value
+
+    ["value", "value2"]
+
 Use –loopback to connect to the rclone instance running “rclone rc”.
 This is very useful for testing commands without having to run an rclone
 rc server, eg:
@@ -2707,27 +3237,34 @@ Use “rclone rc” to see a list of all possible commands.
 
     rclone rc commands parameter [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
-      -h, --help          help for rc
-          --json string   Input JSON - use instead of key=value args.
-          --loopback      If set connect to this rclone instance not via HTTP.
-          --no-output     If set don't output the JSON result.
-          --pass string   Password to use to connect to rclone remote control.
-          --url string    URL to connect to rclone remote control. (default "http://localhost:5572/")
-          --user string   Username to use to rclone remote control.
+      -a, --arg stringArray   Argument placed in the "arg" array.
+      -h, --help              help for rc
+          --json string       Input JSON - use instead of key=value args.
+          --loopback          If set connect to this rclone instance not via HTTP.
+          --no-output         If set don't output the JSON result.
+      -o, --opt stringArray   Option in the form name=value or name placed in the "opt" array.
+          --pass string       Password to use to connect to rclone remote control.
+          --url string        URL to connect to rclone remote control. (default "http://localhost:5572/")
+          --user string       Username to use to rclone remote control.
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone rcat
+
+RCLONE RCAT
+
 
 Copies standard input to file on remote.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 rclone rcat reads from standard input (stdin) and copies it to a single
@@ -2754,21 +3291,26 @@ destination.
 
     rclone rcat remote:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help   help for rcat
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone rcd
+
+RCLONE RCD
+
 
 Run rclone listening to remote control commands only.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 This runs rclone so that it only listens to remote control commands.
@@ -2783,21 +3325,26 @@ See the rc documentation for more info on the rc flags.
 
     rclone rcd <path to files to serve>* [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help   help for rcd
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone rmdirs
+
+RCLONE RMDIRS
+
 
 Remove empty directories under the path.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 This removes any empty directories (or directories that only contain
@@ -2812,6 +3359,7 @@ empty directories in.
 
     rclone rmdirs remote:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help         help for rmdirs
@@ -2819,15 +3367,19 @@ Options
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone serve
+
+RCLONE SERVE
+
 
 Serve a remote over a protocol.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 rclone serve is used to serve a remote over a given protocol. This
@@ -2839,12 +3391,14 @@ Each subcommand has its own options which you can see in their help.
 
     rclone serve <protocol> [opts] <remote> [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help   help for serve
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
@@ -2856,13 +3410,16 @@ SEE ALSO
 -   rclone serve webdav - Serve remote:path over webdav.
 
 
-rclone serve dlna
+
+RCLONE SERVE DLNA
+
 
 Serve remote:path over DLNA
 
+
 Synopsis
 
-rclone serve dlna is a DLNA media server for media stored in a rclone
+rclone serve dlna is a DLNA media server for media stored in an rclone
 remote. Many devices, such as the Xbox and PlayStation, can
 automatically discover this server in the LAN and play audio/video from
 it. VLC is also supported. Service discovery uses UDP multicast packets
@@ -2873,6 +3430,7 @@ based on media formats or file extensions. Additionally, there is no
 media transcoding support. This means that some players might show files
 that they are not able to play back correctly.
 
+
 Server options
 
 Use –addr to specify which IP address and port the server should listen
@@ -2884,13 +3442,16 @@ Use –name to choose the friendly server name, which is by default
 Use –log-trace in conjunction with -vv to enable additional debug
 logging of all UPNP traffic.
 
+
 Directory Cache
 
 Using the --dir-cache-time flag, you can set how long a directory should
 be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes
 made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate the
 cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once
-the cache expires.
+the cache expires if the backend configured does not support polling for
+changes. If the backend supports polling, changes will be picked up on
+within the polling interval.
 
 Alternatively, you can send a SIGHUP signal to rclone for it to flush
 all directory caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one
@@ -2907,6 +3468,7 @@ Or individual files or directories:
 
     rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
 
+
 File Buffering
 
 The --buffer-size flag determines the amount of memory, that will be
@@ -2923,6 +3485,7 @@ read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be
 used. The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to
 --buffer-size * open files.
 
+
 File Caching
 
 These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is used
@@ -3015,8 +3578,50 @@ This mode should support all normal file system operations.
 If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to
 –low-level-retries times.
 
+
+Case Sensitivity
+
+Linux file systems are case-sensitive: two files can differ only by
+case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.
+
+Windows is not like most other operating systems supported by rclone.
+File systems in modern Windows are case-insensitive but case-preserving:
+although existing files can be opened using any case, the exact case
+used to create the file is preserved and available for programs to
+query. It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ
+only by case.
+
+Usually file systems on macOS are case-insensitive. It is possible to
+make macOS file systems case-sensitive but that is not the default
+
+The “–vfs-case-insensitive” mount flag controls how rclone handles these
+two cases. If its value is “false”, rclone passes file names to the
+mounted file system as is. If the flag is “true” (or appears without a
+value on command line), rclone may perform a “fixup” as explained below.
+
+The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case
+different than what is stored on mounted file system. If an argument
+refers to an existing file with exactly the same name, then the case of
+the existing file on the disk will be used. However, if a file name with
+exactly the same name is not found but a name differing only by case
+exists, rclone will transparently fixup the name. This fixup happens
+only when an existing file is requested. Case sensitivity of file names
+created anew by rclone is controlled by an underlying mounted file
+system.
+
+Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the
+target) may differ from case sensitivity of a file system mounted by
+rclone (the source). The flag controls whether “fixup” is performed to
+satisfy the target.
+
+If the flag is not provided on command line, then its default value
+depends on the operating system where rclone runs: “true” on Windows and
+macOS, “false” otherwise. If the flag is provided without a value, then
+it is “true”.
+
     rclone serve dlna remote:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
           --addr string                            ip:port or :port to bind the DLNA http server to. (default ":7879")
@@ -3041,24 +3646,31 @@ Options
           --vfs-case-insensitive                   If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match.
           --vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix         Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
           --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. 'off' is unlimited. (default off)
+          --vfs-read-wait duration                 Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking. (default 20ms)
+          --vfs-write-wait duration                Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error. (default 1s)
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone serve - Serve a remote over a protocol.
 
 
-rclone serve ftp
+
+RCLONE SERVE FTP
+
 
 Serve remote:path over FTP.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 rclone serve ftp implements a basic ftp server to serve the remote over
 FTP protocol. This can be viewed with a ftp client or you can make a
 remote of type ftp to read and write it.
 
+
 Server options
 
 Use –addr to specify which IP address and port the server should listen
@@ -3076,13 +3688,16 @@ By default this will serve files without needing a login.
 You can set a single username and password with the –user and –pass
 flags.
 
+
 Directory Cache
 
 Using the --dir-cache-time flag, you can set how long a directory should
 be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes
 made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate the
 cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once
-the cache expires.
+the cache expires if the backend configured does not support polling for
+changes. If the backend supports polling, changes will be picked up on
+within the polling interval.
 
 Alternatively, you can send a SIGHUP signal to rclone for it to flush
 all directory caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one
@@ -3099,6 +3714,7 @@ Or individual files or directories:
 
     rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
 
+
 File Buffering
 
 The --buffer-size flag determines the amount of memory, that will be
@@ -3115,6 +3731,7 @@ read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be
 used. The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to
 --buffer-size * open files.
 
+
 File Caching
 
 These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is used
@@ -3207,6 +3824,48 @@ This mode should support all normal file system operations.
 If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to
 –low-level-retries times.
 
+
+Case Sensitivity
+
+Linux file systems are case-sensitive: two files can differ only by
+case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.
+
+Windows is not like most other operating systems supported by rclone.
+File systems in modern Windows are case-insensitive but case-preserving:
+although existing files can be opened using any case, the exact case
+used to create the file is preserved and available for programs to
+query. It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ
+only by case.
+
+Usually file systems on macOS are case-insensitive. It is possible to
+make macOS file systems case-sensitive but that is not the default
+
+The “–vfs-case-insensitive” mount flag controls how rclone handles these
+two cases. If its value is “false”, rclone passes file names to the
+mounted file system as is. If the flag is “true” (or appears without a
+value on command line), rclone may perform a “fixup” as explained below.
+
+The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case
+different than what is stored on mounted file system. If an argument
+refers to an existing file with exactly the same name, then the case of
+the existing file on the disk will be used. However, if a file name with
+exactly the same name is not found but a name differing only by case
+exists, rclone will transparently fixup the name. This fixup happens
+only when an existing file is requested. Case sensitivity of file names
+created anew by rclone is controlled by an underlying mounted file
+system.
+
+Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the
+target) may differ from case sensitivity of a file system mounted by
+rclone (the source). The flag controls whether “fixup” is performed to
+satisfy the target.
+
+If the flag is not provided on command line, then its default value
+depends on the operating system where rclone runs: “true” on Windows and
+macOS, “false” otherwise. If the flag is provided without a value, then
+it is “true”.
+
+
 Auth Proxy
 
 If you supply the parameter --auth-proxy /path/to/program then rclone
@@ -3214,6 +3873,9 @@ will use that program to generate backends on the fly which then are
 used to authenticate incoming requests. This uses a simple JSON based
 protocl with input on STDIN and output on STDOUT.
 
+PLEASE NOTE: --auth-proxy and --authorized-keys cannot be used together,
+if --auth-proxy is set the authorized keys option will be ignored.
+
 There is an example program bin/test_proxy.py in the rclone source code.
 
 The program’s job is to take a user and pass on the input and turn those
@@ -3228,14 +3890,23 @@ use for the backend
 And it may have this parameter - _obscure - comma separated strings for
 parameters to obscure
 
-For example the program might take this on STDIN
+If password authentication was used by the client, input to the proxy
+process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:
 
     {
         "user": "me",
         "pass": "mypassword"
     }
 
-And return this on STDOUT
+If public-key authentication was used by the client, input to the proxy
+process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:
+
+    {
+        "user": "me",
+        "public_key": "AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQDuwESFdAe14hVS6omeyX7edc...JQdf"
+    }
+
+And as an example return this on STDOUT
 
     {
         "type": "sftp",
@@ -3247,26 +3918,28 @@ And return this on STDOUT
     }
 
 This would mean that an SFTP backend would be created on the fly for the
-user and pass returned in the output to the host given. Note that since
-_obscure is set to pass, rclone will obscure the pass parameter before
-creating the backend (which is required for sftp backends).
+user and pass/public_key returned in the output to the host given. Note
+that since _obscure is set to pass, rclone will obscure the pass
+parameter before creating the backend (which is required for sftp
+backends).
 
-The progam can manipulate the supplied user in any way, for example to
+The program can manipulate the supplied user in any way, for example to
 make proxy to many different sftp backends, you could make the user be
 user@example.com and then set the host to example.com in the output and
 the user to user. For security you’d probably want to restrict the host
 to a limited list.
 
 Note that an internal cache is keyed on user so only use that for
-configuration, don’t use pass. This also means that if a user’s password
-is changed the cache will need to expire (which takes 5 mins) before it
-takes effect.
+configuration, don’t use pass or public_key. This also means that if a
+user’s password or public-key is changed the cache will need to expire
+(which takes 5 mins) before it takes effect.
 
 This can be used to build general purpose proxies to any kind of backend
 that rclone supports.
 
     rclone serve ftp remote:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
           --addr string                            IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:2121")
@@ -3294,18 +3967,24 @@ Options
           --vfs-case-insensitive                   If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match.
           --vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix         Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
           --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. 'off' is unlimited. (default off)
+          --vfs-read-wait duration                 Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking. (default 20ms)
+          --vfs-write-wait duration                Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error. (default 1s)
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone serve - Serve a remote over a protocol.
 
 
-rclone serve http
+
+RCLONE SERVE HTTP
+
 
 Serve the remote over HTTP.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 rclone serve http implements a basic web server to serve the remote over
@@ -3320,6 +3999,7 @@ The server will log errors. Use -v to see access logs.
 –bwlimit will be respected for file transfers. Use –stats to control the
 stats printing.
 
+
 Server options
 
 Use –addr to specify which IP address and port the server should listen
@@ -3344,6 +4024,56 @@ if you wish to proxy rclone serve. Rclone automatically inserts leading
 and trailing “/” on –baseurl, so –baseurl “rclone”, –baseurl “/rclone”
 and –baseurl “/rclone/” are all treated identically.
 
+–template allows a user to specify a custom markup template for http and
+webdav serve functions. The server exports the following markup to be
+used within the template to server pages:
+
+  -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+  Parameter                           Description
+  ----------------------------------- -----------------------------------
+  .Name                               The full path of a file/directory.
+
+  .Title                              Directory listing of .Name
+
+  .Sort                               The current sort used. This is
+                                      changeable via ?sort= parameter
+
+                                      Sort Options:
+                                      namedirfist,name,size,time (default
+                                      namedirfirst)
+
+  .Order                              The current ordering used. This is
+                                      changeable via ?order= parameter
+
+                                      Order Options: asc,desc (default
+                                      asc)
+
+  .Query                              Currently unused.
+
+  .Breadcrumb                         Allows for creating a relative
+                                      navigation
+
+  – .Link                             The relative to the root link of
+                                      the Text.
+
+  – .Text                             The Name of the directory.
+
+  .Entries                            Information about a specific
+                                      file/directory.
+
+  – .URL                              The ‘url’ of an entry.
+
+  – .Leaf                             Currently same as ‘URL’ but
+                                      intended to be ‘just’ the name.
+
+  – .IsDir                            Boolean for if an entry is a
+                                      directory or not.
+
+  – .Size                             Size in Bytes of the entry.
+
+  – .ModTime                          The UTC timestamp of an entry.
+  -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
 Authentication
 
 By default this will serve files without needing a login.
@@ -3372,18 +4102,21 @@ https. You will need to supply the –cert and –key flags. If you wish to
 do client side certificate validation then you will need to supply
 –client-ca also.
 
-–cert should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation of
+–cert should be either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation of
 that with the CA certificate. –key should be the PEM encoded private key
 and –client-ca should be the PEM encoded client certificate authority
 certificate.
 
+
 Directory Cache
 
 Using the --dir-cache-time flag, you can set how long a directory should
 be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes
 made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate the
 cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once
-the cache expires.
+the cache expires if the backend configured does not support polling for
+changes. If the backend supports polling, changes will be picked up on
+within the polling interval.
 
 Alternatively, you can send a SIGHUP signal to rclone for it to flush
 all directory caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one
@@ -3400,6 +4133,7 @@ Or individual files or directories:
 
     rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
 
+
 File Buffering
 
 The --buffer-size flag determines the amount of memory, that will be
@@ -3416,6 +4150,7 @@ read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be
 used. The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to
 --buffer-size * open files.
 
+
 File Caching
 
 These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is used
@@ -3508,8 +4243,50 @@ This mode should support all normal file system operations.
 If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to
 –low-level-retries times.
 
+
+Case Sensitivity
+
+Linux file systems are case-sensitive: two files can differ only by
+case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.
+
+Windows is not like most other operating systems supported by rclone.
+File systems in modern Windows are case-insensitive but case-preserving:
+although existing files can be opened using any case, the exact case
+used to create the file is preserved and available for programs to
+query. It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ
+only by case.
+
+Usually file systems on macOS are case-insensitive. It is possible to
+make macOS file systems case-sensitive but that is not the default
+
+The “–vfs-case-insensitive” mount flag controls how rclone handles these
+two cases. If its value is “false”, rclone passes file names to the
+mounted file system as is. If the flag is “true” (or appears without a
+value on command line), rclone may perform a “fixup” as explained below.
+
+The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case
+different than what is stored on mounted file system. If an argument
+refers to an existing file with exactly the same name, then the case of
+the existing file on the disk will be used. However, if a file name with
+exactly the same name is not found but a name differing only by case
+exists, rclone will transparently fixup the name. This fixup happens
+only when an existing file is requested. Case sensitivity of file names
+created anew by rclone is controlled by an underlying mounted file
+system.
+
+Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the
+target) may differ from case sensitivity of a file system mounted by
+rclone (the source). The flag controls whether “fixup” is performed to
+satisfy the target.
+
+If the flag is not provided on command line, then its default value
+depends on the operating system where rclone runs: “true” on Windows and
+macOS, “false” otherwise. If the flag is provided without a value, then
+it is “true”.
+
     rclone serve http remote:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
           --addr string                            IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:8080")
@@ -3533,6 +4310,7 @@ Options
           --realm string                           realm for authentication (default "rclone")
           --server-read-timeout duration           Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
           --server-write-timeout duration          Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
+          --template string                        User Specified Template.
           --uid uint32                             Override the uid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000)
           --umask int                              Override the permission bits set by the filesystem. (default 2)
           --user string                            User name for authentication.
@@ -3543,18 +4321,24 @@ Options
           --vfs-case-insensitive                   If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match.
           --vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix         Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
           --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. 'off' is unlimited. (default off)
+          --vfs-read-wait duration                 Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking. (default 20ms)
+          --vfs-write-wait duration                Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error. (default 1s)
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone serve - Serve a remote over a protocol.
 
 
-rclone serve restic
+
+RCLONE SERVE RESTIC
+
 
 Serve the remote for restic’s REST API.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 rclone serve restic implements restic’s REST backend API over HTTP. This
@@ -3568,6 +4352,7 @@ The server will log errors. Use -v to see access logs.
 –bwlimit will be respected for file transfers. Use –stats to control the
 stats printing.
 
+
 Setting up rclone for use by restic
 
 First set up a remote for your chosen cloud provider.
@@ -3589,6 +4374,7 @@ use of the “–addr” flag.
 
 You might wish to start this server on boot.
 
+
 Setting up restic to use rclone
 
 Now you can follow the restic instructions on setting up restic.
@@ -3630,7 +4416,8 @@ MUST end with /. Eg
 Private repositories
 
 The “–private-repos” flag can be used to limit users to repositories
-starting with a path of “//”.
+starting with a path of /<username>/.
+
 
 Server options
 
@@ -3656,6 +4443,56 @@ if you wish to proxy rclone serve. Rclone automatically inserts leading
 and trailing “/” on –baseurl, so –baseurl “rclone”, –baseurl “/rclone”
 and –baseurl “/rclone/” are all treated identically.
 
+–template allows a user to specify a custom markup template for http and
+webdav serve functions. The server exports the following markup to be
+used within the template to server pages:
+
+  -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+  Parameter                           Description
+  ----------------------------------- -----------------------------------
+  .Name                               The full path of a file/directory.
+
+  .Title                              Directory listing of .Name
+
+  .Sort                               The current sort used. This is
+                                      changeable via ?sort= parameter
+
+                                      Sort Options:
+                                      namedirfist,name,size,time (default
+                                      namedirfirst)
+
+  .Order                              The current ordering used. This is
+                                      changeable via ?order= parameter
+
+                                      Order Options: asc,desc (default
+                                      asc)
+
+  .Query                              Currently unused.
+
+  .Breadcrumb                         Allows for creating a relative
+                                      navigation
+
+  – .Link                             The relative to the root link of
+                                      the Text.
+
+  – .Text                             The Name of the directory.
+
+  .Entries                            Information about a specific
+                                      file/directory.
+
+  – .URL                              The ‘url’ of an entry.
+
+  – .Leaf                             Currently same as ‘URL’ but
+                                      intended to be ‘just’ the name.
+
+  – .IsDir                            Boolean for if an entry is a
+                                      directory or not.
+
+  – .Size                             Size in Bytes of the entry.
+
+  – .ModTime                          The UTC timestamp of an entry.
+  -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
 Authentication
 
 By default this will serve files without needing a login.
@@ -3684,13 +4521,14 @@ https. You will need to supply the –cert and –key flags. If you wish to
 do client side certificate validation then you will need to supply
 –client-ca also.
 
-–cert should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation of
+–cert should be either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation of
 that with the CA certificate. –key should be the PEM encoded private key
 and –client-ca should be the PEM encoded client certificate authority
 certificate.
 
     rclone serve restic remote:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
           --addr string                     IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:8080")
@@ -3708,19 +4546,24 @@ Options
           --server-read-timeout duration    Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
           --server-write-timeout duration   Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
           --stdio                           run an HTTP2 server on stdin/stdout
+          --template string                 User Specified Template.
           --user string                     User name for authentication.
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone serve - Serve a remote over a protocol.
 
 
-rclone serve sftp
+
+RCLONE SERVE SFTP
+
 
 Serve the remote over SFTP.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 rclone serve sftp implements an SFTP server to serve the remote over
@@ -3737,8 +4580,8 @@ stats printing.
 
 You must provide some means of authentication, either with –user/–pass,
 an authorized keys file (specify location with –authorized-keys - the
-default is the same as ssh) or set the –no-auth flag for no
-authentication when logging in.
+default is the same as ssh), an –auth-proxy, or set the –no-auth flag
+for no authentication when logging in.
 
 Note that this also implements a small number of shell commands so that
 it can provide md5sum/sha1sum/df information for the rclone sftp
@@ -3754,13 +4597,16 @@ reachable externally then supply “–addr :2022” for example.
 Note that the default of “–vfs-cache-mode off” is fine for the rclone
 sftp backend, but it may not be with other SFTP clients.
 
+
 Directory Cache
 
 Using the --dir-cache-time flag, you can set how long a directory should
 be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes
 made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate the
 cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once
-the cache expires.
+the cache expires if the backend configured does not support polling for
+changes. If the backend supports polling, changes will be picked up on
+within the polling interval.
 
 Alternatively, you can send a SIGHUP signal to rclone for it to flush
 all directory caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one
@@ -3777,6 +4623,7 @@ Or individual files or directories:
 
     rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
 
+
 File Buffering
 
 The --buffer-size flag determines the amount of memory, that will be
@@ -3793,6 +4640,7 @@ read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be
 used. The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to
 --buffer-size * open files.
 
+
 File Caching
 
 These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is used
@@ -3885,6 +4733,48 @@ This mode should support all normal file system operations.
 If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to
 –low-level-retries times.
 
+
+Case Sensitivity
+
+Linux file systems are case-sensitive: two files can differ only by
+case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.
+
+Windows is not like most other operating systems supported by rclone.
+File systems in modern Windows are case-insensitive but case-preserving:
+although existing files can be opened using any case, the exact case
+used to create the file is preserved and available for programs to
+query. It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ
+only by case.
+
+Usually file systems on macOS are case-insensitive. It is possible to
+make macOS file systems case-sensitive but that is not the default
+
+The “–vfs-case-insensitive” mount flag controls how rclone handles these
+two cases. If its value is “false”, rclone passes file names to the
+mounted file system as is. If the flag is “true” (or appears without a
+value on command line), rclone may perform a “fixup” as explained below.
+
+The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case
+different than what is stored on mounted file system. If an argument
+refers to an existing file with exactly the same name, then the case of
+the existing file on the disk will be used. However, if a file name with
+exactly the same name is not found but a name differing only by case
+exists, rclone will transparently fixup the name. This fixup happens
+only when an existing file is requested. Case sensitivity of file names
+created anew by rclone is controlled by an underlying mounted file
+system.
+
+Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the
+target) may differ from case sensitivity of a file system mounted by
+rclone (the source). The flag controls whether “fixup” is performed to
+satisfy the target.
+
+If the flag is not provided on command line, then its default value
+depends on the operating system where rclone runs: “true” on Windows and
+macOS, “false” otherwise. If the flag is provided without a value, then
+it is “true”.
+
+
 Auth Proxy
 
 If you supply the parameter --auth-proxy /path/to/program then rclone
@@ -3892,6 +4782,9 @@ will use that program to generate backends on the fly which then are
 used to authenticate incoming requests. This uses a simple JSON based
 protocl with input on STDIN and output on STDOUT.
 
+PLEASE NOTE: --auth-proxy and --authorized-keys cannot be used together,
+if --auth-proxy is set the authorized keys option will be ignored.
+
 There is an example program bin/test_proxy.py in the rclone source code.
 
 The program’s job is to take a user and pass on the input and turn those
@@ -3906,14 +4799,23 @@ use for the backend
 And it may have this parameter - _obscure - comma separated strings for
 parameters to obscure
 
-For example the program might take this on STDIN
+If password authentication was used by the client, input to the proxy
+process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:
 
     {
         "user": "me",
         "pass": "mypassword"
     }
 
-And return this on STDOUT
+If public-key authentication was used by the client, input to the proxy
+process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:
+
+    {
+        "user": "me",
+        "public_key": "AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQDuwESFdAe14hVS6omeyX7edc...JQdf"
+    }
+
+And as an example return this on STDOUT
 
     {
         "type": "sftp",
@@ -3925,26 +4827,28 @@ And return this on STDOUT
     }
 
 This would mean that an SFTP backend would be created on the fly for the
-user and pass returned in the output to the host given. Note that since
-_obscure is set to pass, rclone will obscure the pass parameter before
-creating the backend (which is required for sftp backends).
+user and pass/public_key returned in the output to the host given. Note
+that since _obscure is set to pass, rclone will obscure the pass
+parameter before creating the backend (which is required for sftp
+backends).
 
-The progam can manipulate the supplied user in any way, for example to
+The program can manipulate the supplied user in any way, for example to
 make proxy to many different sftp backends, you could make the user be
 user@example.com and then set the host to example.com in the output and
 the user to user. For security you’d probably want to restrict the host
 to a limited list.
 
 Note that an internal cache is keyed on user so only use that for
-configuration, don’t use pass. This also means that if a user’s password
-is changed the cache will need to expire (which takes 5 mins) before it
-takes effect.
+configuration, don’t use pass or public_key. This also means that if a
+user’s password or public-key is changed the cache will need to expire
+(which takes 5 mins) before it takes effect.
 
 This can be used to build general purpose proxies to any kind of backend
 that rclone supports.
 
     rclone serve sftp remote:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
           --addr string                            IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:2022")
@@ -3955,7 +4859,7 @@ Options
           --file-perms FileMode                    File permissions (default 0666)
           --gid uint32                             Override the gid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000)
       -h, --help                                   help for sftp
-          --key string                             SSH private key file (leave blank to auto generate)
+          --key stringArray                        SSH private host key file (Can be multi-valued, leave blank to auto generate)
           --no-auth                                Allow connections with no authentication if set.
           --no-checksum                            Don't compare checksums on up/download.
           --no-modtime                             Don't read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
@@ -3973,18 +4877,24 @@ Options
           --vfs-case-insensitive                   If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match.
           --vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix         Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
           --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. 'off' is unlimited. (default off)
+          --vfs-read-wait duration                 Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking. (default 20ms)
+          --vfs-write-wait duration                Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error. (default 1s)
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone serve - Serve a remote over a protocol.
 
 
-rclone serve webdav
+
+RCLONE SERVE WEBDAV
+
 
 Serve remote:path over webdav.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 rclone serve webdav implements a basic webdav server to serve the remote
@@ -3992,6 +4902,7 @@ over HTTP via the webdav protocol. This can be viewed with a webdav
 client, through a web browser, or you can make a remote of type webdav
 to read and write it.
 
+
 Webdav options
 
 –etag-hash
@@ -4005,6 +4916,7 @@ or “SHA-1”.
 
 Use “rclone hashsum” to see the full list.
 
+
 Server options
 
 Use –addr to specify which IP address and port the server should listen
@@ -4029,6 +4941,56 @@ if you wish to proxy rclone serve. Rclone automatically inserts leading
 and trailing “/” on –baseurl, so –baseurl “rclone”, –baseurl “/rclone”
 and –baseurl “/rclone/” are all treated identically.
 
+–template allows a user to specify a custom markup template for http and
+webdav serve functions. The server exports the following markup to be
+used within the template to server pages:
+
+  -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+  Parameter                           Description
+  ----------------------------------- -----------------------------------
+  .Name                               The full path of a file/directory.
+
+  .Title                              Directory listing of .Name
+
+  .Sort                               The current sort used. This is
+                                      changeable via ?sort= parameter
+
+                                      Sort Options:
+                                      namedirfist,name,size,time (default
+                                      namedirfirst)
+
+  .Order                              The current ordering used. This is
+                                      changeable via ?order= parameter
+
+                                      Order Options: asc,desc (default
+                                      asc)
+
+  .Query                              Currently unused.
+
+  .Breadcrumb                         Allows for creating a relative
+                                      navigation
+
+  – .Link                             The relative to the root link of
+                                      the Text.
+
+  – .Text                             The Name of the directory.
+
+  .Entries                            Information about a specific
+                                      file/directory.
+
+  – .URL                              The ‘url’ of an entry.
+
+  – .Leaf                             Currently same as ‘URL’ but
+                                      intended to be ‘just’ the name.
+
+  – .IsDir                            Boolean for if an entry is a
+                                      directory or not.
+
+  – .Size                             Size in Bytes of the entry.
+
+  – .ModTime                          The UTC timestamp of an entry.
+  -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
 Authentication
 
 By default this will serve files without needing a login.
@@ -4057,18 +5019,21 @@ https. You will need to supply the –cert and –key flags. If you wish to
 do client side certificate validation then you will need to supply
 –client-ca also.
 
-–cert should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation of
+–cert should be either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation of
 that with the CA certificate. –key should be the PEM encoded private key
 and –client-ca should be the PEM encoded client certificate authority
 certificate.
 
+
 Directory Cache
 
 Using the --dir-cache-time flag, you can set how long a directory should
 be considered up to date and not refreshed from the backend. Changes
 made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate the
 cache. However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once
-the cache expires.
+the cache expires if the backend configured does not support polling for
+changes. If the backend supports polling, changes will be picked up on
+within the polling interval.
 
 Alternatively, you can send a SIGHUP signal to rclone for it to flush
 all directory caches, regardless of how old they are. Assuming only one
@@ -4085,6 +5050,7 @@ Or individual files or directories:
 
     rclone rc vfs/forget file=path/to/file dir=path/to/dir
 
+
 File Buffering
 
 The --buffer-size flag determines the amount of memory, that will be
@@ -4101,6 +5067,7 @@ read. If the buffer is empty, only a small amount of memory will be
 used. The maximum memory used by rclone for buffering can be up to
 --buffer-size * open files.
 
+
 File Caching
 
 These flags control the VFS file caching options. The VFS layer is used
@@ -4193,6 +5160,48 @@ This mode should support all normal file system operations.
 If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to
 –low-level-retries times.
 
+
+Case Sensitivity
+
+Linux file systems are case-sensitive: two files can differ only by
+case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.
+
+Windows is not like most other operating systems supported by rclone.
+File systems in modern Windows are case-insensitive but case-preserving:
+although existing files can be opened using any case, the exact case
+used to create the file is preserved and available for programs to
+query. It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ
+only by case.
+
+Usually file systems on macOS are case-insensitive. It is possible to
+make macOS file systems case-sensitive but that is not the default
+
+The “–vfs-case-insensitive” mount flag controls how rclone handles these
+two cases. If its value is “false”, rclone passes file names to the
+mounted file system as is. If the flag is “true” (or appears without a
+value on command line), rclone may perform a “fixup” as explained below.
+
+The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case
+different than what is stored on mounted file system. If an argument
+refers to an existing file with exactly the same name, then the case of
+the existing file on the disk will be used. However, if a file name with
+exactly the same name is not found but a name differing only by case
+exists, rclone will transparently fixup the name. This fixup happens
+only when an existing file is requested. Case sensitivity of file names
+created anew by rclone is controlled by an underlying mounted file
+system.
+
+Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the
+target) may differ from case sensitivity of a file system mounted by
+rclone (the source). The flag controls whether “fixup” is performed to
+satisfy the target.
+
+If the flag is not provided on command line, then its default value
+depends on the operating system where rclone runs: “true” on Windows and
+macOS, “false” otherwise. If the flag is provided without a value, then
+it is “true”.
+
+
 Auth Proxy
 
 If you supply the parameter --auth-proxy /path/to/program then rclone
@@ -4200,6 +5209,9 @@ will use that program to generate backends on the fly which then are
 used to authenticate incoming requests. This uses a simple JSON based
 protocl with input on STDIN and output on STDOUT.
 
+PLEASE NOTE: --auth-proxy and --authorized-keys cannot be used together,
+if --auth-proxy is set the authorized keys option will be ignored.
+
 There is an example program bin/test_proxy.py in the rclone source code.
 
 The program’s job is to take a user and pass on the input and turn those
@@ -4214,14 +5226,23 @@ use for the backend
 And it may have this parameter - _obscure - comma separated strings for
 parameters to obscure
 
-For example the program might take this on STDIN
+If password authentication was used by the client, input to the proxy
+process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:
 
     {
         "user": "me",
         "pass": "mypassword"
     }
 
-And return this on STDOUT
+If public-key authentication was used by the client, input to the proxy
+process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:
+
+    {
+        "user": "me",
+        "public_key": "AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQDuwESFdAe14hVS6omeyX7edc...JQdf"
+    }
+
+And as an example return this on STDOUT
 
     {
         "type": "sftp",
@@ -4233,26 +5254,28 @@ And return this on STDOUT
     }
 
 This would mean that an SFTP backend would be created on the fly for the
-user and pass returned in the output to the host given. Note that since
-_obscure is set to pass, rclone will obscure the pass parameter before
-creating the backend (which is required for sftp backends).
+user and pass/public_key returned in the output to the host given. Note
+that since _obscure is set to pass, rclone will obscure the pass
+parameter before creating the backend (which is required for sftp
+backends).
 
-The progam can manipulate the supplied user in any way, for example to
+The program can manipulate the supplied user in any way, for example to
 make proxy to many different sftp backends, you could make the user be
 user@example.com and then set the host to example.com in the output and
 the user to user. For security you’d probably want to restrict the host
 to a limited list.
 
 Note that an internal cache is keyed on user so only use that for
-configuration, don’t use pass. This also means that if a user’s password
-is changed the cache will need to expire (which takes 5 mins) before it
-takes effect.
+configuration, don’t use pass or public_key. This also means that if a
+user’s password or public-key is changed the cache will need to expire
+(which takes 5 mins) before it takes effect.
 
 This can be used to build general purpose proxies to any kind of backend
 that rclone supports.
 
     rclone serve webdav remote:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
           --addr string                            IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:8080")
@@ -4279,6 +5302,7 @@ Options
           --realm string                           realm for authentication (default "rclone")
           --server-read-timeout duration           Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
           --server-write-timeout duration          Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
+          --template string                        User Specified Template.
           --uid uint32                             Override the uid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000)
           --umask int                              Override the permission bits set by the filesystem. (default 2)
           --user string                            User name for authentication.
@@ -4289,18 +5313,24 @@ Options
           --vfs-case-insensitive                   If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match.
           --vfs-read-chunk-size SizeSuffix         Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
           --vfs-read-chunk-size-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than --vfs-read-chunk-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. 'off' is unlimited. (default off)
+          --vfs-read-wait duration                 Time to wait for in-sequence read before seeking. (default 20ms)
+          --vfs-write-wait duration                Time to wait for in-sequence write before giving error. (default 1s)
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone serve - Serve a remote over a protocol.
 
 
-rclone settier
+
+RCLONE SETTIER
+
 
 Changes storage class/tier of objects in remote.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 rclone settier changes storage tier or class at remote if supported. Few
@@ -4328,44 +5358,68 @@ tiered
 
     rclone settier tier remote:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help   help for settier
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone touch
+
+RCLONE TOUCH
+
 
 Create new file or change file modification time.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
-Create new file or change file modification time.
+Set the modification time on object(s) as specified by remote:path to
+have the current time.
+
+If remote:path does not exist then a zero sized object will be created
+unless the –no-create flag is provided.
+
+If –timestamp is used then it will set the modification time to that
+time instead of the current time. Times may be specified as one of:
+
+-   ‘YYMMDD’ - eg. 17.10.30
+-   ‘YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS’ - eg. 2006-01-02T15:04:05
+
+Note that –timestamp is in UTC if you want local time then add the
+–localtime flag.
 
     rclone touch remote:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -h, --help               help for touch
+          --localtime          Use localtime for timestamp, not UTC.
       -C, --no-create          Do not create the file if it does not exist.
-      -t, --timestamp string   Change the modification times to the specified time instead of the current time of day. The argument is of the form 'YYMMDD' (ex. 17.10.30) or 'YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS' (ex. 2006-01-02T15:04:05)
+      -t, --timestamp string   Use specified time instead of the current time of day.
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
 
-rclone tree
+
+RCLONE TREE
+
 
 List the contents of the remote in a tree like fashion.
 
+
 Synopsis
 
 rclone tree lists the contents of a remote in a similar way to the unix
@@ -4393,6 +5447,7 @@ options as they conflict with rclone’s short options.
 
     rclone tree remote:path [flags]
 
+
 Options
 
       -a, --all             All files are listed (list . files too).
@@ -4419,6 +5474,7 @@ Options
 
 See the global flags page for global options not listed here.
 
+
 SEE ALSO
 
 -   rclone - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
@@ -4662,10 +5718,10 @@ For example, to limit bandwidth usage to 10 MBytes/s use --bwlimit 10M
 
 It is also possible to specify a “timetable” of limits, which will cause
 certain limits to be applied at certain times. To specify a timetable,
-format your entries as “WEEKDAY-HH:MM,BANDWIDTH
-WEEKDAY-HH:MM,BANDWIDTH…” where: WEEKDAY is optional element. It could
-be written as whole world or only using 3 first characters. HH:MM is an
-hour from 00:00 to 23:59.
+format your entries as
+WEEKDAY-HH:MM,BANDWIDTH WEEKDAY-HH:MM,BANDWIDTH... where: WEEKDAY is
+optional element. It could be written as whole world or only using 3
+first characters. HH:MM is an hour from 00:00 to 23:59.
 
 An example of a typical timetable to avoid link saturation during
 daytime working hours could be:
@@ -4705,7 +5761,7 @@ have a 10 Mbit/s connection and you wish rclone to use half of it - 5
 Mbit/s. This is 5/8 = 0.625MByte/s so you would use a --bwlimit 0.625M
 parameter for rclone.
 
-On Unix systems (Linux, MacOS, …) the bandwidth limiter can be toggled
+On Unix systems (Linux, macOS, …) the bandwidth limiter can be toggled
 by sending a SIGUSR2 signal to rclone. This allows to remove the
 limitations of a long running rclone transfer and to restore it back to
 the value specified with --bwlimit quickly when needed. Assuming there
@@ -4732,6 +5788,20 @@ Set to 0 to disable the buffering for the minimum memory usage.
 Note that the memory allocation of the buffers is influenced by the
 –use-mmap flag.
 
+–check-first
+
+If this flag is set then in a sync, copy or move, rclone will do all the
+checks to see whether files need to be transferred before doing any of
+the transfers. Normally rclone would start running transfers as soon as
+possible.
+
+This flag can be useful on IO limited systems where transfers interfere
+with checking.
+
+Using this flag can use more memory as it effectively sets --max-backlog
+to infinite. This means that all the info on the objects to transfer is
+held in memory before the transfers start.
+
 –checkers=N
 
 The number of checkers to run in parallel. Checkers do the equality
@@ -4826,7 +5896,7 @@ to disable server side move and server side copy use:
 
     --disable move,copy
 
-The features can be put in in any case.
+The features can be put in any case.
 
 To see a list of which features can be disabled use:
 
@@ -4857,6 +5927,51 @@ the time to send the request header.
 
 The default is 1s. Set to 0 to disable.
 
+–error-on-no-transfer
+
+By default, rclone will exit with return code 0 if there were no errors.
+
+This option allows rclone to return exit code 9 if no files were
+transferred between the source and destination. This allows using rclone
+in scripts, and triggering follow-on actions if data was copied, or
+skipping if not.
+
+NB: Enabling this option turns a usually non-fatal error into a
+potentially fatal one - please check and adjust your scripts
+accordingly!
+
+–header
+
+Add an HTTP header for all transactions. The flag can be repeated to add
+multiple headers.
+
+If you want to add headers only for uploads use --header-upload and if
+you want to add headers only for downloads use --header-download.
+
+This flag is supported for all HTTP based backends even those not
+supported by --header-upload and --header-download so may be used as a
+workaround for those with care.
+
+    rclone ls remote:test --header "X-Rclone: Foo" --header "X-LetMeIn: Yes"
+
+–header-download
+
+Add an HTTP header for all download transactions. The flag can be
+repeated to add multiple headers.
+
+    rclone sync s3:test/src ~/dst --header-download "X-Amz-Meta-Test: Foo" --header-download "X-Amz-Meta-Test2: Bar"
+
+See the GitHub issue here for currently supported backends.
+
+–header-upload
+
+Add an HTTP header for all upload transactions. The flag can be repeated
+to add multiple headers.
+
+    rclone sync ~/src s3:test/dst --header-upload "Content-Disposition: attachment; filename='cool.html'" --header-upload "X-Amz-Meta-Test: FooBar"
+
+See the GitHub issue here for currently supported backends.
+
 –ignore-case-sync
 
 Using this option will cause rclone to ignore the case of the files when
@@ -4996,6 +6111,9 @@ more accurately, give a more accurate estimated finish time and make
 Setting this small will make rclone more synchronous to the listings of
 the remote which may be desirable.
 
+Setting this to a negative number will make the backlog as large as
+possible.
+
 –max-delete=N
 
 This tells rclone not to delete more than N files. If that limit is
@@ -5040,6 +6158,20 @@ When the limit is reached all transfers will stop immediately.
 
 Rclone will exit with exit code 8 if the transfer limit is reached.
 
+–cutoff-mode=hard|soft|cautious
+
+This modifies the behavior of --max-transfer Defaults to
+--cutoff-mode=hard.
+
+Specifying --cutoff-mode=hard will stop transferring immediately when
+Rclone reaches the limit.
+
+Specifying --cutoff-mode=soft will stop starting new transfers when
+Rclone reaches the limit.
+
+Specifying --cutoff-mode=cautious will try to prevent Rclone from
+reaching the limit.
+
 –modify-window=TIME
 
 When checking whether a file has been modified, this is the maximum
@@ -5055,7 +6187,7 @@ This command line flag allows you to override that computed default.
 –multi-thread-cutoff=SIZE
 
 When downloading files to the local backend above this size, rclone will
-use multiple threads to download the file. (default 250M)
+use multiple threads to download the file (default 250M).
 
 Rclone preallocates the file (using fallocate(FALLOC_FL_KEEP_SIZE) on
 unix or NTSetInformationFile on Windows both of which takes no time)
@@ -5063,7 +6195,7 @@ then each thread writes directly into the file at the correct place.
 This means that rclone won’t create fragmented or sparse files and there
 won’t be any assembly time at the end of the transfer.
 
-The number of threads used to dowload is controlled by
+The number of threads used to download is controlled by
 --multi-thread-streams.
 
 Use -vv if you wish to see info about the threads.
@@ -5078,11 +6210,16 @@ source.
 NB that multi thread copies are disabled for local to local copies as
 they are faster without unless --multi-thread-streams is set explicitly.
 
+NB on Windows using multi-thread downloads will cause the resulting
+files to be sparse. Use --local-no-sparse to disable sparse files (which
+may cause long delays at the start of downloads) or disable multi-thread
+downloads with --multi-thread-streams 0
+
 –multi-thread-streams=N
 
 When using multi thread downloads (see above --multi-thread-cutoff) this
 sets the maximum number of streams to use. Set to 0 to disable multi
-thread downloads. (Default 4)
+thread downloads (Default 4).
 
 Exactly how many streams rclone uses for the download depends on the
 size of the file. To calculate the number of download streams Rclone
@@ -5092,7 +6229,7 @@ up to the maximum set with --multi-thread-streams.
 So if --multi-thread-cutoff 250MB and --multi-thread-streams 4 are in
 effect (the defaults):
 
--   0MB.250MB files will be downloaded with 1 stream
+-   0MB..250MB files will be downloaded with 1 stream
 -   250MB..500MB files will be downloaded with 2 streams
 -   500MB..750MB files will be downloaded with 3 streams
 -   750MB+ files will be downloaded with 4 streams
@@ -5143,6 +6280,20 @@ changed and won’t need copying then you shouldn’t use --no-traverse.
 
 See rclone copy for an example of how to use it.
 
+–no-unicode-normalization
+
+Don’t normalize unicode characters in filenames during the sync routine.
+
+Sometimes, an operating system will store filenames containing unicode
+parts in their decomposed form (particularly macOS). Some cloud storage
+systems will then recompose the unicode, resulting in duplicate files if
+the data is ever copied back to a local filesystem.
+
+Using this flag will disable that functionality, treating each unicode
+character as unique. For example, by default é and é will be normalized
+into the same character. With --no-unicode-normalization they will be
+treated as unique characters.
+
 –no-update-modtime
 
 When using this flag, rclone won’t update modification times of remote
@@ -5169,6 +6320,17 @@ This can have a modifier appended with a comma:
     processed first
 -   descending or desc - order so that the largest (or newest) is
     processed first
+-   mixed - order so that the smallest is processed first for some
+    threads and the largest for others
+
+If the modifier is mixed then it can have an optional percentage (which
+defaults to 50), eg size,mixed,25 which means that 25% of the threads
+should be taking the smallest items and 75% the largest. The threads
+which take the smallest first will always take the smallest first and
+likewise the largest first threads. The mixed mode can be useful to
+minimise the transfer time when you are transferring a mixture of large
+and small files - the large files are guaranteed upload threads and
+bandwidth and the small files will be processed continuously.
 
 If no modifier is supplied then the order is ascending.
 
@@ -5215,6 +6377,8 @@ Eg
 
 See the Configuration Encryption for more info.
 
+See a Windows PowerShell example on the Wiki.
+
 -P, –progress
 
 This flag makes rclone update the stats in a static block in the
@@ -5234,8 +6398,7 @@ be replaced with . when --progress is in use.
 
 -q, –quiet
 
-Normally rclone outputs stats and a completion message. If you set this
-flag it will make as little output as possible.
+This flag will limit rclone’s output to error messages only.
 
 –retries int
 
@@ -5388,7 +6551,7 @@ See also --tpslimit-burst.
 
 –tpslimit-burst int
 
-Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
+Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit (default 1).
 
 Normally --tpslimit will do exactly the number of transaction per second
 specified. However if you supply --tps-burst then rclone can save up
@@ -5427,6 +6590,14 @@ uses extra memory to keep track of all the rename candidates.
 Note also that --track-renames is incompatible with --delete-before and
 will select --delete-after instead of --delete-during.
 
+–track-renames-strategy (hash,modtime)
+
+This option changes the matching criteria for --track-renames to match
+by any combination of modtime, hash, size. Matching by size is always
+enabled no matter what option is selected here. This also means that it
+enables --track-renames support for encrypted destinations. If nothing
+is specified, the default option is matching by hashes.
+
 –delete-(before,during,after)
 
 This option allows you to specify when files on your destination are
@@ -5570,7 +6741,7 @@ Prints the version number
 
 SSL/TLS options
 
-The outoing SSL/TLS connections rclone makes can be controlled with
+The outgoing SSL/TLS connections rclone makes can be controlled with
 these options. For example this can be very useful with the HTTP or
 WebDAV backends. Rclone HTTP servers have their own set of configuration
 for SSL/TLS which you can find in their documentation.
@@ -5797,6 +6968,7 @@ For the filtering options
 -   --include
 -   --include-from
 -   --files-from
+-   --files-from-raw
 -   --min-size
 -   --max-size
 -   --min-age
@@ -5880,6 +7052,7 @@ List of exit codes
 -   7 - Fatal error (one that more retries won’t fix, like account
     suspended) (Fatal errors)
 -   8 - Transfer exceeded - limit set by –max-transfer reached
+-   9 - Operation successful, but no files transferred
 
 
 Environment Variables
@@ -5934,7 +7107,7 @@ must create the ..._TYPE variable as above.
 
 Other environment variables
 
--   RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS` set to contain your config file password (see
+-   RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS set to contain your config file password (see
     Configuration Encryption section)
 -   HTTP_PROXY, HTTPS_PROXY and NO_PROXY (or the lowercase versions
     thereof).
@@ -5958,19 +7131,27 @@ ways of doing it, described below.
 
 Configuring using rclone authorize
 
-On the headless box
+On the headless box run rclone config but answer N to the
+Use auto config? question.
 
     ...
     Remote config
     Use auto config?
      * Say Y if not sure
      * Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
-    y) Yes
+    y) Yes (default)
     n) No
     y/n> n
-    For this to work, you will need rclone available on a machine that has a web browser available.
-    Execute the following on your machine:
+    For this to work, you will need rclone available on a machine that has
+    a web browser available.
+
+    For more help and alternate methods see: https://rclone.org/remote_setup/
+
+    Execute the following on the machine with the web browser (same rclone
+    version recommended):
+
         rclone authorize "amazon cloud drive"
+
     Then paste the result below:
     result>
 
@@ -6005,7 +7186,7 @@ Configuring by copying the config file
 Rclone stores all of its config in a single configuration file. This can
 easily be copied to configure a remote rclone.
 
-So first configure rclone on your desktop machine
+So first configure rclone on your desktop machine with
 
     rclone config
 
@@ -6036,7 +7217,9 @@ obey the filters.
 Each path as it passes through rclone is matched against the include and
 exclude rules like --include, --exclude, --include-from, --exclude-from,
 --filter, or --filter-from. The simplest way to try them out is using
-the ls command, or --dry-run together with -v.
+the ls command, or --dry-run together with -v. --filter-from,
+--exclude-from, --include-from, --files-from, --files-from-raw
+understand - as a file name to mean read from standard input.
 
 
 Patterns
@@ -6196,6 +7379,7 @@ type.
 -   --exclude-from
 -   --filter
 -   --filter-from
+-   --filter-from-raw
 
 IMPORTANT You should not use --include* together with --exclude*. It may
 produce different results than you expected. In that case try to use:
@@ -6324,8 +7508,9 @@ This reads a list of file names from the file passed in and ONLY these
 files are transferred. The FILTERING RULES ARE IGNORED completely if you
 use this option.
 
---files-from expects a list of files as it’s input. rclone lsf has a
-compatible format that can be used to export file lists from remotes.
+--files-from expects a list of files as its input. Leading / trailing
+whitespace is stripped from the input lines and lines starting with #
+and ; are ignored.
 
 Rclone will traverse the file system if you use --files-from,
 effectively using the files in --files-from as a set of filters. Rclone
@@ -6340,7 +7525,8 @@ This option can be repeated to read from more than one file. These are
 read in the order that they are placed on the command line.
 
 Paths within the --files-from file will be interpreted as starting with
-the root specified in the command. Leading / characters are ignored.
+the root specified in the command. Leading / characters are ignored. See
+–files-from-raw if you need the input to be processed in a raw manner.
 
 For example, suppose you had files-from.txt with this content:
 
@@ -6399,6 +7585,15 @@ In this case there will be an extra home directory on the remote:
     /home/user1/dir/file  → remote:backup/home/user1/dir/file
     /home/user2/stuff     → remote:backup/home/user2/stuff
 
+--files-from-raw - Read list of source-file names without any processing
+
+This option is same as --files-from with the only difference being that
+the input is read in a raw manner. This means that lines with
+leading/trailing whitespace and lines starting with ; or # are read
+without any processing. rclone lsf has a compatible format that can be
+used to export file lists from remotes, which can then be used as an
+input to --files-from-raw.
+
 --min-size - Don’t transfer any file smaller than this
 
 This option controls the minimum size file which will be transferred.
@@ -6432,6 +7627,13 @@ seconds or with a suffix of:
 For example --max-age 2d means no files older than 2 days will be
 transferred.
 
+This can also be an absolute time in one of these formats
+
+-   RFC3339 - eg “2006-01-02T15:04:05Z07:00”
+-   ISO8601 Date and time, local timezone - “2006-01-02T15:04:05”
+-   ISO8601 Date and time, local timezone - “2006-01-02 15:04:05”
+-   ISO8601 Date - “2006-01-02” (YYYY-MM-DD)
+
 --min-age - Don’t transfer any file younger than this
 
 This option controls the minimum age of files to transfer. Give in
@@ -6593,7 +7795,7 @@ The flag --rc-web-gui is shorthand for
 -   --rc-pass <random password>
 -   --rc-serve
 
-These flags can be overidden as desired.
+These flags can be overridden as desired.
 
 See also the rclone rcd documentation.
 
@@ -6617,7 +7819,7 @@ flags:
 -   --rc-baseurl rclone
 -   --rc-htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd
 
-Or instead of htpassword if you just want a single user and password:
+Or instead of htpasswd if you just want a single user and password:
 
 -   --rc-user me
 -   --rc-pass mypassword
@@ -6625,8 +7827,7 @@ Or instead of htpassword if you just want a single user and password:
 
 Project
 
-The GUI is being developed in the: rclone/rclone-webui-react
-respository.
+The GUI is being developed in the: rclone/rclone-webui-react repository.
 
 Bug reports and contributions are very welcome :-)
 
@@ -6634,16 +7835,14 @@ If you have questions then please ask them on the rclone forum.
 
 
 
-REMOTE CONTROLLING RCLONE
+REMOTE CONTROLLING RCLONE WITH ITS API
 
 
 If rclone is run with the --rc flag then it starts an http server which
-can be used to remote control rclone.
+can be used to remote control rclone using its API.
 
 If you just want to run a remote control then see the rcd command.
 
-NB this is experimental and everything here is subject to change!
-
 
 Supported parameters
 
@@ -6718,6 +7917,12 @@ the authorization in the URL in the http://user:pass@localhost/ style.
 
 Default Off.
 
+–rc-enable-metrics
+
+Enable OpenMetrics/Prometheus compatible endpoint at /metrics.
+
+Default Off.
+
 –rc-web-gui
 
 Set this flag to serve the default web gui on the same port as rclone.
@@ -6882,9 +8087,9 @@ job/list can be used to show the running or recently completed jobs
         ]
     }
 
-Assigning operations to groups with _group = 
+Assigning operations to groups with _group = value
 
-Each rc call has it’s own stats group for tracking it’s metrics. By
+Each rc call has its own stats group for tracking its metrics. By
 default grouping is done by the composite group name from prefix job/
 and id of the job like so job/1.
 
@@ -6902,7 +8107,50 @@ Stats for specific group can be accessed by passing group to core/stats:
 
 Supported commands
 
-cache/expire: Purge a remote from cache {#cache/expire}
+backend/command: Runs a backend command.
+
+This takes the following parameters
+
+-   command - a string with the command name
+-   fs - a remote name string eg “drive:”
+-   arg - a list of arguments for the backend command
+-   opt - a map of string to string of options
+
+Returns
+
+-   result - result from the backend command
+
+For example
+
+    rclone rc backend/command command=noop fs=. -o echo=yes -o blue -a path1 -a path2
+
+Returns
+
+    {
+        "result": {
+            "arg": [
+                "path1",
+                "path2"
+            ],
+            "name": "noop",
+            "opt": {
+                "blue": "",
+                "echo": "yes"
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+Note that this is the direct equivalent of using this “backend” command:
+
+    rclone backend noop . -o echo=yes -o blue path1 path2
+
+Note that arguments must be preceded by the “-a” flag
+
+See the backend command for more information.
+
+AUTHENTICATION IS REQUIRED FOR THIS CALL.
+
+cache/expire: Purge a remote from cache
 
 Purge a remote from the cache backend. Supports either a directory or a
 file. Params: - remote = path to remote (required) - withData =
@@ -6913,7 +8161,7 @@ Eg
     rclone rc cache/expire remote=path/to/sub/folder/
     rclone rc cache/expire remote=/ withData=true
 
-cache/fetch: Fetch file chunks {#cache/fetch}
+cache/fetch: Fetch file chunks
 
 Ensure the specified file chunks are cached on disk.
 
@@ -6939,23 +8187,25 @@ files to fetch, eg
 File names will automatically be encrypted when the a crypt remote is
 used on top of the cache.
 
-cache/stats: Get cache stats {#cache/stats}
+cache/stats: Get cache stats
 
 Show statistics for the cache remote.
 
-config/create: create the config for a remote. {#config/create}
+config/create: create the config for a remote.
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
 -   name - name of remote
 -   parameters - a map of { “key”: “value” } pairs
 -   type - type of the new remote
+-   obscure - optional bool - forces obscuring of passwords
+-   noObscure - optional bool - forces passwords not to be obscured
 
 See the config create command command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+AUTHENTICATION IS REQUIRED FOR THIS CALL.
 
-config/delete: Delete a remote in the config file. {#config/delete}
+config/delete: Delete a remote in the config file.
 
 Parameters:
 
@@ -6963,9 +8213,9 @@ Parameters:
 
 See the config delete command command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+AUTHENTICATION IS REQUIRED FOR THIS CALL.
 
-config/dump: Dumps the config file. {#config/dump}
+config/dump: Dumps the config file.
 
 Returns a JSON object: - key: value
 
@@ -6973,9 +8223,9 @@ Where keys are remote names and values are the config parameters.
 
 See the config dump command command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+AUTHENTICATION IS REQUIRED FOR THIS CALL.
 
-config/get: Get a remote in the config file. {#config/get}
+config/get: Get a remote in the config file.
 
 Parameters:
 
@@ -6983,17 +8233,17 @@ Parameters:
 
 See the config dump command command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+AUTHENTICATION IS REQUIRED FOR THIS CALL.
 
-config/listremotes: Lists the remotes in the config file. {#config/listremotes}
+config/listremotes: Lists the remotes in the config file.
 
 Returns - remotes - array of remote names
 
 See the listremotes command command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+AUTHENTICATION IS REQUIRED FOR THIS CALL.
 
-config/password: password the config for a remote. {#config/password}
+config/password: password the config for a remote.
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7003,29 +8253,31 @@ This takes the following parameters
 See the config password command command for more information on the
 above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+AUTHENTICATION IS REQUIRED FOR THIS CALL.
 
-config/providers: Shows how providers are configured in the config file. {#config/providers}
+config/providers: Shows how providers are configured in the config file.
 
 Returns a JSON object: - providers - array of objects
 
 See the config providers command command for more information on the
 above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+AUTHENTICATION IS REQUIRED FOR THIS CALL.
 
-config/update: update the config for a remote. {#config/update}
+config/update: update the config for a remote.
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
 -   name - name of remote
 -   parameters - a map of { “key”: “value” } pairs
+-   obscure - optional bool - forces obscuring of passwords
+-   noObscure - optional bool - forces passwords not to be obscured
 
 See the config update command command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+AUTHENTICATION IS REQUIRED FOR THIS CALL.
 
-core/bwlimit: Set the bandwidth limit. {#core/bwlimit}
+core/bwlimit: Set the bandwidth limit.
 
 This sets the bandwidth limit to that passed in.
 
@@ -7042,7 +8294,7 @@ Eg
         "rate": "1M"
     }
 
-If the rate parameter is not suppied then the bandwidth is queried
+If the rate parameter is not supplied then the bandwidth is queried
 
     rclone rc core/bwlimit
     {
@@ -7056,13 +8308,13 @@ except only one bandwidth may be specified.
 In either case “rate” is returned as a human readable string, and
 “bytesPerSecond” is returned as a number.
 
-core/gc: Runs a garbage collection. {#core/gc}
+core/gc: Runs a garbage collection.
 
 This tells the go runtime to do a garbage collection run. It isn’t
 necessary to call this normally, but it can be useful for debugging
 memory problems.
 
-core/group-list: Returns list of stats. {#core/group-list}
+core/group-list: Returns list of stats.
 
 This returns list of stats groups currently in memory.
 
@@ -7077,7 +8329,7 @@ Returns the following values:
             ]
     }
 
-core/memstats: Returns the memory statistics {#core/memstats}
+core/memstats: Returns the memory statistics
 
 This returns the memory statistics of the running program. What the
 values mean are explained in the go docs:
@@ -7091,23 +8343,23 @@ The most interesting values for most people are:
 -   Sys: this is the total amount of memory requested from the OS
     -   It is virtual memory so may include unused memory
 
-core/obscure: Obscures a string passed in. {#core/obscure}
+core/obscure: Obscures a string passed in.
 
 Pass a clear string and rclone will obscure it for the config file: -
 clear - string
 
 Returns - obscured - string
 
-core/pid: Return PID of current process {#core/pid}
+core/pid: Return PID of current process
 
 This returns PID of current process. Useful for stopping rclone process.
 
-core/quit: Terminates the app. {#core/quit}
+core/quit: Terminates the app.
 
 (optional) Pass an exit code to be used for terminating the app: -
 exitCode - int
 
-core/stats: Returns stats about current transfers. {#core/stats}
+core/stats: Returns stats about current transfers.
 
 This returns all available stats:
 
@@ -7131,6 +8383,7 @@ Returns the following values:
         "checks": number of checked files,
         "transfers": number of transferred files,
         "deletes" : number of deleted files,
+        "renames" : number of renamed files,
         "elapsedTime": time in seconds since the start of the process,
         "lastError": last occurred error,
         "transferring": an array of currently active file transfers:
@@ -7153,7 +8406,7 @@ Values for “transferring”, “checking” and “lastError” are only assig
 if data is available. The value for “eta” is null if an eta cannot be
 determined.
 
-core/stats-delete: Delete stats group. {#core/stats-delete}
+core/stats-delete: Delete stats group.
 
 This deletes entire stats group
 
@@ -7161,7 +8414,7 @@ Parameters
 
 -   group - name of the stats group (string)
 
-core/stats-reset: Reset stats. {#core/stats-reset}
+core/stats-reset: Reset stats.
 
 This clears counters, errors and finished transfers for all stats or
 specific stats group if group is provided.
@@ -7170,7 +8423,7 @@ Parameters
 
 -   group - name of the stats group (string)
 
-core/transferred: Returns stats about completed transfers. {#core/transferred}
+core/transferred: Returns stats about completed transfers.
 
 This returns stats about completed transfers:
 
@@ -7196,13 +8449,13 @@ Returns the following values:
                     "bytes": total transferred bytes for this file,
                     "checked": if the transfer is only checked (skipped, deleted),
                     "timestamp": integer representing millisecond unix epoch,
-                    "error": string description of the error (empty if successfull),
+                    "error": string description of the error (empty if successful),
                     "jobid": id of the job that this transfer belongs to
                 }
             ]
     }
 
-core/version: Shows the current version of rclone and the go runtime. {#core/version}
+core/version: Shows the current version of rclone and the go runtime.
 
 This shows the current version of go and the go runtime
 
@@ -7214,7 +8467,7 @@ This shows the current version of go and the go runtime
 -   arch - cpu architecture in use according to Go
 -   goVersion - version of Go runtime in use
 
-debug/set-block-profile-rate: Set runtime.SetBlockProfileRate for blocking profiling. {#debug/set-block-profile-rate}
+debug/set-block-profile-rate: Set runtime.SetBlockProfileRate for blocking profiling.
 
 SetBlockProfileRate controls the fraction of goroutine blocking events
 that are reported in the blocking profile. The profiler aims to sample
@@ -7231,7 +8484,7 @@ Parameters
 
 -   rate - int
 
-debug/set-mutex-profile-fraction: Set runtime.SetMutexProfileFraction for mutex profiling. {#debug/set-mutex-profile-fraction}
+debug/set-mutex-profile-fraction: Set runtime.SetMutexProfileFraction for mutex profiling.
 
 SetMutexProfileFraction controls the fraction of mutex contention events
 that are reported in the mutex profile. On average 1/rate events are
@@ -7252,7 +8505,7 @@ Results
 
 -   previousRate - int
 
-job/list: Lists the IDs of the running jobs {#job/list}
+job/list: Lists the IDs of the running jobs
 
 Parameters - None
 
@@ -7260,7 +8513,7 @@ Results
 
 -   jobids - array of integer job ids
 
-job/status: Reads the status of the job ID {#job/status}
+job/status: Reads the status of the job ID
 
 Parameters
 
@@ -7282,13 +8535,68 @@ Results
     synchronously
 -   progress - output of the progress related to the underlying job
 
-job/stop: Stop the running job {#job/stop}
+job/stop: Stop the running job
 
 Parameters
 
 -   jobid - id of the job (integer)
 
-operations/about: Return the space used on the remote {#operations/about}
+mount/mount: Create a new mount point
+
+rclone allows Linux, FreeBSD, macOS and Windows to mount any of Rclone’s
+cloud storage systems as a file system with FUSE.
+
+If no mountType is provided, the priority is given as follows: 1. mount
+2.cmount 3.mount2
+
+This takes the following parameters
+
+-   fs - a remote path to be mounted (required)
+-   mountPoint: valid path on the local machine (required)
+-   mountType: One of the values (mount, cmount, mount2) specifies the
+    mount implementation to use
+
+Eg
+
+    rclone rc mount/mount fs=mydrive: mountPoint=/home/<user>/mountPoint
+    rclone rc mount/mount fs=mydrive: mountPoint=/home/<user>/mountPoint mountType=mount
+
+AUTHENTICATION IS REQUIRED FOR THIS CALL.
+
+mount/types: Show all possible mount types
+
+This shows all possible mount types and returns them as a list.
+
+This takes no parameters and returns
+
+-   mountTypes: list of mount types
+
+The mount types are strings like “mount”, “mount2”, “cmount” and can be
+passed to mount/mount as the mountType parameter.
+
+Eg
+
+    rclone rc mount/types
+
+AUTHENTICATION IS REQUIRED FOR THIS CALL.
+
+mount/unmount: Unmount all active mounts
+
+rclone allows Linux, FreeBSD, macOS and Windows to mount any of Rclone’s
+cloud storage systems as a file system with FUSE.
+
+This takes the following parameters
+
+-   mountPoint: valid path on the local machine where the mount was
+    created (required)
+
+Eg
+
+    rclone rc mount/unmount mountPoint=/home/<user>/mountPoint
+
+AUTHENTICATION IS REQUIRED FOR THIS CALL.
+
+operations/about: Return the space used on the remote
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7298,9 +8606,9 @@ The result is as returned from rclone about –json
 
 See the about command command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+AUTHENTICATION IS REQUIRED FOR THIS CALL.
 
-operations/cleanup: Remove trashed files in the remote or path {#operations/cleanup}
+operations/cleanup: Remove trashed files in the remote or path
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7308,9 +8616,9 @@ This takes the following parameters
 
 See the cleanup command command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+AUTHENTICATION IS REQUIRED FOR THIS CALL.
 
-operations/copyfile: Copy a file from source remote to destination remote {#operations/copyfile}
+operations/copyfile: Copy a file from source remote to destination remote
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7320,9 +8628,9 @@ This takes the following parameters
 -   dstRemote - a path within that remote eg “file2.txt” for the
     destination
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+AUTHENTICATION IS REQUIRED FOR THIS CALL.
 
-operations/copyurl: Copy the URL to the object {#operations/copyurl}
+operations/copyurl: Copy the URL to the object
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7333,9 +8641,9 @@ This takes the following parameters
     name from url See the copyurl command command for more information
     on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+AUTHENTICATION IS REQUIRED FOR THIS CALL.
 
-operations/delete: Remove files in the path {#operations/delete}
+operations/delete: Remove files in the path
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7343,9 +8651,9 @@ This takes the following parameters
 
 See the delete command command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+AUTHENTICATION IS REQUIRED FOR THIS CALL.
 
-operations/deletefile: Remove the single file pointed to {#operations/deletefile}
+operations/deletefile: Remove the single file pointed to
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7354,9 +8662,9 @@ This takes the following parameters
 
 See the deletefile command command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+AUTHENTICATION IS REQUIRED FOR THIS CALL.
 
-operations/fsinfo: Return information about the remote {#operations/fsinfo}
+operations/fsinfo: Return information about the remote
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7412,7 +8720,7 @@ instead:
 
     rclone rc --loopback operations/fsinfo fs=remote:
 
-operations/list: List the given remote and path in JSON format {#operations/list}
+operations/list: List the given remote and path in JSON format
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7432,9 +8740,9 @@ The result is
 
 See the lsjson command for more information on the above and examples.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+AUTHENTICATION IS REQUIRED FOR THIS CALL.
 
-operations/mkdir: Make a destination directory or container {#operations/mkdir}
+operations/mkdir: Make a destination directory or container
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7443,9 +8751,9 @@ This takes the following parameters
 
 See the mkdir command command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+AUTHENTICATION IS REQUIRED FOR THIS CALL.
 
-operations/movefile: Move a file from source remote to destination remote {#operations/movefile}
+operations/movefile: Move a file from source remote to destination remote
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7455,9 +8763,9 @@ This takes the following parameters
 -   dstRemote - a path within that remote eg “file2.txt” for the
     destination
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+AUTHENTICATION IS REQUIRED FOR THIS CALL.
 
-operations/publiclink: Create or retrieve a public link to the given file or folder. {#operations/publiclink}
+operations/publiclink: Create or retrieve a public link to the given file or folder.
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7470,9 +8778,9 @@ Returns
 
 See the link command command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+AUTHENTICATION IS REQUIRED FOR THIS CALL.
 
-operations/purge: Remove a directory or container and all of its contents {#operations/purge}
+operations/purge: Remove a directory or container and all of its contents
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7481,9 +8789,9 @@ This takes the following parameters
 
 See the purge command command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+AUTHENTICATION IS REQUIRED FOR THIS CALL.
 
-operations/rmdir: Remove an empty directory or container {#operations/rmdir}
+operations/rmdir: Remove an empty directory or container
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7492,9 +8800,9 @@ This takes the following parameters
 
 See the rmdir command command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+AUTHENTICATION IS REQUIRED FOR THIS CALL.
 
-operations/rmdirs: Remove all the empty directories in the path {#operations/rmdirs}
+operations/rmdirs: Remove all the empty directories in the path
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7504,9 +8812,9 @@ This takes the following parameters
 
 See the rmdirs command command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+AUTHENTICATION IS REQUIRED FOR THIS CALL.
 
-operations/size: Count the number of bytes and files in remote {#operations/size}
+operations/size: Count the number of bytes and files in remote
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7519,13 +8827,13 @@ Returns
 
 See the size command command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+AUTHENTICATION IS REQUIRED FOR THIS CALL.
 
-options/blocks: List all the option blocks {#options/blocks}
+options/blocks: List all the option blocks
 
 Returns - options - a list of the options block names
 
-options/get: Get all the options {#options/get}
+options/get: Get all the options
 
 Returns an object where keys are option block names and values are an
 object with the current option values in.
@@ -7533,7 +8841,7 @@ object with the current option values in.
 This shows the internal names of the option within rclone which should
 map to the external options very easily with a few exceptions.
 
-options/set: Set an option {#options/set}
+options/set: Set an option
 
 Parameters
 
@@ -7560,31 +8868,31 @@ And this sets NOTICE level logs (normal without -v)
 
     rclone rc options/set --json '{"main": {"LogLevel": 6}}'
 
-rc/error: This returns an error {#rc/error}
+rc/error: This returns an error
 
 This returns an error with the input as part of its error string. Useful
 for testing error handling.
 
-rc/list: List all the registered remote control commands {#rc/list}
+rc/list: List all the registered remote control commands
 
 This lists all the registered remote control commands as a JSON map in
 the commands response.
 
-rc/noop: Echo the input to the output parameters {#rc/noop}
+rc/noop: Echo the input to the output parameters
 
 This echoes the input parameters to the output parameters for testing
 purposes. It can be used to check that rclone is still alive and to
 check that parameter passing is working properly.
 
-rc/noopauth: Echo the input to the output parameters requiring auth {#rc/noopauth}
+rc/noopauth: Echo the input to the output parameters requiring auth
 
 This echoes the input parameters to the output parameters for testing
 purposes. It can be used to check that rclone is still alive and to
 check that parameter passing is working properly.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+AUTHENTICATION IS REQUIRED FOR THIS CALL.
 
-sync/copy: copy a directory from source remote to destination remote {#sync/copy}
+sync/copy: copy a directory from source remote to destination remote
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7593,9 +8901,9 @@ This takes the following parameters
 
 See the copy command command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+AUTHENTICATION IS REQUIRED FOR THIS CALL.
 
-sync/move: move a directory from source remote to destination remote {#sync/move}
+sync/move: move a directory from source remote to destination remote
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7605,9 +8913,9 @@ This takes the following parameters
 
 See the move command command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+AUTHENTICATION IS REQUIRED FOR THIS CALL.
 
-sync/sync: sync a directory from source remote to destination remote {#sync/sync}
+sync/sync: sync a directory from source remote to destination remote
 
 This takes the following parameters
 
@@ -7616,9 +8924,9 @@ This takes the following parameters
 
 See the sync command command for more information on the above.
 
-Authentication is required for this call.
+AUTHENTICATION IS REQUIRED FOR THIS CALL.
 
-vfs/forget: Forget files or directories in the directory cache. {#vfs/forget}
+vfs/forget: Forget files or directories in the directory cache.
 
 This forgets the paths in the directory cache causing them to be re-read
 from the remote when needed.
@@ -7634,7 +8942,7 @@ will forget that dir, eg
 
     rclone rc vfs/forget file=hello file2=goodbye dir=home/junk
 
-vfs/poll-interval: Get the status or update the value of the poll-interval option. {#vfs/poll-interval}
+vfs/poll-interval: Get the status or update the value of the poll-interval option.
 
 Without any parameter given this returns the current status of the
 poll-interval setting.
@@ -7655,7 +8963,7 @@ reached.
 If poll-interval is updated or disabled temporarily, some changes might
 not get picked up by the polling function, depending on the used remote.
 
-vfs/refresh: Refresh the directory cache. {#vfs/refresh}
+vfs/refresh: Refresh the directory cache.
 
 This reads the directories for the specified paths and freshens the
 directory cache.
@@ -7904,13 +9212,15 @@ Here is an overview of the major features of each cloud storage system.
   Microsoft Azure Blob Storage        MD5          Yes            No                No             R/W
   Microsoft OneDrive                SHA1 ‡‡        Yes           Yes                No              R
   OpenDrive                           MD5          Yes           Yes                No              -
-  Openstack Swift                     MD5          Yes            No                No             R/W
+  OpenStack Swift                     MD5          Yes            No                No             R/W
   pCloud                           MD5, SHA1       Yes            No                No              W
   premiumize.me                        -           No            Yes                No              R
   put.io                             CRC-32        Yes            No                Yes             R
   QingStor                            MD5          No             No                No             R/W
+  Seafile                              -           No             No                No              -
   SFTP                            MD5, SHA1 ‡      Yes         Depends              No              -
   SugarSync                            -           No             No                No              -
+  Tardigrade                           -           Yes            No                No              -
   WebDAV                          MD5, SHA1 ††   Yes †††       Depends              No              -
   Yandex Disk                         MD5          Yes            No                No             R/W
   The local filesystem                All          Yes         Depends              No              -
@@ -8192,20 +9502,22 @@ more efficient.
   Google Photos                    No      No     No      No        No       No          No            No         No        No
   HTTP                             No      No     No      No        No       No          No         No #2178      No       Yes
   Hubic                           Yes †   Yes     No      No        No       Yes        Yes         No #2178      Yes       No
-  Jottacloud                       Yes    Yes    Yes      Yes       No       Yes         No            Yes        Yes      Yes
+  Jottacloud                       Yes    Yes    Yes      Yes       Yes      Yes         No            Yes        Yes      Yes
   Mail.ru Cloud                    Yes    Yes    Yes      Yes       Yes      No          No            Yes        Yes      Yes
   Mega                             Yes     No    Yes      Yes       Yes      No          No         No #2178      Yes      Yes
   Memory                           No     Yes     No      No        No       Yes        Yes            No         No        No
-  Microsoft Azure Blob Storage     Yes    Yes     No      No        No       Yes         No         No #2178      No        No
+  Microsoft Azure Blob Storage     Yes    Yes     No      No        No       Yes        Yes         No #2178      No        No
   Microsoft OneDrive               Yes    Yes    Yes      Yes     No #575    No          No            Yes        Yes      Yes
   OpenDrive                        Yes    Yes    Yes      Yes       No       No          No            No         No       Yes
-  Openstack Swift                 Yes †   Yes     No      No        No       Yes        Yes         No #2178      Yes       No
+  OpenStack Swift                 Yes †   Yes     No      No        No       Yes        Yes         No #2178      Yes       No
   pCloud                           Yes    Yes    Yes      Yes       Yes      No          No         No #2178      Yes      Yes
   premiumize.me                    Yes     No    Yes      Yes       No       No          No            Yes        Yes      Yes
   put.io                           Yes     No    Yes      Yes       Yes      No         Yes         No #2178      Yes      Yes
-  QingStor                         No     Yes     No      No        No       Yes         No         No #2178      No        No
+  QingStor                         No     Yes     No      No        Yes      Yes         No         No #2178      No        No
+  Seafile                          Yes    Yes    Yes      Yes       Yes      Yes        Yes            Yes        Yes      Yes
   SFTP                             No      No    Yes      Yes       No       No         Yes         No #2178      Yes      Yes
   SugarSync                        Yes    Yes    Yes      Yes       No       No         Yes            Yes        No       Yes
+  Tardigrade                      Yes †    No     No      No        No       Yes        Yes            No         No        No
   WebDAV                           Yes    Yes    Yes      Yes       No       No        Yes ‡        No #2178      Yes      Yes
   Yandex Disk                      Yes    Yes    Yes      Yes       Yes      No         Yes            Yes        Yes      Yes
   The local filesystem             Yes     No    Yes      Yes       No       No         Yes            No         Yes      Yes
@@ -8215,9 +9527,9 @@ Purge
 This deletes a directory quicker than just deleting all the files in the
 directory.
 
-† Note Swift and Hubic implement this in order to delete directory
-markers but they don’t actually have a quicker way of deleting files
-other than deleting them individually.
+† Note Swift, Hubic, and Tardigrade implement this in order to delete
+directory markers but they don’t actually have a quicker way of deleting
+files other than deleting them individually.
 
 ‡ StreamUpload is not supported with Nextcloud
 
@@ -8306,6 +9618,7 @@ These flags are available for every command.
           --bwlimit BwTimetable                  Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
           --ca-cert string                       CA certificate used to verify servers
           --cache-dir string                     Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone")
+          --check-first                          Do all the checks before starting transfers.
           --checkers int                         Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
       -c, --checksum                             Skip based on checksum (if available) & size, not mod-time & size
           --client-cert string                   Client SSL certificate (PEM) for mutual TLS auth
@@ -8315,6 +9628,7 @@ These flags are available for every command.
           --contimeout duration                  Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
           --copy-dest string                     Implies --compare-dest but also copies files from path into destination.
           --cpuprofile string                    Write cpu profile to file
+          --cutoff-mode string                   Mode to stop transfers when reaching the max transfer limit HARD|SOFT|CAUTIOUS (default "HARD")
           --delete-after                         When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default)
           --delete-before                        When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring
           --delete-during                        When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
@@ -8324,14 +9638,19 @@ These flags are available for every command.
           --dump DumpFlags                       List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
           --dump-bodies                          Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
           --dump-headers                         Dump HTTP headers - may contain sensitive info
+          --error-on-no-transfer                 Sets exit code 9 if no files are transferred, useful in scripts
           --exclude stringArray                  Exclude files matching pattern
-          --exclude-from stringArray             Read exclude patterns from file
+          --exclude-from stringArray             Read exclude patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
           --exclude-if-present string            Exclude directories if filename is present
           --expect-continue-timeout duration     Timeout when using expect / 100-continue in HTTP (default 1s)
           --fast-list                            Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
-          --files-from stringArray               Read list of source-file names from file
+          --files-from stringArray               Read list of source-file names from file (use - to read from stdin)
+          --files-from-raw stringArray           Read list of source-file names from file without any processing of lines (use - to read from stdin)
       -f, --filter stringArray                   Add a file-filtering rule
-          --filter-from stringArray              Read filtering patterns from a file
+          --filter-from stringArray              Read filtering patterns from a file (use - to read from stdin)
+          --header stringArray                   Set HTTP header for all transactions
+          --header-download stringArray          Set HTTP header for download transactions
+          --header-upload stringArray            Set HTTP header for upload transactions
           --ignore-case                          Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
           --ignore-case-sync                     Ignore case when synchronizing
           --ignore-checksum                      Skip post copy check of checksums.
@@ -8341,7 +9660,7 @@ These flags are available for every command.
       -I, --ignore-times                         Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
           --immutable                            Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
           --include stringArray                  Include files matching pattern
-          --include-from stringArray             Read include patterns from file
+          --include-from stringArray             Read include patterns from file (use - to read from stdin)
           --log-file string                      Log everything to this file
           --log-format string                    Comma separated list of log format options (default "date,time")
           --log-level string                     Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
@@ -8364,6 +9683,7 @@ These flags are available for every command.
           --no-check-dest                        Don't check the destination, copy regardless.
           --no-gzip-encoding                     Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
           --no-traverse                          Don't traverse destination file system on copy.
+          --no-unicode-normalization             Don't normalize unicode characters in filenames.
           --no-update-modtime                    Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
           --order-by string                      Instructions on how to order the transfers, eg 'size,descending'
           --password-command SpaceSepList        Command for supplying password for encrypted configuration.
@@ -8375,6 +9695,7 @@ These flags are available for every command.
           --rc-baseurl string                    Prefix for URLs - leave blank for root.
           --rc-cert string                       SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
           --rc-client-ca string                  Client certificate authority to verify clients with
+          --rc-enable-metrics                    Enable prometheus metrics on /metrics
           --rc-files string                      Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
           --rc-htpasswd string                   htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
           --rc-job-expire-duration duration      expire finished async jobs older than this value (default 1m0s)
@@ -8387,6 +9708,7 @@ These flags are available for every command.
           --rc-serve                             Enable the serving of remote objects.
           --rc-server-read-timeout duration      Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
           --rc-server-write-timeout duration     Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
+          --rc-template string                   User Specified Template.
           --rc-user string                       User name for authentication.
           --rc-web-fetch-url string              URL to fetch the releases for webgui. (default "https://api.github.com/repos/rclone/rclone-webui-react/releases/latest")
           --rc-web-gui                           Launch WebGUI on localhost
@@ -8412,13 +9734,14 @@ These flags are available for every command.
           --tpslimit float                       Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
           --tpslimit-burst int                   Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
           --track-renames                        When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
+          --track-renames-strategy string        Strategies to use when synchronizing using track-renames hash|modtime (default "hash")
           --transfers int                        Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
       -u, --update                               Skip files that are newer on the destination.
           --use-cookies                          Enable session cookiejar.
           --use-json-log                         Use json log format.
           --use-mmap                             Use mmap allocator (see docs).
           --use-server-modtime                   Use server modified time instead of object metadata
-          --user-agent string                    Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.51.0")
+          --user-agent string                    Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.52.0")
       -v, --verbose count                        Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
 
 
@@ -8427,302 +9750,335 @@ Backend Flags
 These flags are available for every command. They control the backends
 and may be set in the config file.
 
-          --acd-auth-url string                          Auth server URL.
-          --acd-client-id string                         Amazon Application Client ID.
-          --acd-client-secret string                     Amazon Application Client Secret.
-          --acd-encoding MultiEncoder                    This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-          --acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix            Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
-          --acd-token-url string                         Token server url.
-          --acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration              Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
-          --alias-remote string                          Remote or path to alias.
-          --azureblob-access-tier string                 Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
-          --azureblob-account string                     Storage Account Name (leave blank to use SAS URL or Emulator)
-          --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M)
-          --azureblob-encoding MultiEncoder              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8)
-          --azureblob-endpoint string                    Endpoint for the service
-          --azureblob-key string                         Storage Account Key (leave blank to use SAS URL or Emulator)
-          --azureblob-list-chunk int                     Size of blob list. (default 5000)
-          --azureblob-sas-url string                     SAS URL for container level access only
-          --azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M)
-          --azureblob-use-emulator                       Uses local storage emulator if provided as 'true' (leave blank if using real azure storage endpoint)
-          --b2-account string                            Account ID or Application Key ID
-          --b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
-          --b2-disable-checksum                          Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files
-          --b2-download-auth-duration Duration           Time before the authorization token will expire in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d. (default 1w)
-          --b2-download-url string                       Custom endpoint for downloads.
-          --b2-encoding MultiEncoder                     This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-          --b2-endpoint string                           Endpoint for the service.
-          --b2-hard-delete                               Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
-          --b2-key string                                Application Key
-          --b2-test-mode string                          A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
-          --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
-          --b2-versions                                  Include old versions in directory listings.
-          --box-box-config-file string                   Box App config.json location
-          --box-box-sub-type string                       (default "user")
-          --box-client-id string                         Box App Client Id.
-          --box-client-secret string                     Box App Client Secret
-          --box-commit-retries int                       Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
-          --box-encoding MultiEncoder                    This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-          --box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                 Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M)
-          --cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration          How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
-          --cache-chunk-no-memory                        Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
-          --cache-chunk-path string                      Directory to cache chunk files. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-          --cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
-          --cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix            The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
-          --cache-db-path string                         Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-          --cache-db-purge                               Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
-          --cache-db-wait-time Duration                  How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
-          --cache-info-age Duration                      How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
-          --cache-plex-insecure string                   Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
-          --cache-plex-password string                   The password of the Plex user
-          --cache-plex-url string                        The URL of the Plex server
-          --cache-plex-username string                   The username of the Plex user
-          --cache-read-retries int                       How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
-          --cache-remote string                          Remote to cache.
-          --cache-rps int                                Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
-          --cache-tmp-upload-path string                 Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
-          --cache-tmp-wait-time Duration                 How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
-          --cache-workers int                            How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
-          --cache-writes                                 Cache file data on writes through the FS
-          --chunker-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Files larger than chunk size will be split in chunks. (default 2G)
-          --chunker-fail-hard                            Choose how chunker should handle files with missing or invalid chunks.
-          --chunker-hash-type string                     Choose how chunker handles hash sums. All modes but "none" require metadata. (default "md5")
-          --chunker-meta-format string                   Format of the metadata object or "none". By default "simplejson". (default "simplejson")
-          --chunker-name-format string                   String format of chunk file names. (default "*.rclone_chunk.###")
-          --chunker-remote string                        Remote to chunk/unchunk.
-          --chunker-start-from int                       Minimum valid chunk number. Usually 0 or 1. (default 1)
-      -L, --copy-links                                   Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
-          --crypt-directory-name-encryption              Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
-          --crypt-filename-encryption string             How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
-          --crypt-password string                        Password or pass phrase for encryption.
-          --crypt-password2 string                       Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
-          --crypt-remote string                          Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
-          --crypt-show-mapping                           For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
-          --drive-acknowledge-abuse                      Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
-          --drive-allow-import-name-change               Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
-          --drive-alternate-export                       Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
-          --drive-auth-owner-only                        Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
-          --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
-          --drive-client-id string                       Google Application Client Id
-          --drive-client-secret string                   Google Application Client Secret
-          --drive-disable-http2                          Disable drive using http2 (default true)
-          --drive-encoding MultiEncoder                  This sets the encoding for the backend. (default InvalidUtf8)
-          --drive-export-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
-          --drive-formats string                         Deprecated: see export_formats
-          --drive-impersonate string                     Impersonate this user when using a service account.
-          --drive-import-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
-          --drive-keep-revision-forever                  Keep new head revision of each file forever.
-          --drive-list-chunk int                         Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
-          --drive-pacer-burst int                        Number of API calls to allow without sleeping. (default 100)
-          --drive-pacer-min-sleep Duration               Minimum time to sleep between API calls. (default 100ms)
-          --drive-root-folder-id string                  ID of the root folder
-          --drive-scope string                           Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
-          --drive-server-side-across-configs             Allow server side operations (eg copy) to work across different drive configs.
-          --drive-service-account-credentials string     Service Account Credentials JSON blob
-          --drive-service-account-file string            Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-          --drive-shared-with-me                         Only show files that are shared with me.
-          --drive-size-as-quota                          Show sizes as storage quota usage, not actual size.
-          --drive-skip-checksum-gphotos                  Skip MD5 checksum on Google photos and videos only.
-          --drive-skip-gdocs                             Skip google documents in all listings.
-          --drive-stop-on-upload-limit                   Make upload limit errors be fatal
-          --drive-team-drive string                      ID of the Team Drive
-          --drive-trashed-only                           Only show files that are in the trash.
-          --drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix               Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
-          --drive-use-created-date                       Use file created date instead of modified date.,
-          --drive-use-shared-date                        Use date file was shared instead of modified date.
-          --drive-use-trash                              Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
-          --drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix        If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
-          --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M)
-          --dropbox-client-id string                     Dropbox App Client Id
-          --dropbox-client-secret string                 Dropbox App Client Secret
-          --dropbox-encoding MultiEncoder                This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-          --dropbox-impersonate string                   Impersonate this user when using a business account.
-          --fichier-api-key string                       Your API Key, get it from https://1fichier.com/console/params.pl
-          --fichier-encoding MultiEncoder                This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,SingleQuote,BackQuote,Dollar,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-          --fichier-shared-folder string                 If you want to download a shared folder, add this parameter
-          --ftp-concurrency int                          Maximum number of FTP simultaneous connections, 0 for unlimited
-          --ftp-disable-epsv                             Disable using EPSV even if server advertises support
-          --ftp-encoding MultiEncoder                    This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Del,Ctl,RightSpace,Dot)
-          --ftp-host string                              FTP host to connect to
-          --ftp-no-check-certificate                     Do not verify the TLS certificate of the server
-          --ftp-pass string                              FTP password
-          --ftp-port string                              FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
-          --ftp-tls                                      Use FTP over TLS (Implicit)
-          --ftp-user string                              FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
-          --gcs-bucket-acl string                        Access Control List for new buckets.
-          --gcs-bucket-policy-only                       Access checks should use bucket-level IAM policies.
-          --gcs-client-id string                         Google Application Client Id
-          --gcs-client-secret string                     Google Application Client Secret
-          --gcs-encoding MultiEncoder                    This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,CrLf,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-          --gcs-location string                          Location for the newly created buckets.
-          --gcs-object-acl string                        Access Control List for new objects.
-          --gcs-project-number string                    Project number.
-          --gcs-service-account-file string              Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-          --gcs-storage-class string                     The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
-          --gphotos-client-id string                     Google Application Client Id
-          --gphotos-client-secret string                 Google Application Client Secret
-          --gphotos-read-only                            Set to make the Google Photos backend read only.
-          --gphotos-read-size                            Set to read the size of media items.
-          --http-headers CommaSepList                    Set HTTP headers for all transactions
-          --http-no-head                                 Don't use HEAD requests to find file sizes in dir listing
-          --http-no-slash                                Set this if the site doesn't end directories with /
-          --http-url string                              URL of http host to connect to
-          --hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-          --hubic-client-id string                       Hubic Client Id
-          --hubic-client-secret string                   Hubic Client Secret
-          --hubic-encoding MultiEncoder                  This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8)
-          --hubic-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
-          --jottacloud-encoding MultiEncoder             This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-          --jottacloud-hard-delete                       Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-          --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix       Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
-          --jottacloud-unlink                            Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
-          --jottacloud-upload-resume-limit SizeSuffix    Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail's. (default 10M)
-          --koofr-encoding MultiEncoder                  This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-          --koofr-endpoint string                        The Koofr API endpoint to use (default "https://app.koofr.net")
-          --koofr-mountid string                         Mount ID of the mount to use. If omitted, the primary mount is used.
-          --koofr-password string                        Your Koofr password for rclone (generate one at https://app.koofr.net/app/admin/preferences/password)
-          --koofr-setmtime                               Does the backend support setting modification time. Set this to false if you use a mount ID that points to a Dropbox or Amazon Drive backend. (default true)
-          --koofr-user string                            Your Koofr user name
-      -l, --links                                        Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a '.rclonelink' extension
-          --local-case-insensitive                       Force the filesystem to report itself as case insensitive
-          --local-case-sensitive                         Force the filesystem to report itself as case sensitive.
-          --local-encoding MultiEncoder                  This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Dot)
-          --local-no-check-updated                       Don't check to see if the files change during upload
-          --local-no-unicode-normalization               Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
-          --local-nounc string                           Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
-          --mailru-check-hash                            What should copy do if file checksum is mismatched or invalid (default true)
-          --mailru-encoding MultiEncoder                 This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-          --mailru-pass string                           Password
-          --mailru-speedup-enable                        Skip full upload if there is another file with same data hash. (default true)
-          --mailru-speedup-file-patterns string          Comma separated list of file name patterns eligible for speedup (put by hash). (default "*.mkv,*.avi,*.mp4,*.mp3,*.zip,*.gz,*.rar,*.pdf")
-          --mailru-speedup-max-disk SizeSuffix           This option allows you to disable speedup (put by hash) for large files (default 3G)
-          --mailru-speedup-max-memory SizeSuffix         Files larger than the size given below will always be hashed on disk. (default 32M)
-          --mailru-user string                           User name (usually email)
-          --mega-debug                                   Output more debug from Mega.
-          --mega-encoding MultiEncoder                   This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-          --mega-hard-delete                             Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-          --mega-pass string                             Password.
-          --mega-user string                             User name
-      -x, --one-file-system                              Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
-          --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k (327,680 bytes). (default 10M)
-          --onedrive-client-id string                    Microsoft App Client Id
-          --onedrive-client-secret string                Microsoft App Client Secret
-          --onedrive-drive-id string                     The ID of the drive to use
-          --onedrive-drive-type string                   The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
-          --onedrive-encoding MultiEncoder               This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,Hash,Percent,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,LeftTilde,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-          --onedrive-expose-onenote-files                Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
-          --opendrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Files will be uploaded in chunks this size. (default 10M)
-          --opendrive-encoding MultiEncoder              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,LeftSpace,LeftCrLfHtVt,RightSpace,RightCrLfHtVt,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-          --opendrive-password string                    Password.
-          --opendrive-username string                    Username
-          --pcloud-client-id string                      Pcloud App Client Id
-          --pcloud-client-secret string                  Pcloud App Client Secret
-          --pcloud-encoding MultiEncoder                 This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-          --premiumizeme-encoding MultiEncoder           This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,DoubleQuote,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-          --putio-encoding MultiEncoder                  This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-          --qingstor-access-key-id string                QingStor Access Key ID
-          --qingstor-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 4M)
-          --qingstor-connection-retries int              Number of connection retries. (default 3)
-          --qingstor-encoding MultiEncoder               This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8)
-          --qingstor-endpoint string                     Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
-          --qingstor-env-auth                            Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
-          --qingstor-secret-access-key string            QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
-          --qingstor-upload-concurrency int              Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 1)
-          --qingstor-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix            Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
-          --qingstor-zone string                         Zone to connect to.
-          --s3-access-key-id string                      AWS Access Key ID.
-          --s3-acl string                                Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
-          --s3-bucket-acl string                         Canned ACL used when creating buckets.
-          --s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
-          --s3-copy-cutoff SizeSuffix                    Cutoff for switching to multipart copy (default 5G)
-          --s3-disable-checksum                          Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
-          --s3-encoding MultiEncoder                     This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-          --s3-endpoint string                           Endpoint for S3 API.
-          --s3-env-auth                                  Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
-          --s3-force-path-style                          If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
-          --s3-leave-parts-on-error                      If true avoid calling abort upload on a failure, leaving all successfully uploaded parts on S3 for manual recovery.
-          --s3-list-chunk int                            Size of listing chunk (response list for each ListObject S3 request). (default 1000)
-          --s3-location-constraint string                Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
-          --s3-provider string                           Choose your S3 provider.
-          --s3-region string                             Region to connect to.
-          --s3-secret-access-key string                  AWS Secret Access Key (password)
-          --s3-server-side-encryption string             The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
-          --s3-session-token string                      An AWS session token
-          --s3-sse-kms-key-id string                     If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
-          --s3-storage-class string                      The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
-          --s3-upload-concurrency int                    Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 4)
-          --s3-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
-          --s3-use-accelerate-endpoint                   If true use the AWS S3 accelerated endpoint.
-          --s3-v2-auth                                   If true use v2 authentication.
-          --sftp-ask-password                            Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
-          --sftp-disable-hashcheck                       Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
-          --sftp-host string                             SSH host to connect to
-          --sftp-key-file string                         Path to PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank or set key-use-agent to use ssh-agent.
-          --sftp-key-file-pass string                    The passphrase to decrypt the PEM-encoded private key file.
-          --sftp-key-use-agent                           When set forces the usage of the ssh-agent.
-          --sftp-md5sum-command string                   The command used to read md5 hashes. Leave blank for autodetect.
-          --sftp-pass string                             SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
-          --sftp-path-override string                    Override path used by SSH connection.
-          --sftp-port string                             SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
-          --sftp-set-modtime                             Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
-          --sftp-sha1sum-command string                  The command used to read sha1 hashes. Leave blank for autodetect.
-          --sftp-skip-links                              Set to skip any symlinks and any other non regular files.
-          --sftp-use-insecure-cipher                     Enable the use of insecure ciphers and key exchange methods.
-          --sftp-user string                             SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
-          --sharefile-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 64M)
-          --sharefile-encoding MultiEncoder              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Ctl,LeftSpace,LeftPeriod,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-          --sharefile-endpoint string                    Endpoint for API calls.
-          --sharefile-root-folder-id string              ID of the root folder
-          --sharefile-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 128M)
-          --skip-links                                   Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
-          --sugarsync-access-key-id string               Sugarsync Access Key ID.
-          --sugarsync-app-id string                      Sugarsync App ID.
-          --sugarsync-authorization string               Sugarsync authorization
-          --sugarsync-authorization-expiry string        Sugarsync authorization expiry
-          --sugarsync-deleted-id string                  Sugarsync deleted folder id
-          --sugarsync-encoding MultiEncoder              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-          --sugarsync-hard-delete                        Permanently delete files if true
-          --sugarsync-private-access-key string          Sugarsync Private Access Key
-          --sugarsync-refresh-token string               Sugarsync refresh token
-          --sugarsync-root-id string                     Sugarsync root id
-          --sugarsync-user string                        Sugarsync user
-          --swift-application-credential-id string       Application Credential ID (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID)
-          --swift-application-credential-name string     Application Credential Name (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME)
-          --swift-application-credential-secret string   Application Credential Secret (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET)
-          --swift-auth string                            Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
-          --swift-auth-token string                      Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
-          --swift-auth-version int                       AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
-          --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-          --swift-domain string                          User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
-          --swift-encoding MultiEncoder                  This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8)
-          --swift-endpoint-type string                   Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
-          --swift-env-auth                               Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
-          --swift-key string                             API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
-          --swift-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
-          --swift-region string                          Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
-          --swift-storage-policy string                  The storage policy to use when creating a new container
-          --swift-storage-url string                     Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
-          --swift-tenant string                          Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
-          --swift-tenant-domain string                   Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
-          --swift-tenant-id string                       Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
-          --swift-user string                            User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
-          --swift-user-id string                         User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
-          --union-remotes string                         List of space separated remotes.
-          --webdav-bearer-token string                   Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
-          --webdav-bearer-token-command string           Command to run to get a bearer token
-          --webdav-pass string                           Password.
-          --webdav-url string                            URL of http host to connect to
-          --webdav-user string                           User name
-          --webdav-vendor string                         Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
-          --yandex-client-id string                      Yandex Client Id
-          --yandex-client-secret string                  Yandex Client Secret
-          --yandex-encoding MultiEncoder                 This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-          --yandex-unlink                                Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
+          --acd-auth-url string                                      Auth server URL.
+          --acd-client-id string                                     Amazon Application Client ID.
+          --acd-client-secret string                                 Amazon Application Client Secret.
+          --acd-encoding MultiEncoder                                This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+          --acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix                        Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
+          --acd-token-url string                                     Token server url.
+          --acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration                          Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
+          --alias-remote string                                      Remote or path to alias.
+          --azureblob-access-tier string                             Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
+          --azureblob-account string                                 Storage Account Name (leave blank to use SAS URL or Emulator)
+          --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix                          Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M)
+          --azureblob-disable-checksum                               Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata.
+          --azureblob-encoding MultiEncoder                          This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8)
+          --azureblob-endpoint string                                Endpoint for the service
+          --azureblob-key string                                     Storage Account Key (leave blank to use SAS URL or Emulator)
+          --azureblob-list-chunk int                                 Size of blob list. (default 5000)
+          --azureblob-memory-pool-flush-time Duration                How often internal memory buffer pools will be flushed. (default 1m0s)
+          --azureblob-memory-pool-use-mmap                           Whether to use mmap buffers in internal memory pool.
+          --azureblob-sas-url string                                 SAS URL for container level access only
+          --azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                       Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M)
+          --azureblob-use-emulator                                   Uses local storage emulator if provided as 'true' (leave blank if using real azure storage endpoint)
+          --b2-account string                                        Account ID or Application Key ID
+          --b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix                                 Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
+          --b2-disable-checksum                                      Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files
+          --b2-download-auth-duration Duration                       Time before the authorization token will expire in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d. (default 1w)
+          --b2-download-url string                                   Custom endpoint for downloads.
+          --b2-encoding MultiEncoder                                 This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+          --b2-endpoint string                                       Endpoint for the service.
+          --b2-hard-delete                                           Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
+          --b2-key string                                            Application Key
+          --b2-test-mode string                                      A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
+          --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                              Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
+          --b2-versions                                              Include old versions in directory listings.
+          --box-box-config-file string                               Box App config.json location
+          --box-box-sub-type string                                   (default "user")
+          --box-client-id string                                     Box App Client Id.
+          --box-client-secret string                                 Box App Client Secret
+          --box-commit-retries int                                   Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
+          --box-encoding MultiEncoder                                This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+          --box-root-folder-id string                                Fill in for rclone to use a non root folder as its starting point.
+          --box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                             Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M)
+          --cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration                      How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
+          --cache-chunk-no-memory                                    Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
+          --cache-chunk-path string                                  Directory to cache chunk files. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
+          --cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix                              The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
+          --cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix                        The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
+          --cache-db-path string                                     Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
+          --cache-db-purge                                           Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
+          --cache-db-wait-time Duration                              How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
+          --cache-info-age Duration                                  How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
+          --cache-plex-insecure string                               Skip all certificate verification when connecting to the Plex server
+          --cache-plex-password string                               The password of the Plex user
+          --cache-plex-url string                                    The URL of the Plex server
+          --cache-plex-username string                               The username of the Plex user
+          --cache-read-retries int                                   How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
+          --cache-remote string                                      Remote to cache.
+          --cache-rps int                                            Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
+          --cache-tmp-upload-path string                             Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
+          --cache-tmp-wait-time Duration                             How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
+          --cache-workers int                                        How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
+          --cache-writes                                             Cache file data on writes through the FS
+          --chunker-chunk-size SizeSuffix                            Files larger than chunk size will be split in chunks. (default 2G)
+          --chunker-fail-hard                                        Choose how chunker should handle files with missing or invalid chunks.
+          --chunker-hash-type string                                 Choose how chunker handles hash sums. All modes but "none" require metadata. (default "md5")
+          --chunker-meta-format string                               Format of the metadata object or "none". By default "simplejson". (default "simplejson")
+          --chunker-name-format string                               String format of chunk file names. (default "*.rclone_chunk.###")
+          --chunker-remote string                                    Remote to chunk/unchunk.
+          --chunker-start-from int                                   Minimum valid chunk number. Usually 0 or 1. (default 1)
+      -L, --copy-links                                               Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
+          --crypt-directory-name-encryption                          Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
+          --crypt-filename-encryption string                         How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
+          --crypt-password string                                    Password or pass phrase for encryption.
+          --crypt-password2 string                                   Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
+          --crypt-remote string                                      Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
+          --crypt-show-mapping                                       For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
+          --drive-acknowledge-abuse                                  Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
+          --drive-allow-import-name-change                           Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
+          --drive-alternate-export                                   Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
+          --drive-auth-owner-only                                    Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
+          --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                              Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
+          --drive-client-id string                                   Google Application Client Id
+          --drive-client-secret string                               Google Application Client Secret
+          --drive-disable-http2                                      Disable drive using http2 (default true)
+          --drive-encoding MultiEncoder                              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default InvalidUtf8)
+          --drive-export-formats string                              Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
+          --drive-formats string                                     Deprecated: see export_formats
+          --drive-impersonate string                                 Impersonate this user when using a service account.
+          --drive-import-formats string                              Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
+          --drive-keep-revision-forever                              Keep new head revision of each file forever.
+          --drive-list-chunk int                                     Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
+          --drive-pacer-burst int                                    Number of API calls to allow without sleeping. (default 100)
+          --drive-pacer-min-sleep Duration                           Minimum time to sleep between API calls. (default 100ms)
+          --drive-root-folder-id string                              ID of the root folder
+          --drive-scope string                                       Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
+          --drive-server-side-across-configs                         Allow server side operations (eg copy) to work across different drive configs.
+          --drive-service-account-credentials string                 Service Account Credentials JSON blob
+          --drive-service-account-file string                        Service Account Credentials JSON file path
+          --drive-shared-with-me                                     Only show files that are shared with me.
+          --drive-size-as-quota                                      Show sizes as storage quota usage, not actual size.
+          --drive-skip-checksum-gphotos                              Skip MD5 checksum on Google photos and videos only.
+          --drive-skip-gdocs                                         Skip google documents in all listings.
+          --drive-skip-shortcuts                                     If set skip shortcut files
+          --drive-stop-on-upload-limit                               Make upload limit errors be fatal
+          --drive-team-drive string                                  ID of the Team Drive
+          --drive-trashed-only                                       Only show files that are in the trash.
+          --drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
+          --drive-use-created-date                                   Use file created date instead of modified date.,
+          --drive-use-shared-date                                    Use date file was shared instead of modified date.
+          --drive-use-trash                                          Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
+          --drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix                    If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
+          --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix                            Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M)
+          --dropbox-client-id string                                 Dropbox App Client Id
+          --dropbox-client-secret string                             Dropbox App Client Secret
+          --dropbox-encoding MultiEncoder                            This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+          --dropbox-impersonate string                               Impersonate this user when using a business account.
+          --fichier-api-key string                                   Your API Key, get it from https://1fichier.com/console/params.pl
+          --fichier-encoding MultiEncoder                            This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,SingleQuote,BackQuote,Dollar,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+          --fichier-shared-folder string                             If you want to download a shared folder, add this parameter
+          --ftp-concurrency int                                      Maximum number of FTP simultaneous connections, 0 for unlimited
+          --ftp-disable-epsv                                         Disable using EPSV even if server advertises support
+          --ftp-encoding MultiEncoder                                This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Del,Ctl,RightSpace,Dot)
+          --ftp-host string                                          FTP host to connect to
+          --ftp-no-check-certificate                                 Do not verify the TLS certificate of the server
+          --ftp-pass string                                          FTP password
+          --ftp-port string                                          FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
+          --ftp-tls                                                  Use FTP over TLS (Implicit)
+          --ftp-user string                                          FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
+          --gcs-bucket-acl string                                    Access Control List for new buckets.
+          --gcs-bucket-policy-only                                   Access checks should use bucket-level IAM policies.
+          --gcs-client-id string                                     Google Application Client Id
+          --gcs-client-secret string                                 Google Application Client Secret
+          --gcs-encoding MultiEncoder                                This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,CrLf,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+          --gcs-location string                                      Location for the newly created buckets.
+          --gcs-object-acl string                                    Access Control List for new objects.
+          --gcs-project-number string                                Project number.
+          --gcs-service-account-file string                          Service Account Credentials JSON file path
+          --gcs-storage-class string                                 The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
+          --gphotos-client-id string                                 Google Application Client Id
+          --gphotos-client-secret string                             Google Application Client Secret
+          --gphotos-read-only                                        Set to make the Google Photos backend read only.
+          --gphotos-read-size                                        Set to read the size of media items.
+          --gphotos-start-year int                                   Year limits the photos to be downloaded to those which are uploaded after the given year (default 2000)
+          --http-headers CommaSepList                                Set HTTP headers for all transactions
+          --http-no-head                                             Don't use HEAD requests to find file sizes in dir listing
+          --http-no-slash                                            Set this if the site doesn't end directories with /
+          --http-url string                                          URL of http host to connect to
+          --hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix                              Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
+          --hubic-client-id string                                   Hubic Client Id
+          --hubic-client-secret string                               Hubic Client Secret
+          --hubic-encoding MultiEncoder                              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8)
+          --hubic-no-chunk                                           Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
+          --jottacloud-encoding MultiEncoder                         This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+          --jottacloud-hard-delete                                   Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
+          --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix                   Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
+          --jottacloud-trashed-only                                  Only show files that are in the trash.
+          --jottacloud-unlink                                        Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
+          --jottacloud-upload-resume-limit SizeSuffix                Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail's. (default 10M)
+          --koofr-encoding MultiEncoder                              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+          --koofr-endpoint string                                    The Koofr API endpoint to use (default "https://app.koofr.net")
+          --koofr-mountid string                                     Mount ID of the mount to use. If omitted, the primary mount is used.
+          --koofr-password string                                    Your Koofr password for rclone (generate one at https://app.koofr.net/app/admin/preferences/password)
+          --koofr-setmtime                                           Does the backend support setting modification time. Set this to false if you use a mount ID that points to a Dropbox or Amazon Drive backend. (default true)
+          --koofr-user string                                        Your Koofr user name
+      -l, --links                                                    Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a '.rclonelink' extension
+          --local-case-insensitive                                   Force the filesystem to report itself as case insensitive
+          --local-case-sensitive                                     Force the filesystem to report itself as case sensitive.
+          --local-encoding MultiEncoder                              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Dot)
+          --local-no-check-updated                                   Don't check to see if the files change during upload
+          --local-no-sparse                                          Disable sparse files for multi-thread downloads
+          --local-no-unicode-normalization                           Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
+          --local-nounc string                                       Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
+          --mailru-check-hash                                        What should copy do if file checksum is mismatched or invalid (default true)
+          --mailru-encoding MultiEncoder                             This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+          --mailru-pass string                                       Password
+          --mailru-speedup-enable                                    Skip full upload if there is another file with same data hash. (default true)
+          --mailru-speedup-file-patterns string                      Comma separated list of file name patterns eligible for speedup (put by hash). (default "*.mkv,*.avi,*.mp4,*.mp3,*.zip,*.gz,*.rar,*.pdf")
+          --mailru-speedup-max-disk SizeSuffix                       This option allows you to disable speedup (put by hash) for large files (default 3G)
+          --mailru-speedup-max-memory SizeSuffix                     Files larger than the size given below will always be hashed on disk. (default 32M)
+          --mailru-user string                                       User name (usually email)
+          --mega-debug                                               Output more debug from Mega.
+          --mega-encoding MultiEncoder                               This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+          --mega-hard-delete                                         Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
+          --mega-pass string                                         Password.
+          --mega-user string                                         User name
+      -x, --one-file-system                                          Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
+          --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                           Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k (327,680 bytes). (default 10M)
+          --onedrive-client-id string                                Microsoft App Client Id
+          --onedrive-client-secret string                            Microsoft App Client Secret
+          --onedrive-drive-id string                                 The ID of the drive to use
+          --onedrive-drive-type string                               The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
+          --onedrive-encoding MultiEncoder                           This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,Hash,Percent,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,LeftTilde,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+          --onedrive-expose-onenote-files                            Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
+          --onedrive-server-side-across-configs                      Allow server side operations (eg copy) to work across different onedrive configs.
+          --opendrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                          Files will be uploaded in chunks this size. (default 10M)
+          --opendrive-encoding MultiEncoder                          This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,LeftSpace,LeftCrLfHtVt,RightSpace,RightCrLfHtVt,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+          --opendrive-password string                                Password.
+          --opendrive-username string                                Username
+          --pcloud-client-id string                                  Pcloud App Client Id
+          --pcloud-client-secret string                              Pcloud App Client Secret
+          --pcloud-encoding MultiEncoder                             This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+          --pcloud-root-folder-id string                             Fill in for rclone to use a non root folder as its starting point. (default "d0")
+          --premiumizeme-encoding MultiEncoder                       This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,DoubleQuote,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+          --putio-encoding MultiEncoder                              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+          --qingstor-access-key-id string                            QingStor Access Key ID
+          --qingstor-chunk-size SizeSuffix                           Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 4M)
+          --qingstor-connection-retries int                          Number of connection retries. (default 3)
+          --qingstor-encoding MultiEncoder                           This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8)
+          --qingstor-endpoint string                                 Enter an endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
+          --qingstor-env-auth                                        Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
+          --qingstor-secret-access-key string                        QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
+          --qingstor-upload-concurrency int                          Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 1)
+          --qingstor-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                        Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
+          --qingstor-zone string                                     Zone to connect to.
+          --s3-access-key-id string                                  AWS Access Key ID.
+          --s3-acl string                                            Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
+          --s3-bucket-acl string                                     Canned ACL used when creating buckets.
+          --s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix                                 Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
+          --s3-copy-cutoff SizeSuffix                                Cutoff for switching to multipart copy (default 5G)
+          --s3-disable-checksum                                      Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
+          --s3-encoding MultiEncoder                                 This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+          --s3-endpoint string                                       Endpoint for S3 API.
+          --s3-env-auth                                              Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
+          --s3-force-path-style                                      If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
+          --s3-leave-parts-on-error                                  If true avoid calling abort upload on a failure, leaving all successfully uploaded parts on S3 for manual recovery.
+          --s3-list-chunk int                                        Size of listing chunk (response list for each ListObject S3 request). (default 1000)
+          --s3-location-constraint string                            Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
+          --s3-memory-pool-flush-time Duration                       How often internal memory buffer pools will be flushed. (default 1m0s)
+          --s3-memory-pool-use-mmap                                  Whether to use mmap buffers in internal memory pool.
+          --s3-provider string                                       Choose your S3 provider.
+          --s3-region string                                         Region to connect to.
+          --s3-secret-access-key string                              AWS Secret Access Key (password)
+          --s3-server-side-encryption string                         The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
+          --s3-session-token string                                  An AWS session token
+          --s3-sse-customer-algorithm string                         If using SSE-C, the server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
+          --s3-sse-customer-key string                               If using SSE-C you must provide the secret encryption key used to encrypt/decrypt your data.
+          --s3-sse-customer-key-md5 string                           If using SSE-C you must provide the secret encryption key MD5 checksum.
+          --s3-sse-kms-key-id string                                 If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
+          --s3-storage-class string                                  The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
+          --s3-upload-concurrency int                                Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 4)
+          --s3-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                              Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
+          --s3-use-accelerate-endpoint                               If true use the AWS S3 accelerated endpoint.
+          --s3-v2-auth                                               If true use v2 authentication.
+          --seafile-2fa                                              Two-factor authentication ('true' if the account has 2FA enabled)
+          --seafile-create-library                                   Should rclone create a library if it doesn't exist
+          --seafile-encoding MultiEncoder                            This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,DoubleQuote,BackSlash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8)
+          --seafile-library string                                   Name of the library. Leave blank to access all non-encrypted libraries.
+          --seafile-library-key string                               Library password (for encrypted libraries only). Leave blank if you pass it through the command line.
+          --seafile-pass string                                      Password
+          --seafile-url string                                       URL of seafile host to connect to
+          --seafile-user string                                      User name (usually email address)
+          --sftp-ask-password                                        Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
+          --sftp-disable-hashcheck                                   Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
+          --sftp-host string                                         SSH host to connect to
+          --sftp-key-file string                                     Path to PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank or set key-use-agent to use ssh-agent.
+          --sftp-key-file-pass string                                The passphrase to decrypt the PEM-encoded private key file.
+          --sftp-key-pem string                                      Raw PEM-encoded private key, If specified, will override key_file parameter.
+          --sftp-key-use-agent                                       When set forces the usage of the ssh-agent.
+          --sftp-md5sum-command string                               The command used to read md5 hashes. Leave blank for autodetect.
+          --sftp-pass string                                         SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
+          --sftp-path-override string                                Override path used by SSH connection.
+          --sftp-port string                                         SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
+          --sftp-set-modtime                                         Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
+          --sftp-sha1sum-command string                              The command used to read sha1 hashes. Leave blank for autodetect.
+          --sftp-skip-links                                          Set to skip any symlinks and any other non regular files.
+          --sftp-use-insecure-cipher                                 Enable the use of insecure ciphers and key exchange methods.
+          --sftp-user string                                         SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
+          --sharefile-chunk-size SizeSuffix                          Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 64M)
+          --sharefile-encoding MultiEncoder                          This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Ctl,LeftSpace,LeftPeriod,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+          --sharefile-endpoint string                                Endpoint for API calls.
+          --sharefile-root-folder-id string                          ID of the root folder
+          --sharefile-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                       Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 128M)
+          --skip-links                                               Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
+          --sugarsync-access-key-id string                           Sugarsync Access Key ID.
+          --sugarsync-app-id string                                  Sugarsync App ID.
+          --sugarsync-authorization string                           Sugarsync authorization
+          --sugarsync-authorization-expiry string                    Sugarsync authorization expiry
+          --sugarsync-deleted-id string                              Sugarsync deleted folder id
+          --sugarsync-encoding MultiEncoder                          This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+          --sugarsync-hard-delete                                    Permanently delete files if true
+          --sugarsync-private-access-key string                      Sugarsync Private Access Key
+          --sugarsync-refresh-token string                           Sugarsync refresh token
+          --sugarsync-root-id string                                 Sugarsync root id
+          --sugarsync-user string                                    Sugarsync user
+          --swift-application-credential-id string                   Application Credential ID (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID)
+          --swift-application-credential-name string                 Application Credential Name (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME)
+          --swift-application-credential-secret string               Application Credential Secret (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET)
+          --swift-auth string                                        Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
+          --swift-auth-token string                                  Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
+          --swift-auth-version int                                   AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
+          --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix                              Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
+          --swift-domain string                                      User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
+          --swift-encoding MultiEncoder                              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8)
+          --swift-endpoint-type string                               Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
+          --swift-env-auth                                           Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
+          --swift-key string                                         API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
+          --swift-no-chunk                                           Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
+          --swift-region string                                      Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
+          --swift-storage-policy string                              The storage policy to use when creating a new container
+          --swift-storage-url string                                 Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
+          --swift-tenant string                                      Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
+          --swift-tenant-domain string                               Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
+          --swift-tenant-id string                                   Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
+          --swift-user string                                        User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
+          --swift-user-id string                                     User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
+          --tardigrade-access-grant string                           Access Grant.
+          --tardigrade-api-key string                                API Key.
+          --tardigrade-passphrase string                             Encryption Passphrase. To access existing objects enter passphrase used for uploading.
+          --tardigrade-provider string                               Choose an authentication method. (default "existing")
+          --tardigrade-satellite-address <nodeid>@<address>:<port>   Satellite Address. Custom satellite address should match the format: <nodeid>@<address>:<port>. (default "us-central-1.tardigrade.io")
+          --union-action-policy string                               Policy to choose upstream on ACTION category. (default "epall")
+          --union-cache-time int                                     Cache time of usage and free space (in seconds). This option is only useful when a path preserving policy is used. (default 120)
+          --union-create-policy string                               Policy to choose upstream on CREATE category. (default "epmfs")
+          --union-search-policy string                               Policy to choose upstream on SEARCH category. (default "ff")
+          --union-upstreams string                                   List of space separated upstreams.
+          --webdav-bearer-token string                               Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
+          --webdav-bearer-token-command string                       Command to run to get a bearer token
+          --webdav-pass string                                       Password.
+          --webdav-url string                                        URL of http host to connect to
+          --webdav-user string                                       User name
+          --webdav-vendor string                                     Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
+          --yandex-client-id string                                  Yandex Client Id
+          --yandex-client-secret string                              Yandex Client Secret
+          --yandex-encoding MultiEncoder                             This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+          --yandex-unlink                                            Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
 
 
 1Fichier
 
-This is a backend for the 1ficher cloud storage service. Note that a
+This is a backend for the 1fichier cloud storage service. Note that a
 Premium subscription is required to use the API.
 
 Paths are specified as remote:path
@@ -8816,7 +10172,8 @@ characters are also replaced:
   ’            0x27        ＇
 
 File names can also not start or end with the following characters.
-These only get replaced if they are first or last character in the name:
+These only get replaced if they are the first or last character in the
+name:
 
   Character    Value   Replacement
   ----------- ------- -------------
@@ -8874,7 +10231,7 @@ remote:directory/subdirectory or /directory/subdirectory.
 During the initial setup with rclone config you will specify the target
 remote. The target remote can either be a local path or another remote.
 
-Subfolders can be used in target remote. Assume a alias remote named
+Subfolders can be used in target remote. Assume an alias remote named
 backup with the target mydrive:private/backup. Invoking
 rclone mkdir backup:desktop is exactly the same as invoking
 rclone mkdir mydrive:private/backup/desktop.
@@ -8884,7 +10241,7 @@ Invoking rclone mkdir backup:../desktop is exactly the same as invoking
 rclone mkdir mydrive:private/backup/../desktop. The empty path is not
 allowed as a remote. To alias the current directory use . instead.
 
-Here is an example of how to make a alias called remote for local
+Here is an example of how to make an alias called remote for local
 folder. First run:
 
      rclone config
@@ -8994,7 +10351,7 @@ doesn’t store any credentials which pass through it.
 
 Since rclone doesn’t currently have its own Amazon Drive credentials so
 you will either need to have your own client_id and client_secret with
-Amazon Drive, or use a a third party ouath proxy in which case you will
+Amazon Drive, or use a third party oauth proxy in which case you will
 need to enter client_id, client_secret, auth_url and token_url.
 
 Note also if you are not using Amazon’s auth_url and token_url, (ie you
@@ -9260,6 +10617,7 @@ The S3 backend can be used with a number of different providers:
 -   IBM COS S3
 -   Minio
 -   Scaleway
+-   StackPath
 -   Wasabi
 
 Paths are specified as remote:bucket (or remote: for the lsd command.)
@@ -9718,6 +11076,8 @@ Choose your S3 provider.
         -   Minio Object Storage
     -   “Netease”
         -   Netease Object Storage (NOS)
+    -   “StackPath”
+        -   StackPath Object Storage
     -   “Wasabi”
         -   Wasabi Object Storage
     -   “Other”
@@ -9973,6 +11333,22 @@ Endpoint for OSS API.
 
 –s3-endpoint
 
+Endpoint for StackPath Object Storage.
+
+-   Config: endpoint
+-   Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENDPOINT
+-   Type: string
+-   Default: ""
+-   Examples:
+    -   “s3.us-east-2.stackpathstorage.com”
+        -   US East Endpoint
+    -   “s3.us-west-1.stackpathstorage.com”
+        -   US West Endpoint
+    -   “s3.eu-central-1.stackpathstorage.com”
+        -   EU Endpoint
+
+–s3-endpoint
+
 Endpoint for S3 API. Required when using an S3 clone.
 
 -   Config: endpoint
@@ -10291,6 +11667,46 @@ isn’t set then “acl” is used instead.
         -   Owner gets FULL_CONTROL. The AuthenticatedUsers group gets
             READ access.
 
+–s3-sse-customer-algorithm
+
+If using SSE-C, the server-side encryption algorithm used when storing
+this object in S3.
+
+-   Config: sse_customer_algorithm
+-   Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SSE_CUSTOMER_ALGORITHM
+-   Type: string
+-   Default: ""
+-   Examples:
+    -   ""
+        -   None
+    -   “AES256”
+        -   AES256
+
+–s3-sse-customer-key
+
+If using SSE-C you must provide the secret encryption key used to
+encrypt/decrypt your data.
+
+-   Config: sse_customer_key
+-   Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SSE_CUSTOMER_KEY
+-   Type: string
+-   Default: ""
+-   Examples:
+    -   ""
+        -   None
+
+–s3-sse-customer-key-md5
+
+If using SSE-C you must provide the secret encryption key MD5 checksum.
+
+-   Config: sse_customer_key_md5
+-   Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SSE_CUSTOMER_KEY_MD5
+-   Type: string
+-   Default: ""
+-   Examples:
+    -   ""
+        -   None
+
 –s3-upload-cutoff
 
 Cutoff for switching to chunked upload
@@ -10350,6 +11766,11 @@ The minimum is 0 and the maximum is 5GB.
 
 Don’t store MD5 checksum with object metadata
 
+Normally rclone will calculate the MD5 checksum of the input before
+uploading it so it can add it to metadata on the object. This is great
+for data integrity checking but can cause long delays for large files to
+start uploading.
+
 -   Config: disable_checksum
 -   Env Var: RCLONE_S3_DISABLE_CHECKSUM
 -   Type: bool
@@ -10462,6 +11883,27 @@ See: the encoding section in the overview for more info.
 -   Type: MultiEncoder
 -   Default: Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot
 
+–s3-memory-pool-flush-time
+
+How often internal memory buffer pools will be flushed. Uploads which
+requires additional buffers (f.e multipart) will use memory pool for
+allocations. This option controls how often unused buffers will be
+removed from the pool.
+
+-   Config: memory_pool_flush_time
+-   Env Var: RCLONE_S3_MEMORY_POOL_FLUSH_TIME
+-   Type: Duration
+-   Default: 1m0s
+
+–s3-memory-pool-use-mmap
+
+Whether to use mmap buffers in internal memory pool.
+
+-   Config: memory_pool_use_mmap
+-   Env Var: RCLONE_S3_MEMORY_POOL_USE_MMAP
+-   Type: bool
+-   Default: false
+
 Anonymous access to public buckets
 
 If you want to use rclone to access a public bucket, configure with a
@@ -10566,7 +12008,7 @@ DigitalOcean.
 
 To connect to DigitalOcean Spaces you will need an access key and secret
 key. These can be retrieved on the “Applications & API” page of the
-DigitalOcean control panel. They will be needed when promted by
+DigitalOcean control panel. They will be needed when prompted by
 rclone config for your access_key_id and secret_access_key.
 
 When prompted for a region or location_constraint, press enter to use
@@ -11475,6 +12917,11 @@ size.
 
 Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files
 
+Normally rclone will calculate the SHA1 checksum of the input before
+uploading it so it can add it to metadata on the object. This is great
+for data integrity checking but can cause long delays for large files to
+start uploading.
+
 -   Config: disable_checksum
 -   Env Var: RCLONE_B2_DISABLE_CHECKSUM
 -   Type: bool
@@ -11714,7 +13161,7 @@ characters are also replaced:
   \            0x5C        ＼
 
 File names can also not end with the following characters. These only
-get replaced if they are last character in the name:
+get replaced if they are the last character in the name:
 
   Character    Value   Replacement
   ----------- ------- -------------
@@ -11735,6 +13182,26 @@ Deleting files
 Depending on the enterprise settings for your user, the item will either
 be actually deleted from Box or moved to the trash.
 
+Root folder ID
+
+You can set the root_folder_id for rclone. This is the directory
+(identified by its Folder ID) that rclone considers to be the root of
+your Box drive.
+
+Normally you will leave this blank and rclone will determine the correct
+root to use itself.
+
+However you can set this to restrict rclone to a specific folder
+hierarchy.
+
+In order to do this you will have to find the Folder ID of the directory
+you wish rclone to display. This will be the last segment of the URL
+when you open the relevant folder in the Box web interface.
+
+So if the folder you want rclone to use has a URL which looks like
+https://app.box.com/folder/11xxxxxxxxx8 in the browser, then you use
+11xxxxxxxxx8 as the root_folder_id in the config.
+
 Standard Options
 
 Here are the standard options specific to box (Box).
@@ -11782,6 +13249,15 @@ Advanced Options
 
 Here are the advanced options specific to box (Box).
 
+–box-root-folder-id
+
+Fill in for rclone to use a non root folder as its starting point.
+
+-   Config: root_folder_id
+-   Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_ROOT_FOLDER_ID
+-   Type: string
+-   Default: “0”
+
 –box-upload-cutoff
 
 Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB).
@@ -11827,6 +13303,23 @@ Cache (BETA)
 The cache remote wraps another existing remote and stores file structure
 and its data for long running tasks like rclone mount.
 
+
+Status
+
+The cache backend code is working but it currently doesn’t have a
+maintainer so there are outstanding bugs which aren’t getting fixed.
+
+The cache backend is due to be phased out in favour of the VFS caching
+layer eventually which is more tightly integrated into rclone.
+
+Until this happens we recommend only using the cache backend if you find
+you can’t work without it. There are many docs online describing the use
+of the cache backend to minimize API hits and by-and-large these are out
+of date and the cache backend isn’t needed in those scenarios any more.
+
+
+Setup
+
 To get started you just need to have an existing remote which can be
 configured with cache.
 
@@ -12005,11 +13498,11 @@ playback or _1_ all the other times
 Certificate Validation
 
 When the Plex server is configured to only accept secure connections, it
-is possible to use .plex.direct URL’s to ensure certificate validation
-succeeds. These URL’s are used by Plex internally to connect to the Plex
+is possible to use .plex.direct URLs to ensure certificate validation
+succeeds. These URLs are used by Plex internally to connect to the Plex
 server securely.
 
-The format for this URL’s is the following:
+The format for these URLs is the following:
 
 https://ip-with-dots-replaced.server-hash.plex.direct:32400/
 
@@ -12046,7 +13539,7 @@ require some investigations. It should be considered as experimental
 thus far as fixes come in for this OS.
 
 Most of the issues seem to be related to the difference between
-filesystems on Linux flavors and Windows as cache is heavily dependant
+filesystems on Linux flavors and Windows as cache is heavily dependent
 on them.
 
 Any reports or feedback on how cache behaves on this OS is greatly
@@ -12068,7 +13561,7 @@ lead to cloud provider throttles or bans due to repeated queries on it
 for very large mounts.
 
 Some recommendations: - don’t use a very small interval for entry
-informations (--cache-info-age) - while writes aren’t yet optimised, you
+information (--cache-info-age) - while writes aren’t yet optimised, you
 can still write through cache which gives you the advantage of adding
 the file in the cache at the same time if configured to do so.
 
@@ -12237,7 +13730,7 @@ The plex token for authentication - auto set normally
 
 –cache-plex-insecure
 
-Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
+Skip all certificate verification when connecting to the Plex server
 
 -   Config: plex_insecure
 -   Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_INSECURE
@@ -12433,6 +13926,28 @@ If you set it to 0 then it will wait forever.
 -   Type: Duration
 -   Default: 1s
 
+Backend commands
+
+Here are the commands specific to the cache backend.
+
+Run them with
+
+    rclone backend COMMAND remote:
+
+The help below will explain what arguments each command takes.
+
+See the “rclone backend” command for more info on how to pass options
+and arguments.
+
+These can be run on a running backend using the rc command
+backend/command.
+
+stats
+
+Print stats on the cache backend in JSON format.
+
+    rclone backend stats remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
+
 
 Chunker (BETA)
 
@@ -12636,7 +14151,7 @@ two modes guarantee given hash for all files. If wrapped remote doesn’t
 support it, chunker will then add metadata to all files, even small.
 However, this can double the amount of small files in storage and incur
 additional service charges. You can even use chunker to force md5/sha1
-support in any other remote at expence of sidecar meta objects by
+support in any other remote at expense of sidecar meta objects by
 setting eg. chunk_type=sha1all to force hashsums and chunk_size=1P to
 effectively disable chunking.
 
@@ -12715,7 +14230,7 @@ rclone config on a live remote and change the chunk name format. Beware
 that in result of this some files which have been treated as chunks
 before the change can pop up in directory listings as normal files and
 vice versa. The same warning holds for the chunk size. If you
-desperately need to change critical chunking setings, you should run
+desperately need to change critical chunking settings, you should run
 data migration as described above.
 
 If wrapped remote is case insensitive, the chunker overlay will inherit
@@ -12970,7 +14485,8 @@ characters are also replaced:
   "            0x22        ＂
 
 File names can also not start or end with the following characters.
-These only get replaced if they are first or last character in the name:
+These only get replaced if they are the first or last character in the
+name:
 
   Character    Value   Replacement
   ----------- ------- -------------
@@ -13154,14 +14670,19 @@ IMPORTANT The password is stored in the config file is lightly obscured
 so it isn’t immediately obvious what it is. It is in no way secure
 unless you use config file encryption.
 
-A long passphrase is recommended, or you can use a random one. Note that
-if you reconfigure rclone with the same passwords/passphrases elsewhere
-it will be compatible - all the secrets used are derived from those two
-passwords/passphrases.
+A long passphrase is recommended, or you can use a random one.
+
+The obscured password is created by using AES-CTR with a static key,
+with the salt stored verbatim at the beginning of the obscured password.
+This static key is shared by between all versions of rclone.
+
+If you reconfigure rclone with the same passwords/passphrases elsewhere
+it will be compatible, but the obscured version will be different due to
+the different salt.
 
 Note that rclone does not encrypt
 
--   file length - this can be calcuated within 16 bytes
+-   file length - this can be calculated within 16 bytes
 -   modification time - used for syncing
 
 
@@ -13261,7 +14782,7 @@ Obfuscation
 
 This is a simple “rotate” of the filename, with each file having a rot
 distance based on the filename. We store the distance at the beginning
-of the filename. So a file called “hello” may become “53.jgnnq”
+of the filename. So a file called “hello” may become “53.jgnnq”.
 
 This is not a strong encryption of filenames, but it may stop automated
 scanning tools from picking up on filename patterns. As such it’s an
@@ -13350,6 +14871,8 @@ How to encrypt the filenames.
 
 Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact.
 
+NB If filename_encryption is “off” then this option will do nothing.
+
 -   Config: directory_name_encryption
 -   Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_DIRECTORY_NAME_ENCRYPTION
 -   Type: bool
@@ -13401,10 +14924,55 @@ names, or for debugging purposes.
 -   Type: bool
 -   Default: false
 
+Backend commands
+
+Here are the commands specific to the crypt backend.
+
+Run them with
+
+    rclone backend COMMAND remote:
+
+The help below will explain what arguments each command takes.
+
+See the “rclone backend” command for more info on how to pass options
+and arguments.
+
+These can be run on a running backend using the rc command
+backend/command.
+
+encode
+
+Encode the given filename(s)
+
+    rclone backend encode remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
+
+This encodes the filenames given as arguments returning a list of
+strings of the encoded results.
+
+Usage Example:
+
+    rclone backend encode crypt: file1 [file2...]
+    rclone rc backend/command command=encode fs=crypt: file1 [file2...]
+
+decode
+
+Decode the given filename(s)
+
+    rclone backend decode remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
+
+This decodes the filenames given as arguments returning a list of
+strings of the decoded results. It will return an error if any of the
+inputs are invalid.
+
+Usage Example:
+
+    rclone backend decode crypt: encryptedfile1 [encryptedfile2...]
+    rclone rc backend/command command=decode fs=crypt: encryptedfile1 [encryptedfile2...]
+
 
 Backing up a crypted remote
 
-If you wish to backup a crypted remote, it it recommended that you use
+If you wish to backup a crypted remote, it is recommended that you use
 rclone sync on the encrypted files, and make sure the passwords are the
 same in the new encrypted remote.
 
@@ -13488,8 +15056,8 @@ Name encryption
 File names are encrypted segment by segment - the path is broken up into
 / separated strings and these are encrypted individually.
 
-File segments are padded using using PKCS#7 to a multiple of 16 bytes
-before encryption.
+File segments are padded using PKCS#7 to a multiple of 16 bytes before
+encryption.
 
 They are then encrypted with EME using AES with 256 bit key. EME
 (ECB-Mix-ECB) is a wide-block encryption mode presented in the 2003
@@ -13630,7 +15198,7 @@ Restricted filename characters
   \            0x5C        ＼
 
 File names can also not end with the following characters. These only
-get replaced if they are last character in the name:
+get replaced if they are the last character in the name:
 
   Character    Value   Replacement
   ----------- ------- -------------
@@ -13730,14 +15298,17 @@ Here is how to create your own Dropbox App ID for rclone:
 
 2.  Choose an API => Usually this should be Dropbox API
 
-3.  Choose the type of access you want to use => Full Dropbox or App
-    Folder
+3.  Choose the type of access you want to use => Full Dropbox or
+    App Folder
 
-4.  Name your App
+4.  Name your App. The app name is global, so you can’t use rclone for
+    example
 
 5.  Click the button Create App
 
-6.  Find the App key and App secret Use these values in rclone config to
+6.  Fill Redirect URIs as http://localhost:53682/
+
+7.  Find the App key and App secret Use these values in rclone config to
     add a new remote or edit an existing remote.
 
 
@@ -13836,13 +15407,19 @@ Checksums
 
 FTP does not support any checksums.
 
+Usage without a config file
+
+An example how to use the ftp remote without a config file:
+
+    rclone lsf :ftp: --ftp-host=speedtest.tele2.net --ftp-user=anonymous --ftp-pass=`rclone obscure dummy`
+
 Restricted filename characters
 
 In addition to the default restricted characters set the following
 characters are also replaced:
 
 File names can also not end with the following characters. These only
-get replaced if they are last character in the name:
+get replaced if they are the last character in the name:
 
   Character    Value   Replacement
   ----------- ------- -------------
@@ -13860,7 +15437,7 @@ Implicit TLS
 
 FTP supports implicit FTP over TLS servers (FTPS). This has to be
 enabled in the config for the remote. The default FTPS port is 990 so
-the port will likely have to be explictly set in the config for the
+the port will likely have to be explicitly set in the config for the
 remote.
 
 Standard Options
@@ -14176,6 +15753,24 @@ This remote supports --fast-list which allows you to use fewer
 transactions in exchange for more memory. See the rclone docs for more
 details.
 
+Custom upload headers
+
+You can set custom upload headers with the --header-upload flag. Google
+Cloud Storage supports the headers as described in the working with
+metadata documentation
+
+-   Cache-Control
+-   Content-Disposition
+-   Content-Encoding
+-   Content-Language
+-   Content-Type
+-   X-Goog-Meta-
+
+Eg --header-upload "Content-Type text/potato"
+
+Note that the last of these is for setting custom metadata in the form
+--header-upload "x-goog-meta-key: value"
+
 Modified time
 
 Google google cloud storage stores md5sums natively and rclone stores
@@ -14387,6 +15982,8 @@ The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
         -   Nearline storage class
     -   “COLDLINE”
         -   Coldline storage class
+    -   “ARCHIVE”
+        -   Archive storage class
     -   “DURABLE_REDUCED_AVAILABILITY”
         -   Durable reduced availability storage class
 
@@ -14517,7 +16114,7 @@ Scopes
 
 Rclone allows you to select which scope you would like for rclone to
 use. This changes what type of token is granted to rclone. The scopes
-are defined here..
+are defined here.
 
 The scope are
 
@@ -14776,6 +16373,56 @@ If deleting them permanently is required then use the
 --drive-use-trash=false flag, or set the equivalent environment
 variable.
 
+Shortcuts
+
+In March 2020 Google introduced a new feature in Google Drive called
+drive shortcuts (API). These will (by September 2020) replace the
+ability for files or folders to be in multiple folders at once.
+
+Shortcuts are files that link to other files on Google Drive somewhat
+like a symlink in unix, except they point to the underlying file data
+(eg the inode in unix terms) so they don’t break if the source is
+renamed or moved about.
+
+Be default rclone treats these as follows.
+
+For shortcuts pointing to files:
+
+-   When listing a file shortcut appears as the destination file.
+-   When downloading the contents of the destination file is downloaded.
+-   When updating shortcut file with a non shortcut file, the shortcut
+    is removed then a new file is uploaded in place of the shortcut.
+-   When server side moving (renaming) the shortcut is renamed, not the
+    destination file.
+-   When server side copying the shortcut is copied, not the contents of
+    the shortcut.
+-   When deleting the shortcut is deleted not the linked file.
+-   When setting the modification time, the modification time of the
+    linked file will be set.
+
+For shortcuts pointing to folders:
+
+-   When listing the shortcut appears as a folder and that folder will
+    contain the contents of the linked folder appear (including any sub
+    folders)
+-   When downloading the contents of the linked folder and sub contents
+    are downloaded
+-   When uploading to a shortcut folder the file will be placed in the
+    linked folder
+-   When server side moving (renaming) the shortcut is renamed, not the
+    destination folder
+-   When server side copying the contents of the linked folder is
+    copied, not the shortcut.
+-   When deleting with rclone rmdir or rclone purge the shortcut is
+    deleted not the linked folder.
+-   NB When deleting with rclone remove or rclone mount the contents of
+    the linked folder will be deleted.
+
+It isn’t currently possible to create shortcuts with rclone.
+
+Shortcuts can be completely ignored with the --drive-skip-shortcuts flag
+or the corresponding skip_shortcuts configuration setting.
+
 Emptying trash
 
 If you wish to empty your trash you can use the rclone cleanup remote:
@@ -15053,7 +16700,7 @@ videos.
 Setting this flag will cause Google photos and videos to return a blank
 MD5 checksum.
 
-Google photos are identifed by being in the “photos” space.
+Google photos are identified by being in the “photos” space.
 
 Corrupted checksums are caused by Google modifying the image/video but
 not updating the checksum.
@@ -15253,9 +16900,8 @@ Keep new head revision of each file forever.
 
 Show sizes as storage quota usage, not actual size.
 
-Show the size of a file as the the storage quota used. This is the
-current version plus any older versions that have been set to keep
-forever.
+Show the size of a file as the storage quota used. This is the current
+version plus any older versions that have been set to keep forever.
 
 WARNING: This flag may have some unexpected consequences.
 
@@ -15348,6 +16994,19 @@ See: https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/3857
 -   Type: bool
 -   Default: false
 
+–drive-skip-shortcuts
+
+If set skip shortcut files
+
+Normally rclone dereferences shortcut files making them appear as if
+they are the original file (see the shortcuts section). If this flag is
+set then rclone will ignore shortcut files completely.
+
+-   Config: skip_shortcuts
+-   Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SKIP_SHORTCUTS
+-   Type: bool
+-   Default: false
+
 –drive-encoding
 
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
@@ -15359,6 +17018,87 @@ See: the encoding section in the overview for more info.
 -   Type: MultiEncoder
 -   Default: InvalidUtf8
 
+Backend commands
+
+Here are the commands specific to the drive backend.
+
+Run them with
+
+    rclone backend COMMAND remote:
+
+The help below will explain what arguments each command takes.
+
+See the “rclone backend” command for more info on how to pass options
+and arguments.
+
+These can be run on a running backend using the rc command
+backend/command.
+
+get
+
+Get command for fetching the drive config parameters
+
+    rclone backend get remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
+
+This is a get command which will be used to fetch the various drive
+config parameters
+
+Usage Examples:
+
+    rclone backend get drive: [-o service_account_file] [-o chunk_size]
+    rclone rc backend/command command=get fs=drive: [-o service_account_file] [-o chunk_size]
+
+Options:
+
+-   “chunk_size”: show the current upload chunk size
+-   “service_account_file”: show the current service account file
+
+set
+
+Set command for updating the drive config parameters
+
+    rclone backend set remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
+
+This is a set command which will be used to update the various drive
+config parameters
+
+Usage Examples:
+
+    rclone backend set drive: [-o service_account_file=sa.json] [-o chunk_size=67108864]
+    rclone rc backend/command command=set fs=drive: [-o service_account_file=sa.json] [-o chunk_size=67108864]
+
+Options:
+
+-   “chunk_size”: update the current upload chunk size
+-   “service_account_file”: update the current service account file
+
+shortcut
+
+Create shortcuts from files or directories
+
+    rclone backend shortcut remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
+
+This command creates shortcuts from files or directories.
+
+Usage:
+
+    rclone backend shortcut drive: source_item destination_shortcut
+    rclone backend shortcut drive: source_item -o target=drive2: destination_shortcut
+
+In the first example this creates a shortcut from the “source_item”
+which can be a file or a directory to the “destination_shortcut”. The
+“source_item” and the “destination_shortcut” should be relative paths
+from “drive:”
+
+In the second example this creates a shortcut from the “source_item”
+relative to “drive:” to the “destination_shortcut” relative to
+“drive2:”. This may fail with a permission error if the user
+authenticated with “drive2:” can’t read files from “drive:”.
+
+Options:
+
+-   “target”: optional target remote for the shortcut destination
+
 Limitations
 
 Drive has quite a lot of rate limiting. This causes rclone to be limited
@@ -15385,7 +17125,7 @@ rclone knows to ignore the size when doing the transfer.
 However an unfortunate consequence of this is that you may not be able
 to download Google docs using rclone mount. If it doesn’t work you will
 get a 0 sized file. If you try again the doc may gain its correct size
-and be downloadable. Whther it will work on not depends on the
+and be downloadable. Whether it will work on not depends on the
 application accessing the mount and the OS you are running - experiment
 to find out if it does work for you!
 
@@ -15446,16 +17186,38 @@ Here is how to create your own Google Drive client ID for rclone:
     “Google Drive API”.
 
 4.  Click “Credentials” in the left-side panel (not “Create
-    credentials”, which opens the wizard), then “Create credentials”,
-    then “OAuth client ID”. It will prompt you to set the OAuth consent
-    screen product name, if you haven’t set one already.
+    credentials”, which opens the wizard), then “Create credentials”
 
-5.  Choose an application type of “other”, and click “Create”. (the
-    default name is fine)
+5.  If you already configured an “Oauth Consent Screen”, then skip to
+    the next step; if not, click on “CONFIGURE CONSENT SCREEN” button
+    (near the top right corner of the right panel), then select
+    “External” and click on “CREATE”; on the next screen, enter an
+    “Application name” (“rclone” is OK) then click on “Save” (all other
+    data is optional). Click again on “Credentials” on the left panel to
+    go back to the “Credentials” screen.
 
-6.  It will show you a client ID and client secret. Use these values in
+(PS: if you are a GSuite user, you could also select “Internal” instead
+of “External” above, but this has not been tested/documented so far).
+
+6.  Click on the “+ CREATE CREDENTIALS” button at the top of the screen,
+    then select “OAuth client ID”.
+
+7.  Choose an application type of “Desktop app” if you using a Google
+    account or “Other” if you using a GSuite account and click “Create”.
+    (the default name is fine)
+
+8.  It will show you a client ID and client secret. Use these values in
     rclone config to add a new remote or edit an existing remote.
 
+Be aware that, due to the “enhanced security” recently introduced by
+Google, you are theoretically expected to “submit your app for
+verification” and then wait a few weeks(!) for their response; in
+practice, you can go right ahead and use the client ID and client secret
+with rclone, the only issue will be a very scary confirmation screen
+shown when you connect via your browser for rclone to be able to get its
+token-id (but as this only happens during the remote configuration, it’s
+not such a big deal).
+
 (Thanks to @balazer on github for these instructions.)
 
 
@@ -15624,9 +17386,13 @@ but they may not appear under album unless you’ve put them into albums.
     - shared-album
         - album name
         - album name/sub
+    - feature
+        - favorites
+            - file1.jpg
+            - file2.jpg
 
 There are two writable parts of the tree, the upload directory and sub
-directories of the the album directory.
+directories of the album directory.
 
 The upload directory is for uploading files you don’t want to put into
 albums. This will be empty to start with and will contain the files
@@ -15812,6 +17578,16 @@ read the media.
 -   Type: bool
 -   Default: false
 
+–gphotos-start-year
+
+Year limits the photos to be downloaded to those which are uploaded
+after the given year
+
+-   Config: start_year
+-   Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_START_YEAR
+-   Type: int
+-   Default: 2000
+
 
 HTTP
 
@@ -16171,18 +17947,28 @@ MD5SUM for these.
 
 Jottacloud
 
+Jottacloud is a cloud storage service provider from a Norwegian company,
+using its own datacenters in Norway.
+
+In addition to the official service at jottacloud.com, there are also
+several whitelabel versions which should work with this backend.
+
 Paths are specified as remote:path
 
 Paths may be as deep as required, eg remote:directory/subdirectory.
 
+
+Setup
+
 To configure Jottacloud you will need to generate a personal security
-token in the Jottacloud web inteface. You will the option to do in your
-account security settings. Note that the web inteface may refer to this
-token as a JottaCli token.
+token in the Jottacloud web interface. You will the option to do in your
+account security settings (for whitelabel version you need to find this
+page in its web interface). Note that the web interface may refer to
+this token as a JottaCli token.
 
 Here is an example of how to make a remote called remote. First run:
 
-     rclone config
+    rclone config
 
 This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
 
@@ -16196,7 +17982,7 @@ This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
     Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
     Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
     [snip]
-    XX / JottaCloud
+    XX / Jottacloud
        \ "jottacloud"
     [snip]
     Storage> jottacloud
@@ -16225,8 +18011,9 @@ This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
     Please select the mountpoint to user. Normally this will be Archive
     Choose a number from below, or type in an existing value
      1 > Archive
-     2 > Shared
+     2 > Links
      3 > Sync
+     
     Mountpoints> 1
     --------------------
     [jotta]
@@ -16259,13 +18046,19 @@ To copy a local directory to an Jottacloud directory called backup
 Devices and Mountpoints
 
 The official Jottacloud client registers a device for each computer you
-install it on and then creates a mountpoint for each folder you select
+install it on, and then creates a mountpoint for each folder you select
 for Backup. The web interface uses a special device called Jotta for the
-Archive, Sync and Shared mountpoints. In most cases you’ll want to use
-the Jotta/Archive device/mounpoint however if you want to access files
+Archive and Sync mountpoints. In most cases you’ll want to use the
+Jotta/Archive device/mountpoint, however if you want to access files
 uploaded by any of the official clients rclone provides the option to
 select other devices and mountpoints during config.
 
+The built-in Jotta device may also contain several other mountpoints,
+such as: Latest, Links, Shared and Trash. These are special mountpoints
+with a different internal representation than the “regular” mountpoints.
+Rclone will only to a very limited degree support them. Generally you
+should avoid these, unless you know what you are doing.
+
 –fast-list
 
 This remote supports --fast-list which allows you to use fewer
@@ -16288,7 +18081,7 @@ Note that Jottacloud requires the MD5 hash before upload so if the
 source does not have an MD5 checksum then the file will be cached
 temporarily on disk (wherever the TMPDIR environment variable points to)
 before it is uploaded. Small files will be cached in memory - see the
---jottacloud-md5-memory-limit flag.
+–jottacloud-md5-memory-limit flag.
 
 Restricted filename characters
 
@@ -16311,10 +18104,10 @@ strings.
 Deleting files
 
 By default rclone will send all files to the trash when deleting files.
-Due to a lack of API documentation emptying the trash is currently only
-possible via the Jottacloud website. If deleting permanently is required
-then use the --jottacloud-hard-delete flag, or set the equivalent
-environment variable.
+They will be permanently deleted automatically after 30 days. You may
+bypass the trash and permanently delete files immediately by using the
+–jottacloud-hard-delete flag, or set the equivalent environment
+variable. Emptying the trash is supported by the cleanup command.
 
 Versions
 
@@ -16329,19 +18122,9 @@ To view your current quota you can use the rclone about remote: command
 which will display your usage limit (unless it is unlimited) and the
 current usage.
 
-Device IDs
-
-Jottacloud requires each ‘device’ to be registered. Rclone brings such a
-registration to easily access your account but if you want to use
-Jottacloud together with rclone on multiple machines you NEED to create
-a seperate deviceID/deviceSecrect on each machine. You will asked during
-setting up the remote. Please be aware that this also means that copying
-the rclone config from one machine to another does NOT work with
-Jottacloud accounts. You have to create it on each machine.
-
 Advanced Options
 
-Here are the advanced options specific to jottacloud (JottaCloud).
+Here are the advanced options specific to jottacloud (Jottacloud).
 
 –jottacloud-md5-memory-limit
 
@@ -16353,6 +18136,16 @@ required.
 -   Type: SizeSuffix
 -   Default: 10M
 
+–jottacloud-trashed-only
+
+Only show files that are in the trash. This will show trashed files in
+their original directory structure.
+
+-   Config: trashed_only
+-   Env Var: RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_TRASHED_ONLY
+-   Type: bool
+-   Default: false
+
 –jottacloud-hard-delete
 
 Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
@@ -16582,6 +18375,9 @@ Mail.ru Cloud is a cloud storage provided by a Russian internet company
 Mail.Ru Group. The official desktop client is Disk-O:, available only on
 Windows. (Please note that official sites are in Russian)
 
+Currently it is recommended to disable 2FA on Mail.ru accounts intended
+for rclone until it gets eventually implemented.
+
 Features highlights
 
 -   Paths may be as deep as required, eg remote:directory/subdirectory
@@ -16590,7 +18386,7 @@ Features highlights
 -   Files and directories can be shared via public links
 -   Partial uploads or streaming are not supported, file size must be
     known before upload
--   Maximum file size is limited to 2G for a free acount, unlimited for
+-   Maximum file size is limited to 2G for a free account, unlimited for
     paid accounts
 -   Storage keeps hash for all files and performs transparent
     deduplication, the hash algorithm is a modified SHA1
@@ -16993,7 +18789,7 @@ Failure to log-in
 
 Mega remotes seem to get blocked (reject logins) under “heavy use”. We
 haven’t worked out the exact blocking rules but it seems to be related
-to fast paced, sucessive rclone commands.
+to fast paced, successive rclone commands.
 
 For example, executing this command 90 times in a row
 rclone link remote:file will cause the remote to become “blocked”. This
@@ -17024,7 +18820,7 @@ approach.
 
 Note that once blocked, the use of other tools (such as megacmd) is not
 a sure workaround: following megacmd login times have been observed in
-sucession for blocked remote: 7 minutes, 20 min, 30min, 30 min, 30min.
+succession for blocked remote: 7 minutes, 20 min, 30min, 30 min, 30min.
 Web access looks unaffected though.
 
 Investigation is continuing in relation to workarounds based on
@@ -17248,7 +19044,7 @@ characters are also replaced:
   \            0x5C        ＼
 
 File names can also not end with the following characters. These only
-get replaced if they are last character in the name:
+get replaced if they are the last character in the name:
 
   Character    Value   Replacement
   ----------- ------- -------------
@@ -17274,30 +19070,33 @@ the account and key lines and leave the rest blank.
 
 SAS URL
 
-This can be an account level SAS URL or container level SAS URL
+This can be an account level SAS URL or container level SAS URL.
 
 To use it leave account, key blank and fill in sas_url.
 
-Account level SAS URL or container level SAS URL can be obtained from
-Azure portal or Azure Storage Explorer. To get a container level SAS URL
-right click on a container in the Azure Blob explorer in the Azure
-portal.
+An account level SAS URL or container level SAS URL can be obtained from
+the Azure portal or the Azure Storage Explorer. To get a container level
+SAS URL right click on a container in the Azure Blob explorer in the
+Azure portal.
 
-If You use container level SAS URL, rclone operations are permitted only
-on particular container, eg
+If you use a container level SAS URL, rclone operations are permitted
+only on a particular container, eg
 
-    rclone ls azureblob:container or rclone ls azureblob:
+    rclone ls azureblob:container
 
-Since container name already exists in SAS URL, you can leave it empty
-as well.
+You can also list the single container from the root. This will only
+show the container specified by the SAS URL.
 
-However these will not work
+    $ rclone lsd azureblob:
+    container/
+
+Note that you can’t see or access any other containers - this will fail
 
-    rclone lsd azureblob:
     rclone ls azureblob:othercontainer
 
-This would be useful for temporarily allowing third parties access to a
-single container or putting credentials into an untrusted environment.
+Container level SAS URLs are useful for temporarily allowing third
+parties access to a single container or putting credentials into an
+untrusted environment such as a CI build server.
 
 Multipart uploads
 
@@ -17432,6 +19231,41 @@ first restore by tiering blob to “Hot” or “Cool”.
 -   Type: string
 -   Default: ""
 
+–azureblob-disable-checksum
+
+Don’t store MD5 checksum with object metadata.
+
+Normally rclone will calculate the MD5 checksum of the input before
+uploading it so it can add it to metadata on the object. This is great
+for data integrity checking but can cause long delays for large files to
+start uploading.
+
+-   Config: disable_checksum
+-   Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_DISABLE_CHECKSUM
+-   Type: bool
+-   Default: false
+
+–azureblob-memory-pool-flush-time
+
+How often internal memory buffer pools will be flushed. Uploads which
+requires additional buffers (f.e multipart) will use memory pool for
+allocations. This option controls how often unused buffers will be
+removed from the pool.
+
+-   Config: memory_pool_flush_time
+-   Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_MEMORY_POOL_FLUSH_TIME
+-   Type: Duration
+-   Default: 1m0s
+
+–azureblob-memory-pool-use-mmap
+
+Whether to use mmap buffers in internal memory pool.
+
+-   Config: memory_pool_use_mmap
+-   Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_MEMORY_POOL_USE_MMAP
+-   Type: bool
+-   Default: false
+
 –azureblob-encoding
 
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
@@ -17450,7 +19284,7 @@ sum. This will always be the case for a local to azure copy.
 
 Azure Storage Emulator Support
 
-You can test rlcone with storage emulator locally, to do this make sure
+You can test rclone with storage emulator locally, to do this make sure
 azure storage emulator installed locally and set up a new remote with
 rclone config follow instructions described in introduction, set
 use_emulator config as true, you do not need to provide default account
@@ -17581,14 +19415,15 @@ you can get your own Client ID and Key by following the steps below:
     https://portal.azure.com/#blade/Microsoft_AAD_RegisteredApps/ApplicationsListBlade,
     then click New registration.
 2.  Enter a name for your app, choose account type
-    Any Azure AD directory - Multitenant, select Web in Redirect URI
-    Enter http://localhost:53682/ and click Register. Copy and keep the
-    Application (client) ID under the app name for later use.
+    Accounts in any organizational directory (Any Azure AD directory - Multitenant) and personal Microsoft accounts (e.g. Skype, Xbox),
+    select Web in Redirect URI Enter http://localhost:53682/ and click
+    Register. Copy and keep the Application (client) ID under the app
+    name for later use.
 3.  Under manage select Certificates & secrets, click New client secret.
     Copy and keep that secret for later use.
 4.  Under manage select API permissions, click Add a permission and
     select Microsoft Graph then select delegated permissions.
-5.  Search and select the follwing permssions: Files.Read,
+5.  Search and select the following permissions: Files.Read,
     Files.ReadWrite, Files.Read.All, Files.ReadWrite.All,
     offline_access, User.Read. Once selected click Add permissions at
     the bottom.
@@ -17627,7 +19462,7 @@ characters are also replaced:
   %            0x25        ％
 
 File names can also not end with the following characters. These only
-get replaced if they are last character in the name:
+get replaced if they are the last character in the name:
 
   Character    Value   Replacement
   ----------- ------- -------------
@@ -17635,7 +19470,7 @@ get replaced if they are last character in the name:
   .            0x2E        ．
 
 File names can also not begin with the following characters. These only
-get replaced if they are first character in the name:
+get replaced if they are the first character in the name:
 
   Character    Value   Replacement
   ----------- ------- -------------
@@ -17684,7 +19519,10 @@ Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k (327,680
 bytes).
 
 Above this size files will be chunked - must be multiple of 320k
-(327,680 bytes). Note that the chunks will be buffered into memory.
+(327,680 bytes) and should not exceed 250M (262,144,000 bytes) else you
+may encounter "Microsoft.SharePoint.Client.InvalidClientQueryException:
+The request message is too big." Note that the chunks will be buffered
+into memory.
 
 -   Config: chunk_size
 -   Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_CHUNK_SIZE
@@ -17724,6 +19562,20 @@ set this option.
 -   Type: bool
 -   Default: false
 
+–onedrive-server-side-across-configs
+
+Allow server side operations (eg copy) to work across different onedrive
+configs.
+
+This can be useful if you wish to do a server side copy between two
+different Onedrives. Note that this isn’t enabled by default because it
+isn’t easy to tell if it will work between any two configurations.
+
+-   Config: server_side_across_configs
+-   Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_SERVER_SIDE_ACROSS_CONFIGS
+-   Type: bool
+-   Default: false
+
 –onedrive-encoding
 
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
@@ -17752,7 +19604,8 @@ mapped to ？ instead.
 File sizes
 
 The largest allowed file sizes are 15GB for OneDrive for Business and
-35GB for OneDrive Personal (Updated 4 Jan 2019).
+100GB for OneDrive Personal (Updated 19 May 2020). Source:
+https://support.office.com/en-us/article/upload-photos-and-files-to-onedrive-b00ad3fe-6643-4b16-9212-de00ef02b586
 
 Path length
 
@@ -18063,7 +19916,7 @@ This will guide you through an interactive setup process.
     access_key_id> access_key
     QingStor Secret Access Key (password) - leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
     secret_access_key> secret_key
-    Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
+    Enter an endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
     Leave blank will use the default value "https://qingstor.com:443"
     endpoint>
     Zone connect to. Default is "pek3a".
@@ -18075,7 +19928,7 @@ This will guide you through an interactive setup process.
      2 | Needs location constraint sh1a.
        \ "sh1a"
     zone> 1
-    Number of connnection retry.
+    Number of connection retry.
     Leave blank will use the default value "3".
     connection_retries>
     Remote config
@@ -18124,6 +19977,12 @@ rclone supports multipart uploads with QingStor which means that it can
 upload files bigger than 5GB. Note that files uploaded with multipart
 upload don’t have an MD5SUM.
 
+Note that incomplete multipart uploads older than 24 hours can be
+removed with rclone cleanup remote:bucket just for one bucket
+rclone cleanup remote: for all buckets. QingStor does not ever remove
+incomplete multipart uploads so it may be necessary to run this from
+time to time.
+
 Buckets and Zone
 
 With QingStor you can list buckets (rclone lsd) using any zone, but you
@@ -18197,7 +20056,7 @@ or runtime credentials.
 
 –qingstor-endpoint
 
-Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API. Leave blank will use
+Enter an endpoint URL to connection QingStor API. Leave blank will use
 the default value “https://qingstor.com:443”
 
 -   Config: endpoint
@@ -18301,7 +20160,7 @@ See: the encoding section in the overview for more info.
 
 Swift
 
-Swift refers to Openstack Object Storage. Commercial implementations of
+Swift refers to OpenStack Object Storage. Commercial implementations of
 that being:
 
 -   Rackspace Cloud Files
@@ -18329,7 +20188,7 @@ This will guide you through an interactive setup process.
     Type of storage to configure.
     Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
     [snip]
-    XX / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
+    XX / OpenStack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
        \ "swift"
     [snip]
     Storage> swift
@@ -18512,7 +20371,7 @@ uploaded.
 
 Standard Options
 
-Here are the standard options specific to swift (Openstack Swift
+Here are the standard options specific to swift (OpenStack Swift
 (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)).
 
 –swift-env-auth
@@ -18721,7 +20580,7 @@ values and their meaning depend on your Swift storage provider.
 
 Advanced Options
 
-Here are the advanced options specific to swift (Openstack Swift
+Here are the advanced options specific to swift (OpenStack Swift
 (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)).
 
 –swift-chunk-size
@@ -18770,7 +20629,7 @@ Modified time
 The modified time is stored as metadata on the object as
 X-Object-Meta-Mtime as floating point since the epoch accurate to 1 ns.
 
-This is a defacto standard (used in the official python-swiftclient
+This is a de facto standard (used in the official python-swiftclient
 amongst others) for storing the modification time for an object.
 
 Restricted filename characters
@@ -18803,7 +20662,7 @@ investigate further with the --dump-bodies flag.
 This may also be caused by specifying the region when you shouldn’t have
 (eg OVH).
 
-Rclone gives Failed to create file system: Response didn’t have storage storage url and auth token
+Rclone gives Failed to create file system: Response didn’t have storage url and auth token
 
 This is most likely caused by forgetting to specify your tenant when
 setting up a swift remote.
@@ -18914,6 +20773,27 @@ Deleted files will be moved to the trash. Your subscription level will
 determine how long items stay in the trash. rclone cleanup can be used
 to empty the trash.
 
+Root folder ID
+
+You can set the root_folder_id for rclone. This is the directory
+(identified by its Folder ID) that rclone considers to be the root of
+your pCloud drive.
+
+Normally you will leave this blank and rclone will determine the correct
+root to use itself.
+
+However you can set this to restrict rclone to a specific folder
+hierarchy.
+
+In order to do this you will have to find the Folder ID of the directory
+you wish rclone to display. This will be the folder field of the URL
+when you open the relevant folder in the pCloud web interface.
+
+So if the folder you want rclone to use has a URL which looks like
+https://my.pcloud.com/#page=filemanager&folder=5xxxxxxxx8&tpl=foldergrid
+in the browser, then you use 5xxxxxxxx8 as the root_folder_id in the
+config.
+
 Standard Options
 
 Here are the standard options specific to pcloud (Pcloud).
@@ -18951,6 +20831,15 @@ See: the encoding section in the overview for more info.
 -   Type: MultiEncoder
 -   Default: Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot
 
+–pcloud-root-folder-id
+
+Fill in for rclone to use a non root folder as its starting point.
+
+-   Config: root_folder_id
+-   Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_ROOT_FOLDER_ID
+-   Type: string
+-   Default: “d0”
+
 
 premiumize.me
 
@@ -19205,6 +21094,358 @@ See: the encoding section in the overview for more info.
 -   Default: Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot
 
 
+Seafile
+
+This is a backend for the Seafile storage service: - It works with both
+the free community edition or the professional edition. - Seafile
+versions 6.x and 7.x are all supported. - Encrypted libraries are also
+supported. - It supports 2FA enabled users
+
+Root mode vs Library mode
+
+There are two distinct modes you can setup your remote: - you point your
+remote to the ROOT OF THE SERVER, meaning you don’t specify a library
+during the configuration: Paths are specified as remote:library. You may
+put subdirectories in too, eg remote:library/path/to/dir. - you point
+your remote to a specific library during the configuration: Paths are
+specified as remote:path/to/dir. THIS IS THE RECOMMENDED MODE WHEN USING
+ENCRYPTED LIBRARIES. (_This mode is possibly slightly faster than the
+root mode_)
+
+Configuration in root mode
+
+Here is an example of making a seafile configuration for a user with NO
+two-factor authentication. First run
+
+    rclone config
+
+This will guide you through an interactive setup process. To
+authenticate you will need the URL of your server, your email (or
+username) and your password.
+
+    No remotes found - make a new one
+    n) New remote
+    s) Set configuration password
+    q) Quit config
+    n/s/q> n
+    name> seafile
+    Type of storage to configure.
+    Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
+    Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
+    [snip]
+    XX / Seafile
+       \ "seafile"
+    [snip]
+    Storage> seafile
+    ** See help for seafile backend at: https://rclone.org/seafile/ **
+
+    URL of seafile host to connect to
+    Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
+    Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
+     1 / Connect to cloud.seafile.com
+       \ "https://cloud.seafile.com/"
+    url> http://my.seafile.server/
+    User name (usually email address)
+    Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
+    user> me@example.com
+    Password
+    y) Yes type in my own password
+    g) Generate random password
+    n) No leave this optional password blank (default)
+    y/g> y
+    Enter the password:
+    password:
+    Confirm the password:
+    password:
+    Two-factor authentication ('true' if the account has 2FA enabled)
+    Enter a boolean value (true or false). Press Enter for the default ("false").
+    2fa> false
+    Name of the library. Leave blank to access all non-encrypted libraries.
+    Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
+    library>
+    Library password (for encrypted libraries only). Leave blank if you pass it through the command line.
+    y) Yes type in my own password
+    g) Generate random password
+    n) No leave this optional password blank (default)
+    y/g/n> n
+    Edit advanced config? (y/n)
+    y) Yes
+    n) No (default)
+    y/n> n
+    Remote config
+    Two-factor authentication is not enabled on this account.
+    --------------------
+    [seafile]
+    type = seafile
+    url = http://my.seafile.server/
+    user = me@example.com
+    pass = *** ENCRYPTED ***
+    2fa = false
+    --------------------
+    y) Yes this is OK (default)
+    e) Edit this remote
+    d) Delete this remote
+    y/e/d> y
+
+This remote is called seafile. It’s pointing to the root of your seafile
+server and can now be used like this:
+
+See all libraries
+
+    rclone lsd seafile:
+
+Create a new library
+
+    rclone mkdir seafile:library
+
+List the contents of a library
+
+    rclone ls seafile:library
+
+Sync /home/local/directory to the remote library, deleting any excess
+files in the library.
+
+    rclone sync /home/local/directory seafile:library
+
+Configuration in library mode
+
+Here’s an example of a configuration in library mode with a user that
+has the two-factor authentication enabled. Your 2FA code will be asked
+at the end of the configuration, and will attempt to authenticate you:
+
+    No remotes found - make a new one
+    n) New remote
+    s) Set configuration password
+    q) Quit config
+    n/s/q> n
+    name> seafile
+    Type of storage to configure.
+    Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
+    Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
+    [snip]
+    XX / Seafile
+       \ "seafile"
+    [snip]
+    Storage> seafile
+    ** See help for seafile backend at: https://rclone.org/seafile/ **
+
+    URL of seafile host to connect to
+    Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
+    Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
+     1 / Connect to cloud.seafile.com
+       \ "https://cloud.seafile.com/"
+    url> http://my.seafile.server/
+    User name (usually email address)
+    Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
+    user> me@example.com
+    Password
+    y) Yes type in my own password
+    g) Generate random password
+    n) No leave this optional password blank (default)
+    y/g> y
+    Enter the password:
+    password:
+    Confirm the password:
+    password:
+    Two-factor authentication ('true' if the account has 2FA enabled)
+    Enter a boolean value (true or false). Press Enter for the default ("false").
+    2fa> true
+    Name of the library. Leave blank to access all non-encrypted libraries.
+    Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
+    library> My Library
+    Library password (for encrypted libraries only). Leave blank if you pass it through the command line.
+    y) Yes type in my own password
+    g) Generate random password
+    n) No leave this optional password blank (default)
+    y/g/n> n
+    Edit advanced config? (y/n)
+    y) Yes
+    n) No (default)
+    y/n> n
+    Remote config
+    Two-factor authentication: please enter your 2FA code
+    2fa code> 123456
+    Authenticating...
+    Success!
+    --------------------
+    [seafile]
+    type = seafile
+    url = http://my.seafile.server/
+    user = me@example.com
+    pass = 
+    2fa = true
+    library = My Library
+    --------------------
+    y) Yes this is OK (default)
+    e) Edit this remote
+    d) Delete this remote
+    y/e/d> y
+
+You’ll notice your password is blank in the configuration. It’s because
+we only need the password to authenticate you once.
+
+You specified My Library during the configuration. The root of the
+remote is pointing at the root of the library My Library:
+
+See all files in the library:
+
+    rclone lsd seafile:
+
+Create a new directory inside the library
+
+    rclone mkdir seafile:directory
+
+List the contents of a directory
+
+    rclone ls seafile:directory
+
+Sync /home/local/directory to the remote library, deleting any excess
+files in the library.
+
+    rclone sync /home/local/directory seafile:
+
+–fast-list
+
+Seafile version 7+ supports --fast-list which allows you to use fewer
+transactions in exchange for more memory. See the rclone docs for more
+details. Please note this is not supported on seafile server version 6.x
+
+Restricted filename characters
+
+In addition to the default restricted characters set the following
+characters are also replaced:
+
+  Character    Value   Replacement
+  ----------- ------- -------------
+  /            0x2F        ／
+  "            0x22        ＂
+  \            0x5C        ＼
+
+Invalid UTF-8 bytes will also be replaced, as they can’t be used in JSON
+strings.
+
+Seafile and rclone link
+
+Rclone supports generating share links for non-encrypted libraries only.
+They can either be for a file or a directory:
+
+    rclone link seafile:seafile-tutorial.doc
+    http://my.seafile.server/f/fdcd8a2f93f84b8b90f4/
+
+or if run on a directory you will get:
+
+    rclone link seafile:dir
+    http://my.seafile.server/d/9ea2455f6f55478bbb0d/
+
+Please note a share link is unique for each file or directory. If you
+run a link command on a file/dir that has already been shared, you will
+get the exact same link.
+
+Compatibility
+
+It has been actively tested using the seafile docker image of these
+versions: - 6.3.4 community edition - 7.0.5 community edition - 7.1.3
+community edition
+
+Versions below 6.0 are not supported. Versions between 6.0 and 6.3
+haven’t been tested and might not work properly.
+
+Standard Options
+
+Here are the standard options specific to seafile (seafile).
+
+–seafile-url
+
+URL of seafile host to connect to
+
+-   Config: url
+-   Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_URL
+-   Type: string
+-   Default: ""
+-   Examples:
+    -   “https://cloud.seafile.com/”
+        -   Connect to cloud.seafile.com
+
+–seafile-user
+
+User name (usually email address)
+
+-   Config: user
+-   Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_USER
+-   Type: string
+-   Default: ""
+
+–seafile-pass
+
+Password
+
+-   Config: pass
+-   Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_PASS
+-   Type: string
+-   Default: ""
+
+–seafile-2fa
+
+Two-factor authentication (‘true’ if the account has 2FA enabled)
+
+-   Config: 2fa
+-   Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_2FA
+-   Type: bool
+-   Default: false
+
+–seafile-library
+
+Name of the library. Leave blank to access all non-encrypted libraries.
+
+-   Config: library
+-   Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_LIBRARY
+-   Type: string
+-   Default: ""
+
+–seafile-library-key
+
+Library password (for encrypted libraries only). Leave blank if you pass
+it through the command line.
+
+-   Config: library_key
+-   Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_LIBRARY_KEY
+-   Type: string
+-   Default: ""
+
+–seafile-auth-token
+
+Authentication token
+
+-   Config: auth_token
+-   Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_AUTH_TOKEN
+-   Type: string
+-   Default: ""
+
+Advanced Options
+
+Here are the advanced options specific to seafile (seafile).
+
+–seafile-create-library
+
+Should rclone create a library if it doesn’t exist
+
+-   Config: create_library
+-   Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_CREATE_LIBRARY
+-   Type: bool
+-   Default: false
+
+–seafile-encoding
+
+This sets the encoding for the backend.
+
+See: the encoding section in the overview for more info.
+
+-   Config: encoding
+-   Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_ENCODING
+-   Type: MultiEncoder
+-   Default: Slash,DoubleQuote,BackSlash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8
+
+
 SFTP
 
 SFTP is the Secure (or SSH) File Transfer Protocol.
@@ -19305,12 +21546,23 @@ Key files should be PEM-encoded private key files. For instance
 /home/$USER/.ssh/id_rsa. Only unencrypted OpenSSH or PEM encrypted files
 are supported.
 
-If you don’t specify pass or key_file then rclone will attempt to
-contact an ssh-agent.
+The key file can be specified in either an external file (key_file) or
+contained within the rclone config file (key_pem). If using key_pem in
+the config file, the entry should be on a single line with new line (‘’
+or ‘’) separating lines. i.e. 
+
+key_pem = —–BEGIN RSA PRIVATE KEY—–0gAMbMbaSsd—–END RSA PRIVATE KEY—–
+
+This will generate it correctly for key_pem for use in the config:
+
+    awk '{printf "%s\\n", $0}' < ~/.ssh/id_rsa
+
+If you don’t specify pass, key_file, or key_pem then rclone will attempt
+to contact an ssh-agent.
 
 You can also specify key_use_agent to force the usage of an ssh-agent.
-In this case key_file can also be specified to force the usage of a
-specific key in the ssh-agent.
+In this case key_file or key_pem can also be specified to force the
+usage of a specific key in the ssh-agent.
 
 Using an ssh-agent is the only way to load encrypted OpenSSH keys at the
 moment.
@@ -19387,6 +21639,16 @@ SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
 -   Type: string
 -   Default: ""
 
+–sftp-key-pem
+
+Raw PEM-encoded private key, If specified, will override key_file
+parameter.
+
+-   Config: key_pem
+-   Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_KEY_PEM
+-   Type: string
+-   Default: ""
+
 –sftp-key-file
 
 Path to PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank or set key-use-agent
@@ -19427,8 +21689,8 @@ when the ssh-agent contains many keys.
 
 Enable the use of insecure ciphers and key exchange methods.
 
-This enables the use of the the following insecure ciphers and key
-exchange methods:
+This enables the use of the following insecure ciphers and key exchange
+methods:
 
 -   aes128-cbc
 -   aes192-cbc
@@ -19825,6 +22087,305 @@ See: the encoding section in the overview for more info.
 -   Default: Slash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot
 
 
+Tardigrade
+
+Tardigrade is an encrypted, secure, and cost-effective object storage
+service that enables you to store, back up, and archive large amounts of
+data in a decentralized manner.
+
+
+Setup
+
+To make a new Tardigrade configuration you need one of the following: *
+Access Grant that someone else shared with you. * API Key of a
+Tardigrade project you are a member of.
+
+Here is an example of how to make a remote called remote. First run:
+
+     rclone config
+
+This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
+
+Setup with access grant
+
+    No remotes found - make a new one
+    n) New remote
+    s) Set configuration password
+    q) Quit config
+    n/s/q> n
+    name> remote
+    Type of storage to configure.
+    Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
+    Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
+    [snip]
+    XX / Tardigrade Decentralized Cloud Storage
+       \ "tardigrade"
+    [snip]
+    Storage> tardigrade
+    ** See help for tardigrade backend at: https://rclone.org/tardigrade/ **
+
+    Choose an authentication method.
+    Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("existing").
+    Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
+     1 / Use an existing access grant.
+       \ "existing"
+     2 / Create a new access grant from satellite address, API key, and passphrase.
+       \ "new"
+    provider> existing
+    Access Grant.
+    Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
+    access_grant> your-access-grant-received-by-someone-else
+    Remote config
+    --------------------
+    [remote]
+    type = tardigrade
+    access_grant = your-access-grant-received-by-someone-else
+    --------------------
+    y) Yes this is OK (default)
+    e) Edit this remote
+    d) Delete this remote
+    y/e/d> y
+
+Setup with API key and passhprase
+
+    No remotes found - make a new one
+    n) New remote
+    s) Set configuration password
+    q) Quit config
+    n/s/q> n
+    name> remote
+    Type of storage to configure.
+    Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
+    Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
+    [snip]
+    XX / Tardigrade Decentralized Cloud Storage
+       \ "tardigrade"
+    [snip]
+    Storage> tardigrade
+    ** See help for tardigrade backend at: https://rclone.org/tardigrade/ **
+
+    Choose an authentication method.
+    Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("existing").
+    Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
+     1 / Use an existing access grant.
+       \ "existing"
+     2 / Create a new access grant from satellite address, API key, and passphrase.
+       \ "new"
+    provider> new
+    Satellite Address. Custom satellite address should match the format: `<nodeid>@<address>:<port>`.
+    Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("us-central-1.tardigrade.io").
+    Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
+     1 / US Central 1
+       \ "us-central-1.tardigrade.io"
+     2 / Europe West 1
+       \ "europe-west-1.tardigrade.io"
+     3 / Asia East 1
+       \ "asia-east-1.tardigrade.io"
+    satellite_address> 1
+    API Key.
+    Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
+    api_key> your-api-key-for-your-tardigrade-project
+    Encryption Passphrase. To access existing objects enter passphrase used for uploading.
+    Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
+    passphrase> your-human-readable-encryption-passphrase
+    Remote config
+    --------------------
+    [remote]
+    type = tardigrade
+    satellite_address = 12EayRS2V1kEsWESU9QMRseFhdxYxKicsiFmxrsLZHeLUtdps3S@us-central-1.tardigrade.io:7777
+    api_key = your-api-key-for-your-tardigrade-project
+    passphrase = your-human-readable-encryption-passphrase
+    access_grant = the-access-grant-generated-from-the-api-key-and-passphrase
+    --------------------
+    y) Yes this is OK (default)
+    e) Edit this remote
+    d) Delete this remote
+    y/e/d> y
+
+
+Usage
+
+Paths are specified as remote:bucket (or remote: for the lsf command.)
+You may put subdirectories in too, eg remote:bucket/path/to/dir.
+
+Once configured you can then use rclone like this.
+
+Create a new bucket
+
+Use the mkdir command to create new bucket, e.g. bucket.
+
+    rclone mkdir remote:bucket
+
+List all buckets
+
+Use the lsf command to list all buckets.
+
+    rclone lsf remote:
+
+Note the colon (:) character at the end of the command line.
+
+Delete a bucket
+
+Use the rmdir command to delete an empty bucket.
+
+    rclone rmdir remote:bucket
+
+Use the purge command to delete a non-empty bucket with all its content.
+
+    rclone purge remote:bucket
+
+Upload objects
+
+Use the copy command to upload an object.
+
+    rclone copy --progress /home/local/directory/file.ext remote:bucket/path/to/dir/
+
+The --progress flag is for displaying progress information. Remove it if
+you don’t need this information.
+
+Use a folder in the local path to upload all its objects.
+
+    rclone copy --progress /home/local/directory/ remote:bucket/path/to/dir/
+
+Only modified files will be copied.
+
+List objects
+
+Use the ls command to list recursively all objects in a bucket.
+
+    rclone ls remote:bucket
+
+Add the folder to the remote path to list recursively all objects in
+this folder.
+
+    rclone ls remote:bucket/path/to/dir/
+
+Use the lsf command to list non-recursively all objects in a bucket or a
+folder.
+
+    rclone lsf remote:bucket/path/to/dir/
+
+Download objects
+
+Use the copy command to download an object.
+
+    rclone copy --progress remote:bucket/path/to/dir/file.ext /home/local/directory/
+
+The --progress flag is for displaying progress information. Remove it if
+you don’t need this information.
+
+Use a folder in the remote path to download all its objects.
+
+    rclone copy --progress remote:bucket/path/to/dir/ /home/local/directory/
+
+Delete objects
+
+Use the deletefile command to delete a single object.
+
+    rclone deletefile remote:bucket/path/to/dir/file.ext
+
+Use the delete command to delete all object in a folder.
+
+    rclone delete remote:bucket/path/to/dir/
+
+Print the total size of objects
+
+Use the size command to print the total size of objects in a bucket or a
+folder.
+
+    rclone size remote:bucket/path/to/dir/
+
+Sync two Locations
+
+Use the sync command to sync the source to the destination, changing the
+destination only, deleting any excess files.
+
+    rclone sync --progress /home/local/directory/ remote:bucket/path/to/dir/
+
+The --progress flag is for displaying progress information. Remove it if
+you don’t need this information.
+
+Since this can cause data loss, test first with the --dry-run flag to
+see exactly what would be copied and deleted.
+
+The sync can be done also from Tardigrade to the local file system.
+
+    rclone sync --progress remote:bucket/path/to/dir/ /home/local/directory/
+
+Or between two Tardigrade buckets.
+
+    rclone sync --progress remote-us:bucket/path/to/dir/ remote-europe:bucket/path/to/dir/
+
+Or even between another cloud storage and Tardigrade.
+
+    rclone sync --progress s3:bucket/path/to/dir/ tardigrade:bucket/path/to/dir/
+
+Standard Options
+
+Here are the standard options specific to tardigrade (Tardigrade
+Decentralized Cloud Storage).
+
+–tardigrade-provider
+
+Choose an authentication method.
+
+-   Config: provider
+-   Env Var: RCLONE_TARDIGRADE_PROVIDER
+-   Type: string
+-   Default: “existing”
+-   Examples:
+    -   “existing”
+        -   Use an existing access grant.
+    -   “new”
+        -   Create a new access grant from satellite address, API key,
+            and passphrase.
+
+–tardigrade-access-grant
+
+Access Grant.
+
+-   Config: access_grant
+-   Env Var: RCLONE_TARDIGRADE_ACCESS_GRANT
+-   Type: string
+-   Default: ""
+
+–tardigrade-satellite-address
+
+Satellite Address. Custom satellite address should match the format:
+<nodeid>@<address>:<port>.
+
+-   Config: satellite_address
+-   Env Var: RCLONE_TARDIGRADE_SATELLITE_ADDRESS
+-   Type: string
+-   Default: “us-central-1.tardigrade.io”
+-   Examples:
+    -   “us-central-1.tardigrade.io”
+        -   US Central 1
+    -   “europe-west-1.tardigrade.io”
+        -   Europe West 1
+    -   “asia-east-1.tardigrade.io”
+        -   Asia East 1
+
+–tardigrade-api-key
+
+API Key.
+
+-   Config: api_key
+-   Env Var: RCLONE_TARDIGRADE_API_KEY
+-   Type: string
+-   Default: ""
+
+–tardigrade-passphrase
+
+Encryption Passphrase. To access existing objects enter passphrase used
+for uploading.
+
+-   Config: passphrase
+-   Env Var: RCLONE_TARDIGRADE_PASSPHRASE
+-   Type: string
+-   Default: ""
+
+
 Union
 
 The union remote provides a unification similar to UnionFS using other
@@ -19833,27 +22394,165 @@ remotes.
 Paths may be as deep as required or a local path, eg
 remote:directory/subdirectory or /directory/subdirectory.
 
-During the initial setup with rclone config you will specify the target
-remotes as a space separated list. The target remotes can either be a
-local paths or other remotes.
+During the initial setup with rclone config you will specify the
+upstream remotes as a space separated list. The upstream remotes can
+either be a local paths or other remotes.
 
-The order of the remotes is important as it defines which remotes take
-precedence over others if there are files with the same name in the same
-logical path. The last remote is the topmost remote and replaces files
-with the same name from previous remotes.
+Attribute :ro and :nc can be attach to the end of path to tag the remote
+as READ ONLY or NO CREATE, eg remote:directory/subdirectory:ro or
+remote:directory/subdirectory:nc.
 
-Only the last remote is used to write to and delete from, all other
-remotes are read-only.
-
-Subfolders can be used in target remote. Assume a union remote named
-backup with the remotes mydrive:private/backup mydrive2:/backup.
-Invoking rclone mkdir backup:desktop is exactly the same as invoking
+Subfolders can be used in upstream remotes. Assume a union remote named
+backup with the remotes mydrive:private/backup. Invoking
+rclone mkdir backup:desktop is exactly the same as invoking
 rclone mkdir mydrive2:/backup/desktop.
 
 There will be no special handling of paths containing .. segments.
 Invoking rclone mkdir backup:../desktop is exactly the same as invoking
 rclone mkdir mydrive2:/backup/../desktop.
 
+Behavior / Policies
+
+The behavior of union backend is inspired by trapexit/mergerfs. All
+functions are grouped into 3 categories: ACTION, CREATE and SEARCH.
+These functions and categories can be assigned a policy which dictates
+what file or directory is chosen when performing that behavior. Any
+policy can be assigned to a function or category though some may not be
+very useful in practice. For instance: RAND (random) may be useful for
+file creation (create) but could lead to very odd behavior if used for
+delete if there were more than one copy of the file.
+
+Function / Category classifications
+
+  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+  Category   Description     Functions
+  ---------- --------------- -------------------------------------------------
+  action     Writing         move, rmdir, rmdirs, delete, purge and copy, sync
+             Existing file   (as destination when file exist)
+
+  create     Create          copy, sync (as destination when file not exist)
+             non-existing    
+             file            
+
+  search     Reading and     ls, lsd, lsl, cat, md5sum, sha1sum and copy, sync
+             listing file    (as source)
+
+  N/A                        size, about
+  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Path Preservation
+
+Policies, as described below, are of two basic types. path preserving
+and non-path preserving.
+
+All policies which start with ep (EPFF, EPLFS, EPLUS, EPMFS, EPRAND) are
+path preserving. ep stands for existing path.
+
+A path preserving policy will only consider upstreams where the relative
+path being accessed already exists.
+
+When using non-path preserving policies paths will be created in target
+upstreams as necessary.
+
+Quota Relevant Policies
+
+Some policies rely on quota information. These policies should be used
+only if your upstreams support the respective quota fields.
+
+  Policy       Required Field
+  ------------ ----------------
+  lfs, eplfs   Free
+  mfs, epmfs   Free
+  lus, eplus   Used
+  lno, eplno   Objects
+
+To check if your upstream supports the field, run
+rclone about remote: [flags] and see if the required field exists.
+
+Filters
+
+Policies basically search upstream remotes and create a list of files /
+paths for functions to work on. The policy is responsible for filtering
+and sorting. The policy type defines the sorting but filtering is mostly
+uniform as described below.
+
+-   No SEARCH policies filter.
+-   All ACTION policies will filter out remotes which are tagged as
+    READ-ONLY.
+-   All CREATE policies will filter out remotes which are tagged
+    READ-ONLY or NO-CREATE.
+
+If all remotes are filtered an error will be returned.
+
+Policy descriptions
+
+The policies definition are inspired by trapexit/mergerfs but not
+exactly the same. Some policy definition could be different due to the
+much larger latency of remote file systems.
+
+  -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+  Policy           Description
+  ---------------- ------------------------------------------------------
+  all              Search category: same as EPALL. Action category: same
+                   as EPALL. Create category: act on all upstreams.
+
+  epall (existing  Search category: Given this order configured, act on
+  path, all)       the first one found where the relative path exists.
+                   Action category: apply to all found. Create category:
+                   act on all upstreams where the relative path exists.
+
+  epff (existing   Act on the first one found, by the time upstreams
+  path, first      reply, where the relative path exists.
+  found)           
+
+  eplfs (existing  Of all the upstreams on which the relative path exists
+  path, least free choose the one with the least free space.
+  space)           
+
+  eplus (existing  Of all the upstreams on which the relative path exists
+  path, least used choose the one with the least used space.
+  space)           
+
+  eplno (existing  Of all the upstreams on which the relative path exists
+  path, least      choose the one with the least number of objects.
+  number of        
+  objects)         
+
+  epmfs (existing  Of all the upstreams on which the relative path exists
+  path, most free  choose the one with the most free space.
+  space)           
+
+  eprand (existing Calls EPALL and then randomizes. Returns only one
+  path, random)    upstream.
+
+  ff (first found) Search category: same as EPFF. Action category: same
+                   as EPFF. Create category: Act on the first one found
+                   by the time upstreams reply.
+
+  lfs (least free  Search category: same as EPLFS. Action category: same
+  space)           as EPLFS. Create category: Pick the upstream with the
+                   least available free space.
+
+  lus (least used  Search category: same as EPLUS. Action category: same
+  space)           as EPLUS. Create category: Pick the upstream with the
+                   least used space.
+
+  lno (least       Search category: same as EPLNO. Action category: same
+  number of        as EPLNO. Create category: Pick the upstream with the
+  objects)         least number of objects.
+
+  mfs (most free   Search category: same as EPMFS. Action category: same
+  space)           as EPMFS. Create category: Pick the upstream with the
+                   most available free space.
+
+  newest           Pick the file / directory with the largest mtime.
+
+  rand (random)    Calls ALL and then randomizes. Returns only one
+                   upstream.
+  -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+Setup
+
 Here is an example of how to make a union called remote for local
 folders. First run:
 
@@ -19874,16 +22573,27 @@ This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
        \ "union"
     [snip]
     Storage> union
-    List of space separated remotes.
-    Can be 'remotea:test/dir remoteb:', '"remotea:test/space dir" remoteb:', etc.
-    The last remote is used to write to.
+    List of space separated upstreams.
+    Can be 'upstreama:test/dir upstreamb:', '\"upstreama:test/space:ro dir\" upstreamb:', etc.
     Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("").
-    remotes>
+    upstreams>
+    Policy to choose upstream on ACTION class.
+    Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("epall").
+    action_policy>
+    Policy to choose upstream on CREATE class.
+    Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("epmfs").
+    create_policy>
+    Policy to choose upstream on SEARCH class.
+    Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default ("ff").
+    search_policy>
+    Cache time of usage and free space (in seconds). This option is only useful when a path preserving policy is used.
+    Enter a signed integer. Press Enter for the default ("120").
+    cache_time>
     Remote config
     --------------------
     [remote]
     type = union
-    remotes = C:\dir1 C:\dir2 C:\dir3
+    upstreams = C:\dir1 C:\dir2 C:\dir3
     --------------------
     y) Yes this is OK
     e) Edit this remote
@@ -19922,19 +22632,55 @@ will be placed into C:\dir3
 Standard Options
 
 Here are the standard options specific to union (Union merges the
-contents of several remotes).
+contents of several upstream fs).
 
-–union-remotes
+–union-upstreams
 
-List of space separated remotes. Can be ‘remotea:test/dir remoteb:’,
-‘“remotea:test/space dir” remoteb:’, etc. The last remote is used to
-write to.
+List of space separated upstreams. Can be ‘upstreama:test/dir
+upstreamb:’, ‘“upstreama:test/space:ro dir” upstreamb:’, etc.
 
--   Config: remotes
--   Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_REMOTES
+-   Config: upstreams
+-   Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_UPSTREAMS
 -   Type: string
 -   Default: ""
 
+–union-action-policy
+
+Policy to choose upstream on ACTION category.
+
+-   Config: action_policy
+-   Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_ACTION_POLICY
+-   Type: string
+-   Default: “epall”
+
+–union-create-policy
+
+Policy to choose upstream on CREATE category.
+
+-   Config: create_policy
+-   Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_CREATE_POLICY
+-   Type: string
+-   Default: “epmfs”
+
+–union-search-policy
+
+Policy to choose upstream on SEARCH category.
+
+-   Config: search_policy
+-   Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_SEARCH_POLICY
+-   Type: string
+-   Default: “ff”
+
+–union-cache-time
+
+Cache time of usage and free space (in seconds). This option is only
+useful when a path preserving policy is used.
+
+-   Config: cache_time
+-   Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_CACHE_TIME
+-   Type: int
+-   Default: 120
+
 
 WebDAV
 
@@ -20144,7 +22890,7 @@ need to get your remote’s URL:
 -   Now take a look at your address bar, the URL should look like this:
     https://[YOUR-DOMAIN]-my.sharepoint.com/personal/[YOUR-EMAIL]/_layouts/15/onedrive.aspx
 
-You’ll only need this URL upto the email address. After that, you’ll
+You’ll only need this URL up to the email address. After that, you’ll
 most likely want to add “/Documents”. That subdirectory contains the
 actual data stored on your OneDrive.
 
@@ -20505,7 +23251,7 @@ is based on the Windows file naming conventions.
   |            0x7C        ｜
 
 File names on Windows can also not end with the following characters.
-These only get replaced if they are last character in the name:
+These only get replaced if they are the last character in the name:
 
   Character    Value   Replacement
   ----------- ------- -------------
@@ -20791,6 +23537,20 @@ override the default choice.
 -   Type: bool
 -   Default: false
 
+–local-no-sparse
+
+Disable sparse files for multi-thread downloads
+
+On Windows platforms rclone will make sparse files when doing
+multi-thread downloads. This avoids long pauses on large files where the
+OS zeros the file. However sparse files may be undesirable as they cause
+disk fragmentation and can be slow to work with.
+
+-   Config: no_sparse
+-   Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_NO_SPARSE
+-   Type: bool
+-   Default: false
+
 –local-encoding
 
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
@@ -20802,11 +23562,406 @@ See: the encoding section in the overview for more info.
 -   Type: MultiEncoder
 -   Default: Slash,Dot
 
+Backend commands
+
+Here are the commands specific to the local backend.
+
+Run them with
+
+    rclone backend COMMAND remote:
+
+The help below will explain what arguments each command takes.
+
+See the “rclone backend” command for more info on how to pass options
+and arguments.
+
+These can be run on a running backend using the rc command
+backend/command.
+
+noop
+
+A null operation for testing backend commands
+
+    rclone backend noop remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
+
+This is a test command which has some options you can try to change the
+output.
+
+Options:
+
+-   “echo”: echo the input arguments
+-   “error”: return an error based on option value
+
 
 
 CHANGELOG
 
 
+v1.52.0 - 2020-05-27
+
+Special thanks to Martin Michlmayr for proof reading and correcting all
+the docs and Edward Barker for helping re-write the front page.
+
+See commits
+
+-   New backends
+    -   Tardigrade backend for use with storj.io (Caleb Case)
+    -   Union re-write to have multiple writable remotes (Max Sum)
+    -   Seafile for Seafile server (Fred @creativeprojects)
+-   New commands
+    -   backend: command for backend specific commands (see backends)
+        (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   cachestats: Deprecate in favour of rclone backend stats cache:
+        (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   dbhashsum: Deprecate in favour of rclone hashsum DropboxHash
+        (Nick Craig-Wood)
+-   New Features
+    -   Add --header-download and --header-upload flags for setting HTTP
+        headers when uploading/downloading (Tim Gallant)
+    -   Add --header flag to add HTTP headers to every HTTP transaction
+        (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Add --check-first to do all checking before starting transfers
+        (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Add --track-renames-strategy for configurable matching criteria
+        for --track-renames (Bernd Schoolmann)
+    -   Add --cutoff-mode hard,soft,catious (Shing Kit Chan & Franklyn
+        Tackitt)
+    -   Filter flags (eg --files-from -) can read from stdin
+        (fishbullet)
+    -   Add --error-on-no-transfer option (Jon Fautley)
+    -   Implement --order-by xxx,mixed for copying some small and some
+        big files (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Allow --max-backlog to be negative meaning as large as possible
+        (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Added --no-unicode-normalization flag to allow Unicode filenames
+        to remain unique (Ben Zenker)
+    -   Allow --min-age/--max-age to take a date as well as a duration
+        (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Add rename statistics for file and directory renames (Nick
+        Craig-Wood)
+    -   Add statistics output to JSON log (reddi)
+    -   Make stats be printed on non-zero exit code (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   When running --password-command allow use of stdin (Sébastien
+        Gross)
+    -   Stop empty strings being a valid remote path (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   accounting: support WriterTo for less memory copying (Nick
+        Craig-Wood)
+    -   build
+        -   Update to use go1.14 for the build (Nick Craig-Wood)
+        -   Add -trimpath to release build for reproduceable builds
+            (Nick Craig-Wood)
+        -   Remove GOOS and GOARCH from Dockerfile (Brandon Philips)
+    -   config
+        -   Fsync the config file after writing to save more reliably
+            (Nick Craig-Wood)
+        -   Add --obscure and --no-obscure flags to config create/update
+            (Nick Craig-Wood)
+        -   Make config show take remote: as well as remote (Nick
+            Craig-Wood)
+    -   copyurl: Add --no-clobber flag (Denis)
+    -   delete: Added --rmdirs flag to delete directories as well (Kush)
+    -   filter: Added --files-from-raw flag (Ankur Gupta)
+    -   genautocomplete: Add support for fish shell (Matan Rosenberg)
+    -   log: Add support for syslog LOCAL facilities (Patryk Jakuszew)
+    -   lsjson: Add --hash-type parameter and use it in lsf to speed up
+        hashing (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   rc
+        -   Add -o/--opt and -a/--arg for more structured input (Nick
+            Craig-Wood)
+        -   Implement backend/command for running backend specific
+            commands remotely (Nick Craig-Wood)
+        -   Add mount/mount command for starting rclone mount via the
+            API (Chaitanya)
+    -   rcd: Add Prometheus metrics support (Gary Kim)
+    -   serve http
+        -   Added a --template flag for user defined markup (calistri)
+        -   Add Last-Modified headers to files and directories (Nick
+            Craig-Wood)
+    -   serve sftp: Add support for multiple host keys by repeating
+        --key flag (Maxime Suret)
+    -   touch: Add --localtime flag to make --timestamp localtime not
+        UTC (Nick Craig-Wood)
+-   Bug Fixes
+    -   accounting
+        -   Restore “Max number of stats groups reached” log line
+            (Michał Matczuk)
+        -   Correct exitcode on Transfer Limit Exceeded flag. (Anuar
+            Serdaliyev)
+        -   Reset bytes read during copy retry (Ankur Gupta)
+        -   Fix race clearing stats (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   copy: Only create empty directories when they don’t exist on the
+        remote (Ishuah Kariuki)
+    -   dedupe: Stop dedupe deleting files with identical IDs (Nick
+        Craig-Wood)
+    -   oauth
+        -   Use custom http client so that --no-check-certificate is
+            honored by oauth token fetch (Mark Spieth)
+        -   Replace deprecated oauth2.NoContext (Lars Lehtonen)
+    -   operations
+        -   Fix setting the timestamp on Windows for multithread copy
+            (Nick Craig-Wood)
+        -   Make rcat obey --ignore-checksum (Nick Craig-Wood)
+        -   Make --max-transfer more accurate (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   rc
+        -   Fix dropped error (Lars Lehtonen)
+        -   Fix misplaced http server config (Xiaoxing Ye)
+        -   Disable duplicate log (ElonH)
+    -   serve dlna
+        -   Cds: don’t specify childCount at all when unknown (Dan
+            Walters)
+        -   Cds: use modification time as date in dlna metadata (Dan
+            Walters)
+    -   serve restic: Fix tests after restic project removed vendoring
+        (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   sync
+        -   Fix incorrect “nothing to transfer” message using
+            --delete-before (Nick Craig-Wood)
+        -   Only create empty directories when they don’t exist on the
+            remote (Ishuah Kariuki)
+-   Mount
+    -   Add --async-read flag to disable asynchronous reads (Nick
+        Craig-Wood)
+    -   Ignore --allow-root flag with a warning as it has been removed
+        upstream (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Warn if --allow-non-empty used on Windows and clarify docs (Nick
+        Craig-Wood)
+    -   Constrain to go1.13 or above otherwise bazil.org/fuse fails to
+        compile (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Fix fail because of too long volume name (evileye)
+    -   Report 1PB free for unknown disk sizes (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Map more rclone errors into file systems errors (Nick
+        Craig-Wood)
+    -   Fix disappearing cwd problem (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Use ReaddirPlus on Windows to improve directory listing
+        performance (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Send a hint as to whether the filesystem is case insensitive or
+        not (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Add rc command mount/types (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Change maximum leaf name length to 1024 bytes (Nick Craig-Wood)
+-   VFS
+    -   Add --vfs-read-wait and --vfs-write-wait flags to control time
+        waiting for a sequential read/write (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Change default --vfs-read-wait to 20ms (it was 5ms and not
+        configurable) (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Make df output more consistent on a rclone mount. (Yves G)
+    -   Report 1PB free for unknown disk sizes (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Fix race condition caused by unlocked reading of Dir.path (Nick
+        Craig-Wood)
+    -   Make File lock and Dir lock not overlap to avoid deadlock (Nick
+        Craig-Wood)
+    -   Implement lock ordering between File and Dir to eliminate
+        deadlocks (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Factor the vfs cache into its own package (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Pin the Fs in use in the Fs cache (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Add SetSys() methods to Node to allow caching stuff on a node
+        (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Ignore file not found errors from Hash in Read.Release (Nick
+        Craig-Wood)
+    -   Fix hang in read wait code (Nick Craig-Wood)
+-   Local
+    -   Speed up multi thread downloads by using sparse files on Windows
+        (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Implement --local-no-sparse flag for disabling sparse files
+        (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Implement rclone backend noop for testing purposes (Nick
+        Craig-Wood)
+    -   Fix “file not found” errors on post transfer Hash calculation
+        (Nick Craig-Wood)
+-   Cache
+    -   Implement rclone backend stats command (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Fix Server Side Copy with Temp Upload (Brandon McNama)
+    -   Remove Unused Functions (Lars Lehtonen)
+    -   Disable race tests until bbolt is fixed (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Move methods used for testing into test file (greatroar)
+    -   Add Pin and Unpin and canonicalised lookup (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Use proper import path go.etcd.io/bbolt (Robert-André Mauchin)
+-   Crypt
+    -   Calculate hashes for uploads from local disk (Nick Craig-Wood)
+        -   This allows crypted Jottacloud uploads without using local
+            disk
+        -   This means crypted s3/b2 uploads will now have hashes
+    -   Added rclone backend decode/encode commands to replicate
+        functionality of cryptdecode (Anagh Kumar Baranwal)
+    -   Get rid of the unused Cipher interface as it obfuscated the code
+        (Nick Craig-Wood)
+-   Azure Blob
+    -   Implement streaming of unknown sized files so rcat is now
+        supported (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Implement memory pooling to control memory use (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Add --azureblob-disable-checksum flag (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Retry InvalidBlobOrBlock error as it may indicate block
+        concurrency problems (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Remove unused Object.parseTimeString() (Lars Lehtonen)
+    -   Fix permission error on SAS URL limited to container (Nick
+        Craig-Wood)
+-   B2
+    -   Add support for --header-upload and --header-download (Tim
+        Gallant)
+    -   Ignore directory markers at the root also (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Force the case of the SHA1 to lowercase (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Remove unused largeUpload.clearUploadURL() (Lars Lehtonen)
+-   Box
+    -   Add support for --header-upload and --header-download (Tim
+        Gallant)
+    -   Implement About to read size used (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Add token renew function for jwt auth (David Bramwell)
+    -   Added support for interchangeable root folder for Box backend
+        (Sunil Patra)
+    -   Remove unnecessary iat from jws claims (David)
+-   Drive
+    -   Follow shortcuts by default, skip with --drive-skip-shortcuts
+        (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Implement rclone backend shortcut command for creating shortcuts
+        (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Added rclone backend command to change service_account_file and
+        chunk_size (Anagh Kumar Baranwal)
+    -   Fix missing files when using --fast-list and
+        --drive-shared-with-me (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Fix duplicate items when using --drive-shared-with-me (Nick
+        Craig-Wood)
+    -   Extend --drive-stop-on-upload-limit to respond to
+        teamDriveFileLimitExceeded. (harry)
+    -   Don’t delete files with multiple parents to avoid data loss
+        (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Server side copy docs use default description if empty (Nick
+        Craig-Wood)
+-   Dropbox
+    -   Make error insufficient space to be fatal (harry)
+    -   Add info about required redirect url (Elan Ruusamäe)
+-   Fichier
+    -   Add support for --header-upload and --header-download (Tim
+        Gallant)
+    -   Implement custom pacer to deal with the new rate limiting
+        (buengese)
+-   FTP
+    -   Fix lockup when using concurrency limit on failed connections
+        (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Fix lockup on failed upload when using concurrency limit (Nick
+        Craig-Wood)
+    -   Fix lockup on Close failures when using concurrency limit (Nick
+        Craig-Wood)
+    -   Work around pureftp sending spurious 150 messages (Nick
+        Craig-Wood)
+-   Google Cloud Storage
+    -   Add support for --header-upload and --header-download (Nick
+        Craig-Wood)
+    -   Add ARCHIVE storage class to help (Adam Stroud)
+    -   Ignore directory markers at the root (Nick Craig-Wood)
+-   Googlephotos
+    -   Make the start year configurable (Daven)
+    -   Add support for --header-upload and --header-download (Tim
+        Gallant)
+    -   Create feature/favorites directory (Brandon Philips)
+    -   Fix “concurrent map write” error (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Don’t put an image in error message (Nick Craig-Wood)
+-   HTTP
+    -   Improved directory listing with new template from Caddy project
+        (calisro)
+-   Jottacloud
+    -   Implement --jottacloud-trashed-only (buengese)
+    -   Add support for --header-upload and --header-download (Tim
+        Gallant)
+    -   Use RawURLEncoding when decoding base64 encoded login token
+        (buengese)
+    -   Implement cleanup (buengese)
+    -   Update docs regarding cleanup, removed remains from old auth,
+        and added warning about special mountpoints. (albertony)
+-   Mailru
+    -   Describe 2FA requirements (valery1707)
+-   Onedrive
+    -   Implement --onedrive-server-side-across-configs (Nick
+        Craig-Wood)
+    -   Add support for --header-upload and --header-download (Tim
+        Gallant)
+    -   Fix occasional 416 errors on multipart uploads (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Added maximum chunk size limit warning in the docs (Harry)
+    -   Fix missing drive on config (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Make error quotaLimitReached to be fatal (harry)
+-   Opendrive
+    -   Add support for --header-upload and --header-download (Tim
+        Gallant)
+-   Pcloud
+    -   Added support for interchangeable root folder for pCloud backend
+        (Sunil Patra)
+    -   Add support for --header-upload and --header-download (Tim
+        Gallant)
+    -   Fix initial config “Auth state doesn’t match” message (Nick
+        Craig-Wood)
+-   Premiumizeme
+    -   Add support for --header-upload and --header-download (Tim
+        Gallant)
+    -   Prune unused functions (Lars Lehtonen)
+-   Putio
+    -   Add support for --header-upload and --header-download (Nick
+        Craig-Wood)
+    -   Make downloading files use the rclone http Client (Nick
+        Craig-Wood)
+    -   Fix parsing of remotes with leading and trailing / (Nick
+        Craig-Wood)
+-   Qingstor
+    -   Make rclone cleanup remove pending multipart uploads older than
+        24h (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Try harder to cancel failed multipart uploads (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Prune multiUploader.list() (Lars Lehtonen)
+    -   Lint fix (Lars Lehtonen)
+-   S3
+    -   Add support for --header-upload and --header-download (Tim
+        Gallant)
+    -   Use memory pool for buffer allocations (Maciej Zimnoch)
+    -   Add SSE-C support for AWS, Ceph, and MinIO (Jack Anderson)
+    -   Fail fast multipart upload (Michał Matczuk)
+    -   Report errors on bucket creation (mkdir) correctly (Nick
+        Craig-Wood)
+    -   Specify that Minio supports URL encoding in listings (Nick
+        Craig-Wood)
+    -   Added 500 as retryErrorCode (Michał Matczuk)
+    -   Use --low-level-retries as the number of SDK retries (Aleksandar
+        Janković)
+    -   Fix multipart abort context (Aleksandar Jankovic)
+    -   Replace deprecated session.New() with session.NewSession() (Lars
+        Lehtonen)
+    -   Use the provided size parameter when allocating a new memory
+        pool (Joachim Brandon LeBlanc)
+    -   Use rclone’s low level retries instead of AWS SDK to fix listing
+        retries (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Ignore directory markers at the root also (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Use single memory pool (Michał Matczuk)
+    -   Do not resize buf on put to memBuf (Michał Matczuk)
+    -   Improve docs for --s3-disable-checksum (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Don’t leak memory or tokens in edge cases for multipart upload
+        (Nick Craig-Wood)
+-   Seafile
+    -   Implement 2FA (Fred)
+-   SFTP
+    -   Added --sftp-pem-key to support inline key files (calisro)
+    -   Fix post transfer copies failing with 0 size when using
+        set_modtime=false (Nick Craig-Wood)
+-   Sharefile
+    -   Add support for --header-upload and --header-download (Tim
+        Gallant)
+-   Sugarsync
+    -   Add support for --header-upload and --header-download (Tim
+        Gallant)
+-   Swift
+    -   Add support for --header-upload and --header-download (Nick
+        Craig-Wood)
+    -   Fix cosmetic issue in error message (Martin Michlmayr)
+-   Union
+    -   Implement multiple writable remotes (Max Sum)
+    -   Fix server-side copy (Max Sum)
+    -   Implement ListR (Max Sum)
+    -   Enable ListR when upstreams contain local (Max Sum)
+-   WebDAV
+    -   Add support for --header-upload and --header-download (Tim
+        Gallant)
+    -   Fix X-OC-Mtime header for Transip compatibility (Nick
+        Craig-Wood)
+    -   Report full and consistent usage with about (Yves G)
+-   Yandex
+    -   Add support for --header-upload and --header-download (Tim
+        Gallant)
+
+
 v1.51.0 - 2020-02-01
 
 -   New backends
@@ -20977,6 +24132,7 @@ v1.51.0 - 2020-02-01
     -   Force path style bucket access to off for AWS deprecation (Nick
         Craig-Wood)
     -   Use AWS web identity role provider if available (Tennix)
+    -   Add StackPath Object Storage Support (Dave Koston)
     -   Fix ExpiryWindow value (Aleksandar Jankovic)
     -   Fix DisableChecksum condition (Aleksandar Janković)
     -   Fix URL decoding of NextMarker (Nick Craig-Wood)
@@ -21063,7 +24219,7 @@ v1.50.0 - 2019-10-26
         -   Add --auto-filename flag for using file name from URL in
             destination path (Denis)
     -   serve dlna:
-        -   Many compatability improvements (Dan Walters)
+        -   Many compatibility improvements (Dan Walters)
         -   Support for external srt subtitles (Dan Walters)
     -   rc
         -   Added command core/quit (Saksham Khanna)
@@ -21111,7 +24267,8 @@ v1.50.0 - 2019-10-26
     -   serve sftp: Fix crash on unsupported operations (eg Readlink)
         (Nick Craig-Wood)
 -   Mount
-    -   Allow files of unkown size to be read properly (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Allow files of unknown size to be read properly (Nick
+        Craig-Wood)
     -   Skip tests on <= 2 CPUs to avoid lockup (Nick Craig-Wood)
     -   Fix panic on File.Open (Nick Craig-Wood)
     -   Fix “mount_fusefs: -o timeout=: option not supported” on FreeBSD
@@ -21165,8 +24322,7 @@ v1.50.0 - 2019-10-26
     -   Fix encoding for control characters (Nick Craig-Wood)
     -   Only ask for URL encoded directory listings if we need them on
         Ceph (Nick Craig-Wood)
-    -   Add option for multipart failiure behaviour (Aleksandar
-        Jankovic)
+    -   Add option for multipart failure behaviour (Aleksandar Jankovic)
     -   Support for multipart copy (庄天翼)
     -   Fix nil pointer reference if no metadata returned for object
         (Nick Craig-Wood)
@@ -21327,7 +24483,7 @@ v1.49.0 - 2019-08-26
     -   rc
         -   Fix unmarshalable http.AuthFn in options and put in test for
             marshalability (Nick Craig-Wood)
-        -   Move job expire flags to rc to fix initalization problem
+        -   Move job expire flags to rc to fix initialization problem
             (Nick Craig-Wood)
         -   Fix --loopback with rc/list and others (Nick Craig-Wood)
     -   rcat: Fix slowdown on systems with multiple hashes (Nick
@@ -21517,7 +24673,7 @@ v1.48.0 - 2019-06-15
 -   Onedrive
     -   More accurately check if root is found (Cnly)
 -   S3
-    -   Suppport S3 Accelerated endpoints with
+    -   Support S3 Accelerated endpoints with
         --s3-use-accelerate-endpoint (Nick Craig-Wood)
     -   Add config info for Wasabi’s EU Central endpoint (Robert Marko)
     -   Make SetModTime work for GLACIER while syncing (Philip Harvey)
@@ -21779,7 +24935,7 @@ v1.46 - 2019-02-09
     -   Resume and deduplication support (Oliver Heyme)
     -   Use token auth for all API requests Don’t store password anymore
         (Sebastian Bünger)
-    -   Add support for 2-factor authentification (Sebastian Bünger)
+    -   Add support for 2-factor authentication (Sebastian Bünger)
 -   Mega
     -   Implement v2 account login which fixes logins for newer Mega
         accounts (Nick Craig-Wood)
@@ -21800,7 +24956,7 @@ v1.46 - 2019-02-09
     -   Implement --s3-upload-cutoff for single part uploads below this
         (Nick Craig-Wood)
     -   Change --s3-upload-concurrency default to 4 to increase
-        perfomance (Nick Craig-Wood)
+        performance (Nick Craig-Wood)
     -   Add --s3-bucket-acl to control bucket ACL (Nick Craig-Wood)
     -   Auto detect region for buckets on operation failure (Nick
         Craig-Wood)
@@ -22039,7 +25195,7 @@ v1.44 - 2018-10-15
 -   S3
     -   Use custom pacer, to retry operations when reasonable (Craig
         Miskell)
-    -   Use configured server-side-encryption and storace class options
+    -   Use configured server-side-encryption and storage class options
         when calling CopyObject() (Paul Kohout)
     -   Make --s3-v2-auth flag (Nick Craig-Wood)
     -   Fix v2 auth on files with spaces (Nick Craig-Wood)
@@ -22193,9 +25349,10 @@ v1.43 - 2018-09-01
     -   Remove leading / from paths (Nick Craig-Wood)
 -   Swift
     -   Add storage_policy (Ruben Vandamme)
-    -   Make it so just storage_url or auth_token can be overidden (Nick
+    -   Make it so just storage_url or auth_token can be overridden
+        (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    -   Fix server side copy bug for unusual file names (Nick
         Craig-Wood)
-    -   Fix server side copy bug for unusal file names (Nick Craig-Wood)
     -   Remove leading / from paths (Nick Craig-Wood)
 -   WebDAV
     -   Ensure we call MKCOL with a URL with a trailing / for QNAP
@@ -22521,18 +25678,18 @@ v1.40 - 2018-03-19
         tests
     -   Implement DirChangeNotify to notify cache/vfs/mount of changes
 -   Azureblob
-    -   Don’t check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
+    -   Don’t check for bucket/container presence if listing was OK
         -   this makes rclone do one less request per invocation
     -   Improve accounting for chunked uploads
 -   Backblaze B2
-    -   Don’t check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
+    -   Don’t check for bucket/container presence if listing was OK
         -   this makes rclone do one less request per invocation
 -   Box
     -   Improve accounting for chunked uploads
 -   Dropbox
     -   Fix custom oauth client parameters
 -   Google Cloud Storage
-    -   Don’t check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
+    -   Don’t check for bucket/container presence if listing was OK
         -   this makes rclone do one less request per invocation
 -   Google Drive
     -   Migrate to api v3 (Fabian Möller)
@@ -22560,13 +25717,13 @@ v1.40 - 2018-03-19
 -   Pcloud
     -   Remove unused chunked upload flag and code
 -   Qingstor
-    -   Don’t check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
+    -   Don’t check for bucket/container presence if listing was OK
         -   this makes rclone do one less request per invocation
 -   S3
     -   Support hashes for multipart files (Chris Redekop)
     -   Initial support for IBM COS (S3) (Giri Badanahatti)
     -   Update docs to discourage use of v2 auth with CEPH and others
-    -   Don’t check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
+    -   Don’t check for bucket/container presence if listing was OK
         -   this makes rclone do one less request per invocation
     -   Fix server side copy and set modtime on files with + in
 -   SFTP
@@ -22585,7 +25742,7 @@ v1.40 - 2018-03-19
         -   in v1.39 a bug was introduced which ignored new tokens -
             this fixes it
     -   Fix extra HEAD transaction when uploading a new file
-    -   Don’t check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
+    -   Don’t check for bucket/container presence if listing was OK
         -   this makes rclone do one less request per invocation
 -   Webdav
     -   Add new time formats to support mydrive.ch and others
@@ -22615,7 +25772,7 @@ v1.39 - 2017-12-23
         form (Ishuah Kariuki)
     -   –exclude-if-present to exclude a directory if a file is present
         (Iakov Davydov)
-    -   rmdirs: add –leave-root flag (lewpam)
+    -   rmdirs: add –leave-root flag (lewapm)
     -   move: add –delete-empty-src-dirs flag to remove dirs after move
         (Ishuah Kariuki)
     -   Add –dump flag, introduce –dump requests, responses and remove
@@ -22789,7 +25946,7 @@ v1.37 - 2017-07-22
         -   This involved a major re-write of all the listing code
     -   Add –tpslimit and –tpslimit-burst to limit transactions per
         second
-        -   this is useful in conjuction with rclone mount to limit
+        -   this is useful in conjunction with rclone mount to limit
             external apps
     -   Add –stats-log-level so can see –stats without -v
     -   Print password prompts to stderr - Hraban Luyat
@@ -23001,8 +26158,8 @@ v1.35 - 2017-01-02
         is supported
     -   Add –stats-unit option - thanks Scott McGillivray
 -   Bug Fixes
-    -   Fix the config file being overwritten when two rclones are
-        running
+    -   Fix the config file being overwritten when two rclone instances
+        are running
     -   Make rclone lsd obey the filters properly
     -   Fix compilation on mips
     -   Fix not transferring files that don’t differ in size
@@ -23186,7 +26343,7 @@ v1.31 - 2016-07-13
         possible.
 -   Backblaze B2
     -   Add –b2-versions flag so old versions can be listed and
-        retreived.
+        retrieved.
     -   Treat 403 errors (eg cap exceeded) as fatal.
     -   Implement cleanup command for deleting old file versions.
     -   Make error handling compliant with B2 integrations notes.
@@ -23338,7 +26495,7 @@ v1.27 - 2016-01-31
     -   Add --delete-before, --delete-during, --delete-after flags.
     -   Add --memprofile flag to debug memory use.
     -   Warn the user about files with same name but different case
-    -   Make --include rules add their implict exclude * at the end of
+    -   Make --include rules add their implicit exclude * at the end of
         the filter list
     -   Deprecate compiling with go1.3
 -   Amazon Drive
@@ -23464,7 +26621,7 @@ v1.20 - 2015-09-15
 -   New features
     -   Amazon Drive support
     -   Oauth support redone - fix many bugs and improve usability
-        -   Use “golang.org/x/oauth2” as oauth libary of choice
+        -   Use “golang.org/x/oauth2” as oauth library of choice
         -   Improve oauth usability for smoother initial signup
         -   drive, googlecloudstorage: optionally use auto config for
             the oauth token
@@ -23801,7 +26958,7 @@ different subdirectory for the output, eg
     Server B> rclone sync /tmp/whatever remote:ServerB
 
 If you sync to the same directory then you should use rclone copy
-otherwise the two rclones may delete each others files, eg
+otherwise the two instances of rclone may delete each other’s files, eg
 
     Server A> rclone copy /tmp/whatever remote:Backup
     Server B> rclone copy /tmp/whatever remote:Backup
@@ -23993,6 +27150,10 @@ Authors
 
 Contributors
 
+{{< rem
+email addresses removed from here need to be addeed to bin/.ignore-emails to make sure update-authors.py doesn't immediately put them back in again.
+>}}
+
 -   Alex Couper amcouper@gmail.com
 -   Leonid Shalupov leonid@shalupov.com shalupov@diverse.org.ru
 -   Shimon Doodkin helpmepro1@gmail.com
@@ -24177,8 +27338,7 @@ Contributors
 -   Sheldon Rupp me@shel.io
 -   albertony 12441419+albertony@users.noreply.github.com
 -   cron410 cron410@gmail.com
--   Anagh Kumar Baranwal anaghk.dos@gmail.com
-    6824881+darthShadow@users.noreply.github.com
+-   Anagh Kumar Baranwal 6824881+darthShadow@users.noreply.github.com
 -   Felix Brucker felix@felixbrucker.com
 -   Santiago Rodríguez scollazo@users.noreply.github.com
 -   Craig Miskell craig.miskell@fluxfederation.com
@@ -24299,6 +27459,7 @@ Contributors
 -   Sebastian Brandt sebastian.brandt@friday.de
 -   Marco Molteni marco.molteni@mailbox.org
 -   Ankur Gupta ankur0493@gmail.com
+    7876747+ankur0493@users.noreply.github.com
 -   Maciej Zimnoch maciej@scylladb.com
 -   anuar45 serdaliyev.anuar@gmail.com
 -   Fernando ferferga@users.noreply.github.com
@@ -24321,6 +27482,46 @@ Contributors
 -   unbelauscht 58393353+unbelauscht@users.noreply.github.com
 -   Motonori IWAMURO vmi@nifty.com
 -   Benjapol Worakan benwrk@live.com
+-   Dave Koston dave.koston@stackpath.com
+-   Durval Menezes DurvalMenezes@users.noreply.github.com
+-   Tim Gallant me@timgallant.us
+-   Frederick Zhang frederick888@tsundere.moe
+-   valery1707 valery1707@gmail.com
+-   Yves G theYinYeti@yalis.fr
+-   Shing Kit Chan chanshingkit@gmail.com
+-   Franklyn Tackitt franklyn@tackitt.net
+-   Robert-André Mauchin zebob.m@gmail.com
+-   evileye 48332831+ibiruai@users.noreply.github.com
+-   Joachim Brandon LeBlanc brandon@leblanc.codes
+-   Patryk Jakuszew patryk.jakuszew@gmail.com
+-   fishbullet shindu666@gmail.com
+-   greatroar <@>
+-   Bernd Schoolmann mail@quexten.com
+-   Elan Ruusamäe glen@pld-linux.org
+-   Max Sum max@lolyculture.com
+-   Mark Spieth mspieth@users.noreply.github.com
+-   harry me@harry.plus
+-   Samantha McVey samantham@posteo.net
+-   Jack Anderson jack.anderson@metaswitch.com
+-   Michael G draget@speciesm.net
+-   Brandon Philips brandon@ifup.org
+-   Daven dooven@users.noreply.github.com
+-   Martin Stone martin@d7415.co.uk
+-   David Bramwell 13053834+dbramwell@users.noreply.github.com
+-   Sunil Patra snl_su@live.com
+-   Adam Stroud adam.stroud@gmail.com
+-   Kush kushsharma@users.noreply.github.com
+-   Matan Rosenberg matan129@gmail.com
+-   gitch1 63495046+gitch1@users.noreply.github.com
+-   ElonH elonhhuang@gmail.com
+-   Fred fred@creativeprojects.tech
+-   Sébastien Gross renard@users.noreply.github.com
+-   Maxime Suret 11944422+msuret@users.noreply.github.com
+-   Caleb Case caleb@storj.io
+-   Ben Zenker imbenzenker@gmail.com
+-   Martin Michlmayr tbm@cyrius.com
+-   Brandon McNama bmcnama@pagerduty.com
+-   Daniel Slyman github@skylayer.eu
 
 
 
@@ -24334,13 +27535,13 @@ Forum for questions and general discussion:
 -   https://forum.rclone.org
 
 
-Gitub project
+GitHub repository
 
-The project website is at:
+The project’s repository is located at:
 
 -   https://github.com/rclone/rclone
 
-There you can file bug reports or contribute pull requests.
+There you can file bug reports or contribute with pull requests.
 
 
 Twitter
@@ -24354,4 +27555,4 @@ Email
 
 Or if all else fails or you want to ask something private or
 confidential email Nick Craig-Wood. Please don’t email me requests for
-help - those are better directed to the forum - thanks!
+help - those are better directed to the forum. Thanks!
diff --git a/RELEASE.md b/RELEASE.md
index 493715f87..27b3f8200 100644
--- a/RELEASE.md
+++ b/RELEASE.md
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ This file describes how to make the various kinds of releases
   * make upload_website
   * make upload_github
   * make startdev
-  * # announce with forum post, twitter post, G+ post
+  * # announce with forum post, twitter post, patreon post
 
 Early in the next release cycle update the vendored dependencies
 
diff --git a/VERSION b/VERSION
index 367a88407..7efefe574 100644
--- a/VERSION
+++ b/VERSION
@@ -1 +1 @@
-v1.51.0
+v1.52.0
diff --git a/bin/make_changelog.py b/bin/make_changelog.py
index f726ec3d0..5ee82fd83 100755
--- a/bin/make_changelog.py
+++ b/bin/make_changelog.py
@@ -156,17 +156,23 @@ def main():
 
     # Output combined changelog with new part
     sys.stdout.write(old_head)
+    today = datetime.date.today()
+    new_features = "\n".join(new_features_lines)
+    bugfixes = "\n".join(bugfix_lines)
+    backend_changes = "\n".join(backend_lines)
     sys.stdout.write("""
 
-## %s - %s
+## %(next_version)s - %(today)s
+
+[See commits](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/compare/%(version)s...%(next_version)s)
 
 * New backends
 * New commands
 * New Features
-%s
+%(new_features)s
 * Bug Fixes
-%s
-%s""" % (next_version, datetime.date.today(), "\n".join(new_features_lines), "\n".join(bugfix_lines), "\n".join(backend_lines)))
+%(bugfixes)s
+%(backend_changes)s""" % locals())
     sys.stdout.write(old_tail)
                 
 
diff --git a/docs/content/cache.md b/docs/content/cache.md
index 4094fd7e0..ed8f326f4 100644
--- a/docs/content/cache.md
+++ b/docs/content/cache.md
@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ The plex token for authentication - auto set normally
 
 #### --cache-plex-insecure
 
-Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
+Skip all certificate verification when connecting to the Plex server
 
 - Config:      plex_insecure
 - Env Var:     RCLONE_CACHE_PLEX_INSECURE
@@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ If you set it to 0 then it will wait forever.
 
 Here are the commands specific to the cache backend.
 
-Run them with with
+Run them with
 
     rclone backend COMMAND remote:
 
diff --git a/docs/content/changelog.md b/docs/content/changelog.md
index 0af00030b..6164d61e4 100644
--- a/docs/content/changelog.md
+++ b/docs/content/changelog.md
@@ -1,11 +1,264 @@
 ---
 title: "Documentation"
 description: "Rclone Changelog"
-date: "2020-02-01"
+date: "2020-05-27"
 ---
 
 # Changelog
 
+## v1.52.0 - 2020-05-27
+
+Special thanks to Martin Michlmayr for proof reading and correcting
+all the docs and Edward Barker for helping re-write the front page.
+
+[See commits](https://github.com/rclone/rclone/compare/v1.51.0...v1.52.0)
+
+* New backends
+    * [Tardigrade](/tardigrade/) backend for use with storj.io (Caleb Case)
+    * [Union](/union/) re-write to have multiple writable remotes (Max Sum)
+    * [Seafile](/seafile) for Seafile server (Fred @creativeprojects)
+* New commands
+    * backend: command for backend specific commands (see backends) (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * cachestats: Deprecate in favour of `rclone backend stats cache:` (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * dbhashsum: Deprecate in favour of `rclone hashsum DropboxHash` (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* New Features
+    * Add `--header-download` and `--header-upload` flags for setting HTTP headers when uploading/downloading (Tim Gallant)
+    * Add `--header` flag to add HTTP headers to every HTTP transaction (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Add `--check-first` to do all checking before starting transfers (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Add `--track-renames-strategy` for configurable matching criteria for `--track-renames` (Bernd Schoolmann)
+    * Add `--cutoff-mode` hard,soft,catious (Shing Kit Chan & Franklyn Tackitt)
+    * Filter flags (eg `--files-from -`) can read from stdin (fishbullet)
+    * Add `--error-on-no-transfer` option (Jon Fautley)
+    * Implement `--order-by xxx,mixed` for copying some small and some big files (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Allow `--max-backlog` to be negative meaning as large as possible (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Added `--no-unicode-normalization` flag to allow Unicode filenames to remain unique (Ben Zenker)
+    * Allow `--min-age`/`--max-age` to take a date as well as a duration (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Add rename statistics for file and directory renames (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Add statistics output to JSON log (reddi)
+    * Make stats be printed on non-zero exit code (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * When running `--password-command` allow use of stdin (Sébastien Gross)
+    * Stop empty strings being a valid remote path (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * accounting: support WriterTo for less memory copying (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * build
+        * Update to use go1.14 for the build (Nick Craig-Wood)
+        * Add `-trimpath` to release build for reproduceable builds (Nick Craig-Wood)
+        * Remove GOOS and GOARCH from Dockerfile (Brandon Philips)
+    * config
+        * Fsync the config file after writing to save more reliably (Nick Craig-Wood)
+        * Add `--obscure` and `--no-obscure` flags to `config create`/`update` (Nick Craig-Wood)
+        * Make `config show` take `remote:` as well as `remote` (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * copyurl: Add `--no-clobber` flag (Denis)
+    * delete: Added `--rmdirs` flag to delete directories as well (Kush)
+    * filter: Added `--files-from-raw` flag (Ankur Gupta)
+    * genautocomplete: Add support for fish shell (Matan Rosenberg)
+    * log: Add support for syslog LOCAL facilities (Patryk Jakuszew)
+    * lsjson: Add `--hash-type` parameter and use it in lsf to speed up hashing (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * rc
+        * Add `-o`/`--opt` and `-a`/`--arg` for more structured input (Nick Craig-Wood)
+        * Implement `backend/command` for running backend specific commands remotely (Nick Craig-Wood)
+        * Add `mount/mount` command for starting `rclone mount` via the API (Chaitanya)
+    * rcd: Add Prometheus metrics support (Gary Kim)
+    * serve http
+        * Added a `--template` flag for user defined markup (calistri)
+        * Add Last-Modified headers to files and directories (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * serve sftp: Add support for multiple host keys by repeating `--key` flag (Maxime Suret)
+    * touch: Add `--localtime` flag to make `--timestamp` localtime not UTC (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* Bug Fixes
+    * accounting
+        * Restore "Max number of stats groups reached" log line (Michał Matczuk)
+        * Correct exitcode on Transfer Limit Exceeded flag. (Anuar Serdaliyev)
+        * Reset bytes read during copy retry (Ankur Gupta)
+        * Fix race clearing stats (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * copy: Only create empty directories when they don't exist on the remote (Ishuah Kariuki)
+    * dedupe: Stop dedupe deleting files with identical IDs (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * oauth
+        * Use custom http client so that `--no-check-certificate` is honored by oauth token fetch (Mark Spieth)
+        * Replace deprecated oauth2.NoContext (Lars Lehtonen)
+    * operations
+        * Fix setting the timestamp on Windows for multithread copy (Nick Craig-Wood)
+        * Make rcat obey `--ignore-checksum` (Nick Craig-Wood)
+        * Make `--max-transfer` more accurate (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * rc
+        * Fix dropped error (Lars Lehtonen)
+        * Fix misplaced http server config (Xiaoxing Ye)
+        * Disable duplicate log (ElonH)
+    * serve dlna
+        * Cds: don't specify childCount at all when unknown (Dan Walters)
+        * Cds: use modification time as date in dlna metadata (Dan Walters)
+    * serve restic: Fix tests after restic project removed vendoring (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * sync
+        * Fix incorrect "nothing to transfer" message using `--delete-before` (Nick Craig-Wood)
+        * Only create empty directories when they don't exist on the remote (Ishuah Kariuki)
+* Mount
+    * Add `--async-read` flag to disable asynchronous reads (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Ignore `--allow-root` flag with a warning as it has been removed upstream (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Warn if `--allow-non-empty` used on Windows and clarify docs (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Constrain to go1.13 or above otherwise bazil.org/fuse fails to compile (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix fail because of too long volume name (evileye)
+    * Report 1PB free for unknown disk sizes (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Map more rclone errors into file systems errors (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix disappearing cwd problem (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Use ReaddirPlus on Windows to improve directory listing performance (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Send a hint as to whether the filesystem is case insensitive or not (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Add rc command `mount/types` (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Change maximum leaf name length to 1024 bytes (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* VFS
+    * Add `--vfs-read-wait` and `--vfs-write-wait` flags to control time waiting for a sequential read/write (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Change default `--vfs-read-wait` to 20ms (it was 5ms and not configurable) (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Make `df` output more consistent on a rclone mount. (Yves G)
+    * Report 1PB free for unknown disk sizes (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix race condition caused by unlocked reading of Dir.path (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Make File lock and Dir lock not overlap to avoid deadlock (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Implement lock ordering between File and Dir to eliminate deadlocks (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Factor the vfs cache into its own package (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Pin the Fs in use in the Fs cache (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Add SetSys() methods to Node to allow caching stuff on a node (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Ignore file not found errors from Hash in Read.Release (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix hang in read wait code (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* Local
+    * Speed up multi thread downloads by using sparse files on Windows (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Implement `--local-no-sparse` flag for disabling sparse files (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Implement `rclone backend noop` for testing purposes (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix "file not found" errors on post transfer Hash calculation (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* Cache
+    * Implement `rclone backend stats` command (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix Server Side Copy with Temp Upload (Brandon McNama)
+    * Remove Unused Functions (Lars Lehtonen)
+    * Disable race tests until bbolt is fixed (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Move methods used for testing into test file (greatroar)
+    * Add Pin and Unpin and canonicalised lookup (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Use proper import path go.etcd.io/bbolt (Robert-André Mauchin)
+* Crypt
+    * Calculate hashes for uploads from local disk (Nick Craig-Wood)
+        * This allows crypted Jottacloud uploads without using local disk
+        * This means crypted s3/b2 uploads will now have hashes
+    * Added `rclone backend decode`/`encode` commands to replicate functionality of `cryptdecode` (Anagh Kumar Baranwal)
+    * Get rid of the unused Cipher interface as it obfuscated the code (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* Azure Blob
+    * Implement streaming of unknown sized files so `rcat` is now supported (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Implement memory pooling to control memory use (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Add `--azureblob-disable-checksum` flag (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Retry `InvalidBlobOrBlock` error as it may indicate block concurrency problems (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Remove unused `Object.parseTimeString()` (Lars Lehtonen)
+    * Fix permission error on SAS URL limited to container (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* B2
+    * Add support for `--header-upload` and `--header-download` (Tim Gallant)
+    * Ignore directory markers at the root also (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Force the case of the SHA1 to lowercase (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Remove unused `largeUpload.clearUploadURL()` (Lars Lehtonen)
+* Box
+    * Add support for `--header-upload` and `--header-download` (Tim Gallant)
+    * Implement About to read size used (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Add token renew function for jwt auth (David Bramwell)
+    * Added support for interchangeable root folder for Box backend (Sunil Patra)
+    * Remove unnecessary iat from jws claims (David)
+* Drive
+    * Follow shortcuts by default, skip with `--drive-skip-shortcuts` (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Implement `rclone backend shortcut` command for creating shortcuts (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Added `rclone backend` command to change `service_account_file` and `chunk_size` (Anagh Kumar Baranwal)
+    * Fix missing files when using `--fast-list` and `--drive-shared-with-me` (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix duplicate items when using `--drive-shared-with-me` (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Extend `--drive-stop-on-upload-limit` to respond to `teamDriveFileLimitExceeded`. (harry)
+    * Don't delete files with multiple parents to avoid data loss (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Server side copy docs use default description if empty (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* Dropbox
+    * Make error insufficient space to be fatal (harry)
+    * Add info about required redirect url (Elan Ruusamäe)
+* Fichier
+    * Add support for `--header-upload` and `--header-download` (Tim Gallant)
+    * Implement custom pacer to deal with the new rate limiting (buengese)
+* FTP
+    * Fix lockup when using concurrency limit on failed connections (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix lockup on failed upload when using concurrency limit (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix lockup on Close failures when using concurrency limit (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Work around pureftp sending spurious 150 messages (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* Google Cloud Storage
+    * Add support for `--header-upload` and `--header-download` (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Add `ARCHIVE` storage class to help (Adam Stroud)
+    * Ignore directory markers at the root (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* Googlephotos
+    * Make the start year configurable (Daven)
+    * Add support for `--header-upload` and `--header-download` (Tim Gallant)
+    * Create feature/favorites directory (Brandon Philips)
+    * Fix "concurrent map write" error (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Don't put an image in error message (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* HTTP
+    * Improved directory listing with new template from Caddy project (calisro)
+* Jottacloud
+    * Implement `--jottacloud-trashed-only` (buengese)
+    * Add support for `--header-upload` and `--header-download` (Tim Gallant)
+    * Use `RawURLEncoding` when decoding base64 encoded login token (buengese)
+    * Implement cleanup (buengese)
+    * Update docs regarding cleanup, removed remains from old auth, and added warning about special mountpoints. (albertony)
+* Mailru
+    * Describe 2FA requirements (valery1707)
+* Onedrive
+    * Implement `--onedrive-server-side-across-configs` (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Add support for `--header-upload` and `--header-download` (Tim Gallant)
+    * Fix occasional 416 errors on multipart uploads (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Added maximum chunk size limit warning in the docs (Harry)
+    * Fix missing drive on config (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Make error `quotaLimitReached` to be fatal (harry)
+* Opendrive
+    * Add support for `--header-upload` and `--header-download` (Tim Gallant)
+* Pcloud
+    * Added support for interchangeable root folder for pCloud backend (Sunil Patra)
+    * Add support for `--header-upload` and `--header-download` (Tim Gallant)
+    * Fix initial config "Auth state doesn't match" message (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* Premiumizeme
+    * Add support for `--header-upload` and `--header-download` (Tim Gallant)
+    * Prune unused functions (Lars Lehtonen)
+* Putio
+    * Add support for `--header-upload` and `--header-download` (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Make downloading files use the rclone http Client (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix parsing of remotes with leading and trailing / (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* Qingstor
+    * Make `rclone cleanup` remove pending multipart uploads older than 24h (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Try harder to cancel failed multipart uploads (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Prune `multiUploader.list()` (Lars Lehtonen)
+    * Lint fix (Lars Lehtonen)
+* S3
+    * Add support for `--header-upload` and `--header-download` (Tim Gallant)
+    * Use memory pool for buffer allocations (Maciej Zimnoch)
+    * Add SSE-C support for AWS, Ceph, and MinIO (Jack Anderson)
+    * Fail fast multipart upload (Michał Matczuk)
+    * Report errors on bucket creation (mkdir) correctly (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Specify that Minio supports URL encoding in listings (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Added 500 as retryErrorCode (Michał Matczuk)
+    * Use `--low-level-retries` as the number of SDK retries (Aleksandar Janković)
+    * Fix multipart abort context (Aleksandar Jankovic)
+    * Replace deprecated `session.New()` with `session.NewSession()` (Lars Lehtonen)
+    * Use the provided size parameter when allocating a new memory pool (Joachim Brandon LeBlanc)
+    * Use rclone's low level retries instead of AWS SDK to fix listing retries (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Ignore directory markers at the root also (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Use single memory pool (Michał Matczuk)
+    * Do not resize buf on put to memBuf (Michał Matczuk)
+    * Improve docs for `--s3-disable-checksum` (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Don't leak memory or tokens in edge cases for multipart upload (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* Seafile
+    * Implement 2FA (Fred)
+* SFTP
+    * Added `--sftp-pem-key` to support inline key files (calisro)
+    * Fix post transfer copies failing with 0 size when using `set_modtime=false` (Nick Craig-Wood)
+* Sharefile
+    * Add support for `--header-upload` and `--header-download` (Tim Gallant)
+* Sugarsync
+    * Add support for `--header-upload` and `--header-download` (Tim Gallant)
+* Swift
+    * Add support for `--header-upload` and `--header-download` (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Fix cosmetic issue in error message (Martin Michlmayr)
+* Union
+    * Implement multiple writable remotes (Max Sum)
+    * Fix server-side copy (Max Sum)
+    * Implement ListR (Max Sum)
+    * Enable ListR when upstreams contain local (Max Sum)
+* WebDAV
+    * Add support for `--header-upload` and `--header-download` (Tim Gallant)
+    * Fix `X-OC-Mtime` header for Transip compatibility (Nick Craig-Wood)
+    * Report full and consistent usage with `about` (Yves G)
+* Yandex
+    * Add support for `--header-upload` and `--header-download` (Tim Gallant)
+
 ## v1.51.0 - 2020-02-01
 
 * New backends
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone.md
index 439f6fb06..0110308f4 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone"
 description: "Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends."
 slug: rclone
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_about.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_about.md
index 69fc448c1..76b867de1 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_about.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_about.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone about"
 description: "Get quota information from the remote."
 slug: rclone_about
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_authorize.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_authorize.md
index 90a1a4ef1..3d99f30db 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_authorize.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_authorize.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone authorize"
 description: "Remote authorization."
 slug: rclone_authorize
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_backend.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_backend.md
index 654a8cc38..2b8c03f41 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_backend.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_backend.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone backend"
 description: "Run a backend specific command."
 slug: rclone_backend
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_cat.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_cat.md
index f7ee7143e..a14755278 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_cat.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_cat.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone cat"
 description: "Concatenates any files and sends them to stdout."
 slug: rclone_cat
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_check.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_check.md
index bedd30dc5..6b7831eed 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_check.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_check.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone check"
 description: "Checks the files in the source and destination match."
 slug: rclone_check
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_cleanup.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_cleanup.md
index 7b4c067b8..5d56b09f8 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_cleanup.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_cleanup.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone cleanup"
 description: "Clean up the remote if possible"
 slug: rclone_cleanup
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_config.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_config.md
index c5e5df394..61478e47a 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_config.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_config.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone config"
 description: "Enter an interactive configuration session."
 slug: rclone_config
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_create.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_create.md
index b313d6332..8910a9940 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_create.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_create.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone config create"
 description: "Create a new remote with name, type and options."
 slug: rclone_config_create
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_delete.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_delete.md
index 4452bebf0..c245f625e 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_delete.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_delete.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone config delete"
 description: "Delete an existing remote `name`."
 slug: rclone_config_delete
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_disconnect.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_disconnect.md
index d05c35956..9611e6c5e 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_disconnect.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_disconnect.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone config disconnect"
 description: "Disconnects user from remote"
 slug: rclone_config_disconnect
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_dump.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_dump.md
index 5f66e4204..463dcc687 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_dump.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_dump.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone config dump"
 description: "Dump the config file as JSON."
 slug: rclone_config_dump
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_edit.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_edit.md
index 42855544e..07cbdf97a 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_edit.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_edit.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone config edit"
 description: "Enter an interactive configuration session."
 slug: rclone_config_edit
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_file.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_file.md
index 3bbb99cf5..2b12f0f69 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_file.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_file.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone config file"
 description: "Show path of configuration file in use."
 slug: rclone_config_file
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_password.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_password.md
index 9de807998..b6266e926 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_password.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_password.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone config password"
 description: "Update password in an existing remote."
 slug: rclone_config_password
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_providers.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_providers.md
index 06a133a82..a00946c17 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_providers.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_providers.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone config providers"
 description: "List in JSON format all the providers and options."
 slug: rclone_config_providers
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_reconnect.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_reconnect.md
index a431e14b2..61da306bc 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_reconnect.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_reconnect.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone config reconnect"
 description: "Re-authenticates user with remote."
 slug: rclone_config_reconnect
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_show.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_show.md
index 46b505eea..622148455 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_show.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_show.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone config show"
 description: "Print (decrypted) config file, or the config for a single remote."
 slug: rclone_config_show
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_update.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_update.md
index 8d0f8ac68..dd6ca5341 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_update.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_update.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone config update"
 description: "Update options in an existing remote."
 slug: rclone_config_update
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_userinfo.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_userinfo.md
index a5e4d1a00..232aa9dc0 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_userinfo.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_config_userinfo.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone config userinfo"
 description: "Prints info about logged in user of remote."
 slug: rclone_config_userinfo
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_copy.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_copy.md
index d6c08c253..d244298a1 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_copy.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_copy.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone copy"
 description: "Copy files from source to dest, skipping already copied"
 slug: rclone_copy
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_copyto.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_copyto.md
index 8d7eb5388..40bebb034 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_copyto.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_copyto.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone copyto"
 description: "Copy files from source to dest, skipping already copied"
 slug: rclone_copyto
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_copyurl.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_copyurl.md
index 1e9d8472b..91462d9e9 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_copyurl.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_copyurl.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone copyurl"
 description: "Copy url content to dest."
 slug: rclone_copyurl
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_cryptcheck.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_cryptcheck.md
index 4b8b75e91..5e63f1cf5 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_cryptcheck.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_cryptcheck.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone cryptcheck"
 description: "Cryptcheck checks the integrity of a crypted remote."
 slug: rclone_cryptcheck
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_cryptdecode.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_cryptdecode.md
index 6fd63c0b9..adc7d48b5 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_cryptdecode.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_cryptdecode.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone cryptdecode"
 description: "Cryptdecode returns unencrypted file names."
 slug: rclone_cryptdecode
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_dedupe.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_dedupe.md
index e4d189f93..76da03f81 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_dedupe.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_dedupe.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone dedupe"
 description: "Interactively find duplicate files and delete/rename them."
 slug: rclone_dedupe
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_delete.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_delete.md
index 57e511a3f..06e43f297 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_delete.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_delete.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone delete"
 description: "Remove the contents of path."
 slug: rclone_delete
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_deletefile.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_deletefile.md
index 390cec6af..96fecb309 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_deletefile.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_deletefile.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone deletefile"
 description: "Remove a single file from remote."
 slug: rclone_deletefile
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_genautocomplete.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_genautocomplete.md
index ee99aa4ba..fdb16869b 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_genautocomplete.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_genautocomplete.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone genautocomplete"
 description: "Output completion script for a given shell."
 slug: rclone_genautocomplete
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_genautocomplete_bash.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_genautocomplete_bash.md
index 5b6966e8c..9c1a32938 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_genautocomplete_bash.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_genautocomplete_bash.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone genautocomplete bash"
 description: "Output bash completion script for rclone."
 slug: rclone_genautocomplete_bash
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_genautocomplete_fish.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_genautocomplete_fish.md
index 212f9044f..926405f47 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_genautocomplete_fish.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_genautocomplete_fish.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone genautocomplete fish"
 description: "Output fish completion script for rclone."
 slug: rclone_genautocomplete_fish
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_genautocomplete_zsh.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_genautocomplete_zsh.md
index e63003521..a282da731 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_genautocomplete_zsh.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_genautocomplete_zsh.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone genautocomplete zsh"
 description: "Output zsh completion script for rclone."
 slug: rclone_genautocomplete_zsh
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_gendocs.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_gendocs.md
index 4f210ef73..3d93109c1 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_gendocs.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_gendocs.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone gendocs"
 description: "Output markdown docs for rclone to the directory supplied."
 slug: rclone_gendocs
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_hashsum.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_hashsum.md
index 9098e4ed4..800768b1c 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_hashsum.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_hashsum.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone hashsum"
 description: "Produces a hashsum file for all the objects in the path."
 slug: rclone_hashsum
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_link.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_link.md
index 39be32409..4b1e2209e 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_link.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_link.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone link"
 description: "Generate public link to file/folder."
 slug: rclone_link
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_listremotes.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_listremotes.md
index 056f26da7..41bcfb3e0 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_listremotes.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_listremotes.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone listremotes"
 description: "List all the remotes in the config file."
 slug: rclone_listremotes
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_ls.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_ls.md
index 57cabcd21..e44230b0d 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_ls.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_ls.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone ls"
 description: "List the objects in the path with size and path."
 slug: rclone_ls
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_lsd.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_lsd.md
index ec329c0a9..4599ca1cf 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_lsd.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_lsd.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone lsd"
 description: "List all directories/containers/buckets in the path."
 slug: rclone_lsd
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_lsf.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_lsf.md
index 1c9d73985..14aa60b59 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_lsf.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_lsf.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone lsf"
 description: "List directories and objects in remote:path formatted for parsing"
 slug: rclone_lsf
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_lsjson.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_lsjson.md
index c3c9eb669..32548f316 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_lsjson.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_lsjson.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone lsjson"
 description: "List directories and objects in the path in JSON format."
 slug: rclone_lsjson
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_lsl.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_lsl.md
index ab7c01e23..9e6744e57 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_lsl.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_lsl.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone lsl"
 description: "List the objects in path with modification time, size and path."
 slug: rclone_lsl
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_md5sum.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_md5sum.md
index 08cf2e72e..8ea8c5765 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_md5sum.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_md5sum.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone md5sum"
 description: "Produces an md5sum file for all the objects in the path."
 slug: rclone_md5sum
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_mkdir.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_mkdir.md
index 94b119b56..85d27c26f 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_mkdir.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_mkdir.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone mkdir"
 description: "Make the path if it doesn't already exist."
 slug: rclone_mkdir
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_mount.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_mount.md
index 82387f31d..cd397c0f0 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_mount.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_mount.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone mount"
 description: "Mount the remote as file system on a mountpoint."
 slug: rclone_mount
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ FUSE.
 
 First set up your remote using `rclone config`.  Check it works with `rclone ls` etc.
 
-You can either run mount in foreground mode or background(daemon) mode. Mount runs in
+You can either run mount in foreground mode or background (daemon) mode. Mount runs in
 foreground mode by default, use the --daemon flag to specify background mode mode.
 Background mode is only supported on Linux and OSX, you can only run mount in
 foreground mode on Windows.
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_move.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_move.md
index 0396f5b04..45e38d3bf 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_move.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_move.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone move"
 description: "Move files from source to dest."
 slug: rclone_move
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_moveto.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_moveto.md
index ada73c583..34b94d159 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_moveto.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_moveto.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone moveto"
 description: "Move file or directory from source to dest."
 slug: rclone_moveto
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_ncdu.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_ncdu.md
index 50c28a01b..dc0b06c51 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_ncdu.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_ncdu.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone ncdu"
 description: "Explore a remote with a text based user interface."
 slug: rclone_ncdu
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_obscure.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_obscure.md
index 627304e63..43d095536 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_obscure.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_obscure.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone obscure"
 description: "Obscure password for use in the rclone.conf"
 slug: rclone_obscure
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_purge.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_purge.md
index aa56160c8..d26da8363 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_purge.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_purge.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone purge"
 description: "Remove the path and all of its contents."
 slug: rclone_purge
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_rc.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_rc.md
index b515d9142..d111ecdc5 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_rc.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_rc.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone rc"
 description: "Run a command against a running rclone."
 slug: rclone_rc
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_rcat.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_rcat.md
index a19c97ea4..8ffaba39e 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_rcat.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_rcat.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone rcat"
 description: "Copies standard input to file on remote."
 slug: rclone_rcat
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_rcd.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_rcd.md
index b3cf2aaf4..12cf9fb51 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_rcd.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_rcd.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone rcd"
 description: "Run rclone listening to remote control commands only."
 slug: rclone_rcd
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_rmdir.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_rmdir.md
index 079e311f1..198284b8c 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_rmdir.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_rmdir.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone rmdir"
 description: "Remove the path if empty."
 slug: rclone_rmdir
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_rmdirs.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_rmdirs.md
index c74edc30b..87284d462 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_rmdirs.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_rmdirs.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone rmdirs"
 description: "Remove empty directories under the path."
 slug: rclone_rmdirs
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_serve.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_serve.md
index 2b478f7d4..d80c28e3e 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_serve.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_serve.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone serve"
 description: "Serve a remote over a protocol."
 slug: rclone_serve
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_serve_dlna.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_serve_dlna.md
index 0300e132a..578b2db31 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_serve_dlna.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_serve_dlna.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone serve dlna"
 description: "Serve remote:path over DLNA"
 slug: rclone_serve_dlna
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_serve_ftp.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_serve_ftp.md
index 229ca093b..6b52dbbe3 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_serve_ftp.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_serve_ftp.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone serve ftp"
 description: "Serve remote:path over FTP."
 slug: rclone_serve_ftp
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_serve_http.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_serve_http.md
index 08ac39c34..0da17777a 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_serve_http.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_serve_http.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone serve http"
 description: "Serve the remote over HTTP."
 slug: rclone_serve_http
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_serve_restic.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_serve_restic.md
index 61353ebbc..1116781a3 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_serve_restic.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_serve_restic.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone serve restic"
 description: "Serve the remote for restic's REST API."
 slug: rclone_serve_restic
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_serve_sftp.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_serve_sftp.md
index e58aa4352..48d4a817f 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_serve_sftp.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_serve_sftp.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone serve sftp"
 description: "Serve the remote over SFTP."
 slug: rclone_serve_sftp
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_serve_webdav.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_serve_webdav.md
index f0a09dd01..48ac78828 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_serve_webdav.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_serve_webdav.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone serve webdav"
 description: "Serve remote:path over webdav."
 slug: rclone_serve_webdav
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_settier.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_settier.md
index c3f3af7c8..9ee9ac6e0 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_settier.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_settier.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone settier"
 description: "Changes storage class/tier of objects in remote."
 slug: rclone_settier
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_sha1sum.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_sha1sum.md
index 5095fb2cc..c05503837 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_sha1sum.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_sha1sum.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone sha1sum"
 description: "Produces an sha1sum file for all the objects in the path."
 slug: rclone_sha1sum
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_size.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_size.md
index 021483db7..c5f9c1919 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_size.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_size.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone size"
 description: "Prints the total size and number of objects in remote:path."
 slug: rclone_size
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_sync.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_sync.md
index 68c978046..c8bfcc258 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_sync.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_sync.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone sync"
 description: "Make source and dest identical, modifying destination only."
 slug: rclone_sync
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_touch.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_touch.md
index dabc9b34d..52caaeffd 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_touch.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_touch.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone touch"
 description: "Create new file or change file modification time."
 slug: rclone_touch
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_tree.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_tree.md
index 9a37c49a8..c848f9440 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_tree.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_tree.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone tree"
 description: "List the contents of the remote in a tree like fashion."
 slug: rclone_tree
diff --git a/docs/content/commands/rclone_version.md b/docs/content/commands/rclone_version.md
index 4e9d5e235..a6ab6a5a0 100644
--- a/docs/content/commands/rclone_version.md
+++ b/docs/content/commands/rclone_version.md
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00
+date: 2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00
 title: "rclone version"
 description: "Show the version number."
 slug: rclone_version
diff --git a/docs/content/crypt.md b/docs/content/crypt.md
index 7ca68c467..845efd79b 100644
--- a/docs/content/crypt.md
+++ b/docs/content/crypt.md
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ names, or for debugging purposes.
 
 Here are the commands specific to the crypt backend.
 
-Run them with with
+Run them with
 
     rclone backend COMMAND remote:
 
diff --git a/docs/content/drive.md b/docs/content/drive.md
index 8d8982e13..7cfbcf4c8 100644
--- a/docs/content/drive.md
+++ b/docs/content/drive.md
@@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ videos.
 Setting this flag will cause Google photos and videos to return a
 blank MD5 checksum.
 
-Google photos are identifed by being in the "photos" space.
+Google photos are identified by being in the "photos" space.
 
 Corrupted checksums are caused by Google modifying the image/video but
 not updating the checksum.
@@ -1004,7 +1004,7 @@ See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 
 Here are the commands specific to the drive backend.
 
-Run them with with
+Run them with
 
     rclone backend COMMAND remote:
 
diff --git a/docs/content/flags.md b/docs/content/flags.md
index 4da90d373..c402cf8c1 100755
--- a/docs/content/flags.md
+++ b/docs/content/flags.md
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 ---
 title: "Global Flags"
 description: "Rclone Global Flags"
-date: "2020-05-25T12:06:00+01:00"
+date: "2020-05-27T16:09:49+01:00"
 ---
 
 # Global Flags
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ These flags are available for every command.
       --use-json-log                         Use json log format.
       --use-mmap                             Use mmap allocator (see docs).
       --use-server-modtime                   Use server modified time instead of object metadata
-      --user-agent string                    Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.51.0-411-gaebb535f-new-docs-beta")
+      --user-agent string                    Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.52.0")
   -v, --verbose count                        Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
 ```
 
diff --git a/docs/content/local.md b/docs/content/local.md
index 4d141a936..d1951f1f9 100644
--- a/docs/content/local.md
+++ b/docs/content/local.md
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ See: the [encoding section in the overview](/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 
 Here are the commands specific to the local backend.
 
-Run them with with
+Run them with
 
     rclone backend COMMAND remote:
 
diff --git a/docs/content/s3.md b/docs/content/s3.md
index 8c065c803..b45ec9db2 100644
--- a/docs/content/s3.md
+++ b/docs/content/s3.md
@@ -1053,7 +1053,7 @@ If using SSE-C, the server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this obje
 
 #### --s3-sse-customer-key
 
-If using SSE-C you must provide the secret encyption key used to encrypt/decrypt your data.
+If using SSE-C you must provide the secret encryption key used to encrypt/decrypt your data.
 
 - Config:      sse_customer_key
 - Env Var:     RCLONE_S3_SSE_CUSTOMER_KEY
diff --git a/docs/content/seafile.md b/docs/content/seafile.md
index 7e9f24c4e..76f5669cc 100644
--- a/docs/content/seafile.md
+++ b/docs/content/seafile.md
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ URL of seafile host to connect to
 
 #### --seafile-user
 
-User name
+User name (usually email address)
 
 - Config:      user
 - Env Var:     RCLONE_SEAFILE_USER
@@ -300,6 +300,15 @@ Password
 - Type:        string
 - Default:     ""
 
+#### --seafile-2fa
+
+Two-factor authentication ('true' if the account has 2FA enabled)
+
+- Config:      2fa
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_SEAFILE_2FA
+- Type:        bool
+- Default:     false
+
 #### --seafile-library
 
 Name of the library. Leave blank to access all non-encrypted libraries.
@@ -318,13 +327,22 @@ Library password (for encrypted libraries only). Leave blank if you pass it thro
 - Type:        string
 - Default:     ""
 
+#### --seafile-auth-token
+
+Authentication token
+
+- Config:      auth_token
+- Env Var:     RCLONE_SEAFILE_AUTH_TOKEN
+- Type:        string
+- Default:     ""
+
 ### Advanced Options
 
 Here are the advanced options specific to seafile (seafile).
 
 #### --seafile-create-library
 
-Should create library if it doesn't exist
+Should rclone create a library if it doesn't exist
 
 - Config:      create_library
 - Env Var:     RCLONE_SEAFILE_CREATE_LIBRARY
diff --git a/docs/content/sftp.md b/docs/content/sftp.md
index 78ab03a26..8d18a8473 100644
--- a/docs/content/sftp.md
+++ b/docs/content/sftp.md
@@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ when the ssh-agent contains many keys.
 
 Enable the use of insecure ciphers and key exchange methods. 
 
-This enables the use of the the following insecure ciphers and key exchange methods:
+This enables the use of the following insecure ciphers and key exchange methods:
 
 - aes128-cbc
 - aes192-cbc
diff --git a/docs/content/swift.md b/docs/content/swift.md
index 030a8af27..456aa3463 100644
--- a/docs/content/swift.md
+++ b/docs/content/swift.md
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ files whose local modtime is newer than the time it was last uploaded.
 {{< rem autogenerated options start" - DO NOT EDIT - instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/swift/swift.go then run make backenddocs" >}}
 ### Standard Options
 
-Here are the standard options specific to swift (Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)).
+Here are the standard options specific to swift (OpenStack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)).
 
 #### --swift-env-auth
 
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ provider.
 
 ### Advanced Options
 
-Here are the advanced options specific to swift (Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)).
+Here are the advanced options specific to swift (OpenStack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)).
 
 #### --swift-chunk-size
 
diff --git a/docs/layouts/partials/version.html b/docs/layouts/partials/version.html
index e8d94f772..00c9d1281 100644
--- a/docs/layouts/partials/version.html
+++ b/docs/layouts/partials/version.html
@@ -1 +1 @@
-v1.51.0
\ No newline at end of file
+v1.52.0
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/fs/version.go b/fs/version.go
index 8b7f3b17a..3243161ad 100644
--- a/fs/version.go
+++ b/fs/version.go
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
 package fs
 
 // Version of rclone
-var Version = "v1.51.0-DEV"
+var Version = "v1.52.0"
diff --git a/rclone.1 b/rclone.1
index 62014dd40..d1112c5ad 100644
--- a/rclone.1
+++ b/rclone.1
@@ -1,18 +1,149 @@
 .\"t
 .\" Automatically generated by Pandoc 2.5
 .\"
-.TH "rclone" "1" "Feb 01, 2020" "User Manual" ""
+.TH "rclone" "1" "May 27, 2020" "User Manual" ""
 .hy
-.SH Rclone \- rsync for cloud storage
+.SH Rclone syncs your files to cloud storage
 .PP
-Rclone is a command line program to sync files and directories to and
-from:
+.IP \[bu] 2
+About rclone
+.IP \[bu] 2
+What can rclone do for you
+.IP \[bu] 2
+What features does rclone have
+.IP \[bu] 2
+What providers does rclone support
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Download (https://rclone.org/downloads/)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Install (https://rclone.org/install/)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Donate. (https://rclone.org/donate/)
+.SS About rclone
+.PP
+Rclone is a command line program to manage files on cloud storage.
+It is a feature rich alternative to cloud vendors\[cq] web storage
+interfaces.
+Over 40 cloud storage products support rclone including S3 object
+stores, business & consumer file storage services, as well as standard
+transfer protocols.
+.PP
+Rclone has powerful cloud equivalents to the unix commands rsync, cp,
+mv, mount, ls, ncdu, tree, rm, and cat.
+Rclone\[cq]s familiar syntax includes shell pipeline support, and
+\f[C]\-\-dry\-run\f[R] protection.
+It can be used at the command line, in scripts or via its API (/rc).
+.PP
+Users have called rclone \f[I]\[lq]The Swiss army knife of cloud
+storage\[rq]\f[R] and \f[I]\[lq]Technology indistinguishable from
+magic\[rq]\f[R].
+.PP
+Rclone really looks after your data.
+It preserves timestamps and verifies your data at all times.
+Transfers over limited bandwidth; intermittent connections, or subject
+to quota can be restarted, from the last good file transferred.
+You can check (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_check/) the integrity
+of your files.
+Where possible, rclone employs server side transfers to minimise local
+bandwidth use and transfers from one provider to another without using
+your local disk.
+.PP
+Virtual backends wrap local and cloud file systems to apply
+encryption (https://rclone.org/crypt/),
+caching (https://rclone.org/cache/),
+chunking (https://rclone.org/chunker/) and
+joining (https://rclone.org/union/).
+.PP
+Rclone can mount (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/) any local,
+cloud or virtual filesystem as a disk on Windows, macOS, linux and
+FreeBSD, and also serve these over
+SFTP (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_sftp/),
+HTTP (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_http/),
+WebDAV (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_webdav/),
+FTP (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_ftp/) and
+DLNA (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_dlna/).
+.PP
+Rclone is mature, open source software originally inspired by rsync and
+written in Go (https://golang.org).
+The friendly support community are familiar with varied use cases.
+Official Ubuntu, Debian, Fedora, Brew and Chocolatey repos.
+include rclone.
+For the latest version downloading from
+rclone.org (https://rclone.org/downloads/) is recommended.
+.PP
+Rclone is widely used on Linux, Windows and Mac.
+Third party developers have built innovative backup, restore, GUI and
+business process solutions using the rclone command line or API.
+.PP
+Let rclone do the heavy lifting of communicating with cloud storage.
+.SS What can rclone do for you
+.PP
+Rclone can help you:
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Backup (and encrypt) files to cloud storage
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Restore (and decrypt) files from cloud storage
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Mirror cloud data to other cloud services or locally
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Migrate data to cloud, or between cloud storage vendors
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Mount multiple, encrypted, cached or diverse cloud storage as a disk
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Analyse and account for data held on cloud storage using
+lsf (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_lsf/),
+ljson (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_lsjson/),
+size (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_size/),
+ncdu (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_ncdu/)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Union (https://rclone.org/union/) file systems together to present
+multiple local and/or cloud file systems as one
+.SS Features
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Transfers
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+MD5, SHA1 hashes are checked at all times for file integrity
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Timestamps are preserved on files
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Operations can be restarted at any time
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Can be to and from network, eg two different cloud providers
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Can use multi\-threaded downloads to local disk
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Copy (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copy/) new or changed files to
+cloud storage
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Sync (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_sync/) (one way) to make a
+directory identical
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Move (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_move/) files to cloud storage
+deleting the local after verification
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Check (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_check/) hashes and for
+missing/extra files
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Mount (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/) your cloud storage as
+a network disk
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Serve (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/) local or remote files
+over
+HTTP (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_http/)/WebDav (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_webdav/)/FTP (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_ftp/)/SFTP (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_sftp/)/dlna (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_dlna/)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Experimental Web based GUI (https://rclone.org/gui/)
+.SS Supported providers
+.PP
+(There are many other providers, built on standard protocols such as
+WebDAV or S3, that work out of the box.)
 .IP \[bu] 2
 1Fichier
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Alibaba Cloud (Aliyun) Object Storage System (OSS)
 .IP \[bu] 2
-Amazon Drive (See note (/amazonclouddrive/#status))
+Amazon Drive
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Amazon S3
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -70,7 +201,7 @@ OVH
 .IP \[bu] 2
 OpenDrive
 .IP \[bu] 2
-Openstack Swift
+OpenStack Swift
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Oracle Cloud Storage
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -90,10 +221,16 @@ rsync.net
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Scaleway
 .IP \[bu] 2
+Seafile
+.IP \[bu] 2
 SFTP
 .IP \[bu] 2
+StackPath
+.IP \[bu] 2
 SugarSync
 .IP \[bu] 2
+Tardigrade
+.IP \[bu] 2
 Wasabi
 .IP \[bu] 2
 WebDAV
@@ -102,44 +239,6 @@ Yandex Disk
 .IP \[bu] 2
 The local filesystem
 .PP
-Features
-.IP \[bu] 2
-MD5/SHA1 hashes checked at all times for file integrity
-.IP \[bu] 2
-Timestamps preserved on files
-.IP \[bu] 2
-Partial syncs supported on a whole file basis
-.IP \[bu] 2
-Copy (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copy/) mode to just copy
-new/changed files
-.IP \[bu] 2
-Sync (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_sync/) (one way) mode to make a
-directory identical
-.IP \[bu] 2
-Check (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_check/) mode to check for file
-hash equality
-.IP \[bu] 2
-Can sync to and from network, eg two different cloud accounts
-.IP \[bu] 2
-Encryption (https://rclone.org/crypt/) backend
-.IP \[bu] 2
-Cache (https://rclone.org/cache/) backend
-.IP \[bu] 2
-Chunking (https://rclone.org/chunker/) backend
-.IP \[bu] 2
-Union (https://rclone.org/union/) backend
-.IP \[bu] 2
-Optional FUSE mount (rclone
-mount (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/))
-.IP \[bu] 2
-Multi\-threaded downloads to local disk
-.IP \[bu] 2
-Can serve (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/) local or remote
-files over
-HTTP (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_http/)/WebDav (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_webdav/)/FTP (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_ftp/)/SFTP (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_sftp/)/dlna (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_dlna/)
-.IP \[bu] 2
-Experimental Web based GUI (https://rclone.org/gui/)
-.PP
 Links
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Home page (https://rclone.org/)
@@ -165,8 +264,8 @@ See rclone config docs (https://rclone.org/docs/) for more details.
 .PP
 See below for some expanded Linux / macOS instructions.
 .PP
-See the Usage section (https://rclone.org/docs/) of the docs for how to
-use rclone, or run \f[C]rclone \-h\f[R].
+See the Usage section (https://rclone.org/docs/#usage) of the docs for
+how to use rclone, or run \f[C]rclone \-h\f[R].
 .SS Script installation
 .PP
 To install rclone on Linux/macOS/BSD systems, run:
@@ -480,7 +579,7 @@ Citrix ShareFile (https://rclone.org/sharefile/)
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Crypt (https://rclone.org/crypt/) \- to encrypt other remotes
 .IP \[bu] 2
-DigitalOcean Spaces (/s3/#digitalocean-spaces)
+DigitalOcean Spaces (https://rclone.org/s3/#digitalocean-spaces)
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Dropbox (https://rclone.org/dropbox/)
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -510,7 +609,7 @@ Microsoft Azure Blob Storage (https://rclone.org/azureblob/)
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Microsoft OneDrive (https://rclone.org/onedrive/)
 .IP \[bu] 2
-Openstack Swift / Rackspace Cloudfiles / Memset
+OpenStack Swift / Rackspace Cloudfiles / Memset
 Memstore (https://rclone.org/swift/)
 .IP \[bu] 2
 OpenDrive (https://rclone.org/opendrive/)
@@ -523,10 +622,14 @@ put.io (https://rclone.org/putio/)
 .IP \[bu] 2
 QingStor (https://rclone.org/qingstor/)
 .IP \[bu] 2
+Seafile (https://rclone.org/seafile/)
+.IP \[bu] 2
 SFTP (https://rclone.org/sftp/)
 .IP \[bu] 2
 SugarSync (https://rclone.org/sugarsync/)
 .IP \[bu] 2
+Tardigrade (https://rclone.org/tardigrade/)
+.IP \[bu] 2
 Union (https://rclone.org/union/)
 .IP \[bu] 2
 WebDAV (https://rclone.org/webdav/)
@@ -563,7 +666,7 @@ rclone copy /local/path remote:path # copies /local/path to the remote
 rclone sync /local/path remote:path # syncs /local/path to the remote
 \f[R]
 .fi
-.SS rclone config
+.SH rclone config
 .PP
 Enter an interactive configuration session.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -596,7 +699,7 @@ rclone config create (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_create/)
 \- Create a new remote with name, type and options.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone config delete (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_delete/)
-\- Delete an existing remote .
+\- Delete an existing remote \f[C]name\f[R].
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone config
 disconnect (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_disconnect/) \-
@@ -632,7 +735,7 @@ rclone config update (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_update/)
 rclone config
 userinfo (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_userinfo/) \- Prints
 info about logged in user of remote.
-.SS rclone copy
+.SH rclone copy
 .PP
 Copy files from source to dest, skipping already copied
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -690,13 +793,13 @@ directory\[rq].
 This applies to all commands and whether you are talking about the
 source or destination.
 .PP
-See the \[en]no\-traverse (/docs/#no-traverse) option for controlling
-whether rclone lists the destination directory or not.
+See the \[en]no\-traverse (https://rclone.org/docs/#no-traverse) option
+for controlling whether rclone lists the destination directory or not.
 Supplying this option when copying a small number of files into a large
 destination can speed transfers up greatly.
 .PP
 For example, if you have many files in /path/to/src but only a few of
-them change every day, you can to copy all the files which have changed
+them change every day, you can copy all the files which have changed
 recently very efficiently like this:
 .IP
 .nf
@@ -728,7 +831,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone sync
+.SH rclone sync
 .PP
 Make source and dest identical, modifying destination only.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -777,7 +880,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone move
+.SH rclone move
 .PP
 Move files from source to dest.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -788,7 +891,7 @@ does not support a server side directory move operation.
 .PP
 If no filters are in use and if possible this will server side move
 \f[C]source:path\f[R] into \f[C]dest:path\f[R].
-After this \f[C]source:path\f[R] will no longer longer exist.
+After this \f[C]source:path\f[R] will no longer exist.
 .PP
 Otherwise for each file in \f[C]source:path\f[R] selected by the filters
 (if any) this will move it into \f[C]dest:path\f[R].
@@ -799,8 +902,8 @@ original (if no errors on copy) in \f[C]source:path\f[R].
 If you want to delete empty source directories after move, use the
 \[en]delete\-empty\-src\-dirs flag.
 .PP
-See the \[en]no\-traverse (/docs/#no-traverse) option for controlling
-whether rclone lists the destination directory or not.
+See the \[en]no\-traverse (https://rclone.org/docs/#no-traverse) option
+for controlling whether rclone lists the destination directory or not.
 Supplying this option when moving a small number of files into a large
 destination can speed transfers up greatly.
 .PP
@@ -831,7 +934,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone delete
+.SH rclone delete
 .PP
 Remove the contents of path.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -845,6 +948,9 @@ structure alone.
 If you want to delete a directory and all of its contents use
 \f[C]rclone purge\f[R]
 .PP
+If you supply the \[en]rmdirs flag, it will remove all empty directories
+along with it.
+.PP
 Eg delete all files bigger than 100MBytes
 .PP
 Check what would be deleted first (use either)
@@ -876,7 +982,8 @@ rclone delete remote:path [flags]
 .IP
 .nf
 \f[C]
-  \-h, \-\-help   help for delete
+  \-h, \-\-help     help for delete
+      \-\-rmdirs   rmdirs removes empty directories but leaves root intact
 \f[R]
 .fi
 .PP
@@ -886,7 +993,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone purge
+.SH rclone purge
 .PP
 Remove the path and all of its contents.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -915,7 +1022,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone mkdir
+.SH rclone mkdir
 .PP
 Make the path if it doesn\[cq]t already exist.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -941,7 +1048,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone rmdir
+.SH rclone rmdir
 .PP
 Remove the path if empty.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -969,7 +1076,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone check
+.SH rclone check
 .PP
 Checks the files in the source and destination match.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -1014,7 +1121,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone ls
+.SH rclone ls
 .PP
 List the objects in the path with size and path.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -1083,7 +1190,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone lsd
+.SH rclone lsd
 .PP
 List all directories/containers/buckets in the path.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -1168,7 +1275,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone lsl
+.SH rclone lsl
 .PP
 List the objects in path with modification time, size and path.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -1237,7 +1344,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone md5sum
+.SH rclone md5sum
 .PP
 Produces an md5sum file for all the objects in the path.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -1264,7 +1371,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone sha1sum
+.SH rclone sha1sum
 .PP
 Produces an sha1sum file for all the objects in the path.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -1291,7 +1398,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone size
+.SH rclone size
 .PP
 Prints the total size and number of objects in remote:path.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -1318,7 +1425,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone version
+.SH rclone version
 .PP
 Show the version number.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -1381,7 +1488,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone cleanup
+.SH rclone cleanup
 .PP
 Clean up the remote if possible
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -1409,7 +1516,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone dedupe
+.SH rclone dedupe
 .PP
 Interactively find duplicate files and delete/rename them.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -1553,7 +1660,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone about
+.SH rclone about
 .PP
 Get quota information from the remote.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -1640,7 +1747,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone authorize
+.SH rclone authorize
 .PP
 Remote authorization.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -1672,23 +1779,67 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone cachestats
+.SH rclone backend
 .PP
-Print cache stats for a remote
+Run a backend specific command.
 .SS Synopsis
 .PP
-Print cache stats for a remote in JSON format
+This runs a backend specific command.
+The commands themselves (except for \[lq]help\[rq] and
+\[lq]features\[rq]) are defined by the backends and you should see the
+backend docs for definitions.
+.PP
+You can discover what commands a backend implements by using
 .IP
 .nf
 \f[C]
-rclone cachestats source: [flags]
+rclone backend help remote:
+rclone backend help <backendname>
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+You can also discover information about the backend using (see
+operations/fsinfo (https://rclone.org/rc/#operations/fsinfo) in the
+remote control docs for more info).
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone backend features remote:
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+Pass options to the backend command with \-o.
+This should be key=value or key, eg:
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone backend stats remote:path stats \-o format=json \-o long
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+Pass arguments to the backend by placing them on the end of the line
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone backend cleanup remote:path file1 file2 file3
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+Note to run these commands on a running backend then see
+backend/command (https://rclone.org/rc/#backend/command) in the rc docs.
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone backend <command> remote:path [opts] <args> [flags]
 \f[R]
 .fi
 .SS Options
 .IP
 .nf
 \f[C]
-  \-h, \-\-help   help for cachestats
+  \-h, \-\-help                 help for backend
+      \-\-json                 Always output in JSON format.
+  \-o, \-\-option stringArray   Option in the form name=value or name.
 \f[R]
 .fi
 .PP
@@ -1698,7 +1849,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone cat
+.SH rclone cat
 .PP
 Concatenates any files and sends them to stdout.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -1713,7 +1864,7 @@ rclone cat remote:path/to/file
 \f[R]
 .fi
 .PP
-Or like this to output any file in dir or subdirectories.
+Or like this to output any file in dir or its subdirectories.
 .IP
 .nf
 \f[C]
@@ -1721,7 +1872,7 @@ rclone cat remote:path/to/dir
 \f[R]
 .fi
 .PP
-Or like this to output any .txt files in dir or subdirectories.
+Or like this to output any .txt files in dir or its subdirectories.
 .IP
 .nf
 \f[C]
@@ -1759,13 +1910,13 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone config create
+.SH rclone config create
 .PP
 Create a new remote with name, type and options.
 .SS Synopsis
 .PP
-Create a new remote of with and options.
-The options should be passed in in pairs of .
+Create a new remote of \f[C]name\f[R] with \f[C]type\f[R] and options.
+The options should be passed in pairs of \f[C]key\f[R] \f[C]value\f[R].
 .PP
 For example to make a swift remote of name myremote using auto config
 you would do:
@@ -1782,7 +1933,18 @@ Each time that happens rclone will print a message saying how to affect
 the value taken.
 .PP
 If any of the parameters passed is a password field, then rclone will
-automatically obscure them before putting them in the config file.
+automatically obscure them if they aren\[cq]t already obscured before
+putting them in the config file.
+.PP
+\f[B]NB\f[R] If the password parameter is 22 characters or longer and
+consists only of base64 characters then rclone can get confused about
+whether the password is already obscured or not and put unobscured
+passwords into the config file.
+If you want to be 100% certain that the passwords get obscured then use
+the \[lq]\[en]obscure\[rq] flag, or if you are 100% certain you are
+already passing obscured passwords then use \[lq]\[en]no\-obscure\[rq].
+You can also set osbscured passwords using the \[lq]rclone config
+password\[rq] command.
 .PP
 So for example if you wanted to configure a Google Drive remote but
 using remote authorization you would do this:
@@ -1795,14 +1957,16 @@ rclone config create mydrive drive config_is_local false
 .IP
 .nf
 \f[C]
-rclone config create <name> <type> [<key> <value>]* [flags]
+rclone config create \[ga]name\[ga] \[ga]type\[ga] [\[ga]key\[ga] \[ga]value\[ga]]* [flags]
 \f[R]
 .fi
 .SS Options
 .IP
 .nf
 \f[C]
-  \-h, \-\-help   help for create
+  \-h, \-\-help         help for create
+      \-\-no\-obscure   Force any passwords not to be obscured.
+      \-\-obscure      Force any passwords to be obscured.
 \f[R]
 .fi
 .PP
@@ -1812,16 +1976,16 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) \- Enter an
 interactive configuration session.
-.SS rclone config delete
+.SH rclone config delete
 .PP
-Delete an existing remote .
+Delete an existing remote \f[C]name\f[R].
 .SS Synopsis
 .PP
-Delete an existing remote .
+Delete an existing remote \f[C]name\f[R].
 .IP
 .nf
 \f[C]
-rclone config delete <name> [flags]
+rclone config delete \[ga]name\[ga] [flags]
 \f[R]
 .fi
 .SS Options
@@ -1838,7 +2002,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) \- Enter an
 interactive configuration session.
-.SS rclone config disconnect
+.SH rclone config disconnect
 .PP
 Disconnects user from remote
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -1868,7 +2032,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) \- Enter an
 interactive configuration session.
-.SS rclone config dump
+.SH rclone config dump
 .PP
 Dump the config file as JSON.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -1894,7 +2058,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) \- Enter an
 interactive configuration session.
-.SS rclone config edit
+.SH rclone config edit
 .PP
 Enter an interactive configuration session.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -1922,7 +2086,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) \- Enter an
 interactive configuration session.
-.SS rclone config file
+.SH rclone config file
 .PP
 Show path of configuration file in use.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -1948,13 +2112,13 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) \- Enter an
 interactive configuration session.
-.SS rclone config password
+.SH rclone config password
 .PP
 Update password in an existing remote.
 .SS Synopsis
 .PP
 Update an existing remote\[cq]s password.
-The password should be passed in in pairs of .
+The password should be passed in pairs of \f[C]key\f[R] \f[C]value\f[R].
 .PP
 For example to set password of a remote of name myremote you would do:
 .IP
@@ -1969,7 +2133,7 @@ This command is obsolete now that \[lq]config update\[rq] and
 .IP
 .nf
 \f[C]
-rclone config password <name> [<key> <value>]+ [flags]
+rclone config password \[ga]name\[ga] [\[ga]key\[ga] \[ga]value\[ga]]+ [flags]
 \f[R]
 .fi
 .SS Options
@@ -1986,7 +2150,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) \- Enter an
 interactive configuration session.
-.SS rclone config providers
+.SH rclone config providers
 .PP
 List in JSON format all the providers and options.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -2012,7 +2176,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) \- Enter an
 interactive configuration session.
-.SS rclone config reconnect
+.SH rclone config reconnect
 .PP
 Re\-authenticates user with remote.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -2042,7 +2206,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) \- Enter an
 interactive configuration session.
-.SS rclone config show
+.SH rclone config show
 .PP
 Print (decrypted) config file, or the config for a single remote.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -2068,13 +2232,14 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) \- Enter an
 interactive configuration session.
-.SS rclone config update
+.SH rclone config update
 .PP
 Update options in an existing remote.
 .SS Synopsis
 .PP
 Update an existing remote\[cq]s options.
-The options should be passed in in pairs of .
+The options should be passed in in pairs of \f[C]key\f[R]
+\f[C]value\f[R].
 .PP
 For example to update the env_auth field of a remote of name myremote
 you would do:
@@ -2086,9 +2251,20 @@ rclone config update myremote swift env_auth true
 .fi
 .PP
 If any of the parameters passed is a password field, then rclone will
-automatically obscure them before putting them in the config file.
+automatically obscure them if they aren\[cq]t already obscured before
+putting them in the config file.
 .PP
-If the remote uses oauth the token will be updated, if you don\[cq]t
+\f[B]NB\f[R] If the password parameter is 22 characters or longer and
+consists only of base64 characters then rclone can get confused about
+whether the password is already obscured or not and put unobscured
+passwords into the config file.
+If you want to be 100% certain that the passwords get obscured then use
+the \[lq]\[en]obscure\[rq] flag, or if you are 100% certain you are
+already passing obscured passwords then use \[lq]\[en]no\-obscure\[rq].
+You can also set osbscured passwords using the \[lq]rclone config
+password\[rq] command.
+.PP
+If the remote uses OAuth the token will be updated, if you don\[cq]t
 require this add an extra parameter thus:
 .IP
 .nf
@@ -2099,14 +2275,16 @@ rclone config update myremote swift env_auth true config_refresh_token false
 .IP
 .nf
 \f[C]
-rclone config update <name> [<key> <value>]+ [flags]
+rclone config update \[ga]name\[ga] [\[ga]key\[ga] \[ga]value\[ga]]+ [flags]
 \f[R]
 .fi
 .SS Options
 .IP
 .nf
 \f[C]
-  \-h, \-\-help   help for update
+  \-h, \-\-help         help for update
+      \-\-no\-obscure   Force any passwords not to be obscured.
+      \-\-obscure      Force any passwords to be obscured.
 \f[R]
 .fi
 .PP
@@ -2116,7 +2294,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) \- Enter an
 interactive configuration session.
-.SS rclone config userinfo
+.SH rclone config userinfo
 .PP
 Prints info about logged in user of remote.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -2144,7 +2322,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone config (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config/) \- Enter an
 interactive configuration session.
-.SS rclone copyto
+.SH rclone copyto
 .PP
 Copy files from source to dest, skipping already copied
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -2205,7 +2383,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone copyurl
+.SH rclone copyurl
 .PP
 Copy url content to dest.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -2213,10 +2391,13 @@ Copy url content to dest.
 Download a URL\[cq]s content and copy it to the destination without
 saving it in temporary storage.
 .PP
-Setting \[en]auto\-filename will cause the file name to be retreived
+Setting \[en]auto\-filename will cause the file name to be retrieved
 from the from URL (after any redirections) and used in the destination
 path.
 .PP
+Setting \[en]no\-clobber will prevent overwriting file on the
+destination if there is one with the same name.
+.PP
 Setting \[en]stdout or making the output file name \[lq]\-\[rq] will
 cause the output to be written to standard output.
 .IP
@@ -2231,6 +2412,7 @@ rclone copyurl https://example.com dest:path [flags]
 \f[C]
   \-a, \-\-auto\-filename   Get the file name from the URL and use it for destination file path
   \-h, \-\-help            help for copyurl
+      \-\-no\-clobber      Prevent overwriting file with same name
       \-\-stdout          Write the output to stdout rather than a file
 \f[R]
 .fi
@@ -2241,7 +2423,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone cryptcheck
+.SH rclone cryptcheck
 .PP
 Cryptcheck checks the integrity of a crypted remote.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -2302,7 +2484,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone cryptdecode
+.SH rclone cryptdecode
 .PP
 Cryptdecode returns unencrypted file names.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -2344,36 +2526,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone dbhashsum
-.PP
-Produces a Dropbox hash file for all the objects in the path.
-.SS Synopsis
-.PP
-Produces a Dropbox hash file for all the objects in the path.
-The hashes are calculated according to Dropbox content hash
-rules (https://www.dropbox.com/developers/reference/content-hash).
-The output is in the same format as md5sum and sha1sum.
-.IP
-.nf
-\f[C]
-rclone dbhashsum remote:path [flags]
-\f[R]
-.fi
-.SS Options
-.IP
-.nf
-\f[C]
-  \-h, \-\-help   help for dbhashsum
-\f[R]
-.fi
-.PP
-See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
-not listed here.
-.SS SEE ALSO
-.IP \[bu] 2
-rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
-commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone deletefile
+.SH rclone deletefile
 .PP
 Remove a single file from remote.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -2402,7 +2555,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone genautocomplete
+.SH rclone genautocomplete
 .PP
 Output completion script for a given shell.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -2429,9 +2582,13 @@ bash (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_genautocomplete_bash/) \-
 Output bash completion script for rclone.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone genautocomplete
+fish (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_genautocomplete_fish/) \-
+Output fish completion script for rclone.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+rclone genautocomplete
 zsh (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_genautocomplete_zsh/) \- Output
 zsh completion script for rclone.
-.SS rclone genautocomplete bash
+.SH rclone genautocomplete bash
 .PP
 Output bash completion script for rclone.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -2478,7 +2635,54 @@ not listed here.
 rclone
 genautocomplete (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_genautocomplete/) \-
 Output completion script for a given shell.
-.SS rclone genautocomplete zsh
+.SH rclone genautocomplete fish
+.PP
+Output fish completion script for rclone.
+.SS Synopsis
+.PP
+Generates a fish autocompletion script for rclone.
+.PP
+This writes to /etc/fish/completions/rclone.fish by default so will
+probably need to be run with sudo or as root, eg
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+sudo rclone genautocomplete fish
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+Logout and login again to use the autocompletion scripts, or source them
+directly
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+\&. /etc/fish/completions/rclone.fish
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+If you supply a command line argument the script will be written there.
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone genautocomplete fish [output_file] [flags]
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.SS Options
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+  \-h, \-\-help   help for fish
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+See the global flags page (https://rclone.org/flags/) for global options
+not listed here.
+.SS SEE ALSO
+.IP \[bu] 2
+rclone
+genautocomplete (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_genautocomplete/) \-
+Output completion script for a given shell.
+.SH rclone genautocomplete zsh
 .PP
 Output zsh completion script for rclone.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -2525,7 +2729,7 @@ not listed here.
 rclone
 genautocomplete (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_genautocomplete/) \-
 Output completion script for a given shell.
-.SS rclone gendocs
+.SH rclone gendocs
 .PP
 Output markdown docs for rclone to the directory supplied.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -2554,9 +2758,9 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone hashsum
+.SH rclone hashsum
 .PP
-Produces an hashsum file for all the objects in the path.
+Produces a hashsum file for all the objects in the path.
 .SS Synopsis
 .PP
 Produces a hash file for all the objects in the path using the hash
@@ -2604,7 +2808,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone link
+.SH rclone link
 .PP
 Generate public link to file/folder.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -2643,7 +2847,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone listremotes
+.SH rclone listremotes
 .PP
 List all the remotes in the config file.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -2672,7 +2876,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone lsf
+.SH rclone lsf
 .PP
 List directories and objects in remote:path formatted for parsing
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -2794,7 +2998,7 @@ test.sh,449
 .fi
 .PP
 Note that the \[en]absolute parameter is useful for making lists of
-files to pass to an rclone copy with the \[en]files\-from flag.
+files to pass to an rclone copy with the \[en]files\-from\-raw flag.
 .PP
 For example to find all the files modified within one day and copy those
 only (without traversing the whole directory structure):
@@ -2802,7 +3006,7 @@ only (without traversing the whole directory structure):
 .nf
 \f[C]
 rclone lsf \-\-absolute \-\-files\-only \-\-max\-age 1d /path/to/local > new_files
-rclone copy \-\-files\-from new_files /path/to/local remote:path
+rclone copy \-\-files\-from\-raw new_files /path/to/local remote:path
 \f[R]
 .fi
 .PP
@@ -2863,7 +3067,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone lsjson
+.SH rclone lsjson
 .PP
 List directories and objects in the path in JSON format.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -2887,6 +3091,9 @@ The output is an array of Items, where each Item looks like this
 \[lq]Tier\[rq] : \[lq]hot\[rq], }
 .PP
 If \[en]hash is not specified the Hashes property won\[cq]t be emitted.
+The types of hash can be specified with the \[en]hash\-type parameter
+(which may be repeated).
+If \[en]hash\-type is set then it implies \[en]hash.
 .PP
 If \[en]no\-modtime is specified then ModTime will be blank.
 This can speed things up on remotes where reading the ModTime takes an
@@ -2965,15 +3172,16 @@ rclone lsjson remote:path [flags]
 .IP
 .nf
 \f[C]
-      \-\-dirs\-only     Show only directories in the listing.
-  \-M, \-\-encrypted     Show the encrypted names.
-      \-\-files\-only    Show only files in the listing.
-      \-\-hash          Include hashes in the output (may take longer).
-  \-h, \-\-help          help for lsjson
-      \-\-no\-mimetype   Don\[aq]t read the mime type (can speed things up).
-      \-\-no\-modtime    Don\[aq]t read the modification time (can speed things up).
-      \-\-original      Show the ID of the underlying Object.
-  \-R, \-\-recursive     Recurse into the listing.
+      \-\-dirs\-only               Show only directories in the listing.
+  \-M, \-\-encrypted               Show the encrypted names.
+      \-\-files\-only              Show only files in the listing.
+      \-\-hash                    Include hashes in the output (may take longer).
+      \-\-hash\-type stringArray   Show only this hash type (may be repeated).
+  \-h, \-\-help                    help for lsjson
+      \-\-no\-mimetype             Don\[aq]t read the mime type (can speed things up).
+      \-\-no\-modtime              Don\[aq]t read the modification time (can speed things up).
+      \-\-original                Show the ID of the underlying Object.
+  \-R, \-\-recursive               Recurse into the listing.
 \f[R]
 .fi
 .PP
@@ -2983,7 +3191,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone mount
+.SH rclone mount
 .PP
 Mount the remote as file system on a mountpoint.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -2994,7 +3202,15 @@ Rclone\[cq]s cloud storage systems as a file system with FUSE.
 First set up your remote using \f[C]rclone config\f[R].
 Check it works with \f[C]rclone ls\f[R] etc.
 .PP
-Start the mount like this
+You can either run mount in foreground mode or background (daemon) mode.
+Mount runs in foreground mode by default, use the \[en]daemon flag to
+specify background mode mode.
+Background mode is only supported on Linux and OSX, you can only run
+mount in foreground mode on Windows.
+.PP
+On Linux/macOS/FreeBSD Start the mount like this where
+\f[C]/path/to/local/mount\f[R] is an \f[B]empty\f[R] \f[B]existing\f[R]
+directory.
 .IP
 .nf
 \f[C]
@@ -3002,20 +3218,28 @@ rclone mount remote:path/to/files /path/to/local/mount
 \f[R]
 .fi
 .PP
-Or on Windows like this where X: is an unused drive letter
+Or on Windows like this where \f[C]X:\f[R] is an unused drive letter or
+use a path to \f[B]non\-existent\f[R] directory.
 .IP
 .nf
 \f[C]
 rclone mount remote:path/to/files X:
+rclone mount remote:path/to/files C:\[rs]path\[rs]to\[rs]nonexistent\[rs]directory
 \f[R]
 .fi
 .PP
-When the program ends, either via Ctrl+C or receiving a SIGINT or
-SIGTERM signal, the mount is automatically stopped.
+When running in background mode the user will have to stop the mount
+manually (specified below).
+.PP
+When the program ends while in foreground mode, either via Ctrl+C or
+receiving a SIGINT or SIGTERM signal, the mount is automatically
+stopped.
 .PP
 The umount operation can fail, for example when the mountpoint is busy.
 When that happens, it is the user\[cq]s responsibility to stop the mount
-manually with
+manually.
+.PP
+Stopping the mount manually:
 .IP
 .nf
 \f[C]
@@ -3030,7 +3254,7 @@ umount /path/to/local/mount
 To run rclone mount on Windows, you will need to download and install
 WinFsp (http://www.secfs.net/winfsp/).
 .PP
-WinFsp is an open source (https://github.com/billziss-gh/winfsp) Windows
+WinFsp (https://github.com/billziss-gh/winfsp) is an open source Windows
 File System Proxy which makes it easy to write user space file systems
 for Windows.
 It provides a FUSE emulation layer which rclone uses combination with
@@ -3052,6 +3276,36 @@ WinFsp.Launcher
 infrastructure (https://github.com/billziss-gh/winfsp/wiki/WinFsp-Service-Architecture))
 which creates drives accessible for everyone on the system or
 alternatively using the nssm service manager (https://nssm.cc/usage).
+.SS Mount as a network drive
+.PP
+By default, rclone will mount the remote as a normal drive.
+However, you can also mount it as a \f[B]Network Drive\f[R] (or
+\f[B]Network Share\f[R], as mentioned in some places)
+.PP
+Unlike other systems, Windows provides a different filesystem type for
+network drives.
+Windows and other programs treat the network drives and fixed/removable
+drives differently: In network drives, many I/O operations are
+optimized, as the high latency and low reliability (compared to a normal
+drive) of a network is expected.
+.PP
+Although many people prefer network shares to be mounted as normal
+system drives, this might cause some issues, such as programs not
+working as expected or freezes and errors while operating with the
+mounted remote in Windows Explorer.
+If you experience any of those, consider mounting rclone remotes as
+network shares, as Windows expects normal drives to be fast and
+reliable, while cloud storage is far from that.
+See also Limitations section below for more info
+.PP
+Add \[lq]\[en]fuse\-flag \[en]VolumePrefix=\[rq] to your \[lq]mount\[rq]
+command, \f[B]replacing \[lq]share\[rq] with any other name of your
+choice if you are mounting more than one remote\f[R].
+Otherwise, the mountpoints will conflict and your mounted filesystems
+will overlap.
+.PP
+Read more about drive
+mapping (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Drive_mapping)
 .SS Limitations
 .PP
 Without the use of \[lq]\[en]vfs\-cache\-mode\[rq] this can only write
@@ -3157,7 +3411,10 @@ backend.
 Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate
 the cache.
 However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once the
-cache expires.
+cache expires if the backend configured does not support polling for
+changes.
+If the backend supports polling, changes will be picked up on within the
+polling interval.
 .PP
 Alternatively, you can send a \f[C]SIGHUP\f[R] signal to rclone for it
 to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are.
@@ -3310,6 +3567,51 @@ This mode should support all normal file system operations.
 .PP
 If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to
 \[en]low\-level\-retries times.
+.SS Case Sensitivity
+.PP
+Linux file systems are case\-sensitive: two files can differ only by
+case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.
+.PP
+Windows is not like most other operating systems supported by rclone.
+File systems in modern Windows are case\-insensitive but
+case\-preserving: although existing files can be opened using any case,
+the exact case used to create the file is preserved and available for
+programs to query.
+It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ only by
+case.
+.PP
+Usually file systems on macOS are case\-insensitive.
+It is possible to make macOS file systems case\-sensitive but that is
+not the default
+.PP
+The \[lq]\[en]vfs\-case\-insensitive\[rq] mount flag controls how rclone
+handles these two cases.
+If its value is \[lq]false\[rq], rclone passes file names to the mounted
+file system as is.
+If the flag is \[lq]true\[rq] (or appears without a value on command
+line), rclone may perform a \[lq]fixup\[rq] as explained below.
+.PP
+The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case
+different than what is stored on mounted file system.
+If an argument refers to an existing file with exactly the same name,
+then the case of the existing file on the disk will be used.
+However, if a file name with exactly the same name is not found but a
+name differing only by case exists, rclone will transparently fixup the
+name.
+This fixup happens only when an existing file is requested.
+Case sensitivity of file names created anew by rclone is controlled by
+an underlying mounted file system.
+.PP
+Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the
+target) may differ from case sensitivity of a file system mounted by
+rclone (the source).
+The flag controls whether \[lq]fixup\[rq] is performed to satisfy the
+target.
+.PP
+If the flag is not provided on command line, then its default value
+depends on the operating system where rclone runs: \[lq]true\[rq] on
+Windows and macOS, \[lq]false\[rq] otherwise.
+If the flag is provided without a value, then it is \[lq]true\[rq].
 .IP
 .nf
 \f[C]
@@ -3320,9 +3622,10 @@ rclone mount remote:path /path/to/mountpoint [flags]
 .IP
 .nf
 \f[C]
-      \-\-allow\-non\-empty                        Allow mounting over a non\-empty directory.
+      \-\-allow\-non\-empty                        Allow mounting over a non\-empty directory (not Windows).
       \-\-allow\-other                            Allow access to other users.
       \-\-allow\-root                             Allow access to root user.
+      \-\-async\-read                             Use asynchronous reads. (default true)
       \-\-attr\-timeout duration                  Time for which file/directory attributes are cached. (default 1s)
       \-\-daemon                                 Run mount as a daemon (background mode).
       \-\-daemon\-timeout duration                Time limit for rclone to respond to kernel (not supported by all OSes).
@@ -3350,6 +3653,8 @@ rclone mount remote:path /path/to/mountpoint [flags]
       \-\-vfs\-case\-insensitive                   If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match.
       \-\-vfs\-read\-chunk\-size SizeSuffix         Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
       \-\-vfs\-read\-chunk\-size\-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than \-\-vfs\-read\-chunk\-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. \[aq]off\[aq] is unlimited. (default off)
+      \-\-vfs\-read\-wait duration                 Time to wait for in\-sequence read before seeking. (default 20ms)
+      \-\-vfs\-write\-wait duration                Time to wait for in\-sequence write before giving error. (default 1s)
       \-\-volname string                         Set the volume name (not supported by all OSes).
       \-\-write\-back\-cache                       Makes kernel buffer writes before sending them to rclone. Without this, writethrough caching is used.
 \f[R]
@@ -3361,7 +3666,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone moveto
+.SH rclone moveto
 .PP
 Move file or directory from source to dest.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -3425,7 +3730,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone ncdu
+.SH rclone ncdu
 .PP
 Explore a remote with a text based user interface.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -3486,7 +3791,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone obscure
+.SH rclone obscure
 .PP
 Obscure password for use in the rclone.conf
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -3512,7 +3817,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone rc
+.SH rclone rc
 .PP
 Run a command against a running rclone.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -3536,6 +3841,46 @@ The \[en]json parameter can be used to pass in a JSON blob as an input
 instead of key=value arguments.
 This is the only way of passing in more complicated values.
 .PP
+The \-o/\[en]opt option can be used to set a key \[lq]opt\[rq] with key,
+value options in the form \[lq]\-o key=value\[rq] or \[lq]\-o key\[rq].
+It can be repeated as many times as required.
+This is useful for rc commands which take the \[lq]opt\[rq] parameter
+which by convention is a dictionary of strings.
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+\-o key=value \-o key2
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+Will place this in the \[lq]opt\[rq] value
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+{\[dq]key\[dq]:\[dq]value\[dq], \[dq]key2\[dq],\[dq]\[dq])
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+The \-a/\[en]arg option can be used to set strings in the \[lq]arg\[rq]
+value.
+It can be repeated as many times as required.
+This is useful for rc commands which take the \[lq]arg\[rq] parameter
+which by convention is a list of strings.
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+\-a value \-a value2
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+Will place this in the \[lq]arg\[rq] value
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+[\[dq]value\[dq], \[dq]value2\[dq]]
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
 Use \[en]loopback to connect to the rclone instance running \[lq]rclone
 rc\[rq].
 This is very useful for testing commands without having to run an rclone
@@ -3558,13 +3903,15 @@ rclone rc commands parameter [flags]
 .IP
 .nf
 \f[C]
-  \-h, \-\-help          help for rc
-      \-\-json string   Input JSON \- use instead of key=value args.
-      \-\-loopback      If set connect to this rclone instance not via HTTP.
-      \-\-no\-output     If set don\[aq]t output the JSON result.
-      \-\-pass string   Password to use to connect to rclone remote control.
-      \-\-url string    URL to connect to rclone remote control. (default \[dq]http://localhost:5572/\[dq])
-      \-\-user string   Username to use to rclone remote control.
+  \-a, \-\-arg stringArray   Argument placed in the \[dq]arg\[dq] array.
+  \-h, \-\-help              help for rc
+      \-\-json string       Input JSON \- use instead of key=value args.
+      \-\-loopback          If set connect to this rclone instance not via HTTP.
+      \-\-no\-output         If set don\[aq]t output the JSON result.
+  \-o, \-\-opt stringArray   Option in the form name=value or name placed in the \[dq]opt\[dq] array.
+      \-\-pass string       Password to use to connect to rclone remote control.
+      \-\-url string        URL to connect to rclone remote control. (default \[dq]http://localhost:5572/\[dq])
+      \-\-user string       Username to use to rclone remote control.
 \f[R]
 .fi
 .PP
@@ -3574,7 +3921,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone rcat
+.SH rclone rcat
 .PP
 Copies standard input to file on remote.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -3629,7 +3976,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone rcd
+.SH rclone rcd
 .PP
 Run rclone listening to remote control commands only.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -3664,7 +4011,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone rmdirs
+.SH rclone rmdirs
 .PP
 Remove empty directories under the path.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -3699,7 +4046,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone serve
+.SH rclone serve
 .PP
 Serve a remote over a protocol.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -3753,12 +4100,12 @@ Serve the remote over SFTP.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone serve webdav (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve_webdav/)
 \- Serve remote:path over webdav.
-.SS rclone serve dlna
+.SH rclone serve dlna
 .PP
 Serve remote:path over DLNA
 .SS Synopsis
 .PP
-rclone serve dlna is a DLNA media server for media stored in a rclone
+rclone serve dlna is a DLNA media server for media stored in an rclone
 remote.
 Many devices, such as the Xbox and PlayStation, can automatically
 discover this server in the LAN and play audio/video from it.
@@ -3790,7 +4137,10 @@ backend.
 Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate
 the cache.
 However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once the
-cache expires.
+cache expires if the backend configured does not support polling for
+changes.
+If the backend supports polling, changes will be picked up on within the
+polling interval.
 .PP
 Alternatively, you can send a \f[C]SIGHUP\f[R] signal to rclone for it
 to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are.
@@ -3943,6 +4293,51 @@ This mode should support all normal file system operations.
 .PP
 If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to
 \[en]low\-level\-retries times.
+.SS Case Sensitivity
+.PP
+Linux file systems are case\-sensitive: two files can differ only by
+case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.
+.PP
+Windows is not like most other operating systems supported by rclone.
+File systems in modern Windows are case\-insensitive but
+case\-preserving: although existing files can be opened using any case,
+the exact case used to create the file is preserved and available for
+programs to query.
+It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ only by
+case.
+.PP
+Usually file systems on macOS are case\-insensitive.
+It is possible to make macOS file systems case\-sensitive but that is
+not the default
+.PP
+The \[lq]\[en]vfs\-case\-insensitive\[rq] mount flag controls how rclone
+handles these two cases.
+If its value is \[lq]false\[rq], rclone passes file names to the mounted
+file system as is.
+If the flag is \[lq]true\[rq] (or appears without a value on command
+line), rclone may perform a \[lq]fixup\[rq] as explained below.
+.PP
+The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case
+different than what is stored on mounted file system.
+If an argument refers to an existing file with exactly the same name,
+then the case of the existing file on the disk will be used.
+However, if a file name with exactly the same name is not found but a
+name differing only by case exists, rclone will transparently fixup the
+name.
+This fixup happens only when an existing file is requested.
+Case sensitivity of file names created anew by rclone is controlled by
+an underlying mounted file system.
+.PP
+Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the
+target) may differ from case sensitivity of a file system mounted by
+rclone (the source).
+The flag controls whether \[lq]fixup\[rq] is performed to satisfy the
+target.
+.PP
+If the flag is not provided on command line, then its default value
+depends on the operating system where rclone runs: \[lq]true\[rq] on
+Windows and macOS, \[lq]false\[rq] otherwise.
+If the flag is provided without a value, then it is \[lq]true\[rq].
 .IP
 .nf
 \f[C]
@@ -3975,6 +4370,8 @@ rclone serve dlna remote:path [flags]
       \-\-vfs\-case\-insensitive                   If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match.
       \-\-vfs\-read\-chunk\-size SizeSuffix         Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
       \-\-vfs\-read\-chunk\-size\-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than \-\-vfs\-read\-chunk\-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. \[aq]off\[aq] is unlimited. (default off)
+      \-\-vfs\-read\-wait duration                 Time to wait for in\-sequence read before seeking. (default 20ms)
+      \-\-vfs\-write\-wait duration                Time to wait for in\-sequence write before giving error. (default 1s)
 \f[R]
 .fi
 .PP
@@ -3984,7 +4381,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone serve (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/) \- Serve a
 remote over a protocol.
-.SS rclone serve ftp
+.SH rclone serve ftp
 .PP
 Serve remote:path over FTP.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -4017,7 +4414,10 @@ backend.
 Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate
 the cache.
 However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once the
-cache expires.
+cache expires if the backend configured does not support polling for
+changes.
+If the backend supports polling, changes will be picked up on within the
+polling interval.
 .PP
 Alternatively, you can send a \f[C]SIGHUP\f[R] signal to rclone for it
 to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are.
@@ -4170,6 +4570,51 @@ This mode should support all normal file system operations.
 .PP
 If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to
 \[en]low\-level\-retries times.
+.SS Case Sensitivity
+.PP
+Linux file systems are case\-sensitive: two files can differ only by
+case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.
+.PP
+Windows is not like most other operating systems supported by rclone.
+File systems in modern Windows are case\-insensitive but
+case\-preserving: although existing files can be opened using any case,
+the exact case used to create the file is preserved and available for
+programs to query.
+It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ only by
+case.
+.PP
+Usually file systems on macOS are case\-insensitive.
+It is possible to make macOS file systems case\-sensitive but that is
+not the default
+.PP
+The \[lq]\[en]vfs\-case\-insensitive\[rq] mount flag controls how rclone
+handles these two cases.
+If its value is \[lq]false\[rq], rclone passes file names to the mounted
+file system as is.
+If the flag is \[lq]true\[rq] (or appears without a value on command
+line), rclone may perform a \[lq]fixup\[rq] as explained below.
+.PP
+The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case
+different than what is stored on mounted file system.
+If an argument refers to an existing file with exactly the same name,
+then the case of the existing file on the disk will be used.
+However, if a file name with exactly the same name is not found but a
+name differing only by case exists, rclone will transparently fixup the
+name.
+This fixup happens only when an existing file is requested.
+Case sensitivity of file names created anew by rclone is controlled by
+an underlying mounted file system.
+.PP
+Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the
+target) may differ from case sensitivity of a file system mounted by
+rclone (the source).
+The flag controls whether \[lq]fixup\[rq] is performed to satisfy the
+target.
+.PP
+If the flag is not provided on command line, then its default value
+depends on the operating system where rclone runs: \[lq]true\[rq] on
+Windows and macOS, \[lq]false\[rq] otherwise.
+If the flag is provided without a value, then it is \[lq]true\[rq].
 .SS Auth Proxy
 .PP
 If you supply the parameter \f[C]\-\-auth\-proxy /path/to/program\f[R]
@@ -4178,6 +4623,11 @@ then are used to authenticate incoming requests.
 This uses a simple JSON based protocl with input on STDIN and output on
 STDOUT.
 .PP
+\f[B]PLEASE NOTE:\f[R] \f[C]\-\-auth\-proxy\f[R] and
+\f[C]\-\-authorized\-keys\f[R] cannot be used together, if
+\f[C]\-\-auth\-proxy\f[R] is set the authorized keys option will be
+ignored.
+.PP
 There is an example program
 bin/test_proxy.py (https://github.com/rclone/rclone/blob/master/test_proxy.py)
 in the rclone source code.
@@ -4196,7 +4646,8 @@ This config generated must have this extra parameter \- \f[C]_root\f[R]
 And it may have this parameter \- \f[C]_obscure\f[R] \- comma separated
 strings for parameters to obscure
 .PP
-For example the program might take this on STDIN
+If password authentication was used by the client, input to the proxy
+process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:
 .IP
 .nf
 \f[C]
@@ -4207,7 +4658,19 @@ For example the program might take this on STDIN
 \f[R]
 .fi
 .PP
-And return this on STDOUT
+If public\-key authentication was used by the client, input to the proxy
+process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+{
+    \[dq]user\[dq]: \[dq]me\[dq],
+    \[dq]public_key\[dq]: \[dq]AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQDuwESFdAe14hVS6omeyX7edc...JQdf\[dq]
+}
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+And as an example return this on STDOUT
 .IP
 .nf
 \f[C]
@@ -4223,13 +4686,13 @@ And return this on STDOUT
 .fi
 .PP
 This would mean that an SFTP backend would be created on the fly for the
-\f[C]user\f[R] and \f[C]pass\f[R] returned in the output to the host
-given.
+\f[C]user\f[R] and \f[C]pass\f[R]/\f[C]public_key\f[R] returned in the
+output to the host given.
 Note that since \f[C]_obscure\f[R] is set to \f[C]pass\f[R], rclone will
 obscure the \f[C]pass\f[R] parameter before creating the backend (which
 is required for sftp backends).
 .PP
-The progam can manipulate the supplied \f[C]user\f[R] in any way, for
+The program can manipulate the supplied \f[C]user\f[R] in any way, for
 example to make proxy to many different sftp backends, you could make
 the \f[C]user\f[R] be \f[C]user\[at]example.com\f[R] and then set the
 \f[C]host\f[R] to \f[C]example.com\f[R] in the output and the user to
@@ -4238,9 +4701,10 @@ For security you\[cq]d probably want to restrict the \f[C]host\f[R] to a
 limited list.
 .PP
 Note that an internal cache is keyed on \f[C]user\f[R] so only use that
-for configuration, don\[cq]t use \f[C]pass\f[R].
-This also means that if a user\[cq]s password is changed the cache will
-need to expire (which takes 5 mins) before it takes effect.
+for configuration, don\[cq]t use \f[C]pass\f[R] or \f[C]public_key\f[R].
+This also means that if a user\[cq]s password or public\-key is changed
+the cache will need to expire (which takes 5 mins) before it takes
+effect.
 .PP
 This can be used to build general purpose proxies to any kind of backend
 that rclone supports.
@@ -4279,6 +4743,8 @@ rclone serve ftp remote:path [flags]
       \-\-vfs\-case\-insensitive                   If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match.
       \-\-vfs\-read\-chunk\-size SizeSuffix         Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
       \-\-vfs\-read\-chunk\-size\-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than \-\-vfs\-read\-chunk\-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. \[aq]off\[aq] is unlimited. (default off)
+      \-\-vfs\-read\-wait duration                 Time to wait for in\-sequence read before seeking. (default 20ms)
+      \-\-vfs\-write\-wait duration                Time to wait for in\-sequence write before giving error. (default 1s)
 \f[R]
 .fi
 .PP
@@ -4288,7 +4754,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone serve (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/) \- Serve a
 remote over a protocol.
-.SS rclone serve http
+.SH rclone serve http
 .PP
 Serve the remote over HTTP.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -4333,6 +4799,102 @@ Rclone automatically inserts leading and trailing \[lq]/\[rq] on
 \[en]baseurl, so \[en]baseurl \[lq]rclone\[rq], \[en]baseurl
 \[lq]/rclone\[rq] and \[en]baseurl \[lq]/rclone/\[rq] are all treated
 identically.
+.PP
+\[en]template allows a user to specify a custom markup template for http
+and webdav serve functions.
+The server exports the following markup to be used within the template
+to server pages:
+.PP
+.TS
+tab(@);
+lw(35.0n) lw(35.0n).
+T{
+Parameter
+T}@T{
+Description
+T}
+_
+T{
+\&.Name
+T}@T{
+The full path of a file/directory.
+T}
+T{
+\&.Title
+T}@T{
+Directory listing of .Name
+T}
+T{
+\&.Sort
+T}@T{
+The current sort used.
+This is changeable via ?sort= parameter
+T}
+T{
+T}@T{
+Sort Options: namedirfist,name,size,time (default namedirfirst)
+T}
+T{
+\&.Order
+T}@T{
+The current ordering used.
+This is changeable via ?order= parameter
+T}
+T{
+T}@T{
+Order Options: asc,desc (default asc)
+T}
+T{
+\&.Query
+T}@T{
+Currently unused.
+T}
+T{
+\&.Breadcrumb
+T}@T{
+Allows for creating a relative navigation
+T}
+T{
+\[en] .Link
+T}@T{
+The relative to the root link of the Text.
+T}
+T{
+\[en] .Text
+T}@T{
+The Name of the directory.
+T}
+T{
+\&.Entries
+T}@T{
+Information about a specific file/directory.
+T}
+T{
+\[en] .URL
+T}@T{
+The `url' of an entry.
+T}
+T{
+\[en] .Leaf
+T}@T{
+Currently same as `URL' but intended to be `just' the name.
+T}
+T{
+\[en] .IsDir
+T}@T{
+Boolean for if an entry is a directory or not.
+T}
+T{
+\[en] .Size
+T}@T{
+Size in Bytes of the entry.
+T}
+T{
+\[en] .ModTime
+T}@T{
+The UTC timestamp of an entry.
+T}
+.TE
 .SS Authentication
 .PP
 By default this will serve files without needing a login.
@@ -4366,8 +4928,8 @@ You will need to supply the \[en]cert and \[en]key flags.
 If you wish to do client side certificate validation then you will need
 to supply \[en]client\-ca also.
 .PP
-\[en]cert should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a
-concatenation of that with the CA certificate.
+\[en]cert should be either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation
+of that with the CA certificate.
 \[en]key should be the PEM encoded private key and \[en]client\-ca
 should be the PEM encoded client certificate authority certificate.
 .SS Directory Cache
@@ -4378,7 +4940,10 @@ backend.
 Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate
 the cache.
 However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once the
-cache expires.
+cache expires if the backend configured does not support polling for
+changes.
+If the backend supports polling, changes will be picked up on within the
+polling interval.
 .PP
 Alternatively, you can send a \f[C]SIGHUP\f[R] signal to rclone for it
 to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are.
@@ -4531,6 +5096,51 @@ This mode should support all normal file system operations.
 .PP
 If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to
 \[en]low\-level\-retries times.
+.SS Case Sensitivity
+.PP
+Linux file systems are case\-sensitive: two files can differ only by
+case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.
+.PP
+Windows is not like most other operating systems supported by rclone.
+File systems in modern Windows are case\-insensitive but
+case\-preserving: although existing files can be opened using any case,
+the exact case used to create the file is preserved and available for
+programs to query.
+It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ only by
+case.
+.PP
+Usually file systems on macOS are case\-insensitive.
+It is possible to make macOS file systems case\-sensitive but that is
+not the default
+.PP
+The \[lq]\[en]vfs\-case\-insensitive\[rq] mount flag controls how rclone
+handles these two cases.
+If its value is \[lq]false\[rq], rclone passes file names to the mounted
+file system as is.
+If the flag is \[lq]true\[rq] (or appears without a value on command
+line), rclone may perform a \[lq]fixup\[rq] as explained below.
+.PP
+The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case
+different than what is stored on mounted file system.
+If an argument refers to an existing file with exactly the same name,
+then the case of the existing file on the disk will be used.
+However, if a file name with exactly the same name is not found but a
+name differing only by case exists, rclone will transparently fixup the
+name.
+This fixup happens only when an existing file is requested.
+Case sensitivity of file names created anew by rclone is controlled by
+an underlying mounted file system.
+.PP
+Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the
+target) may differ from case sensitivity of a file system mounted by
+rclone (the source).
+The flag controls whether \[lq]fixup\[rq] is performed to satisfy the
+target.
+.PP
+If the flag is not provided on command line, then its default value
+depends on the operating system where rclone runs: \[lq]true\[rq] on
+Windows and macOS, \[lq]false\[rq] otherwise.
+If the flag is provided without a value, then it is \[lq]true\[rq].
 .IP
 .nf
 \f[C]
@@ -4562,6 +5172,7 @@ rclone serve http remote:path [flags]
       \-\-realm string                           realm for authentication (default \[dq]rclone\[dq])
       \-\-server\-read\-timeout duration           Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
       \-\-server\-write\-timeout duration          Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
+      \-\-template string                        User Specified Template.
       \-\-uid uint32                             Override the uid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000)
       \-\-umask int                              Override the permission bits set by the filesystem. (default 2)
       \-\-user string                            User name for authentication.
@@ -4572,6 +5183,8 @@ rclone serve http remote:path [flags]
       \-\-vfs\-case\-insensitive                   If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match.
       \-\-vfs\-read\-chunk\-size SizeSuffix         Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
       \-\-vfs\-read\-chunk\-size\-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than \-\-vfs\-read\-chunk\-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. \[aq]off\[aq] is unlimited. (default off)
+      \-\-vfs\-read\-wait duration                 Time to wait for in\-sequence read before seeking. (default 20ms)
+      \-\-vfs\-write\-wait duration                Time to wait for in\-sequence write before giving error. (default 1s)
 \f[R]
 .fi
 .PP
@@ -4581,7 +5194,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone serve (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/) \- Serve a
 remote over a protocol.
-.SS rclone serve restic
+.SH rclone serve restic
 .PP
 Serve the remote for restic\[cq]s REST API.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -4600,7 +5213,8 @@ Use \-v to see access logs.
 Use \[en]stats to control the stats printing.
 .SS Setting up rclone for use by restic
 .PP
-First set up a remote for your chosen cloud provider (/docs/#configure).
+First set up a remote for your chosen cloud
+provider (https://rclone.org/docs/#configure).
 .PP
 Once you have set up the remote, check it is working with, for example
 \[lq]rclone lsd remote:\[rq].
@@ -4672,7 +5286,7 @@ $ export RESTIC_REPOSITORY=rest:http://localhost:8080/user2repo/
 .SS Private repositories
 .PP
 The \[lq]\[en]private\-repos\[rq] flag can be used to limit users to
-repositories starting with a path of \[lq]//\[rq].
+repositories starting with a path of \f[C]/<username>/\f[R].
 .SS Server options
 .PP
 Use \[en]addr to specify which IP address and port the server should
@@ -4700,6 +5314,102 @@ Rclone automatically inserts leading and trailing \[lq]/\[rq] on
 \[en]baseurl, so \[en]baseurl \[lq]rclone\[rq], \[en]baseurl
 \[lq]/rclone\[rq] and \[en]baseurl \[lq]/rclone/\[rq] are all treated
 identically.
+.PP
+\[en]template allows a user to specify a custom markup template for http
+and webdav serve functions.
+The server exports the following markup to be used within the template
+to server pages:
+.PP
+.TS
+tab(@);
+lw(35.0n) lw(35.0n).
+T{
+Parameter
+T}@T{
+Description
+T}
+_
+T{
+\&.Name
+T}@T{
+The full path of a file/directory.
+T}
+T{
+\&.Title
+T}@T{
+Directory listing of .Name
+T}
+T{
+\&.Sort
+T}@T{
+The current sort used.
+This is changeable via ?sort= parameter
+T}
+T{
+T}@T{
+Sort Options: namedirfist,name,size,time (default namedirfirst)
+T}
+T{
+\&.Order
+T}@T{
+The current ordering used.
+This is changeable via ?order= parameter
+T}
+T{
+T}@T{
+Order Options: asc,desc (default asc)
+T}
+T{
+\&.Query
+T}@T{
+Currently unused.
+T}
+T{
+\&.Breadcrumb
+T}@T{
+Allows for creating a relative navigation
+T}
+T{
+\[en] .Link
+T}@T{
+The relative to the root link of the Text.
+T}
+T{
+\[en] .Text
+T}@T{
+The Name of the directory.
+T}
+T{
+\&.Entries
+T}@T{
+Information about a specific file/directory.
+T}
+T{
+\[en] .URL
+T}@T{
+The `url' of an entry.
+T}
+T{
+\[en] .Leaf
+T}@T{
+Currently same as `URL' but intended to be `just' the name.
+T}
+T{
+\[en] .IsDir
+T}@T{
+Boolean for if an entry is a directory or not.
+T}
+T{
+\[en] .Size
+T}@T{
+Size in Bytes of the entry.
+T}
+T{
+\[en] .ModTime
+T}@T{
+The UTC timestamp of an entry.
+T}
+.TE
 .SS Authentication
 .PP
 By default this will serve files without needing a login.
@@ -4733,8 +5443,8 @@ You will need to supply the \[en]cert and \[en]key flags.
 If you wish to do client side certificate validation then you will need
 to supply \[en]client\-ca also.
 .PP
-\[en]cert should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a
-concatenation of that with the CA certificate.
+\[en]cert should be either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation
+of that with the CA certificate.
 \[en]key should be the PEM encoded private key and \[en]client\-ca
 should be the PEM encoded client certificate authority certificate.
 .IP
@@ -4762,6 +5472,7 @@ rclone serve restic remote:path [flags]
       \-\-server\-read\-timeout duration    Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
       \-\-server\-write\-timeout duration   Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
       \-\-stdio                           run an HTTP2 server on stdin/stdout
+      \-\-template string                 User Specified Template.
       \-\-user string                     User name for authentication.
 \f[R]
 .fi
@@ -4772,7 +5483,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone serve (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/) \- Serve a
 remote over a protocol.
-.SS rclone serve sftp
+.SH rclone serve sftp
 .PP
 Serve the remote over SFTP.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -4793,8 +5504,9 @@ Use \[en]stats to control the stats printing.
 .PP
 You must provide some means of authentication, either with
 \[en]user/\[en]pass, an authorized keys file (specify location with
-\[en]authorized\-keys \- the default is the same as ssh) or set the
-\[en]no\-auth flag for no authentication when logging in.
+\[en]authorized\-keys \- the default is the same as ssh), an
+\[en]auth\-proxy, or set the \[en]no\-auth flag for no authentication
+when logging in.
 .PP
 Note that this also implements a small number of shell commands so that
 it can provide md5sum/sha1sum/df information for the rclone sftp
@@ -4818,7 +5530,10 @@ backend.
 Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate
 the cache.
 However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once the
-cache expires.
+cache expires if the backend configured does not support polling for
+changes.
+If the backend supports polling, changes will be picked up on within the
+polling interval.
 .PP
 Alternatively, you can send a \f[C]SIGHUP\f[R] signal to rclone for it
 to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are.
@@ -4971,6 +5686,51 @@ This mode should support all normal file system operations.
 .PP
 If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to
 \[en]low\-level\-retries times.
+.SS Case Sensitivity
+.PP
+Linux file systems are case\-sensitive: two files can differ only by
+case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.
+.PP
+Windows is not like most other operating systems supported by rclone.
+File systems in modern Windows are case\-insensitive but
+case\-preserving: although existing files can be opened using any case,
+the exact case used to create the file is preserved and available for
+programs to query.
+It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ only by
+case.
+.PP
+Usually file systems on macOS are case\-insensitive.
+It is possible to make macOS file systems case\-sensitive but that is
+not the default
+.PP
+The \[lq]\[en]vfs\-case\-insensitive\[rq] mount flag controls how rclone
+handles these two cases.
+If its value is \[lq]false\[rq], rclone passes file names to the mounted
+file system as is.
+If the flag is \[lq]true\[rq] (or appears without a value on command
+line), rclone may perform a \[lq]fixup\[rq] as explained below.
+.PP
+The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case
+different than what is stored on mounted file system.
+If an argument refers to an existing file with exactly the same name,
+then the case of the existing file on the disk will be used.
+However, if a file name with exactly the same name is not found but a
+name differing only by case exists, rclone will transparently fixup the
+name.
+This fixup happens only when an existing file is requested.
+Case sensitivity of file names created anew by rclone is controlled by
+an underlying mounted file system.
+.PP
+Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the
+target) may differ from case sensitivity of a file system mounted by
+rclone (the source).
+The flag controls whether \[lq]fixup\[rq] is performed to satisfy the
+target.
+.PP
+If the flag is not provided on command line, then its default value
+depends on the operating system where rclone runs: \[lq]true\[rq] on
+Windows and macOS, \[lq]false\[rq] otherwise.
+If the flag is provided without a value, then it is \[lq]true\[rq].
 .SS Auth Proxy
 .PP
 If you supply the parameter \f[C]\-\-auth\-proxy /path/to/program\f[R]
@@ -4979,6 +5739,11 @@ then are used to authenticate incoming requests.
 This uses a simple JSON based protocl with input on STDIN and output on
 STDOUT.
 .PP
+\f[B]PLEASE NOTE:\f[R] \f[C]\-\-auth\-proxy\f[R] and
+\f[C]\-\-authorized\-keys\f[R] cannot be used together, if
+\f[C]\-\-auth\-proxy\f[R] is set the authorized keys option will be
+ignored.
+.PP
 There is an example program
 bin/test_proxy.py (https://github.com/rclone/rclone/blob/master/test_proxy.py)
 in the rclone source code.
@@ -4997,7 +5762,8 @@ This config generated must have this extra parameter \- \f[C]_root\f[R]
 And it may have this parameter \- \f[C]_obscure\f[R] \- comma separated
 strings for parameters to obscure
 .PP
-For example the program might take this on STDIN
+If password authentication was used by the client, input to the proxy
+process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:
 .IP
 .nf
 \f[C]
@@ -5008,7 +5774,19 @@ For example the program might take this on STDIN
 \f[R]
 .fi
 .PP
-And return this on STDOUT
+If public\-key authentication was used by the client, input to the proxy
+process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+{
+    \[dq]user\[dq]: \[dq]me\[dq],
+    \[dq]public_key\[dq]: \[dq]AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQDuwESFdAe14hVS6omeyX7edc...JQdf\[dq]
+}
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+And as an example return this on STDOUT
 .IP
 .nf
 \f[C]
@@ -5024,13 +5802,13 @@ And return this on STDOUT
 .fi
 .PP
 This would mean that an SFTP backend would be created on the fly for the
-\f[C]user\f[R] and \f[C]pass\f[R] returned in the output to the host
-given.
+\f[C]user\f[R] and \f[C]pass\f[R]/\f[C]public_key\f[R] returned in the
+output to the host given.
 Note that since \f[C]_obscure\f[R] is set to \f[C]pass\f[R], rclone will
 obscure the \f[C]pass\f[R] parameter before creating the backend (which
 is required for sftp backends).
 .PP
-The progam can manipulate the supplied \f[C]user\f[R] in any way, for
+The program can manipulate the supplied \f[C]user\f[R] in any way, for
 example to make proxy to many different sftp backends, you could make
 the \f[C]user\f[R] be \f[C]user\[at]example.com\f[R] and then set the
 \f[C]host\f[R] to \f[C]example.com\f[R] in the output and the user to
@@ -5039,9 +5817,10 @@ For security you\[cq]d probably want to restrict the \f[C]host\f[R] to a
 limited list.
 .PP
 Note that an internal cache is keyed on \f[C]user\f[R] so only use that
-for configuration, don\[cq]t use \f[C]pass\f[R].
-This also means that if a user\[cq]s password is changed the cache will
-need to expire (which takes 5 mins) before it takes effect.
+for configuration, don\[cq]t use \f[C]pass\f[R] or \f[C]public_key\f[R].
+This also means that if a user\[cq]s password or public\-key is changed
+the cache will need to expire (which takes 5 mins) before it takes
+effect.
 .PP
 This can be used to build general purpose proxies to any kind of backend
 that rclone supports.
@@ -5063,7 +5842,7 @@ rclone serve sftp remote:path [flags]
       \-\-file\-perms FileMode                    File permissions (default 0666)
       \-\-gid uint32                             Override the gid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000)
   \-h, \-\-help                                   help for sftp
-      \-\-key string                             SSH private key file (leave blank to auto generate)
+      \-\-key stringArray                        SSH private host key file (Can be multi\-valued, leave blank to auto generate)
       \-\-no\-auth                                Allow connections with no authentication if set.
       \-\-no\-checksum                            Don\[aq]t compare checksums on up/download.
       \-\-no\-modtime                             Don\[aq]t read/write the modification time (can speed things up).
@@ -5081,6 +5860,8 @@ rclone serve sftp remote:path [flags]
       \-\-vfs\-case\-insensitive                   If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match.
       \-\-vfs\-read\-chunk\-size SizeSuffix         Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
       \-\-vfs\-read\-chunk\-size\-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than \-\-vfs\-read\-chunk\-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. \[aq]off\[aq] is unlimited. (default off)
+      \-\-vfs\-read\-wait duration                 Time to wait for in\-sequence read before seeking. (default 20ms)
+      \-\-vfs\-write\-wait duration                Time to wait for in\-sequence write before giving error. (default 1s)
 \f[R]
 .fi
 .PP
@@ -5090,7 +5871,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone serve (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/) \- Serve a
 remote over a protocol.
-.SS rclone serve webdav
+.SH rclone serve webdav
 .PP
 Serve remote:path over webdav.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -5138,6 +5919,102 @@ Rclone automatically inserts leading and trailing \[lq]/\[rq] on
 \[en]baseurl, so \[en]baseurl \[lq]rclone\[rq], \[en]baseurl
 \[lq]/rclone\[rq] and \[en]baseurl \[lq]/rclone/\[rq] are all treated
 identically.
+.PP
+\[en]template allows a user to specify a custom markup template for http
+and webdav serve functions.
+The server exports the following markup to be used within the template
+to server pages:
+.PP
+.TS
+tab(@);
+lw(35.0n) lw(35.0n).
+T{
+Parameter
+T}@T{
+Description
+T}
+_
+T{
+\&.Name
+T}@T{
+The full path of a file/directory.
+T}
+T{
+\&.Title
+T}@T{
+Directory listing of .Name
+T}
+T{
+\&.Sort
+T}@T{
+The current sort used.
+This is changeable via ?sort= parameter
+T}
+T{
+T}@T{
+Sort Options: namedirfist,name,size,time (default namedirfirst)
+T}
+T{
+\&.Order
+T}@T{
+The current ordering used.
+This is changeable via ?order= parameter
+T}
+T{
+T}@T{
+Order Options: asc,desc (default asc)
+T}
+T{
+\&.Query
+T}@T{
+Currently unused.
+T}
+T{
+\&.Breadcrumb
+T}@T{
+Allows for creating a relative navigation
+T}
+T{
+\[en] .Link
+T}@T{
+The relative to the root link of the Text.
+T}
+T{
+\[en] .Text
+T}@T{
+The Name of the directory.
+T}
+T{
+\&.Entries
+T}@T{
+Information about a specific file/directory.
+T}
+T{
+\[en] .URL
+T}@T{
+The `url' of an entry.
+T}
+T{
+\[en] .Leaf
+T}@T{
+Currently same as `URL' but intended to be `just' the name.
+T}
+T{
+\[en] .IsDir
+T}@T{
+Boolean for if an entry is a directory or not.
+T}
+T{
+\[en] .Size
+T}@T{
+Size in Bytes of the entry.
+T}
+T{
+\[en] .ModTime
+T}@T{
+The UTC timestamp of an entry.
+T}
+.TE
 .SS Authentication
 .PP
 By default this will serve files without needing a login.
@@ -5171,8 +6048,8 @@ You will need to supply the \[en]cert and \[en]key flags.
 If you wish to do client side certificate validation then you will need
 to supply \[en]client\-ca also.
 .PP
-\[en]cert should be a either a PEM encoded certificate or a
-concatenation of that with the CA certificate.
+\[en]cert should be either a PEM encoded certificate or a concatenation
+of that with the CA certificate.
 \[en]key should be the PEM encoded private key and \[en]client\-ca
 should be the PEM encoded client certificate authority certificate.
 .SS Directory Cache
@@ -5183,7 +6060,10 @@ backend.
 Changes made locally in the mount may appear immediately or invalidate
 the cache.
 However, changes done on the remote will only be picked up once the
-cache expires.
+cache expires if the backend configured does not support polling for
+changes.
+If the backend supports polling, changes will be picked up on within the
+polling interval.
 .PP
 Alternatively, you can send a \f[C]SIGHUP\f[R] signal to rclone for it
 to flush all directory caches, regardless of how old they are.
@@ -5336,6 +6216,51 @@ This mode should support all normal file system operations.
 .PP
 If an upload or download fails it will be retried up to
 \[en]low\-level\-retries times.
+.SS Case Sensitivity
+.PP
+Linux file systems are case\-sensitive: two files can differ only by
+case, and the exact case must be used when opening a file.
+.PP
+Windows is not like most other operating systems supported by rclone.
+File systems in modern Windows are case\-insensitive but
+case\-preserving: although existing files can be opened using any case,
+the exact case used to create the file is preserved and available for
+programs to query.
+It is not allowed for two files in the same directory to differ only by
+case.
+.PP
+Usually file systems on macOS are case\-insensitive.
+It is possible to make macOS file systems case\-sensitive but that is
+not the default
+.PP
+The \[lq]\[en]vfs\-case\-insensitive\[rq] mount flag controls how rclone
+handles these two cases.
+If its value is \[lq]false\[rq], rclone passes file names to the mounted
+file system as is.
+If the flag is \[lq]true\[rq] (or appears without a value on command
+line), rclone may perform a \[lq]fixup\[rq] as explained below.
+.PP
+The user may specify a file name to open/delete/rename/etc with a case
+different than what is stored on mounted file system.
+If an argument refers to an existing file with exactly the same name,
+then the case of the existing file on the disk will be used.
+However, if a file name with exactly the same name is not found but a
+name differing only by case exists, rclone will transparently fixup the
+name.
+This fixup happens only when an existing file is requested.
+Case sensitivity of file names created anew by rclone is controlled by
+an underlying mounted file system.
+.PP
+Note that case sensitivity of the operating system running rclone (the
+target) may differ from case sensitivity of a file system mounted by
+rclone (the source).
+The flag controls whether \[lq]fixup\[rq] is performed to satisfy the
+target.
+.PP
+If the flag is not provided on command line, then its default value
+depends on the operating system where rclone runs: \[lq]true\[rq] on
+Windows and macOS, \[lq]false\[rq] otherwise.
+If the flag is provided without a value, then it is \[lq]true\[rq].
 .SS Auth Proxy
 .PP
 If you supply the parameter \f[C]\-\-auth\-proxy /path/to/program\f[R]
@@ -5344,6 +6269,11 @@ then are used to authenticate incoming requests.
 This uses a simple JSON based protocl with input on STDIN and output on
 STDOUT.
 .PP
+\f[B]PLEASE NOTE:\f[R] \f[C]\-\-auth\-proxy\f[R] and
+\f[C]\-\-authorized\-keys\f[R] cannot be used together, if
+\f[C]\-\-auth\-proxy\f[R] is set the authorized keys option will be
+ignored.
+.PP
 There is an example program
 bin/test_proxy.py (https://github.com/rclone/rclone/blob/master/test_proxy.py)
 in the rclone source code.
@@ -5362,7 +6292,8 @@ This config generated must have this extra parameter \- \f[C]_root\f[R]
 And it may have this parameter \- \f[C]_obscure\f[R] \- comma separated
 strings for parameters to obscure
 .PP
-For example the program might take this on STDIN
+If password authentication was used by the client, input to the proxy
+process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:
 .IP
 .nf
 \f[C]
@@ -5373,7 +6304,19 @@ For example the program might take this on STDIN
 \f[R]
 .fi
 .PP
-And return this on STDOUT
+If public\-key authentication was used by the client, input to the proxy
+process (on STDIN) would look similar to this:
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+{
+    \[dq]user\[dq]: \[dq]me\[dq],
+    \[dq]public_key\[dq]: \[dq]AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQDuwESFdAe14hVS6omeyX7edc...JQdf\[dq]
+}
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+And as an example return this on STDOUT
 .IP
 .nf
 \f[C]
@@ -5389,13 +6332,13 @@ And return this on STDOUT
 .fi
 .PP
 This would mean that an SFTP backend would be created on the fly for the
-\f[C]user\f[R] and \f[C]pass\f[R] returned in the output to the host
-given.
+\f[C]user\f[R] and \f[C]pass\f[R]/\f[C]public_key\f[R] returned in the
+output to the host given.
 Note that since \f[C]_obscure\f[R] is set to \f[C]pass\f[R], rclone will
 obscure the \f[C]pass\f[R] parameter before creating the backend (which
 is required for sftp backends).
 .PP
-The progam can manipulate the supplied \f[C]user\f[R] in any way, for
+The program can manipulate the supplied \f[C]user\f[R] in any way, for
 example to make proxy to many different sftp backends, you could make
 the \f[C]user\f[R] be \f[C]user\[at]example.com\f[R] and then set the
 \f[C]host\f[R] to \f[C]example.com\f[R] in the output and the user to
@@ -5404,9 +6347,10 @@ For security you\[cq]d probably want to restrict the \f[C]host\f[R] to a
 limited list.
 .PP
 Note that an internal cache is keyed on \f[C]user\f[R] so only use that
-for configuration, don\[cq]t use \f[C]pass\f[R].
-This also means that if a user\[cq]s password is changed the cache will
-need to expire (which takes 5 mins) before it takes effect.
+for configuration, don\[cq]t use \f[C]pass\f[R] or \f[C]public_key\f[R].
+This also means that if a user\[cq]s password or public\-key is changed
+the cache will need to expire (which takes 5 mins) before it takes
+effect.
 .PP
 This can be used to build general purpose proxies to any kind of backend
 that rclone supports.
@@ -5444,6 +6388,7 @@ rclone serve webdav remote:path [flags]
       \-\-realm string                           realm for authentication (default \[dq]rclone\[dq])
       \-\-server\-read\-timeout duration           Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
       \-\-server\-write\-timeout duration          Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
+      \-\-template string                        User Specified Template.
       \-\-uid uint32                             Override the uid field set by the filesystem. (default 1000)
       \-\-umask int                              Override the permission bits set by the filesystem. (default 2)
       \-\-user string                            User name for authentication.
@@ -5454,6 +6399,8 @@ rclone serve webdav remote:path [flags]
       \-\-vfs\-case\-insensitive                   If a file name not found, find a case insensitive match.
       \-\-vfs\-read\-chunk\-size SizeSuffix         Read the source objects in chunks. (default 128M)
       \-\-vfs\-read\-chunk\-size\-limit SizeSuffix   If greater than \-\-vfs\-read\-chunk\-size, double the chunk size after each chunk read, until the limit is reached. \[aq]off\[aq] is unlimited. (default off)
+      \-\-vfs\-read\-wait duration                 Time to wait for in\-sequence read before seeking. (default 20ms)
+      \-\-vfs\-write\-wait duration                Time to wait for in\-sequence write before giving error. (default 1s)
 \f[R]
 .fi
 .PP
@@ -5463,7 +6410,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone serve (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/) \- Serve a
 remote over a protocol.
-.SS rclone settier
+.SH rclone settier
 .PP
 Changes storage class/tier of objects in remote.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -5524,12 +6471,29 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone touch
+.SH rclone touch
 .PP
 Create new file or change file modification time.
 .SS Synopsis
 .PP
-Create new file or change file modification time.
+Set the modification time on object(s) as specified by remote:path to
+have the current time.
+.PP
+If remote:path does not exist then a zero sized object will be created
+unless the \[en]no\-create flag is provided.
+.PP
+If \[en]timestamp is used then it will set the modification time to that
+time instead of the current time.
+Times may be specified as one of:
+.IP \[bu] 2
+`YYMMDD' \- eg.
+17.10.30
+.IP \[bu] 2
+`YYYY\-MM\-DDTHH:MM:SS' \- eg.
+2006\-01\-02T15:04:05
+.PP
+Note that \[en]timestamp is in UTC if you want local time then add the
+\[en]localtime flag.
 .IP
 .nf
 \f[C]
@@ -5541,8 +6505,9 @@ rclone touch remote:path [flags]
 .nf
 \f[C]
   \-h, \-\-help               help for touch
+      \-\-localtime          Use localtime for timestamp, not UTC.
   \-C, \-\-no\-create          Do not create the file if it does not exist.
-  \-t, \-\-timestamp string   Change the modification times to the specified time instead of the current time of day. The argument is of the form \[aq]YYMMDD\[aq] (ex. 17.10.30) or \[aq]YYYY\-MM\-DDTHH:MM:SS\[aq] (ex. 2006\-01\-02T15:04:05)
+  \-t, \-\-timestamp string   Use specified time instead of the current time of day.
 \f[R]
 .fi
 .PP
@@ -5552,7 +6517,7 @@ not listed here.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rclone (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone/) \- Show help for rclone
 commands, flags and backends.
-.SS rclone tree
+.SH rclone tree
 .PP
 List the contents of the remote in a tree like fashion.
 .SS Synopsis
@@ -5815,7 +6780,8 @@ rclone sync /full/path/to/sync:me remote:path
 .SS Server Side Copy
 .PP
 Most remotes (but not all \- see the
-overview (/overview/#optional-features)) support server side copy.
+overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#optional-features)) support
+server side copy.
 .PP
 This means if you want to copy one folder to another then rclone
 won\[cq]t download all the files and re\-upload them; it will instruct
@@ -5937,10 +6903,10 @@ For example, to limit bandwidth usage to 10 MBytes/s use
 It is also possible to specify a \[lq]timetable\[rq] of limits, which
 will cause certain limits to be applied at certain times.
 To specify a timetable, format your entries as
-\[lq]WEEKDAY\-HH:MM,BANDWIDTH WEEKDAY\-HH:MM,BANDWIDTH\&...\[rq] where:
-WEEKDAY is optional element.
+\f[C]WEEKDAY\-HH:MM,BANDWIDTH WEEKDAY\-HH:MM,BANDWIDTH...\f[R] where:
+\f[C]WEEKDAY\f[R] is optional element.
 It could be written as whole world or only using 3 first characters.
-HH:MM is an hour from 00:00 to 23:59.
+\f[C]HH:MM\f[R] is an hour from 00:00 to 23:59.
 .PP
 An example of a typical timetable to avoid link saturation during
 daytime working hours could be:
@@ -5955,7 +6921,7 @@ At 6pm, the bandwidth limit will be set to 30MBytes/s, and at 11pm it
 will be completely disabled (full speed).
 Anything between 11pm and 8am will remain unlimited.
 .PP
-An example of timetable with WEEKDAY could be:
+An example of timetable with \f[C]WEEKDAY\f[R] could be:
 .PP
 \f[C]\-\-bwlimit \[dq]Mon\-00:00,512 Fri\-23:59,10M Sat\-10:00,1M Sun\-20:00,off\[dq]\f[R]
 .PP
@@ -5984,7 +6950,7 @@ rclone to use half of it \- 5 Mbit/s.
 This is 5/8 = 0.625MByte/s so you would use a
 \f[C]\-\-bwlimit 0.625M\f[R] parameter for rclone.
 .PP
-On Unix systems (Linux, MacOS, \&...) the bandwidth limiter can be
+On Unix systems (Linux, macOS, \&...) the bandwidth limiter can be
 toggled by sending a \f[C]SIGUSR2\f[R] signal to rclone.
 This allows to remove the limitations of a long running rclone transfer
 and to restore it back to the value specified with \f[C]\-\-bwlimit\f[R]
@@ -6013,13 +6979,28 @@ Each \f[C]\-\-transfer\f[R] will use this much memory for buffering.
 .PP
 When using \f[C]mount\f[R] or \f[C]cmount\f[R] each open file descriptor
 will use this much memory for buffering.
-See the mount (/commands/rclone_mount/#file-buffering) documentation for
-more details.
+See the mount (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/#file-buffering)
+documentation for more details.
 .PP
-Set to 0 to disable the buffering for the minimum memory usage.
+Set to \f[C]0\f[R] to disable the buffering for the minimum memory
+usage.
 .PP
 Note that the memory allocation of the buffers is influenced by the
 \[en]use\-mmap flag.
+.SS \[en]check\-first
+.PP
+If this flag is set then in a \f[C]sync\f[R], \f[C]copy\f[R] or
+\f[C]move\f[R], rclone will do all the checks to see whether files need
+to be transferred before doing any of the transfers.
+Normally rclone would start running transfers as soon as possible.
+.PP
+This flag can be useful on IO limited systems where transfers interfere
+with checking.
+.PP
+Using this flag can use more memory as it effectively sets
+\f[C]\-\-max\-backlog\f[R] to infinite.
+This means that all the info on the objects to transfer is held in
+memory before the transfers start.
 .SS \[en]checkers=N
 .PP
 The number of checkers to run in parallel.
@@ -6122,7 +7103,7 @@ For example to disable server side move and server side copy use:
 \f[R]
 .fi
 .PP
-The features can be put in in any case.
+The features can be put in any case.
 .PP
 To see a list of which features can be disabled use:
 .IP
@@ -6132,9 +7113,9 @@ To see a list of which features can be disabled use:
 \f[R]
 .fi
 .PP
-See the overview features (/overview/#features) and optional
-features (/overview/#optional-features) to get an idea of which feature
-does what.
+See the overview features (https://rclone.org/overview/#features) and
+optional features (https://rclone.org/overview/#optional-features) to
+get an idea of which feature does what.
 .PP
 This flag can be useful for debugging and in exceptional circumstances
 (eg Google Drive limiting the total volume of Server Side Copies to
@@ -6157,7 +7138,64 @@ without waiting for the server to approve.
 This time does not include the time to send the request header.
 .PP
 The default is \f[C]1s\f[R].
-Set to 0 to disable.
+Set to \f[C]0\f[R] to disable.
+.SS \[en]error\-on\-no\-transfer
+.PP
+By default, rclone will exit with return code 0 if there were no errors.
+.PP
+This option allows rclone to return exit code 9 if no files were
+transferred between the source and destination.
+This allows using rclone in scripts, and triggering follow\-on actions
+if data was copied, or skipping if not.
+.PP
+NB: Enabling this option turns a usually non\-fatal error into a
+potentially fatal one \- please check and adjust your scripts
+accordingly!
+.SS \[en]header
+.PP
+Add an HTTP header for all transactions.
+The flag can be repeated to add multiple headers.
+.PP
+If you want to add headers only for uploads use
+\f[C]\-\-header\-upload\f[R] and if you want to add headers only for
+downloads use \f[C]\-\-header\-download\f[R].
+.PP
+This flag is supported for all HTTP based backends even those not
+supported by \f[C]\-\-header\-upload\f[R] and
+\f[C]\-\-header\-download\f[R] so may be used as a workaround for those
+with care.
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone ls remote:test \-\-header \[dq]X\-Rclone: Foo\[dq] \-\-header \[dq]X\-LetMeIn: Yes\[dq]
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.SS \[en]header\-download
+.PP
+Add an HTTP header for all download transactions.
+The flag can be repeated to add multiple headers.
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone sync s3:test/src \[ti]/dst \-\-header\-download \[dq]X\-Amz\-Meta\-Test: Foo\[dq] \-\-header\-download \[dq]X\-Amz\-Meta\-Test2: Bar\[dq]
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+See the GitHub issue here (https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/59)
+for currently supported backends.
+.SS \[en]header\-upload
+.PP
+Add an HTTP header for all upload transactions.
+The flag can be repeated to add multiple headers.
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone sync \[ti]/src s3:test/dst \-\-header\-upload \[dq]Content\-Disposition: attachment; filename=\[aq]cool.html\[aq]\[dq] \-\-header\-upload \[dq]X\-Amz\-Meta\-Test: FooBar\[dq]
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+See the GitHub issue here (https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/59)
+for currently supported backends.
 .SS \[en]ignore\-case\-sync
 .PP
 Using this option will cause rclone to ignore the case of the files when
@@ -6301,6 +7339,9 @@ more accurately, give a more accurate estimated finish time and make
 .PP
 Setting this small will make rclone more synchronous to the listings of
 the remote which may be desirable.
+.PP
+Setting this to a negative number will make the backlog as large as
+possible.
 .SS \[en]max\-delete=N
 .PP
 This tells rclone not to delete more than N files.
@@ -6345,6 +7386,19 @@ Defaults to off.
 When the limit is reached all transfers will stop immediately.
 .PP
 Rclone will exit with exit code 8 if the transfer limit is reached.
+.SS \[en]cutoff\-mode=hard|soft|cautious
+.PP
+This modifies the behavior of \f[C]\-\-max\-transfer\f[R] Defaults to
+\f[C]\-\-cutoff\-mode=hard\f[R].
+.PP
+Specifying \f[C]\-\-cutoff\-mode=hard\f[R] will stop transferring
+immediately when Rclone reaches the limit.
+.PP
+Specifying \f[C]\-\-cutoff\-mode=soft\f[R] will stop starting new
+transfers when Rclone reaches the limit.
+.PP
+Specifying \f[C]\-\-cutoff\-mode=cautious\f[R] will try to prevent
+Rclone from reaching the limit.
 .SS \[en]modify\-window=TIME
 .PP
 When checking whether a file has been modified, this is the maximum
@@ -6360,8 +7414,7 @@ This command line flag allows you to override that computed default.
 .SS \[en]multi\-thread\-cutoff=SIZE
 .PP
 When downloading files to the local backend above this size, rclone will
-use multiple threads to download the file.
-(default 250M)
+use multiple threads to download the file (default 250M).
 .PP
 Rclone preallocates the file (using
 \f[C]fallocate(FALLOC_FL_KEEP_SIZE)\f[R] on unix or
@@ -6370,7 +7423,7 @@ then each thread writes directly into the file at the correct place.
 This means that rclone won\[cq]t create fragmented or sparse files and
 there won\[cq]t be any assembly time at the end of the transfer.
 .PP
-The number of threads used to dowload is controlled by
+The number of threads used to download is controlled by
 \f[C]\-\-multi\-thread\-streams\f[R].
 .PP
 Use \f[C]\-vv\f[R] if you wish to see info about the threads.
@@ -6387,13 +7440,19 @@ will work with any source.
 \f[B]NB\f[R] that multi thread copies are disabled for local to local
 copies as they are faster without unless
 \f[C]\-\-multi\-thread\-streams\f[R] is set explicitly.
+.PP
+\f[B]NB\f[R] on Windows using multi\-thread downloads will cause the
+resulting files to be
+sparse (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sparse_file).
+Use \f[C]\-\-local\-no\-sparse\f[R] to disable sparse files (which may
+cause long delays at the start of downloads) or disable multi\-thread
+downloads with \f[C]\-\-multi\-thread\-streams 0\f[R]
 .SS \[en]multi\-thread\-streams=N
 .PP
 When using multi thread downloads (see above
 \f[C]\-\-multi\-thread\-cutoff\f[R]) this sets the maximum number of
 streams to use.
-Set to \f[C]0\f[R] to disable multi thread downloads.
-(Default 4)
+Set to \f[C]0\f[R] to disable multi thread downloads (Default 4).
 .PP
 Exactly how many streams rclone uses for the download depends on the
 size of the file.
@@ -6404,7 +7463,7 @@ the maximum set with \f[C]\-\-multi\-thread\-streams\f[R].
 So if \f[C]\-\-multi\-thread\-cutoff 250MB\f[R] and
 \f[C]\-\-multi\-thread\-streams 4\f[R] are in effect (the defaults):
 .IP \[bu] 2
-0MB.250MB files will be downloaded with 1 stream
+0MB..250MB files will be downloaded with 1 stream
 .IP \[bu] 2
 250MB..500MB files will be downloaded with 2 streams
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -6462,6 +7521,22 @@ changed and won\[cq]t need copying then you shouldn\[cq]t use
 .PP
 See rclone copy (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copy/) for an
 example of how to use it.
+.SS \[en]no\-unicode\-normalization
+.PP
+Don\[cq]t normalize unicode characters in filenames during the sync
+routine.
+.PP
+Sometimes, an operating system will store filenames containing unicode
+parts in their decomposed form (particularly macOS).
+Some cloud storage systems will then recompose the unicode, resulting in
+duplicate files if the data is ever copied back to a local filesystem.
+.PP
+Using this flag will disable that functionality, treating each unicode
+character as unique.
+For example, by default e\[u0301] and \['e] will be normalized into the
+same character.
+With \f[C]\-\-no\-unicode\-normalization\f[R] they will be treated as
+unique characters.
 .SS \[en]no\-update\-modtime
 .PP
 When using this flag, rclone won\[cq]t update modification times of
@@ -6491,6 +7566,20 @@ oldest) is processed first
 .IP \[bu] 2
 \f[C]descending\f[R] or \f[C]desc\f[R] \- order so that the largest (or
 newest) is processed first
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[C]mixed\f[R] \- order so that the smallest is processed first for
+some threads and the largest for others
+.PP
+If the modifier is \f[C]mixed\f[R] then it can have an optional
+percentage (which defaults to \f[C]50\f[R]), eg \f[C]size,mixed,25\f[R]
+which means that 25% of the threads should be taking the smallest items
+and 75% the largest.
+The threads which take the smallest first will always take the smallest
+first and likewise the largest first threads.
+The \f[C]mixed\f[R] mode can be useful to minimise the transfer time
+when you are transferring a mixture of large and small files \- the
+large files are guaranteed upload threads and bandwidth and the small
+files will be processed continuously.
 .PP
 If no modifier is supplied then the order is \f[C]ascending\f[R].
 .PP
@@ -6549,6 +7638,9 @@ Eg
 .fi
 .PP
 See the Configuration Encryption for more info.
+.PP
+See a Windows PowerShell example on the
+Wiki (https://github.com/rclone/rclone/wiki/Windows-Powershell-use-rclone-password-command-for-Config-file-password).
 .SS \-P, \[en]progress
 .PP
 This flag makes rclone update the stats in a static block in the
@@ -6570,8 +7662,7 @@ non\-ASCII characters will be replaced with \f[C].\f[R] when
 \f[C]\-\-progress\f[R] is in use.
 .SS \-q, \[en]quiet
 .PP
-Normally rclone outputs stats and a completion message.
-If you set this flag it will make as little output as possible.
+This flag will limit rclone\[cq]s output to error messages only.
 .SS \[en]retries int
 .PP
 Retry the entire sync if it fails this many times it fails (default 3).
@@ -6585,8 +7676,8 @@ Disable retries with \f[C]\-\-retries 1\f[R].
 This sets the interval between each retry specified by
 \f[C]\-\-retries\f[R]
 .PP
-The default is 0.
-Use 0 to disable.
+The default is \f[C]0\f[R].
+Use \f[C]0\f[R] to disable.
 .SS \[en]size\-only
 .PP
 Normally rclone will look at modification time and size of files to see
@@ -6605,7 +7696,7 @@ transfer stats at regular intervals to show their progress.
 This sets the interval.
 .PP
 The default is \f[C]1m\f[R].
-Use 0 to disable.
+Use \f[C]0\f[R] to disable.
 .PP
 If you set the stats interval then all commands can show stats.
 This can be useful when running other commands, \f[C]check\f[R] or
@@ -6732,8 +7823,8 @@ behaviour of applications using it.
 See also \f[C]\-\-tpslimit\-burst\f[R].
 .SS \[en]tpslimit\-burst int
 .PP
-Max burst of transactions for \f[C]\-\-tpslimit\f[R].
-(default 1)
+Max burst of transactions for \f[C]\-\-tpslimit\f[R] (default
+\f[C]1\f[R]).
 .PP
 Normally \f[C]\-\-tpslimit\f[R] will do exactly the number of
 transaction per second specified.
@@ -6775,6 +7866,16 @@ of all the rename candidates.
 Note also that \f[C]\-\-track\-renames\f[R] is incompatible with
 \f[C]\-\-delete\-before\f[R] and will select \f[C]\-\-delete\-after\f[R]
 instead of \f[C]\-\-delete\-during\f[R].
+.SS \[en]track\-renames\-strategy (hash,modtime)
+.PP
+This option changes the matching criteria for
+\f[C]\-\-track\-renames\f[R] to match by any combination of modtime,
+hash, size.
+Matching by size is always enabled no matter what option is selected
+here.
+This also means that it enables \f[C]\-\-track\-renames\f[R] support for
+encrypted destinations.
+If nothing is specified, the default option is matching by hashes.
 .SS \[en]delete\-(before,during,after)
 .PP
 This option allows you to specify when files on your destination are
@@ -6845,7 +7946,7 @@ If a transfer has started but then becomes idle for this long it is
 considered broken and disconnected.
 .PP
 The default is \f[C]5m\f[R].
-Set to 0 to disable.
+Set to \f[C]0\f[R] to disable.
 .SS \[en]transfers=N
 .PP
 The number of file transfers to run in parallel.
@@ -6928,7 +8029,7 @@ Please send bug reports with a log with this setting.
 Prints the version number
 .SS SSL/TLS options
 .PP
-The outoing SSL/TLS connections rclone makes can be controlled with
+The outgoing SSL/TLS connections rclone makes can be controlled with
 these options.
 For example this can be very useful with the HTTP or WebDAV backends.
 Rclone HTTP servers have their own set of configuration for SSL/TLS
@@ -7190,6 +8291,8 @@ For the filtering options
 .IP \[bu] 2
 \f[C]\-\-files\-from\f[R]
 .IP \[bu] 2
+\f[C]\-\-files\-from\-raw\f[R]
+.IP \[bu] 2
 \f[C]\-\-min\-size\f[R]
 .IP \[bu] 2
 \f[C]\-\-max\-size\f[R]
@@ -7289,6 +8392,8 @@ account suspended) (Fatal errors)
 .IP \[bu] 2
 \f[C]8\f[R] \- Transfer exceeded \- limit set by \[en]max\-transfer
 reached
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[C]9\f[R] \- Operation successful, but no files transferred
 .SS Environment Variables
 .PP
 Rclone can be configured entirely using environment variables.
@@ -7345,14 +8450,15 @@ Note that if you want to create a remote using environment variables you
 must create the \f[C]..._TYPE\f[R] variable as above.
 .SS Other environment variables
 .IP \[bu] 2
-RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS\[ga] set to contain your config file password (see
-Configuration Encryption section)
+\f[C]RCLONE_CONFIG_PASS\f[R] set to contain your config file password
+(see Configuration Encryption section)
 .IP \[bu] 2
-HTTP_PROXY, HTTPS_PROXY and NO_PROXY (or the lowercase versions
-thereof).
+\f[C]HTTP_PROXY\f[R], \f[C]HTTPS_PROXY\f[R] and \f[C]NO_PROXY\f[R] (or
+the lowercase versions thereof).
 .RS 2
 .IP \[bu] 2
-HTTPS_PROXY takes precedence over HTTP_PROXY for https requests.
+\f[C]HTTPS_PROXY\f[R] takes precedence over \f[C]HTTP_PROXY\f[R] for
+https requests.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 The environment values may be either a complete URL or a
 \[lq]host[:port]\[rq] for, in which case the \[lq]http\[rq] scheme is
@@ -7369,7 +8475,8 @@ will need to use an alternative means of configuration.
 There are two ways of doing it, described below.
 .SS Configuring using rclone authorize
 .PP
-On the headless box
+On the headless box run \f[C]rclone\f[R] config but answer \f[C]N\f[R]
+to the \f[C]Use auto config?\f[R] question.
 .IP
 .nf
 \f[C]
@@ -7378,12 +8485,19 @@ Remote config
 Use auto config?
  * Say Y if not sure
  * Say N if you are working on a remote or headless machine
-y) Yes
+y) Yes (default)
 n) No
 y/n> n
-For this to work, you will need rclone available on a machine that has a web browser available.
-Execute the following on your machine:
+For this to work, you will need rclone available on a machine that has
+a web browser available.
+
+For more help and alternate methods see: https://rclone.org/remote_setup/
+
+Execute the following on the machine with the web browser (same rclone
+version recommended):
+
     rclone authorize \[dq]amazon cloud drive\[dq]
+
 Then paste the result below:
 result>
 \f[R]
@@ -7426,7 +8540,7 @@ y/e/d>
 Rclone stores all of its config in a single configuration file.
 This can easily be copied to configure a remote rclone.
 .PP
-So first configure rclone on your desktop machine
+So first configure rclone on your desktop machine with
 .IP
 .nf
 \f[C]
@@ -7468,6 +8582,10 @@ exclude rules like \f[C]\-\-include\f[R], \f[C]\-\-exclude\f[R],
 \f[C]\-\-filter\f[R], or \f[C]\-\-filter\-from\f[R].
 The simplest way to try them out is using the \f[C]ls\f[R] command, or
 \f[C]\-\-dry\-run\f[R] together with \f[C]\-v\f[R].
+\f[C]\-\-filter\-from\f[R], \f[C]\-\-exclude\-from\f[R],
+\f[C]\-\-include\-from\f[R], \f[C]\-\-files\-from\f[R],
+\f[C]\-\-files\-from\-raw\f[R] understand \f[C]\-\f[R] as a file name to
+mean read from standard input.
 .SS Patterns
 .PP
 The patterns used to match files for inclusion or exclusion are based on
@@ -7686,6 +8804,8 @@ type.
 \f[C]\-\-filter\f[R]
 .IP \[bu] 2
 \f[C]\-\-filter\-from\f[R]
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[C]\-\-filter\-from\-raw\f[R]
 .PP
 \f[B]Important\f[R] You should not use \f[C]\-\-include*\f[R] together
 with \f[C]\-\-exclude*\f[R].
@@ -7834,9 +8954,9 @@ This reads a list of file names from the file passed in and
 The \f[B]filtering rules are ignored\f[R] completely if you use this
 option.
 .PP
-\f[C]\-\-files\-from\f[R] expects a list of files as it\[cq]s input.
-rclone lsf (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_lsf/) has a compatible
-format that can be used to export file lists from remotes.
+\f[C]\-\-files\-from\f[R] expects a list of files as its input.
+Leading / trailing whitespace is stripped from the input lines and lines
+starting with \f[C]#\f[R] and \f[C];\f[R] are ignored.
 .PP
 Rclone will traverse the file system if you use
 \f[C]\-\-files\-from\f[R], effectively using the files in
@@ -7855,6 +8975,8 @@ These are read in the order that they are placed on the command line.
 Paths within the \f[C]\-\-files\-from\f[R] file will be interpreted as
 starting with the root specified in the command.
 Leading \f[C]/\f[R] characters are ignored.
+See \[en]files\-from\-raw if you need the input to be processed in a raw
+manner.
 .PP
 For example, suppose you had \f[C]files\-from.txt\f[R] with this
 content:
@@ -7955,6 +9077,16 @@ remote:
 /home/user2/stuff     \[->] remote:backup/home/user2/stuff
 \f[R]
 .fi
+.SS \f[C]\-\-files\-from\-raw\f[R] \- Read list of source\-file names without any processing
+.PP
+This option is same as \f[C]\-\-files\-from\f[R] with the only
+difference being that the input is read in a raw manner.
+This means that lines with leading/trailing whitespace and lines
+starting with \f[C];\f[R] or \f[C]#\f[R] are read without any
+processing.
+rclone lsf (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_lsf/) has a compatible
+format that can be used to export file lists from remotes, which can
+then be used as an input to \f[C]\-\-files\-from\-raw\f[R].
 .SS \f[C]\-\-min\-size\f[R] \- Don\[cq]t transfer any file smaller than this
 .PP
 This option controls the minimum size file which will be transferred.
@@ -7994,6 +9126,16 @@ Give in seconds or with a suffix of:
 .PP
 For example \f[C]\-\-max\-age 2d\f[R] means no files older than 2 days
 will be transferred.
+.PP
+This can also be an absolute time in one of these formats
+.IP \[bu] 2
+RFC3339 \- eg \[lq]2006\-01\-02T15:04:05Z07:00\[rq]
+.IP \[bu] 2
+ISO8601 Date and time, local timezone \- \[lq]2006\-01\-02T15:04:05\[rq]
+.IP \[bu] 2
+ISO8601 Date and time, local timezone \- \[lq]2006\-01\-02 15:04:05\[rq]
+.IP \[bu] 2
+ISO8601 Date \- \[lq]2006\-01\-02\[rq] (YYYY\-MM\-DD)
 .SS \f[C]\-\-min\-age\f[R] \- Don\[cq]t transfer any file younger than this
 .PP
 This option controls the minimum age of files to transfer.
@@ -8188,7 +9330,7 @@ Check we are using some authentication
 .IP \[bu] 2
 \f[C]\-\-rc\-serve\f[R]
 .PP
-These flags can be overidden as desired.
+These flags can be overridden as desired.
 .PP
 See also the rclone rcd
 documentation (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_rcd/).
@@ -8217,7 +9359,7 @@ use these flags:
 .IP \[bu] 2
 \f[C]\-\-rc\-htpasswd /path/to/htpasswd\f[R]
 .PP
-Or instead of htpassword if you just want a single user and password:
+Or instead of htpasswd if you just want a single user and password:
 .IP \[bu] 2
 \f[C]\-\-rc\-user me\f[R]
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -8225,22 +9367,19 @@ Or instead of htpassword if you just want a single user and password:
 .SS Project
 .PP
 The GUI is being developed in the: rclone/rclone\-webui\-react
-respository (https://github.com/rclone/rclone-webui-react).
+repository (https://github.com/rclone/rclone-webui-react).
 .PP
 Bug reports and contributions are very welcome :\-)
 .PP
 If you have questions then please ask them on the rclone
 forum (https://forum.rclone.org/).
-.SH Remote controlling rclone
+.SH Remote controlling rclone with its API
 .PP
 If rclone is run with the \f[C]\-\-rc\f[R] flag then it starts an http
-server which can be used to remote control rclone.
+server which can be used to remote control rclone using its API.
 .PP
 If you just want to run a remote control then see the rcd
 command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_rcd/).
-.PP
-\f[B]NB\f[R] this is experimental and everything here is subject to
-change!
 .SS Supported parameters
 .SS \[en]rc
 .PP
@@ -8302,6 +9441,11 @@ that is opened will have the authorization in the URL in the
 \f[C]http://user:pass\[at]localhost/\f[R] style.
 .PP
 Default Off.
+.SS \[en]rc\-enable\-metrics
+.PP
+Enable OpenMetrics/Prometheus compatible endpoint at \f[C]/metrics\f[R].
+.PP
+Default Off.
 .SS \[en]rc\-web\-gui
 .PP
 Set this flag to serve the default web gui on the same port as rclone.
@@ -8479,9 +9623,9 @@ $ rclone rc job/list
 }
 \f[R]
 .fi
-.SS Assigning operations to groups with _group = 
+.SS Assigning operations to groups with _group = value
 .PP
-Each rc call has it\[cq]s own stats group for tracking it\[cq]s metrics.
+Each rc call has its own stats group for tracking its metrics.
 By default grouping is done by the composite group name from prefix
 \f[C]job/\f[R] and id of the job like so \f[C]job/1\f[R].
 .PP
@@ -8502,7 +9646,66 @@ $ rclone rc \-\-json \[aq]{ \[dq]group\[dq]: \[dq]job/1\[dq] }\[aq] core/stats
 \f[R]
 .fi
 .SS Supported commands
-.SS cache/expire: Purge a remote from cache {#cache/expire}
+.SS backend/command: Runs a backend command.
+.PP
+This takes the following parameters
+.IP \[bu] 2
+command \- a string with the command name
+.IP \[bu] 2
+fs \- a remote name string eg \[lq]drive:\[rq]
+.IP \[bu] 2
+arg \- a list of arguments for the backend command
+.IP \[bu] 2
+opt \- a map of string to string of options
+.PP
+Returns
+.IP \[bu] 2
+result \- result from the backend command
+.PP
+For example
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone rc backend/command command=noop fs=. \-o echo=yes \-o blue \-a path1 \-a path2
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+Returns
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+{
+    \[dq]result\[dq]: {
+        \[dq]arg\[dq]: [
+            \[dq]path1\[dq],
+            \[dq]path2\[dq]
+        ],
+        \[dq]name\[dq]: \[dq]noop\[dq],
+        \[dq]opt\[dq]: {
+            \[dq]blue\[dq]: \[dq]\[dq],
+            \[dq]echo\[dq]: \[dq]yes\[dq]
+        }
+    }
+}
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+Note that this is the direct equivalent of using this \[lq]backend\[rq]
+command:
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone backend noop . \-o echo=yes \-o blue path1 path2
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+Note that arguments must be preceded by the \[lq]\-a\[rq] flag
+.PP
+See the backend (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_backend/) command
+for more information.
+.PP
+\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
+.SS cache/expire: Purge a remote from cache
 .PP
 Purge a remote from the cache backend.
 Supports either a directory or a file.
@@ -8517,7 +9720,7 @@ rclone rc cache/expire remote=path/to/sub/folder/
 rclone rc cache/expire remote=/ withData=true
 \f[R]
 .fi
-.SS cache/fetch: Fetch file chunks {#cache/fetch}
+.SS cache/fetch: Fetch file chunks
 .PP
 Ensure the specified file chunks are cached on disk.
 .PP
@@ -8548,10 +9751,10 @@ rclone rc cache/fetch chunks=0 file=hello file2=home/goodbye
 .PP
 File names will automatically be encrypted when the a crypt remote is
 used on top of the cache.
-.SS cache/stats: Get cache stats {#cache/stats}
+.SS cache/stats: Get cache stats
 .PP
 Show statistics for the cache remote.
-.SS config/create: create the config for a remote. {#config/create}
+.SS config/create: create the config for a remote.
 .PP
 This takes the following parameters
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -8560,13 +9763,17 @@ name \- name of remote
 parameters \- a map of { \[lq]key\[rq]: \[lq]value\[rq] } pairs
 .IP \[bu] 2
 type \- type of the new remote
+.IP \[bu] 2
+obscure \- optional bool \- forces obscuring of passwords
+.IP \[bu] 2
+noObscure \- optional bool \- forces passwords not to be obscured
 .PP
 See the config create
 command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_create/) command for
 more information on the above.
 .PP
-Authentication is required for this call.
-.SS config/delete: Delete a remote in the config file. {#config/delete}
+\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
+.SS config/delete: Delete a remote in the config file.
 .PP
 Parameters:
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -8576,8 +9783,8 @@ See the config delete
 command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_delete/) command for
 more information on the above.
 .PP
-Authentication is required for this call.
-.SS config/dump: Dumps the config file. {#config/dump}
+\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
+.SS config/dump: Dumps the config file.
 .PP
 Returns a JSON object: \- key: value
 .PP
@@ -8587,8 +9794,8 @@ See the config dump
 command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_dump/) command for
 more information on the above.
 .PP
-Authentication is required for this call.
-.SS config/get: Get a remote in the config file. {#config/get}
+\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
+.SS config/get: Get a remote in the config file.
 .PP
 Parameters:
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -8598,8 +9805,8 @@ See the config dump
 command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_dump/) command for
 more information on the above.
 .PP
-Authentication is required for this call.
-.SS config/listremotes: Lists the remotes in the config file. {#config/listremotes}
+\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
+.SS config/listremotes: Lists the remotes in the config file.
 .PP
 Returns \- remotes \- array of remote names
 .PP
@@ -8607,8 +9814,8 @@ See the listremotes
 command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_listremotes/) command for
 more information on the above.
 .PP
-Authentication is required for this call.
-.SS config/password: password the config for a remote. {#config/password}
+\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
+.SS config/password: password the config for a remote.
 .PP
 This takes the following parameters
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -8620,8 +9827,8 @@ See the config password
 command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_password/) command
 for more information on the above.
 .PP
-Authentication is required for this call.
-.SS config/providers: Shows how providers are configured in the config file. {#config/providers}
+\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
+.SS config/providers: Shows how providers are configured in the config file.
 .PP
 Returns a JSON object: \- providers \- array of objects
 .PP
@@ -8629,21 +9836,25 @@ See the config providers
 command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_providers/) command
 for more information on the above.
 .PP
-Authentication is required for this call.
-.SS config/update: update the config for a remote. {#config/update}
+\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
+.SS config/update: update the config for a remote.
 .PP
 This takes the following parameters
 .IP \[bu] 2
 name \- name of remote
 .IP \[bu] 2
 parameters \- a map of { \[lq]key\[rq]: \[lq]value\[rq] } pairs
+.IP \[bu] 2
+obscure \- optional bool \- forces obscuring of passwords
+.IP \[bu] 2
+noObscure \- optional bool \- forces passwords not to be obscured
 .PP
 See the config update
 command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_config_update/) command for
 more information on the above.
 .PP
-Authentication is required for this call.
-.SS core/bwlimit: Set the bandwidth limit. {#core/bwlimit}
+\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
+.SS core/bwlimit: Set the bandwidth limit.
 .PP
 This sets the bandwidth limit to that passed in.
 .PP
@@ -8664,7 +9875,7 @@ rclone rc core/bwlimit rate=1M
 \f[R]
 .fi
 .PP
-If the rate parameter is not suppied then the bandwidth is queried
+If the rate parameter is not supplied then the bandwidth is queried
 .IP
 .nf
 \f[C]
@@ -8681,12 +9892,12 @@ The format of the parameter is exactly the same as passed to
 .PP
 In either case \[lq]rate\[rq] is returned as a human readable string,
 and \[lq]bytesPerSecond\[rq] is returned as a number.
-.SS core/gc: Runs a garbage collection. {#core/gc}
+.SS core/gc: Runs a garbage collection.
 .PP
 This tells the go runtime to do a garbage collection run.
 It isn\[cq]t necessary to call this normally, but it can be useful for
 debugging memory problems.
-.SS core/group\-list: Returns list of stats. {#core/group\-list}
+.SS core/group\-list: Returns list of stats.
 .PP
 This returns list of stats groups currently in memory.
 .PP
@@ -8704,7 +9915,7 @@ Returns the following values:
 }
 \f[R]
 .fi
-.SS core/memstats: Returns the memory statistics {#core/memstats}
+.SS core/memstats: Returns the memory statistics
 .PP
 This returns the memory statistics of the running program.
 What the values mean are explained in the go docs:
@@ -8721,21 +9932,21 @@ Sys: this is the total amount of memory requested from the OS
 .IP \[bu] 2
 It is virtual memory so may include unused memory
 .RE
-.SS core/obscure: Obscures a string passed in. {#core/obscure}
+.SS core/obscure: Obscures a string passed in.
 .PP
 Pass a clear string and rclone will obscure it for the config file: \-
 clear \- string
 .PP
 Returns \- obscured \- string
-.SS core/pid: Return PID of current process {#core/pid}
+.SS core/pid: Return PID of current process
 .PP
 This returns PID of current process.
 Useful for stopping rclone process.
-.SS core/quit: Terminates the app. {#core/quit}
+.SS core/quit: Terminates the app.
 .PP
 (optional) Pass an exit code to be used for terminating the app: \-
 exitCode \- int
-.SS core/stats: Returns stats about current transfers. {#core/stats}
+.SS core/stats: Returns stats about current transfers.
 .PP
 This returns all available stats:
 .IP
@@ -8765,6 +9976,7 @@ Returns the following values:
     \[dq]checks\[dq]: number of checked files,
     \[dq]transfers\[dq]: number of transferred files,
     \[dq]deletes\[dq] : number of deleted files,
+    \[dq]renames\[dq] : number of renamed files,
     \[dq]elapsedTime\[dq]: time in seconds since the start of the process,
     \[dq]lastError\[dq]: last occurred error,
     \[dq]transferring\[dq]: an array of currently active file transfers:
@@ -8788,14 +10000,14 @@ Returns the following values:
 Values for \[lq]transferring\[rq], \[lq]checking\[rq] and
 \[lq]lastError\[rq] are only assigned if data is available.
 The value for \[lq]eta\[rq] is null if an eta cannot be determined.
-.SS core/stats\-delete: Delete stats group. {#core/stats\-delete}
+.SS core/stats\-delete: Delete stats group.
 .PP
 This deletes entire stats group
 .PP
 Parameters
 .IP \[bu] 2
 group \- name of the stats group (string)
-.SS core/stats\-reset: Reset stats. {#core/stats\-reset}
+.SS core/stats\-reset: Reset stats.
 .PP
 This clears counters, errors and finished transfers for all stats or
 specific stats group if group is provided.
@@ -8803,7 +10015,7 @@ specific stats group if group is provided.
 Parameters
 .IP \[bu] 2
 group \- name of the stats group (string)
-.SS core/transferred: Returns stats about completed transfers. {#core/transferred}
+.SS core/transferred: Returns stats about completed transfers.
 .PP
 This returns stats about completed transfers:
 .IP
@@ -8835,14 +10047,14 @@ Returns the following values:
                 \[dq]bytes\[dq]: total transferred bytes for this file,
                 \[dq]checked\[dq]: if the transfer is only checked (skipped, deleted),
                 \[dq]timestamp\[dq]: integer representing millisecond unix epoch,
-                \[dq]error\[dq]: string description of the error (empty if successfull),
+                \[dq]error\[dq]: string description of the error (empty if successful),
                 \[dq]jobid\[dq]: id of the job that this transfer belongs to
             }
         ]
 }
 \f[R]
 .fi
-.SS core/version: Shows the current version of rclone and the go runtime. {#core/version}
+.SS core/version: Shows the current version of rclone and the go runtime.
 .PP
 This shows the current version of go and the go runtime
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -8861,7 +10073,7 @@ os \- OS in use as according to Go
 arch \- cpu architecture in use according to Go
 .IP \[bu] 2
 goVersion \- version of Go runtime in use
-.SS debug/set\-block\-profile\-rate: Set runtime.SetBlockProfileRate for blocking profiling. {#debug/set\-block\-profile\-rate}
+.SS debug/set\-block\-profile\-rate: Set runtime.SetBlockProfileRate for blocking profiling.
 .PP
 SetBlockProfileRate controls the fraction of goroutine blocking events
 that are reported in the blocking profile.
@@ -8882,7 +10094,7 @@ go tool pprof http://localhost:5572/debug/pprof/block
 Parameters
 .IP \[bu] 2
 rate \- int
-.SS debug/set\-mutex\-profile\-fraction: Set runtime.SetMutexProfileFraction for mutex profiling. {#debug/set\-mutex\-profile\-fraction}
+.SS debug/set\-mutex\-profile\-fraction: Set runtime.SetMutexProfileFraction for mutex profiling.
 .PP
 SetMutexProfileFraction controls the fraction of mutex contention events
 that are reported in the mutex profile.
@@ -8908,14 +10120,14 @@ rate \- int
 Results
 .IP \[bu] 2
 previousRate \- int
-.SS job/list: Lists the IDs of the running jobs {#job/list}
+.SS job/list: Lists the IDs of the running jobs
 .PP
 Parameters \- None
 .PP
 Results
 .IP \[bu] 2
 jobids \- array of integer job ids
-.SS job/status: Reads the status of the job ID {#job/status}
+.SS job/status: Reads the status of the job ID
 .PP
 Parameters
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -8945,12 +10157,79 @@ output \- output of the job as would have been returned if called
 synchronously
 .IP \[bu] 2
 progress \- output of the progress related to the underlying job
-.SS job/stop: Stop the running job {#job/stop}
+.SS job/stop: Stop the running job
 .PP
 Parameters
 .IP \[bu] 2
 jobid \- id of the job (integer)
-.SS operations/about: Return the space used on the remote {#operations/about}
+.SS mount/mount: Create a new mount point
+.PP
+rclone allows Linux, FreeBSD, macOS and Windows to mount any of
+Rclone\[cq]s cloud storage systems as a file system with FUSE.
+.PP
+If no mountType is provided, the priority is given as follows: 1.
+mount 2.cmount 3.mount2
+.PP
+This takes the following parameters
+.IP \[bu] 2
+fs \- a remote path to be mounted (required)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+mountPoint: valid path on the local machine (required)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+mountType: One of the values (mount, cmount, mount2) specifies the mount
+implementation to use
+.PP
+Eg
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone rc mount/mount fs=mydrive: mountPoint=/home/<user>/mountPoint
+rclone rc mount/mount fs=mydrive: mountPoint=/home/<user>/mountPoint mountType=mount
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
+.SS mount/types: Show all possible mount types
+.PP
+This shows all possible mount types and returns them as a list.
+.PP
+This takes no parameters and returns
+.IP \[bu] 2
+mountTypes: list of mount types
+.PP
+The mount types are strings like \[lq]mount\[rq], \[lq]mount2\[rq],
+\[lq]cmount\[rq] and can be passed to mount/mount as the mountType
+parameter.
+.PP
+Eg
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone rc mount/types
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
+.SS mount/unmount: Unmount all active mounts
+.PP
+rclone allows Linux, FreeBSD, macOS and Windows to mount any of
+Rclone\[cq]s cloud storage systems as a file system with FUSE.
+.PP
+This takes the following parameters
+.IP \[bu] 2
+mountPoint: valid path on the local machine where the mount was created
+(required)
+.PP
+Eg
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone rc mount/unmount mountPoint=/home/<user>/mountPoint
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
+.SS operations/about: Return the space used on the remote
 .PP
 This takes the following parameters
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -8961,8 +10240,8 @@ The result is as returned from rclone about \[en]json
 See the about command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_size/) command
 for more information on the above.
 .PP
-Authentication is required for this call.
-.SS operations/cleanup: Remove trashed files in the remote or path {#operations/cleanup}
+\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
+.SS operations/cleanup: Remove trashed files in the remote or path
 .PP
 This takes the following parameters
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -8971,8 +10250,8 @@ fs \- a remote name string eg \[lq]drive:\[rq]
 See the cleanup command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_cleanup/)
 command for more information on the above.
 .PP
-Authentication is required for this call.
-.SS operations/copyfile: Copy a file from source remote to destination remote {#operations/copyfile}
+\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
+.SS operations/copyfile: Copy a file from source remote to destination remote
 .PP
 This takes the following parameters
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -8986,8 +10265,8 @@ dstFs \- a remote name string eg \[lq]drive2:\[rq] for the destination
 dstRemote \- a path within that remote eg \[lq]file2.txt\[rq] for the
 destination
 .PP
-Authentication is required for this call.
-.SS operations/copyurl: Copy the URL to the object {#operations/copyurl}
+\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
+.SS operations/copyurl: Copy the URL to the object
 .PP
 This takes the following parameters
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -9002,8 +10281,8 @@ from url See the copyurl
 command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copyurl/) command for more
 information on the above.
 .PP
-Authentication is required for this call.
-.SS operations/delete: Remove files in the path {#operations/delete}
+\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
+.SS operations/delete: Remove files in the path
 .PP
 This takes the following parameters
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -9012,8 +10291,8 @@ fs \- a remote name string eg \[lq]drive:\[rq]
 See the delete command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_delete/)
 command for more information on the above.
 .PP
-Authentication is required for this call.
-.SS operations/deletefile: Remove the single file pointed to {#operations/deletefile}
+\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
+.SS operations/deletefile: Remove the single file pointed to
 .PP
 This takes the following parameters
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -9025,8 +10304,8 @@ See the deletefile
 command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_deletefile/) command for
 more information on the above.
 .PP
-Authentication is required for this call.
-.SS operations/fsinfo: Return information about the remote {#operations/fsinfo}
+\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
+.SS operations/fsinfo: Return information about the remote
 .PP
 This takes the following parameters
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -9089,7 +10368,7 @@ instead:
 rclone rc \-\-loopback operations/fsinfo fs=remote:
 \f[R]
 .fi
-.SS operations/list: List the given remote and path in JSON format {#operations/list}
+.SS operations/list: List the given remote and path in JSON format
 .PP
 This takes the following parameters
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -9122,8 +10401,8 @@ This is an array of objects as described in the lsjson command
 See the lsjson command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_lsjson/) for
 more information on the above and examples.
 .PP
-Authentication is required for this call.
-.SS operations/mkdir: Make a destination directory or container {#operations/mkdir}
+\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
+.SS operations/mkdir: Make a destination directory or container
 .PP
 This takes the following parameters
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -9134,8 +10413,8 @@ remote \- a path within that remote eg \[lq]dir\[rq]
 See the mkdir command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mkdir/)
 command for more information on the above.
 .PP
-Authentication is required for this call.
-.SS operations/movefile: Move a file from source remote to destination remote {#operations/movefile}
+\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
+.SS operations/movefile: Move a file from source remote to destination remote
 .PP
 This takes the following parameters
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -9149,8 +10428,8 @@ dstFs \- a remote name string eg \[lq]drive2:\[rq] for the destination
 dstRemote \- a path within that remote eg \[lq]file2.txt\[rq] for the
 destination
 .PP
-Authentication is required for this call.
-.SS operations/publiclink: Create or retrieve a public link to the given file or folder. {#operations/publiclink}
+\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
+.SS operations/publiclink: Create or retrieve a public link to the given file or folder.
 .PP
 This takes the following parameters
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -9165,8 +10444,8 @@ url \- URL of the resource
 See the link command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_link/) command
 for more information on the above.
 .PP
-Authentication is required for this call.
-.SS operations/purge: Remove a directory or container and all of its contents {#operations/purge}
+\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
+.SS operations/purge: Remove a directory or container and all of its contents
 .PP
 This takes the following parameters
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -9177,8 +10456,8 @@ remote \- a path within that remote eg \[lq]dir\[rq]
 See the purge command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_purge/)
 command for more information on the above.
 .PP
-Authentication is required for this call.
-.SS operations/rmdir: Remove an empty directory or container {#operations/rmdir}
+\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
+.SS operations/rmdir: Remove an empty directory or container
 .PP
 This takes the following parameters
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -9189,8 +10468,8 @@ remote \- a path within that remote eg \[lq]dir\[rq]
 See the rmdir command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_rmdir/)
 command for more information on the above.
 .PP
-Authentication is required for this call.
-.SS operations/rmdirs: Remove all the empty directories in the path {#operations/rmdirs}
+\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
+.SS operations/rmdirs: Remove all the empty directories in the path
 .PP
 This takes the following parameters
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -9203,8 +10482,8 @@ leaveRoot \- boolean, set to true not to delete the root
 See the rmdirs command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_rmdirs/)
 command for more information on the above.
 .PP
-Authentication is required for this call.
-.SS operations/size: Count the number of bytes and files in remote {#operations/size}
+\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
+.SS operations/size: Count the number of bytes and files in remote
 .PP
 This takes the following parameters
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -9219,18 +10498,18 @@ bytes \- number of bytes in those files
 See the size command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_size/) command
 for more information on the above.
 .PP
-Authentication is required for this call.
-.SS options/blocks: List all the option blocks {#options/blocks}
+\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
+.SS options/blocks: List all the option blocks
 .PP
 Returns \- options \- a list of the options block names
-.SS options/get: Get all the options {#options/get}
+.SS options/get: Get all the options
 .PP
 Returns an object where keys are option block names and values are an
 object with the current option values in.
 .PP
 This shows the internal names of the option within rclone which should
 map to the external options very easily with a few exceptions.
-.SS options/set: Set an option {#options/set}
+.SS options/set: Set an option
 .PP
 Parameters
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -9271,29 +10550,29 @@ And this sets NOTICE level logs (normal without \-v)
 rclone rc options/set \-\-json \[aq]{\[dq]main\[dq]: {\[dq]LogLevel\[dq]: 6}}\[aq]
 \f[R]
 .fi
-.SS rc/error: This returns an error {#rc/error}
+.SS rc/error: This returns an error
 .PP
 This returns an error with the input as part of its error string.
 Useful for testing error handling.
-.SS rc/list: List all the registered remote control commands {#rc/list}
+.SS rc/list: List all the registered remote control commands
 .PP
 This lists all the registered remote control commands as a JSON map in
 the commands response.
-.SS rc/noop: Echo the input to the output parameters {#rc/noop}
+.SS rc/noop: Echo the input to the output parameters
 .PP
 This echoes the input parameters to the output parameters for testing
 purposes.
 It can be used to check that rclone is still alive and to check that
 parameter passing is working properly.
-.SS rc/noopauth: Echo the input to the output parameters requiring auth {#rc/noopauth}
+.SS rc/noopauth: Echo the input to the output parameters requiring auth
 .PP
 This echoes the input parameters to the output parameters for testing
 purposes.
 It can be used to check that rclone is still alive and to check that
 parameter passing is working properly.
 .PP
-Authentication is required for this call.
-.SS sync/copy: copy a directory from source remote to destination remote {#sync/copy}
+\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
+.SS sync/copy: copy a directory from source remote to destination remote
 .PP
 This takes the following parameters
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -9304,8 +10583,8 @@ dstFs \- a remote name string eg \[lq]drive:dst\[rq] for the destination
 See the copy command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_copy/) command
 for more information on the above.
 .PP
-Authentication is required for this call.
-.SS sync/move: move a directory from source remote to destination remote {#sync/move}
+\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
+.SS sync/move: move a directory from source remote to destination remote
 .PP
 This takes the following parameters
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -9318,8 +10597,8 @@ deleteEmptySrcDirs \- delete empty src directories if set
 See the move command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_move/) command
 for more information on the above.
 .PP
-Authentication is required for this call.
-.SS sync/sync: sync a directory from source remote to destination remote {#sync/sync}
+\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
+.SS sync/sync: sync a directory from source remote to destination remote
 .PP
 This takes the following parameters
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -9330,8 +10609,8 @@ dstFs \- a remote name string eg \[lq]drive:dst\[rq] for the destination
 See the sync command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_sync/) command
 for more information on the above.
 .PP
-Authentication is required for this call.
-.SS vfs/forget: Forget files or directories in the directory cache. {#vfs/forget}
+\f[B]Authentication is required for this call.\f[R]
+.SS vfs/forget: Forget files or directories in the directory cache.
 .PP
 This forgets the paths in the directory cache causing them to be
 re\-read from the remote when needed.
@@ -9354,7 +10633,7 @@ starting with dir will forget that dir, eg
 rclone rc vfs/forget file=hello file2=goodbye dir=home/junk
 \f[R]
 .fi
-.SS vfs/poll\-interval: Get the status or update the value of the poll\-interval option. {#vfs/poll\-interval}
+.SS vfs/poll\-interval: Get the status or update the value of the poll\-interval option.
 .PP
 Without any parameter given this returns the current status of the
 poll\-interval setting.
@@ -9378,7 +10657,7 @@ reached.
 .PP
 If poll\-interval is updated or disabled temporarily, some changes might
 not get picked up by the polling function, depending on the used remote.
-.SS vfs/refresh: Refresh the directory cache. {#vfs/refresh}
+.SS vfs/refresh: Refresh the directory cache.
 .PP
 This reads the directories for the specified paths and freshens the
 directory cache.
@@ -9971,7 +11250,7 @@ T}@T{
 \-
 T}
 T{
-Openstack Swift
+OpenStack Swift
 T}@T{
 MD5
 T}@T{
@@ -10036,6 +11315,19 @@ T}@T{
 R/W
 T}
 T{
+Seafile
+T}@T{
+\-
+T}@T{
+No
+T}@T{
+No
+T}@T{
+No
+T}@T{
+\-
+T}
+T{
 SFTP
 T}@T{
 MD5, SHA1 \[dd]
@@ -10062,6 +11354,19 @@ T}@T{
 \-
 T}
 T{
+Tardigrade
+T}@T{
+\-
+T}@T{
+Yes
+T}@T{
+No
+T}@T{
+No
+T}@T{
+\-
+T}
+T{
 WebDAV
 T}@T{
 MD5, SHA1 \[dg]\[dg]
@@ -10502,7 +11807,8 @@ For example, the invalid byte \f[C]0xFE\f[R] will be encoded as
 .PP
 A common source of invalid UTF\-8 bytes are local filesystems, that
 store names in a different encoding than UTF\-8 or UTF\-16, like latin1.
-See the local filenames (/local/#filenames) section for details.
+See the local filenames (https://rclone.org/local/#filenames) section
+for details.
 .SS Encoding option
 .PP
 Most backends have an encoding options, specified as a flag
@@ -11076,7 +12382,7 @@ Yes
 T}@T{
 Yes
 T}@T{
-No
+Yes
 T}@T{
 Yes
 T}@T{
@@ -11172,7 +12478,7 @@ No
 T}@T{
 Yes
 T}@T{
-No
+Yes
 T}@T{
 No #2178 (https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/2178)
 T}@T{
@@ -11227,7 +12533,7 @@ T}@T{
 Yes
 T}
 T{
-Openstack Swift
+OpenStack Swift
 T}@T{
 Yes \[dg]
 T}@T{
@@ -11329,7 +12635,7 @@ No
 T}@T{
 No
 T}@T{
-No
+Yes
 T}@T{
 Yes
 T}@T{
@@ -11342,6 +12648,29 @@ T}@T{
 No
 T}
 T{
+Seafile
+T}@T{
+Yes
+T}@T{
+Yes
+T}@T{
+Yes
+T}@T{
+Yes
+T}@T{
+Yes
+T}@T{
+Yes
+T}@T{
+Yes
+T}@T{
+Yes
+T}@T{
+Yes
+T}@T{
+Yes
+T}
+T{
 SFTP
 T}@T{
 No
@@ -11388,6 +12717,29 @@ T}@T{
 Yes
 T}
 T{
+Tardigrade
+T}@T{
+Yes \[dg]
+T}@T{
+No
+T}@T{
+No
+T}@T{
+No
+T}@T{
+No
+T}@T{
+Yes
+T}@T{
+Yes
+T}@T{
+No
+T}@T{
+No
+T}@T{
+No
+T}
+T{
 WebDAV
 T}@T{
 Yes
@@ -11462,9 +12814,9 @@ T}
 This deletes a directory quicker than just deleting all the files in the
 directory.
 .PP
-\[dg] Note Swift and Hubic implement this in order to delete directory
-markers but they don\[cq]t actually have a quicker way of deleting files
-other than deleting them individually.
+\[dg] Note Swift, Hubic, and Tardigrade implement this in order to
+delete directory markers but they don\[cq]t actually have a quicker way
+of deleting files other than deleting them individually.
 .PP
 \[dd] StreamUpload is not supported with Nextcloud
 .SS Copy
@@ -11507,7 +12859,8 @@ If the server can\[cq]t do \f[C]CleanUp\f[R] then
 The remote supports a recursive list to list all the contents beneath a
 directory quickly.
 This enables the \f[C]\-\-fast\-list\f[R] flag to work.
-See the rclone docs (/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
+See the rclone docs (https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list) for more
+details.
 .SS StreamUpload
 .PP
 Some remotes allow files to be uploaded without knowing the file size in
@@ -11532,7 +12885,7 @@ will return an error.
 .SS EmptyDir
 .PP
 The remote supports empty directories.
-See Limitations (/bugs/#limitations) for details.
+See Limitations (https://rclone.org/bugs/#limitations) for details.
 Most Object/Bucket based remotes do not support this.
 .SH Global Flags
 .PP
@@ -11552,6 +12905,7 @@ These flags are available for every command.
       \-\-bwlimit BwTimetable                  Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
       \-\-ca\-cert string                       CA certificate used to verify servers
       \-\-cache\-dir string                     Directory rclone will use for caching. (default \[dq]$HOME/.cache/rclone\[dq])
+      \-\-check\-first                          Do all the checks before starting transfers.
       \-\-checkers int                         Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
   \-c, \-\-checksum                             Skip based on checksum (if available) & size, not mod\-time & size
       \-\-client\-cert string                   Client SSL certificate (PEM) for mutual TLS auth
@@ -11561,6 +12915,7 @@ These flags are available for every command.
       \-\-contimeout duration                  Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
       \-\-copy\-dest string                     Implies \-\-compare\-dest but also copies files from path into destination.
       \-\-cpuprofile string                    Write cpu profile to file
+      \-\-cutoff\-mode string                   Mode to stop transfers when reaching the max transfer limit HARD|SOFT|CAUTIOUS (default \[dq]HARD\[dq])
       \-\-delete\-after                         When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default)
       \-\-delete\-before                        When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring
       \-\-delete\-during                        When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
@@ -11570,14 +12925,19 @@ These flags are available for every command.
       \-\-dump DumpFlags                       List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
       \-\-dump\-bodies                          Dump HTTP headers and bodies \- may contain sensitive info
       \-\-dump\-headers                         Dump HTTP headers \- may contain sensitive info
+      \-\-error\-on\-no\-transfer                 Sets exit code 9 if no files are transferred, useful in scripts
       \-\-exclude stringArray                  Exclude files matching pattern
-      \-\-exclude\-from stringArray             Read exclude patterns from file
+      \-\-exclude\-from stringArray             Read exclude patterns from file (use \- to read from stdin)
       \-\-exclude\-if\-present string            Exclude directories if filename is present
       \-\-expect\-continue\-timeout duration     Timeout when using expect / 100\-continue in HTTP (default 1s)
       \-\-fast\-list                            Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
-      \-\-files\-from stringArray               Read list of source\-file names from file
+      \-\-files\-from stringArray               Read list of source\-file names from file (use \- to read from stdin)
+      \-\-files\-from\-raw stringArray           Read list of source\-file names from file without any processing of lines (use \- to read from stdin)
   \-f, \-\-filter stringArray                   Add a file\-filtering rule
-      \-\-filter\-from stringArray              Read filtering patterns from a file
+      \-\-filter\-from stringArray              Read filtering patterns from a file (use \- to read from stdin)
+      \-\-header stringArray                   Set HTTP header for all transactions
+      \-\-header\-download stringArray          Set HTTP header for download transactions
+      \-\-header\-upload stringArray            Set HTTP header for upload transactions
       \-\-ignore\-case                          Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
       \-\-ignore\-case\-sync                     Ignore case when synchronizing
       \-\-ignore\-checksum                      Skip post copy check of checksums.
@@ -11587,7 +12947,7 @@ These flags are available for every command.
   \-I, \-\-ignore\-times                         Don\[aq]t skip files that match size and time \- transfer all files
       \-\-immutable                            Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
       \-\-include stringArray                  Include files matching pattern
-      \-\-include\-from stringArray             Read include patterns from file
+      \-\-include\-from stringArray             Read include patterns from file (use \- to read from stdin)
       \-\-log\-file string                      Log everything to this file
       \-\-log\-format string                    Comma separated list of log format options (default \[dq]date,time\[dq])
       \-\-log\-level string                     Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default \[dq]NOTICE\[dq])
@@ -11610,6 +12970,7 @@ These flags are available for every command.
       \-\-no\-check\-dest                        Don\[aq]t check the destination, copy regardless.
       \-\-no\-gzip\-encoding                     Don\[aq]t set Accept\-Encoding: gzip.
       \-\-no\-traverse                          Don\[aq]t traverse destination file system on copy.
+      \-\-no\-unicode\-normalization             Don\[aq]t normalize unicode characters in filenames.
       \-\-no\-update\-modtime                    Don\[aq]t update destination mod\-time if files identical.
       \-\-order\-by string                      Instructions on how to order the transfers, eg \[aq]size,descending\[aq]
       \-\-password\-command SpaceSepList        Command for supplying password for encrypted configuration.
@@ -11621,6 +12982,7 @@ These flags are available for every command.
       \-\-rc\-baseurl string                    Prefix for URLs \- leave blank for root.
       \-\-rc\-cert string                       SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
       \-\-rc\-client\-ca string                  Client certificate authority to verify clients with
+      \-\-rc\-enable\-metrics                    Enable prometheus metrics on /metrics
       \-\-rc\-files string                      Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
       \-\-rc\-htpasswd string                   htpasswd file \- if not provided no authentication is done
       \-\-rc\-job\-expire\-duration duration      expire finished async jobs older than this value (default 1m0s)
@@ -11633,6 +12995,7 @@ These flags are available for every command.
       \-\-rc\-serve                             Enable the serving of remote objects.
       \-\-rc\-server\-read\-timeout duration      Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
       \-\-rc\-server\-write\-timeout duration     Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
+      \-\-rc\-template string                   User Specified Template.
       \-\-rc\-user string                       User name for authentication.
       \-\-rc\-web\-fetch\-url string              URL to fetch the releases for webgui. (default \[dq]https://api.github.com/repos/rclone/rclone\-webui\-react/releases/latest\[dq])
       \-\-rc\-web\-gui                           Launch WebGUI on localhost
@@ -11658,13 +13021,14 @@ These flags are available for every command.
       \-\-tpslimit float                       Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
       \-\-tpslimit\-burst int                   Max burst of transactions for \-\-tpslimit. (default 1)
       \-\-track\-renames                        When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
+      \-\-track\-renames\-strategy string        Strategies to use when synchronizing using track\-renames hash|modtime (default \[dq]hash\[dq])
       \-\-transfers int                        Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
   \-u, \-\-update                               Skip files that are newer on the destination.
       \-\-use\-cookies                          Enable session cookiejar.
       \-\-use\-json\-log                         Use json log format.
       \-\-use\-mmap                             Use mmap allocator (see docs).
       \-\-use\-server\-modtime                   Use server modified time instead of object metadata
-      \-\-user\-agent string                    Set the user\-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default \[dq]rclone/v1.51.0\[dq])
+      \-\-user\-agent string                    Set the user\-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default \[dq]rclone/v1.52.0\[dq])
   \-v, \-\-verbose count                        Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
 \f[R]
 .fi
@@ -11675,302 +13039,335 @@ They control the backends and may be set in the config file.
 .IP
 .nf
 \f[C]
-      \-\-acd\-auth\-url string                          Auth server URL.
-      \-\-acd\-client\-id string                         Amazon Application Client ID.
-      \-\-acd\-client\-secret string                     Amazon Application Client Secret.
-      \-\-acd\-encoding MultiEncoder                    This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      \-\-acd\-templink\-threshold SizeSuffix            Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
-      \-\-acd\-token\-url string                         Token server url.
-      \-\-acd\-upload\-wait\-per\-gb Duration              Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
-      \-\-alias\-remote string                          Remote or path to alias.
-      \-\-azureblob\-access\-tier string                 Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
-      \-\-azureblob\-account string                     Storage Account Name (leave blank to use SAS URL or Emulator)
-      \-\-azureblob\-chunk\-size SizeSuffix              Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M)
-      \-\-azureblob\-encoding MultiEncoder              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8)
-      \-\-azureblob\-endpoint string                    Endpoint for the service
-      \-\-azureblob\-key string                         Storage Account Key (leave blank to use SAS URL or Emulator)
-      \-\-azureblob\-list\-chunk int                     Size of blob list. (default 5000)
-      \-\-azureblob\-sas\-url string                     SAS URL for container level access only
-      \-\-azureblob\-upload\-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M)
-      \-\-azureblob\-use\-emulator                       Uses local storage emulator if provided as \[aq]true\[aq] (leave blank if using real azure storage endpoint)
-      \-\-b2\-account string                            Account ID or Application Key ID
-      \-\-b2\-chunk\-size SizeSuffix                     Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
-      \-\-b2\-disable\-checksum                          Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files
-      \-\-b2\-download\-auth\-duration Duration           Time before the authorization token will expire in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d. (default 1w)
-      \-\-b2\-download\-url string                       Custom endpoint for downloads.
-      \-\-b2\-encoding MultiEncoder                     This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      \-\-b2\-endpoint string                           Endpoint for the service.
-      \-\-b2\-hard\-delete                               Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
-      \-\-b2\-key string                                Application Key
-      \-\-b2\-test\-mode string                          A flag string for X\-Bz\-Test\-Mode header for debugging.
-      \-\-b2\-upload\-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
-      \-\-b2\-versions                                  Include old versions in directory listings.
-      \-\-box\-box\-config\-file string                   Box App config.json location
-      \-\-box\-box\-sub\-type string                       (default \[dq]user\[dq])
-      \-\-box\-client\-id string                         Box App Client Id.
-      \-\-box\-client\-secret string                     Box App Client Secret
-      \-\-box\-commit\-retries int                       Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
-      \-\-box\-encoding MultiEncoder                    This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      \-\-box\-upload\-cutoff SizeSuffix                 Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M)
-      \-\-cache\-chunk\-clean\-interval Duration          How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
-      \-\-cache\-chunk\-no\-memory                        Disable the in\-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
-      \-\-cache\-chunk\-path string                      Directory to cache chunk files. (default \[dq]$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache\-backend\[dq])
-      \-\-cache\-chunk\-size SizeSuffix                  The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
-      \-\-cache\-chunk\-total\-size SizeSuffix            The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
-      \-\-cache\-db\-path string                         Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default \[dq]$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache\-backend\[dq])
-      \-\-cache\-db\-purge                               Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
-      \-\-cache\-db\-wait\-time Duration                  How long to wait for the DB to be available \- 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
-      \-\-cache\-info\-age Duration                      How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
-      \-\-cache\-plex\-insecure string                   Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
-      \-\-cache\-plex\-password string                   The password of the Plex user
-      \-\-cache\-plex\-url string                        The URL of the Plex server
-      \-\-cache\-plex\-username string                   The username of the Plex user
-      \-\-cache\-read\-retries int                       How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
-      \-\-cache\-remote string                          Remote to cache.
-      \-\-cache\-rps int                                Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (\-1 to disable) (default \-1)
-      \-\-cache\-tmp\-upload\-path string                 Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
-      \-\-cache\-tmp\-wait\-time Duration                 How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
-      \-\-cache\-workers int                            How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
-      \-\-cache\-writes                                 Cache file data on writes through the FS
-      \-\-chunker\-chunk\-size SizeSuffix                Files larger than chunk size will be split in chunks. (default 2G)
-      \-\-chunker\-fail\-hard                            Choose how chunker should handle files with missing or invalid chunks.
-      \-\-chunker\-hash\-type string                     Choose how chunker handles hash sums. All modes but \[dq]none\[dq] require metadata. (default \[dq]md5\[dq])
-      \-\-chunker\-meta\-format string                   Format of the metadata object or \[dq]none\[dq]. By default \[dq]simplejson\[dq]. (default \[dq]simplejson\[dq])
-      \-\-chunker\-name\-format string                   String format of chunk file names. (default \[dq]*.rclone_chunk.###\[dq])
-      \-\-chunker\-remote string                        Remote to chunk/unchunk.
-      \-\-chunker\-start\-from int                       Minimum valid chunk number. Usually 0 or 1. (default 1)
-  \-L, \-\-copy\-links                                   Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
-      \-\-crypt\-directory\-name\-encryption              Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
-      \-\-crypt\-filename\-encryption string             How to encrypt the filenames. (default \[dq]standard\[dq])
-      \-\-crypt\-password string                        Password or pass phrase for encryption.
-      \-\-crypt\-password2 string                       Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
-      \-\-crypt\-remote string                          Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
-      \-\-crypt\-show\-mapping                           For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
-      \-\-drive\-acknowledge\-abuse                      Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
-      \-\-drive\-allow\-import\-name\-change               Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
-      \-\-drive\-alternate\-export                       Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
-      \-\-drive\-auth\-owner\-only                        Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
-      \-\-drive\-chunk\-size SizeSuffix                  Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
-      \-\-drive\-client\-id string                       Google Application Client Id
-      \-\-drive\-client\-secret string                   Google Application Client Secret
-      \-\-drive\-disable\-http2                          Disable drive using http2 (default true)
-      \-\-drive\-encoding MultiEncoder                  This sets the encoding for the backend. (default InvalidUtf8)
-      \-\-drive\-export\-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default \[dq]docx,xlsx,pptx,svg\[dq])
-      \-\-drive\-formats string                         Deprecated: see export_formats
-      \-\-drive\-impersonate string                     Impersonate this user when using a service account.
-      \-\-drive\-import\-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
-      \-\-drive\-keep\-revision\-forever                  Keep new head revision of each file forever.
-      \-\-drive\-list\-chunk int                         Size of listing chunk 100\-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
-      \-\-drive\-pacer\-burst int                        Number of API calls to allow without sleeping. (default 100)
-      \-\-drive\-pacer\-min\-sleep Duration               Minimum time to sleep between API calls. (default 100ms)
-      \-\-drive\-root\-folder\-id string                  ID of the root folder
-      \-\-drive\-scope string                           Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
-      \-\-drive\-server\-side\-across\-configs             Allow server side operations (eg copy) to work across different drive configs.
-      \-\-drive\-service\-account\-credentials string     Service Account Credentials JSON blob
-      \-\-drive\-service\-account\-file string            Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      \-\-drive\-shared\-with\-me                         Only show files that are shared with me.
-      \-\-drive\-size\-as\-quota                          Show sizes as storage quota usage, not actual size.
-      \-\-drive\-skip\-checksum\-gphotos                  Skip MD5 checksum on Google photos and videos only.
-      \-\-drive\-skip\-gdocs                             Skip google documents in all listings.
-      \-\-drive\-stop\-on\-upload\-limit                   Make upload limit errors be fatal
-      \-\-drive\-team\-drive string                      ID of the Team Drive
-      \-\-drive\-trashed\-only                           Only show files that are in the trash.
-      \-\-drive\-upload\-cutoff SizeSuffix               Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
-      \-\-drive\-use\-created\-date                       Use file created date instead of modified date.,
-      \-\-drive\-use\-shared\-date                        Use date file was shared instead of modified date.
-      \-\-drive\-use\-trash                              Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
-      \-\-drive\-v2\-download\-min\-size SizeSuffix        If Object\[aq]s are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
-      \-\-dropbox\-chunk\-size SizeSuffix                Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M)
-      \-\-dropbox\-client\-id string                     Dropbox App Client Id
-      \-\-dropbox\-client\-secret string                 Dropbox App Client Secret
-      \-\-dropbox\-encoding MultiEncoder                This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      \-\-dropbox\-impersonate string                   Impersonate this user when using a business account.
-      \-\-fichier\-api\-key string                       Your API Key, get it from https://1fichier.com/console/params.pl
-      \-\-fichier\-encoding MultiEncoder                This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,SingleQuote,BackQuote,Dollar,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      \-\-fichier\-shared\-folder string                 If you want to download a shared folder, add this parameter
-      \-\-ftp\-concurrency int                          Maximum number of FTP simultaneous connections, 0 for unlimited
-      \-\-ftp\-disable\-epsv                             Disable using EPSV even if server advertises support
-      \-\-ftp\-encoding MultiEncoder                    This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Del,Ctl,RightSpace,Dot)
-      \-\-ftp\-host string                              FTP host to connect to
-      \-\-ftp\-no\-check\-certificate                     Do not verify the TLS certificate of the server
-      \-\-ftp\-pass string                              FTP password
-      \-\-ftp\-port string                              FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
-      \-\-ftp\-tls                                      Use FTP over TLS (Implicit)
-      \-\-ftp\-user string                              FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
-      \-\-gcs\-bucket\-acl string                        Access Control List for new buckets.
-      \-\-gcs\-bucket\-policy\-only                       Access checks should use bucket\-level IAM policies.
-      \-\-gcs\-client\-id string                         Google Application Client Id
-      \-\-gcs\-client\-secret string                     Google Application Client Secret
-      \-\-gcs\-encoding MultiEncoder                    This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,CrLf,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      \-\-gcs\-location string                          Location for the newly created buckets.
-      \-\-gcs\-object\-acl string                        Access Control List for new objects.
-      \-\-gcs\-project\-number string                    Project number.
-      \-\-gcs\-service\-account\-file string              Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      \-\-gcs\-storage\-class string                     The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
-      \-\-gphotos\-client\-id string                     Google Application Client Id
-      \-\-gphotos\-client\-secret string                 Google Application Client Secret
-      \-\-gphotos\-read\-only                            Set to make the Google Photos backend read only.
-      \-\-gphotos\-read\-size                            Set to read the size of media items.
-      \-\-http\-headers CommaSepList                    Set HTTP headers for all transactions
-      \-\-http\-no\-head                                 Don\[aq]t use HEAD requests to find file sizes in dir listing
-      \-\-http\-no\-slash                                Set this if the site doesn\[aq]t end directories with /
-      \-\-http\-url string                              URL of http host to connect to
-      \-\-hubic\-chunk\-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      \-\-hubic\-client\-id string                       Hubic Client Id
-      \-\-hubic\-client\-secret string                   Hubic Client Secret
-      \-\-hubic\-encoding MultiEncoder                  This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8)
-      \-\-hubic\-no\-chunk                               Don\[aq]t chunk files during streaming upload.
-      \-\-jottacloud\-encoding MultiEncoder             This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      \-\-jottacloud\-hard\-delete                       Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      \-\-jottacloud\-md5\-memory\-limit SizeSuffix       Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
-      \-\-jottacloud\-unlink                            Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
-      \-\-jottacloud\-upload\-resume\-limit SizeSuffix    Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail\[aq]s. (default 10M)
-      \-\-koofr\-encoding MultiEncoder                  This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      \-\-koofr\-endpoint string                        The Koofr API endpoint to use (default \[dq]https://app.koofr.net\[dq])
-      \-\-koofr\-mountid string                         Mount ID of the mount to use. If omitted, the primary mount is used.
-      \-\-koofr\-password string                        Your Koofr password for rclone (generate one at https://app.koofr.net/app/admin/preferences/password)
-      \-\-koofr\-setmtime                               Does the backend support setting modification time. Set this to false if you use a mount ID that points to a Dropbox or Amazon Drive backend. (default true)
-      \-\-koofr\-user string                            Your Koofr user name
-  \-l, \-\-links                                        Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a \[aq].rclonelink\[aq] extension
-      \-\-local\-case\-insensitive                       Force the filesystem to report itself as case insensitive
-      \-\-local\-case\-sensitive                         Force the filesystem to report itself as case sensitive.
-      \-\-local\-encoding MultiEncoder                  This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Dot)
-      \-\-local\-no\-check\-updated                       Don\[aq]t check to see if the files change during upload
-      \-\-local\-no\-unicode\-normalization               Don\[aq]t apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
-      \-\-local\-nounc string                           Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
-      \-\-mailru\-check\-hash                            What should copy do if file checksum is mismatched or invalid (default true)
-      \-\-mailru\-encoding MultiEncoder                 This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      \-\-mailru\-pass string                           Password
-      \-\-mailru\-speedup\-enable                        Skip full upload if there is another file with same data hash. (default true)
-      \-\-mailru\-speedup\-file\-patterns string          Comma separated list of file name patterns eligible for speedup (put by hash). (default \[dq]*.mkv,*.avi,*.mp4,*.mp3,*.zip,*.gz,*.rar,*.pdf\[dq])
-      \-\-mailru\-speedup\-max\-disk SizeSuffix           This option allows you to disable speedup (put by hash) for large files (default 3G)
-      \-\-mailru\-speedup\-max\-memory SizeSuffix         Files larger than the size given below will always be hashed on disk. (default 32M)
-      \-\-mailru\-user string                           User name (usually email)
-      \-\-mega\-debug                                   Output more debug from Mega.
-      \-\-mega\-encoding MultiEncoder                   This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      \-\-mega\-hard\-delete                             Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      \-\-mega\-pass string                             Password.
-      \-\-mega\-user string                             User name
-  \-x, \-\-one\-file\-system                              Don\[aq]t cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
-      \-\-onedrive\-chunk\-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to upload files with \- must be multiple of 320k (327,680 bytes). (default 10M)
-      \-\-onedrive\-client\-id string                    Microsoft App Client Id
-      \-\-onedrive\-client\-secret string                Microsoft App Client Secret
-      \-\-onedrive\-drive\-id string                     The ID of the drive to use
-      \-\-onedrive\-drive\-type string                   The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
-      \-\-onedrive\-encoding MultiEncoder               This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,Hash,Percent,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,LeftTilde,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      \-\-onedrive\-expose\-onenote\-files                Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
-      \-\-opendrive\-chunk\-size SizeSuffix              Files will be uploaded in chunks this size. (default 10M)
-      \-\-opendrive\-encoding MultiEncoder              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,LeftSpace,LeftCrLfHtVt,RightSpace,RightCrLfHtVt,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      \-\-opendrive\-password string                    Password.
-      \-\-opendrive\-username string                    Username
-      \-\-pcloud\-client\-id string                      Pcloud App Client Id
-      \-\-pcloud\-client\-secret string                  Pcloud App Client Secret
-      \-\-pcloud\-encoding MultiEncoder                 This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      \-\-premiumizeme\-encoding MultiEncoder           This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,DoubleQuote,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      \-\-putio\-encoding MultiEncoder                  This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      \-\-qingstor\-access\-key\-id string                QingStor Access Key ID
-      \-\-qingstor\-chunk\-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 4M)
-      \-\-qingstor\-connection\-retries int              Number of connection retries. (default 3)
-      \-\-qingstor\-encoding MultiEncoder               This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8)
-      \-\-qingstor\-endpoint string                     Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
-      \-\-qingstor\-env\-auth                            Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
-      \-\-qingstor\-secret\-access\-key string            QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
-      \-\-qingstor\-upload\-concurrency int              Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 1)
-      \-\-qingstor\-upload\-cutoff SizeSuffix            Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
-      \-\-qingstor\-zone string                         Zone to connect to.
-      \-\-s3\-access\-key\-id string                      AWS Access Key ID.
-      \-\-s3\-acl string                                Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
-      \-\-s3\-bucket\-acl string                         Canned ACL used when creating buckets.
-      \-\-s3\-chunk\-size SizeSuffix                     Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
-      \-\-s3\-copy\-cutoff SizeSuffix                    Cutoff for switching to multipart copy (default 5G)
-      \-\-s3\-disable\-checksum                          Don\[aq]t store MD5 checksum with object metadata
-      \-\-s3\-encoding MultiEncoder                     This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      \-\-s3\-endpoint string                           Endpoint for S3 API.
-      \-\-s3\-env\-auth                                  Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
-      \-\-s3\-force\-path\-style                          If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
-      \-\-s3\-leave\-parts\-on\-error                      If true avoid calling abort upload on a failure, leaving all successfully uploaded parts on S3 for manual recovery.
-      \-\-s3\-list\-chunk int                            Size of listing chunk (response list for each ListObject S3 request). (default 1000)
-      \-\-s3\-location\-constraint string                Location constraint \- must be set to match the Region.
-      \-\-s3\-provider string                           Choose your S3 provider.
-      \-\-s3\-region string                             Region to connect to.
-      \-\-s3\-secret\-access\-key string                  AWS Secret Access Key (password)
-      \-\-s3\-server\-side\-encryption string             The server\-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
-      \-\-s3\-session\-token string                      An AWS session token
-      \-\-s3\-sse\-kms\-key\-id string                     If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
-      \-\-s3\-storage\-class string                      The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
-      \-\-s3\-upload\-concurrency int                    Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 4)
-      \-\-s3\-upload\-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
-      \-\-s3\-use\-accelerate\-endpoint                   If true use the AWS S3 accelerated endpoint.
-      \-\-s3\-v2\-auth                                   If true use v2 authentication.
-      \-\-sftp\-ask\-password                            Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
-      \-\-sftp\-disable\-hashcheck                       Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
-      \-\-sftp\-host string                             SSH host to connect to
-      \-\-sftp\-key\-file string                         Path to PEM\-encoded private key file, leave blank or set key\-use\-agent to use ssh\-agent.
-      \-\-sftp\-key\-file\-pass string                    The passphrase to decrypt the PEM\-encoded private key file.
-      \-\-sftp\-key\-use\-agent                           When set forces the usage of the ssh\-agent.
-      \-\-sftp\-md5sum\-command string                   The command used to read md5 hashes. Leave blank for autodetect.
-      \-\-sftp\-pass string                             SSH password, leave blank to use ssh\-agent.
-      \-\-sftp\-path\-override string                    Override path used by SSH connection.
-      \-\-sftp\-port string                             SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
-      \-\-sftp\-set\-modtime                             Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
-      \-\-sftp\-sha1sum\-command string                  The command used to read sha1 hashes. Leave blank for autodetect.
-      \-\-sftp\-skip\-links                              Set to skip any symlinks and any other non regular files.
-      \-\-sftp\-use\-insecure\-cipher                     Enable the use of insecure ciphers and key exchange methods.
-      \-\-sftp\-user string                             SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
-      \-\-sharefile\-chunk\-size SizeSuffix              Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 64M)
-      \-\-sharefile\-encoding MultiEncoder              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Ctl,LeftSpace,LeftPeriod,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      \-\-sharefile\-endpoint string                    Endpoint for API calls.
-      \-\-sharefile\-root\-folder\-id string              ID of the root folder
-      \-\-sharefile\-upload\-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 128M)
-      \-\-skip\-links                                   Don\[aq]t warn about skipped symlinks.
-      \-\-sugarsync\-access\-key\-id string               Sugarsync Access Key ID.
-      \-\-sugarsync\-app\-id string                      Sugarsync App ID.
-      \-\-sugarsync\-authorization string               Sugarsync authorization
-      \-\-sugarsync\-authorization\-expiry string        Sugarsync authorization expiry
-      \-\-sugarsync\-deleted\-id string                  Sugarsync deleted folder id
-      \-\-sugarsync\-encoding MultiEncoder              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      \-\-sugarsync\-hard\-delete                        Permanently delete files if true
-      \-\-sugarsync\-private\-access\-key string          Sugarsync Private Access Key
-      \-\-sugarsync\-refresh\-token string               Sugarsync refresh token
-      \-\-sugarsync\-root\-id string                     Sugarsync root id
-      \-\-sugarsync\-user string                        Sugarsync user
-      \-\-swift\-application\-credential\-id string       Application Credential ID (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID)
-      \-\-swift\-application\-credential\-name string     Application Credential Name (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME)
-      \-\-swift\-application\-credential\-secret string   Application Credential Secret (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET)
-      \-\-swift\-auth string                            Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
-      \-\-swift\-auth\-token string                      Auth Token from alternate authentication \- optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
-      \-\-swift\-auth\-version int                       AuthVersion \- optional \- set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
-      \-\-swift\-chunk\-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      \-\-swift\-domain string                          User domain \- optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      \-\-swift\-encoding MultiEncoder                  This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8)
-      \-\-swift\-endpoint\-type string                   Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default \[dq]public\[dq])
-      \-\-swift\-env\-auth                               Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
-      \-\-swift\-key string                             API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
-      \-\-swift\-no\-chunk                               Don\[aq]t chunk files during streaming upload.
-      \-\-swift\-region string                          Region name \- optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
-      \-\-swift\-storage\-policy string                  The storage policy to use when creating a new container
-      \-\-swift\-storage\-url string                     Storage URL \- optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
-      \-\-swift\-tenant string                          Tenant name \- optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
-      \-\-swift\-tenant\-domain string                   Tenant domain \- optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      \-\-swift\-tenant\-id string                       Tenant ID \- optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
-      \-\-swift\-user string                            User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
-      \-\-swift\-user\-id string                         User ID to log in \- optional \- most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
-      \-\-union\-remotes string                         List of space separated remotes.
-      \-\-webdav\-bearer\-token string                   Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
-      \-\-webdav\-bearer\-token\-command string           Command to run to get a bearer token
-      \-\-webdav\-pass string                           Password.
-      \-\-webdav\-url string                            URL of http host to connect to
-      \-\-webdav\-user string                           User name
-      \-\-webdav\-vendor string                         Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
-      \-\-yandex\-client\-id string                      Yandex Client Id
-      \-\-yandex\-client\-secret string                  Yandex Client Secret
-      \-\-yandex\-encoding MultiEncoder                 This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
-      \-\-yandex\-unlink                                Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
+      \-\-acd\-auth\-url string                                      Auth server URL.
+      \-\-acd\-client\-id string                                     Amazon Application Client ID.
+      \-\-acd\-client\-secret string                                 Amazon Application Client Secret.
+      \-\-acd\-encoding MultiEncoder                                This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      \-\-acd\-templink\-threshold SizeSuffix                        Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
+      \-\-acd\-token\-url string                                     Token server url.
+      \-\-acd\-upload\-wait\-per\-gb Duration                          Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
+      \-\-alias\-remote string                                      Remote or path to alias.
+      \-\-azureblob\-access\-tier string                             Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
+      \-\-azureblob\-account string                                 Storage Account Name (leave blank to use SAS URL or Emulator)
+      \-\-azureblob\-chunk\-size SizeSuffix                          Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M)
+      \-\-azureblob\-disable\-checksum                               Don\[aq]t store MD5 checksum with object metadata.
+      \-\-azureblob\-encoding MultiEncoder                          This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8)
+      \-\-azureblob\-endpoint string                                Endpoint for the service
+      \-\-azureblob\-key string                                     Storage Account Key (leave blank to use SAS URL or Emulator)
+      \-\-azureblob\-list\-chunk int                                 Size of blob list. (default 5000)
+      \-\-azureblob\-memory\-pool\-flush\-time Duration                How often internal memory buffer pools will be flushed. (default 1m0s)
+      \-\-azureblob\-memory\-pool\-use\-mmap                           Whether to use mmap buffers in internal memory pool.
+      \-\-azureblob\-sas\-url string                                 SAS URL for container level access only
+      \-\-azureblob\-upload\-cutoff SizeSuffix                       Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M)
+      \-\-azureblob\-use\-emulator                                   Uses local storage emulator if provided as \[aq]true\[aq] (leave blank if using real azure storage endpoint)
+      \-\-b2\-account string                                        Account ID or Application Key ID
+      \-\-b2\-chunk\-size SizeSuffix                                 Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
+      \-\-b2\-disable\-checksum                                      Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files
+      \-\-b2\-download\-auth\-duration Duration                       Time before the authorization token will expire in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d. (default 1w)
+      \-\-b2\-download\-url string                                   Custom endpoint for downloads.
+      \-\-b2\-encoding MultiEncoder                                 This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      \-\-b2\-endpoint string                                       Endpoint for the service.
+      \-\-b2\-hard\-delete                                           Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
+      \-\-b2\-key string                                            Application Key
+      \-\-b2\-test\-mode string                                      A flag string for X\-Bz\-Test\-Mode header for debugging.
+      \-\-b2\-upload\-cutoff SizeSuffix                              Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
+      \-\-b2\-versions                                              Include old versions in directory listings.
+      \-\-box\-box\-config\-file string                               Box App config.json location
+      \-\-box\-box\-sub\-type string                                   (default \[dq]user\[dq])
+      \-\-box\-client\-id string                                     Box App Client Id.
+      \-\-box\-client\-secret string                                 Box App Client Secret
+      \-\-box\-commit\-retries int                                   Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
+      \-\-box\-encoding MultiEncoder                                This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      \-\-box\-root\-folder\-id string                                Fill in for rclone to use a non root folder as its starting point.
+      \-\-box\-upload\-cutoff SizeSuffix                             Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M)
+      \-\-cache\-chunk\-clean\-interval Duration                      How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
+      \-\-cache\-chunk\-no\-memory                                    Disable the in\-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
+      \-\-cache\-chunk\-path string                                  Directory to cache chunk files. (default \[dq]$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache\-backend\[dq])
+      \-\-cache\-chunk\-size SizeSuffix                              The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
+      \-\-cache\-chunk\-total\-size SizeSuffix                        The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
+      \-\-cache\-db\-path string                                     Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default \[dq]$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache\-backend\[dq])
+      \-\-cache\-db\-purge                                           Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
+      \-\-cache\-db\-wait\-time Duration                              How long to wait for the DB to be available \- 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
+      \-\-cache\-info\-age Duration                                  How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
+      \-\-cache\-plex\-insecure string                               Skip all certificate verification when connecting to the Plex server
+      \-\-cache\-plex\-password string                               The password of the Plex user
+      \-\-cache\-plex\-url string                                    The URL of the Plex server
+      \-\-cache\-plex\-username string                               The username of the Plex user
+      \-\-cache\-read\-retries int                                   How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
+      \-\-cache\-remote string                                      Remote to cache.
+      \-\-cache\-rps int                                            Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (\-1 to disable) (default \-1)
+      \-\-cache\-tmp\-upload\-path string                             Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
+      \-\-cache\-tmp\-wait\-time Duration                             How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
+      \-\-cache\-workers int                                        How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
+      \-\-cache\-writes                                             Cache file data on writes through the FS
+      \-\-chunker\-chunk\-size SizeSuffix                            Files larger than chunk size will be split in chunks. (default 2G)
+      \-\-chunker\-fail\-hard                                        Choose how chunker should handle files with missing or invalid chunks.
+      \-\-chunker\-hash\-type string                                 Choose how chunker handles hash sums. All modes but \[dq]none\[dq] require metadata. (default \[dq]md5\[dq])
+      \-\-chunker\-meta\-format string                               Format of the metadata object or \[dq]none\[dq]. By default \[dq]simplejson\[dq]. (default \[dq]simplejson\[dq])
+      \-\-chunker\-name\-format string                               String format of chunk file names. (default \[dq]*.rclone_chunk.###\[dq])
+      \-\-chunker\-remote string                                    Remote to chunk/unchunk.
+      \-\-chunker\-start\-from int                                   Minimum valid chunk number. Usually 0 or 1. (default 1)
+  \-L, \-\-copy\-links                                               Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
+      \-\-crypt\-directory\-name\-encryption                          Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
+      \-\-crypt\-filename\-encryption string                         How to encrypt the filenames. (default \[dq]standard\[dq])
+      \-\-crypt\-password string                                    Password or pass phrase for encryption.
+      \-\-crypt\-password2 string                                   Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
+      \-\-crypt\-remote string                                      Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
+      \-\-crypt\-show\-mapping                                       For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
+      \-\-drive\-acknowledge\-abuse                                  Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
+      \-\-drive\-allow\-import\-name\-change                           Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
+      \-\-drive\-alternate\-export                                   Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
+      \-\-drive\-auth\-owner\-only                                    Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
+      \-\-drive\-chunk\-size SizeSuffix                              Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
+      \-\-drive\-client\-id string                                   Google Application Client Id
+      \-\-drive\-client\-secret string                               Google Application Client Secret
+      \-\-drive\-disable\-http2                                      Disable drive using http2 (default true)
+      \-\-drive\-encoding MultiEncoder                              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default InvalidUtf8)
+      \-\-drive\-export\-formats string                              Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default \[dq]docx,xlsx,pptx,svg\[dq])
+      \-\-drive\-formats string                                     Deprecated: see export_formats
+      \-\-drive\-impersonate string                                 Impersonate this user when using a service account.
+      \-\-drive\-import\-formats string                              Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
+      \-\-drive\-keep\-revision\-forever                              Keep new head revision of each file forever.
+      \-\-drive\-list\-chunk int                                     Size of listing chunk 100\-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
+      \-\-drive\-pacer\-burst int                                    Number of API calls to allow without sleeping. (default 100)
+      \-\-drive\-pacer\-min\-sleep Duration                           Minimum time to sleep between API calls. (default 100ms)
+      \-\-drive\-root\-folder\-id string                              ID of the root folder
+      \-\-drive\-scope string                                       Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
+      \-\-drive\-server\-side\-across\-configs                         Allow server side operations (eg copy) to work across different drive configs.
+      \-\-drive\-service\-account\-credentials string                 Service Account Credentials JSON blob
+      \-\-drive\-service\-account\-file string                        Service Account Credentials JSON file path
+      \-\-drive\-shared\-with\-me                                     Only show files that are shared with me.
+      \-\-drive\-size\-as\-quota                                      Show sizes as storage quota usage, not actual size.
+      \-\-drive\-skip\-checksum\-gphotos                              Skip MD5 checksum on Google photos and videos only.
+      \-\-drive\-skip\-gdocs                                         Skip google documents in all listings.
+      \-\-drive\-skip\-shortcuts                                     If set skip shortcut files
+      \-\-drive\-stop\-on\-upload\-limit                               Make upload limit errors be fatal
+      \-\-drive\-team\-drive string                                  ID of the Team Drive
+      \-\-drive\-trashed\-only                                       Only show files that are in the trash.
+      \-\-drive\-upload\-cutoff SizeSuffix                           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
+      \-\-drive\-use\-created\-date                                   Use file created date instead of modified date.,
+      \-\-drive\-use\-shared\-date                                    Use date file was shared instead of modified date.
+      \-\-drive\-use\-trash                                          Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
+      \-\-drive\-v2\-download\-min\-size SizeSuffix                    If Object\[aq]s are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
+      \-\-dropbox\-chunk\-size SizeSuffix                            Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M)
+      \-\-dropbox\-client\-id string                                 Dropbox App Client Id
+      \-\-dropbox\-client\-secret string                             Dropbox App Client Secret
+      \-\-dropbox\-encoding MultiEncoder                            This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      \-\-dropbox\-impersonate string                               Impersonate this user when using a business account.
+      \-\-fichier\-api\-key string                                   Your API Key, get it from https://1fichier.com/console/params.pl
+      \-\-fichier\-encoding MultiEncoder                            This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,SingleQuote,BackQuote,Dollar,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,RightSpace,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      \-\-fichier\-shared\-folder string                             If you want to download a shared folder, add this parameter
+      \-\-ftp\-concurrency int                                      Maximum number of FTP simultaneous connections, 0 for unlimited
+      \-\-ftp\-disable\-epsv                                         Disable using EPSV even if server advertises support
+      \-\-ftp\-encoding MultiEncoder                                This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Del,Ctl,RightSpace,Dot)
+      \-\-ftp\-host string                                          FTP host to connect to
+      \-\-ftp\-no\-check\-certificate                                 Do not verify the TLS certificate of the server
+      \-\-ftp\-pass string                                          FTP password
+      \-\-ftp\-port string                                          FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
+      \-\-ftp\-tls                                                  Use FTP over TLS (Implicit)
+      \-\-ftp\-user string                                          FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
+      \-\-gcs\-bucket\-acl string                                    Access Control List for new buckets.
+      \-\-gcs\-bucket\-policy\-only                                   Access checks should use bucket\-level IAM policies.
+      \-\-gcs\-client\-id string                                     Google Application Client Id
+      \-\-gcs\-client\-secret string                                 Google Application Client Secret
+      \-\-gcs\-encoding MultiEncoder                                This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,CrLf,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      \-\-gcs\-location string                                      Location for the newly created buckets.
+      \-\-gcs\-object\-acl string                                    Access Control List for new objects.
+      \-\-gcs\-project\-number string                                Project number.
+      \-\-gcs\-service\-account\-file string                          Service Account Credentials JSON file path
+      \-\-gcs\-storage\-class string                                 The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
+      \-\-gphotos\-client\-id string                                 Google Application Client Id
+      \-\-gphotos\-client\-secret string                             Google Application Client Secret
+      \-\-gphotos\-read\-only                                        Set to make the Google Photos backend read only.
+      \-\-gphotos\-read\-size                                        Set to read the size of media items.
+      \-\-gphotos\-start\-year int                                   Year limits the photos to be downloaded to those which are uploaded after the given year (default 2000)
+      \-\-http\-headers CommaSepList                                Set HTTP headers for all transactions
+      \-\-http\-no\-head                                             Don\[aq]t use HEAD requests to find file sizes in dir listing
+      \-\-http\-no\-slash                                            Set this if the site doesn\[aq]t end directories with /
+      \-\-http\-url string                                          URL of http host to connect to
+      \-\-hubic\-chunk\-size SizeSuffix                              Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
+      \-\-hubic\-client\-id string                                   Hubic Client Id
+      \-\-hubic\-client\-secret string                               Hubic Client Secret
+      \-\-hubic\-encoding MultiEncoder                              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8)
+      \-\-hubic\-no\-chunk                                           Don\[aq]t chunk files during streaming upload.
+      \-\-jottacloud\-encoding MultiEncoder                         This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      \-\-jottacloud\-hard\-delete                                   Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
+      \-\-jottacloud\-md5\-memory\-limit SizeSuffix                   Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
+      \-\-jottacloud\-trashed\-only                                  Only show files that are in the trash.
+      \-\-jottacloud\-unlink                                        Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
+      \-\-jottacloud\-upload\-resume\-limit SizeSuffix                Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail\[aq]s. (default 10M)
+      \-\-koofr\-encoding MultiEncoder                              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      \-\-koofr\-endpoint string                                    The Koofr API endpoint to use (default \[dq]https://app.koofr.net\[dq])
+      \-\-koofr\-mountid string                                     Mount ID of the mount to use. If omitted, the primary mount is used.
+      \-\-koofr\-password string                                    Your Koofr password for rclone (generate one at https://app.koofr.net/app/admin/preferences/password)
+      \-\-koofr\-setmtime                                           Does the backend support setting modification time. Set this to false if you use a mount ID that points to a Dropbox or Amazon Drive backend. (default true)
+      \-\-koofr\-user string                                        Your Koofr user name
+  \-l, \-\-links                                                    Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a \[aq].rclonelink\[aq] extension
+      \-\-local\-case\-insensitive                                   Force the filesystem to report itself as case insensitive
+      \-\-local\-case\-sensitive                                     Force the filesystem to report itself as case sensitive.
+      \-\-local\-encoding MultiEncoder                              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Dot)
+      \-\-local\-no\-check\-updated                                   Don\[aq]t check to see if the files change during upload
+      \-\-local\-no\-sparse                                          Disable sparse files for multi\-thread downloads
+      \-\-local\-no\-unicode\-normalization                           Don\[aq]t apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
+      \-\-local\-nounc string                                       Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
+      \-\-mailru\-check\-hash                                        What should copy do if file checksum is mismatched or invalid (default true)
+      \-\-mailru\-encoding MultiEncoder                             This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      \-\-mailru\-pass string                                       Password
+      \-\-mailru\-speedup\-enable                                    Skip full upload if there is another file with same data hash. (default true)
+      \-\-mailru\-speedup\-file\-patterns string                      Comma separated list of file name patterns eligible for speedup (put by hash). (default \[dq]*.mkv,*.avi,*.mp4,*.mp3,*.zip,*.gz,*.rar,*.pdf\[dq])
+      \-\-mailru\-speedup\-max\-disk SizeSuffix                       This option allows you to disable speedup (put by hash) for large files (default 3G)
+      \-\-mailru\-speedup\-max\-memory SizeSuffix                     Files larger than the size given below will always be hashed on disk. (default 32M)
+      \-\-mailru\-user string                                       User name (usually email)
+      \-\-mega\-debug                                               Output more debug from Mega.
+      \-\-mega\-encoding MultiEncoder                               This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      \-\-mega\-hard\-delete                                         Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
+      \-\-mega\-pass string                                         Password.
+      \-\-mega\-user string                                         User name
+  \-x, \-\-one\-file\-system                                          Don\[aq]t cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
+      \-\-onedrive\-chunk\-size SizeSuffix                           Chunk size to upload files with \- must be multiple of 320k (327,680 bytes). (default 10M)
+      \-\-onedrive\-client\-id string                                Microsoft App Client Id
+      \-\-onedrive\-client\-secret string                            Microsoft App Client Secret
+      \-\-onedrive\-drive\-id string                                 The ID of the drive to use
+      \-\-onedrive\-drive\-type string                               The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
+      \-\-onedrive\-encoding MultiEncoder                           This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,Hash,Percent,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,LeftSpace,LeftTilde,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      \-\-onedrive\-expose\-onenote\-files                            Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
+      \-\-onedrive\-server\-side\-across\-configs                      Allow server side operations (eg copy) to work across different onedrive configs.
+      \-\-opendrive\-chunk\-size SizeSuffix                          Files will be uploaded in chunks this size. (default 10M)
+      \-\-opendrive\-encoding MultiEncoder                          This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,LeftSpace,LeftCrLfHtVt,RightSpace,RightCrLfHtVt,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      \-\-opendrive\-password string                                Password.
+      \-\-opendrive\-username string                                Username
+      \-\-pcloud\-client\-id string                                  Pcloud App Client Id
+      \-\-pcloud\-client\-secret string                              Pcloud App Client Secret
+      \-\-pcloud\-encoding MultiEncoder                             This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      \-\-pcloud\-root\-folder\-id string                             Fill in for rclone to use a non root folder as its starting point. (default \[dq]d0\[dq])
+      \-\-premiumizeme\-encoding MultiEncoder                       This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,DoubleQuote,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      \-\-putio\-encoding MultiEncoder                              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      \-\-qingstor\-access\-key\-id string                            QingStor Access Key ID
+      \-\-qingstor\-chunk\-size SizeSuffix                           Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 4M)
+      \-\-qingstor\-connection\-retries int                          Number of connection retries. (default 3)
+      \-\-qingstor\-encoding MultiEncoder                           This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8)
+      \-\-qingstor\-endpoint string                                 Enter an endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
+      \-\-qingstor\-env\-auth                                        Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
+      \-\-qingstor\-secret\-access\-key string                        QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
+      \-\-qingstor\-upload\-concurrency int                          Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 1)
+      \-\-qingstor\-upload\-cutoff SizeSuffix                        Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
+      \-\-qingstor\-zone string                                     Zone to connect to.
+      \-\-s3\-access\-key\-id string                                  AWS Access Key ID.
+      \-\-s3\-acl string                                            Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
+      \-\-s3\-bucket\-acl string                                     Canned ACL used when creating buckets.
+      \-\-s3\-chunk\-size SizeSuffix                                 Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
+      \-\-s3\-copy\-cutoff SizeSuffix                                Cutoff for switching to multipart copy (default 5G)
+      \-\-s3\-disable\-checksum                                      Don\[aq]t store MD5 checksum with object metadata
+      \-\-s3\-encoding MultiEncoder                                 This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      \-\-s3\-endpoint string                                       Endpoint for S3 API.
+      \-\-s3\-env\-auth                                              Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
+      \-\-s3\-force\-path\-style                                      If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
+      \-\-s3\-leave\-parts\-on\-error                                  If true avoid calling abort upload on a failure, leaving all successfully uploaded parts on S3 for manual recovery.
+      \-\-s3\-list\-chunk int                                        Size of listing chunk (response list for each ListObject S3 request). (default 1000)
+      \-\-s3\-location\-constraint string                            Location constraint \- must be set to match the Region.
+      \-\-s3\-memory\-pool\-flush\-time Duration                       How often internal memory buffer pools will be flushed. (default 1m0s)
+      \-\-s3\-memory\-pool\-use\-mmap                                  Whether to use mmap buffers in internal memory pool.
+      \-\-s3\-provider string                                       Choose your S3 provider.
+      \-\-s3\-region string                                         Region to connect to.
+      \-\-s3\-secret\-access\-key string                              AWS Secret Access Key (password)
+      \-\-s3\-server\-side\-encryption string                         The server\-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
+      \-\-s3\-session\-token string                                  An AWS session token
+      \-\-s3\-sse\-customer\-algorithm string                         If using SSE\-C, the server\-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
+      \-\-s3\-sse\-customer\-key string                               If using SSE\-C you must provide the secret encryption key used to encrypt/decrypt your data.
+      \-\-s3\-sse\-customer\-key\-md5 string                           If using SSE\-C you must provide the secret encryption key MD5 checksum.
+      \-\-s3\-sse\-kms\-key\-id string                                 If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
+      \-\-s3\-storage\-class string                                  The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
+      \-\-s3\-upload\-concurrency int                                Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 4)
+      \-\-s3\-upload\-cutoff SizeSuffix                              Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
+      \-\-s3\-use\-accelerate\-endpoint                               If true use the AWS S3 accelerated endpoint.
+      \-\-s3\-v2\-auth                                               If true use v2 authentication.
+      \-\-seafile\-2fa                                              Two\-factor authentication (\[aq]true\[aq] if the account has 2FA enabled)
+      \-\-seafile\-create\-library                                   Should rclone create a library if it doesn\[aq]t exist
+      \-\-seafile\-encoding MultiEncoder                            This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,DoubleQuote,BackSlash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8)
+      \-\-seafile\-library string                                   Name of the library. Leave blank to access all non\-encrypted libraries.
+      \-\-seafile\-library\-key string                               Library password (for encrypted libraries only). Leave blank if you pass it through the command line.
+      \-\-seafile\-pass string                                      Password
+      \-\-seafile\-url string                                       URL of seafile host to connect to
+      \-\-seafile\-user string                                      User name (usually email address)
+      \-\-sftp\-ask\-password                                        Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
+      \-\-sftp\-disable\-hashcheck                                   Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
+      \-\-sftp\-host string                                         SSH host to connect to
+      \-\-sftp\-key\-file string                                     Path to PEM\-encoded private key file, leave blank or set key\-use\-agent to use ssh\-agent.
+      \-\-sftp\-key\-file\-pass string                                The passphrase to decrypt the PEM\-encoded private key file.
+      \-\-sftp\-key\-pem string                                      Raw PEM\-encoded private key, If specified, will override key_file parameter.
+      \-\-sftp\-key\-use\-agent                                       When set forces the usage of the ssh\-agent.
+      \-\-sftp\-md5sum\-command string                               The command used to read md5 hashes. Leave blank for autodetect.
+      \-\-sftp\-pass string                                         SSH password, leave blank to use ssh\-agent.
+      \-\-sftp\-path\-override string                                Override path used by SSH connection.
+      \-\-sftp\-port string                                         SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
+      \-\-sftp\-set\-modtime                                         Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
+      \-\-sftp\-sha1sum\-command string                              The command used to read sha1 hashes. Leave blank for autodetect.
+      \-\-sftp\-skip\-links                                          Set to skip any symlinks and any other non regular files.
+      \-\-sftp\-use\-insecure\-cipher                                 Enable the use of insecure ciphers and key exchange methods.
+      \-\-sftp\-user string                                         SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
+      \-\-sharefile\-chunk\-size SizeSuffix                          Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 64M)
+      \-\-sharefile\-encoding MultiEncoder                          This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,LtGt,DoubleQuote,Colon,Question,Asterisk,Pipe,BackSlash,Ctl,LeftSpace,LeftPeriod,RightSpace,RightPeriod,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      \-\-sharefile\-endpoint string                                Endpoint for API calls.
+      \-\-sharefile\-root\-folder\-id string                          ID of the root folder
+      \-\-sharefile\-upload\-cutoff SizeSuffix                       Cutoff for switching to multipart upload. (default 128M)
+      \-\-skip\-links                                               Don\[aq]t warn about skipped symlinks.
+      \-\-sugarsync\-access\-key\-id string                           Sugarsync Access Key ID.
+      \-\-sugarsync\-app\-id string                                  Sugarsync App ID.
+      \-\-sugarsync\-authorization string                           Sugarsync authorization
+      \-\-sugarsync\-authorization\-expiry string                    Sugarsync authorization expiry
+      \-\-sugarsync\-deleted\-id string                              Sugarsync deleted folder id
+      \-\-sugarsync\-encoding MultiEncoder                          This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      \-\-sugarsync\-hard\-delete                                    Permanently delete files if true
+      \-\-sugarsync\-private\-access\-key string                      Sugarsync Private Access Key
+      \-\-sugarsync\-refresh\-token string                           Sugarsync refresh token
+      \-\-sugarsync\-root\-id string                                 Sugarsync root id
+      \-\-sugarsync\-user string                                    Sugarsync user
+      \-\-swift\-application\-credential\-id string                   Application Credential ID (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID)
+      \-\-swift\-application\-credential\-name string                 Application Credential Name (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME)
+      \-\-swift\-application\-credential\-secret string               Application Credential Secret (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET)
+      \-\-swift\-auth string                                        Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
+      \-\-swift\-auth\-token string                                  Auth Token from alternate authentication \- optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
+      \-\-swift\-auth\-version int                                   AuthVersion \- optional \- set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
+      \-\-swift\-chunk\-size SizeSuffix                              Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
+      \-\-swift\-domain string                                      User domain \- optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
+      \-\-swift\-encoding MultiEncoder                              This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,InvalidUtf8)
+      \-\-swift\-endpoint\-type string                               Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default \[dq]public\[dq])
+      \-\-swift\-env\-auth                                           Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
+      \-\-swift\-key string                                         API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
+      \-\-swift\-no\-chunk                                           Don\[aq]t chunk files during streaming upload.
+      \-\-swift\-region string                                      Region name \- optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
+      \-\-swift\-storage\-policy string                              The storage policy to use when creating a new container
+      \-\-swift\-storage\-url string                                 Storage URL \- optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
+      \-\-swift\-tenant string                                      Tenant name \- optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
+      \-\-swift\-tenant\-domain string                               Tenant domain \- optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
+      \-\-swift\-tenant\-id string                                   Tenant ID \- optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
+      \-\-swift\-user string                                        User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
+      \-\-swift\-user\-id string                                     User ID to log in \- optional \- most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
+      \-\-tardigrade\-access\-grant string                           Access Grant.
+      \-\-tardigrade\-api\-key string                                API Key.
+      \-\-tardigrade\-passphrase string                             Encryption Passphrase. To access existing objects enter passphrase used for uploading.
+      \-\-tardigrade\-provider string                               Choose an authentication method. (default \[dq]existing\[dq])
+      \-\-tardigrade\-satellite\-address <nodeid>\[at]<address>:<port>   Satellite Address. Custom satellite address should match the format: <nodeid>\[at]<address>:<port>. (default \[dq]us\-central\-1.tardigrade.io\[dq])
+      \-\-union\-action\-policy string                               Policy to choose upstream on ACTION category. (default \[dq]epall\[dq])
+      \-\-union\-cache\-time int                                     Cache time of usage and free space (in seconds). This option is only useful when a path preserving policy is used. (default 120)
+      \-\-union\-create\-policy string                               Policy to choose upstream on CREATE category. (default \[dq]epmfs\[dq])
+      \-\-union\-search\-policy string                               Policy to choose upstream on SEARCH category. (default \[dq]ff\[dq])
+      \-\-union\-upstreams string                                   List of space separated upstreams.
+      \-\-webdav\-bearer\-token string                               Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
+      \-\-webdav\-bearer\-token\-command string                       Command to run to get a bearer token
+      \-\-webdav\-pass string                                       Password.
+      \-\-webdav\-url string                                        URL of http host to connect to
+      \-\-webdav\-user string                                       User name
+      \-\-webdav\-vendor string                                     Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
+      \-\-yandex\-client\-id string                                  Yandex Client Id
+      \-\-yandex\-client\-secret string                              Yandex Client Secret
+      \-\-yandex\-encoding MultiEncoder                             This sets the encoding for the backend. (default Slash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot)
+      \-\-yandex\-unlink                                            Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
 \f[R]
 .fi
 .SS 1Fichier
 .PP
-This is a backend for the 1ficher (https://1fichier.com) cloud storage
+This is a backend for the 1fichier (https://1fichier.com) cloud storage
 service.
 Note that a Premium subscription is required to use the API.
 .PP
@@ -12071,8 +13468,8 @@ messages in the log about duplicates.
 .SS Restricted filename characters
 .PP
 In addition to the default restricted characters
-set (/overview/#restricted-characters) the following characters are also
-replaced:
+set (https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters) the following
+characters are also replaced:
 .PP
 .TS
 tab(@);
@@ -12137,7 +13534,8 @@ T}
 .TE
 .PP
 File names can also not start or end with the following characters.
-These only get replaced if they are first or last character in the name:
+These only get replaced if they are the first or last character in the
+name:
 .PP
 .TS
 tab(@);
@@ -12159,8 +13557,9 @@ T}@T{
 T}
 .TE
 .PP
-Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as
-they can\[cq]t be used in JSON strings.
+Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be
+replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[cq]t
+be used in JSON strings.
 .SS Standard Options
 .PP
 Here are the standard options specific to fichier (1Fichier).
@@ -12193,8 +13592,8 @@ Default: \[dq]\[dq]
 .PP
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 .PP
-See: the encoding section in the overview (/overview/#encoding) for more
-info.
+See: the encoding section in the
+overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Config: encoding
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -12217,7 +13616,7 @@ the target remote.
 The target remote can either be a local path or another remote.
 .PP
 Subfolders can be used in target remote.
-Assume a alias remote named \f[C]backup\f[R] with the target
+Assume an alias remote named \f[C]backup\f[R] with the target
 \f[C]mydrive:private/backup\f[R].
 Invoking \f[C]rclone mkdir backup:desktop\f[R] is exactly the same as
 invoking \f[C]rclone mkdir mydrive:private/backup/desktop\f[R].
@@ -12229,7 +13628,7 @@ invoking \f[C]rclone mkdir mydrive:private/backup/../desktop\f[R].
 The empty path is not allowed as a remote.
 To alias the current directory use \f[C].\f[R] instead.
 .PP
-Here is an example of how to make a alias called \f[C]remote\f[R] for
+Here is an example of how to make an alias called \f[C]remote\f[R] for
 local folder.
 First run:
 .IP
@@ -12360,7 +13759,7 @@ doesn\[cq]t store any credentials which pass through it.
 .PP
 Since rclone doesn\[cq]t currently have its own Amazon Drive credentials
 so you will either need to have your own \f[C]client_id\f[R] and
-\f[C]client_secret\f[R] with Amazon Drive, or use a a third party ouath
+\f[C]client_secret\f[R] with Amazon Drive, or use a third party oauth
 proxy in which case you will need to enter \f[C]client_id\f[R],
 \f[C]client_secret\f[R], \f[C]auth_url\f[R] and \f[C]token_url\f[R].
 .PP
@@ -12505,8 +13904,9 @@ T}@T{
 T}
 .TE
 .PP
-Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as
-they can\[cq]t be used in JSON strings.
+Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be
+replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[cq]t
+be used in JSON strings.
 .SS Deleting files
 .PP
 Any files you delete with rclone will end up in the trash.
@@ -12642,8 +14042,8 @@ Default: 9G
 .PP
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 .PP
-See: the encoding section in the overview (/overview/#encoding) for more
-info.
+See: the encoding section in the
+overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Config: encoding
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -12698,6 +14098,8 @@ Minio
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Scaleway
 .IP \[bu] 2
+StackPath
+.IP \[bu] 2
 Wasabi
 .PP
 Paths are specified as \f[C]remote:bucket\f[R] (or \f[C]remote:\f[R] for
@@ -12952,7 +14354,8 @@ y/e/d>
 .PP
 This remote supports \f[C]\-\-fast\-list\f[R] which allows you to use
 fewer transactions in exchange for more memory.
-See the rclone docs (/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
+See the rclone docs (https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list) for more
+details.
 .SS \[en]update and \[en]use\-server\-modtime
 .PP
 As noted below, the modified time is stored on metadata on the object.
@@ -12983,8 +14386,9 @@ Deep Archive storage the object will be uploaded rather than copied.
 .PP
 S3 allows any valid UTF\-8 string as a key.
 .PP
-Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they
-can\[cq]t be used in XML.
+Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will be
+replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[cq]t
+be used in XML.
 .PP
 The following characters are replaced since these are problematic when
 dealing with the REST API:
@@ -13301,6 +14705,12 @@ Minio Object Storage
 Netease Object Storage (NOS)
 .RE
 .IP \[bu] 2
+\[lq]StackPath\[rq]
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+StackPath Object Storage
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
 \[lq]Wasabi\[rq]
 .RS 2
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -13904,6 +15314,39 @@ Middle East 1 (Dubai)
 .RE
 .SS \[en]s3\-endpoint
 .PP
+Endpoint for StackPath Object Storage.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Config: endpoint
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENDPOINT
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Type: string
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Default: \[dq]\[dq]
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Examples:
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\[lq]s3.us\-east\-2.stackpathstorage.com\[rq]
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+US East Endpoint
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\[lq]s3.us\-west\-1.stackpathstorage.com\[rq]
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+US West Endpoint
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\[lq]s3.eu\-central\-1.stackpathstorage.com\[rq]
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+EU Endpoint
+.RE
+.RE
+.SS \[en]s3\-endpoint
+.PP
 Endpoint for S3 API.
 Required when using an S3 clone.
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -14621,6 +16064,77 @@ Owner gets FULL_CONTROL.
 The AuthenticatedUsers group gets READ access.
 .RE
 .RE
+.SS \[en]s3\-sse\-customer\-algorithm
+.PP
+If using SSE\-C, the server\-side encryption algorithm used when storing
+this object in S3.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Config: sse_customer_algorithm
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SSE_CUSTOMER_ALGORITHM
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Type: string
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Default: \[dq]\[dq]
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Examples:
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\[dq]\[dq]
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+None
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\[lq]AES256\[rq]
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+AES256
+.RE
+.RE
+.SS \[en]s3\-sse\-customer\-key
+.PP
+If using SSE\-C you must provide the secret encryption key used to
+encrypt/decrypt your data.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Config: sse_customer_key
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SSE_CUSTOMER_KEY
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Type: string
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Default: \[dq]\[dq]
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Examples:
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\[dq]\[dq]
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+None
+.RE
+.RE
+.SS \[en]s3\-sse\-customer\-key\-md5
+.PP
+If using SSE\-C you must provide the secret encryption key MD5 checksum.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Config: sse_customer_key_md5
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Env Var: RCLONE_S3_SSE_CUSTOMER_KEY_MD5
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Type: string
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Default: \[dq]\[dq]
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Examples:
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\[dq]\[dq]
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+None
+.RE
+.RE
 .SS \[en]s3\-upload\-cutoff
 .PP
 Cutoff for switching to chunked upload
@@ -14686,6 +16200,11 @@ Default: 5G
 .SS \[en]s3\-disable\-checksum
 .PP
 Don\[cq]t store MD5 checksum with object metadata
+.PP
+Normally rclone will calculate the MD5 checksum of the input before
+uploading it so it can add it to metadata on the object.
+This is great for data integrity checking but can cause long delays for
+large files to start uploading.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Config: disable_checksum
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -14815,8 +16334,8 @@ Default: 1000
 .PP
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 .PP
-See: the encoding section in the overview (/overview/#encoding) for more
-info.
+See: the encoding section in the
+overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Config: encoding
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -14825,6 +16344,32 @@ Env Var: RCLONE_S3_ENCODING
 Type: MultiEncoder
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Default: Slash,InvalidUtf8,Dot
+.SS \[en]s3\-memory\-pool\-flush\-time
+.PP
+How often internal memory buffer pools will be flushed.
+Uploads which requires additional buffers (f.e multipart) will use
+memory pool for allocations.
+This option controls how often unused buffers will be removed from the
+pool.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Config: memory_pool_flush_time
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Env Var: RCLONE_S3_MEMORY_POOL_FLUSH_TIME
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Type: Duration
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Default: 1m0s
+.SS \[en]s3\-memory\-pool\-use\-mmap
+.PP
+Whether to use mmap buffers in internal memory pool.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Config: memory_pool_use_mmap
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Env Var: RCLONE_S3_MEMORY_POOL_USE_MMAP
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Type: bool
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Default: false
 .SS Anonymous access to public buckets
 .PP
 If you want to use rclone to access a public bucket, configure with a
@@ -14953,7 +16498,7 @@ key.
 These can be retrieved on the \[lq]Applications &
 API (https://cloud.digitalocean.com/settings/api/tokens)\[rq] page of
 the DigitalOcean control panel.
-They will be needed when promted by \f[C]rclone config\f[R] for your
+They will be needed when prompted by \f[C]rclone config\f[R] for your
 \f[C]access_key_id\f[R] and \f[C]secret_access_key\f[R].
 .PP
 When prompted for a \f[C]region\f[R] or \f[C]location_constraint\f[R],
@@ -15677,7 +17222,8 @@ If you try then B2 will return 401 errors.
 .PP
 This remote supports \f[C]\-\-fast\-list\f[R] which allows you to use
 fewer transactions in exchange for more memory.
-See the rclone docs (/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
+See the rclone docs (https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list) for more
+details.
 .SS Modified time
 .PP
 The modified time is stored as metadata on the object as
@@ -15691,8 +17237,8 @@ it will create a new version of the object.
 .SS Restricted filename characters
 .PP
 In addition to the default restricted characters
-set (/overview/#restricted-characters) the following characters are also
-replaced:
+set (https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters) the following
+characters are also replaced:
 .PP
 .TS
 tab(@);
@@ -15714,8 +17260,9 @@ T}@T{
 T}
 .TE
 .PP
-Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as
-they can\[cq]t be used in JSON strings.
+Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be
+replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[cq]t
+be used in JSON strings.
 .SS SHA1 checksums
 .PP
 The SHA1 checksums of the files are checked on upload and download and
@@ -15729,8 +17276,8 @@ For a large file to be uploaded with an SHA1 checksum, the source needs
 to support SHA1 checksums.
 The local disk supports SHA1 checksums so large file transfers from
 local disk will have an SHA1.
-See the overview (/overview/#features) for exactly which remotes support
-SHA1.
+See the overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#features) for exactly
+which remotes support SHA1.
 .PP
 Sources which don\[cq]t support SHA1, in particular \f[C]crypt\f[R] will
 upload large files without SHA1 checksums.
@@ -15771,8 +17318,8 @@ Old versions of files, where available, are visible using the
 \f[B]NB\f[R] Note that \f[C]\-\-b2\-versions\f[R] does not work with
 crypt at the moment
 #1627 (https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues/1627).
-Using \[en]backup\-dir (/docs/#backup-dir-dir) with rclone is the
-recommended way of working around this.
+Using \[en]backup\-dir (https://rclone.org/docs/#backup-dir-dir) with
+rclone is the recommended way of working around this.
 .PP
 If you wish to remove all the old versions then you can use the
 \f[C]rclone cleanup remote:bucket\f[R] command which will delete all the
@@ -16069,6 +17616,11 @@ Default: 96M
 .SS \[en]b2\-disable\-checksum
 .PP
 Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files
+.PP
+Normally rclone will calculate the SHA1 checksum of the input before
+uploading it so it can add it to metadata on the object.
+This is great for data integrity checking but can cause long delays for
+large files to start uploading.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Config: disable_checksum
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -16113,8 +17665,8 @@ Default: 1w
 .PP
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 .PP
-See: the encoding section in the overview (/overview/#encoding) for more
-info.
+See: the encoding section in the
+overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Config: encoding
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -16344,8 +17896,8 @@ flag.
 .SS Restricted filename characters
 .PP
 In addition to the default restricted characters
-set (/overview/#restricted-characters) the following characters are also
-replaced:
+set (https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters) the following
+characters are also replaced:
 .PP
 .TS
 tab(@);
@@ -16368,7 +17920,7 @@ T}
 .TE
 .PP
 File names can also not end with the following characters.
-These only get replaced if they are last character in the name:
+These only get replaced if they are the last character in the name:
 .PP
 .TS
 tab(@);
@@ -16390,8 +17942,9 @@ T}@T{
 T}
 .TE
 .PP
-Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as
-they can\[cq]t be used in JSON strings.
+Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be
+replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[cq]t
+be used in JSON strings.
 .SS Transfers
 .PP
 For files above 50MB rclone will use a chunked transfer.
@@ -16403,6 +17956,27 @@ Chunks are buffered in memory and are normally 8MB so increasing
 .PP
 Depending on the enterprise settings for your user, the item will either
 be actually deleted from Box or moved to the trash.
+.SS Root folder ID
+.PP
+You can set the \f[C]root_folder_id\f[R] for rclone.
+This is the directory (identified by its \f[C]Folder ID\f[R]) that
+rclone considers to be the root of your Box drive.
+.PP
+Normally you will leave this blank and rclone will determine the correct
+root to use itself.
+.PP
+However you can set this to restrict rclone to a specific folder
+hierarchy.
+.PP
+In order to do this you will have to find the \f[C]Folder ID\f[R] of the
+directory you wish rclone to display.
+This will be the last segment of the URL when you open the relevant
+folder in the Box web interface.
+.PP
+So if the folder you want rclone to use has a URL which looks like
+\f[C]https://app.box.com/folder/11xxxxxxxxx8\f[R] in the browser, then
+you use \f[C]11xxxxxxxxx8\f[R] as the \f[C]root_folder_id\f[R] in the
+config.
 .SS Standard Options
 .PP
 Here are the standard options specific to box (Box).
@@ -16468,6 +18042,17 @@ Rclone should act on behalf of a service account
 .SS Advanced Options
 .PP
 Here are the advanced options specific to box (Box).
+.SS \[en]box\-root\-folder\-id
+.PP
+Fill in for rclone to use a non root folder as its starting point.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Config: root_folder_id
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Env Var: RCLONE_BOX_ROOT_FOLDER_ID
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Type: string
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Default: \[lq]0\[rq]
 .SS \[en]box\-upload\-cutoff
 .PP
 Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB).
@@ -16494,8 +18079,8 @@ Default: 100
 .PP
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 .PP
-See: the encoding section in the overview (/overview/#encoding) for more
-info.
+See: the encoding section in the
+overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Config: encoding
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -16519,6 +18104,22 @@ Box only supports filenames up to 255 characters in length.
 The \f[C]cache\f[R] remote wraps another existing remote and stores file
 structure and its data for long running tasks like
 \f[C]rclone mount\f[R].
+.SS Status
+.PP
+The cache backend code is working but it currently doesn\[cq]t have a
+maintainer so there are outstanding
+bugs (https://github.com/rclone/rclone/issues?q=is%3Aopen+is%3Aissue+label%3Abug+label%3A%22Remote%3A+Cache%22)
+which aren\[cq]t getting fixed.
+.PP
+The cache backend is due to be phased out in favour of the VFS caching
+layer eventually which is more tightly integrated into rclone.
+.PP
+Until this happens we recommend only using the cache backend if you find
+you can\[cq]t work without it.
+There are many docs online describing the use of the cache backend to
+minimize API hits and by\-and\-large these are out of date and the cache
+backend isn\[cq]t needed in those scenarios any more.
+.SS Setup
 .PP
 To get started you just need to have an existing remote which can be
 configured with \f[C]cache\f[R].
@@ -16723,12 +18324,12 @@ value\f[R] during confirmed playback or \f[I]1\f[R] all the other times
 .SS Certificate Validation
 .PP
 When the Plex server is configured to only accept secure connections, it
-is possible to use \f[C].plex.direct\f[R] URL\[cq]s to ensure
-certificate validation succeeds.
-These URL\[cq]s are used by Plex internally to connect to the Plex
-server securely.
+is possible to use \f[C].plex.direct\f[R] URLs to ensure certificate
+validation succeeds.
+These URLs are used by Plex internally to connect to the Plex server
+securely.
 .PP
-The format for this URL\[cq]s is the following:
+The format for these URLs is the following:
 .PP
 https://ip\-with\-dots\-replaced.server\-hash.plex.direct:32400/
 .PP
@@ -16765,7 +18366,7 @@ It should be considered as experimental thus far as fixes come in for
 this OS.
 .PP
 Most of the issues seem to be related to the difference between
-filesystems on Linux flavors and Windows as cache is heavily dependant
+filesystems on Linux flavors and Windows as cache is heavily dependent
 on them.
 .PP
 Any reports or feedback on how cache behaves on this OS is greatly
@@ -16788,7 +18389,7 @@ lead to cloud provider throttles or bans due to repeated queries on it
 for very large mounts.
 .PP
 Some recommendations: \- don\[cq]t use a very small interval for entry
-informations (\f[C]\-\-cache\-info\-age\f[R]) \- while writes aren\[cq]t
+information (\f[C]\-\-cache\-info\-age\f[R]) \- while writes aren\[cq]t
 yet optimised, you can still write through \f[C]cache\f[R] which gives
 you the advantage of adding the file in the cache at the same time if
 configured to do so.
@@ -17024,7 +18625,7 @@ Type: string
 Default: \[dq]\[dq]
 .SS \[en]cache\-plex\-insecure
 .PP
-Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
+Skip all certificate verification when connecting to the Plex server
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Config: plex_insecure
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -17252,6 +18853,35 @@ Env Var: RCLONE_CACHE_DB_WAIT_TIME
 Type: Duration
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Default: 1s
+.SS Backend commands
+.PP
+Here are the commands specific to the cache backend.
+.PP
+Run them with
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone backend COMMAND remote:
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+The help below will explain what arguments each command takes.
+.PP
+See the \[lq]rclone backend\[rq]
+command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_backend/) for more info on
+how to pass options and arguments.
+.PP
+These can be run on a running backend using the rc command
+backend/command (https://rclone.org/rc/#backend/command).
+.SS stats
+.PP
+Print stats on the cache backend in JSON format.
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone backend stats remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
+\f[R]
+.fi
 .SS Chunker (BETA)
 .PP
 The \f[C]chunker\f[R] overlay transparently splits large files into
@@ -17483,7 +19113,7 @@ to all files, even small.
 However, this can double the amount of small files in storage and incur
 additional service charges.
 You can even use chunker to force md5/sha1 support in any other remote
-at expence of sidecar meta objects by setting eg.
+at expense of sidecar meta objects by setting eg.
 \f[C]chunk_type=sha1all\f[R] to force hashsums and
 \f[C]chunk_size=1P\f[R] to effectively disable chunking.
 .PP
@@ -17576,7 +19206,7 @@ Beware that in result of this some files which have been treated as
 chunks before the change can pop up in directory listings as normal
 files and vice versa.
 The same warning holds for the chunk size.
-If you desperately need to change critical chunking setings, you should
+If you desperately need to change critical chunking settings, you should
 run data migration as described above.
 .PP
 If wrapped remote is case insensitive, the chunker overlay will inherit
@@ -17909,8 +19539,8 @@ ShareFile only supports filenames up to 256 characters in length.
 .SS Restricted filename characters
 .PP
 In addition to the default restricted characters
-set (/overview/#restricted-characters) the following characters are also
-replaced:
+set (https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters) the following
+characters are also replaced:
 .PP
 .TS
 tab(@);
@@ -17982,7 +19612,8 @@ T}
 .TE
 .PP
 File names can also not start or end with the following characters.
-These only get replaced if they are first or last character in the name:
+These only get replaced if they are the first or last character in the
+name:
 .PP
 .TS
 tab(@);
@@ -18011,8 +19642,9 @@ T}@T{
 T}
 .TE
 .PP
-Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as
-they can\[cq]t be used in JSON strings.
+Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be
+replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[cq]t
+be used in JSON strings.
 .SS Standard Options
 .PP
 Here are the standard options specific to sharefile (Citrix Sharefile).
@@ -18116,8 +19748,8 @@ Default: \[dq]\[dq]
 .PP
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 .PP
-See: the encoding section in the overview (/overview/#encoding) for more
-info.
+See: the encoding section in the
+overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Config: encoding
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -18231,13 +19863,18 @@ obscured so it isn\[cq]t immediately obvious what it is.
 It is in no way secure unless you use config file encryption.
 .PP
 A long passphrase is recommended, or you can use a random one.
-Note that if you reconfigure rclone with the same passwords/passphrases
-elsewhere it will be compatible \- all the secrets used are derived from
-those two passwords/passphrases.
+.PP
+The obscured password is created by using AES\-CTR with a static key,
+with the salt stored verbatim at the beginning of the obscured password.
+This static key is shared by between all versions of rclone.
+.PP
+If you reconfigure rclone with the same passwords/passphrases elsewhere
+it will be compatible, but the obscured version will be different due to
+the different salt.
 .PP
 Note that rclone does not encrypt
 .IP \[bu] 2
-file length \- this can be calcuated within 16 bytes
+file length \- this can be calculated within 16 bytes
 .IP \[bu] 2
 modification time \- used for syncing
 .SS Specifying the remote
@@ -18364,7 +20001,7 @@ Obfuscation
 This is a simple \[lq]rotate\[rq] of the filename, with each file having
 a rot distance based on the filename.
 We store the distance at the beginning of the filename.
-So a file called \[lq]hello\[rq] may become \[lq]53.jgnnq\[rq]
+So a file called \[lq]hello\[rq] may become \[lq]53.jgnnq\[rq].
 .PP
 This is not a strong encryption of filenames, but it may stop automated
 scanning tools from picking up on filename patterns.
@@ -18478,6 +20115,9 @@ Adds a \[lq].bin\[rq] extension only.
 .SS \[en]crypt\-directory\-name\-encryption
 .PP
 Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact.
+.PP
+NB If filename_encryption is \[lq]off\[rq] then this option will do
+nothing.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Config: directory_name_encryption
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -18549,9 +20189,72 @@ Env Var: RCLONE_CRYPT_SHOW_MAPPING
 Type: bool
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Default: false
+.SS Backend commands
+.PP
+Here are the commands specific to the crypt backend.
+.PP
+Run them with
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone backend COMMAND remote:
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+The help below will explain what arguments each command takes.
+.PP
+See the \[lq]rclone backend\[rq]
+command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_backend/) for more info on
+how to pass options and arguments.
+.PP
+These can be run on a running backend using the rc command
+backend/command (https://rclone.org/rc/#backend/command).
+.SS encode
+.PP
+Encode the given filename(s)
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone backend encode remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+This encodes the filenames given as arguments returning a list of
+strings of the encoded results.
+.PP
+Usage Example:
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone backend encode crypt: file1 [file2...]
+rclone rc backend/command command=encode fs=crypt: file1 [file2...]
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.SS decode
+.PP
+Decode the given filename(s)
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone backend decode remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+This decodes the filenames given as arguments returning a list of
+strings of the decoded results.
+It will return an error if any of the inputs are invalid.
+.PP
+Usage Example:
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone backend decode crypt: encryptedfile1 [encryptedfile2...]
+rclone rc backend/command command=decode fs=crypt: encryptedfile1 [encryptedfile2...]
+\f[R]
+.fi
 .SS Backing up a crypted remote
 .PP
-If you wish to backup a crypted remote, it it recommended that you use
+If you wish to backup a crypted remote, it is recommended that you use
 \f[C]rclone sync\f[R] on the encrypted files, and make sure the
 passwords are the same in the new encrypted remote.
 .PP
@@ -18648,8 +20351,8 @@ This is the overhead for big files.
 File names are encrypted segment by segment \- the path is broken up
 into \f[C]/\f[R] separated strings and these are encrypted individually.
 .PP
-File segments are padded using using PKCS#7 to a multiple of 16 bytes
-before encryption.
+File segments are padded using PKCS#7 to a multiple of 16 bytes before
+encryption.
 .PP
 They are then encrypted with EME using AES with 256 bit key.
 EME (ECB\-Mix\-ECB) is a wide\-block encryption mode presented in the
@@ -18846,7 +20549,7 @@ T}
 .TE
 .PP
 File names can also not end with the following characters.
-These only get replaced if they are last character in the name:
+These only get replaced if they are the last character in the name:
 .PP
 .TS
 tab(@);
@@ -18868,8 +20571,9 @@ T}@T{
 T}
 .TE
 .PP
-Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as
-they can\[cq]t be used in JSON strings.
+Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be
+replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[cq]t
+be used in JSON strings.
 .SS Standard Options
 .PP
 Here are the standard options specific to dropbox (Dropbox).
@@ -18933,8 +20637,8 @@ Default: \[dq]\[dq]
 .PP
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 .PP
-See: the encoding section in the overview (/overview/#encoding) for more
-info.
+See: the encoding section in the
+overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Config: encoding
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -18976,12 +20680,17 @@ want to access)
 .IP "2." 3
 Choose an API => Usually this should be \f[C]Dropbox API\f[R]
 .IP "3." 3
-Choose the type of access you want to use => Full Dropbox or App Folder
+Choose the type of access you want to use => \f[C]Full Dropbox\f[R] or
+\f[C]App Folder\f[R]
 .IP "4." 3
-Name your App
+Name your App.
+The app name is global, so you can\[cq]t use \f[C]rclone\f[R] for
+example
 .IP "5." 3
 Click the button \f[C]Create App\f[R]
 .IP "6." 3
+Fill \f[C]Redirect URIs\f[R] as \f[C]http://localhost:53682/\f[R]
+.IP "7." 3
 Find the \f[C]App key\f[R] and \f[C]App secret\f[R] Use these values in
 rclone config to add a new remote or edit an existing remote.
 .SS FTP
@@ -19104,14 +20813,23 @@ Any times you see on the server will be time of upload.
 .SS Checksums
 .PP
 FTP does not support any checksums.
+.SS Usage without a config file
+.PP
+An example how to use the ftp remote without a config file:
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone lsf :ftp: \-\-ftp\-host=speedtest.tele2.net \-\-ftp\-user=anonymous \-\-ftp\-pass=\[ga]rclone obscure dummy\[ga]
+\f[R]
+.fi
 .SS Restricted filename characters
 .PP
 In addition to the default restricted characters
-set (/overview/#restricted-characters) the following characters are also
-replaced:
+set (https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters) the following
+characters are also replaced:
 .PP
 File names can also not end with the following characters.
-These only get replaced if they are last character in the name:
+These only get replaced if they are the last character in the name:
 .PP
 .TS
 tab(@);
@@ -19161,7 +20879,7 @@ T}
 FTP supports implicit FTP over TLS servers (FTPS).
 This has to be enabled in the config for the remote.
 The default FTPS port is \f[C]990\f[R] so the port will likely have to
-be explictly set in the config for the remote.
+be explicitly set in the config for the remote.
 .SS Standard Options
 .PP
 Here are the standard options specific to ftp (FTP Connection).
@@ -19270,8 +20988,8 @@ Default: false
 .PP
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 .PP
-See: the encoding section in the overview (/overview/#encoding) for more
-info.
+See: the encoding section in the
+overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Config: encoding
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -19530,7 +21248,32 @@ no need to explicitly configure a project number.
 .PP
 This remote supports \f[C]\-\-fast\-list\f[R] which allows you to use
 fewer transactions in exchange for more memory.
-See the rclone docs (/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
+See the rclone docs (https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list) for more
+details.
+.SS Custom upload headers
+.PP
+You can set custom upload headers with the \f[C]\-\-header\-upload\f[R]
+flag.
+Google Cloud Storage supports the headers as described in the working
+with metadata
+documentation (https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WorkingWithObjectMetadata)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Cache\-Control
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Content\-Disposition
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Content\-Encoding
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Content\-Language
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Content\-Type
+.IP \[bu] 2
+X\-Goog\-Meta\-
+.PP
+Eg \f[C]\-\-header\-upload \[dq]Content\-Type text/potato\[dq]\f[R]
+.PP
+Note that the last of these is for setting custom metadata in the form
+\f[C]\-\-header\-upload \[dq]x\-goog\-meta\-key: value\[dq]\f[R]
 .SS Modified time
 .PP
 Google google cloud storage stores md5sums natively and rclone stores
@@ -19579,8 +21322,9 @@ T}@T{
 T}
 .TE
 .PP
-Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as
-they can\[cq]t be used in JSON strings.
+Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be
+replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[cq]t
+be used in JSON strings.
 .SS Standard Options
 .PP
 Here are the standard options specific to google cloud storage (Google
@@ -19949,6 +21693,12 @@ Nearline storage class
 Coldline storage class
 .RE
 .IP \[bu] 2
+\[lq]ARCHIVE\[rq]
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Archive storage class
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
 \[lq]DURABLE_REDUCED_AVAILABILITY\[rq]
 .RS 2
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -19963,8 +21713,8 @@ Cloud Storage (this is not Google Drive)).
 .PP
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 .PP
-See: the encoding section in the overview (/overview/#encoding) for more
-info.
+See: the encoding section in the
+overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Config: encoding
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -20107,7 +21857,7 @@ Rclone allows you to select which scope you would like for rclone to
 use.
 This changes what type of token is granted to rclone.
 The scopes are defined
-here. (https://developers.google.com/drive/v3/web/about-auth).
+here (https://developers.google.com/drive/v3/web/about-auth).
 .PP
 The scope are
 .SS drive
@@ -20323,7 +22073,8 @@ y/e/d> y
 .PP
 This remote supports \f[C]\-\-fast\-list\f[R] which allows you to use
 fewer transactions in exchange for more memory.
-See the rclone docs (/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
+See the rclone docs (https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list) for more
+details.
 .PP
 It does this by combining multiple \f[C]list\f[R] calls into a single
 API request.
@@ -20380,8 +22131,9 @@ with \f[C]\-\-fast\-list\f[R]: 58s
 Google drive stores modification times accurate to 1 ms.
 .SS Restricted filename characters
 .PP
-Only Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as
-they can\[cq]t be used in JSON strings.
+Only Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will be
+replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[cq]t
+be used in JSON strings.
 .PP
 In contrast to other backends, \f[C]/\f[R] can also be used in names and
 \f[C].\f[R] or \f[C]..\f[R] are valid names.
@@ -20402,6 +22154,72 @@ By default rclone will send all files to the trash when deleting files.
 If deleting them permanently is required then use the
 \f[C]\-\-drive\-use\-trash=false\f[R] flag, or set the equivalent
 environment variable.
+.SS Shortcuts
+.PP
+In March 2020 Google introduced a new feature in Google Drive called
+drive shortcuts (https://support.google.com/drive/answer/9700156)
+(API (https://developers.google.com/drive/api/v3/shortcuts)).
+These will (by September 2020) replace the ability for files or folders
+to be in multiple folders at
+once (https://cloud.google.com/blog/products/g-suite/simplifying-google-drives-folder-structure-and-sharing-models).
+.PP
+Shortcuts are files that link to other files on Google Drive somewhat
+like a symlink in unix, except they point to the underlying file data
+(eg the inode in unix terms) so they don\[cq]t break if the source is
+renamed or moved about.
+.PP
+Be default rclone treats these as follows.
+.PP
+For shortcuts pointing to files:
+.IP \[bu] 2
+When listing a file shortcut appears as the destination file.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+When downloading the contents of the destination file is downloaded.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+When updating shortcut file with a non shortcut file, the shortcut is
+removed then a new file is uploaded in place of the shortcut.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+When server side moving (renaming) the shortcut is renamed, not the
+destination file.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+When server side copying the shortcut is copied, not the contents of the
+shortcut.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+When deleting the shortcut is deleted not the linked file.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+When setting the modification time, the modification time of the linked
+file will be set.
+.PP
+For shortcuts pointing to folders:
+.IP \[bu] 2
+When listing the shortcut appears as a folder and that folder will
+contain the contents of the linked folder appear (including any sub
+folders)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+When downloading the contents of the linked folder and sub contents are
+downloaded
+.IP \[bu] 2
+When uploading to a shortcut folder the file will be placed in the
+linked folder
+.IP \[bu] 2
+When server side moving (renaming) the shortcut is renamed, not the
+destination folder
+.IP \[bu] 2
+When server side copying the contents of the linked folder is copied,
+not the shortcut.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+When deleting with \f[C]rclone rmdir\f[R] or \f[C]rclone purge\f[R] the
+shortcut is deleted not the linked folder.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\f[B]NB\f[R] When deleting with \f[C]rclone remove\f[R] or
+\f[C]rclone mount\f[R] the contents of the linked folder will be
+deleted.
+.PP
+It isn\[cq]t currently possible to create shortcuts with rclone.
+.PP
+Shortcuts can be completely ignored with the
+\f[C]\-\-drive\-skip\-shortcuts\f[R] flag or the corresponding
+\f[C]skip_shortcuts\f[R] configuration setting.
 .SS Emptying trash
 .PP
 If you wish to empty your trash you can use the
@@ -20946,7 +22764,7 @@ videos.
 Setting this flag will cause Google photos and videos to return a blank
 MD5 checksum.
 .PP
-Google photos are identifed by being in the \[lq]photos\[rq] space.
+Google photos are identified by being in the \[lq]photos\[rq] space.
 .PP
 Corrupted checksums are caused by Google modifying the image/video but
 not updating the checksum.
@@ -21186,7 +23004,7 @@ Default: false
 .PP
 Show sizes as storage quota usage, not actual size.
 .PP
-Show the size of a file as the the storage quota used.
+Show the size of a file as the storage quota used.
 This is the current version plus any older versions that have been set
 to keep forever.
 .PP
@@ -21298,12 +23116,27 @@ Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_STOP_ON_UPLOAD_LIMIT
 Type: bool
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Default: false
+.SS \[en]drive\-skip\-shortcuts
+.PP
+If set skip shortcut files
+.PP
+Normally rclone dereferences shortcut files making them appear as if
+they are the original file (see the shortcuts section).
+If this flag is set then rclone will ignore shortcut files completely.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Config: skip_shortcuts
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_SKIP_SHORTCUTS
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Type: bool
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Default: false
 .SS \[en]drive\-encoding
 .PP
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 .PP
-See: the encoding section in the overview (/overview/#encoding) for more
-info.
+See: the encoding section in the
+overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Config: encoding
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -21312,6 +23145,116 @@ Env Var: RCLONE_DRIVE_ENCODING
 Type: MultiEncoder
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Default: InvalidUtf8
+.SS Backend commands
+.PP
+Here are the commands specific to the drive backend.
+.PP
+Run them with
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone backend COMMAND remote:
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+The help below will explain what arguments each command takes.
+.PP
+See the \[lq]rclone backend\[rq]
+command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_backend/) for more info on
+how to pass options and arguments.
+.PP
+These can be run on a running backend using the rc command
+backend/command (https://rclone.org/rc/#backend/command).
+.SS get
+.PP
+Get command for fetching the drive config parameters
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone backend get remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+This is a get command which will be used to fetch the various drive
+config parameters
+.PP
+Usage Examples:
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone backend get drive: [\-o service_account_file] [\-o chunk_size]
+rclone rc backend/command command=get fs=drive: [\-o service_account_file] [\-o chunk_size]
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+Options:
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\[lq]chunk_size\[rq]: show the current upload chunk size
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\[lq]service_account_file\[rq]: show the current service account file
+.SS set
+.PP
+Set command for updating the drive config parameters
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone backend set remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+This is a set command which will be used to update the various drive
+config parameters
+.PP
+Usage Examples:
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone backend set drive: [\-o service_account_file=sa.json] [\-o chunk_size=67108864]
+rclone rc backend/command command=set fs=drive: [\-o service_account_file=sa.json] [\-o chunk_size=67108864]
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+Options:
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\[lq]chunk_size\[rq]: update the current upload chunk size
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\[lq]service_account_file\[rq]: update the current service account file
+.SS shortcut
+.PP
+Create shortcuts from files or directories
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone backend shortcut remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+This command creates shortcuts from files or directories.
+.PP
+Usage:
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone backend shortcut drive: source_item destination_shortcut
+rclone backend shortcut drive: source_item \-o target=drive2: destination_shortcut
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+In the first example this creates a shortcut from the
+\[lq]source_item\[rq] which can be a file or a directory to the
+\[lq]destination_shortcut\[rq].
+The \[lq]source_item\[rq] and the \[lq]destination_shortcut\[rq] should
+be relative paths from \[lq]drive:\[rq]
+.PP
+In the second example this creates a shortcut from the
+\[lq]source_item\[rq] relative to \[lq]drive:\[rq] to the
+\[lq]destination_shortcut\[rq] relative to \[lq]drive2:\[rq].
+This may fail with a permission error if the user authenticated with
+\[lq]drive2:\[rq] can\[cq]t read files from \[lq]drive:\[rq].
+.PP
+Options:
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\[lq]target\[rq]: optional target remote for the shortcut destination
 .SS Limitations
 .PP
 Drive has quite a lot of rate limiting.
@@ -21342,7 +23285,7 @@ However an unfortunate consequence of this is that you may not be able
 to download Google docs using \f[C]rclone mount\f[R].
 If it doesn\[cq]t work you will get a 0 sized file.
 If you try again the doc may gain its correct size and be downloadable.
-Whther it will work on not depends on the application accessing the
+Whether it will work on not depends on the application accessing the
 mount and the OS you are running \- experiment to find out if it does
 work for you!
 .SS Duplicated files
@@ -21405,18 +23348,42 @@ enable the \[lq]Google Drive API\[rq].
 .IP "4." 3
 Click \[lq]Credentials\[rq] in the left\-side panel (not \[lq]Create
 credentials\[rq], which opens the wizard), then \[lq]Create
-credentials\[rq], then \[lq]OAuth client ID\[rq].
-It will prompt you to set the OAuth consent screen product name, if you
-haven\[cq]t set one already.
+credentials\[rq]
 .IP "5." 3
-Choose an application type of \[lq]other\[rq], and click
-\[lq]Create\[rq].
-(the default name is fine)
+If you already configured an \[lq]Oauth Consent Screen\[rq], then skip
+to the next step; if not, click on \[lq]CONFIGURE CONSENT SCREEN\[rq]
+button (near the top right corner of the right panel), then select
+\[lq]External\[rq] and click on \[lq]CREATE\[rq]; on the next screen,
+enter an \[lq]Application name\[rq] (\[lq]rclone\[rq] is OK) then click
+on \[lq]Save\[rq] (all other data is optional).
+Click again on \[lq]Credentials\[rq] on the left panel to go back to the
+\[lq]Credentials\[rq] screen.
+.PP
+(PS: if you are a GSuite user, you could also select \[lq]Internal\[rq]
+instead of \[lq]External\[rq] above, but this has not been
+tested/documented so far).
 .IP "6." 3
+Click on the \[lq]+ CREATE CREDENTIALS\[rq] button at the top of the
+screen, then select \[lq]OAuth client ID\[rq].
+.IP "7." 3
+Choose an application type of \[lq]Desktop app\[rq] if you using a
+Google account or \[lq]Other\[rq] if you using a GSuite account and
+click \[lq]Create\[rq].
+(the default name is fine)
+.IP "8." 3
 It will show you a client ID and client secret.
 Use these values in rclone config to add a new remote or edit an
 existing remote.
 .PP
+Be aware that, due to the \[lq]enhanced security\[rq] recently
+introduced by Google, you are theoretically expected to \[lq]submit your
+app for verification\[rq] and then wait a few weeks(!) for their
+response; in practice, you can go right ahead and use the client ID and
+client secret with rclone, the only issue will be a very scary
+confirmation screen shown when you connect via your browser for rclone
+to be able to get its token\-id (but as this only happens during the
+remote configuration, it\[cq]s not such a big deal).
+.PP
 (Thanks to \[at]balazer on github for these instructions.)
 .SS Google Photos
 .PP
@@ -21611,11 +23578,15 @@ you\[cq]ve put them into albums.
 \- shared\-album
     \- album name
     \- album name/sub
+\- feature
+    \- favorites
+        \- file1.jpg
+        \- file2.jpg
 \f[R]
 .fi
 .PP
 There are two writable parts of the tree, the \f[C]upload\f[R] directory
-and sub directories of the the \f[C]album\f[R] directory.
+and sub directories of the \f[C]album\f[R] directory.
 .PP
 The \f[C]upload\f[R] directory is for uploading files you don\[cq]t want
 to put into albums.
@@ -21832,6 +23803,18 @@ Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_READ_SIZE
 Type: bool
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Default: false
+.SS \[en]gphotos\-start\-year
+.PP
+Year limits the photos to be downloaded to those which are uploaded
+after the given year
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Config: start_year
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Env Var: RCLONE_GPHOTOS_START_YEAR
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Type: int
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Default: 2000
 .SS HTTP
 .PP
 The HTTP remote is a read only remote for reading files of a webserver.
@@ -22168,7 +24151,8 @@ rclone copy /home/source remote:default/backup
 .PP
 This remote supports \f[C]\-\-fast\-list\f[R] which allows you to use
 fewer transactions in exchange for more memory.
-See the rclone docs (/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
+See the rclone docs (https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list) for more
+details.
 .SS Modified time
 .PP
 The modified time is stored as metadata on the object as
@@ -22246,8 +24230,8 @@ Default: false
 .PP
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 .PP
-See: the encoding section in the overview (/overview/#encoding) for more
-info.
+See: the encoding section in the
+overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Config: encoding
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -22266,23 +24250,32 @@ The Swift API doesn\[cq]t return a correct MD5SUM for segmented files
 MD5SUM for these.
 .SS Jottacloud
 .PP
+Jottacloud is a cloud storage service provider from a Norwegian company,
+using its own datacenters in Norway.
+.PP
+In addition to the official service at
+jottacloud.com (https://www.jottacloud.com/), there are also several
+whitelabel versions which should work with this backend.
+.PP
 Paths are specified as \f[C]remote:path\f[R]
 .PP
 Paths may be as deep as required, eg
 \f[C]remote:directory/subdirectory\f[R].
+.SS Setup
 .PP
 To configure Jottacloud you will need to generate a personal security
-token in the Jottacloud web inteface.
+token in the Jottacloud web interface.
 You will the option to do in your account security
-settings (https://www.jottacloud.com/web/secure).
-Note that the web inteface may refer to this token as a JottaCli token.
+settings (https://www.jottacloud.com/web/secure) (for whitelabel version
+you need to find this page in its web interface).
+Note that the web interface may refer to this token as a JottaCli token.
 .PP
 Here is an example of how to make a remote called \f[C]remote\f[R].
 First run:
 .IP
 .nf
 \f[C]
- rclone config
+rclone config
 \f[R]
 .fi
 .PP
@@ -22300,7 +24293,7 @@ Type of storage to configure.
 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 [snip]
-XX / JottaCloud
+XX / Jottacloud
    \[rs] \[dq]jottacloud\[dq]
 [snip]
 Storage> jottacloud
@@ -22329,8 +24322,9 @@ Devices> 3
 Please select the mountpoint to user. Normally this will be Archive
 Choose a number from below, or type in an existing value
  1 > Archive
- 2 > Shared
+ 2 > Links
  3 > Sync
+ 
 Mountpoints> 1
 \-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-
 [jotta]
@@ -22376,19 +24370,27 @@ rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
 .SS Devices and Mountpoints
 .PP
 The official Jottacloud client registers a device for each computer you
-install it on and then creates a mountpoint for each folder you select
+install it on, and then creates a mountpoint for each folder you select
 for Backup.
-The web interface uses a special device called Jotta for the Archive,
-Sync and Shared mountpoints.
-In most cases you\[cq]ll want to use the Jotta/Archive device/mounpoint
-however if you want to access files uploaded by any of the official
-clients rclone provides the option to select other devices and
-mountpoints during config.
+The web interface uses a special device called Jotta for the Archive and
+Sync mountpoints.
+In most cases you\[cq]ll want to use the Jotta/Archive
+device/mountpoint, however if you want to access files uploaded by any
+of the official clients rclone provides the option to select other
+devices and mountpoints during config.
+.PP
+The built\-in Jotta device may also contain several other mountpoints,
+such as: Latest, Links, Shared and Trash.
+These are special mountpoints with a different internal representation
+than the \[lq]regular\[rq] mountpoints.
+Rclone will only to a very limited degree support them.
+Generally you should avoid these, unless you know what you are doing.
 .SS \[en]fast\-list
 .PP
 This remote supports \f[C]\-\-fast\-list\f[R] which allows you to use
 fewer transactions in exchange for more memory.
-See the rclone docs (/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
+See the rclone docs (https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list) for more
+details.
 .PP
 Note that the implementation in Jottacloud always uses only a single API
 request to get the entire list, so for large folders this could lead to
@@ -22407,12 +24409,12 @@ source does not have an MD5 checksum then the file will be cached
 temporarily on disk (wherever the \f[C]TMPDIR\f[R] environment variable
 points to) before it is uploaded.
 Small files will be cached in memory \- see the
-\f[C]\-\-jottacloud\-md5\-memory\-limit\f[R] flag.
+\[en]jottacloud\-md5\-memory\-limit flag.
 .SS Restricted filename characters
 .PP
 In addition to the default restricted characters
-set (/overview/#restricted-characters) the following characters are also
-replaced:
+set (https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters) the following
+characters are also replaced:
 .PP
 .TS
 tab(@);
@@ -22476,16 +24478,18 @@ T}@T{
 T}
 .TE
 .PP
-Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as
-they can\[cq]t be used in XML strings.
+Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be
+replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[cq]t
+be used in XML strings.
 .SS Deleting files
 .PP
 By default rclone will send all files to the trash when deleting files.
-Due to a lack of API documentation emptying the trash is currently only
-possible via the Jottacloud website.
-If deleting permanently is required then use the
-\f[C]\-\-jottacloud\-hard\-delete\f[R] flag, or set the equivalent
+They will be permanently deleted automatically after 30 days.
+You may bypass the trash and permanently delete files immediately by
+using the \[en]jottacloud\-hard\-delete flag, or set the equivalent
 environment variable.
+Emptying the trash is supported by the
+cleanup (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_cleanup/) command.
 .SS Versions
 .PP
 Jottacloud supports file versioning.
@@ -22498,19 +24502,9 @@ versions can be accessed via the Jottacloud Website.
 To view your current quota you can use the
 \f[C]rclone about remote:\f[R] command which will display your usage
 limit (unless it is unlimited) and the current usage.
-.SS Device IDs
-.PP
-Jottacloud requires each `device' to be registered.
-Rclone brings such a registration to easily access your account but if
-you want to use Jottacloud together with rclone on multiple machines you
-NEED to create a seperate deviceID/deviceSecrect on each machine.
-You will asked during setting up the remote.
-Please be aware that this also means that copying the rclone config from
-one machine to another does NOT work with Jottacloud accounts.
-You have to create it on each machine.
 .SS Advanced Options
 .PP
-Here are the advanced options specific to jottacloud (JottaCloud).
+Here are the advanced options specific to jottacloud (Jottacloud).
 .SS \[en]jottacloud\-md5\-memory\-limit
 .PP
 Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if
@@ -22523,6 +24517,18 @@ Env Var: RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_MD5_MEMORY_LIMIT
 Type: SizeSuffix
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Default: 10M
+.SS \[en]jottacloud\-trashed\-only
+.PP
+Only show files that are in the trash.
+This will show trashed files in their original directory structure.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Config: trashed_only
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Env Var: RCLONE_JOTTACLOUD_TRASHED_ONLY
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Type: bool
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Default: false
 .SS \[en]jottacloud\-hard\-delete
 .PP
 Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
@@ -22563,8 +24569,8 @@ Default: 10M
 .PP
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 .PP
-See: the encoding section in the overview (/overview/#encoding) for more
-info.
+See: the encoding section in the
+overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Config: encoding
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -22698,8 +24704,8 @@ rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
 .SS Restricted filename characters
 .PP
 In addition to the default restricted characters
-set (/overview/#restricted-characters) the following characters are also
-replaced:
+set (https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters) the following
+characters are also replaced:
 .PP
 .TS
 tab(@);
@@ -22721,8 +24727,9 @@ T}@T{
 T}
 .TE
 .PP
-Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as
-they can\[cq]t be used in XML strings.
+Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be
+replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[cq]t
+be used in XML strings.
 .SS Standard Options
 .PP
 Here are the standard options specific to koofr (Koofr).
@@ -22792,8 +24799,8 @@ Default: true
 .PP
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 .PP
-See: the encoding section in the overview (/overview/#encoding) for more
-info.
+See: the encoding section in the
+overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Config: encoding
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -22813,6 +24820,9 @@ Russian internet company Mail.Ru Group (https://mail.ru).
 The official desktop client is Disk\-O: (https://disk-o.cloud/),
 available only on Windows.
 (Please note that official sites are in Russian)
+.PP
+Currently it is recommended to disable 2FA on Mail.ru accounts intended
+for rclone until it gets eventually implemented.
 .SS Features highlights
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Paths may be as deep as required, eg
@@ -22828,8 +24838,8 @@ Files and directories can be shared via public links
 Partial uploads or streaming are not supported, file size must be known
 before upload
 .IP \[bu] 2
-Maximum file size is limited to 2G for a free acount, unlimited for paid
-accounts
+Maximum file size is limited to 2G for a free account, unlimited for
+paid accounts
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Storage keeps hash for all files and performs transparent deduplication,
 the hash algorithm is a modified SHA1
@@ -22973,8 +24983,8 @@ limit (quota) and the current usage.
 .SS Restricted filename characters
 .PP
 In addition to the default restricted characters
-set (/overview/#restricted-characters) the following characters are also
-replaced:
+set (https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters) the following
+characters are also replaced:
 .PP
 .TS
 tab(@);
@@ -23045,8 +25055,9 @@ T}@T{
 T}
 .TE
 .PP
-Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as
-they can\[cq]t be used in JSON strings.
+Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be
+replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[cq]t
+be used in JSON strings.
 .SS Limitations
 .PP
 File size limits depend on your account.
@@ -23292,8 +25303,8 @@ Default: \[dq]\[dq]
 .PP
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 .PP
-See: the encoding section in the overview (/overview/#encoding) for more
-info.
+See: the encoding section in the
+overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Config: encoding
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -23431,8 +25442,9 @@ T}@T{
 T}
 .TE
 .PP
-Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as
-they can\[cq]t be used in JSON strings.
+Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be
+replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[cq]t
+be used in JSON strings.
 .SS Duplicated files
 .PP
 Mega can have two files with exactly the same name and path (unlike a
@@ -23447,7 +25459,7 @@ Use \f[C]rclone dedupe\f[R] to fix duplicated files.
 Mega remotes seem to get blocked (reject logins) under \[lq]heavy
 use\[rq].
 We haven\[cq]t worked out the exact blocking rules but it seems to be
-related to fast paced, sucessive rclone commands.
+related to fast paced, successive rclone commands.
 .PP
 For example, executing this command 90 times in a row
 \f[C]rclone link remote:file\f[R] will cause the remote to become
@@ -23481,7 +25493,7 @@ approach.
 .PP
 Note that once blocked, the use of other tools (such as megacmd) is not
 a sure workaround: following megacmd login times have been observed in
-sucession for blocked remote: 7 minutes, 20 min, 30min, 30 min, 30min.
+succession for blocked remote: 7 minutes, 20 min, 30min, 30 min, 30min.
 Web access looks unaffected though.
 .PP
 Investigation is continuing in relation to workarounds based on
@@ -23552,8 +25564,8 @@ Default: false
 .PP
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 .PP
-See: the encoding section in the overview (/overview/#encoding) for more
-info.
+See: the encoding section in the
+overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Config: encoding
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -23632,7 +25644,7 @@ to 1 nS.
 .SS Restricted filename characters
 .PP
 The memory backend replaces the default restricted characters
-set (/overview/#restricted-characters).
+set (https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters).
 .SS Microsoft Azure Blob Storage
 .PP
 Paths are specified as \f[C]remote:container\f[R] (or \f[C]remote:\f[R]
@@ -23723,7 +25735,8 @@ rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:container
 .PP
 This remote supports \f[C]\-\-fast\-list\f[R] which allows you to use
 fewer transactions in exchange for more memory.
-See the rclone docs (/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
+See the rclone docs (https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list) for more
+details.
 .SS Modified time
 .PP
 The modified time is stored as metadata on the object with the
@@ -23734,8 +25747,8 @@ overhead to using it.
 .SS Restricted filename characters
 .PP
 In addition to the default restricted characters
-set (/overview/#restricted-characters) the following characters are also
-replaced:
+set (https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters) the following
+characters are also replaced:
 .PP
 .TS
 tab(@);
@@ -23765,7 +25778,7 @@ T}
 .TE
 .PP
 File names can also not end with the following characters.
-These only get replaced if they are last character in the name:
+These only get replaced if they are the last character in the name:
 .PP
 .TS
 tab(@);
@@ -23787,8 +25800,9 @@ T}@T{
 T}
 .TE
 .PP
-Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as
-they can\[cq]t be used in JSON strings.
+Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be
+replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[cq]t
+be used in JSON strings.
 .SS Hashes
 .PP
 MD5 hashes are stored with blobs.
@@ -23804,39 +25818,47 @@ Just fill in the \f[C]account\f[R] and \f[C]key\f[R] lines and leave the
 rest blank.
 .SS SAS URL
 .PP
-This can be an account level SAS URL or container level SAS URL
+This can be an account level SAS URL or container level SAS URL.
 .PP
 To use it leave \f[C]account\f[R], \f[C]key\f[R] blank and fill in
 \f[C]sas_url\f[R].
 .PP
-Account level SAS URL or container level SAS URL can be obtained from
-Azure portal or Azure Storage Explorer.
+An account level SAS URL or container level SAS URL can be obtained from
+the Azure portal or the Azure Storage Explorer.
 To get a container level SAS URL right click on a container in the Azure
 Blob explorer in the Azure portal.
 .PP
-If You use container level SAS URL, rclone operations are permitted only
-on particular container, eg
+If you use a container level SAS URL, rclone operations are permitted
+only on a particular container, eg
 .IP
 .nf
 \f[C]
-rclone ls azureblob:container or rclone ls azureblob:
+rclone ls azureblob:container
 \f[R]
 .fi
 .PP
-Since container name already exists in SAS URL, you can leave it empty
-as well.
-.PP
-However these will not work
+You can also list the single container from the root.
+This will only show the container specified by the SAS URL.
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+$ rclone lsd azureblob:
+container/
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+Note that you can\[cq]t see or access any other containers \- this will
+fail
 .IP
 .nf
 \f[C]
-rclone lsd azureblob:
 rclone ls azureblob:othercontainer
 \f[R]
 .fi
 .PP
-This would be useful for temporarily allowing third parties access to a
-single container or putting credentials into an untrusted environment.
+Container level SAS URLs are useful for temporarily allowing third
+parties access to a single container or putting credentials into an
+untrusted environment such as a CI build server.
 .SS Multipart uploads
 .PP
 Rclone supports multipart uploads with Azure Blob storage.
@@ -23996,12 +26018,54 @@ Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_ACCESS_TIER
 Type: string
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Default: \[dq]\[dq]
+.SS \[en]azureblob\-disable\-checksum
+.PP
+Don\[cq]t store MD5 checksum with object metadata.
+.PP
+Normally rclone will calculate the MD5 checksum of the input before
+uploading it so it can add it to metadata on the object.
+This is great for data integrity checking but can cause long delays for
+large files to start uploading.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Config: disable_checksum
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_DISABLE_CHECKSUM
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Type: bool
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Default: false
+.SS \[en]azureblob\-memory\-pool\-flush\-time
+.PP
+How often internal memory buffer pools will be flushed.
+Uploads which requires additional buffers (f.e multipart) will use
+memory pool for allocations.
+This option controls how often unused buffers will be removed from the
+pool.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Config: memory_pool_flush_time
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_MEMORY_POOL_FLUSH_TIME
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Type: Duration
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Default: 1m0s
+.SS \[en]azureblob\-memory\-pool\-use\-mmap
+.PP
+Whether to use mmap buffers in internal memory pool.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Config: memory_pool_use_mmap
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Env Var: RCLONE_AZUREBLOB_MEMORY_POOL_USE_MMAP
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Type: bool
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Default: false
 .SS \[en]azureblob\-encoding
 .PP
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 .PP
-See: the encoding section in the overview (/overview/#encoding) for more
-info.
+See: the encoding section in the
+overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Config: encoding
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -24017,7 +26081,7 @@ sum.
 This will always be the case for a local to azure copy.
 .SS Azure Storage Emulator Support
 .PP
-You can test rlcone with storage emulator locally, to do this make sure
+You can test rclone with storage emulator locally, to do this make sure
 azure storage emulator installed locally and set up a new remote with
 \f[C]rclone config\f[R] follow instructions described in introduction,
 set \f[C]use_emulator\f[R] config as \f[C]true\f[R], you do not need to
@@ -24170,9 +26234,9 @@ https://portal.azure.com/#blade/Microsoft_AAD_RegisteredApps/ApplicationsListBla
 then click \f[C]New registration\f[R].
 .IP "2." 3
 Enter a name for your app, choose account type
-\f[C]Any Azure AD directory \- Multitenant\f[R], select \f[C]Web\f[R] in
-\f[C]Redirect URI\f[R] Enter \f[C]http://localhost:53682/\f[R] and click
-Register.
+\f[C]Accounts in any organizational directory (Any Azure AD directory \- Multitenant) and personal Microsoft accounts (e.g. Skype, Xbox)\f[R],
+select \f[C]Web\f[R] in \f[C]Redirect URI\f[R] Enter
+\f[C]http://localhost:53682/\f[R] and click Register.
 Copy and keep the \f[C]Application (client) ID\f[R] under the app name
 for later use.
 .IP "3." 3
@@ -24184,7 +26248,7 @@ Under \f[C]manage\f[R] select \f[C]API permissions\f[R], click
 \f[C]Add a permission\f[R] and select \f[C]Microsoft Graph\f[R] then
 select \f[C]delegated permissions\f[R].
 .IP "5." 3
-Search and select the follwing permssions: \f[C]Files.Read\f[R],
+Search and select the following permissions: \f[C]Files.Read\f[R],
 \f[C]Files.ReadWrite\f[R], \f[C]Files.Read.All\f[R],
 \f[C]Files.ReadWrite.All\f[R], \f[C]offline_access\f[R],
 \f[C]User.Read\f[R].
@@ -24208,8 +26272,8 @@ For all types of OneDrive you can use the \f[C]\-\-checksum\f[R] flag.
 .SS Restricted filename characters
 .PP
 In addition to the default restricted characters
-set (/overview/#restricted-characters) the following characters are also
-replaced:
+set (https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters) the following
+characters are also replaced:
 .PP
 .TS
 tab(@);
@@ -24295,7 +26359,7 @@ T}
 .TE
 .PP
 File names can also not end with the following characters.
-These only get replaced if they are last character in the name:
+These only get replaced if they are the last character in the name:
 .PP
 .TS
 tab(@);
@@ -24325,7 +26389,7 @@ T}
 .TE
 .PP
 File names can also not begin with the following characters.
-These only get replaced if they are first character in the name:
+These only get replaced if they are the first character in the name:
 .PP
 .TS
 tab(@);
@@ -24354,8 +26418,9 @@ T}@T{
 T}
 .TE
 .PP
-Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as
-they can\[cq]t be used in JSON strings.
+Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be
+replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[cq]t
+be used in JSON strings.
 .SS Deleting files
 .PP
 Any files you delete with rclone will end up in the trash.
@@ -24396,8 +26461,11 @@ Chunk size to upload files with \- must be multiple of 320k (327,680
 bytes).
 .PP
 Above this size files will be chunked \- must be multiple of 320k
-(327,680 bytes).
-Note that the chunks will be buffered into memory.
+(327,680 bytes) and should not exceed 250M (262,144,000 bytes) else you
+may encounter
+\[dq]Microsoft.SharePoint.Client.InvalidClientQueryException: The
+request message is too big.\[dq] Note that the chunks will be buffered
+into memory.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Config: chunk_size
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -24446,12 +26514,29 @@ Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_EXPOSE_ONENOTE_FILES
 Type: bool
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Default: false
+.SS \[en]onedrive\-server\-side\-across\-configs
+.PP
+Allow server side operations (eg copy) to work across different onedrive
+configs.
+.PP
+This can be useful if you wish to do a server side copy between two
+different Onedrives.
+Note that this isn\[cq]t enabled by default because it isn\[cq]t easy to
+tell if it will work between any two configurations.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Config: server_side_across_configs
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Env Var: RCLONE_ONEDRIVE_SERVER_SIDE_ACROSS_CONFIGS
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Type: bool
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Default: false
 .SS \[en]onedrive\-encoding
 .PP
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 .PP
-See: the encoding section in the overview (/overview/#encoding) for more
-info.
+See: the encoding section in the
+overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Config: encoding
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -24478,7 +26563,9 @@ For example if a file has a \f[C]?\f[R] in it will be mapped to
 .SS File sizes
 .PP
 The largest allowed file sizes are 15GB for OneDrive for Business and
-35GB for OneDrive Personal (Updated 4 Jan 2019).
+100GB for OneDrive Personal (Updated 19 May 2020).
+Source:
+https://support.office.com/en\-us/article/upload\-photos\-and\-files\-to\-onedrive\-b00ad3fe\-6643\-4b16\-9212\-de00ef02b586
 .SS Path length
 .PP
 The entire path, including the file name, must contain fewer than 400
@@ -24852,8 +26939,9 @@ T}@T{
 T}
 .TE
 .PP
-Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as
-they can\[cq]t be used in JSON strings.
+Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be
+replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[cq]t
+be used in JSON strings.
 .SS Standard Options
 .PP
 Here are the standard options specific to opendrive (OpenDrive).
@@ -24886,8 +26974,8 @@ Here are the advanced options specific to opendrive (OpenDrive).
 .PP
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 .PP
-See: the encoding section in the overview (/overview/#encoding) for more
-info.
+See: the encoding section in the
+overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Config: encoding
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -24969,7 +27057,7 @@ QingStor Access Key ID \- leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credential
 access_key_id> access_key
 QingStor Secret Access Key (password) \- leave blank for anonymous access or runtime credentials.
 secret_access_key> secret_key
-Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
+Enter an endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
 Leave blank will use the default value \[dq]https://qingstor.com:443\[dq]
 endpoint>
 Zone connect to. Default is \[dq]pek3a\[dq].
@@ -24981,7 +27069,7 @@ Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
  2 | Needs location constraint sh1a.
    \[rs] \[dq]sh1a\[dq]
 zone> 1
-Number of connnection retry.
+Number of connection retry.
 Leave blank will use the default value \[dq]3\[dq].
 connection_retries>
 Remote config
@@ -25039,12 +27127,19 @@ rclone sync /home/local/directory remote:bucket
 .PP
 This remote supports \f[C]\-\-fast\-list\f[R] which allows you to use
 fewer transactions in exchange for more memory.
-See the rclone docs (/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
+See the rclone docs (https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list) for more
+details.
 .SS Multipart uploads
 .PP
 rclone supports multipart uploads with QingStor which means that it can
 upload files bigger than 5GB.
 Note that files uploaded with multipart upload don\[cq]t have an MD5SUM.
+.PP
+Note that incomplete multipart uploads older than 24 hours can be
+removed with \f[C]rclone cleanup remote:bucket\f[R] just for one bucket
+\f[C]rclone cleanup remote:\f[R] for all buckets.
+QingStor does not ever remove incomplete multipart uploads so it may be
+necessary to run this from time to time.
 .SS Buckets and Zone
 .PP
 With QingStor you can list buckets (\f[C]rclone lsd\f[R]) using any
@@ -25084,11 +27179,13 @@ Secret Access Key: \f[C]QS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY\f[R] or
 .SS Restricted filename characters
 .PP
 The control characters 0x00\-0x1F and / are replaced as in the default
-restricted characters set (/overview/#restricted-characters).
+restricted characters
+set (https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters).
 Note that 0x7F is not replaced.
 .PP
-Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as
-they can\[cq]t be used in JSON strings.
+Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be
+replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[cq]t
+be used in JSON strings.
 .SS Standard Options
 .PP
 Here are the standard options specific to qingstor (QingCloud Object
@@ -25147,7 +27244,7 @@ Type: string
 Default: \[dq]\[dq]
 .SS \[en]qingstor\-endpoint
 .PP
-Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
+Enter an endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
 Leave blank will use the default value
 \[lq]https://qingstor.com:443\[rq]
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -25272,8 +27369,8 @@ Default: 1
 .PP
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 .PP
-See: the encoding section in the overview (/overview/#encoding) for more
-info.
+See: the encoding section in the
+overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Config: encoding
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -25284,7 +27381,7 @@ Type: MultiEncoder
 Default: Slash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8
 .SS Swift
 .PP
-Swift refers to Openstack Object
+Swift refers to OpenStack Object
 Storage (https://docs.openstack.org/swift/latest/).
 Commercial implementations of that being:
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -25326,7 +27423,7 @@ name> remote
 Type of storage to configure.
 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
 [snip]
-XX / Openstack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
+XX / OpenStack Swift (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)
    \[rs] \[dq]swift\[dq]
 [snip]
 Storage> swift
@@ -25520,7 +27617,8 @@ rclone lsd myremote:
 .PP
 This remote supports \f[C]\-\-fast\-list\f[R] which allows you to use
 fewer transactions in exchange for more memory.
-See the rclone docs (/docs/#fast-list) for more details.
+See the rclone docs (https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list) for more
+details.
 .SS \[en]update and \[en]use\-server\-modtime
 .PP
 As noted below, the modified time is stored on metadata on the object.
@@ -25538,7 +27636,7 @@ simply upload files whose local modtime is newer than the time it was
 last uploaded.
 .SS Standard Options
 .PP
-Here are the standard options specific to swift (Openstack Swift
+Here are the standard options specific to swift (OpenStack Swift
 (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)).
 .SS \[en]swift\-env\-auth
 .PP
@@ -25851,7 +27949,7 @@ OVH Public Cloud Archive
 .RE
 .SS Advanced Options
 .PP
-Here are the advanced options specific to swift (Openstack Swift
+Here are the advanced options specific to swift (OpenStack Swift
 (Rackspace Cloud Files, Memset Memstore, OVH)).
 .SS \[en]swift\-chunk\-size
 .PP
@@ -25891,8 +27989,8 @@ Default: false
 .PP
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 .PP
-See: the encoding section in the overview (/overview/#encoding) for more
-info.
+See: the encoding section in the
+overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Config: encoding
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -25907,7 +28005,7 @@ The modified time is stored as metadata on the object as
 \f[C]X\-Object\-Meta\-Mtime\f[R] as floating point since the epoch
 accurate to 1 ns.
 .PP
-This is a defacto standard (used in the official python\-swiftclient
+This is a de facto standard (used in the official python\-swiftclient
 amongst others) for storing the modification time for an object.
 .SS Restricted filename characters
 .PP
@@ -25938,8 +28036,9 @@ T}@T{
 T}
 .TE
 .PP
-Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as
-they can\[cq]t be used in JSON strings.
+Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be
+replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[cq]t
+be used in JSON strings.
 .SS Limitations
 .PP
 The Swift API doesn\[cq]t return a correct MD5SUM for segmented files
@@ -25957,7 +28056,7 @@ You can investigate further with the \f[C]\-\-dump\-bodies\f[R] flag.
 .PP
 This may also be caused by specifying the region when you shouldn\[cq]t
 have (eg OVH).
-.SS Rclone gives Failed to create file system: Response didn\[cq]t have storage storage url and auth token
+.SS Rclone gives Failed to create file system: Response didn\[cq]t have storage url and auth token
 .PP
 This is most likely caused by forgetting to specify your tenant when
 setting up a swift remote.
@@ -26074,8 +28173,8 @@ pCloud supports MD5 and SHA1 type hashes, so you can use the
 .SS Restricted filename characters
 .PP
 In addition to the default restricted characters
-set (/overview/#restricted-characters) the following characters are also
-replaced:
+set (https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters) the following
+characters are also replaced:
 .PP
 .TS
 tab(@);
@@ -26097,13 +28196,35 @@ T}@T{
 T}
 .TE
 .PP
-Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as
-they can\[cq]t be used in JSON strings.
+Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be
+replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[cq]t
+be used in JSON strings.
 .SS Deleting files
 .PP
 Deleted files will be moved to the trash.
 Your subscription level will determine how long items stay in the trash.
 \f[C]rclone cleanup\f[R] can be used to empty the trash.
+.SS Root folder ID
+.PP
+You can set the \f[C]root_folder_id\f[R] for rclone.
+This is the directory (identified by its \f[C]Folder ID\f[R]) that
+rclone considers to be the root of your pCloud drive.
+.PP
+Normally you will leave this blank and rclone will determine the correct
+root to use itself.
+.PP
+However you can set this to restrict rclone to a specific folder
+hierarchy.
+.PP
+In order to do this you will have to find the \f[C]Folder ID\f[R] of the
+directory you wish rclone to display.
+This will be the \f[C]folder\f[R] field of the URL when you open the
+relevant folder in the pCloud web interface.
+.PP
+So if the folder you want rclone to use has a URL which looks like
+\f[C]https://my.pcloud.com/#page=filemanager&folder=5xxxxxxxx8&tpl=foldergrid\f[R]
+in the browser, then you use \f[C]5xxxxxxxx8\f[R] as the
+\f[C]root_folder_id\f[R] in the config.
 .SS Standard Options
 .PP
 Here are the standard options specific to pcloud (Pcloud).
@@ -26136,8 +28257,8 @@ Here are the advanced options specific to pcloud (Pcloud).
 .PP
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 .PP
-See: the encoding section in the overview (/overview/#encoding) for more
-info.
+See: the encoding section in the
+overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Config: encoding
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -26146,6 +28267,17 @@ Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_ENCODING
 Type: MultiEncoder
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Default: Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot
+.SS \[en]pcloud\-root\-folder\-id
+.PP
+Fill in for rclone to use a non root folder as its starting point.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Config: root_folder_id
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Env Var: RCLONE_PCLOUD_ROOT_FOLDER_ID
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Type: string
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Default: \[lq]d0\[rq]
 .SS premiumize.me
 .PP
 Paths are specified as \f[C]remote:path\f[R]
@@ -26252,8 +28384,8 @@ Note that using \f[C]\-\-update\f[R] will work.
 .SS Restricted filename characters
 .PP
 In addition to the default restricted characters
-set (/overview/#restricted-characters) the following characters are also
-replaced:
+set (https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters) the following
+characters are also replaced:
 .PP
 .TS
 tab(@);
@@ -26282,8 +28414,9 @@ T}@T{
 T}
 .TE
 .PP
-Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as
-they can\[cq]t be used in JSON strings.
+Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be
+replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[cq]t
+be used in JSON strings.
 .SS Standard Options
 .PP
 Here are the standard options specific to premiumizeme (premiumize.me).
@@ -26307,8 +28440,8 @@ Here are the advanced options specific to premiumizeme (premiumize.me).
 .PP
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 .PP
-See: the encoding section in the overview (/overview/#encoding) for more
-info.
+See: the encoding section in the
+overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Config: encoding
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -26441,8 +28574,8 @@ rclone copy /home/source remote:backup
 .SS Restricted filename characters
 .PP
 In addition to the default restricted characters
-set (/overview/#restricted-characters) the following characters are also
-replaced:
+set (https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters) the following
+characters are also replaced:
 .PP
 .TS
 tab(@);
@@ -26464,8 +28597,9 @@ T}@T{
 T}
 .TE
 .PP
-Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as
-they can\[cq]t be used in JSON strings.
+Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be
+replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[cq]t
+be used in JSON strings.
 .SS Advanced Options
 .PP
 Here are the advanced options specific to putio (Put.io).
@@ -26473,8 +28607,8 @@ Here are the advanced options specific to putio (Put.io).
 .PP
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 .PP
-See: the encoding section in the overview (/overview/#encoding) for more
-info.
+See: the encoding section in the
+overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Config: encoding
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -26483,6 +28617,469 @@ Env Var: RCLONE_PUTIO_ENCODING
 Type: MultiEncoder
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Default: Slash,BackSlash,Del,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot
+.SS Seafile
+.PP
+This is a backend for the Seafile (https://www.seafile.com/) storage
+service: \- It works with both the free community edition or the
+professional edition.
+\- Seafile versions 6.x and 7.x are all supported.
+\- Encrypted libraries are also supported.
+\- It supports 2FA enabled users
+.SS Root mode vs Library mode
+.PP
+There are two distinct modes you can setup your remote: \- you point
+your remote to the \f[B]root of the server\f[R], meaning you don\[cq]t
+specify a library during the configuration: Paths are specified as
+\f[C]remote:library\f[R].
+You may put subdirectories in too, eg
+\f[C]remote:library/path/to/dir\f[R].
+\- you point your remote to a specific library during the configuration:
+Paths are specified as \f[C]remote:path/to/dir\f[R].
+\f[B]This is the recommended mode when using encrypted libraries\f[R].
+(\f[I]This mode is possibly slightly faster than the root mode\f[R])
+.SS Configuration in root mode
+.PP
+Here is an example of making a seafile configuration for a user with
+\f[B]no\f[R] two\-factor authentication.
+First run
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone config
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+This will guide you through an interactive setup process.
+To authenticate you will need the URL of your server, your email (or
+username) and your password.
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+No remotes found \- make a new one
+n) New remote
+s) Set configuration password
+q) Quit config
+n/s/q> n
+name> seafile
+Type of storage to configure.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
+Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
+[snip]
+XX / Seafile
+   \[rs] \[dq]seafile\[dq]
+[snip]
+Storage> seafile
+** See help for seafile backend at: https://rclone.org/seafile/ **
+
+URL of seafile host to connect to
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
+Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
+ 1 / Connect to cloud.seafile.com
+   \[rs] \[dq]https://cloud.seafile.com/\[dq]
+url> http://my.seafile.server/
+User name (usually email address)
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
+user> me\[at]example.com
+Password
+y) Yes type in my own password
+g) Generate random password
+n) No leave this optional password blank (default)
+y/g> y
+Enter the password:
+password:
+Confirm the password:
+password:
+Two\-factor authentication (\[aq]true\[aq] if the account has 2FA enabled)
+Enter a boolean value (true or false). Press Enter for the default (\[dq]false\[dq]).
+2fa> false
+Name of the library. Leave blank to access all non\-encrypted libraries.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
+library>
+Library password (for encrypted libraries only). Leave blank if you pass it through the command line.
+y) Yes type in my own password
+g) Generate random password
+n) No leave this optional password blank (default)
+y/g/n> n
+Edit advanced config? (y/n)
+y) Yes
+n) No (default)
+y/n> n
+Remote config
+Two\-factor authentication is not enabled on this account.
+\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-
+[seafile]
+type = seafile
+url = http://my.seafile.server/
+user = me\[at]example.com
+pass = *** ENCRYPTED ***
+2fa = false
+\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-
+y) Yes this is OK (default)
+e) Edit this remote
+d) Delete this remote
+y/e/d> y
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+This remote is called \f[C]seafile\f[R].
+It\[cq]s pointing to the root of your seafile server and can now be used
+like this:
+.PP
+See all libraries
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone lsd seafile:
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+Create a new library
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone mkdir seafile:library
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+List the contents of a library
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone ls seafile:library
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+Sync \f[C]/home/local/directory\f[R] to the remote library, deleting any
+excess files in the library.
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone sync /home/local/directory seafile:library
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.SS Configuration in library mode
+.PP
+Here\[cq]s an example of a configuration in library mode with a user
+that has the two\-factor authentication enabled.
+Your 2FA code will be asked at the end of the configuration, and will
+attempt to authenticate you:
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+No remotes found \- make a new one
+n) New remote
+s) Set configuration password
+q) Quit config
+n/s/q> n
+name> seafile
+Type of storage to configure.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
+Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
+[snip]
+XX / Seafile
+   \[rs] \[dq]seafile\[dq]
+[snip]
+Storage> seafile
+** See help for seafile backend at: https://rclone.org/seafile/ **
+
+URL of seafile host to connect to
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
+Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
+ 1 / Connect to cloud.seafile.com
+   \[rs] \[dq]https://cloud.seafile.com/\[dq]
+url> http://my.seafile.server/
+User name (usually email address)
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
+user> me\[at]example.com
+Password
+y) Yes type in my own password
+g) Generate random password
+n) No leave this optional password blank (default)
+y/g> y
+Enter the password:
+password:
+Confirm the password:
+password:
+Two\-factor authentication (\[aq]true\[aq] if the account has 2FA enabled)
+Enter a boolean value (true or false). Press Enter for the default (\[dq]false\[dq]).
+2fa> true
+Name of the library. Leave blank to access all non\-encrypted libraries.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
+library> My Library
+Library password (for encrypted libraries only). Leave blank if you pass it through the command line.
+y) Yes type in my own password
+g) Generate random password
+n) No leave this optional password blank (default)
+y/g/n> n
+Edit advanced config? (y/n)
+y) Yes
+n) No (default)
+y/n> n
+Remote config
+Two\-factor authentication: please enter your 2FA code
+2fa code> 123456
+Authenticating...
+Success!
+\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-
+[seafile]
+type = seafile
+url = http://my.seafile.server/
+user = me\[at]example.com
+pass = 
+2fa = true
+library = My Library
+\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-
+y) Yes this is OK (default)
+e) Edit this remote
+d) Delete this remote
+y/e/d> y
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+You\[cq]ll notice your password is blank in the configuration.
+It\[cq]s because we only need the password to authenticate you once.
+.PP
+You specified \f[C]My Library\f[R] during the configuration.
+The root of the remote is pointing at the root of the library
+\f[C]My Library\f[R]:
+.PP
+See all files in the library:
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone lsd seafile:
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+Create a new directory inside the library
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone mkdir seafile:directory
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+List the contents of a directory
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone ls seafile:directory
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+Sync \f[C]/home/local/directory\f[R] to the remote library, deleting any
+excess files in the library.
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone sync /home/local/directory seafile:
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.SS \[en]fast\-list
+.PP
+Seafile version 7+ supports \f[C]\-\-fast\-list\f[R] which allows you to
+use fewer transactions in exchange for more memory.
+See the rclone docs (https://rclone.org/docs/#fast-list) for more
+details.
+Please note this is not supported on seafile server version 6.x
+.SS Restricted filename characters
+.PP
+In addition to the default restricted characters
+set (https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters) the following
+characters are also replaced:
+.PP
+.TS
+tab(@);
+l c c.
+T{
+Character
+T}@T{
+Value
+T}@T{
+Replacement
+T}
+_
+T{
+/
+T}@T{
+0x2F
+T}@T{
+\[uFF0F]
+T}
+T{
+\[dq]
+T}@T{
+0x22
+T}@T{
+\[uFF02]
+T}
+T{
+\[rs]
+T}@T{
+0x5C
+T}@T{
+\[uFF3C]
+T}
+.TE
+.PP
+Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be
+replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[cq]t
+be used in JSON strings.
+.SS Seafile and rclone link
+.PP
+Rclone supports generating share links for non\-encrypted libraries
+only.
+They can either be for a file or a directory:
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone link seafile:seafile\-tutorial.doc
+http://my.seafile.server/f/fdcd8a2f93f84b8b90f4/
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+or if run on a directory you will get:
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone link seafile:dir
+http://my.seafile.server/d/9ea2455f6f55478bbb0d/
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+Please note a share link is unique for each file or directory.
+If you run a link command on a file/dir that has already been shared,
+you will get the exact same link.
+.SS Compatibility
+.PP
+It has been actively tested using the seafile docker
+image (https://github.com/haiwen/seafile-docker) of these versions: \-
+6.3.4 community edition \- 7.0.5 community edition \- 7.1.3 community
+edition
+.PP
+Versions below 6.0 are not supported.
+Versions between 6.0 and 6.3 haven\[cq]t been tested and might not work
+properly.
+.SS Standard Options
+.PP
+Here are the standard options specific to seafile (seafile).
+.SS \[en]seafile\-url
+.PP
+URL of seafile host to connect to
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Config: url
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_URL
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Type: string
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Default: \[dq]\[dq]
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Examples:
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\[lq]https://cloud.seafile.com/\[rq]
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Connect to cloud.seafile.com
+.RE
+.RE
+.SS \[en]seafile\-user
+.PP
+User name (usually email address)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Config: user
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_USER
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Type: string
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Default: \[dq]\[dq]
+.SS \[en]seafile\-pass
+.PP
+Password
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Config: pass
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_PASS
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Type: string
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Default: \[dq]\[dq]
+.SS \[en]seafile\-2fa
+.PP
+Two\-factor authentication (`true' if the account has 2FA enabled)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Config: 2fa
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_2FA
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Type: bool
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Default: false
+.SS \[en]seafile\-library
+.PP
+Name of the library.
+Leave blank to access all non\-encrypted libraries.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Config: library
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_LIBRARY
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Type: string
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Default: \[dq]\[dq]
+.SS \[en]seafile\-library\-key
+.PP
+Library password (for encrypted libraries only).
+Leave blank if you pass it through the command line.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Config: library_key
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_LIBRARY_KEY
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Type: string
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Default: \[dq]\[dq]
+.SS \[en]seafile\-auth\-token
+.PP
+Authentication token
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Config: auth_token
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_AUTH_TOKEN
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Type: string
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Default: \[dq]\[dq]
+.SS Advanced Options
+.PP
+Here are the advanced options specific to seafile (seafile).
+.SS \[en]seafile\-create\-library
+.PP
+Should rclone create a library if it doesn\[cq]t exist
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Config: create_library
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_CREATE_LIBRARY
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Type: bool
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Default: false
+.SS \[en]seafile\-encoding
+.PP
+This sets the encoding for the backend.
+.PP
+See: the encoding section in the
+overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Config: encoding
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Env Var: RCLONE_SEAFILE_ENCODING
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Type: MultiEncoder
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Default: Slash,DoubleQuote,BackSlash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8
 .SS SFTP
 .PP
 SFTP is the Secure (or SSH) File Transfer
@@ -26612,13 +29209,30 @@ Key files should be PEM\-encoded private key files.
 For instance \f[C]/home/$USER/.ssh/id_rsa\f[R].
 Only unencrypted OpenSSH or PEM encrypted files are supported.
 .PP
-If you don\[cq]t specify \f[C]pass\f[R] or \f[C]key_file\f[R] then
-rclone will attempt to contact an ssh\-agent.
+The key file can be specified in either an external file (key_file) or
+contained within the rclone config file (key_pem).
+If using key_pem in the config file, the entry should be on a single
+line with new line (`' or `') separating lines.
+i.e.\ 
+.PP
+key_pem = \[em]\[en]BEGIN RSA PRIVATE
+KEY\[em]\[en]0gAMbMbaSsd\[em]\[en]END RSA PRIVATE KEY\[em]\[en]
+.PP
+This will generate it correctly for key_pem for use in the config:
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+awk \[aq]{printf \[dq]%s\[rs]\[rs]n\[dq], $0}\[aq] < \[ti]/.ssh/id_rsa
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+If you don\[cq]t specify \f[C]pass\f[R], \f[C]key_file\f[R], or
+\f[C]key_pem\f[R] then rclone will attempt to contact an ssh\-agent.
 .PP
 You can also specify \f[C]key_use_agent\f[R] to force the usage of an
 ssh\-agent.
-In this case \f[C]key_file\f[R] can also be specified to force the usage
-of a specific key in the ssh\-agent.
+In this case \f[C]key_file\f[R] or \f[C]key_pem\f[R] can also be
+specified to force the usage of a specific key in the ssh\-agent.
 .PP
 Using an ssh\-agent is the only way to load encrypted OpenSSH keys at
 the moment.
@@ -26716,6 +29330,18 @@ Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_PASS
 Type: string
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Default: \[dq]\[dq]
+.SS \[en]sftp\-key\-pem
+.PP
+Raw PEM\-encoded private key, If specified, will override key_file
+parameter.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Config: key_pem
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Env Var: RCLONE_SFTP_KEY_PEM
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Type: string
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Default: \[dq]\[dq]
 .SS \[en]sftp\-key\-file
 .PP
 Path to PEM\-encoded private key file, leave blank or set
@@ -26764,8 +29390,8 @@ Default: false
 .PP
 Enable the use of insecure ciphers and key exchange methods.
 .PP
-This enables the use of the the following insecure ciphers and key
-exchange methods:
+This enables the use of the following insecure ciphers and key exchange
+methods:
 .IP \[bu] 2
 aes128\-cbc
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -27091,10 +29717,11 @@ time files were uploaded.
 .SS Restricted filename characters
 .PP
 SugarSync replaces the default restricted characters
-set (/overview/#restricted-characters) except for DEL.
+set (https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters) except for DEL.
 .PP
-Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as
-they can\[cq]t be used in XML strings.
+Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be
+replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[cq]t
+be used in XML strings.
 .SS Deleting files
 .PP
 Deleted files will be moved to the \[lq]Deleted items\[rq] folder by
@@ -27242,8 +29869,8 @@ Default: \[dq]\[dq]
 .PP
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 .PP
-See: the encoding section in the overview (/overview/#encoding) for more
-info.
+See: the encoding section in the
+overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Config: encoding
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -27252,6 +29879,416 @@ Env Var: RCLONE_SUGARSYNC_ENCODING
 Type: MultiEncoder
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Default: Slash,Ctl,InvalidUtf8,Dot
+.SS Tardigrade
+.PP
+Tardigrade (https://tardigrade.io) is an encrypted, secure, and
+cost\-effective object storage service that enables you to store, back
+up, and archive large amounts of data in a decentralized manner.
+.SS Setup
+.PP
+To make a new Tardigrade configuration you need one of the following: *
+Access Grant that someone else shared with you.
+* API
+Key (https://documentation.tardigrade.io/getting-started/uploading-your-first-object/create-an-api-key)
+of a Tardigrade project you are a member of.
+.PP
+Here is an example of how to make a remote called \f[C]remote\f[R].
+First run:
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+ rclone config
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+This will guide you through an interactive setup process:
+.SS Setup with access grant
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+No remotes found \- make a new one
+n) New remote
+s) Set configuration password
+q) Quit config
+n/s/q> n
+name> remote
+Type of storage to configure.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
+Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
+[snip]
+XX / Tardigrade Decentralized Cloud Storage
+   \[rs] \[dq]tardigrade\[dq]
+[snip]
+Storage> tardigrade
+** See help for tardigrade backend at: https://rclone.org/tardigrade/ **
+
+Choose an authentication method.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]existing\[dq]).
+Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
+ 1 / Use an existing access grant.
+   \[rs] \[dq]existing\[dq]
+ 2 / Create a new access grant from satellite address, API key, and passphrase.
+   \[rs] \[dq]new\[dq]
+provider> existing
+Access Grant.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
+access_grant> your\-access\-grant\-received\-by\-someone\-else
+Remote config
+\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-
+[remote]
+type = tardigrade
+access_grant = your\-access\-grant\-received\-by\-someone\-else
+\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-
+y) Yes this is OK (default)
+e) Edit this remote
+d) Delete this remote
+y/e/d> y
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.SS Setup with API key and passhprase
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+No remotes found \- make a new one
+n) New remote
+s) Set configuration password
+q) Quit config
+n/s/q> n
+name> remote
+Type of storage to configure.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
+Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
+[snip]
+XX / Tardigrade Decentralized Cloud Storage
+   \[rs] \[dq]tardigrade\[dq]
+[snip]
+Storage> tardigrade
+** See help for tardigrade backend at: https://rclone.org/tardigrade/ **
+
+Choose an authentication method.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]existing\[dq]).
+Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
+ 1 / Use an existing access grant.
+   \[rs] \[dq]existing\[dq]
+ 2 / Create a new access grant from satellite address, API key, and passphrase.
+   \[rs] \[dq]new\[dq]
+provider> new
+Satellite Address. Custom satellite address should match the format: \[ga]<nodeid>\[at]<address>:<port>\[ga].
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]us\-central\-1.tardigrade.io\[dq]).
+Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
+ 1 / US Central 1
+   \[rs] \[dq]us\-central\-1.tardigrade.io\[dq]
+ 2 / Europe West 1
+   \[rs] \[dq]europe\-west\-1.tardigrade.io\[dq]
+ 3 / Asia East 1
+   \[rs] \[dq]asia\-east\-1.tardigrade.io\[dq]
+satellite_address> 1
+API Key.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
+api_key> your\-api\-key\-for\-your\-tardigrade\-project
+Encryption Passphrase. To access existing objects enter passphrase used for uploading.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
+passphrase> your\-human\-readable\-encryption\-passphrase
+Remote config
+\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-
+[remote]
+type = tardigrade
+satellite_address = 12EayRS2V1kEsWESU9QMRseFhdxYxKicsiFmxrsLZHeLUtdps3S\[at]us\-central\-1.tardigrade.io:7777
+api_key = your\-api\-key\-for\-your\-tardigrade\-project
+passphrase = your\-human\-readable\-encryption\-passphrase
+access_grant = the\-access\-grant\-generated\-from\-the\-api\-key\-and\-passphrase
+\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-
+y) Yes this is OK (default)
+e) Edit this remote
+d) Delete this remote
+y/e/d> y
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.SS Usage
+.PP
+Paths are specified as \f[C]remote:bucket\f[R] (or \f[C]remote:\f[R] for
+the \f[C]lsf\f[R] command.) You may put subdirectories in too, eg
+\f[C]remote:bucket/path/to/dir\f[R].
+.PP
+Once configured you can then use \f[C]rclone\f[R] like this.
+.SS Create a new bucket
+.PP
+Use the \f[C]mkdir\f[R] command to create new bucket,
+e.g.\ \f[C]bucket\f[R].
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone mkdir remote:bucket
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.SS List all buckets
+.PP
+Use the \f[C]lsf\f[R] command to list all buckets.
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone lsf remote:
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+Note the colon (\f[C]:\f[R]) character at the end of the command line.
+.SS Delete a bucket
+.PP
+Use the \f[C]rmdir\f[R] command to delete an empty bucket.
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone rmdir remote:bucket
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+Use the \f[C]purge\f[R] command to delete a non\-empty bucket with all
+its content.
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone purge remote:bucket
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.SS Upload objects
+.PP
+Use the \f[C]copy\f[R] command to upload an object.
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone copy \-\-progress /home/local/directory/file.ext remote:bucket/path/to/dir/
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+The \f[C]\-\-progress\f[R] flag is for displaying progress information.
+Remove it if you don\[cq]t need this information.
+.PP
+Use a folder in the local path to upload all its objects.
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone copy \-\-progress /home/local/directory/ remote:bucket/path/to/dir/
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+Only modified files will be copied.
+.SS List objects
+.PP
+Use the \f[C]ls\f[R] command to list recursively all objects in a
+bucket.
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone ls remote:bucket
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+Add the folder to the remote path to list recursively all objects in
+this folder.
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone ls remote:bucket/path/to/dir/
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+Use the \f[C]lsf\f[R] command to list non\-recursively all objects in a
+bucket or a folder.
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone lsf remote:bucket/path/to/dir/
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.SS Download objects
+.PP
+Use the \f[C]copy\f[R] command to download an object.
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone copy \-\-progress remote:bucket/path/to/dir/file.ext /home/local/directory/
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+The \f[C]\-\-progress\f[R] flag is for displaying progress information.
+Remove it if you don\[cq]t need this information.
+.PP
+Use a folder in the remote path to download all its objects.
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone copy \-\-progress remote:bucket/path/to/dir/ /home/local/directory/
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.SS Delete objects
+.PP
+Use the \f[C]deletefile\f[R] command to delete a single object.
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone deletefile remote:bucket/path/to/dir/file.ext
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+Use the \f[C]delete\f[R] command to delete all object in a folder.
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone delete remote:bucket/path/to/dir/
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.SS Print the total size of objects
+.PP
+Use the \f[C]size\f[R] command to print the total size of objects in a
+bucket or a folder.
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone size remote:bucket/path/to/dir/
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.SS Sync two Locations
+.PP
+Use the \f[C]sync\f[R] command to sync the source to the destination,
+changing the destination only, deleting any excess files.
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone sync \-\-progress /home/local/directory/ remote:bucket/path/to/dir/
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+The \f[C]\-\-progress\f[R] flag is for displaying progress information.
+Remove it if you don\[cq]t need this information.
+.PP
+Since this can cause data loss, test first with the
+\f[C]\-\-dry\-run\f[R] flag to see exactly what would be copied and
+deleted.
+.PP
+The sync can be done also from Tardigrade to the local file system.
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone sync \-\-progress remote:bucket/path/to/dir/ /home/local/directory/
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+Or between two Tardigrade buckets.
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone sync \-\-progress remote\-us:bucket/path/to/dir/ remote\-europe:bucket/path/to/dir/
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+Or even between another cloud storage and Tardigrade.
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone sync \-\-progress s3:bucket/path/to/dir/ tardigrade:bucket/path/to/dir/
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.SS Standard Options
+.PP
+Here are the standard options specific to tardigrade (Tardigrade
+Decentralized Cloud Storage).
+.SS \[en]tardigrade\-provider
+.PP
+Choose an authentication method.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Config: provider
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Env Var: RCLONE_TARDIGRADE_PROVIDER
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Type: string
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Default: \[lq]existing\[rq]
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Examples:
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\[lq]existing\[rq]
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Use an existing access grant.
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\[lq]new\[rq]
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Create a new access grant from satellite address, API key, and
+passphrase.
+.RE
+.RE
+.SS \[en]tardigrade\-access\-grant
+.PP
+Access Grant.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Config: access_grant
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Env Var: RCLONE_TARDIGRADE_ACCESS_GRANT
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Type: string
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Default: \[dq]\[dq]
+.SS \[en]tardigrade\-satellite\-address
+.PP
+Satellite Address.
+Custom satellite address should match the format:
+\f[C]<nodeid>\[at]<address>:<port>\f[R].
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Config: satellite_address
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Env Var: RCLONE_TARDIGRADE_SATELLITE_ADDRESS
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Type: string
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Default: \[lq]us\-central\-1.tardigrade.io\[rq]
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Examples:
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\[lq]us\-central\-1.tardigrade.io\[rq]
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+US Central 1
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\[lq]europe\-west\-1.tardigrade.io\[rq]
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Europe West 1
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\[lq]asia\-east\-1.tardigrade.io\[rq]
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Asia East 1
+.RE
+.RE
+.SS \[en]tardigrade\-api\-key
+.PP
+API Key.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Config: api_key
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Env Var: RCLONE_TARDIGRADE_API_KEY
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Type: string
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Default: \[dq]\[dq]
+.SS \[en]tardigrade\-passphrase
+.PP
+Encryption Passphrase.
+To access existing objects enter passphrase used for uploading.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Config: passphrase
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Env Var: RCLONE_TARDIGRADE_PASSPHRASE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Type: string
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Default: \[dq]\[dq]
 .SS Union
 .PP
 The \f[C]union\f[R] remote provides a unification similar to UnionFS
@@ -27262,21 +30299,17 @@ Paths may be as deep as required or a local path, eg
 \f[C]/directory/subdirectory\f[R].
 .PP
 During the initial setup with \f[C]rclone config\f[R] you will specify
-the target remotes as a space separated list.
-The target remotes can either be a local paths or other remotes.
+the upstream remotes as a space separated list.
+The upstream remotes can either be a local paths or other remotes.
 .PP
-The order of the remotes is important as it defines which remotes take
-precedence over others if there are files with the same name in the same
-logical path.
-The last remote is the topmost remote and replaces files with the same
-name from previous remotes.
+Attribute \f[C]:ro\f[R] and \f[C]:nc\f[R] can be attach to the end of
+path to tag the remote as \f[B]read only\f[R] or \f[B]no create\f[R], eg
+\f[C]remote:directory/subdirectory:ro\f[R] or
+\f[C]remote:directory/subdirectory:nc\f[R].
 .PP
-Only the last remote is used to write to and delete from, all other
-remotes are read\-only.
-.PP
-Subfolders can be used in target remote.
+Subfolders can be used in upstream remotes.
 Assume a union remote named \f[C]backup\f[R] with the remotes
-\f[C]mydrive:private/backup mydrive2:/backup\f[R].
+\f[C]mydrive:private/backup\f[R].
 Invoking \f[C]rclone mkdir backup:desktop\f[R] is exactly the same as
 invoking \f[C]rclone mkdir mydrive2:/backup/desktop\f[R].
 .PP
@@ -27284,6 +30317,249 @@ There will be no special handling of paths containing \f[C]..\f[R]
 segments.
 Invoking \f[C]rclone mkdir backup:../desktop\f[R] is exactly the same as
 invoking \f[C]rclone mkdir mydrive2:/backup/../desktop\f[R].
+.SS Behavior / Policies
+.PP
+The behavior of union backend is inspired by
+trapexit/mergerfs (https://github.com/trapexit/mergerfs).
+All functions are grouped into 3 categories: \f[B]action\f[R],
+\f[B]create\f[R] and \f[B]search\f[R].
+These functions and categories can be assigned a policy which dictates
+what file or directory is chosen when performing that behavior.
+Any policy can be assigned to a function or category though some may not
+be very useful in practice.
+For instance: \f[B]rand\f[R] (random) may be useful for file creation
+(create) but could lead to very odd behavior if used for
+\f[C]delete\f[R] if there were more than one copy of the file.
+.SS Function / Category classifications
+.PP
+.TS
+tab(@);
+lw(5.8n) lw(15.0n) lw(49.2n).
+T{
+Category
+T}@T{
+Description
+T}@T{
+Functions
+T}
+_
+T{
+action
+T}@T{
+Writing Existing file
+T}@T{
+move, rmdir, rmdirs, delete, purge and copy, sync (as destination when
+file exist)
+T}
+T{
+create
+T}@T{
+Create non\-existing file
+T}@T{
+copy, sync (as destination when file not exist)
+T}
+T{
+search
+T}@T{
+Reading and listing file
+T}@T{
+ls, lsd, lsl, cat, md5sum, sha1sum and copy, sync (as source)
+T}
+T{
+N/A
+T}@T{
+T}@T{
+size, about
+T}
+.TE
+.SS Path Preservation
+.PP
+Policies, as described below, are of two basic types.
+\f[C]path preserving\f[R] and \f[C]non\-path preserving\f[R].
+.PP
+All policies which start with \f[C]ep\f[R] (\f[B]epff\f[R],
+\f[B]eplfs\f[R], \f[B]eplus\f[R], \f[B]epmfs\f[R], \f[B]eprand\f[R]) are
+\f[C]path preserving\f[R].
+\f[C]ep\f[R] stands for \f[C]existing path\f[R].
+.PP
+A path preserving policy will only consider upstreams where the relative
+path being accessed already exists.
+.PP
+When using non\-path preserving policies paths will be created in target
+upstreams as necessary.
+.SS Quota Relevant Policies
+.PP
+Some policies rely on quota information.
+These policies should be used only if your upstreams support the
+respective quota fields.
+.PP
+.TS
+tab(@);
+l l.
+T{
+Policy
+T}@T{
+Required Field
+T}
+_
+T{
+lfs, eplfs
+T}@T{
+Free
+T}
+T{
+mfs, epmfs
+T}@T{
+Free
+T}
+T{
+lus, eplus
+T}@T{
+Used
+T}
+T{
+lno, eplno
+T}@T{
+Objects
+T}
+.TE
+.PP
+To check if your upstream supports the field, run
+\f[C]rclone about remote: [flags]\f[R] and see if the required field
+exists.
+.SS Filters
+.PP
+Policies basically search upstream remotes and create a list of files /
+paths for functions to work on.
+The policy is responsible for filtering and sorting.
+The policy type defines the sorting but filtering is mostly uniform as
+described below.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+No \f[B]search\f[R] policies filter.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+All \f[B]action\f[R] policies will filter out remotes which are tagged
+as \f[B]read\-only\f[R].
+.IP \[bu] 2
+All \f[B]create\f[R] policies will filter out remotes which are tagged
+\f[B]read\-only\f[R] or \f[B]no\-create\f[R].
+.PP
+If all remotes are filtered an error will be returned.
+.SS Policy descriptions
+.PP
+The policies definition are inspired by
+trapexit/mergerfs (https://github.com/trapexit/mergerfs) but not exactly
+the same.
+Some policy definition could be different due to the much larger latency
+of remote file systems.
+.PP
+.TS
+tab(@);
+lw(16.2n) lw(53.8n).
+T{
+Policy
+T}@T{
+Description
+T}
+_
+T{
+all
+T}@T{
+Search category: same as \f[B]epall\f[R].
+Action category: same as \f[B]epall\f[R].
+Create category: act on all upstreams.
+T}
+T{
+epall (existing path, all)
+T}@T{
+Search category: Given this order configured, act on the first one found
+where the relative path exists.
+Action category: apply to all found.
+Create category: act on all upstreams where the relative path exists.
+T}
+T{
+epff (existing path, first found)
+T}@T{
+Act on the first one found, by the time upstreams reply, where the
+relative path exists.
+T}
+T{
+eplfs (existing path, least free space)
+T}@T{
+Of all the upstreams on which the relative path exists choose the one
+with the least free space.
+T}
+T{
+eplus (existing path, least used space)
+T}@T{
+Of all the upstreams on which the relative path exists choose the one
+with the least used space.
+T}
+T{
+eplno (existing path, least number of objects)
+T}@T{
+Of all the upstreams on which the relative path exists choose the one
+with the least number of objects.
+T}
+T{
+epmfs (existing path, most free space)
+T}@T{
+Of all the upstreams on which the relative path exists choose the one
+with the most free space.
+T}
+T{
+eprand (existing path, random)
+T}@T{
+Calls \f[B]epall\f[R] and then randomizes.
+Returns only one upstream.
+T}
+T{
+ff (first found)
+T}@T{
+Search category: same as \f[B]epff\f[R].
+Action category: same as \f[B]epff\f[R].
+Create category: Act on the first one found by the time upstreams reply.
+T}
+T{
+lfs (least free space)
+T}@T{
+Search category: same as \f[B]eplfs\f[R].
+Action category: same as \f[B]eplfs\f[R].
+Create category: Pick the upstream with the least available free space.
+T}
+T{
+lus (least used space)
+T}@T{
+Search category: same as \f[B]eplus\f[R].
+Action category: same as \f[B]eplus\f[R].
+Create category: Pick the upstream with the least used space.
+T}
+T{
+lno (least number of objects)
+T}@T{
+Search category: same as \f[B]eplno\f[R].
+Action category: same as \f[B]eplno\f[R].
+Create category: Pick the upstream with the least number of objects.
+T}
+T{
+mfs (most free space)
+T}@T{
+Search category: same as \f[B]epmfs\f[R].
+Action category: same as \f[B]epmfs\f[R].
+Create category: Pick the upstream with the most available free space.
+T}
+T{
+newest
+T}@T{
+Pick the file / directory with the largest mtime.
+T}
+T{
+rand (random)
+T}@T{
+Calls \f[B]all\f[R] and then randomizes.
+Returns only one upstream.
+T}
+.TE
+.SS Setup
 .PP
 Here is an example of how to make a union called \f[C]remote\f[R] for
 local folders.
@@ -27312,16 +30588,27 @@ XX / Union merges the contents of several remotes
    \[rs] \[dq]union\[dq]
 [snip]
 Storage> union
-List of space separated remotes.
-Can be \[aq]remotea:test/dir remoteb:\[aq], \[aq]\[dq]remotea:test/space dir\[dq] remoteb:\[aq], etc.
-The last remote is used to write to.
+List of space separated upstreams.
+Can be \[aq]upstreama:test/dir upstreamb:\[aq], \[aq]\[rs]\[dq]upstreama:test/space:ro dir\[rs]\[dq] upstreamb:\[aq], etc.
 Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]\[dq]).
-remotes>
+upstreams>
+Policy to choose upstream on ACTION class.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]epall\[dq]).
+action_policy>
+Policy to choose upstream on CREATE class.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]epmfs\[dq]).
+create_policy>
+Policy to choose upstream on SEARCH class.
+Enter a string value. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]ff\[dq]).
+search_policy>
+Cache time of usage and free space (in seconds). This option is only useful when a path preserving policy is used.
+Enter a signed integer. Press Enter for the default (\[dq]120\[dq]).
+cache_time>
 Remote config
 \-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-
 [remote]
 type = union
-remotes = C:\[rs]dir1 C:\[rs]dir2 C:\[rs]dir3
+upstreams = C:\[rs]dir1 C:\[rs]dir2 C:\[rs]dir3
 \-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-
 y) Yes this is OK
 e) Edit this remote
@@ -27375,21 +30662,65 @@ rclone copy C:\[rs]source remote:source
 .SS Standard Options
 .PP
 Here are the standard options specific to union (Union merges the
-contents of several remotes).
-.SS \[en]union\-remotes
+contents of several upstream fs).
+.SS \[en]union\-upstreams
 .PP
-List of space separated remotes.
-Can be `remotea:test/dir remoteb:', `\[lq]remotea:test/space dir\[rq]
-remoteb:', etc.
-The last remote is used to write to.
+List of space separated upstreams.
+Can be `upstreama:test/dir upstreamb:', `\[lq]upstreama:test/space:ro
+dir\[rq] upstreamb:', etc.
 .IP \[bu] 2
-Config: remotes
+Config: upstreams
 .IP \[bu] 2
-Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_REMOTES
+Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_UPSTREAMS
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Type: string
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Default: \[dq]\[dq]
+.SS \[en]union\-action\-policy
+.PP
+Policy to choose upstream on ACTION category.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Config: action_policy
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_ACTION_POLICY
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Type: string
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Default: \[lq]epall\[rq]
+.SS \[en]union\-create\-policy
+.PP
+Policy to choose upstream on CREATE category.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Config: create_policy
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_CREATE_POLICY
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Type: string
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Default: \[lq]epmfs\[rq]
+.SS \[en]union\-search\-policy
+.PP
+Policy to choose upstream on SEARCH category.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Config: search_policy
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_SEARCH_POLICY
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Type: string
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Default: \[lq]ff\[rq]
+.SS \[en]union\-cache\-time
+.PP
+Cache time of usage and free space (in seconds).
+This option is only useful when a path preserving policy is used.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Config: cache_time
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Env Var: RCLONE_UNION_CACHE_TIME
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Type: int
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Default: 120
 .SS WebDAV
 .PP
 Paths are specified as \f[C]remote:path\f[R]
@@ -27662,7 +30993,7 @@ OneDrive or to sign in
 Now take a look at your address bar, the URL should look like this:
 \f[C]https://[YOUR\-DOMAIN]\-my.sharepoint.com/personal/[YOUR\-EMAIL]/_layouts/15/onedrive.aspx\f[R]
 .PP
-You\[cq]ll only need this URL upto the email address.
+You\[cq]ll only need this URL up to the email address.
 After that, you\[cq]ll most likely want to add \[lq]/Documents\[rq].
 That subdirectory contains the actual data stored on your OneDrive.
 .PP
@@ -27916,11 +31247,12 @@ To view your current quota you can use the
 limit (quota) and the current usage.
 .SS Restricted filename characters
 .PP
-The default restricted characters set (/overview/#restricted-characters)
-are replaced.
+The default restricted characters
+set (https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-characters) are replaced.
 .PP
-Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as
-they can\[cq]t be used in JSON strings.
+Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be
+replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[cq]t
+be used in JSON strings.
 .SS Limitations
 .PP
 When uploading very large files (bigger than about 5GB) you will need to
@@ -27981,8 +31313,8 @@ Default: false
 .PP
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 .PP
-See: the encoding section in the overview (/overview/#encoding) for more
-info.
+See: the encoding section in the
+overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Config: encoding
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -28372,7 +31704,7 @@ T}
 .TE
 .PP
 File names on Windows can also not end with the following characters.
-These only get replaced if they are last character in the name:
+These only get replaced if they are the last character in the name:
 .PP
 .TS
 tab(@);
@@ -28401,8 +31733,9 @@ T}@T{
 T}
 .TE
 .PP
-Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be replaced (/overview/#invalid-utf8), as
-they can\[cq]t be converted to UTF\-16.
+Invalid UTF\-8 bytes will also be
+replaced (https://rclone.org/overview/#invalid-utf8), as they can\[cq]t
+be converted to UTF\-16.
 .SS Long paths on Windows
 .PP
 Rclone handles long paths automatically, by converting all paths to long
@@ -28767,12 +32100,29 @@ Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_CASE_INSENSITIVE
 Type: bool
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Default: false
+.SS \[en]local\-no\-sparse
+.PP
+Disable sparse files for multi\-thread downloads
+.PP
+On Windows platforms rclone will make sparse files when doing
+multi\-thread downloads.
+This avoids long pauses on large files where the OS zeros the file.
+However sparse files may be undesirable as they cause disk fragmentation
+and can be slow to work with.
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Config: no_sparse
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_NO_SPARSE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Type: bool
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Default: false
 .SS \[en]local\-encoding
 .PP
 This sets the encoding for the backend.
 .PP
-See: the encoding section in the overview (/overview/#encoding) for more
-info.
+See: the encoding section in the
+overview (https://rclone.org/overview/#encoding) for more info.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Config: encoding
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -28781,15 +32131,747 @@ Env Var: RCLONE_LOCAL_ENCODING
 Type: MultiEncoder
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Default: Slash,Dot
+.SS Backend commands
+.PP
+Here are the commands specific to the local backend.
+.PP
+Run them with
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone backend COMMAND remote:
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+The help below will explain what arguments each command takes.
+.PP
+See the \[lq]rclone backend\[rq]
+command (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_backend/) for more info on
+how to pass options and arguments.
+.PP
+These can be run on a running backend using the rc command
+backend/command (https://rclone.org/rc/#backend/command).
+.SS noop
+.PP
+A null operation for testing backend commands
+.IP
+.nf
+\f[C]
+rclone backend noop remote: [options] [<arguments>+]
+\f[R]
+.fi
+.PP
+This is a test command which has some options you can try to change the
+output.
+.PP
+Options:
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\[lq]echo\[rq]: echo the input arguments
+.IP \[bu] 2
+\[lq]error\[rq]: return an error based on option value
 .SH Changelog
+.SS v1.52.0 \- 2020\-05\-27
+.PP
+Special thanks to Martin Michlmayr for proof reading and correcting all
+the docs and Edward Barker for helping re\-write the front page.
+.PP
+See commits (https://github.com/rclone/rclone/compare/v1.51.0...v1.52.0)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+New backends
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Tardigrade (https://rclone.org/tardigrade/) backend for use with
+storj.io (Caleb Case)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Union (https://rclone.org/union/) re\-write to have multiple writable
+remotes (Max Sum)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Seafile (/seafile) for Seafile server (Fred \[at]creativeprojects)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+New commands
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+backend: command for backend specific commands (see backends) (Nick
+Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+cachestats: Deprecate in favour of \f[C]rclone backend stats cache:\f[R]
+(Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+dbhashsum: Deprecate in favour of \f[C]rclone hashsum DropboxHash\f[R]
+(Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+New Features
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add \f[C]\-\-header\-download\f[R] and \f[C]\-\-header\-upload\f[R]
+flags for setting HTTP headers when uploading/downloading (Tim Gallant)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add \f[C]\-\-header\f[R] flag to add HTTP headers to every HTTP
+transaction (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add \f[C]\-\-check\-first\f[R] to do all checking before starting
+transfers (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add \f[C]\-\-track\-renames\-strategy\f[R] for configurable matching
+criteria for \f[C]\-\-track\-renames\f[R] (Bernd Schoolmann)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add \f[C]\-\-cutoff\-mode\f[R] hard,soft,catious (Shing Kit Chan &
+Franklyn Tackitt)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Filter flags (eg \f[C]\-\-files\-from \-\f[R]) can read from stdin
+(fishbullet)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add \f[C]\-\-error\-on\-no\-transfer\f[R] option (Jon Fautley)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Implement \f[C]\-\-order\-by xxx,mixed\f[R] for copying some small and
+some big files (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Allow \f[C]\-\-max\-backlog\f[R] to be negative meaning as large as
+possible (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Added \f[C]\-\-no\-unicode\-normalization\f[R] flag to allow Unicode
+filenames to remain unique (Ben Zenker)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Allow \f[C]\-\-min\-age\f[R]/\f[C]\-\-max\-age\f[R] to take a date as
+well as a duration (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add rename statistics for file and directory renames (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add statistics output to JSON log (reddi)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Make stats be printed on non\-zero exit code (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+When running \f[C]\-\-password\-command\f[R] allow use of stdin
+(S\['e]bastien Gross)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Stop empty strings being a valid remote path (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+accounting: support WriterTo for less memory copying (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+build
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Update to use go1.14 for the build (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add \f[C]\-trimpath\f[R] to release build for reproduceable builds (Nick
+Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Remove GOOS and GOARCH from Dockerfile (Brandon Philips)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+config
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Fsync the config file after writing to save more reliably (Nick
+Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add \f[C]\-\-obscure\f[R] and \f[C]\-\-no\-obscure\f[R] flags to
+\f[C]config create\f[R]/\f[C]update\f[R] (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Make \f[C]config show\f[R] take \f[C]remote:\f[R] as well as
+\f[C]remote\f[R] (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+copyurl: Add \f[C]\-\-no\-clobber\f[R] flag (Denis)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+delete: Added \f[C]\-\-rmdirs\f[R] flag to delete directories as well
+(Kush)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+filter: Added \f[C]\-\-files\-from\-raw\f[R] flag (Ankur Gupta)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+genautocomplete: Add support for fish shell (Matan Rosenberg)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+log: Add support for syslog LOCAL facilities (Patryk Jakuszew)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+lsjson: Add \f[C]\-\-hash\-type\f[R] parameter and use it in lsf to
+speed up hashing (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+rc
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add \f[C]\-o\f[R]/\f[C]\-\-opt\f[R] and \f[C]\-a\f[R]/\f[C]\-\-arg\f[R]
+for more structured input (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Implement \f[C]backend/command\f[R] for running backend specific
+commands remotely (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add \f[C]mount/mount\f[R] command for starting \f[C]rclone mount\f[R]
+via the API (Chaitanya)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+rcd: Add Prometheus metrics support (Gary Kim)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+serve http
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Added a \f[C]\-\-template\f[R] flag for user defined markup (calistri)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add Last\-Modified headers to files and directories (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+serve sftp: Add support for multiple host keys by repeating
+\f[C]\-\-key\f[R] flag (Maxime Suret)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+touch: Add \f[C]\-\-localtime\f[R] flag to make \f[C]\-\-timestamp\f[R]
+localtime not UTC (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Bug Fixes
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+accounting
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Restore \[lq]Max number of stats groups reached\[rq] log line
+(Micha\[/l] Matczuk)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Correct exitcode on Transfer Limit Exceeded flag.
+(Anuar Serdaliyev)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Reset bytes read during copy retry (Ankur Gupta)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Fix race clearing stats (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+copy: Only create empty directories when they don\[cq]t exist on the
+remote (Ishuah Kariuki)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+dedupe: Stop dedupe deleting files with identical IDs (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+oauth
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Use custom http client so that \f[C]\-\-no\-check\-certificate\f[R] is
+honored by oauth token fetch (Mark Spieth)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Replace deprecated oauth2.NoContext (Lars Lehtonen)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+operations
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Fix setting the timestamp on Windows for multithread copy (Nick
+Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Make rcat obey \f[C]\-\-ignore\-checksum\f[R] (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Make \f[C]\-\-max\-transfer\f[R] more accurate (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+rc
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Fix dropped error (Lars Lehtonen)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Fix misplaced http server config (Xiaoxing Ye)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Disable duplicate log (ElonH)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+serve dlna
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Cds: don\[cq]t specify childCount at all when unknown (Dan Walters)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Cds: use modification time as date in dlna metadata (Dan Walters)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+serve restic: Fix tests after restic project removed vendoring (Nick
+Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+sync
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Fix incorrect \[lq]nothing to transfer\[rq] message using
+\f[C]\-\-delete\-before\f[R] (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Only create empty directories when they don\[cq]t exist on the remote
+(Ishuah Kariuki)
+.RE
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Mount
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add \f[C]\-\-async\-read\f[R] flag to disable asynchronous reads (Nick
+Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Ignore \f[C]\-\-allow\-root\f[R] flag with a warning as it has been
+removed upstream (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Warn if \f[C]\-\-allow\-non\-empty\f[R] used on Windows and clarify docs
+(Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Constrain to go1.13 or above otherwise bazil.org/fuse fails to compile
+(Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Fix fail because of too long volume name (evileye)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Report 1PB free for unknown disk sizes (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Map more rclone errors into file systems errors (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Fix disappearing cwd problem (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Use ReaddirPlus on Windows to improve directory listing performance
+(Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Send a hint as to whether the filesystem is case insensitive or not
+(Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add rc command \f[C]mount/types\f[R] (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Change maximum leaf name length to 1024 bytes (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+VFS
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add \f[C]\-\-vfs\-read\-wait\f[R] and \f[C]\-\-vfs\-write\-wait\f[R]
+flags to control time waiting for a sequential read/write (Nick
+Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Change default \f[C]\-\-vfs\-read\-wait\f[R] to 20ms (it was 5ms and not
+configurable) (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Make \f[C]df\f[R] output more consistent on a rclone mount.
+(Yves G)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Report 1PB free for unknown disk sizes (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Fix race condition caused by unlocked reading of Dir.path (Nick
+Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Make File lock and Dir lock not overlap to avoid deadlock (Nick
+Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Implement lock ordering between File and Dir to eliminate deadlocks
+(Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Factor the vfs cache into its own package (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Pin the Fs in use in the Fs cache (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add SetSys() methods to Node to allow caching stuff on a node (Nick
+Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Ignore file not found errors from Hash in Read.Release (Nick
+Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Fix hang in read wait code (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Local
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Speed up multi thread downloads by using sparse files on Windows (Nick
+Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Implement \f[C]\-\-local\-no\-sparse\f[R] flag for disabling sparse
+files (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Implement \f[C]rclone backend noop\f[R] for testing purposes (Nick
+Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Fix \[lq]file not found\[rq] errors on post transfer Hash calculation
+(Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Cache
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Implement \f[C]rclone backend stats\f[R] command (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Fix Server Side Copy with Temp Upload (Brandon McNama)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Remove Unused Functions (Lars Lehtonen)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Disable race tests until bbolt is fixed (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Move methods used for testing into test file (greatroar)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add Pin and Unpin and canonicalised lookup (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Use proper import path go.etcd.io/bbolt (Robert\-Andr\['e] Mauchin)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Crypt
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Calculate hashes for uploads from local disk (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+This allows crypted Jottacloud uploads without using local disk
+.IP \[bu] 2
+This means crypted s3/b2 uploads will now have hashes
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Added \f[C]rclone backend decode\f[R]/\f[C]encode\f[R] commands to
+replicate functionality of \f[C]cryptdecode\f[R] (Anagh Kumar Baranwal)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Get rid of the unused Cipher interface as it obfuscated the code (Nick
+Craig\-Wood)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Azure Blob
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Implement streaming of unknown sized files so \f[C]rcat\f[R] is now
+supported (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Implement memory pooling to control memory use (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add \f[C]\-\-azureblob\-disable\-checksum\f[R] flag (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Retry \f[C]InvalidBlobOrBlock\f[R] error as it may indicate block
+concurrency problems (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Remove unused \f[C]Object.parseTimeString()\f[R] (Lars Lehtonen)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Fix permission error on SAS URL limited to container (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+B2
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add support for \f[C]\-\-header\-upload\f[R] and
+\f[C]\-\-header\-download\f[R] (Tim Gallant)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Ignore directory markers at the root also (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Force the case of the SHA1 to lowercase (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Remove unused \f[C]largeUpload.clearUploadURL()\f[R] (Lars Lehtonen)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Box
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add support for \f[C]\-\-header\-upload\f[R] and
+\f[C]\-\-header\-download\f[R] (Tim Gallant)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Implement About to read size used (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add token renew function for jwt auth (David Bramwell)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Added support for interchangeable root folder for Box backend (Sunil
+Patra)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Remove unnecessary iat from jws claims (David)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Drive
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Follow shortcuts by default, skip with
+\f[C]\-\-drive\-skip\-shortcuts\f[R] (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Implement \f[C]rclone backend shortcut\f[R] command for creating
+shortcuts (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Added \f[C]rclone backend\f[R] command to change
+\f[C]service_account_file\f[R] and \f[C]chunk_size\f[R] (Anagh Kumar
+Baranwal)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Fix missing files when using \f[C]\-\-fast\-list\f[R] and
+\f[C]\-\-drive\-shared\-with\-me\f[R] (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Fix duplicate items when using \f[C]\-\-drive\-shared\-with\-me\f[R]
+(Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Extend \f[C]\-\-drive\-stop\-on\-upload\-limit\f[R] to respond to
+\f[C]teamDriveFileLimitExceeded\f[R].
+(harry)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Don\[cq]t delete files with multiple parents to avoid data loss (Nick
+Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Server side copy docs use default description if empty (Nick
+Craig\-Wood)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Dropbox
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Make error insufficient space to be fatal (harry)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add info about required redirect url (Elan Ruusam\[:a]e)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Fichier
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add support for \f[C]\-\-header\-upload\f[R] and
+\f[C]\-\-header\-download\f[R] (Tim Gallant)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Implement custom pacer to deal with the new rate limiting (buengese)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+FTP
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Fix lockup when using concurrency limit on failed connections (Nick
+Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Fix lockup on failed upload when using concurrency limit (Nick
+Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Fix lockup on Close failures when using concurrency limit (Nick
+Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Work around pureftp sending spurious 150 messages (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Google Cloud Storage
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add support for \f[C]\-\-header\-upload\f[R] and
+\f[C]\-\-header\-download\f[R] (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add \f[C]ARCHIVE\f[R] storage class to help (Adam Stroud)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Ignore directory markers at the root (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Googlephotos
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Make the start year configurable (Daven)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add support for \f[C]\-\-header\-upload\f[R] and
+\f[C]\-\-header\-download\f[R] (Tim Gallant)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Create feature/favorites directory (Brandon Philips)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Fix \[lq]concurrent map write\[rq] error (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Don\[cq]t put an image in error message (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+HTTP
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Improved directory listing with new template from Caddy project
+(calisro)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Jottacloud
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Implement \f[C]\-\-jottacloud\-trashed\-only\f[R] (buengese)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add support for \f[C]\-\-header\-upload\f[R] and
+\f[C]\-\-header\-download\f[R] (Tim Gallant)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Use \f[C]RawURLEncoding\f[R] when decoding base64 encoded login token
+(buengese)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Implement cleanup (buengese)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Update docs regarding cleanup, removed remains from old auth, and added
+warning about special mountpoints.
+(albertony)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Mailru
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Describe 2FA requirements (valery1707)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Onedrive
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Implement \f[C]\-\-onedrive\-server\-side\-across\-configs\f[R] (Nick
+Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add support for \f[C]\-\-header\-upload\f[R] and
+\f[C]\-\-header\-download\f[R] (Tim Gallant)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Fix occasional 416 errors on multipart uploads (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Added maximum chunk size limit warning in the docs (Harry)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Fix missing drive on config (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Make error \f[C]quotaLimitReached\f[R] to be fatal (harry)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Opendrive
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add support for \f[C]\-\-header\-upload\f[R] and
+\f[C]\-\-header\-download\f[R] (Tim Gallant)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Pcloud
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Added support for interchangeable root folder for pCloud backend (Sunil
+Patra)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add support for \f[C]\-\-header\-upload\f[R] and
+\f[C]\-\-header\-download\f[R] (Tim Gallant)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Fix initial config \[lq]Auth state doesn\[cq]t match\[rq] message (Nick
+Craig\-Wood)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Premiumizeme
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add support for \f[C]\-\-header\-upload\f[R] and
+\f[C]\-\-header\-download\f[R] (Tim Gallant)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Prune unused functions (Lars Lehtonen)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Putio
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add support for \f[C]\-\-header\-upload\f[R] and
+\f[C]\-\-header\-download\f[R] (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Make downloading files use the rclone http Client (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Fix parsing of remotes with leading and trailing / (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Qingstor
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Make \f[C]rclone cleanup\f[R] remove pending multipart uploads older
+than 24h (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Try harder to cancel failed multipart uploads (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Prune \f[C]multiUploader.list()\f[R] (Lars Lehtonen)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Lint fix (Lars Lehtonen)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+S3
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add support for \f[C]\-\-header\-upload\f[R] and
+\f[C]\-\-header\-download\f[R] (Tim Gallant)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Use memory pool for buffer allocations (Maciej Zimnoch)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add SSE\-C support for AWS, Ceph, and MinIO (Jack Anderson)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Fail fast multipart upload (Micha\[/l] Matczuk)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Report errors on bucket creation (mkdir) correctly (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Specify that Minio supports URL encoding in listings (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Added 500 as retryErrorCode (Micha\[/l] Matczuk)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Use \f[C]\-\-low\-level\-retries\f[R] as the number of SDK retries
+(Aleksandar Jankovi\['c])
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Fix multipart abort context (Aleksandar Jankovic)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Replace deprecated \f[C]session.New()\f[R] with
+\f[C]session.NewSession()\f[R] (Lars Lehtonen)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Use the provided size parameter when allocating a new memory pool
+(Joachim Brandon LeBlanc)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Use rclone\[cq]s low level retries instead of AWS SDK to fix listing
+retries (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Ignore directory markers at the root also (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Use single memory pool (Micha\[/l] Matczuk)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Do not resize buf on put to memBuf (Micha\[/l] Matczuk)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Improve docs for \f[C]\-\-s3\-disable\-checksum\f[R] (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Don\[cq]t leak memory or tokens in edge cases for multipart upload (Nick
+Craig\-Wood)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Seafile
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Implement 2FA (Fred)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+SFTP
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Added \f[C]\-\-sftp\-pem\-key\f[R] to support inline key files (calisro)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Fix post transfer copies failing with 0 size when using
+\f[C]set_modtime=false\f[R] (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Sharefile
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add support for \f[C]\-\-header\-upload\f[R] and
+\f[C]\-\-header\-download\f[R] (Tim Gallant)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Sugarsync
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add support for \f[C]\-\-header\-upload\f[R] and
+\f[C]\-\-header\-download\f[R] (Tim Gallant)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Swift
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add support for \f[C]\-\-header\-upload\f[R] and
+\f[C]\-\-header\-download\f[R] (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Fix cosmetic issue in error message (Martin Michlmayr)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Union
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Implement multiple writable remotes (Max Sum)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Fix server\-side copy (Max Sum)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Implement ListR (Max Sum)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Enable ListR when upstreams contain local (Max Sum)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+WebDAV
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add support for \f[C]\-\-header\-upload\f[R] and
+\f[C]\-\-header\-download\f[R] (Tim Gallant)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Fix \f[C]X\-OC\-Mtime\f[R] header for Transip compatibility (Nick
+Craig\-Wood)
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Report full and consistent usage with \f[C]about\f[R] (Yves G)
+.RE
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Yandex
+.RS 2
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Add support for \f[C]\-\-header\-upload\f[R] and
+\f[C]\-\-header\-download\f[R] (Tim Gallant)
+.RE
 .SS v1.51.0 \- 2020\-02\-01
 .IP \[bu] 2
 New backends
 .RS 2
 .IP \[bu] 2
-Memory (/memory) (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+Memory (https://rclone.org/memory/) (Nick Craig\-Wood)
 .IP \[bu] 2
-Sugarsync (/sugarsync) (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+Sugarsync (https://rclone.org/sugarsync/) (Nick Craig\-Wood)
 .RE
 .IP \[bu] 2
 New Features
@@ -29107,6 +33189,8 @@ Craig\-Wood)
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Use AWS web identity role provider if available (Tennix)
 .IP \[bu] 2
+Add StackPath Object Storage Support (Dave Koston)
+.IP \[bu] 2
 Fix ExpiryWindow value (Aleksandar Jankovic)
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Fix DisableChecksum condition (Aleksandar Jankovi\['c])
@@ -29200,12 +33284,12 @@ Fix DirMove/Move after Onedrive change (Xiaoxing Ye)
 New backends
 .RS 2
 .IP \[bu] 2
-Citrix Sharefile (/sharefile) (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+Citrix Sharefile (https://rclone.org/sharefile/) (Nick Craig\-Wood)
 .IP \[bu] 2
-Chunker (/chunker) \- an overlay backend to split files into smaller
-parts (Ivan Andreev)
+Chunker (https://rclone.org/chunker/) \- an overlay backend to split
+files into smaller parts (Ivan Andreev)
 .IP \[bu] 2
-Mail.ru Cloud (/mailru) (Ivan Andreev)
+Mail.ru Cloud (https://rclone.org/mailru/) (Ivan Andreev)
 .RE
 .IP \[bu] 2
 New Features
@@ -29217,8 +33301,9 @@ encodings (Fabian M\[:o]ller & Nick Craig\-Wood)
 All backends now use file name encoding to ensure any file name can be
 written to any backend.
 .IP \[bu] 2
-See the restricted file name docs (/overview/#restricted-filenames) for
-more info and the local backend docs (/local/#filenames).
+See the restricted file name
+docs (https://rclone.org/overview/#restricted-filenames) for more info
+and the local backend docs (/local/#filenames).
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Some file names may look different in rclone if you are using any
 control characters in names or unicode FULLWIDTH
@@ -29272,7 +33357,7 @@ destination path (Denis)
 serve dlna:
 .RS 2
 .IP \[bu] 2
-Many compatability improvements (Dan Walters)
+Many compatibility improvements (Dan Walters)
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Support for external srt subtitles (Dan Walters)
 .RE
@@ -29367,7 +33452,7 @@ Craig\-Wood)
 Mount
 .RS 2
 .IP \[bu] 2
-Allow files of unkown size to be read properly (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+Allow files of unknown size to be read properly (Nick Craig\-Wood)
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Skip tests on <= 2 CPUs to avoid lockup (Nick Craig\-Wood)
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -29478,7 +33563,7 @@ Fix encoding for control characters (Nick Craig\-Wood)
 Only ask for URL encoded directory listings if we need them on Ceph
 (Nick Craig\-Wood)
 .IP \[bu] 2
-Add option for multipart failiure behaviour (Aleksandar Jankovic)
+Add option for multipart failure behaviour (Aleksandar Jankovic)
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Support for multipart copy (\[u5E84]\[u5929]\[u7FFC])
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -29611,7 +33696,7 @@ New backends
 .IP \[bu] 2
 1fichier (https://rclone.org/fichier/) (Laura Hausmann)
 .IP \[bu] 2
-Google Photos (/googlephotos) (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+Google Photos (https://rclone.org/googlephotos/) (Nick Craig\-Wood)
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Putio (https://rclone.org/putio/) (Cenk Alti)
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -29762,7 +33847,7 @@ rc
 Fix unmarshalable http.AuthFn in options and put in test for
 marshalability (Nick Craig\-Wood)
 .IP \[bu] 2
-Move job expire flags to rc to fix initalization problem (Nick
+Move job expire flags to rc to fix initialization problem (Nick
 Craig\-Wood)
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Fix \f[C]\-\-loopback\f[R] with rc/list and others (Nick Craig\-Wood)
@@ -30149,7 +34234,7 @@ More accurately check if root is found (Cnly)
 S3
 .RS 2
 .IP \[bu] 2
-Suppport S3 Accelerated endpoints with
+Support S3 Accelerated endpoints with
 \f[C]\-\-s3\-use\-accelerate\-endpoint\f[R] (Nick Craig\-Wood)
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Add config info for Wasabi\[cq]s EU Central endpoint (Robert Marko)
@@ -30671,7 +34756,7 @@ Resume and deduplication support (Oliver Heyme)
 Use token auth for all API requests Don\[cq]t store password anymore
 (Sebastian B\[:u]nger)
 .IP \[bu] 2
-Add support for 2\-factor authentification (Sebastian B\[:u]nger)
+Add support for 2\-factor authentication (Sebastian B\[:u]nger)
 .RE
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Mega
@@ -30714,7 +34799,7 @@ Implement \f[C]\-\-s3\-upload\-cutoff\f[R] for single part uploads below
 this (Nick Craig\-Wood)
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Change \f[C]\-\-s3\-upload\-concurrency\f[R] default to 4 to increase
-perfomance (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+performance (Nick Craig\-Wood)
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Add \f[C]\-\-s3\-bucket\-acl\f[R] to control bucket ACL (Nick
 Craig\-Wood)
@@ -31201,7 +35286,7 @@ S3
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Use custom pacer, to retry operations when reasonable (Craig Miskell)
 .IP \[bu] 2
-Use configured server\-side\-encryption and storace class options when
+Use configured server\-side\-encryption and storage class options when
 calling CopyObject() (Paul Kohout)
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Make \f[C]\-\-s3\-v2\-auth\f[R] flag (Nick Craig\-Wood)
@@ -31540,9 +35625,9 @@ Swift
 Add \f[C]storage_policy\f[R] (Ruben Vandamme)
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Make it so just \f[C]storage_url\f[R] or \f[C]auth_token\f[R] can be
-overidden (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+overridden (Nick Craig\-Wood)
 .IP \[bu] 2
-Fix server side copy bug for unusal file names (Nick Craig\-Wood)
+Fix server side copy bug for unusual file names (Nick Craig\-Wood)
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Remove leading / from paths (Nick Craig\-Wood)
 .RE
@@ -32164,8 +36249,9 @@ kernel
 .IP \[bu] 2
 this now defaults to 0 which is correct but less efficient
 .IP \[bu] 2
-see the mount docs (/commands/rclone_mount/#attribute-caching) for more
-info
+see the mount
+docs (https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/#attribute-caching) for
+more info
 .RE
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Add \f[C]\-\-daemon\f[R] flag to allow mount to run in the background
@@ -32258,7 +36344,7 @@ Implement DirChangeNotify to notify cache/vfs/mount of changes
 Azureblob
 .RS 2
 .IP \[bu] 2
-Don\[cq]t check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
+Don\[cq]t check for bucket/container presence if listing was OK
 .RS 2
 .IP \[bu] 2
 this makes rclone do one less request per invocation
@@ -32270,7 +36356,7 @@ Improve accounting for chunked uploads
 Backblaze B2
 .RS 2
 .IP \[bu] 2
-Don\[cq]t check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
+Don\[cq]t check for bucket/container presence if listing was OK
 .RS 2
 .IP \[bu] 2
 this makes rclone do one less request per invocation
@@ -32292,7 +36378,7 @@ Fix custom oauth client parameters
 Google Cloud Storage
 .RS 2
 .IP \[bu] 2
-Don\[cq]t check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
+Don\[cq]t check for bucket/container presence if listing was OK
 .RS 2
 .IP \[bu] 2
 this makes rclone do one less request per invocation
@@ -32360,7 +36446,7 @@ Remove unused chunked upload flag and code
 Qingstor
 .RS 2
 .IP \[bu] 2
-Don\[cq]t check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
+Don\[cq]t check for bucket/container presence if listing was OK
 .RS 2
 .IP \[bu] 2
 this makes rclone do one less request per invocation
@@ -32376,7 +36462,7 @@ Initial support for IBM COS (S3) (Giri Badanahatti)
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Update docs to discourage use of v2 auth with CEPH and others
 .IP \[bu] 2
-Don\[cq]t check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
+Don\[cq]t check for bucket/container presence if listing was OK
 .RS 2
 .IP \[bu] 2
 this makes rclone do one less request per invocation
@@ -32416,7 +36502,7 @@ in v1.39 a bug was introduced which ignored new tokens \- this fixes it
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Fix extra HEAD transaction when uploading a new file
 .IP \[bu] 2
-Don\[cq]t check for bucket/container presense if listing was OK
+Don\[cq]t check for bucket/container presence if listing was OK
 .RS 2
 .IP \[bu] 2
 this makes rclone do one less request per invocation
@@ -32481,7 +36567,7 @@ curl install for rclone (Filip Bartodziej)
 \[en]exclude\-if\-present to exclude a directory if a file is present
 (Iakov Davydov)
 .IP \[bu] 2
-rmdirs: add \[en]leave\-root flag (lewpam)
+rmdirs: add \[en]leave\-root flag (lewapm)
 .IP \[bu] 2
 move: add \[en]delete\-empty\-src\-dirs flag to remove dirs after move
 (Ishuah Kariuki)
@@ -32855,7 +36941,7 @@ Add \[en]tpslimit and \[en]tpslimit\-burst to limit transactions per
 second
 .RS 2
 .IP \[bu] 2
-this is useful in conjuction with \f[C]rclone mount\f[R] to limit
+this is useful in conjunction with \f[C]rclone mount\f[R] to limit
 external apps
 .RE
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -33310,7 +37396,8 @@ Add \[en]stats\-unit option \- thanks Scott McGillivray
 Bug Fixes
 .RS 2
 .IP \[bu] 2
-Fix the config file being overwritten when two rclones are running
+Fix the config file being overwritten when two rclone instances are
+running
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Make rclone lsd obey the filters properly
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -33704,7 +37791,7 @@ possible.
 Backblaze B2
 .RS 2
 .IP \[bu] 2
-Add \[en]b2\-versions flag so old versions can be listed and retreived.
+Add \[en]b2\-versions flag so old versions can be listed and retrieved.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Treat 403 errors (eg cap exceeded) as fatal.
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -34019,7 +38106,7 @@ Add \f[C]\-\-memprofile\f[R] flag to debug memory use.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Warn the user about files with same name but different case
 .IP \[bu] 2
-Make \f[C]\-\-include\f[R] rules add their implict exclude * at the end
+Make \f[C]\-\-include\f[R] rules add their implicit exclude * at the end
 of the filter list
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Deprecate compiling with go1.3
@@ -34274,7 +38361,7 @@ Amazon Drive support
 Oauth support redone \- fix many bugs and improve usability
 .RS 2
 .IP \[bu] 2
-Use \[lq]golang.org/x/oauth2\[rq] as oauth libary of choice
+Use \[lq]golang.org/x/oauth2\[rq] as oauth library of choice
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Improve oauth usability for smoother initial signup
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -34663,7 +38750,8 @@ Server B> rclone sync /tmp/whatever remote:ServerB
 .fi
 .PP
 If you sync to the same directory then you should use rclone copy
-otherwise the two rclones may delete each others files, eg
+otherwise the two instances of rclone may delete each other\[cq]s files,
+eg
 .IP
 .nf
 \f[C]
@@ -34838,7 +38926,7 @@ It is likely you have more than 10,000 files that need to be synced.
 By default rclone only gets 10,000 files ahead in a sync so as not to
 use up too much memory.
 You can change this default with the
-\[en]max\-backlog (/docs/#max-backlog-n) flag.
+\[en]max\-backlog (https://rclone.org/docs/#max-backlog-n) flag.
 .SS Rclone is using too much memory or appears to have a memory leak
 .PP
 Rclone is written in Go which uses a garbage collector.
@@ -34887,6 +38975,10 @@ THE SOFTWARE.
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Nick Craig\-Wood <nick@craig-wood.com>
 .SS Contributors
+.PP
+{{< rem
+\f[C]email addresses removed from here need to be addeed to bin/.ignore\-emails to make sure update\-authors.py doesn\[aq]t immediately put them back in again.\f[R]
+>}}
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Alex Couper <amcouper@gmail.com>
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -35260,8 +39352,7 @@ albertony <12441419+albertony@users.noreply.github.com>
 .IP \[bu] 2
 cron410 <cron410@gmail.com>
 .IP \[bu] 2
-Anagh Kumar Baranwal <anaghk.dos@gmail.com>
-<6824881+darthShadow@users.noreply.github.com>
+Anagh Kumar Baranwal <6824881+darthShadow@users.noreply.github.com>
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Felix Brucker <felix@felixbrucker.com>
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -35502,6 +39593,7 @@ Sebastian Brandt <sebastian.brandt@friday.de>
 Marco Molteni <marco.molteni@mailbox.org>
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Ankur Gupta <ankur0493@gmail.com>
+<7876747+ankur0493@users.noreply.github.com>
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Maciej Zimnoch <maciej@scylladb.com>
 .IP \[bu] 2
@@ -35546,19 +39638,99 @@ unbelauscht <58393353+unbelauscht@users.noreply.github.com>
 Motonori IWAMURO <vmi@nifty.com>
 .IP \[bu] 2
 Benjapol Worakan <benwrk@live.com>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Dave Koston <dave.koston@stackpath.com>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Durval Menezes <DurvalMenezes@users.noreply.github.com>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Tim Gallant <me@timgallant.us>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Frederick Zhang <frederick888@tsundere.moe>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+valery1707 <valery1707@gmail.com>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Yves G <theYinYeti@yalis.fr>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Shing Kit Chan <chanshingkit@gmail.com>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Franklyn Tackitt <franklyn@tackitt.net>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Robert\-Andr\['e] Mauchin <zebob.m@gmail.com>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+evileye <48332831+ibiruai@users.noreply.github.com>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Joachim Brandon LeBlanc <brandon@leblanc.codes>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Patryk Jakuszew <patryk.jakuszew@gmail.com>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+fishbullet <shindu666@gmail.com>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+greatroar <\[at]>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Bernd Schoolmann <mail@quexten.com>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Elan Ruusam\[:a]e <glen@pld-linux.org>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Max Sum <max@lolyculture.com>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Mark Spieth <mspieth@users.noreply.github.com>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+harry <me@harry.plus>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Samantha McVey <samantham@posteo.net>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Jack Anderson <jack.anderson@metaswitch.com>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Michael G <draget@speciesm.net>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Brandon Philips <brandon@ifup.org>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Daven <dooven@users.noreply.github.com>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Martin Stone <martin@d7415.co.uk>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+David Bramwell <13053834+dbramwell@users.noreply.github.com>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Sunil Patra <snl_su@live.com>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Adam Stroud <adam.stroud@gmail.com>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Kush <kushsharma@users.noreply.github.com>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Matan Rosenberg <matan129@gmail.com>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+gitch1 <63495046+gitch1@users.noreply.github.com>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+ElonH <elonhhuang@gmail.com>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Fred <fred@creativeprojects.tech>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+S\['e]bastien Gross <renard@users.noreply.github.com>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Maxime Suret <11944422+msuret@users.noreply.github.com>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Caleb Case <caleb@storj.io>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Ben Zenker <imbenzenker@gmail.com>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Martin Michlmayr <tbm@cyrius.com>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Brandon McNama <bmcnama@pagerduty.com>
+.IP \[bu] 2
+Daniel Slyman <github@skylayer.eu>
 .SH Contact the rclone project
 .SS Forum
 .PP
 Forum for questions and general discussion:
 .IP \[bu] 2
 https://forum.rclone.org
-.SS Gitub project
+.SS GitHub repository
 .PP
-The project website is at:
+The project\[cq]s repository is located at:
 .IP \[bu] 2
 https://github.com/rclone/rclone
 .PP
-There you can file bug reports or contribute pull requests.
+There you can file bug reports or contribute with pull requests.
 .SS Twitter
 .PP
 You can also follow me on twitter for rclone announcements:
@@ -35569,6 +39741,7 @@ You can also follow me on twitter for rclone announcements:
 Or if all else fails or you want to ask something private or
 confidential email Nick Craig\-Wood (mailto:nick@craig-wood.com).
 Please don\[cq]t email me requests for help \- those are better directed
-to the forum \- thanks!
+to the forum.
+Thanks!
 .SH AUTHORS
 Nick Craig\-Wood.